A MODERN APPROACH TO
VERBAL & NON VERBAL
REASONING
T h i s
On®
Copyrighted material
A MODERN APPROACH TO
VERBAL & NON VERBAL
REASONING
(Fully Solved & Thoroughly Revised with explanatory notes
on LOGICAL DEDUCTION)
Common Admission Test (CAT); Management Aptitude Test (MAT); Xavier
Admission Test (XAT); ALMS Test for Management Admission (ATMA); Joint
Management Entrance Test (JMET); Graduate Management Aptitude Test
(GMAT); FMS and other State Level Joint Entrance Tests.
Also useful tor Hotel Management, Bank PO, RBI, SBIPO, N ABARD, BSRB
Recruitment, Railway Recruitment, SCRA, 1JCAAO, GICAAO, Asst. Grade,
SSC, UDC, LDC, I Tar&Central Excise. CBI, CPO, B. Ed, MBBS, IAS, PCS,
IFS etc..
RS. AGGARWAL
M.Sc.,Ph.D.
Dear Students,
Do not buy pirated editions. Many of our best selling titles have been unla wfully
printed by unscrupulous persons. Your sincere effort in this direction may stop
piracy and save intellectuals' right.
For authentication of this book check the 3-D hologram.
S. CHAND & COMPANY LTD.
(An ISO 9001 : 2000 Company)
R A M NAGAR, NEW DELHI - 110 055
I Copyrighted material
&
S. C H A N D & C O M P A N Y LTD.
( A n ISO 9001 : 2000 C o m p a n y )
Head Office : 7361. RAM N A G A R . NEW DELHI - 110 056
P h o n e s : 23672080-81-82. 9899107446. 9911310888; Fox : 91-11-23677446
Shop at: schandgroup.com
E-mail: schand@vsnl.com
Branches
• 1st Floor. Herbage. Near Gujarat Vidhyopeeth. Ashram R o o d .
A h m e d a b a d 380014 Ph 27541Q65.27542369. o h m e d o f c a d S s c h a n d g r a u p c o m
• No 6. AhujaChambers. Is?Cross.KurnaraKnipaRood.
Bangalore-560001 Ph 22268048.22354008. bangalore Sschandgroup c o m
• 2 3 8 - A M P . N a g a r . Z o n e 1. Bhopol 4 6 2 O i l . Ph: 4274723. b h o p o l « $ c h a n d g r c x j p c o m
• 152. AnnoSaiai.Chennai-60DC02 Ph :2846(XD26.cherYnal®schondgroup.com
• S.C.O 6.7 & 8. Sector90. Chandigarh 160317. Ptv2749376.2749377.
chandigarh<e$chandgrcup.com
• 1st Floor. Bhortio Tower. Badornboc* CuHack-753 009. Pfv2332580; 2332581.
cuftock«8scr>andgroup.com
• 1st Floor. 52-A. Rojpur Road. Dehiodun-248 001. P h . 2740889. 2740861.
oehradunSschandgroup c o m
• Pan Bazar, Guwahati 781001. Ph 2514155.guworxjfc4hchandgroup.com
• Sultan Bazar. Hyderabod-500195.Ph:24651135.24744815. hyderabod8schandgroup.com
• Mai Hiran G a t e . Jalandhor-144008 Ph 2401630. jatandhor©schandgroup.com
• A-14 Janta Store Shopping Complex. University Marg. Bopu Nagar. Jaipur - 302 015.
Phone: 2709l53jcjpur@schandgroup.com
• 613-7.M.G.Rood. Ernakuiam.Kochi-682035. Ph 2381740.cochin9schandgroup c o m
• 285/J.8ip*iBihanGanguliStreet.KoJkala - 700012. Ph:22367459.22373914,
koikato8*chcndgroup.com
• Mohabeer Market. 25 Gwy nne Road. Aminobod. Lock now-226018. Ph: 2626801.2284815.
lucknow*0 schandgrcup.com
• Biackie House. 103/5.WalchondHirachondMcKg.Opp.G P.O..MumbaUOO001.
Ph 22690881.226108e5.mumbal«Sischondgroup c o m
• Kornal Bag. Model MJI Chowk, Umrer Road. Nagpur-440 032 Ph: 2723901. 2777666
nogpur@schandgroup c o m
• 104.CiticentreAshok.GovindMitraRood. Patna-8COCX54 Ph. 2300489.2302100.
patna®schandgroup c o m
© /9W. R 5. AKXiifM at
All rights reserved So part of this publication may be reproduced. stored in a retrieval
system or transmitted, in any form or by any means, electronic. mechanical. photocopying,
recording or otherw ise, without the prior permission of the Publishers.
5 CHAN PS Seal of Trust
In our endeavour to protect you against counterfeit/fake books wc have put a Hologram
Sticker on the covcr of some of our fast moving titles. The hologram displays a unique
3D multi-level, multi-colour effect of our logo from different angles when tilted or
properly illuminated under a single source of light.
Background artwork seems to be "under** or "behind" the logo, giving the illusion of
depth. A fake hologram does not give any illusion of depth.
First Edition 1994
Subsequent Editions and Reprints 1995. 96. 97. 98. 99 (Twice). 2000. 2001 2002, 2003.
2004 (Twice). 2005. 2006 (Twice)
Reprint 2007
ISBN : 81-219-0551-6
C o d e : 06 055
PfttNTTO IN INDIA
By Rajenara Ravindra Printers (f\t) Ltd.. 736 J. Rom Nagar. New Delhi- J10 055
onapublished OyS. Qpona & Company Ltd.. 7361 Ram Nagar. New Delhi-) 10 055.
I C o p y r i g h t e d material
S H E Z a X E E
Reach Y o u r T r u e P o t e n t i a l
Through
Body Language : Your Success Mantra!
X
By Dr. Shalini Verma
Buy Today @ Rs 220/Free
P o s t a g e cost worth Rs. 35/-
Effective Saving worth Rs. 65/R e a d This B o o k For
Creating everlasting first Impression
Building Instant rapport with anyone
you meet
Projecting yourself effectively in job
interviews, group discussions &
presentation making
Making the best of Body Language in
Sales negotiations & leadership s k i l l s
Making yourself ultimate winner in your
professional field
192
01212
Rs 250.00
Pages
Code
Price
Please send (his page d u l y f i l l e d at below mentioned address
as to avail the special discount o f f e r of
Body Language : Your Success Mantra
Please send me one copy of the book "Body Language: Your Success Mantra"
I
|
I
Name
Age
Address
City
Pincode
Demand Draft Details
Dated
DD No.
For Rupees 220/-
Note : * Please send all payments through OD in favour of S. Chand & Co. Ltd Payable at New Delhi
•
Delivery t h r o u g h Registered post / Courier will be free.
• Please send the order in original form, photocopies of this f o r m will not be a c c c p t c d
• This Special Offer v a l i d t i l l 31 v March 2006.
^
S. C H A N D & C O M P A N Y LTD.
7361. R a m N a g a r . N e w Delhi- 110055
• chamo
Ph : 23672080-81-82, Fax : 91-1123677446
Shop a t : http://www.schandgroup.com; E-mail: schand@vsnl.com
Copyrighted material
i
I Copyrighted material
S. CHAND'S BOOKS FOR DIFFERENT COMPETITIVE
EXAMINATIONS
S. CHAND S
GENERAL ENGLISH
FOR COMPETITIONS
A. N. Kapoor
This book is meant to equip students preparing for various competitive examinations. The aim of the boo*
is to help students to master the corroct uso of English words and phrases on one hand and to develop
in him/her a sonso of belongmgness for the English language.
Code : 06 093
3rd Edn. Rev. 2005
ISBN:-81 -219-1762-X
S. CHAND'S CONCISE GENERAL KNOWLEDGE WITH CURRENT AFFAIRS
Prakash & Suman Kant
In this book, the facts are given in a manner which helps in answering objective type questions of various
competitive examinations. The students wtf) find ready-made material lor questions. Details are given in a
concise manner so that the students remember facts without labour and wtfJ recall without effort. The
chapters have been arranged In a manner so that each chapter has a thematic lmk with the previous and
the following chapter. The book will prove immensely useful for the students appoarmg in various
competitive examinations.
Code : 06 110
4th Rev. Edn. 2005
IS8N.81 -219-2186-4
MANIRAM AGGARWAL'S
GENERAL KNOWLEDGE DIGEST
AND GENERAL STUDIES
K. Mohan
This book is for the candidates who aro appearing for Union and State Public Service Commissions' Compotitivo
Examinations, L.I.C., G.I.C., A A O ' s , RBI Grade Aand B. Bank POS. CDS/ND/VOTA, Deto Police S.I, Income Tax,
Contral Excise Inspectors. SSC s Asstt Grade. L.D.C.. Accounts & Auditors. M BA. Hotel Management, etc..
Entrance Examinations. The book is no doubt an appropriate and relevant guide.
Code s 06 001
67th Edn. 2004
ISBN:81-219-0798-5
(^jyf
TOJ7T
yfct^l'fl
Tftqw ftfq 3
^
Code : 06 033
TT7hn3ff
fam
^
fau
7pti
^ 3JTOK VX
^ R T )
3T^mfr>m ^
iffl^lft?!
^TR^Z
WHl if
foffTfi
t\ fafa^* ^rnwsff ^ ^ ^ sry^n
TFTT
m m . *f
4th Edn.
Rep. 2004
^^if^i
MHR
3TR
WHi
it
fQ
ISBN : 81-219-0426-9
YOUR INTERVIEW
K.L. Kumar
The book will enable the young job seekers to discover his strengths and weaknessesand inspirehimtoprepare and taco the interview board with courage and confidence
Sample interviews, caricatures and
quickreviow inset shoots have tncreasod the utility of the book. It is a valuable book for the young job
seekers.
Code : 06 091
2nd Rev. Edn. 2005
ISBN:81-219-1618-€
ARITHMETIC
SUBJECTIVE & OBJECTIVE FOR COMPETITIVE EXAMINATIONS
R.S. Aggarwal
This book is an asset to those who plan to appear m a competitive examination conducted by Banks. l*C.
I
Copyrighted material
GIC. Excxse & Income Tax. Railways. U.P.S.C and other departments for Clerical Grade. Assistant Grade.
A.AO.. Inspectors. Probationary Offioers, N . D A C.D.S.. MBA, C A T . and other executive posts The book
carries both subjective and objective type ol questions.
Code : 14 101
5th Rev. Edn. 2004
ISBN:81-219-0742-X
A MODERN APPROACH TO
VERBAL AND
NON-VERBAL REASONING
R.S. Aggarwal
This book contains all types ol questions asked in various competitive examinations; fully solved examplos with
explanatory answers; and a huge collection of practisable questions It is a unique boo* of Reasoning which is
meant for competitive examinations like Bank Clerical, Bank P.O., LIC., GIC, M B A. Assistant Grade. Excise and
income Tax. IAS. IFS. AAO. Railways, Hotel Management and others. Question papers and references given on
memory basis will load the students to success
Code : 06 055
3rd Rev. Edn. 2004
ISBN:81-219-0551-6
QUICK ARITHMETIC
Ashlsh
Aggarwal
This book explains tne Short-cut methods ol solving the problems for L.l.C. & G.I.C. (AAO). Assistant Grade.
Auditors. S O., B B A. M B A.. M C A. N.D.A.. N A , C D S . . Bank Competitions and other Competitive
Examinations.
Code : 14 487
1st Edn. Rep. 2004
ISBN:81-219-2387-5
A MODERN APPROACH TO
VERBAL REASONING
R.S. Aggarwal
The book «s unique for its coverage of all types of questions askod including those m logical deduction and
ail the study material available around It contains a huge collection of practisable questions with fully solved
examples and explanatory answers. This book is meant for competitive examinations like Bank ClericaJ. Bank
P.O.. UC. GIC. M B A , Assistant Grade. Excise S Income Tax. IAS, IFS. AAO. Railways and others it is
assured that the book w*l do its deal in making students the masters in this competitive field.
C o d e : 06 053
2nd Edn. Rep. 2004
ISBN-.81 -219-0552-4
A MODERN APPROACH TO
NON-VERBAL REASONING
R.S. Aggarwal
The requirements of the candidates have been a major factor kept In mind during the compilation of this
book and with this end in view aD types of solved questions with a huge collection of practisable questions
have been provided. This book also consists of wea illustrated examples and fully solved exercises with
explanatory answers and clues. This book is highly meant for the competitive examinations like Bank
Clerical. Bank P.O.. SBi P O . R.B.I., L U X . G IC.. A A O . . M B.A. I A S . . I.F.S., Railways. V.D.C., Subinspectors of Police. Asstt
Grade. Income Tax and Central Excise, otc
Code : 06 054
2nd Edn. Rev 2004
ISBN:81-219-0553-2
A MODERN APPROACH TO
LOGICAL REASONING
R.S. Aggarwal & Vlkas Aggarwal
Nowadays success in every single competrt/ve examinations like Bank Clerical, bank PO. LIC. GIC. MBA.
Assistant Grade. Excise & Income Tax. IAS, IFS. AAO. Railway Hotel management and others depend much
on the candidate s performance In tho Reasoning Papor So much comprehensive and intelligent approach
to it is the need of the day This book serves the purpose.
Code : 03 1 04
2nd Rev. Edn.
2005
ISBN-.81-219-1905-3
MATHEMATICS FOR C.D.S.
(Fully Solved)
R.S. Aggarwal
Salient features of this book are: (a) Solutions by short-cut methods (b) Large number of challenging problems.
2
Copyrighted material
fully scXvod (c) wtx>*e lot of solved examples to ciaoty the facts (d) Latest questions included on memory basis.
This book on mathematics is really an asset to those who plan to appear in competitive examination for C.D.S.
Code : 06 066
3rd Rev. Edn. 2006
IMN:S1-21»-101M
MATHEMATICS FOR M.B.A.
(Fully Solved)
R.S. Aggarwal
This book is an efficient Guide for the candidates preparing for the M B A. entrance examination The book
contains a huge accumulation of objective type questions fully solved by short-cut methods and it is hoped
that the subject matter will lead candidates to success.
Code : 06 056
tft*N:S1.21*0*45-0
Rev. Edn. 2005
MATHEMATICS FOR N.D.A. & N.A.
(Fully Solved) (According to New Syllabus)
R.S. Aggarwal
This book provvtes a comprehensive study of all topics included in N.O.A. syllabus. It contains a large number
of challenging proWems with solutions; a lot of solved examples to clarify the facts; and latest questions
included on memory basis The subject matter of this book is according to the needs of the students and
it is hoped that it will creat a confidence among studonts to successfully clear N.O.A. examination
Code : 06 065
6th Rev. Edn. 2004
l*»N:»1-21»-1018-8
QUANTITATIVE APTITUDE
(Fully Solved)
R.S. Aggarwal
This revised edition of the book will be an asset to the candidates appearing for Bank P.O., Insurance A.A.O.,
Assistant Grade; Excise & Income Tax Inspectors: C.B.I. Sub-Inspectors: Teachers' Exam; C. D. 3; Railways: Hotel
Management: M B A. and all other competitive examinations It contains a huge accumulation of objective type
questions with their solutions by short cut methods Latest questions asked n various examinations have been
added It is hoped that the book will help the students to get through their competitive exams in flying colours
6th Rev. Edn. 2005
Code : 06 008
ISBN:t1 -211-0632-6
MATHEMATICS FOR M.C.A.
R.S. Aggarwal & Deepak Aggarwal
The salient features of the book are: (i) Strictly accord*ig to the syllabi prescribed by various universities for M.C.A.
ontrance examinations (ii) Separate exercises for objective and descriptive type questions, fully solved (ill)
previous year's questions included The book is expected to prove a sure shot to success in Mathematics for all
aspiring candidates lor M.C.A. entrance examination
Code : 06 084
JSBN-.S1 -219-1482-5
2nd Edn. Rev. 2004
yfflMl'fl
afofrnfiTcf
^
th^
(q^r-w
ufao
JTCPHfl
fiFft TT^Tt ^ft
faPlH
3TRT9R,
W f^Ttr Tff
TRT ^STT, trft ifcfl,
^fal f=TTOf UWK1 ^ffaT
^ T , ^ T T ^ TJRI,
wUh
H5TT
TXjfa ^ 3TTOTC
Code : 14 200
TT5
i f e <T*IT iJRft yfd^Vfl
faWM*
il
P i f t \ fafa-H TftWl^fl
^ ^
fqf*TR TT^TR ^ft ^RTR
5th Edn.
<ftfl
^
TOjfTO
^TTTtflftfaT ^
4M4W ^'ufli OTfc ^
Rev. 2004
TfH
foj
^T 3TCR
Wl
fl
ISBN:81-21S-0835-3
A COMPREHENSIVE GUIDE FOR MCA
ENTRANCE EXAMINATIONS
R.S. Aggarwal & Deepak Aggarwal
This is an unique book for MCA Entrance Examination. It contains two sections comprising of Mathematical
AMity and General Aptitude The book is strictly according to the syllabi prescribed to various universities
for MCA entrance examination Separate exercises for objective and descriptive type questions fully solved
3
Copyrighted material
I
are given
Previous years questions are included.
Code : 06 071
ISBN: 81 '219-1481 -7
2 n d Edn. 2006
GENERAL SCIENCE
FOR COMPETITIVE EXAMINATIONS
C.S. Bedl & R.S. Bedi
C O N T E N T S : « Scope of Science • The Universe e T h e Solar System e T h e Earth • Earth Glossary • Space Science
» Computer Science • Physics • Chemistry e Organisation of life • The World of Plants • The Animal Kingdom •
Human Physiology • Ecology • Miscellaneous Information • Science update * Multiple Choice Questions
Code : 06 119
1st Edn. 2003
ISBN:81 -219-2299-2
B.C.AJB.I.T. ENTRANCE GUIDE
Parkaah * Suman Kant
CONTENTS
Sample Paper • Review of the Question Baper • Part-I Proficiency in English e Practice Papers
• Parl-ll Reasoning & Intelligence Tests e Practice Papers® Part-Ill Quantitative Aptitude • Numerical AMity
• Practice Papers * Part-IV General Awareness • Practice Papers • Computer Awareness • Revesion
Papers
Code : 06 108
2nd Edn. Rev. 2004
ISBN:81 -219-2024-8
(Hindi for Competitive Examinations)
ftmns
CONTENTS
-
fe^
^FJT
#
Code : 06 133
ilfimici
grJf
fa^K
•
•
fa
1st Edn. 2004
llfMhft
^rfNnStff
UK
• T ^ R l fa^TR
ISBN : 81-219-2422-7
^
Mluirt
(Mathematics tor Competitive Examinations)
<^hk
CONTENTS o T T ^ T T - ^ f ^ M ^ d l
Midi* t ^ '
•
3m ^TR
M W l ^ f ^FrfR M T O f
« SfjqTfl
• fgSJTORl
OTFR
afa ^
• ^rnFTf^m
fa*
HMI^MW • 3flTfcT
wg&n
ftrsra
Code : 06 126
•
X ^ ^ J c ! • W-fl4»<u|
TPR
• fa^TH • <1|t|KU| ^TR e W ^ f i C
T^ -qfriTN •
•
•
eTPTC
• c T y i ^ •Fpjrf^
firasHWi!
• ^ifaffl
•
• JlfcWM
#
HIMT71
UK"!)*'U|
•ztz
•
1st Edn. 2004
•
^rtf
ISBN : 81-219-2415-4
q^flHJ
(Objective General Hindi)
annnH
fc^ arprcv, ^jfrro W - H T O ,
it.Tft.Tm., 7^ *Trft
Tf^mft
^ff
tlfhnw 3
TTTTSJT,
fe^
nrf
v m f i
^MLsnt., fo *rt.3Ti, umN
3R? TlfcTOFTt
tjtt T F f l ^
nlfi^i
^FT f ? ^
3TOTT ^ ^ WTCft W t i f a ^ft
i f o R ^tm fora,
^
3TI7TT
^
if
t fe
irpfti
Code : 06 095
Rev. Edn. 2004
4
ISBN : 81-219-1753-0
Copyrighted material
PREFACE TO THE T H I R D EDITION
Hereby we proudly announce the presentation of this unique book fully revised in an extremely
unique field of Reasoning. Now-a-days success in every single competitive examination (Bank Clerical. Bank P.O., L I C G I C , M B . A., Assistant Grade. Excise & Income Tax, I A S , IFS, A . A O . . Railways.
Hotel Management and others) depends much on the candidate's performance in the Mental Ability
and Reasoning Paper. So a much comprehensive and intelligent approach to it is the need of the day.
This book Serves the purpose.
It is unique in the f o l l o w i n g aspects:
(i)
Its coverage of all types of questions asked including those on L O G I C A L D E D U C T I O N and
all thC'Study material available on these;
(if)
Its huge collection of practisablc questions (nearly 6000);
(/if) Fully solved examples and explanatory answers.
Question Papers and references given on memory basis shall help to know the types of ques-
i
tions asked in a particular examination. The requirements of the candidates has been a major factor
kept in mind during the compilation of this book and I am sure that it will make students the masters rn
this field.
I c o n v e y my gratitude to Shri Ravindra Kumar Gupta and Shri T . N . Gocl for taking all pains and
interest in the publication of the book. For hardworking with me I am thankful to Mr. Vikas A g g a r w a l .
For g o o d type setting, I am thankful to Mr. Mukesh Mahcshwari of Brilliant Computers. Merrut.
ILS. AGGARWAL
Copyrighted material
I
Copyrighted material
CONTENTS
Chapters
Pages
SECTION I GENERAL MENTAL ABILITY
1. Analogy
1
?
Classification
—
—95
3.
Series completion
139
4.
Coading — Decoding
169
5.
Blood Relations
220
6.
7.
Puzzle Test
Sequential Output Tracing
242
318
8.
9.
Direction Sense Test
Logical Venn diagrams
324
346
10.
Alphabet Test
384
11.
Number, Ranking & Time Sequence Test
417
12.
Mathematical Operations
433
13.
Logical Sequence of Words
455
14.
Arithmetical Reasoning
459
15.
Inserting the Missing Character
475
16.
Data Sufficiency
495
17.
Decision Making
507
18.
Assertion and Reason
540
19.
20.
Situation Reaction Test
Verification of Truth of the Statement
551
556
1.
2.
3.
4.
Logic
Statement - Arguments
Statement - Assumptions
Statement - Courses of Action
1
30
48
85
5.
6.
Statement - Conclusions
Deriving Conclusions from passages
1Q1
123
Z
Theme Detection
146
fl,
9.
Question - Statements
Miscellaneous Logical Puzzles
152
156
I
1. Series
1
2.
Analogy
136
3.
Classification
206
4.
Analytical Reasoning
241
5.
Mirror Images
267
6.
Water Images
278
7.
Embedded Figures
289
8.
Completion of Incomplete Pattern
303
9.
Figure Matrix
313
Paper Folding
321
11. Paper Cutting
327
12.
Rule Detection
343
13.
Grouping of Identical Figures
346
14.
Cubes and Dice
351
10.
15. Dot Situation
395
16.
Construction of Sguares & Triangles
404
17.
Figure Formation & Analysis
416
18
Practice Question Set...
422
Copyrighted material
VERBAL REASONING
I Copyrighted material
t
*
I Copyrighted material
( GENERAL MENTAL ABILITY
1. ANALOGY
'Analogy' means 'correspondence*.
In questions based on analogy, a particular relationship is given and another
similar relationship has to be identified from the alternatives provided. Analogy tests
are therefore meant to test a candidate's overall knowledge, power of reasoning and
ability to think concisely and accurately. Below are given some common relationships
which will help you detect most analogies better.
K I N D S OF R E L A T I O N S H I P S :
1. I n s t r u m e n t and M e a s u r e m e n t :
Ex. Barometer : Pressure
Barometer is an instrument used to measure pressure.
Some more examples are given below :
1. Thermometer : Temperature
7. Rain Gauge : Rain
2. Anemometer : Wind vane
8. Hygrometer : Humidity
3. Odometer : Speed
9. Ammeter : Current
4. Scale : Length
10. Screw Gauge : Thickness
5. Balance : Mass
11. Seismograph : Earthquakes
6. Sphygmomanometer : Blood Pressure 12. Taseometer : Strains
2. Q u a n t i t y a n d Unit :
Ex. Length : Metre
Metre is the unit of length.
Some more examples are given below :
1. Mass : Kilogram
2. Force : Newton
3. Energy : Joule
4. Resistance : Ohm
5. Volume : Litre
6. Angle : Radians
7. Power : Watt
8. Potential : Volt
9. Work : Joule
3. I n d i v i d u a l a n d G r o u p :
Ex. Sailors : Crew
A group of sailors is called a crew.
Some more examples are given below :
1. Cattle : Herd
2. Flowers : Bouquet
3. Grapes : Bunch
'4. Singer : Chorus
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
Time : Seconds
Current : Ampere
Luminosity : Candela
Pressure : Pascal
Area : Hectare
Temperature : Degrees
Conductivity : Mho
Magnetic field : Oersted
7. Sheep : Flock
8. Riders : Cavalcade
9. Bees : Swarm
10. Man : Crowd
I Copyrighted material
Reasoning
11. Soldiers : Army
12. Nomads : Horde
5. Artist : Troupe
6. Fish : Shoal
4. Animal and Y o u n g one :
Ex. Cow : Calf
Calf is the young one of cow.
Some more examples are given below :
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Horse : Pony
Cat : Kitten
Sheep : Lamb
Butterfly : Caterpillar
Insect : Larva
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
Dog : Puppy
Hen : Chicken
Lion : Cub
Duck : Duckling
Man : Child
5. M a l e a n d F e m a l e :
Ex. Horse : Mare
Mare is the female horse.
Some more examples are given below :
1. Dog : Bitch
2. Stag : Doe
3. Son : Daughter
4. Lion : Lioness
5. Sorcerer : Sorceress
6. I n d i v i d u a l and Class :
Ex. Lizard : Reptile
Lizard belongs to the class of reptiles.
Some more examples are given below r
6.
7.
8.
9.
Drone : Bee
Gentleman : Lady
Nephew : Niece
Tiger : Tigress
4. Butterfly : Insect
5. Whale : Mammal
6. Rat : Rodent
1. Man : Mammal
2. Ostrich : Bird
3. Snake : Reptile
7. I n d i v i d u a l and D w e l l i n g P l a c e :
Ex. Dog : Kennel
A dog lives in a kennel.
^
Some more examples are given below :
1. Bee : Apiary'
5.
6.
7.
8.
2. Cattle : Shed
3. Lion : Den
4. Poultry : Farm
Monk : Monastery
Fish . Aquarium
Birds : Aviary*
Horse : Stable
8. Study and T o p i c :
Ex. Ornithology : Birds
Ornithology is the study of birds.
Some more examples are given below :
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Seismology : Earthquakes
Botany : Plants
Onomatology : Names
Ethnology : Human Races
Ontology : Reality
4
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
Entomology : Insects
Zoology : Animals
Occultism : Supernatural
Oology : Eggs
Virology : Viruses
Copyrighted material
Analogy 19^
6. Herpetology : Amphibians
7. Pathology : Diseases
8. Astrology : Future
9. Anthropology : Man
10. Palaeography : Writings
11. Ichthyology : Fishes
12. Semantics : Language
13. Nephrology : Kidney
14. Concology : Shells
15. Haematology : Blood
16. Craniology : Skull
17. Mycology : Fungi
9. Worker and Tool :
Ex. Blacksmith : Anvil
Anvil is the tool used by a blacksmith.
Some more examples are given below :
1. Carpenter : Saw
2. Woodcutter : Axe
3. Tailor : Needle
4. Labourer : Spade
5. Soldier : Gun
6. Sculptor : Chisel
7. Mason : Plumbline
10. Tool and Action :
Ex. Needle : Sew
A needle is used for sewing.
Some more examples are given below :
1. Knife : Cut
2. Sword : Slaughter
3. Mattock : Dig
4. Filter : Purify
5. Steering : Drive
6. Pen : Write
7. Spanner : Grip
8. Spoon : Feed
9. Microscope : Magnify
11. Worker and Working Place :
Ex. Chef: Kitchen
A chef works in a kitchen.
Some more examples are given below :
1. Farmer : Field
2. Warrior : Battlefield
3. Engineer : Site
4. Sailor : Ship
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
30.
31.
32.
33.
34.
Malacology : Molluscs
Palaeontology : Fossils
Pedology : Soil
Taxonomy : Classification
Orography : Mountains
Selenography : Moon
Eccrinology : Secretions
Histology : Tissues
Nidology : Nests
Cardiology : Heart
Phycology : Algae
Bryology : Bryophytes
8. Chef: Knife
9. Doctor : Stethoscope
10. Farmer : Plough
11. Author : Pen
12. Surgeon : Scalpel
13. Gardener : Harrow
14. Warrior : Sword
10. Gun : Shoot
11. Shovel : Scoop
12. Chisel : Carve
13. Oar : Row
14. Axe : Grind
15. Auger : Bore
16. Spade : Dig
17. Shield : Guard
18. Loudspeaker : Amplify
12. Teacher : School
13. Doctor : Hospital
14. Clerk : Office
15. Servant : House
Copyrighted material;
20
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
Pilot : Cockpit
Beautician : Parlour
Artist : Theatre
Actor : Stage
Mechanic : Garage
Lawyer : Court
Scientist : Laboratory
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
Reasoning
Driver : Cabin
Grocer : Shop
Painter : Gallery
Waiter : Restaurant
Worker : Factory
Umpire : Pitch
Gambler : Casino
12. W o r k e r and P r o d u c t :
Ex. Mason : Wall
A mason builds a wall.
Some more examples are given below
1. Farmer : Crop
2. Hunter : Prey
3. Carpenter : Furniture
4. Author : Book
5. Goldsmith : Ornaments
6. Butcher : Meat
7. Cobbler : Shoes
8. Poet : Poem
9. Editor : Newspaper
10. Teacher : Education
11. C h e f : Food
12. Judge : Justice
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
Choreographer : Ballet
Producer : Film
Architect : Design
Tailor : Clothes
Dramatist : Play
11.
12.
13.
14.
Cloth : Fibre
Road : Asphalt
Book : Paper
Sack : Jute
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
Omelette : Egg
Jewellery : Gold
Linen : Flax
Oil : Seed
Paper : Pulp
13. P r o d u c t and R a w M a t e r i a l :
Ex. Prism : Glass
Prism is made of glass.
Some more examples are given below
•
Butter : Milk
2. Wall : Brick
3. Furniture : Wood
4. Shoes : Leather
5. Pullover : Wool
6. Metal : Ore
7. Rubber : Latex
Jaggery : Sugarcane
9. Wine : Grapes
10. Fabric : Yarn
14. P a r t a n d W h o l e Relationship :
Ex. Pen : Nib.
Nib is a part of a pen.
Some more examples are given below
1. Pencil : Lead
2. House : Kitchen
3. Fan : Blade
4. Class : Student
5. Room : Window
6. Aeroplane : Cockpit
7. Book : Chapter
Copyrighted material .
5^
Analogy
15. Word and Intensity :
Ex. Anger : Rage
Rage is of higher intensity than Anger
Some more examples are given below :
6. Famous : Renowned
1. Wish : Desire
7. Unhappy : Sad
2. Kindle : Burn
8.
Refuse : Deny
3. Sink : Drown
9. Crime : Sin
4. Quarrel : War
10. Moist : Drench
5. Error : Blunder
16. Word and Synonym :
Ex. Abode : Dwelling
Abode means almo*f the same as Dwelling.
Thus. Dwelling is the synonym of Abode.
Some more examples are given below :
11. Solicit : Request
1. Blend : Mix
12. Presage : Predict
2. Ban : Prohibition
13. Haughty : Proud
3. Assign : Allot
14. Flaw : Defect
4. Vacant : Empty
15. Fierce : Violent
5. Abduct : Kidnap
6. Dearth : Scarcity
16. Fallacy : Illusion
T. Dissipate ; Squander
17. Substitute : Replace
18. Mend : Repair
8. Sedate : Calm
19. Alight : Descend
9. Brim : Edge
10. House : Home
20. Presume : Assume
17. Word and Antonym :
Ex. Attack : Defend
Defend means the opposite of Attack.
Thus, Defend is the antonym of Attack.
Some more examples are given below :
1. Advance : Retreat
11. Sink : Float
2. Cruel : Kind
12. Robust : Weak
13. Gentle : Harsh
3. Best : Worst
4. Fresh : Stale
14. Deep : Shallow
5. Ignore : Notice
15. Cordial : Hostile
6. Initial : Final
16. Affirm : Deny
7. Condense : Expand
17. Mourn : Rejoice
8. Chaos : Peace
18. Lethargy : Alertness
9. Create : Destroy
19. Kindle : Extinguish
10. Gradual : Abrupt
20. Lend : Borrow
TYPE 1 : COMPLETING THE ANALOGOUS PAIR
In this type of questions, two words are given. These words are related to each
other in some way. Another word is also given. The candidate is required to find
out the relationship between the first two words and choose the word from the given
alternatives, which bears the same relationship to the third word, as the first two
bear.
Copyrighted material;
6
Reasoning
ILLUSTRATIVE
EXAMPLES
Ex. 1. N e w s p a p e r : Press : : Cloth : ?
(a) Tailor
(6) Textile '
(c) Fibre
(d) Factory
(e) Mill
Sol. Just as newspaper is prepared in a press, cloth is manufactured in the mill.
So, the answer is (e).
Ex. 2. Bombay : Maharashtra : : T r i v a n d r u m : ?
(a) Calcutta (6) Gtgarat
(c) Rajasthan
(d) Kerala
(e) Sikkim
Sol. Bombay is the capital of Maharashtra. Similarly, Trivandrum is the capital of
Kerala. So, the answer is (</).
Ex. 3. Vigilant : A l e r t : : Viable : ?
(a) Active
(b) Gentle
(c) Hopeless
(d) Feasible
(e) Useful
Sol. 'Alert' is the synonym of 'Vigilant'. Similarly, the synonym of 'Viable' is
"Feasible9. So. the answer is (d).
Ex. 4. Doctor : Nurse :: ? : F o l l o w e r
(Bank P.O. 1996)
(a) Employer (6) Leader
(c) Worker
(d) Manager
(e) Union
Sol. Just as a nurse follows the doctor's instructions, so also a follower works as
directed by the leader. So, the answer is (6).
Ex. 5. Cattle : H e r d :: Sheep : ?
(a) Flock
(6) Swarm
(c) Crowd
(d) Shoal
(e) Mob
Sol. Herd is a group of cattle. Similarly, flock is a collection of sheep. So, the answer
is (a).
EXERCISE 1A
Directions : In each of the following questions, there is a certain relationship between two given words on one side of: : and one word is given on
another side of: : while another word is to be found from the given alternativesf having the same relation with this word as the words of the given
pair bear. Choose the correct alternative.
1. M o o n : Satellite : : Earth s 7
(c) Solar system
(d) Asteroid
(a) Sun
(6) Planet
(Assistant Grade, 1993)
2. Forecast : Future 2 : R e g r e t 2 ?
(a) Present
(6) Atone
(c) Past
id) Sins
3. I n f l u e n z a : Virus : : T y p h o i d 2 ?
(a) Bacillus
(6) Parasite
(c) Protozoa
(d) Bacteria
4. F e a r : T h r e a t 2 : A n g e r : ?
(S.CJLA 1994)
(c) Provocation
(d) Force
(a) Compulsion
(6) Panic
5. Melt : L i q u i d 2 : F r e e z e 2 ?
(c) Solid
(d) Crystal
(a) Ice
(6) Condense
( L T a i A Centra] Excise, 1995)
6. Clock : T i m e 2 2 T h e r m o m e t e r 2 ?
(c) Energy
(d) Temperature
(a) Heat
(6) Radiation
1. Muslims : Mosque : 2 Sikhs 2 ?
(a) Golden Temple (6) Medina
(c) Fire Temple
(d) Gurudwara
8. P a w : Cat 2 2 H o o f : ?
(Assistant Grade, 1999)
(a) Horse
(6) Lion
(c) Lamb
(d) Elephant
Copyrighted material .
Analogy
9. E y e : M y o p i a : : T e e t h : 7
(a) Pyorrhoea
(b) Cataract
10. T r a c t o r : T r a i l e r : H o r s e : 7
(a) Stable
(6) Cart
11. S c r i b b l e : W r i t e : Stammer
(a) Walk
(6) Play
12. F l o w e r : Bud : Plant : ?
(a) Seed
(b) Taste
13. E r r a t a : Books : F l a w s : ?
(a) Manuscripts
(6) Metals
Chimney : 7
14. Gun : Bullet
' a ) Ground
(b) House
15. B r e e z e : C y c l o n e : : D r i z z l e : ?
(a) Earthquake
(6) Storm
16. C a r : G a r a g e : : A e r o p l a n e : ?
(a) Port
(b) Depot
17. R a c e : F a t i g u e : : Fast : ?
(a) Food
(b) Appetite
18. C a n d l e : Wax : : P a p e r : ?
(a) Wood
(6) Tree
19. A c t i n g : T h e a t r e : : G a m b l i n g : ?
( a ) Casino
(b) Club
(c) Trachoma
(d) Eczema
(U.D.C. 1994)
(c) Saddle
(d) Engine
(c) Speak
(d) Dance
(c) Flower
(Hotel Management, 1996)
(d) Twig
(c) Speech
(c) Roof
(d) Smoke
(c) Flood
(d) Downpour
( S . C . R A 1996)
(c) Hangar
(d) Harbour
(c) Hunger
(<f) Weakness
(I. Tax, 1994)
(c) Bamboo
(d) Pulp
(c) Bar
(d) Gymn
(M.BjV. 1998)
(c) Compliment
(d) Recommend
20.
V e n e r a t e : Worship : : Extol : ?
(a) Glorify
(6) Homage
21. W a t e r : C o n v e c t i o n : : Space : 7
(a) Conduction
(b) Transference
22. G r o w t h : Death : : Increase : 7
(d) Charter
(Assistant Grade, 1998)
(c) Vacuum
(a) Ease
(6) Decrease
(c) Tease
23. O x y g e n : B u r n : C a r b o n d i o x i d e : ?
(a) Isolate
(b) Foam
(c) Extinguish
24. D o g : B a r k : : G o a t : 7
(a) Bleat
(6) Howl
( c ) Grunt
25. G r a i n : Stock : : Stick : 7
(a) Heap
(6) Bundle
(c) Collection
26. N u r t u r e : N e g l e c t : : D e n i g r a t e
(a) Reveal
(b) Extol
(c) Recognise
27. P l a n e t : O r b i t : : P r o j e c t i l e : 7
(a) Trajectory
(b) Track
(c) Milky Way
G
e
n
u
i
n
e
:
A
u
t
h
e
n
t
i
c
:
j
M
i
r
a
g
e
:
7
28.
(a) Image
(b) Transpiration (c) Reflection
29. C o b b l e r : L e a t h e r : : C a r p e n t e r : 7
(a) Furniture
(6) Wood
(c) Hammer
(d) Radiation
(Assistant Grade, 1994)
(d) Cease
(d) Explode
(U.D.C. 1994)
(d) Bray
(d) String
(CJLT. 1997)
(d) Calumniate
(d) Path
(Assistant Grade, 1993)
(d) Illusion
(d) Chair
Copyrighted material
I
8
Reasoning
(M.B.A. 1098)
30. Rupee : India : : Yen : 7
id)
Japan
(o) Turkey
(6) Bangladesh
(c) Pakistan
31. Oceans : Deserts : : Waves : 7
(a) Sea
(6) Dust
(c) Sand dunes
(d) Ripples'
32. Pork : Pig : : Beef : 7
(d) Lamb
(a) Farmer
(6) Herd
(c) Cow
(S.8.C. 1*96)
33. Illiteracy : Education : : Flood : 7
id) River
(a) Rain
(6) Bridge
(c) Dam
34. Dungeon : Confinement : : Asylum : 7
(o) Refuge
(6) Mercy
(c) Truancy
(d) Remorse
35. Appraiser : Building : : Critic : 7
(I. Tax & Central Excise, 1993)
(o) Book
(6) Masterpiece (c) Judge
(d) Gold
36. Cub : Lion : : Colt : 7
(c) Leopard
(a) Doe
(6) Stag
(d) Stallion
37. Drill : Bore : : Sieve : ?
(a) Thresh
(6) Sift
(c) Pry
id) Rinse
(Hotel Management, 1996)
38. Fruit : Banana : : Mammal : ?
(a) Cow
(6) Snake
(c) Fish
(d) Sparrow
39. Tile : Mosaic : s Knot : ?
(a) Embroidery
(6) Abacus
(c) Macrame
(d) Easle
?
40. Import : Export : : Expenditure
(a) Deficit
(6) Revenue
(d) Tax
(c) Debt
41. Hill : Mountain : : Stream : ?
(CJi.I. 1993)
(a) River
(/>) Canal
(c) Glacier
id) Avalanche
42. Country : President : : State : ?
(6) Minister
(a) Governor
(c) Chief Minister
(d) Citizen
43. Bread : Yeast s Curd : ?
(6) Bacteria
(a) Fungi
(c) Germs
(d) Virus
44. Court : Justice : School : ?
(Assistant Grade, 1998)
(6) Student
(a) Teacher
(c) Ignorance
(d) Education
:
Gypsum
:
?
45. Quartz : Radio
(ft) Porcelain
(a) Glass
(c) Cement
(d) Powder
46. Chromite : Chromium : : llmenite> : ?
(a) Limestone
(6) Cobalt
(c) Manganese
(d) Titanium
47. Command : Order : : Confusion 7
(Bank P.O. 1997)
(a) Discipline
(6) Clarity
(c) Chaos
(d) Problem
48. Ruby : Red : : Sapphire : ?
(a) Blue
(6) White
tc) Green
Silver
49. House s Garbage : : Ore : ?
(a) Rubbish
(6) Gangue
(c) Sand
Id) Dregs
50. Hong Kong : China : : Vatican s
(M.AT. 1997)
(6) Mexico
(a) Rome
(c) Canada
(d) Christianity
Alnico : ?
51. Steel : Rails
(a) Aircraft
ib) Machinery
(c) Silver ware
(d) Magnets
Copyrighted material
9
Analogy
52. Poodle : Dog : : Moose : ?
(a) Duck
(6) Donkey
53. Push : Pull : : Throw : ?
(a) Jump
(6) Collect
Naphthalene
:
Coal
tar : : Dyes : ?
54.
(a) Petroleum
(6) Oils
55. Darwin : Evolution : : Archimedes : ?
(o) Friction
(6) Lubrication
56. Hot : Oven : : Cold : ?
(a) Ice cream
(/>) Air conditioner
67. Conference : Chairman : : Newspaper
(a) Reporter
(6) Distributor
58. Drama : Stage : : Tennis : ?
(a) Tournament
(6) Net
59. Tree : Forest : : Grass : ?
(a) Lawn
(b) Field
60. Giant : Dwarf : : Genius : ?
(a) Wicked
(6) Gentle
61. Bank : River : : Coast : ?
(a) Flood
(6) Waves
62. Flower : Butterfly : : Dirt : ?
(a) Rats
ib) Fly
63. Malaria : Disease : : Spear : ?
(a) Wound
(6) Sword
64. Matricide : Mother : : Homicide : ?
(a) Human
(6) Children
65. Food : Stomach : : Fuel : ?
(o) Plane
(6) Truck
66. Quail : Partridges : : Yak : ?
(a) Cows
(6) Deer
67. Engineer : Map : : Bricklayer : ?
(o) Design
(ft) Templet
68. Fire : Ashes : : Explosion : ?
(a) Flame
(b) Death
69. Pesticide : Crop : : Antiseptic : ?
(a) Wound
(ft) Clotting
70. King : Throne : : Rider : ?
(a) Seat
(ft) Horse
71. Ocean : Water : : Glacier : ?
(a) Refrigerator
(6) Ice
72. Reluctant : Keen :: Remarkable : ?
(a) Usual
(6) Restrained
73. Sculptor : Statue : : Poet : 7
(a) Canvas
(6) Pen
(c) Fowl
(d) Deer
<Bank P.O. 1997)
(d) Game
(c) Pick
(c) Chemicals
(d) Carbon
id) Liquids
(c) Buoyancy
(Transmission Executives' 1994)
(c) Snow
(d) Refrigerator
: ?
(rf) Editor
(c) Printer
(B.S.R.B. 1995)
(c) Court
(d) Racket
(c) Garden
(d) Farm
(c) Idiot
(d) Tiny
(S.S.C. 1997)
(d) Beach
(c) Sea
(c) Bugs
(c) Weapon
(d) Sweeper
(S.C.R.A. 1996)
(d) Death
(c) Father
id) Apes
(Hotel Management, 1996)
(c) Engine
(d) Automobile
(c) Oxen
(c) Mould
(c) Sound
(c) Bandage
(d) Antelopes
(d) Cement
(Assistant Grade, 1996)
(d) Debris
(d) Bleeding
<c) Saddle
(d) Chair
<L Tax & Central Excise, 1991)
(c) Mountain
(d) Cave
(c) Striking
(c) Verse
(d) Evocative
(Assistant Grade, 1994)
(d) Chisel
Copyrighted material
)
Reasoning
10
74. Fossils s C r e a t u r e s : : M u m m i e s : ?
(6) Human beings
(a) Egypt
75. Snake : F a n g : : Bee s ?
(a) Honey
(6) Humming
(c) Animals
(<d) Martyrs
(c) Wax
(d) Sting
ANSWERS
1. (6):
2. (c):
3. id) :
4. (c):
5. (c):
6. (d) :
7. {d):
8. ( a ) :
9. ( a ) :
10. (ft):
11. (c):
12. (a) :
13. (6):
14. id):
15. (d):
16. (c):
17. (c):
18. (d):
19. ( a ) :
20. ( a ) :
21. (d) :
22. (d) :
23. (c) :
24. ( a ) :
25. (6):
26. (6):
27. ( a ) :
28. Id):
29. (ft):
30. (d) :
31. (c):
32. (c):
33. (c):
34. ( a ) :
35. ( a ) :
36. ( d ) :
37. (ft):
38. ( a ) :
Moon is a satellite and earth is a planet
Forecast is for future happenings and Regret is for past, actions
First is a disease caused by the second.
First arises from the second.
First is the process of formation of the second.
First is an instrument to measure the second.
Second is the place of worship for the first.
First is the name given to the foot of the second.
Second is a disease of the first.
Second is pulled by the first.
First is an improper form of the second.
First develops from the second.
Errata comprises of errors in books.
Similarly, flaws are the defects in metals.
Second comes out of the first.
Second is more intense than the first.
First is temporarily parked in the second.
First causes the second.
First is made from the second.
Second is the place for performing the first.
The words in each pair are synonyms.
Second is the mode of transference of heat by the first.
Sccond puts an end to the activity denoted by the first.
Oxygen helps in burning while carbon dioxide extinguishes fire.
Second is the noise produced by the first.
Second is a collection of the first.
The words in each pair are antonyms.
Second is the path traced by the first.
The words in each pair are synonyms.
Second is the raw material used by the first.
Rupee is the currency of India.
Similarly, Yen is the currency of Japan.
If oceans were deserts, waves would be sand dunes.
First is the name given to the meat of the sccond.
Second helps to get rid of the first.
A prisoner is confined within the dungeon, and an unsheltered person takes refuge
within the asylum.
First comments on the second.
First is a young one of the second.
Second denotes the function performed by the first.
First denotes the class to which the second belongs.
Copyrighted material .
Analogy
11
39. (c) : Just as tiles in a mosaic make a pattern, so also the knots in a piece of macrame
make a pattern.
40. (6): The words in each pair are antonyms.
41. ( a ) : Second is a bigger form of the first.
42. (a) : President and Governor are the nominal heads of the country and the state respectively.
43. (6): First is produced by the action of second.
44. (d) : First is the place where the second is imparted.
45. (c): First is used to make the second.
46. (oO : Chromite is a mineral of chromium and ilmenite is a mineral of titanium.
47. (c): The words in each pair are synonyms.
48. (a) : Ruby is a red precious stone and sapphire is a blue precious stone.
49. (ft) : The waste of the house is called garbage.
Similarly, the impurities in the ore are called gangue.
50. ( a ) : Hong Kong is a city in China.
Similarly. Vatican is a city in Rome.
51. ( d ) : First is used to make the second.
52. (d) : Poodle is a breed of dog and moose is a bread of deer.
53. (c): The words in each pair are antonyms.
54. ( a ) : First is obtained from the second.
55. (c): Darwin gave the theory of evolution.
Likewise, Archimedes gave the principle of buoyancy.
56. Id) : An oven is an appliance to keep food-items hot.
Similarly, a refrigerator keeps food-items cold.
57. W) : Chairman is the highest authority in a conference.
Similarly, editor is the highest authority in a newspaper agency.
58. (c): A drama is performed on a stage.
Similarly, tennis is played in court.
59. ( a ) : A forest consists of trees and a lawn is made up of grass.
60. (c): The words in each pair are opposites of each other.
61. (c): Bank is the land beside a river.
Similarly, coant is the land beside a sea.
62. (6): First attracts the second.
63. (c): Second denotes the class to which the first belongs.
64. ( a ) : First implies killing the second.
65. (c): Food is processed by the stomach to provide energy for the functioning of the body.
Similarly, fuel is processed by the engine to provide energy for the functioning of
automobile.
66. (c): First belongs to the family of second.
67. (6): Second gives the pattern to be followed by the first.
68. (d): Second is the name given to the remains left after the first.
69. ( a ) : Pesticide protects crops from insects and antiseptic protects wound from germs.
70. (c): A king aits on a throne and a ricier on a saddle.
71. (6): First consists of the second.
72. ( a ) : The words in each pair are antonyms.
73. (c): Second is prepared by the first.
74. (6): Fossils are the remains of creatures.
Similarly, mummies are the remains of human beings.
75. (d): Setond is the bite of the first.
Copyrighted material
Reasoning
12
EXERCISE 1B
Directions : There is a certain relation between two given
nide of: : and one word is given on another side of: : while
is to be found from the given alternatives, having the same
this t word as the given pair has. Select the best alternative.
I. Dog : Rabies : : Mosquito 2 ?
(a) Plague
(ft) Death
(c) Malaria
2. Man : Biography : : Nation : ?
(a) Leader
(6) People
(c) Geography
3. Doctor : Diagnosis : : J u d g e : ?
(c) Lawyer
(a) Court
(6) Punishment
4. Horse : J o c k e y :: Car : ?
(a) Mechanic
(ft) Chauffeur
(c) Steering
5. F o g : Visibility : : A I D S : ?
(a) Health
(ft) Resistance
6. P o r c u p i n e : Rodent : : M i l d e w : ?
(a) Fungus
(ft) Germ
7. R e a d i n g : K n o w l e d g e : : Work : ?
(a) Experience
(ft) Engagement
8. Scrap : Food : : U?es : ?
(a) Bread
(ft) Tea
9. Conscience : Wrong : : Police : ?
(a) Thief
(ft) Law
10. Cricket : Bat : : Hockey : ?
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
(a) Field
(ft) Stick
Glucose : C a r b o h y d r a t e : : Soyabean
(a) Proteins
(ft) Vitamins
J e o p a r d y : P e r i l : : Jealousy : ?
(a) Envy
(ft) Insecurity
P i g e o n : Peace : : White f l a g : ?
(a) Friendship
(ft) Victory
T e h e r a n : Iran : : B e i j i n g : ?
(a) China
(ft) Japan
Enough : Excess : : Sufficiency : ?
(a) Adequacy
(ft) Surplus
16. Squint : Eye : : Squeeze : ?
(a) Tongue
(ft) Cloth
17. H e r m i t : Solitude : : Intruder : ?
( o ) Thief
(ft) Privacy
18. T e a : C u p : : Tobacco : ?
(a) Leaves
(ft) Hookah
19. M a r k e t : Demand : : Farming : ?
(a) Farmer
(ft) Monsoons
•
words on one
another word
relation with
(d) Sting
(CJLT. 1996)
(rf) History
(d) Judgement
((d) Brake
(C.B.I. 1996)
(c) Virus
(d) Death
(c) Insect
(c) Employment
(d) Pathogen
(M.B.A. 1997)
(d> Experiment
(c) Wine
(d) Rice
(c) Discipline
(d) Crime
(P.C.S. 1996*
(c) Player
(</) Ball
•
(c) Minerals
(c) Lust
id) Legumes
( C A T . 1995)
(d) Sin
(c) Surrender
(d) War
U) Turkey
id) Malaysia
(M.A.T. 1994)
id) Import
(c) Competency
(c) Throat
(<•) Burglar
(<f) Hand
(S.CJLA. 1994)
(d) Aim
(c) Toxin
id) Cheroot
(c) Foodgrain
(d) Supply
Copyrighted material .
\
Analogy
20.
13
S k i r m i s h : W a r : : Disease : ?
(<i) Medicine
(6) Patient
21.
(M.B.A. 1998)
(c) Epidemic
Walker's C u p : ?
Wimbledon Trophy : Tennis :
(6) Polo
(a) Hockey
22. S k e l e t o n : Body : : G r a m m a r ?
(a) language
(6) Sentence
23. A t o m : M a t t e r : P a r t i c l e : ?
(a) Proton
(6) Electron
Disease
:
P
a
t
h
o
l
o
g
y : : Planet
24.
(a) Astrology
(6) Geology
25. M a t u r e : R e g r e s s e d : : V a r i e d
(6) Monotonous
(a) Rhythmic
26. W o o l : S h e e p : : M o h a i r : ?
(b) Goat
(a) Cat
27. M a n : M a c h i n e : M a s t e r : ?
(6) Manager
<n) Worker
28. S e d a t i v e : P a i n : : S o l a c e : ?
(6) Kill
(a) Irritation
29. T u b e r c u l o s i s L u n g s : : C a t a r a c t
(6) Throat
( a ) Ear
(d) Infection
(c) Golf
(d) Wrestling
(Bank P.O. 1998)
(d) Education
(c) Meaning
(d) Dust
(c) Molecule
(c) Astronomy
(d) Palaeontology
(Teachers' Exam. 1996)
(c) Decorous
(d) Obsolete
(c) Cow
(d) Camel
(c) House
(d) Slave
(Assistant Grade, 1992)
(c) Grief
(d) Hurt
(c) Skin
(d) Eye
30. S o r r o w : Death : : Happiness : ?
(L Tax & Central Excise, 1995)
(a) Love
(6) Dance
(c) Cry
(d) Birth
31. E l e g a n c e : V u l g a r i t y : : G r a c e f u l
I
(a) Awkward
(6) Comely
(c) Asperity
(d) Dirty
32. P r o f e s s o r : L e c t u r e : : D o c t o r : ?
(a) Hospital
(6) Disease
(c) Medicine
(d) Patient
33. H o r s e : N e i g h : : Jackal : ?
(U.D.C. 1993)
(a) Squeak
(b) Chatter
(c) Howl
(d) Bray
•>4. H a r p : Drum : F l u t e : ?
(a) Violin
(6) Bugle
(c) Harmonium
(d) Piano
35. I m p r i s o n : Jail : Exile : ?
(a) Country
(6) Depart
(c) Banish
( d ) Punishment
36. Ship : Sea
Camel : ?
(S.C.R-A. 1990)
(a) Forest
(6) Land
(c) Mountain
(d) Desert
37. V i c t o r y : E n c o u r a g e m e n t : : F a i l u r e : ?
(a) Sadness
(6) Defeat
(c) Anger
(d) Frustration
38. I g l o o : I c e : : M a r q u e e : ?
(a) Canvas
(6) Silk
(c) Buckram
(d) Sateen
39. D i l a t o r y : E x p e d i t i o u s : : D i r e c t : ?
(Assistant Grade, 1995)
(a) Tortuous
(6) Circumlocutory
(c) Straight
(d) Curved
40. C u n n i n g : F o x : : T i m i d : ?
(a) Horse
(6) Ant
(c) Ass
(d) Rabbit
Copyrighted material
i
Reasoning
14
41. A e r o p l a n e : C o c k p i t : : T r a i n : ?
(a) Wagon
(6) Coach
42. M a j o r : Battalion : : C o l o n e l : ?
(a) Company
(6) Regiment
43. Wrist : E l b o w : : A n k l e : ?
(a) Heel
(6) Fingers
44. H e a r t : P e r i c a r d i u m : : B r a i n : ?
(a) Bones
(6) Head
45. C r o w : C a r r i o n : : L e e c h : ?
(a) Bugs
(b) Blood
46. I n s e r t : E x t r a c t : M i g h t y : ?
47.
48.
49.
50.
(M.A.T. 1996)
(c) Compartment
(c) Army
(c) Foot
(6) Ireland
51. M e a t : V e g e t a r i a n : : L i q u o r
(a) Insane
(6) Introvert
52. A m b e r : Y e l l o w : C a r a m i n e
(c) Skull
(d) Cranium
(c) Meat
(d) Bones
(S.S.C. 1997)
id) Feeble
(d) Snake
(d) Environment
(Assistant Grade, 1997)
(d) Gravitation
(c) Netherlands
(d) Borneo
(c) Teetotaller
(d) Foolish
(UJ).C. 1994)
(a) Red
(6) Green
(c) Blue
53. A c c o m m o d a t i o n : R e n t : : J o u r n e y : ?
(a) Expense
(b) Octroi
(c) Freight
54. Deep : Shallow : F r e e d o m : ?
(a) Prison
(b) Discipline
(c) Convict
55. H e a d : C a p : : F i n g e r : ?
(a) Glove
(6) Thimble
(c) Nail
56. P r o t e i n s : G r o w t h : : C a r b o h y d r a t e s : ?
(a) Energy
(6) Strength
(c) Resistance
57. W a x : W a n e
Zenith : ?
(a) Nadir
(b) Bottom
(c) Fall
Cells
•:
Tissues
:
: Atoms : ?
58.
(a) Elements
(6) Molecules
(c) Electrons
G
i
r
l
:
B
e
a
u
t
i
f
u
l
: Boy : ?
59.
(a) Smart
(b) Heroic
(c) Courageous
60. F o u n d a t i o n : E d i f i c e : : Constitution : ?
61.
(d) Soldiers
(Hotel Management, 1996)
(d) Knee
(6) Strong
(c) Frail
(a) Thin
P e r c h : F r e s h w a t e r : : ? : Salt w a t e r
(a) Crocodile
(b) Frog
(c) Cod
Ornithologist : Birds : : Anthropologist : ?
(a) Plants
(6) Animals
(c) Mankind
Ice : Coolness : Earth : ?
(a) Ocean
(fc Forest
(c) Weight
Ocean : P a c i f i c : Island : ?
(a) Greenland
(d) Engine
(a) Government
(6) State
(c) Nation
T a x o n o m y : Classification : : P e d o l o g y : ?
(a) Nature
(6) Farming
(c) Soil
(d) Orange
(d) Fare
(Assistant Grade, 1993)
(d) Democracy
(d) Thumb
(d) Diseases
( C A T . 1996)
(d) Depth
(d) Organs
(d) Handsome
(Assistant Grade, 1997)
(d) Cabinet
(d) Mountain
Copyrighted material .
Analogy
15
(U.D.C. 1993)
62. P r o d u c e : Waste : : Contrast : ?
(a) Match
(6) Correct
63. N i g h t i n g a l e : W a r b l e : : F r o g : ?
(a) Yelp
(6) Croak
64. R o n d o : Music : : L a y : ?
( a ) Song
(6) Poem
65. K n i f e : Cut : : A x e : ?
(a) Lacerate
(*>) Chop
(c) Oppose
(d) Contradict
(c) Cackle
(d) Squeak
(c) Lyric
(d) Story
( L A C . 1996)
(d) Sever
(c) Slice
66. J a m a M a s j i d : Delhi : : R e d S q u a r e : ?
(c)
(a) Hyderabad
(b) Moscow
67. V i d e o : Cassette : : C o m p u t e r : ?
(a) Reels
(b) Recordings
(c)
68. L e a t h e r : C o b b l e r : : W o o d : ?
(a) Furniture
(6) Cottage
(c)
69. D e c i d u o u s : W i l l o w : : C o n i f e r o u s : ?
( a ) Lime
(b) Spruce
(c)
70. E a r t h : Sun : : M o o n : ?
71.
72.
73.
74.
75.
New York
(d) Lahore
(Assistant Grade, 1996)
Files
(d) Floppy
Carpenter
(d) Mason
Oak
(d) Elm
( a ) Orbit
. (b) Sky
(c) Star
Palaeography : Writings : : Ichthyology : ?
(a) Fishes
(6) Whales
(c) Oysters
B i r d : W i n g : : Fish : ?
(c) Tail
(a) Gill
(6) Fin
O t t a w a : Canada : : C a n b e r r a : ?
(a) Argentina
(6) Switzerland
(c) Sri Lanka
F r u i t s : Basket : : Fishes : ?
(o) Rip
(6) River
(c) Seine
R o e n t g e n : X-rays : : B e c q u e r e l : ?
(a) Uranium
(6) Radioactivity
(c) Fission
(Bank P.O. 1996)
(d) Earth
(d) Mammals
(B.S.R.B. 1997)
(d) Scale
(d) Australia
(d) Rill
(d) Superconductivity
ANSWERS
1.(c)
2. (d)
3. (d)
4. (6)
5. (6)
6. (a)
7. (a)
8. (c)
9. (d)
10. (6)
11.(a)
12. (a)
13. (c)
The bite of the first causes the second.
Second contains the story of the first
The (unction of a doctor is to diagnose a disease and that of a judge is to give judgement.
Horse is driven by a jockey. Similarly, car is driven by a chauffeur.
First impairs the second.
Porcupine is a rodent and mildew is a fungus.
Second is acquired from the first.
First is the left over of the second.
First prevents the second.
In cricket, ball is hit with a bat.
Similarly, in hockey, the ball is hit with a stick.
Glucose is rich in carbohydrates and soyabean is rich in proteins.
First is a more intense form of the second.
Pigeon is a symbol of peace and white flag is a symbol of surrender.
Copyrighted material
Reasoning
16
14. ( a ) : Teheran is the capital of Iran and Bering is the capital of China.
15. (6): Sufficiency indicates 'enough' and surplus indicates 'excess'.
16. (d) : To squint is to constrict the eyes and squeeze is to constrict the hands.
17. (c): The words in each pair are synonyms.
18. id) : Tea is contained in the cup.
Similarly, tobacco is contained in cheroot.
19. (6): Market depends on demand, farming depends on monsoons.
20. (c): Second is a more intense form of the first.
21. (c): Wimbledon Trophy is associated with the game of tennis.
Similarly, Walker's cup is associated with the game of wolf.
22. ( a ) : Just as skeleton forms the framework of the body, so also Grammar lays down the
essentials of language.
23. (d) : The smallest unit of matter is atom and that of dust is particle.
24. (c): Diseases are studied under Pathology.
Similarly, planets are studied ir Astronomy.
25. (6) : The words in each pair are opposites of each other.
26. (6): Wool is a fibre obtained from sheep.
Similarly, mohair is a fibre obtained from goat.
27. (d) : Machine is made to work by a man.
Similarly, slave works under the instructions of his master.
28. (c): First relieves one from the sccond.
29. (d): Tuberculosis is a disease of lungs.
Similarly, cataract is a disease of eyes.
30. (d) : First is the feeling associated with the second.
31. ( a ) : The words in each pair are antonyms of each other.
32. (c) : Professor delivers lecture to his students.
Similarly, doctor gives medicine to his patients.
33. (c) : Second is the noise produced by the first.
34. (6): The voice of harp is shrill as compared to that of drum.
Flute produces a shrill sound as compared to that of bugle.
35. (c): The words in each pair are synonyms.
36. (d) : Ship is the principal means of transport in sea.
Similarly, camel is the principal means of transport in desert.
37. (d) : Victory leads to encouragement and failure brings frustration.
38. ( a ) : First is made up of the second.
39. ( 6 ) : The words in each pair are opposites of each other.
40. (c): Fox is a cunning animal and ass is a timid animal.
41. (d) : As the pilot of an aeroplane sits in the cockpit, the driver of a train works in the engine.
42. (6): As Major heads a battalion, the Colonel commands a regiment.
43. id) : Wrist is the lower part of elbow.
Similarly, ankle is the lower part of knee.
44. (d) : Second is a bony protective covering for the first.
45. (6): First feeds on the second
46. ( d ) : The words in each pair are opposites of each other.
47. (c): A perch is a fresh water fish.
Similarly, a cod is a salt water fish.
48. (c): Ornithologist specialises in the study of birds.
Similarly, anthropologist specialises in the study of mankind.
Copyrighted material .
Analogy
17
49. (d): Second is the property possessed by the first.
50. (a): The largest ocean is Pacific Ocean.
Similarly, the largest island is Greenland.
*
51. (c): One who abstains from meat is called a vegetarian and one who abstains from liquOr
is called a teetotaller.
52. (a): Amber is a shade of yellow colour.
Similarly, caraminc is a shade of red colour.
53. (d): Money paid for accommodation is called rent.
Similarly, the money paid for a journey is called fare.
64. (6) : The words in each pair are antonyms
55. (6): Head is covered by a cap.
Similarly, finger is covered by a thimble.
56. (a): Proteins arc essential for growth
Similarly, carbohydrates are essential for providing energy.
57. (a): The words in each pair are antonyms.
58. (6): Cells constitute tissues and atoms constitute molecules.
59. (d): 'Beautiful' describes the quality of prettiness in girls while 'handsome' describes the
quality of prettiness in boys.
t
60. (c): First forms the basis of the second.
61. (c): Taxonomy is the science dealing with classification.
Similarly, pedology deals with study of soils.
62. (a): The words in each pair are antonyms.
63. (6): Second is the sound produced by the first.
64. <o): Rondo is a type of music and lay is a type of song.
65. (6): Second denotes the action of the first
66. (6): Jama Masjid is situated in Delhi.
Similarly, Red Square is situated in Moscow.
67. id): Recordings of the second are visualised on the first.
68. (c): First is the raw material required by the second.
69. (6): Willow is a deciduous tree and sprucc is a coniferous tree.
70. (d): First revolves around the second.
71. (o): Palaeography is the study of ancient writings.
Similarly, Ichthyology is the study of fishes.
72. (6): Second is the organ for movement of the first.
73. (d): Ottawa is the capital of Canada and Canberra is the capital of Australia.
74. (a): Second is a container to carry the first.
75. (b): Roentgen discovered X-rays.
Similarly. Becquerel discovered radioactivity.
EXERCISE 1C
Directions : In each of the following questions, there is a certain relation
between two given words on one side of:: and one word is given on another
side of:: while another word is to be found from the given alternatives, having
the same relation with this word as the words of the given pair bear. Choose
the best alternative.
1. Painting : Artist : : Symphony : ?
(Assistant Grade, 1997)
(a) Novelist
(6) Poet
(c) Essayist
(d) Composer
Copyrighted material
4
>
i
Reasoning
18
2. Pongee Silk
Shallot : ?
(6) Building
(c) Ship
(a) Boat
Inauguration : ?
3. D a w n : Dusk
(a) Invitation
(6) Valediction
(c) Repetition
4. T e c t o n i c s : B u i l d i n g : : T a x i d e r m y : ?
(a) Classification^ (6) Conserving
(c) Stuffing
5. L e g e n d : S t o r y : : M e r l i n : ?
(d) Stream
(8.C.RA. 1996'
(d) Organisation
(d) Collecting
(d) Parakeet
(o) Hawk
(6) Eagle
(c) Crow
(I. Tax & Central Excise. 1994)
6. Annihilation : Fire : : Cataclysm : ?
(d) Steam
(a) Earthquake
(6) Flood
(c) Emergency
7. L e m u r : M o n k e y : : R o o k : ?
(a) Cat
(b) Crow
(c) Vulture
(d) Owl
8. Vestry : C h u r c h : : Dispensary
(U.D.C. 1996)
(a) Laboratory
(6) Hospital
(c) School
(<f) Monastery
9. V i s i t o r : I n v i t a t i o n : : Witness :
(a) Subpoena
(6) Permission
(d) Document
(c) Assent
10. Mash : H o r s e : : Mast : ?
(o) Cow
(6) Monkey
Chimpanzee
(d) Pig
11. G o o d : Bad : : V i r t u e : ?
(Stenographers' Exam, 1994)
(a) Blame
(b) Sin
Despair
(</) Vice
12. I g l o o s : Canada : : R o n d a v e l s :
(d) Indonesia
(a) Africa
(6) Rangoon
Russia
Punishment
y:?
13. P e n o l o g y
(b) Liver
(a) Law
Earthquakes
(d) Medicine
(C.A.T. 1995)
14. N o i s e : Din : : Quiet : ?
(a) Hush
(b) Dumb
Gag
(d) Mouth
T
o
u
c
h
:
F
e
e
l
:
(Assistant
Grade, 1994)
15.
: Greet : ?
(a) Smile
(b) Manners
Acknowledge
(d) Success
16. W i n e : G r a p e s : : P e r r y : ?
(a) Whisky
(6) Pears
Almonds
id) Pomagranates
17. J u n g l e : Z o o : : Sea : ?
(8.8.C. 1993)
(a) Aquarium
(6) Harbour
Water
(d) Fishery
18. P r i m o : Music": : Suburb : ?
(a) Province
(b) Country
State
(d) City
Mastic
:
Gum
:
:
19.
: : Suet : ?
(a) Milk
(b) Fat
Hide
(<f) Fur
20. O r i g a m i : P a p e r
: Ikebana : ?
(b) Theatre
(a) Trees
21. E n t r e p r e n e u r : P r o f i t : : Scholar
(a) Income
(6) Knowledge
22. Nautilus : Fish : : T e a l : ?
(a) Chicken
(6) Dolphin
23. Bank : M o n e y : : T r a n s p o r t : ?
(a) Goods
(b) Road
Flowers
Service
Duck
Traffic
(d) Tapestry
(S.C.R^. 1997)
(d) Business
(d) Pigeon
(Bank P.O. 1996)
(d) Speed
Copyrighted material .
Analogy
19
24. Archipelago : Islands : : Massif
(6) Caves
(c) Forests
(a) Mountains
25. Rill : Stream : : P o n y : ?
(6) Mule
(c) Donkey
(a) Mare
26. Calf : C o w : : Puppy : ?
(6) Bitch
(a) Dog
(c) Horse
27. Eccrinology : Secretions : : Selenography : ?
(a) Sun
(6) Moon
28. Coconut : Shell : : Letter : ?
(a) Letter-box
(6) Stamp
29. Roster : Duty : : Inventory :
(a) Furnace
(b) Exports
30. Hilt : Sword : : Outwork : ?
(a) Hippodrome
(6) Field
31. Anaemia : Blood : : Anarchy :
32.
33.
34.
35.
(a) Disorder
(6) Monarchy
Heed : Neglect
Pacify : ?
(b) Incite
(a) Victory
Probe : Wound : Anemograph
(6) Rainfall
(a) Humidity
Impugn : ?
Loiter : Dwandle
(b) Gamble
(a) Challenge
Island : ?
Oasis : Sand
(6) Sea
(a) River
38.
39.
40.
41r
42.
(cO Horse
(8.B.I.P.O. 1992)
(d) I^nkey
(d) Mantle
(Assistant Grade, 1992)
(c) Mail
(d) Envelope
(CA.T. 1998)
(c) Goods
(d) Produce
(c) Rink
(d) Fortress
(c) Government
(c) Allay
(d) Lawlessness
(S.S.C. 1997)
(d) War
(c) Force
(rf) Pressure
(c) Confiscate
(d) Revenge
?•
1996)
(c) Water
i : ?
(c) Palaeontology
36.
37.
(c) Crust
<d) Hillocks
(b) Medicine
(a) Chemistry
W a r : Death : Smoke : ?
(a) Burning
(6) Pollution
(c) Fir*
:
Clerk
:
?
Scout : Army
(a) Office
(c) Officer
(6) Files
.
Winter : Hibernation : : Summer ! oI
(a) Survival
(6) Activation
(c) Aestivation
Sports : Logo : : Nation : ?
(a) Anthem
(6) Ruler
(c) Animal
Vegetable : Chop : : Body : ?
(a) Cut
(b) Amputate
(c) Peel
Mountain : Valley : : Genius : ?
(a) Brain
(b) Idiot
(c) Think
(d) Waves
(d) Mechanics
(R.R.B. 1995)
(d) Cigarette
(d) Administration
(d) Cache
(Assistant Grade. 1996)
(d) Emblem
(d) Prune
(S.C.RA. 1995)
(d) Intelligence
43.
(a) Children
(b) Husband
Eye
:
Wink
:
:
Heart
: ?
44.
(a) Move
(b) Throb
4 5 . Wine : Grapes : : Vodka : ?
(a) Potatoes
(6) Apples
(c) Relations
(d) Women
(c) Pump
(d) Quiver
(I. Tax & Central Excise. 1996)
(c) Oranges
(d) Flour
Copyrighted material
»
<
H
i
20
Reasoning
46. Calendar : Dates : : Dictionary : ?
(c) Words
0d) Book
(a) Vocabulary
(6) Language
(Railways,
1997)
47. Novice : Learner : : Harbinger : ?
(c) Pickpocket
(d) Robber
(a) Messenger
(6) Thief
48. Sikkim : Gangtok : : Manipur : ?
(d) Imphal
(c) Shillong
(a) Dispur
(6) Cherrapui\ji
49. Line s Square : : Arc : ?
(c) Cirtle
id) Ball
(a) Ring
(6) Sphere
(CJCT. 1996)
50. Convoy : Ships : : Deputation : ?
(c) Politicians
(d) Writers
(a) Voters
ib) Representatives
51. Tanning : l e a t h e r : : Pyrotechnics : ?
(c) Bombs
(d) Machinery
(a) Wool
(6) Fireworks
Shark
:
Fish
s
:
lavender
:
?
52.
(a) Shrub
(6) Tree
(c) Herb
<rf) Climber
(8.8.C. 1997)
53. Circle : Circumference : : Square : ?
(c) Diagonal
(d) Perimeter
(a) Volume
(6) Area
Oriel
:
Room
:
:
Tendon
:
?
54.
(c) Veins
(a) Blood
(6) Muscles
(d) Liver
(B.S.R.B. 1997)
55. Car : Petrol : : Television : ?
(a) Electricity
(6) Transmission
(c) Entertainment
{d) Antenna
56. Applique : Ornament : : Impound : ?
(a) Confiscate
(6) Powder
(c) Grab1
id) Snatch
57. Pig : Farrow : : Dog : ?
(a) Mare
(b) Puppy
(c) Bitch
id) Colt
( M A T . 1995)
58. Mattock : Dig : : Shovel : ?
(c) Scoop
(a) Break
(6) Push
id) Whittle
59. Knoll : Hill : : Eclogue : ?
(a) Poem
(6) Music
(c) Drama
id) Ballad
60. Receptionist : Office : s Hostess 2 ?
(B.S.R.B. 1997)
(a) Aircraft
(6) Crew
(c) Hospital
id) Airport
61. Seismograph : Earthquakes : : Taseometer : ?
(a) Volcanoes
(6) Resistances
(c) Landslides
id) Strains
62. Dum Dura : Calcutta : : Palam : ?
(a) Kerala
(6) Delhi
(c) Madras
id) Bombay
63. Foresight : Anticipation : : Insomnia : *•
(M.B.A. 1994)
(a) Treatment
(6) Disease
(c) Sleeplessness
id) Unrest
64. USA s Congress s : Iran : ?
(a) Althing
(6) Storting
id) Cortes
<c) Majlis
65. Karnataka : Gold : : Madhya Pradesh : ?
(a) Diamond
(6) Iron
(c) Copper
id) Gems
66. Vine : Grapes s : Poppy s ?
(a) Opium
(6) Tobacco
(c) Pears
id) Pineapple
67.
(a) Drink
ib) Wine
(c) Beverage
(d) Drug
Copyrighted material
21
Analogy
68. X y l o g r a p h : E n g r a v i n g : : Diorama : ?
(c) Colouring
(a) Painting
(6) Exhibition
69. Sepia : C u t t l e fish : : M e r i n o : ?
(c) Sheep
(a) Camel
(6) Goat
i
(d) Staging
(d) Llama
70. N a r k : Spy : : Shyster : ?
(a) Police
(6) Robber
71. Funk : V i t a m i n s : : C u r i e : ?
(a) Uranium
(b) Radium
72. V i r o l o g y : V i r u s : : Semantics : ?
(a) Amoeba
(b) Language
73. Y a w s : Skin : : T h r u s h : ?
(c) Judge
(d) Lawyer
(c) Radioactivity
( d ) Photography
(c) Nature
(d) Society
(a) Legs
74. P i t u i t a r y : Brain
(o) Larynx
75. Vicuna : C a m e l :
(6) Eyes
: : Thymus : ?
(c) Belly
(d) Throat
ib) Spinal cord
: Repec : ?
(c) Throat
<d) Chest
(c) Harp
(d) Harmonium
(a) Violin
( b ) Trumpet
ANSWERS
1. (d) :
2. (a):
3. (6):
4. (c):
First is prepared by the second.
Pongee is a type of silk and shallot is a kind of boat.
One is followed by other.
Tectonics is the science dealing with the art of building.
Similarly, taxidermy is the art of stuffing animals.
5. (a J : First is a type of second.
6. (6) : First is the result of second.
7. (6) : Lemur belongs to the family of monkey and rook belongs to the family of crow.
8.(b) : Second is a higher institution than the first.
9.1 a ) : A visitor is given an invitation to attend an occasion.
Similarly, the witness is delivered a subpoena providing for attendance at the court.
10. ( d ) : First is a food for the second.
11. (d) : The words in each pair are opposites of each other.
12. (a); First is the type of houses most commonly found in the second.
13. (c): Penology is the study of punishment.
Similarly, seismology is the study of earthquakes.
14. ( o ) : Second is a more intense form of the first.
15. (c) : Touch is felt and greet is acknowledged.
16. (6): First is made from the second.
17. ( a ) : The organisms living in a jungle are artificiully reared in a zoo.
Similarly, the organisms living in the
are artificially reared in an aquarium.
18. (rf) : First is a part of the second.
19. (6) : Mastic is a gum obtained from plants and
is a fat obtained from animals.
20. (c) : First is an art associated with the second
21. (6): First strives to acquire the second.
22. (c): Nautilus is a type of fish and teal is a t* pc of duck.
23. ( a ) : Transaction of second is done through the first.
24* ( a ) : First is a group of the second.
Copyrighted material
t
4
22
Reasoning
25. Wk Rill is a small stream and pony is a small horse.
26. (b) i The relationship is that of young one and female parent.
27. ib): Eccrinology is the study of secretions and selenography is the study of moon.
28. id): First is enclosed inside the second.
29. (c): Roster is a list of duties and inventory is a list of goods.
30. id): First is a part of the second.
31. (c): Anaemia is the lack of blood.
Similarly, anarchy is the lack of government.
32. (6): The words in each pair are opposites of each other.
33. (c): Probe is an instrument to examine a wound.
Similarly, anemograph is an instrument for recording force.
34. ia): The words in each pair are synonyms of each other.
35. (c): •Oasis is a water pool amidst sand.
Similarly, island is a piece of land amidst water
Note : 'Sea' would have been the answer if we had 'desert' in place of 'sand*.
36. (6): Anatomy is a branch of Zoology.
Similarly. Paediatrics is a branch of medicine.
37. (6): Second is the result of the first.
38. ( a ) : Work of the second at the lowest level is performed by the first.
39. (c): Winter sleep of animals is called hibernation and summer sleep is called aestivation.
40. id): Sccond is a symbol of the first.
41. ib): Cutting of vegetables is called chopping.
Cutting ofT a body part is called amputating.
42. (h): The wd^ds in each pair are opposites of each other.
43. W ) : First is' a hatred for the second.
44. (6): Second denotes the activity of the first.
45. id): First is prepared from the second.
46. (c): Calendar is a list of dates.
Likewise, dictionary is a collection of words.
47. ( a ) : The words in each pair are synonyms.
48. (d) : Gangtok is the capital of Sikkim and Imphal is the capital of Manipur.
49. (c): First is a part of the second.
50. ib): First is a group of second, employed for a certain purpose.
51. (6): First is the process of manufacturing the second.
52. ( a ) : Shark is a fish and Lavender is a shrub.
53. id): Second is a measure of the boundary of the first.
54. ib): First is a part of the second.
55. ia): A car runs on petrol and a television works by electricity.
56. ( a ) : The given words are synonyms of each other.
57. (6): Second is the young one of the first.
58. (c): Mattock is a tool to dig hard ground.
Similarly, shovel is a tool to scoop.
59. ia): Knoll is a small hill and eclogue is a short peom.
60. ia): First attends the clients in the second.
61. (</): Seismograph is an instrument to measure the intensity of an earthquake.
Similarly, taseometer is an instrument to measure strains.
62. ib): Dum Dum is an airport in Calcutta and Palam is an airport in Delhi.
63. (c): The words in each pair are synonyms.
Copyrighted material
j
Analogy
23
64. ( c ) T h e parliament of U.S.A. is called Congress and that of Iran is called Majlis.
65. (a) : Gold is mined in Karnataka. Likewise, diamonds are mined in Madhya Pradesh.
66. ia): Second is obtained from the first.
67. (6) : Salve is an ointment and sauterne is a kind of wine.
68. (6): The given words are synonyms of each other.
69. (c): Sepia is a material formed by a fluid obtained from cuttle fish.
Similarly, merino is a material formed by wool obtained from sheep.
70. (d): Nark is a spy and shyster is a lawyer
71. (b): Funk discovered vitamins and Curie discovered radium.
72. (6): Virology deals with the effects of virus.
Similarly, semantics deals with the effects of language.
73. id) : First is a disease which affects the second.
74. (d): Pituitary is a gland in the brain.
Similarly, thymus is a gland of the chest
75. (a): Vicuna is an animal, similar to camel.
Likewise, repec is a musical instrument, similar to violin.
i
T Y P E 2 : SIMPLE A N A L O G Y
EXERCISE 1D
1. Doctor is related to Patient in the same way as Lawyer is related to
?.....
(a) Customer
(6) Accused
(c) Magistrate
(d) Client
2. Museum is related to Curator in the same way as Prison is related to
?....
(a) Manager
(b) Monitor
(c) Jailor
(d) Warden
(Assistant Grade, 1996)
3. Soap is related to Wash in the same way as Broom is related to
(a) Clean
(6) Dust
(c) Sweep
(d) Floor
4. Wax is related to Grease in the same way as Milk is related to
(a) Drink
(6) Ghee
(c) Curd
(d) Protein
,
(M.B.A. 1998)
5. Bread is related to Bakery in the same way as Brick is related to
?.
(a) Mint
(b) Kiln
(c) Furnace
(d) Mine
7
6. Sword is related to Slaughter in the same way as Scalpel is related to
(a) Murder
(6) Stab
(c) Surgery
W) Chopping
7. Life is related to Autobiography in the same way as Witness is related to
(I. Tax & Central Excise, 1994)
(a) Papers
(6) Truth
(c) Documents
(d) Acceptance
8. Chef is related to Restaurant in the same way as Druggist is related to
(a) Medicine
(6) Pharmacy
(c) Store
(d) Chemist
9. Jade is related to Green in the same ^vay as Garnet is related to
(a) Blue
(b) Orange
(c) Red *
(d) Yellow
. (S.S.C. 1997)
10. Dancer is related to Stage in the same way as Minister is related to
?....
(a) Pulpit
(6) Assembly
(c) Parliament
(d) State
11. Ecology is related to Environment in the same way as Histology is related to ....?.....
(a) Fossils
(6) History
(c) Tissues
(d) Hormones
Copyrighted material
Reasoning
24
12. Life is related to Death in the same way as Hope is related to
?.....
(Railways, 1994)
(a) Sad
(b) Despair
(c)"Pain
(d) Cry
13. Hooke is related to Cells in the same way as Mulder is related to
?,....
(a) Carbohydrates (6) Minerals
(c) Vitamins
(d) Proteins
Needle is related to Thread in the same way as Pen is related to
.....
(a) Ink
(6) Cap
(c) Paper
(d) Word
Auger is related to Carpenter in the same way as Awl is related to
(a) Sculptor
(6) Cobbler
(c) Chef
id) Mason
A
Birds is related to Aviary in the same way as Bees is related to
a....
(a)vAquarium
(6) Hive
(c) Brewery
(d) Apiary
9
17. Resign is related to Politician in the same way as Abdicate is related to
:....
( a ) Prince
(6) King
(c) Realm
(d) Throme
18. Scissors is related to Cloth in the same way as Scythe is related to
.?....
( a ) Wood
(6) Steel
(c) Grass
(d) Paper
(S.S.C., 1998)
^
7
19. Gbrdener is related to Trowel in the same way as Seamstress is related to
:...
(o) Saw
(6) Scissors
(c) Sneakers
(d) Crowbar
9
20. Prose is related to Writing in the same way as Lisp is related to
............
(a) Reading
(b) Music
(c) Speech
(d) Drawing
21. Cub is related to Tiger in the same way as Fawn is related to
:
(a) Stag,
22.
23.
24.
26.
27.
28.
29.
30.
(b) Monkey
(c) Ass
(d) Sheep
(Bank P.O. 1996)
9
Sirius is related to Star in the same way as Cygnus is related to
:....
(a) Constellation
(6) Asteroid
(c) Galaxy
(d) Meteor
Radical is related to Moderate in the same way as Revolution is related to
I
(U.D.C. 1993)
(a) Change
(6) Chaos
(c) Peace
id) Reformation
Mathematics is related to Numbers in the same way as History is related to
(a) People
(6) Events
(c) Dates
id) Wars
Bag is related to Luggage in the same way as Ship is related to
;.....
(a) Coal
(6) Stock
(c) Cargo
id) Weight
9
Anthropology is related to Man in the same way as Anthology is related to
(a) Nature
(6) Trees
(c) Apes
(d) Poems
What is related to Leaves in the same way as Chatter is related to Teeth ?
(a) Whistle
(6) Ripple
(c) Rustle
(d) Cackle
Lion is related to Prowl in the same way as Bear is related to
(a) Frisk
(6) Lumber
(c) Stride
id) Bound
Mirror is related to Reflection in the same way as Water is related to
:....
(a) Conduction
(6) Dispersion
(c) Immersion
(d) Refraction
Firm is related to Flabby in the same way as Piquant is related to
?.....
(a) Bland
(fc) Salty
(c) Pleasant
(d) Small
(C.A.T. 1994)
Copyrighted material
1
Analogy
25
Jl. Wood is related to Charcoal in the same way as Coal is related to
(a) Fire
(6) Smoke
(c) Coke
id) Ash
f
32. Drama is related to Scene in the same way as Book is related *n
!
(a) Story
(6) Page
(c) Chapter
id) Author
Betel is related to Chew in the same way as Football is related to
( a ) Play
(6) Run
(c) Roll
(d) Kick
34. Motorcycle is related to Battery in the same way as Life is related to
.?....
(a) Earth
(6) Sun
(c) Moon
(d) Star
(L Tax & Central Excise, 1994)
35. Cyclone is related to Anticyclone in the same way as Flood is related to
(a) Devastation
(6) Havoc
\ (c) River
(d) Drought
36. Happiness is related to Sorrow in the same way as Comfort is related to
(a) Hardship
(b) Rest
(c) Poverty
(d) Difficulty
37. Appreciation is related to Reward in the same way as Disgrace is related to
(a) Crime
ib) Guilt
(c) Allegation
(d) Punishment
(CJB.I. 1983)
38. Naphthalene is related to Woollen in the same way as Antibiotics is related to ..../....
(a) Germs
.
(6) Imtnunity
(c) Diseases
(d) Body
39. Retirement is related to Service in the same way as Dismissal is related to
?...
(a) Agreement
(b) Communication
(c) Employment (d) Adoption
40. Drummer is related to Orchestra in the same way as Minister is related to
?...
( a ) Voter
(6) Constituency
(c) Cabinet
(d) Department
(S.B.I.P.O. 1997)
9
41. Sugar is related to Molasses in the same way as Gasoline is related to
(a) Mine
(6) Quarry
(c) Drill
(d) Petroleum
42. Starvation is related to Nutrition in the same way as Exhaustion is related to ....?....
(a) Energy
(fc) Bravery
(c) Freshness
(d) Courage
^
43. Ballworm is related to Cotton in the same way as Ghundibug is related to
....
(a) Wheat
(6) Rice
(c) Millet
(d) Tomato
44. Accident is related to Carefulness in the same way as Disease is related to
?...
(a) Sanitation
(6) Treatment
(c) Medicine
(d) Doctor
(CJ3.I. 1990)
45. Annotate is related to Text in the same way as Caption is related to
?.....
v
(a) Novel
(6) Law
(c) Film
(d) Photograph
46. Physiology is related to Biology in the same way as Metaphysics is related to
(a) Physics
(6) Statistics
(c) Mathematics (d) Philosophy
47. Highbrow is related to Cultivated in the same way as Suave is related to
(a) Elegant
(6) Urbane
(c) Stylish
(d) Broad-minded
48. Affirm is related to Hint in the same way as Charge is related to
L..
(a) Insinuate
(6) Reject
(c) Convince
(d) Deny
49. Author is related to Book in the same way as Choreographer is related to
?...
( a ) Drama
(6) Ballet
(c) Masque
(d) Opera
Copyrighted material
26
Reasoning
42
?.....
50. Thick is related to Thin in the same way as Idle is related to
(a) Virtuous
(6) Business
(c) Industrious
(d) Activity
(B.S.HB. 1996)
Gents is related to Cap in the same way as Ladies is related to
?.....
(a) Scarf
(b) Hat
(c) Handkerchief
(d) Hairband
52. Lumberjack is related to Ace in the same way as Chef is related to
61.
1
(a) Bow
(b) Poker
(c) Chisel
( d ) Colander
i
*)
53. Bread is related to Wheat in the same way as Brick is related to ••••••••••••••••a
(a) Clay
(b) Fire
(c) Cement
(d) Building
(8.S.C. 1997)
54. Scrupulous is related to Principles in the same way as Ethical is related to ....?....
(a) Morals
(6) Virtues
(c) Religions
(<d) Profits
55. Wince is related.to Pain in the same way as Prostration is related to
(a) Discomfiture
(6) Frustration
(c) Submissiveness (d) Strained
?.....
56, Coherent is related to Consistent in the same way as Irate is related to
(a) Unreasonable (6) Unhappy
(c) Irritated
(d) Angry
57. Book is related to Magazine in the same way as Newspaper is related to
(a) Journal
(6) News
(c) Article
(d) Headline
(Hotel Management, 1997)
58, Tungsten is related to Filament in the same way as Bronze is related to
(a) Copper
(b) Ships
(c) Tin
id) Ornaments
59, Claymore is related to Sword in the same way as Beretta is related to
?.,...
(a) Club
(6) Axe
(c) Knife
(d) Gun
60 Indolence is related to Work in the same way as Taciturn is related to
(a) Observe
(6) Speak
(c) Cheat
(d) Act
(M-A.T. 1996)
61 Aflatoxin is related to Food Poisoning in the same way as Histamine is related
to
.?....
(a) Allergy
(6) Headache
(c) Anthrax *
(d) Contamination
62 Bald is related to Blond in the same way as Barren is related to
:
(a) Vegetation
(6) Farm
(c) Fertile
(d) Inhabited
63 Catalogue is related to Library Books in the same way as Index is related to ...:
(a) Chapters
(fc) Books
(c) Preface
(c0 Contents
64 Tobacco is related to Nerves in the same way as Alcohol is related to
?.....
(a) Liver
(6) Liquor
(c) Intoxication
(d) Head
65 Man is related to Shout in the same way as Crow is related to
?.....
(a) Caw
(&) Chirp
(c) MuLter
(d) Mob
66 Gill is related to Lamellae in the same way as Lung is related to
......?.;...
(a) Ribs
(6) Trachea
(c) Alveoli
(d) Pharynx
67 Dwell is related to Denizen in the same way as Inherit is related to
'
(a) Acquire
(6) Successor
(c) Outcast
(</) Heir
68 Solicitous is related to Concern in the same way as Verbose is related to
?....
(a) Tiredness
(b) Wordiness
(c) Speech
(d) Deafness
Copyrighted material .
Analogy
27^
69. Mouse is related to Cat in the same way as Fly is related to
(a) Animal
(ft) Horse
(c) Spider
70.
71.
72.
73.
?.
(d) Rat
(LA.S. 1996)
Brain is related to Cranium in the same way as Pearl is related to
?.
(a) Box
(6) Oyster
(c) Sand
(<d) Shore
Swerve is related to Veer in the same way as Rotate is related to
?.
(a) Deviate
(ft) Gyrate
(c) Sway
id) Fluctuate
Victory is related to Happiness in the same way as Failure is related to
?..,..
(a) Defeat
(ft) Anger
(c) Frustration
(d) Sadness
(Assistant Grade, 1992)
Snowfall is related to Precipitation in the same way as Grotto is related to
?...
(a) Throat
(ft) Castle
(c) Cave
(d) Fort
•j
74. Kilogram is related to Quintal in the same way as Paisa is related to
:
(a) Rupee
(ft) Coin
(c) Wealth
(d) Money
(Bank P.O. 1997)
75. Condolence is related to Loss in the same way as Congratulation is related to ..........
(a) Praise
(ft) Achievement
(c) Accusation
(d) Reward
ANSWERS
1. (</): First works for the second.
2. ( c ) : First is managed by the second.
3. ( c ) : Second denotes the function of the first.
4. ( c ) : First is used to prepare the sccond
5. ( f t ) : Second is the place where the first is manufactured.
6. (c) : Second denotes the purpose for which the first is used.
7. ( c ) :
6. ( f t ) :
9. ( c ) :
10. ( a ) :
11. ( c ) :
Second contains an account of the first.
Second is the working place of the first.
Jade is a green precious stone and garnet is a red precious stone.
Second is the place for the first to perform on.
Ecology deals with the study of environment.
Similarly, Histology deals with the study of tissues.
12. ( f t ) : The words in each pair are antonyms of each other.
13. ( d ) : Hooke discovered the cells.
14. ( a ) :
15. ( f t ) :
16. (<f):
17. ( f t ) :
18. ( c ) :
19. ( f t ) :
Similarly, Mulder discovered the proteins.
Second is required for the working of the first.
First is the tool used by the second.
Second denotes the place where the first is kept and reared.
First denotes the act of leaving the post of the second willingly.
First is used to cut the second.
Second i* the tool used by the first.
20. (c): First is a type of the second.
21. ( a ) :
22. (a) :
23. (c) :
24. (ft) :
25. ( c ) :
First is the young one of the second.
Sinus is a star and Cygnus is a constellation.
The words in each pair are antonyms of each other.
Mathematics is the theory of numbers and History is the theory of past events.
Second is the load carried by the first.
Copyrighted material;
28
Reasoning
26. ( d ) : Anthropology deals with the study of man.
Similarly, anthology deals with collection of poems.
27. (c): First is the noise produced by the second.
28. (b): Second is the manner of walking of the first.
29. (d) : Light rays failing on a mirror undergo reflection and those falling on water undergo
% refraction.
30. ( a ) : The words in each pair are antonyms of each other.
31. (c): Second is obtained from the first.
32. (c): Second is a unit of the first.
33. (<f): First is the object and second is the action to be performed on it.
34. (b): Second is the ultimate source of energy for the first.
35. <rf>: Both create opposite conditions.
36. ( a ) : The words in each pair are opposite* of each other
37. ( d ) : Second brings the first
38. (d): First is used to protect the second from attack by germs and insects.
39. (c): First terminates the second.
40. (c): First is a member of the second.
41. id): First is obtained from theaecond.
42. ( a ) : First denotes the lack of second.
43. (6): First is a pest that damages the second.
44. ( o ) : Lack of second results in the first.
45. id): First is a comment on the second.
46. (tf): Physiology is a branch of Biology.
Similarly, Metaphysics is a branch of Philosophy.
47. (6): The words in each pair are synonyms.
48. (a): Affirm is 'to confirm a charge' and Hint is 'to point at something.
Similarly, charge means 4to blame' and 'Insinuate' means 4to suggest indirectly1.
49. (b): First composes the second.
50. (c): The words in each pair are antonyms of each other.
51. ( a ) : Second is worn by the first on the head.
52. (d) : Second is the tool used by the first.
53. ( a ) : Second is used to make the first.
54. ( a ) : When one abides by the second, he is said to be the first by nature."
55. (c): First is the sign of the second.
56. ( d ) : The words in each pair are synonyms.
57. ( a ) : Second contains smaller articles of the same nature as the first.
58. (d): First is used to make the second.
59. (d): First is a type of the second.
60. (b): The words in each pair are antonyms of each other.
61. ( a ) : First causes the second.
62. (c): The words in each pair are antonyms of each other.
63. (cO : Catalogue is an arranged list to find the names of the library books.
,
Similarly, index is an arranged list of contents.
64. ( a ) : Consumption of first adversely affects the second
65. ( d ) : Second is the noisy sound produced by the first.
66. (c): Second is the oxygen absorbing part of the first.
67. ( d ) : When denizen dwells, he occupies the place.
When heir inherits, he occupies the throne.
Copyrighted material .
Analogy
29^
68. (6): First exhibits the second
69. ic): Second feeds on the first.
70. (b) : First is enclosed by the second.
71. (6): The words in each pair are synonyms.
72. ic): Second is the result of the first.
73. ic) : First is a type of the second.
74. (a) : Second is a bigger unit than the first, though both are used to measure the same
quantity.
%
75. (6): Others offer condolence in a state of loss and congratulations when one makes an
achievement.
EXERCISE 1E
1. Horse is related to Hay in the same way as Cow is related to
:.....
ia) Leaves
ib) Fodder
ic) Milk
id) Straw
2. Abduction is related to Kidnapping in the same way as Larceny is related to
ia) Theft
ib) Crime
ic) Blackmail
id) Sin
3. Street is related to Lane in the same way as Road is related to
:
(a) Footpath
(6) Junction
ic) Avenue
(d) Highway
(S.C.R.A. 1996)
4. Concert is related to Theatre in the same way as Banquet is related to
.•„...
ia) Hotel
ib) Party
ic) Feast
id) Supper
5. Statue is related to Shape in the same way as Song is related to
:
ia) Beauty
(6) Sing
ic) Tune
id) Poetry
6. Laugh is related to Joy in the same way as Cry is related to
ia) Child
(6) Sad
ic) Punishment
id) Sorrow
(B.S.R.B. 1997)
7. Gravity is related to Pull in the same way as Magnetism is related to
.?..„
ia) Repulsion
(6VSeparation
(c) Attraction
- id) Push
8. Cat is related to Kitten in the same way as Fish is related to
ia) Fry
(6) Fawn
ic) Fin
id) Foal
9. Earth is related to Axis in the same way as Wheel is related to
?.
ia) Tyre
(6) Car
ic) Road
id) Hub
(C.AT. 1997)
10. Indiscreet is related to Imprudent in the same way as Indisposed is related to
ia) Concerned
(6) Crucial
(c) Clear
(d) Reluctant
11. Estonia is related to Rouble in the same way as Chile is related to
,?.
ia) Dinar
(6) Peso
ic) Peseta
id) Franc
/
<y
12. Engineer is related to Machine in the same way as Doctor is related to
ia) Hospital
ib) Body
ic) Disease
id) Medicine
(S.C.R/
jVeck is related to Tie in the same way as Waist is related to
ia) Watch
ib) Belt
ic) Ribbon
id) Shirt ./
14. Oriya is related to Orissa in the same way as Dogri is related to
ia) Himachal Pradesh
(6) Sikkim
ic) Jammu
id) Assam
Copyrighted material;
30
Reasoning
15- Satyajit Ray is related to Films in the same way as Picasso is related to
7...
(C.B.I. 1990)
(a) Literature
(6) Drama
(c) Poetry
(d) Painting
16. Borrower is related to Loan in the same way as Beggar is related to'
1
(a) Alms
(6) Mercy
(c) Money
(d) Gift
17. Institute is related to Academy in the same way as Decree is related to
.?
(a) Blame
(b) Court
(c) Judge
(d) Mandate
18. Hygienic is related to Polluted in the same way as Knowing is related to
(a) Ingenuous
(6) Uncommon
(c) Secret
(d) Sagacious
19. Jesus is related to Christians in the same way as Zoroaster is related to
:
( a ) Jews
(6) Parsis
(c) Tribals
(d) Catholics
20. Palm is related to Hand in the same way as Sole is related to
.?.....
(a) Leg
(6) Ankle
(c) Knee
(d) Foot
21. South is related to North-West in the same way as West is related to
(a) South-West
(6) East
(c) North-East
(d) South
(Hotel Management, 1996)
22. Bull is related to Draught in the same way as Cow is related to
?.....
(a) Livestock
(6) Milch
(c) Farm
(d) Fodder
23. Summit is related to Apex in the same way as Summon is related to
:
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
30.
31.
32.
33.
(a) Court
(6) Judge
(c) Witness
(d) Beckon
Distil is related to Whisky in the same way as Brew is related to
(a) Ferment
(6) Gin
(c) Beer
(d) Sugar
ODV isrelated to Abbreviation in the same way as I^ASER is related to
:...
(a) Antithesis
(6) Acronym
(c) Epigram
(d) Epithet
a. Tax & Central Excise, 1993)
Teeth is related to Grit in the same way as Fist is related to
.?.
(a) Blow
(6) Hand
(c) Open
(d) Clench
Charminar is related to India ih the same way as Sphinx is related to
.?
(a) England
(6) Canada
(c) Egypt
((f) Vatican
Labourer is related to Wages in the same way as Entrepreneur is related to ..?.
( a ) Loan
(6) Interest
(c) Taxes
(d) Profit
What is related to Graduate in the same way as Cassock is related to Priest ?
( a ) Cap
(6) Tie
(c) Coat
(d) Gown
(Assistant Grade, 1995)
Land is related to Cape in the same way as Water is related to
?.
(a) Strait
(fc) Lagoon
(c) Bay
(<f) Island
Umbrella is related to Rain in the same way as Goggles is related to .........?.
(a) Light
(6) Glare
(c) Stare
(d) Sight
Face is related to Expression in the same way as Hand is related to
.?....
(a) Waving
(6) Handshake
(c) Work
(d) Gesture
Pride is related to Humility in the same way as Desire is related to ....'
?.
(a) Wish
(b) Hate
(c) Suppress
(d) Indifference
(Bank P.O. 1990)
Copyrighted material .
Analogy
31
34. Green Revolution is related to Plants in the same way as Silver Revolution is
related to
'.....
(a) Poultry
(6) Rubber
(c) Animals
(d) Forests
35. Cobra is related to
(a) Tiger
36. Transistor is related
( a ) Entertainment
SnakeAn the same way as Leopard is related to
(b) Lion
(c) Cat
(d) Zebrp
to Radio in the same way as Television is related to
(6) Cinema
(c) Video
(d) Cassette
?.
.?.....
f)
:
37. Man is related to Arms in the same way as Cockroach is related to
(a) Wings
(6) Pseudopodia (c) Legs
(d) Antennae
38. Writer is related to Reader in the same way as Producer is related to
?.....
(a) Seller
(6) Consumer
(c) Creator
(d) Contractor
(Section Officers' 1993)
39. Blood is related to Circulation in the same way as Hormone is related to
(a) Egestion
(/>) Control
(c) Coordination
id) Digestion
40. Trigonometry is related to Triangles in the same wav as Mensuration is related
to ...?.
(a) Geometry'
(b) Circles
(c) Areas
(d) Polygons
41. Ostrich is related to Antelope in the same way as Egret is related to
.?
(a) Cow/
(6) Buffalo
(c) Camel
(d) Zebra
42. Symphony is related to Composer in the same way as Fresco is related to
(a) Painter
(b) Inventor
(c) Singer
(d) Writer
1
9
43. Librarians are related to B<x>ks in the same way as Bankers are j*elated to ..:
(a) Customers
(b) Banks
(c) Money
id) Creditors
(L.LC. 1994)
44. Water is related to Ocean in the same way as Snow is related to
?.
(a) Peaks
(6) Hail
(c) Glacier
~
{d) Mountain
45. Taj Mahal is related to Love in the same way as Jallianwala Bagh is related to ..?.....
(a) Amritsar
(6) Martyrdom
(c) War
(d) Punjab
46. Hong Kong is related to China in the same way as Vatican is related to
?.....
(a) Canada
(ft) Mexico
(c) North America
(d) Rome
47. Door is related to Bang in the same way as Chain is related to
?.
- (a) Thunder
.
(6) Clinch
(c) Tinkle
(d) Clank
48. Boat is related to Oar in the same way as Bicycle is related to
?.
(a) Chain
( b ) Pedal
(c) Road
(d) Wheel
(B.S.R.B. 1998)
49. Forfeit is related to Surrender in the same way as Remit is related to
?.....
( a ) Perceive
(6) Confiscate
(c) Exempt
(<f) Cancel
50. Crumb is related to Bread in the same way as Morsel is Velatedto
.?
( a ) Fruit
(6) Biscuit
(c) Food
(d) Cake
51. Poison is related to Socrates in the same way as Crucification is related to
?....
(a) Jesus
(fc) Christians
(c) Aristotle
(d) Church
52. Helm is related to Rudder in the same way as Brain is related to
.?
( a ) Heart
<fc) Ribs
(c) Limbs
(rf) Body
v
Copyrighted material
Reasoning
32
63. Patrol is related to Security in the same way as Insurance is related to
(a) Money
(fe) Protection
(c) Policy
<rf) Finance
64. Rhythm is related to Music in the same way as Design is related to
(a) Symmetry
(b) Architect
(c) Beauty
?.
id) Building
65. Honey is related to Wax in the same way as Milk is related to
..?.
(a) Cow
(6) Leather
(c) Eggs
(d) Butter
56. /nWi is related to Centimetre in the same way as Pint is related to
.?.
( a ) Litre
(b) Volume
(c) Gallon
(d) Viscosity
57. Orthopaedist is related to Bones in the same way as Chiropodist is related to
( a ) Nails
(6) Sounds
(c) Feet
( d ) Heart
58. Grain is related to Granary in the same way as Curios is related to
(a) Archives
(6) Museum
(c) Library
( d ) Zoo
59. Afghanistan is related to Kabul in the same way as Austria is related to
(a) Airana
(6) Tirana
(c) Vienna
61.
62.
63.
64.
65.
66.
67.
68.
(b) Measures
.?....
( d ) None of these
60. Much is related to Many in the same way as Measure is related to
( a ) Weigh
?.
?.
(c) Calculate
(d) Count
(UJXC. 1993)
Joule is related to Energy in the same way as Pascal is related to
.?.
( a ) Volume
(6) Pressure
(c) Density
(d) Purity
Jester is related to Fool in the same way as Larrikin is related to
?.
(a) Dancer
(6) Musician
(c) Saint
( d ) Hooligan
Leisurely is related to Unhurried in the same way as Tardy is related to
?.....
(d) Sluggish
(6) Dim
(c) Dawdle
(d) Sour
England is related to Atlantic Ocean in the same way as Greenland is related
to
?...
(L Tax A Central Excise* 1996)
(a) Pacific Ocean
(b) Atlantic Ocean
(c) Arctic Ocean
(d) Antarctic Ocean
Rung is related to Ladder in the same way as Twig is related to
?.
(a) Leaf
(6) Flower
(c) Tree
(d) Bud
Waves are related to Air in the same way as Ripples are related to
(a) Wind
(6) Water
(c) Storm
(d) Smoke
Chlorophyll is related to Chloroplast in the same way as Vulture is related to .?.....
(a) Flesh
(6) Wings
(c) Air
(d) Bird
What is related to Lapse in the same way as Session is related to Conclude ?
(a) Leave
(h) Permit
(c) Agency
(d) Policy
(Assistant Grade, 1992)
61L Leaf is related to Sap in the same way as Bone is related to
?.
(a) Fluid
(b) Blood
.(c) Marrow
(d) Calcium
70. Vitro ib related to Glass in the same way as Ligno is related to
?.
(a) Marble
(b) Metal
(c) Rock
(d) Wood
71. Clue is related to Mystery in the same way as Warning is related to
?..
(a) Disaster
(6) Precaution
(c) Risk
(d) Danger
(S.C.RA. 1994)
v
Copyrighted material .
Analogy
38
?
72. Tapeworm is related to Taeniasis in the same way as Plasmodium is related to ..I...
(a) Malaria
(6) Constipation (c) Diptheria
(d) Diarrhoea
73. Kindle is related to Burn in the same way as Angry is related to
:
(a) Annoyed
(ft) Determined
(c) Resentful
(rf) Furious
A
74. Boat is related to Sails in the same way as Balloon is related to
(a) Hot air
(6) Rope
(c) Nylon
(d) Rubber
(Assistant Grade, 1995)
75. Lotus is related to Cuticle in the same way as Fish is related to
2
(a) Scales
(6) Gills
(c) Tail (d) Wings
ANSWERS
1. <6) : Second is the food for the first.
2. (a): The words is each pair are synonyms.
3.(c): Second is a narrower form of the first.
4. (a): Second is the place where the first is held.
5. (c): Second is the criteria by which the quality of the first is determined.
6. (d): First indicates the second.
7. (c): First draws things nearer through second.
8. (a) : Second is the young one of the first.
9. (rf) : First rotates about the second.
10. (d) : The words in each pair are synonyms.
11. (b): Rouble is the currency of Estonia and Peso is the currency of Chile.
12. (c): First tackles the second
13. (/>) : Tie is worn in the neck and belt is worn on the waist.
14. (c): Oriya is the language of Orissa and Dogri is the language of Assam.
15. (d) : Satyajit Ray is a famous personality in the field of films.
Similarly, Picasso is an eminent painter.
16. (a): First gets money in the form of second.
17. (d): The words in each pair are synonyms.
18. ( a ) : The words in each pair are antonyms of each other.
19. (b) : Jesus was the founder of the religion of the Christians and Zoroaster was the founder
of the religion of the Parsis.
20. (d) : Work of second is performed with the help of first.
21. (c): North-west direction is 135° clockwise to the south direction.
22. (6):
23. ( d ) :
24. (c):
25. (b):
26. id):
27. (c):
28. (d):
29. (d):
30. (c):
Similarly, North-east direction is 135° clockwise to the west direction.
Bull is a draught animal (beast of burden) and cow is a milch animal (milk-yielding).
The words in each pair are synonyms.
First is a process of preparing the second.
DDT is an abbreviation and LASER is an acronym.
Hold of teeth is called grit and hold of fist is called clench.
Charminar is situated in India.
Similarly, sphinx is a monument of Egypt.
First earns in the form of second
First is an official garment worn by the second.
Cape is the land projected into water and bay is the portion of water body projected
into land.
Copyrighted material
Reasoning
34
31. ib): First provides protection from the second.
32. id): Second is a way of expressing an idea with the first
33. ib): The words in each pair are antonyms of each other.
34. ( c ) :
35. (c) :
36. (6) :
37. (d) :
38. ( 6 ) :
The first is the name given to increase in the production of the second.
Second denotes the family to which the first belongs.
Second is the enlarged form of the first.
First uses the second for the purpose of holding.
A writer writes for the reader.
Similarly, a producer produces articles for the consumer.
39. ( c ) : Second is the function of the first.
40. ( c ) : Trigonometry is the study of triangles.
Similarly, mensuration is the study of areas
41. ( 6 ) : Both live together to derive benefits from each other.
42. ( a ) : First is prepared by the second.
43. ( c ) : First deals in the second.
44. ic) : Ocean is a moving body of water.
Similarly, glacier is a moving body of snow.
45. ib):
First reminds us of the second
46. id) : Hong Kong is a city in China.
Similarly. Vatican is a city in Rome.
47. (rf) : Second is the sound made by the first.
48. ib): First is moved with the help of the second.
49. id) : The words in each pair are synonyms.
50. ic) : First is a piece of the second.
51. (a) : First became the cause of death of the second.
52. id) : Helm regulates the rudder and brain regulates the body.
53. ib): First ensures the second.
54. id): Second is made according to the first.
55. ib): Honey and wax are both obtained from the same organism i.e. bee.
Similarly, milk and leather both are obtained from buffalo
56. ic): Inch is a FPS and centimetre is a metric unit of length.
Similarly, pint is a FPS and gallon is a metric unit of volume of liquids.
57. (c) : Fi.-st is a specialist of the second
58. ( 6 ) : Grain is stored in a granary.
Similarly, curios (rare things to be collected) are kept in a museum.
59. ic):
60. id):
61. ( 6 ) :
62. id):
63. ( a ) :
64. ic) :
Kabul is the capital of Afghanistan and Vienna ia the capital of Austria.
Much corresponds to measuring and Many corresponds to counting.
Joule is the unit of energy and Pascal is thf unit of pressure.
The words in each pair are synonyms.
The words in each pair are synonyms.
England is an island in Atlantic Ocean
Similarly, Greenland is an island in Arctic Ocean.
65. ic): First is a part of the second.
66. ( 6 ) : Waves travel in air; ripples travel in water.
67. id): First is a type of second
68. id): Second means u> put an end to the first.
69. ic): Second is the fluid contained in the first.
Copyrighted material
35^
Analogy
70. id): Vitro means related to glass'.
Ligno means 'related to wood'.
71. i d ) : A clue can help solve u mystory.
Similarly, a warning can help prevent danger
72. (a): Second is the disease caused by the first.
73. id) : Second is of higher intensity than the second.
74. ia): A boat floats because of the sails and a balloon rises because of hot air.
75. (a) : Sccond protects the body of the first from damage by watur.
EXERCISE 1F
Directions : In each of the following questions9 the first two words (given
in italics) have a definite relationship. Choose one word out of the given four
alternatives which will fill in the blank space and show the same relationship
with the third word as between the first two.
1. Constitution is to Amendment as Book is to
:
ia) Errata
ib) Contents
ic) Preface
id) Acknowledgement
2. Pineapple is to Jelly as Tomato is to
1
id) Pickles
(a) Jam
(6) Pury
(c) Squash
3. Rickets is to Children as Osteomalacia is to
(a) Infants
ib) Mother
ic) Adults
id) Old
9
4. Amaranthus is to Weed as Bordeaux is to
ia) Insecticide
(6) Weedicide
ic) Germicide (d) Fungicide
5. Hygrometer is to Humidity as Sphygmomanometer is to
(a) Pressure
ib) Blood pressure
(c) Precipitation (d) Heart beat
6. Denigrade is to Devalue as Upgrade is to
:
ia) Revalue
ib) Praise
(c) Promote
id) Demote
7. Steel is to Bokaro as Hosiery is to
1.
ia) Madras
ib) Patna
ic) Vishakhapatnam id) Ludhiana
8. Aseel is to Poultry as Salmon is to
?.
ia) Cow
ib) Camel
ic) Fiph
id) Horse
9. Milk is to Water as Ghee is to
?.
(a) Vanaspati
(6) Mustard oil
(c) Argemomc
id) Cream
10. Chapati is to Cook as Meat is to
?.
ia) Boil
ib) Fry
ic) Bake
id) Roast
11. Insulin is to Hormone as Trypsin is to
?.
ia) Juice
(6) Liver
(c) Enzvme
id) Digestion
12. Ploughing is to Aeration as Manuring is to
.7.
ia) Fertile
ib) Replenishment
ic) Earthing
id) Agriculture
13. Infestation is to Food as Infection is to
?.
ia) Germs
ib) Diseases
ic) Body
id) Microbes
14. Book is to Publisher as Film is to
1
ia) Writer
ib) Editor
(c) Director
(d) Producer
15. Alienation is to Enstrangement as Paranoia is to
?.
ia) Inhibition
ib) Behaviour
ic) Persecution
id) Ego
Copyrighted material;
Reasoning
36
16. Latex is to Rubber as Flax is to
(a) Linen
(6) Wool
17. Cattle is to Fodder as Fish is to
(a) Hay
(6) Insects
18. Algae is to Water as Virus is to
(a) Man
(b) Host
?.
(c) Feed
(d) Plankton
(c) Surroundings
(d) Soil
7.
(c) Mulberry
(d) Pine
(c) Mars
(d) Moon
.?.
?.
(6) Pluto
21. Insomnia is to Lead as Minamata is to
( a ) Tobacco
(d) Cotton
.?.
Id. Sparrow is to Seed as Silkworm is to
(a) Silk
(b) Maple
20. Venus is to Earth as Mercury is to
(a) Sun
(c) Jute
'
(6) Mercury
(c) Alcohol
(d) Chromium
(c) Volga
(d) Nile
(c) Enamel
(d) Joints
22. Bhakra is to Sutlej as Aswan is to
(a) Indus
( b ) Damodar
23. Orange is to Peel as Tooth is to
(a) Gums
.?.
(6) Clove
24. Burma is to Pagodas as Pakistan is to
ia) Rivers
25. Indies is to Purse
ia) Bag
:
(b) Canals
as Gents is to
ib) Pocket
26. Hear is to Deaf as Speak is to
.?.
(a) Quiet
ib) Silent
27. Exercise is to Obesity as Water is to
ia) Thirst
(6) Alcohol
28. Food is to Fad as Religion is to
:
(a) Crucification
ib) Notion
(d) Dams
(c) Agriculture
/.
(d) Case
(c) Wallet
(d) Dumb
(c) Mumb
(d) Purity
(c) Drink
(d) Mythology
( c ) Superstition
29. Christians is to Burial as Hindus is to
:
ia) Murder
ib) Cremation
(c) Execution
30. Sulphur is to Vulcanisation as Chlorine is to
?.
(a) Extraction
(6) Bleaching
(c) Metallurgy
31. Magnalium is to Aluminium as Brass is to
.?
(a) Lead
'
(fc) Magnesium
(c) Iron
32. /n/ra red isito Heat as Ultraviolet is to
?.
(a) Cancer \
(6) Blisters
(c) Mutation
33. Article is to •Magazine as Sloka is to
?.
4
(a) Ascetic
(6) Veda
(c) Recite
34. Zinc is to Galvanisation as Nickel is to
(a) Aircraft
(b) Corrosion
(c) Electroplating
35. Memories is to Amnesia as Movement is to
.?
(a) Lubrication
(6) Lethargy
(c) Paralysis
36. Liquid is to Fluidity as Comedian is to
?.
(a) Ridicule
(6) Humour '
(c) Solemnity
(d) Burn
(d) Allotropy
id) Copper
(d) Ozone
id) Book
id) Filament
(d) Hermit
id) Companion
Copyrighted material .
Analogy
37
Exculpate is to Acquit as Precise is to
/.....
(<j) Concise
(6) Conceal
(c) Brief
?.
38. Chopper is to Meat as Spanner is to
(a) Vegetables (6) Cakes
(c) Nats
3 9 . Kilometre is to Distance as Poundal is to
(a) Density
(b) Acceleration
(c) Momentum
40. Buffalo is to Leather as Llama is to
?.
(a) Wool
(6) Meat
(c) Silk
?
41. Truthfulness is to Liar as Loyalty is to
37.
(a) Worker
(6) Traitor
(b) Vague
(c) Miserly
(6) Ballad
(d) Vital
;
(c) Novel
(6) Australia
(d) Symphony
?..
(c) Africe
45- Aluminium is to Bauxite as Iron is to
(a) Pyrite
(d) Fur
(d) Faithful
44. Prairies is to North America as Downs is to
(a) Europe
(d) Force
.?.
43. Preface is to Br>ok as Overture is to
(a) Opera
(d) Flesh
(c) Diligent
42. Tiff is to Battle as Frugal is to
(a) Sprint
(d) Particular
(6) Magnesite
id) India
:
(c) Pyrolusite
(d) Haematite
46. Tempest is to Storm as Slim is to
(a) Fat
(6) Plump
(c) Slender
47. Water is to Oxygen as Salt is to
id) Beautiful
?.
(a) Iron
(6) Sodium
(c) Calcium
48. Trumpet is to Band as Knife is to
:
(d) Proteins
(d) Cut
(a) Fork
(6) Metal
(c) Cutlery
49. Sweet is to Chocolate as Boo£ is to
/.
(a) Dictionary (6) Library
(c) Encyclopaedia
(d) Atlas
9
50. Amorphousness is to Definition as Lassitude is to ....
(a) Energy
(6) Awareness
(c) Uniformity
(d) Companionship
ANSWERS
1. ( a ) : A n y change in the first is made by means of second.
2. ( 6 ) :
First is preserved in the form of second.
3. (c) : Rickets is a disease found in children; osteomalacia is found in adults.
4. ( d ) : Second denotes the class to which the first belongs.
5. ( 6 ) : First is an instrument to measure Uie second.
6. ( c ) : T h e words in each pair are synonyms.
7. ( d ) : Bokaro is famous for steel industry and Ludhiana is famous for hosiery works.
8. ( c ) : Aseel is a breed of poultry and Salmon is a breed of fish.
9. ( a ) t First is adulterated by using the second.
10. ( d ) : Second is the process by which the first is m a d e ready to be eaten.
11. (c) : Second denotes the class to which the first belongs.
12. ( 6 ) : Ploughing is done for the aeration of soil and manuring is done for the replenishment
of soil.
Copyrighted material
38
Reasoning
13. ic): Contamination of food by germs is called infestation.
Similarly, attack on body by germs is called infection.
14. (d): The production of first is done by the second.
15. (c): The words in each pair are synonyms.
16. ( a ) : First is the raw material used to obtain the second.
17. Id): Second is the food eaten by the first.
18. (6): Second is the dwelling place for the first.
19. (c): First feeds on the second.
20. (a): Venus is the planet nearest to the earth.
Likewise, Mercury is the planet nearest to the sun.
21. ib): Poisoning by the second causes the first.
22. (d): Bhakra is a dam situated on Sutlej river.
Similarly. Aswan is a dam situated on Nile river.
23. (c): Second ia the protective covering over the first.
24. (6): Burma is famous for Pagodas and Pakistan is famous for canals.
25. (c): Ladies and gents keep their money in purses and wallets respectively.
26. (</): One who cannot hear is deaf. Likewise, one who cannot speak is dumb.
27. ( a ) : First eliminates the second.
28. (c): Second is th^name given to wrong notions about the first.
29. ib): First denotes the people of a specific religion and second refers to the way they
dispose off their dead.
30. (6): Sulphur is used for vulcanisation of rubber.
Similarly, chlorine is used for bleaching.
31. id): Magnalium is an ore of aluminium and brass is an ore of copper.
32. ia) : Second is the effect produced by the first.
33. ib): A magazine consists of articles. Likewise, Veda consists of slokas.
34. ic): Second is the purpose for which first is used.
35. ic): Lack of memories is Amnesia and lack of movement is paralysis.
36. (6): Second is the defining characteristic of the first.
37. (rf): The given words are synonyms of each other.
38. ic): First is the tool applied on the second.
39. ( d ) : Kilometre is a unit of distance and Poundal is a unit of force.
40. ia): Second is a product obtained from the first.
41. ib): Lack of first is the defining characteristic of the second.
42. (c): Second is of higher intensity than the first.
43. ia): The first is an opening comment on the second.
44. (6): The grasslands of North America are known as Prairies and those of Australia are
called Downs.
45. id): Second is the ore used for extraction of first.
46. ic): First is of higher intensity than the second.
47. (fc): Second is a constituent of the first.
48. ic): Trumpet is a part of the band.
Similarly, knife is an item of cutlery.
49. ic): Second is an enlarged form of the first.
50. (a): The words in each pair are opposites of each other.
Copyrighted material .
Analogy
39^
TYPE 3 : CHOOSING THE ANALOGOUS PAIR
I n this t y p e o f q u e s t i o n s , a pair o f w o r d s i s g i v e n , f o l l o w e d b y f o u r p a i r s o f w o r d s
a s a l t e r n a t i v e s . T h e c a n d i d a t e i s r e q u i r e d t o choosc t h e p a i r i n w h i c h t h e w o r d s b e a r
t h e s a m e r e l a t i o n s h i p t o e a c h other a s t h e w o r d s o f t h e g i v e n p a i r b e a r .
ILLUSTRATIVE
EXAMPLES"
Ex. 1. Chalk : Blackboard
(C.B.I. 1995)
ia) T y p e : P a i n t
(6) Table : Chair
<c) Ink : P a p e r
id) Door : H a n d l e
S o l . J u s t as chalk is used to w r i t e on a b l a c k b o a r d , so also ink is used to w r i t e on
a p a p e r . H e n c e , t h e a n s w e r is (c).
Ex. 2. Interrupt : Speak
ia) S h o u t : Y e l l
ib) I n t r u d e : E n t e r
( r ) Concede : Defend
Id) I n t e r f e r e : A s s i s t
S o l . i n t e r r u p t ' m e a n s not t o let s o m e o n e speak. So, i t i s t h e o p p o s i t e o f 4 Speak\
S i m i l a r l y , 'Assist* i s t h e opposite o f i n t e r f e r e ' .
H e n c e , t h e a n s w e r is (d).
Ex. 3. Shrub : Prune
Sol.
ia) B e a r d : S h a v e
(6) Hair : Trim
(c) Lawn : Mow
id) W o o l : S h e a r
C l e a r l y , second i s t h e process o f c u t t i n g d o w n u n n e c e s s a r y p a r t s o f t h e f i r s t .
So, t h e a n s w e r is (fe).
EXERCISE 1G
Directions s The following questions consist of two words each that have
a certain relationship to each other9 followed by four lettered pairs of words.
Select the lettered pair that has the same relationship as the original pair
of words.
1. Numismatist : Coins
ia) P h i l a t e l i s t : S t a m p s
ib) J e w e l l e r : J e w e l s
(c) Cartographer : Maps
id) G e n e t i c i s t : C h r o m o s o m e s
2. Agenda : Meeting
ia) P r o g r a m m e : Function
- t
ic) M a p : S c a l e
( S . C . f L A . 1996)
ib) P e r f o r m a n c e : T i c k e t
id) F o o t n o t e : A r t i c l e
3. Embroider : Cloth
ia) P a t c h : Quilt
(6) Stain : Glass
ic) C a r v e : K n i f e
id) C h a s e : M e t a l
4. Defunct : Life
ia) S t a g n a n t : M o t i o n
ib) O r d e r l y : P a t t e r n
ic) A r i d : D e s e r t
id) O b e s e : W e i g h t
5. Knife : Chopper
ia) W a l k i n g : F i t n e s s
ib) S w i m : F l o a t
ic) Scissors : C l o t h
id) Q u i l t : B l a n k e t
Copyrighted material;
Reasoning
40
6. Train : Track
(a) Idea : Brain
(c) Water : Boat
7. Surgeon : Scalpel
(a) Musician : Instrument
(c) Sculptor : Chisel
8. Y a w n : Boredom
( a ) Anger : Madness
(c) Smile : Amusement
(b) Bullet : Barrel
(d) Fame : Television
(S.S.C. 1997)
(6) Carpenter : Cabinet
(d) Baker : Oven
(6) Dream : Sleep
{d) Impatience : Rebellion
9. Cells : Cytology
(a) Worms : Ornithology
(c) Diseases : Physiology
10. Elevated : Exalted
(a) Dirty : Filthy
(c) Raise : Commensurate
11. Birds : Aves
(a) Fish : Water
(c) Lizard : Insect
12. C u r t a i n : D r a p e r y
(a) Cockroach : Insect
(c) Pillow : Cushion
13. Badminton : Court
(a) Hockey : Stick
(c) Skating : Rink
14. Crache : Infants
(a) School : Pupils
(c) Deck : Sailors
15. Dusk : Night
(a) Afternoon : Evening
(c) Walk : Run
16. Triangle : Hexagon
(a) Cone : Sphere
(c) Pentagon : Heptagon
17. Teeth : Chew
(a) Mind : Think
(c) Food : Taste
18. Cat : Mouse
( o ) Horse : Stable
(c) Bird : Worm
19. Cereals : Grit
(a) Dal : Pulses
(c) Pulses : Metanil
20. Balance : Weigh
(a) Aeroplane : Height
(c) Satellite : Revolution
(6) Insects : Entomology
id) Tissues : Morphology
(Railways. 1993)
(6) Disorderly : Unfaithful
(d) Promoted : Excellence
(6) Whale : Fish
(d) Man : Homosapiens
(6) Bedsheet : Bed
(d) Mat : Floor
(U.D.C. 1997)
(6) Cricket : Bat
(d) Football : Goal
(6) Bedlam : Lunatics
(d) Cottage : Beggar
(b) Infant : Child
(d) Dav : Light
(b) Rectangle : Octagon
(d) Angle : Quadrilateral
(6) Sweater : Heat
(d) Eyes : Flicker
(C.B.I. 1995)
(b) Trap : Cheese
(d) Lion : Cage
(b) Milk : Sugar
(d) Haldi : Turmeric
(6) Radar : Detection
(d) Television : Picture
Copyrighted material .
Analogy
41
(Hotel Management, 1991)
21. Shield : Soldier
( a ) L a w : Court
( 6 ) Stethoscope : Doctor
(c) Helmet : Rider
(d) Book : R i d e r
22. Chaff : Wheat
ia) Bone : Flesh
( 6 ) Blood : V e i n
ic) D r e g s : W i n e
id) Rubbish : H o u s e
23. Theft : Confess
ia) F i g h t : D a r e
ib) Fault : A d m i t
ic) M u r d e r : C o m m i t
id) M i s t a k e : A g r e e
(M.B.A. 1994)
24. Fish : Shoal
(a) S h a r k : School
(b) Whale : Herd
( c ) E l e p h a n t : Flock
(<d) A u d i e n c e : T h e a t r e
25. Canvas : Painter
I a) L e a t h e r : Shoe
( 6 ) Chisel : W o o d
( c ) M a r b l e : Sculptor
id) H a m m e r : C a r p e n t e r
26. Pesticide : Plant
( a ) Injection : Disease
ib) Vaccination : Body
(c) Medicine : Cure
id) T e a c h e r : S t u d e n t
27. Crown : Royal
ia) T h r o n e : R e g a l
ib) W r a p : E r m i n e
ic) Pen : A u t h o r
i d ) Crucifix : Religion
28. Stare : Glance
ia) G u l p : Sip
(6) Confide : Tell
(c) Hunt : Stalk
id) S t e p : W a l k
29. Cloth : Texture
ia) Body : W e i g h
ib) Silk : Cloth
(c) W o o d : G r a i n s
id) O r n a m e n t s : Gold
30. Fox : Cunning
ia) C a t : P l a y f u l
ib) H o r s e : R u n n e r
(c) V i x e n : C u t e
( t f ) A n t : Industrious
31. Traffic : Road
(S.8.C. 1997)
( a ) Aeroplane : Aerodrome
ib) Roots : T r e e
(c) Blood : V e i n s
id) C a r : G a r a g e
32. Cattle : Drove
M a ) Soldier : Crew
( c ) C h i c k e n : Brood
(6) Grain : Bundle
id) Bees : H e a p
33. Thanks : Gratitude
ia) C o u r t e s y : M a n n e r s
ib) Salutation : F l a g
( c ) Protest : R e s e n t m e n t
id) T r i a l : E r r o r
34. Embarrass : Humiliate
ia) E n q u i r e : A s k
ib) E m b e z z l e : P e c u l a t e
(c) G a m b l e : I n v e s t m e n t
id) A n n o y : E x a s p e r a t e
Copyrighted
Reasoning
42
35. J u d g e : A d j u d i c a t e
(a) Researcher : Emendate
(c) Appellant : Implore
36. Energy : Dissipate
(a) Atom : Explosion
(c) Money : Squander
37. Staircase : Banisters
(a) Train : Tracks
(c) Auditorium : Seats
(6) Mediator : Reconcile
(d) Advocate : Jury
(6) Power : Generator
id) Battery : Charge
(6) Deck : Railings
(d) Cinema : Screen
38. Indra : Rainfall
(a) Shiv : Creation
(6) Shakespeare : Drama
(c) Cupid : Love
(d) Venus : War
( C A T . 1997)
39. Sprain : Fracture
(a) Devotion : Blessing
(6) Excitement : Frenzy
(c) Sleep : Dream
(rf) Fever : Malaria
40. House : Ceiling
(a) Hut : Roof
(6) Building : Floor
(c) Bed : Bedsheet
(d) Grapes : Wine
41. Fish : Aquarium
(a) Teacher : Hostel
(6) Bee : Apiary
(c) Bird : Nest
(d) Child : School
42. Partridge : Covey
(a) Directors : Band
(c) Sheep : Swarm
43. Hillock : Mountain
(a) Hare : Animal
(c) Bush : Forest
44. Dog : Kennel
(a) Horse : Carriage
(c) Cow : Barn
45. Practice : Perfection
(a) Perseverance : Achievement
(c) Examination : Qualification
46. Sadist : Injury
(a) Opportunist : Generosity
(c) Dentist : Teeth
47. Platform : Train
(a) Aeroplane : Aerodrome
(c) Quay : Ship
48. Paper : Ream
( a ) Eggs : Dozen
(c) Twigs : Bush
(6) Mountain : Range
(d) Goods : Consignment
(b) Ant : Elephant
(d) Grass : Tree
(6) Sheep : Flock
(d) Sports : Stadium
•
(b) Run : Jump
(d) Medicine : Treatment
(6) Priest : Church
(d) Thief : Robbery
(M.B.A. 1996)
(6) Hotel : Tourist
(d) Footpath : Traveller
(6) Books : Pile
(d) Food : Packet
Copyrighted material .
Analogy
43
49. Sonnet : Poem
ia) Ballad : Stanza
(c) Chapter : Book
50. Explosion : Destruction
(a) Talk ; Exaggeration
ic) Success : Failure
51. Pen : N i b
ia) Book : Knowledge
ic) Radio : Transistor
ib) Murder : Crime
id) Lie : Falsehood
(6) Girl : Woman
id) Engagement : Marriage
(6) Sword : Blade
id) Nut : Bolt
52. Identity : Anonymity
ia) Flaw : Perfection
(6) Careless : Mistake
ic) Truth : Lie
id) Fear : Joy
53. Meadow.: Sheep.
(a) Stable* Horse
ib) Hay : Insect
ic) Grass t Grasshopper
id) Pasture : Cattle
54. Necessity : Invention
(a) Curiosity : Knowledge
ib) Nation : Citizens
ic) Price : Commodity
id) Language : Conversation
(M.A.T. 1997)
55. Weight : Kilogram
ia) Seconds : Hours
ib) Distance : Kilometer
ic) Bushel : Com
id) Mile : Length
56. Sigh : Relief
(a) Tear : Joy
ic) Carelessness : Accident
57. Necromancy : Ghosts
(a) Romance : Stories
ic) Alchemy : Gold
58. Ecstasy : Pleasure
(a) Hatred : Affection
ic) Rage : Anger
59. Branch : Tree
ia) Crest : Wave
ib) Trembling : Fear
id) Sweat : Hot
ib) Magic : Amulets
id) Sorcery : Spirits
(6) Joy : Grief
id) Mumble : Speak
ic) Clothes : Cupboard
60. Friendly : Inimical
ia) Lithosphere : Hydrosphere
(c) Abstain : Refrain
61. Implicate : Incriminate
(a) Involvement : Malpractice
ic) Embezzlement : Charge
62. Range : Mountain
ia) Point : Line
ib) Bulb : Filament
id) Water : Tap
(6) Condemnation : Approval
id) Disappointment : Embarrassment
(6) Exonerate : Acquit
id) Peijury : Fraud
(6) Bouquet : Flower
id) String : Bead
ic) School : Class
Copyrighted m a t
I
I
Reasoning
44
63. Chair : Carpenter
ia) Grass : Gardener
ic) Bridge : Engineer
64. Revolver : Holster
(a) Book : Bag
ic) Juice : Glass
65. Spring : Summer
(a) Adolescence : Youth
(c) Stagger : Walk
66. Teeth : Dentist
(a) Legs : Philanthropist
(c) Operation : Surgeon
67. Textile : Mill
(a) Eggs : Hen
ic) Food : Agriculture
68. Modesty : Arrogance
(a) Passion : Emotion
ic) Cause : Purpose
69. Shoes : Cobbler
ia) Spectacles : Optician
ic) Oxygen : Plant
Cool : Cold
70.
ia) Length : Width
ic) Plant : Tree
71. Wrestler : Arena
ia) Cricket : Pitch
ic) Farmer : Field
Arrows : Quiver
72. ia) Fear : Tremble
(c) Sound : Music
Low : Cattle
73. ia) Sheep : Beef
ic) Grunt : Hogs
74. Symphony : Music
ia) Mural : Painting
ic) Preface : Book
75. Traitor : Disloyalty
ia) Executioner : Reliability
ic) Manager : Administration
( R a i l w a y s , 1998)
ib) Medicine : Doctor
(d) Radio : Radiologist
ib) Eye : Eyelid
id) Nostril : Nose
(6) Fight : Battle
id) Read ; Learn
ib) Eyes : Oculist
id) Sight : Spectator
ib) Coal : Mine
id) Brick : Kiln
ib) Practice : Perfection
id) Debility : Strength
(ft) Education : Teacher
id) Food : Kitchen
( M A T . 1998)
ib) Gold : Bourne
id) Pretty : Beautiful
ib) Ring : Finger
(d) Assistant : Clerk
ib) Money : Bank
id) Coin : Mint
(6) Gaggle : Chicken
id) Flock : Goat
(6) Ode : Prose
(d) Editorial : Journal
(6) Rebel : Defiance
id) Hope : Pessimism
ANSWERS
1. ( a ) : A numismatist collects coins. Similarly, a philatelist collects stamps.
2 . i a ) : First contains the details of the second.
3. ( d ) : A pattern is embroidered on a cloth and chased on a metal.
4. (a): The words in each pair are antonyms.
Copyrighted materialj!
Analogy
45^
5. ( d ) : Both knife and chopper are used for the same purpose i.e. cutting
Similarly, both quilt and blanket are used for protection from cold
6. ( b ) : A train moves on tracks. Similarly, a bullet travels through the barrel of the gun.
7. ( c ) : Second is the tool used by the first.
8. ( c ) : Yawn indicates boredom. Similarly, smile indicates amusement.
9. ( 6 ) : The study of cells is called cytology. Likewise, the study of insects is called entomology.
10. ( a ) : Second is of higher intensity than the first.
11. id): Second denotes the class to which the first belongs.
12. ( a ) : Sccond denotes the class to which the first belongs.
13. (c): Badminton is played in a court. Similarly, skating is done in a rink.
14. <6) : Infants are kept in a crache. Similarly, lunatics are kept in a bedlam.
15. (6) :
16.1 b) :
17. (a) :
18. (c) :
19. ( c ) :
20. ( 6 ) :
First is the initial stage of the second.
Numbers of sides in the second figure in both the pairs is twice that in the first.
Second is the function of the first.
First feeds on the second.
Second is used to adulterate the first.
Second denotes the purpose for which the first is used.
21. (<?): First is used by the second for protection.
22. ( c ) : Chaff is the waste from wheat. Similarly, dregs is the waste from wine.
23. ( 6 ) : Theft is confessed and fault is admitted.
24. ( a ) : Second is a collective group of the first.
25. ( c ) : Second works on the first
26. ( 6 ) : First is meant to protect the second from diseases.
27. ( d ) : Crown is a symbol of royalty.
Similarly, crucifix is a mark of religion
28. (a): First is of higher intensity than the second.
29. ( c ) : Quality of cloth is identified by its texture and that of wood by its grains.
30. ( d ) : Fox is considered to be cunning.
31. ( c ) :
32. ( c ) :
33. ( c ) :
34. id) :
35. ( 6 ) :
36. ic):
37. ( 6 ) :
38. ( c ) :
39. ( 6 ) :
40. ( a ) :
Similarly, ant is considered to be an industrious creature
Traffic moves on road. Similarly, blood travels through veins.
Drove is a group of cattle. Similarly, brood is a group of chickens.
First is a way of displaying the second.
The words in each pair are synonyms
Second denotes the function of the first.
Second is the act of wasting the first.
Second is a structure for safety and comfort on the first.
Indra is the god of rainfall. Similarly, Cupid is the god of love.
Second is of higher intensity than the first.
Second is the top part of the first.
41. (b): Fishes are kept and reared in an aquarium.
Similarly, bees are reared in an apiary.
42. <d): Second is a collection of the first.
43. ic): Second is a larger form of the first.
44. ( c ) : Second is the living place of the first.
45. ( a ) : Second is the result of the first.
46. ( d ) : First indulges in the second.
47. ic): Second is the place designed for the stoppage of the first.
48. ( a ) : Papers are bought in reams. Similarly, eggs are bought in dozens.
Copyrighted material;
I
Reasoning
46
49. (6): First is a type of second.
50. id): First is followed by the second.
51. (b): Second is the topmost part of the first.
52. (a): Second is the lack of first.
53. id) : First is the grazing place of the second.
54. (a): First is essentially required for the second.
55. ib): Second is a unit to measure the first.
56. (6) : Sigh is a sign of relief. Likewise, trembling is a sign of fear.
57. id) : Necromancy involves foretelling the future by communicating with ghosts.
Similarly, aorccry deals with spirits.
58. (c): First is a more intense form of the second.
59. (a): First is a part of the second.
60. ib): The words in each pair are antonyms of each other.
61. ib): The words in each pair are synonyms.
62. W ) : The first is the name given to a continuous chain of the second.
63. (c): First is designed by the second.
64. ( o ) : First is kept inside the second.
65. (a): Second is followed by the first.
66. (6): Teeth are examined by a dentist.
Likewise, eyes are examined by an oculist.
67. id): Second is the place where the first is manufactured.
68. id): The words in both pairs are antonyms of each other
69. (a): First is designed by the second.
70. (rf) : Second is of higher intensity than the first.
71. (c): A wrestler performs in an arena.*
Similarly, a farmer works in a field.
72. (6): Arrows are kept in a quiver.
Similarly, money is kept in a bank.
73. (c): First is the sound made by the second.
74. (a): First is a type of the second.
75. (6) : Second is the defining characteristic of the first.
EXERCISE 1H
Directions : Each of the following questions consists of two words that
have a certain relationship to each other, followed by four lettered pairs of
words. Select that lettered pair which has the same relationship as the original
pair of words.
1. Sound : Muffled
ia) Moisture : Humid
(c) Despair : Anger
2. Chocolate : Sugar
(a) Egg : Yolk
(c) Building : Cement
3. Dubious : Indisputable
(a) Slander : Libel
(c) Avaricious : Generous
(8.C.RA. 1996)
ib) Colour : Faded
id) Odour : Pungent
ib) Road : Traffic
(d) Milk : Cream
ib) Painful : Tormenting
(rf) Perspicacious : Tenacity
Copyrighted material
I
Analogy
4. Calligraphy : Writing
(a) Music : Song
(c) Drama : Prose
5. Restaurant : Menu
ia) Library* : Catalogue
(c) Book : Encyclopaedia
6. Humanitarian s Altruistic
7.
8.
9-
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
47
(6) Lyric : Poem
id) Chapter : Stanza
(6) Journal : Newspaper
<d) College : Account
(M.A.T. 1995)
ia) Host : Hospitable
(c) Idealist : Cynical
Light : Darkness
(a) Anger : Friendship
Ic) Sanity : Madness
Magazine : Periodical
(a) Gun : Soldier
(c) Pun : Joke
Bear : Hibernation
(a) Man : Immigration
(c) Food : Adulteration
Conciliatory : Friendliness
ia) Cache : Hide
(c) Timid : Bold
Heart : Cardiology
ia) Brain : Psychology
(c) Civics : Polity
Fury : Ire
(a) Amusement : Happiness
(c) Cry : Whisper
Toss : Hurl
(a) Throw : Grab
(c) Speak : Shout
Wick : Candle
(a) Lead : Pencil
(6) Artist : Imitative
(c) Light : Darkness
id) Quick : Rapid
id) Guest : Rude
(6) Education : Illiteracy
(d) Medicine : Patient
(6) Harvesting : Agriculture
(d) Truck : Transport
(6) Bird : Migration
id) Frog : Aestivation
(6) Garrulous : Old
id) Obvious : Explain
(6) History : Histology
id) Fossils : Palaeontology
(Railways, 1993)
(6) Joke : Laugh
id) Convulsion : Spasm
(6) Consider : Formulate
(rf) Bounce : Kick
(6) Thread : Wool
15. Sneer : Contempt
»
ia) Grimace : Pain
(6) Snarl : Restlessness
(c) Mourn : Frustration
id) Joke : Happiness
16. Doctor : Hospital
ia) Plumber : Wrench
(c) Water : Reservoir
17. Soldier : Regiment
ia) Flower : Bunch
(c) Sailor : Crew
(6) C h e f : Kitchen
id) Farmer : Village
(6) Drop : Ocean
id) Deer : Jungle
Copyrighted material
Reasoning
48
i M B . A 1997)
18. F r a g i l e : C r a c k
(a) Cemetery : Death
(c) Hydro : Water
19. D o n k e y : T r o t
(a) Monkey : Waddle '
(c) Eagle : Stride
(6) Pliable : Bend
(d) Irreducible : Reduce
(6) Cat : Leap
(d) Mouse : Scamper
20. G y p s y : C a r a v a n
(a) Hare : Byre
(b) Knight : Mansion
(c) Monk : Temple
(d) Convict : Cell
21. Flag : N a t i o n
(a) Emblem : Prosperity
(6) Insignia : Rank
(c) Wealth : Prestige
(d) Honour : Status
22. Ass : Bray
(a) Sheep : Bleat
(6) Fox : Snout
(c) Hen : Mew
(d) Flies : Squeak
23. Coin : M i n t
(a) Grain : Field
(6) Hay : Stable
(c) Wine : Brewery
(d) Book : Publisher
(CJLL 1995)
24. State : Exile
25.
26.
27.
28.
(a) Church : Exocommunicate
(b) Constitution : Amendment
(c) Judge : Convict
I n f e c t i o n : Illness
(a) Satisfaction : Appetite
(c) Antidote : Disease
Eagle : Eyire
(a) Sheep : Pen
(c) Lion : Hole
Sheep : Mutton
(a) Duck : Roast
(c) Deer : Venison
Portico : Building
(a) Wheel : Bicycle
(c) Stove : Kitchen
(d) Police : Arrest
29. Y e n : C u r r e n c y
(a) Brass : Metal
(c) Paper : Book
(6) Applause : Audience
(d) Rehearsal : Performance
(6) Fox : Sty
(d) Sheep : Coop
(fe) Hen : Poultry
(d) Lamb : Veal
( R a i l w a y s , 1991)
(ft) Ship : Steamer
(d) Fort : Fortress
(6) Flower : Fragrance
(d) Karnataka : State
30. B r i d g e : C a r d s
(a) Dam : River
(c) Image : Mirror
(6) Gamble : Money
(d) Fencing : Sword
31. B a n y a n tree : P r o p r o o t s
( a ) Potato : Tuber
(c) Ginger : Stem
(6) Climbers : Tendrils
id) Spinach : Root
Copyrighted material
I
Analogy
32. L i v e l y : Dull
(a) Emotional : Sensitive
(c) Employed : Jobless
33. P r i e s t : M i t r e
(a) Student : Pen
(c) Dictionary : Words
49
( H o t e l M a n a g e m e n t , 1991)
(6) Flower : Bud
(d) Happy : Gay
(b) Teacher : Chalk
id) King : Crown
34. C r i c k e t : Football
(a) Solid : Liquid
(6) Hockey : Ball
(c) Prose : Poetry
(d) Shoes : Gloves
35. P l a i n t i f f : D e f e n d a n t
(a) Judge : Jury
(6) Court : Law
(c) Attorney : Lawyer
(d) Injured : Accused
(M.BA
36. A r m y : Logistics
(a) Team : Individual
(6) War : Logic
(c) Soldiers : Students
(d) Business : Strategy
1994)
37. B i r d : C a g e
(a) Animals : Zoo
(6) T h i e f : Prison
(c) Antique : Museum
(d) Crime : Punishment
38. G e o l o g y : E a r t h
(a) Architect : Building
(c) Aquarium : Fish
39. S h a r d : P o t t e r y
(a) Island : Sea
(b) Biology : Science
(d) Archaeology : Artifacts
(b) Canto : Poem
(c) Frog : Amphibian
40. C a r p e n t e r : F u r n i t u r e
(d) Grass : Field
(a) Teacher : Teach
(c) Mason : Wall
41. M a d : Insane
(a) Red : Green
(c) Brave : Timid
(6) King : Empire
(d) Farmer : Agriculture
( M . A . T . 1998)
(6) Healthy : Fat
(d) Slim : Thin
42. V a n d a l i s m : P r o p e r t y
(a) Peijury : Testimony
(c) Implication : Crime
(fc) Embezzlement : Fraud
(d) Testify : Reputation
43. E g g : O m e l e t t e
(a) Dam : River
(c) Clay : Pottery
(6) Student : Classroom
(d) Onion : Salad
44. Sculptor : A t e l i e r
(a) Painter : Portrait
(c) Poet : Sonnet
45. Goose : G a n d e r
( a ) Duck : Drake
(c) Horse : Bridle
ib) Miner : Quarry
(d) Man : House
(b) Hen : Chicken
Cd) Donkey : Bray
Copyrighted material
1
50
Reasoning
48. Border s Country
(a) Pen : Cap
(c) Handle : Spade
47. Stationary' • Mobile
(a) Quilt : Sheet
(c) Vehicle : Bus
48. Traveller : Destination
(a) Beggar : Donation
(c) Teacher : Education
49. Aspirin : Headache
(a) Amoeba : Dysentery
(c) Quinine : Malaria
50. Horns : Bull
(a) Mane : Lion
51.
52.
53.
54.
55.
56.
57.
58.
59.
(S.8.C. 1997)
(6) Book : Cover
(d) Frame : Picture
(6) Bulb : Tubelight
id) Quack : Expert
(6) Accident : Hospital
Id) Refugee : Shelter
(b) Acid : Burns
(d) Iron : Anaemia
(b) Antlers : Stag
Id) Wattles : Turkey
(c) Hoofs : Horse
Taxonomist : Classify
(a) Haggler : Bargain
(c) Kind : Alms
Proctor : Supervise
(a) Prophet : Rule
(c) Profiteer : Consume
Valueless : Invaluable
(a) Costly : Cut-rate
(c) Frugality : Wealth
Rogue : Rascal
(a) Spendthrift : Extravagant
(c) Polite : Harsh
Ornaments : Body
(a) Murals : Wall
(c) Light : Road
Patriotism : Citizens
(a) Morality : Truthfulness
(c) Concentration : Students
Horse : Equine
(a) Lion : Carnivorous
(c) Table : Furniture
Wife : Marriage
(a) Bank : Money
(c) Service : Qualification
Pain : Ache
(a) Fever : Illness
(c) Lazy : lethargic
t
ib) Doctor : Medicine
(<d) Engineer : Building
(6) Prodigy : Wonder
(d) Prodigal : Squander
<UJ>.C. 1997)
(b) Miserly : Philanthropic
(d) Thriftiness : Cheap
(6) Notorious : Famous
id) Murderer : Cruelty
(6) Painting : Canvas
(d) Cleanliness : Hospital
(b) Character : Values
<d) Homage : Martyrs
(6) Cat : Feline
(d) Dog : Vulpine
(6) Nationality : Citizenship
(d) Attendance : Register
(C.A.T. 1995)
(6) Suffering : Trouble
(d) Damp : Arid
Copyrighted material
t
f
Analogy
60. Purity : Adulteration
ia) Profuse : Availability
(c) Rare : Scanty
61. Agreement : Dissent
(a) Touchdown : Penalty
(c) Schism : Diverge
62. Oak : Coniferous
(a) Tree : Grove
ic) Fish : Sea
63. Ampere : Current
ia) Sound : Waves
ic) Distance : Kilometre
64. Eyes : Tears
ia) Sea : Water
ic) Heart : Artery
65. Rectangle : Pentagon
ia) Side : Angle
ic) Triangle : Rectangle
66. Bread : Flour
ia) Train : Wagon
ic) Road : Asphalt
67. Jupiter : Planet
(o) Sparrow : Bird
ic) Chilka : Lake
68. Hypocrisy : Honesty
(a) Literature : Philosophy
ic) Seldom : Often
69. Kitchen : Bedroom
ia) Woman : Man
ic) Botany : Zoology
70. Food : Hungry
ia) Thought : Politics
ic) Rest : Weary
71. Onam : Kerala
(a) Christmas : Christians
ic) Kathak : Uttar Pradesh
72. Muslims : Quran
(a) Hindus : Temple
ic) Christians : Christ
73. Buoy :. Channel
ia) White line : Highway
ic) Red light : Street
51
(6) Treachery : Sincerity
id) Sink : Drown
( M . A T . 1997)
(6) Latitude : Resistance
id) Impasse : Concede
(6) Animals : Carnivore
id) Chimpanzee : Ape
(6) Speed : Time
(d) Ohm : Resistance
(6) Volcano : Lava
id) Hunger : Bread
( R a i l w a y s , 1998)
(6) Diagonal : Perimeter
id) None of these
(6) Car : Engine
id) House : Wall
(6) Yamuna : River
id) Everest : Peak
(6) Arrogant : Notorious
(d) Murder : Sympathy
(6) Vegetable : Fruit
id) Gas : Cylinder
(M.A.T. 1998)
(6) Water : River
(d) Wine : Intoxication
(6) Bhangra : Punjab
(d) Bihu : Assam
ib) Sikhs : Avesta
id) Jews : Torah
(6) Light house : Ship
id) Road map : Travel
Copyrighted matt
\
\
68 1 Reasoning
74. Knowledge s Ignorance
(a) Cure : Health
(c) Breath : Suffocation
75. Dove : Peace
(a) Crow : Scavenge
(c) Lull : Storm
(b) Conceal : Hide
id) Construction : War
(6) Knife
(d) Pearl
Cut
Purity
ANSWERS
1. ( 6 ) : Second is the process of gradual disappearance of the first.
2. (c) r Second is required for making the first.
3. ( c ) : The words in each pair are antonyms of each other.
4. ( 6 ) : First is a type of the second.
5. ( a ) : Menu gives a list of the items presented in restaurant.
Similarly, catalogue lists the books present in a library.
6. ( a ) : Second is the quality which ought to be present in the first.
7. ( 6 ) : The words in each pair are antonyms of each other.
8. ( c ) : ' First is a type of s « o n d .
9. ( 6 ) : A bear undergoes hibernation to protect itself from cold; and a bird undergoes migration to protect itself from cold.
10. ( a ) : The words in both the pairs are synonyms
11. (d>: The study of heart is called cardiology.
Similarly, the study of fossils is called palaeontology.
12. (d) : Second is a more intense form of the first.
13. ( c ) : Second is a more intensive form of the first.
14. (a) : First is the working part of the second.
15. ( a ) : Sneer is a sign of contempt. Similarly, grimace is a sign of pain.
16. ( 6 ) : Second is the working place of the first.
17. ( c ) : Second is a collective group of the first.
18. ( 6 ) : A fragile thing cracks easily. Similarly, a pliable article bends easily.
19. id): Second denotes the motion of the first.
20. (6) : Gypsy stays in a caravan. Similarly, a knight stays in a mansion.
21. ( 6 ) :
22. ( a ) :
23. ( c ) :
24. ( a ) :
25. ( d ) :
26. (a) :
27. (c) :
28. (d) :
Flag is the symbol of nation. Similarly, insignia is the symbol of rank.
Second is the noise made by the first.
Second is the place where the first is manufactured.
Second is the state of banishing a person from the first.
First is followed by the second.
Second is the living place of the first.
The flesh of sheep is called mutton. Similarly, the flesh of deer is called venison.
The words in each pair are synonyms.
29. ( r f ) : Yen is a currency. Similarly, Karnataka is a state
30. (d) : The game of bridge is played by cards.
Similarly, the game of fencing is played by swords.
31. (6) : Second is needed by the first to support itself.
32. ( c ) : The words in cach pair are antonyms of each other.
33. ( d ) : First is dignified by the second.
34. (c) : Both cricket and football belong to the same class I t . sports
Similarly, both prose and poetry belong to the same class i.e. literature.
Copyrighted material
Analogy
3 5 . id):
53
injured is the plaintiff and accused is the defendant.
36. (d) : Second is required for the first to be successful.
37. ( b ) : Second is the place where the first is forcibly kept.
38. id) : Geology is the study of eorth.
39. ib) :
40. ( c ) :
41. id):
42. ia):
43. ic) :
Similarly, archaeology is the study of artifacts.
Shard is a fnigment of pottery Similarly, canto is a part of a poem
A carpenter makes furniture Similarly, a mason builds a wall.
First is a more intense form of the second
First is the name given to fraud in matters relating to the second.
Second is made from the first.
44. ib): Second is the working place of the first.
45. (a): First is the female of the second.
46. <d): First marks the boundary of the second.
47. <d):
48. id):
49. ic):
50. (b):
The words in each pair are antonyms of each other.
A traveller seeks destination. Similarly, a refugee seeks shelter.
First is used to cure the second
A bull bears horns on its head.
Similarly, a stag bears antlers on its head.
51. ( a ) : A taxonomist classifies and a haggler bargains.
52. i d ) : A proctor supervises the students and a prodigal squanders wealth.
53. i b ) :
54. i a ) :
55. ia):
56. ( c ) :
The words in each pair are antonyms of each other.
The words in each pair are synonyms.
First is used to decorate the second.
First is the quality which ought to be present in the second.
57. ( 6 ) : Equine is a horse - like animal. Similarly, feline is a cat - like animal.
58. ic):
59. ic):
60. (6)
61. ib):
62. id):
Second is necessary to acquire the first.
Second is a more intensive form of the first.
: The words in each pair are antonyms of each other.
The words in each pair are antonyms of each other.
Oak belongs to the class of ooniferous trees.
Similarly, chimpanzee belongs to the class of apes.
63. id): First is the unit to measure the second.
64. ( 6 ) : Second comes out of the first.
65. ic):
66. ic):
67. id):
68. ic):
69. ic):
Number of sides in the second figure is one more than that in the first.
Second is used to make the first
Jupiter is the largest planet. Similarly. Everest is the highest peak.
The words in each pair are antonyms of each other.
Both kitchen and bedroom are the parts of a house.
Similarly, botany and zoology are the branches of biology.
70. ( c ) : A hungry person requires food and a weary person requires rest.
71. (d>: Onam is a festival of Kerala. Similarly, Bihu is a festival of Assam
72. id): Quran is the holy book of Muslims. Similarly, Torah is the holy book of Jews
73. ( a ) : A buoy indicates proper channel or a path for a ship to follow; white line shows the
path on a highway to be followed by vehicles.
74. ( c ) : The words in each pair are antonyms of each other.
75. id): Dove is a symbol of peace. Similarly, pearl is a symbol of purity.
Copyrighted mate
»
I
« t
i
1
Reasoning
54
EXERCISE 11
Directions : The following questions consist of two words each that have
a certain relationship to each other9 followed by four lettered pairs of words.
Select the lettered pair that has the same relationship as the original pair
of words.
1. Fish : Mermaid
ia) Cat : Lion
(c) Unicorn : Tapestry
2. Appointment : Ability
(a) Transfer : Punishment
(c) Promotion : Merit
3. Kafnataka : Bangalore
ia) Mysore : Vrindaban
(c) Gujarat : Anand
4. Ballad : Song
(a) Envelope : Letter
(c) Cat : leopard
5. Loath : Coercion
(a) Irate : Antagonism
(c) Reftxctant : Persuasion
6. Head : Legible
(a) Hear : Audible
(c) See : Illegible
7. Locks : Warble
(a) Crows : Cackle
ic) Owls : Hoot
8. Sate : Purchase
(a) Give : Receive
(c) Cash : Credit
9. Horse : Mare
(a) Dtick : Geese
ic) Donkey : Pony
10. Water : Thirst
(a) faipe : Harvest
ic) Needle : Stitch
11. Thermometer : Temperature
ia) Length : Breadth
ic) Cardiograph : Heart rate
12. Blister : Skin
ia) Sore : Toe
ic) Ball : Pitcher
13. Iodine : Goitre
(a) Insulin : Diabetes
ic) Hormones : Haemophilia
ib) Horse : Centaur
id) Pegasus : Fly
ib) Business : Mopey
id) Examination : Success
(b) Haryana : Sonepat
id) Orissa : Bhubaneshwar
(6) Prose : Literature
(d) Ode : Poem
(S.C.R.A. 1993)
(6) Irritate : Caressing
id) Contemplative : Meditative
(6) Qualify : Eligible
id) Require : Admissible
ib) Tiger : Yelp
id) Camel : Bleat
(B.S.R.B. 1998)
(6) Shop : Market
id) Profit : Loss
(6) Dog : Puppy
id) Fox : Vixen
(6) Book : Ignorance
id) Rain : Throat
(S.C.ILA. 1994)
ib) Millimetre i Scale
id) Solar energy : Sun
(6) Sty : Eye
(d) Wound : Arm
ib) Mango : Anaemia
(d) Fat : Obesity
i - Copyrighted material
Analogy
55
14. Portfolio : Securities
ib) Star : Class
id) Panel : Jurors
(a) Lecture : Consignment
ic) Trustee : Company
15. Waiter : Tip
(6) Worker : Bonus
id) Clerk : Bribe
ia) Student : Marks
ic) Employee : Wages
(Railways, 1996)
16. Biography : Autobiography
(a) Memoirs : History
ib) Author : Performer
ic) Mobile : Automobile
(c0 Testimony : Confession
17. Executioner : Criminal
18
(a) Florist : Flowers
(6) Convict : Murderer
ic) Butcher : Animals
id) Worker : Manager
Kangaroo : Australia
ia) Whale : River
(6) Elephant : Russia
(c) Penguin : Antarctica
id) India : Peacock
19. Hitler : Germany
(6) Mussolini : Italy
ia) Shakespeare : England
id) Boris Yeltsin : Russia
(c) Tulsidas : India
20. Lok Sabha : Legislature
ia) President : Executive
ic) Judge : Court
(6) Minister : Meeting
id) People : Election(M.B JL 1997)
21. Sip : Gulp
ib) Cup : Glass
id) Soup : Water
ia) Touch : Push
ic) Tent : Hut
22. Greed : Corruption
ia) Insult : Enemy
ic) Goodwill : Friendship
(6) Sleep : Dream
id) Knowledge : Book
23. Poultry : Farm
ia) Rice : Granary
(c) Bee : Hive
(6) Child : Playground
id) Rubber : Estate
24. Basement : Attic
ia) Nadir : Zenith
ic) Zenith : Root
ib) Zenith : Apex
(rf) Apex : Pinnacle
25. Artist : Troupe
ia) Market : Crowd
ic) Singer : Chorus
ib) Flowers : Garland
idt Fishes : Pond
26. W a n : Colour
ia) Enigmatic : Puzzle
ic) Insipid : Flavour
(6) Pallid : Complexion
id) Copulent : Weight
27./ P u l p s P a p e r
ia) Rope : Hemp
ic) Thread : Needle
(6) Rayon rCellulose
id) Yarn : Fabric
(M.A.T. 1997)
Copyrighted material
4
l
4
Reasoning
56
28. Hook : Fish
(a) Stadium : Games
(c) Symphony : Music
29. Poverty : Prosperity
(a) Love*: Sorrow
(c) Rain : Flood
30. Graphite : Lubricant
(a) Movement : Friction
(c) Wool : Cloth
31. Stage : Theatre
(a) Bedroom : House
(c) Patient : Hospital
32. Coffee : Beverages
(a) Bread : Butter
(c) Burger : Snacks
33. Tree : Sapling
(6) Glove : Ball
(d) Word : Alphabet
(Railways, 1991)
(b) Train : Cart
(d) Intelligence : Stupidity
(b) Iron : Steel
(d) Diamond : Abrasive
(6) Car : Road
(d) School : Education
(6) Milk : Tea
(d) Grapes : Wine
(Bank P.O. 1994)
(6) Horse : Foal
(d) Hut : Mansion
(a) Rock : Mountain
(c) Giant : Dwarf
34. Cricket : Pitch
(a) Ship : Dock
(c) Wrestling : Track
35. Monk : Monastery
(a) Noble : House
(c) Nun : Convent
36. Lamb : Frisk
v, (a) Deer : Swoop
(c) Bear : Leap
37. Laboratory : Germs
(a) School : Students
(r) Library : Book?
38 Cool : Frigid .
(a) Livid : Lurid
(c) Tepid : Torried
39. Illiterate : Uneducated
(a) Country : State
(c) Palace : Hut
40. Mongoose : Snake
(a) Milk : Goat
(c) Whale : Crow
41. Duralumin : Aircraft
(a) Brass : Alloy
(c) Iron : Steel
•
(6) Boat :4Harbour
(d) Boxing : Ring
(6) Lion : Hole
(d) Peasant : Village
(6) Cat : Steal
(d) Lion : Stride
(6) Playground : Games {d) Observatory' : Planets
(6) Pool : Placid
(d) Lack : Abundant
(Hotel Management, 1991)
(6) City : Village
(d) Vision : Sight
(6) Fish : Crane
(d) Water : Sky
(6) Stone : Sculptor
(d) Bronze : Statue
f
Copyrighted materi
'
Analogy
42. Overlook : Aberration
(a) Mitigate : Penitence
(c) Error : Omission
43. Ribs : Lungs
(a) Ball : Sphere
(c) Shell : Nut
57
(6) Condone : Offence
(d) Conviction : Criminal
(6) Hand : Fingers
(d) Coat : Tie
44. Garbage : Dustbin
(a) Tree : Honey
(b) Medicine : Capsule
(c) Kitchen : House
(d) Bangles : Hand
45. Expend : Replenish
( a ) Exhort : Encourage
(6) Formant : Rebellion
(c) Defect : Rejoin
(d) Encroachment : Occupy
46. Visitor : Welcome
( a ) Beggar : Hungry
(6) Worship : God
(c) Criminal : Prosecute
id) Warrior : Conquer
47. Money : Transaction
(M.B JL 1996)
( a ) Life : Death
(6) Water : Drink
(c) Ideas : Exchange
(d) Language : Conversation
48. Farce : Absurdity
(a) Disease : Medicine
(c) Tragedy : Comedy
49. Story : Novel
(a) Sea : Ocean
(c) Book : Dictionary
50. Parsing : Grammar
(a) Running : Health
(c) Paratrooping : Air Force
51. Formula : Constituent
(a) Equation : Term
(c) Carburettor : Mixture
52. Rectangle : Cylinder
(a) Square : Sphere
(c) Triangle : Cone
53. Termite : Wood
(a) Neem : Cotton
(c) Thread : Cloth
54. I n t r o d u c t i o n : Conclusion
( a ) Salutation : Farewell
(c) Companion : Scoundrel
55. Plants : Coal
(a) Crops : Manure
(c) Cow : Milk
(6) Charity : Generosity
(d) Energy : Electricity
(6) School : University
(d) Poetry : Drama
(b) Praying : God
(d) Cleaning : House
(MJLT. 1997)
(6) Rocket : Pilot
(id) Binomial : Monocular
(6) Circle : Disc
(d) Wall : Room
(b) Fibre : Jute
(d) Moth : Wool
(6) Deposit : Take
(d) Mingle : Emerge
(b) Animals : Oil
(d) Fire : Smoke
Copyrighted material
Reasoning
58
56. L a w n : Grass
(a).Wool : Sheep
(c) Fur : Pelt
57. Proscenium : Stage
(a) Lamp : Table
(c) Portico : House
ib) Skin : Goat
id) Rice : Farm
( M . A . T . 1998)
(6) Lines : Bed
(d) Compass : Needle
58. Inherit : Acquire
( a ) Hierarchial : Succession
(b) Instinct : Habit
(c) Loss : Gain
(d) Learn : Discover
59. Inn : Traveller
(a) Lodging : Man
(6) Country : Citizen
(c) Dormitory : Students
(c/) Ashram : Gurus
60. Cistern : Water
(a) House : Family
(6) Cup : Tea
(c) Vase : Water
(d) Book : Knowledge
61. Animal : Menagerie
(a) Painting : Museum
(6) Flowers : Pot
(c) Milk : Glass
(d) Grapes : Bunch
62. Preamble : Constitution
(a) Word : Dictionary
(c) Explanation : Poetry
63. Grain : Salt
(a) Chip : Glass
(c) Shred : Wood
(6) Contents : Magazine
(d) Preface : Book
( M . B . A . 1994)
ib) Blades : Grass
(d) Shard : Pottery
04. Pharaohs : Egypt
(a) Socrates : Greece
(c) Imperator : Rome
(6) Kings : India
(d) Government : State
65. Utopia : English
(a) Odyssey : Greek
(c) Monalisa : English
(b) Tulsidas : Sanskrit
(d) Dante : Latin
66. Revolution : Change
( a ) Disease : Medicine
(c) Food : Energy
67. Rocket : Fuel
(a) Man : Energy
(c) Current : Electricity
68. Coronation : Reign
(a) Vaccination : Immunity
(c) Degree : Graduate
69. Trilogy : Novel
( a ) Gun : Cartridge
(c) Milk : Cream
(b) Famous : Notorious
(rf) Treaty : Peace
(6) Machine : Oil
(d) River : Water
(6) Sculptor : Statue
(cO Summer : Rain
( S . C . R J L 1993)
(6) Rice : Husk
(d) Serial : Episode
i - Copyrighted material
Analogy
59
70. Leather : Milk
ia) Cat : Mouse
ic) Fruit : Rubber
ib) Curd : Bacteria
id) Sun : Moon
71. Perforate : Holes
ia) Repent : Sins
ic) Filter : Water
ib) Speckle : Spots
id) Decorate : Rooms
72. C u b e : Cuboid
ia) Oval : Sphere
ic) Sphere : Ellipsoid
73. Land : Cape
(a) House : Gate
ic) Hand : Glove
74. Roof : Foundation
ia) Plateau : Plain
ic) Hill : Mountain
75. Sailor : Pirate
ia) Police : Robbers
ic) Plant : Fungus
ib) Square : Cube
id) Triangle : Cone
ib) Foot : Toe
id) Finger : Nails
ib) Hay : Grass
id) Peak : Valley
ib) Lion : Lamb
(d) Major . Sepoy
ANSWERS
1. ib): A mermaid is a fish-like imaginary creature.
Similarly, a centaur is a horse-like imaginary creature.
2. ic): First depends upon the second.
3. (d): Second is the capital of the first.
4. ( d ) : First is a type of second
5. (c): Loath and Reluctant are synonyms; and Coercion and Persuasion a re synonyms.
6. (a) : Legible means able to be road. Similarly, audible means able to be heard.
7. (c) : Second is the sound produced by the first.
8. (a) : Sale corresponds to giving and purchase corresponds to receiving.
9. id) : Second is the female of the first.
10. id) : Lack of water is thirst. Similarly, lack of rain is drought.
11. ic) : First is an instrument to measure the second.
12. ib): Blister is an infection of the skin. Similarly, sky is an infection of the eye.
13. ia): Lack of first causes the second.
14. id): A portfolio is the entire group of securities a person holds for investment.
Similarly, a panel is a whole group of jurors.
15. ib) : Second is the additional money given to the first for good service.
16. id): A biography is a person's life story written by someone else; whereas autobiography
is one's story written by oneself.
Similarly, a testimony is a solemn declaration of one's wrong doing by someone; while
a confession is one s claim of oneself being a wrong-doer.
17. ic): First is responsible for the death of the second.
18. ic): Kangaroo is the native of Australia.
Similarly, penguin is the native of Antarctica.
19. (6) : Hitler was a tyrant belonging to Germany.
Similarly. Mussolini was a tyrant belonging to Italy.
Copyrighted material
60
20. ( a ) :
21. (a) :
22. (c) :
23. id):
24. ia):
25. ic):
26. (6):
27. id) :
28. (6):
29. id):
30. id) :
31. ia) :
32. ic):
33. (6):
34. id) :
35. ic):
36. (6):
37. id):
38. ic):
39. id):
40. (6):
41. id) :
42. ib):
43. ic):
44. (6):
45. ic):
46. (c):
47. ) :
48. (6):
49. ( a ) :
50. ic):
51. ( a ) :
52. ic):
53. (d):
54. ( a ) :
55. (6):
56. ic):
57. ic) :
58. (a) :
59. ic):
60. ib):
61. ia) :
62. id) :
Reasoning
First is a part of the second.
Second is of higher intensity than the first.
First leads to the second.
Poultry is reared in a farm. Similarly, rubber is grown in an estate
Nadir (lowest point) and zenith (highest point) can be compared to basement and
attic respectively.
Second is a collective group of the first.
Wan refers to pale colour. Similarly, pallid refers to pale complexion.
First is used to make the second.
First is used to help catch the second.
The words in each pair are antonyms of each other.
Graphite is used as a lubricant and diamond as an abrasive.
First is a part of the second.
Second denotes the class to which the first belongs.
Second is the young one of the first.
The game of cricket is played on a pitch.
Similarly, boxing is done in a ring.
Second is the dwelling place of the first.
Second denotes the manner of walking of the first.
First is the place to study the second.
Frigid is the extreme of cooling to make things to freeze. Similarly, tepid is only
lukewarm and torrid is to dry by heating.
The words in each pair are synonyms.
First is eaten by the second.
First is an alloy used to make the second.
First is the act of neglecting the second.
First encloses the second and protects it
Second contains the first.
The words in each pair arc antonyms of each other.
A visitor is given a welcome and a criminal is prosecuted.
We transact with money and converse in a language.
The words in each pair are synonyms.
Second is a more voluminous form of the first.
First is an essential part of the second.
Second is a part of the first.
First, on rotation along one of its sides, forms the second.
First damages the second.
The words in each pair are opposites of each other.
Plants on decay yield coal. Similarly, animals on decay produce oil.
Second grows on the first.
First is a part of the second.
The words in each pair are synonyms.
First is the place of night stay for the second.
First is used to hold the second.
Second is the place where the first is kept for exhibition
Preamble is the introduction to the Constitution.
Similarly, preface is the introduction to a book.
i - Copyrighted material
Analogy
61
63. ( a ) : Salt consists of grains and glass ia made up of chips.
64. (6) : The rulers of Egypt were known a» pharaohs.
Similarly, the rulers of India were known as kings.
65. ( o ) : Utopia is a famous work of English literature.
Similarly, Odyssey is a work of Greek literature.
66. (d): Vint results in the second.
67. la) : First needs the second to work.
68. (d) : First is followed by the second.
69. (d): Second is a part of the first.
70. ( c ) : Leather and milk are both obtained from animals.
Similarly, fruit and rubber are both obtained from treek.
71. ( 6 ) : Perforate means to bore holes.
Similarly, speckle means to leave spots.
72. Ic): Second is the elongated form of the first.
73. ( 6 ) : Cape is the projection of land. Similarly, toe is the projection of foot.
74. ( d ) : Roof and Foundation are the top and bottom of a house.
Similarly, Peak and Valley are the top and bottom of a mountain.
75. <c): Both belong to the same species but first one is useful while second one is harmful.
EXERCISE 1J
Directions s The following questions consist of two words each that have
a certain relationship to each other9 followed by four lettered pairs of words.
Select the lettered pair that has the same relationship as the original pair
of words.
1. Evaporation : Cloud
(a) Mountain : Snow
(6) Pressure : Atmosphere
(c) Book : Pages
id) Tension : Breakdown
2. Corporeal : Spiritual
(M.BJL 1994)
(a) Pedagogue : Teacher
(6) Foreigner : Immigrant
(c) Moron : Savant
(d) Mesa : Plateau
3. Rotate : Gyrate
(a) Putrefy : Reject
(b) Anachorism : Cubism
(c) Accolade : Criticism
(d) Absolve : Exonerate
4. Rain : Patter
(a) Door : Bang
(b) Birds : Flight
(c) Animal : Graze
(d) Men : Walk
5. Optimistic : Pessimistic
(a) Difficult : Impossible
(b) Study : Play
(c) Tolerating : Disgusting
(d) Export : Import
6. Liquor : Drink
(a) Bread : Butter
(b) Tea : Beverage
(c) Snuff: Inhale
<d) Water : Sip
7. Pedant : Erudition
(S.C.RJL 1993)
(o) Blunt : Politician
(b) Enemy : Friendly
(c) Diplomat : Tactless
id) Prude : Modesty
Copyrighted material
78 Reasoning
62
8.
9.
10.
1
U.
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
Archaeologist : Antiquity
(a) Ichthyologist : Marine life
(c) Teacher : Education
Protagonist : Character
(a) Earth : Moon
(c) Lizard : Housefly
Sphere : Ball
(o) Circle : Disc
(c) Line : Rope
Baldness : Hair
(a) Talk : Whisper
(c) Quiet : Peace
Indigent : Wealthy
(a) Scholarly : Erudite
(c) Native : Affluent
Barrel : Vial
(a) Book : Readers
(c) Brochure : Compiler
Choose : Discard
(a) Draw : Push
(c) Walk : Run
Bird : Wings
(a) )Vhale : Water
(c) Car : Wheel
Hope : Aspire
(a) Fake : Ordinary
(c) Film : Flam
Sea : Shore
(a) Train : Rails
(c) Ocean : Bay
W a r : Destruction
(a) Fire : Bum
(c) Water : Drown
Propensity : Tendency
(6) Doctor : Medicine
(d) Minister : Theology
(b) Termite : Insect
(d) Whale : Fish
(6) Cube : Dice
(d) Triangle : Cone
(6) Giggle : Laugh
(d) Silence : Noise
(M.A.T. 1997)
(6) Gauche : Graceful
(d) Angry : Rich
(6) Book : Pamphlet
(d) Length : Height
(6) Love : Adore
(d) Sit : Stand
(6) Dog : Lungs
(d) Pen : Paper
(M.B.A. 1994)
(b) Fib : Lie
(d) Love : Elevate
(6) Road : Footpath
(</) River : Delta
(6) Court : Justice
(d) Food : Hunger
(a) Prologue : Epilogue
(6) Master : Slave
(c) Audacity : Impudence
(d) Conduct : Immorality
Capricious : Reliability
(S.C.ILA. 1993)
(a) Arbitrary : Whimsical
(b) Unreliable : Inhuman
(c) Tenacious : Practicality
(d) Extemporaneous : Predictability
A c c i d e n t : Mishap
I
(a) Eminent : Notorious
(b) Pacify : Provoke
(c) Abrupt : Sudden
(d) Dearth : Plenty
i - Copyrighted material
Analogy
22. Dawn : Morning
(a) Morning : Evening
(c) Lamp : Light
23. Cream : Cosmetics
(a) Tiger : Forest
(c) Teak : Wood
24. Necklace : Adornment
(a) Medal : Decoration
(c) Scarf : Dress
25. Intimidate : Wheedle
(a) Resolute : Impetuous
(c) Defile : Rebuke
26. Filter : Water
(a) Expurge : Book
(c) Censor : Play
27. Presumption : Certainty
(a) Falsehood : Truth
(c) Theorem : Proof
28. Question : Question Mark
(a) Remark : Color.
(c) Sentence : Period
29. Liquor ^Intoxicates
(a) Oil : Smears
(c) Drug : Addicts
30. Coal : Thermal
(a) Power : Energy
(c) Air : Atmosphere
31. Carnivore : Herbivore
(a) Animal : Bird
(c) Camel : Giraffe
32. Equator : Latitude
(a) Visitor : Guest
(c) Fish : Water
33. Calendar : Date
(a) Time : Hour
(c) Dictionary : Word •
34. Court t Justice
(a) Police : Crime
(c) Doctor : Sickness
35. Diva : Opera
(a) Thespian : Play
(c) Director : Drama
63
(b) Sun : Rain
<d) Autumn : Winter
(6) Magazine : Editor
(d> Mountain : Valley
</>) Bead : Necklace
(d) Pearl : Diamond
(6) Coordinate : Disinter
(d) Extol : Disparage
(M.B.A 1997)
(b) Edit : Text
(d) Curtail : Activity
(6) Hearsay : Authenticity
(d) Hunch : Guess
(6) Aside : Parentheses
id) Clause : Semicolon
(b) Medicine : Soothes
<d) Morphine : Sedates
(6) Bulb : Light
(cO Water : Hydel
(b) Flesh : Plant
(d) Horse : Lion
(6) Needle : Direction
(d) Pigeon : Bird
(b) Transport : Bus
(d) City : Pincode
(b) Teacher : Study
(d) Auditor : Accuracy
(M.B.A. 1994)
ib) Conductor : Bus
(d) Producer ; Theatre
Copyrighted material
Reasoning
64
36. D e p l e t e : E n e r v a t e
( a ) Tighten : Loosen
(c) Invigorate : Tired
(6) Exhaust : Enfeeble
(d) Strengthen : Weak
37. Acoustic : Sound
(a) Mathematics : Geometry
(c) Pathology : Disease
(6) Radio : Song
(d) Communication : Phone
38. T h r e a t : Insecurity
(a) Challenge : Fight
(c) Clouds : Rain
(b) Thunder : Lightning
(d) Disease : Death
39. L a r g e : E n o r m o u s
(a) Big : Small
(6) Plump : Fat
(c) Less : Greater
(d) Regal : Royal
40. V a s e l i n e : P e t r o l
( a ) Tea i Leaves
(b) Plant : Tree
(c) Butter : Ghee
(d) Cream : Milk
41. S t r e p t o c o c c i : P n e u m o n i a
(o) Quinine : Malaria
(6) Boat : Sea
(a) Mosquito : Malaria
(d) Malnutrition : Rirlrets
42. J u t e : Sack
(a) Shoe : Sock
(c) Cotton : Fibre
43. S q u a r e : Cube
(a) Triangle : Prism
(c) Line : Cylinder
44. C o m m a n d e r : Commands
( a ) Aerates : Aviator
(c) Checks : Teacher
48f. E d i t o r : M a g a z i n e
(a) Director : Film
(c) Psychiatrist : Neurotic
46. H e r m i t : Solitude
(a) Warrior : Civility
(c) Ascetic : Self denial
47. S c r i p t : D r a m a
(a) Article : Magazine
(c) Lyrics : Note
4A. S t e e r i n g : C a r
(a) Needle : Cloth
(c) Knife : Whittle
49. T a j Mahal : A g r a
(o) Eiffel Tower : France
(t?) Cotton : Ahmedabad
(6) Wool : Sweater
(d) Mill : Cloth
(6) Circle : Sphere
(<f) Sphere : Earth
(Railways, 1993)
(6) Senator : Legislates
id) Surgeon : Diagnosis
(6) Novel : Writer
(d) Librarian : Library
(6) Traitor : Loyalty
id) Researcher : Finding
(b) Chapter : Book
id) Score : Symphony
(6) Paddle : Canoe
(rf) Pallet : Painter
(6) Algeria : Africa
(d) Turkey : Asia
i - Copyrighted material
Analogy
50. Jews s Synagogue
ia) Parsis : Temple
ic) Buddhists : Pagoda
51. East : Orient
(a) North : Polar
(c) South : Capricorn
52. Thrust : Spear
(a) Scabbard : Sword
(c) Bow : Arrow
53. Fan : Sweat
ia) Fire : Smoke
54.
55.
56.
57.
58.
59.
60.
614
62.i
63.
(c) Wind : Evaporation
Berries : Bush
ia) Herb : Plant
(c) Melon : Vine
Tree : Branches
(a) River : Tributaries
(c) Stream : Delta
Dislike : Repulsion
ia) Dream : Sleep
(c) Reputation : Behaviour
Bruise : Fall
(a) Walk : Run
(c) Tipsy : Drink
Spider : Web
(a) Ink : Pen
(c) Teacher : Student
Apostate : Religion
(a) Potentate : Kingdom
(c) Bureaucrat : Government
Incandescent : Glowing
ia) Flash : Flame
(c) Boor : Oafish
Relax : Work
ia) Play : Cheat
(c) Smile : Laugh
Fond : Doting
ia) Solicitous : Concern
(c) Flurry : Blizzard
Scythe : Reaping
(a) Light : Shining
(c) Saws : Gluing
81
(6) Jains : Fire Temple
id) Hindus : Vedas
(6) North : Tropic
id) West : Occident
MJlT.
1997)
(6) Mangle : Iron
id) Fence : Epee
(6) Rain : Drought
(cf) Crop : Harvest
(6) Tea : Leaves
(d) Coffee : Plantation
(6) Continent : Island
id) Ocean : Seas
ib) Steal : Crime
id) Intelligence : Wit
(6) Wound : Antiseptic
id) Tonic : Health
ib) Cock : Hen
id) Poet : Poetry
ib) Traitor : Country
id) Jailor : Law
(Railways, 1993)
(6) Tedious : Bore
id) Indefatigable : Untiring
(8.8.C. 1997)
ib) Lunch : Dinner
id) Fresh : Stale
(6) Verbose : Wordiness
id) Magnificent : Grandiose
(6) Shears : Cutting
id) Screws : Turning
Copyrighted material
Reasoning
66
64. Rampart : Fortress
(a) River : Lake
(c) Cage : Animal
65. Intelligensia : Elitist
(a) Commonality : Common class
(c) Rabble : Plebeian
(6) Fence : House
(d) Parapet : Roof
(b) Gentry : Public
(d) Outer shell : Sea shell
ANSWERS
1. (d):
2. (c):
3. (d) :
4. ( a ) :
5. ( d ) :
6. (6):
7. id):
8. ( a ) :
9. (6):
10. (b):
11. ( d ) :
12. (b):
13. (6):
14. ( a ) :
15. (c):
16. (6):
17. (6):
18. ( a ) :
19. (c):
20. (c):
21. (c):
22. (d):
23. (c):
24. ( a ) :
25. (d):
26. (c):
27. ( 6 ) :
28. (6) :
29. ( d ) :
30. ( d ) :
31. (6):
32. ( d ) :
33. (c):
First causes the second.
The words in each pair are antonyms of each other.
The words in each pair are synonyms.
Patter is the sound made by falling rain.
Similarly, bang is the sound made by a closing door.
The words in each pair are opposites of each other.
Second denotes the class to which the first belongs.
A pedant is a person who makes a display of erudition (scholarly learning)
Similarly, a prude is a woman who makes a display of modesty.
Archaeologist is a specialist in antiquity.
Similarly, ichthyologist is a specialist in marine life.
Protagonist is a character. Similarly, termite is an insect.
First denotes the three dimensional shape of the second.
First refers to the absence of the second.
The words in each pair are antonyms of each other.
Second is a bigger form of the first.
The words in each pair are antonyms of each other.
Second is used by the first for movement.
The words in each pair are synonyms.
First has the second on either sides of it
First causes the second.
The words in each pair are synonyms.
The words in each pair are synonyms.
The words in each pair are synonyms.
First is followed by the second.
4
Second denotes the class to which the first belongs.
Second is the purpose for which the first is used.
?
The words in each pair arc antonyms of each other.
A filter removes the objectionable impurities from water.
Similarly, censor removes the objectionable scenes from a play.
The relationship is that of possibility based on assumption or partial information
and certainty.
Second is the mark used for the first.
Second is the effect of first after consumption.
Coal produces thermal energy. Similarly, water produce hydel energy.
Flesh eating 6reatures are carnivores and plant eating creatures are herbivores. >
Second denotes the class to which the first belongs.
Just as calendar consists of dates in an organised way, dictionary consists of words
in an organised way.
i - Copyrighted material
Analogy
67
34, ( d ) : The duty of court is to provide justice.
Similarly, the duty of an auditor is to provide accuracy in financial matters.
36. ( a ) : Diva (woman singer) plays a leading role in an opera (musical play).
Similarly, thespian (actor) plays a leading role in a play.
36. ( b ) : The words in each pair are synonyms.
37. ( c ) : Acoustic is the science of sounds.
Similarly pathology is the study of diseases
38. ( o ) : First leads to the sccond.
39. ( 6 ) : First ts the extreme of second.
40. ( d ) : First is extracted from the sccond
41. ic): First causes the second.
42. ( 6 ) : First is used to make the second.
43. ( a ) : Each face of a cube is a square and each facc of a prism is a triangle.
44. ( 6 ) : Second denotes the function of the first.
45. ( o ) : Just as all the articles of a magazine are interpreted by the editor, in the same way
all the actions of a film are interpreted by the director.
46. ( c ) : A hermit leads a life of solitude.
Likewise, an ascetic leads a life of self-denial.
47. ( d ) : Script is a written instruction of drama.
Similarly, score is a written piecc of symphony (a type of music).
48. ( 6 ) : First is an instrument to maintain the balance of the second.
49. (a): Second denotes the place where the first is located.
50. ( c ) : Jews worship in a synagogue. Likewise, Buddhists worship in a pagoda
51. ( d ) : Second is another name for the first.
52. ( d ) : First is the action performed with the second.
53. ( 6 ) : Second ceases due to first.
54. ( c ) : Berries grow on bush; melon grows on vine.
55. ( a ) : Branches are spread parts of a tree. Similarly, tributaries are spread parts of a river
56. (d) :
57. ( c ) :
58. (d) :
59. ib) :
60. (d) :
61. (d) :
First results in the second.
First is the result of the second.
As spider makes web, poet makes poetry.
First rebels against the second.
The words in each pair are synonyms.
The words in each pair are antonyms of each other.
62. (c) :
63. (6) :
64. (d) :
65. ( c ) :
First is less extreme than the second.
Second denotes the purpose for which the first is used.
First is a structure enclosing the second.
The words in each pair are synonyms.
TYPE 4 : DOUBLE ANALOGY
EXERCISE 1K
Directions : In each of the following questions, two words indicated by I
and H have been left out. The correct word to come in place of I is given as
one of the four alternatives against I and the correct word to come in place
of 11 is given as one of the four alternatives against II. Read with the correct
words, there is some relationship between the two words to the left of the
Copyrighted material
Reasoning
68
sign (: :) and the same relationship obtains between the two words to the
right of the sign (: ;>. The correct combination is given as one of the four alternatives (a), (6), (c) and (d). Find the correct combination in each case.
1. I : Inert : : Active : II
(Hotel Management, 1993)
(B) Statics
I. ( A ) Static
(Q) Dynamic
II. ( P ) Gymnast
ib) BP
(a) A Q
2. I : Melt : : Bright : II
(D) Air
(C) Helium
( R ) Participation
(S) Smart
ic) CR
id) DS
(B) Ice
(Q) Dazzle
ib) BR
(a) AS
3. I : Wheat : : Brick : II
(C) Heat
(R) Light
(c) CQ
(B) Field
I. ( A ) Cereal
(Q) Mason
II. ( P ) Building
(a) A P
ib) BS
4. I : Garland : : Star z II
(C) Bread
(R) Clay
ic) CR
L ( A ) Perfume
II. ( P ) Galaxy
ia) CR
5. I : S w o r d :: Thread
(C) Flower
(R) Sun
(c) BS
(D) Honour
(S) Night
id) DQ
(B) Knife
I. ( A ) Dagger
II. (P) Needle
(Q) Tailor
ia) BR
ib) DS
6. I : Square : : Arc : II
(C) Warrior
(R) Rope
(c) A P
(D) Kill
(S) Stitch
id)C Q
I. ( A ) Line
(B) Diagonal
II. ( P ) Chord
(Q) Circle
ia) BR
(fr) CP
7. I : Increase :: Descend : II
(C) Rectangle
(D) Perimeter
(R) Diameter
(S) Circumference
ic) DS
id) A Q
(Hotel Management, 1993)
L ( A ) Liquid
11. ( P ) Dull
(B) Hero
(Q) Shine
ib) CP
: II
I. ( A ) Grow
(B) Decrease
II. ( P ) Reduce
(Q) Down
(a) AR
(6) BR
8. I : Ship : : Platform : II
I. ( A ) Captain
(B) Quay
II. ( P ) Coolie
(Q) Station
(a) BR
(6) A P
9. I : Water s : Thermometer : II
I. ( A ) Humidity
(B) Rain
II. ( P ) Temperature (Q) Mercury
(a) AS
( b ) CQ
10. I : Roots : : House : II
I. ( A ) Flower
II. ( P ) Foundation
ya) A Q
(B) Tree
(Q) Walls
(6) BP
(D) Freeze
(S) Colour
id) DP
(D) Farmer
(S) Kiln
id) DQ
(Hotel Management, 1993)
(C) Rise
(R) Ascend
(c) CP
(D) Price
(S) Mountain
id) DQ
(C) Port
(R) Train
ic) CQ
(D) Shore
(S) Bench
W) DS
(C) Pitcher
(R) Doctor
ic) DP
(D) Evaporation
(S) Fever
(d) BR
(Hotel Management, 1993)
(C) Branches
( D ) Trunk
( R ) Floor
(S) Platform
(c)CS
id) DR
i - Copyrighted material
Analogy
69
11. I : Gardening : : Bat : II
I. ( A ) Spade
(B) Gardener
11. ( P ) Playing
(Q) Cricket
(a) BS
(6) DP
12. I : Prune : : Hair : 11
(C) Flowers
( R ) Ball
<c) CR
I. ( A ) Beard
(B) Lawn
II. ( P ) Shave
' (Q) Mow
( a ) DR
(6) A P
13. I : G u m : : Worm : II
(C) Wool
(R) Trim
(c) BQ
(D) Grass
(S) Sportsman
(d) A Q
(D) Shrub
(S) Shear
( d ) CS
(Hotel Management, 1993)
( A ) Bottle
(B) Brand
( P ) Silk
(Q) Insect
(a) A Q
(b) BR
14. I : Sheep : : Sanatorium : II
(C) Loaf
(R) Cocoon
(c)CS
(D) Tree
(S) Thread
(d) DP
I. ( A ) Kennel
II. ( P ) Horses
(a) AS
16. I : F l o w e r t : Milky
(C) Bray
(R) Invalids
(c) BR
(D) Farrow
(S) Fishes
(d) CP
I.
II.
(B) Fold
(Q) Soldiers
(6) DQ
way : n
I.
II.
( A ) Garden
(B) Plant
( P ) Galaxy
(Q) Star
(a) BP
(6) DR
16. I : Prison : : Curator : II
(C) Fruit
( R ) Sky
(c) A Q
I. ( A ) Jailor
(B) Culprit
II. ( P ) Cure
(Q) Museum
(a) AS
(6) CP
17. I : Short : : Treachery s H
(C) Cell
(D) Warder
(R) Curiosity
(S) Maturity
<c)AQ
(d) BR
( A ) Dwarf
(B) Tiny
( P ) Loyalty
(Q) Glory
(a) CP
(b) AS
18. I : Charcoal : : Coal : II
(D) Petals
(S) Planet
(d) CS
(Hotel Management, 1993)
I.
II.
(C) Tall
(R) Disgrace
(c) DQ
(D) Splendid
(S) Honour
(d) BR
I.
II.
(C) Wood
(R) Smoke
(c) DR
(D) Blank
(S) Fire
(d) CQ
I.
II.
(C) Continent
(D) River
( R ) Granite
(S) Mountain
(c) CS
(d) DQ
I.
II.
(C) Contract
(D) Agreement
(R) Conversation (S) Scholar
(c) AR
(d) CS
( A ) Fuel
(B) Fire
( P ) Ash
(Q) Coke
(a) BS
(b) A P
19. I : Ocean :: Stone : II
( A ) Glacier
(B) Lake
( P ) Rock
(Q) Pebble
(a) AR
(6) BP
20. I : Transaction : : Language : II
( A ) Money
(B) Business
( P ) Communication (Q) Media
(a) DP
(b) BQ
1
21. 1 : Herd : : Star s n
I.
II.
( A ) Sheep
(B) Wolves
( P ) Constellation (Q) Planet
(a) BR
(6) DQ
~(C) Cattle
(D) Fish
(R) Solar system
(S) Sun
(c) CP
(d) AS
Copyrighted material
Reasoning
70
i (Hotel Management, 1993)
22. P a r t : I : : Class : II
I. ( A ) Section
II. ( P ) Student
(B) Whole
(Q) School
(a) AR
(b) BQ
23. Shoe : I : : T a b l e : II
I. ( A ) Foot
II. ( P ) Drawer
(B) Socks
(Q) Chair
(a) CP
(b) A Q
24. L i g h t n i n g : I : : II : Sky
I. ( A ) Cloud
II.
( P ) Rain
(D) Sky
(Q) Wind
(R) Thunder
(S) Rainbow
(c) CQ
(B) Air
(Q) Shell
(B) Puppy
(Q) Cub
(6) A Q
(C) Ribs
(R) Almond
(c) AR
(C) Cat
( R ) Pony
(c) DR
27. M o d e r n : 1 : : II : O l d
I. ( A ) Ancient
(B) Death
II. (P) Industrialisation (Q) Young
(a) AQ
(6) AS
28. I : W i n t e r : : II : Malaria
I. ( A ) Cold
II. ( P ) Mosquito
(D) Factory
(S) Carpenter
( d ) BR
(Hotel Management, 1993)
(C) Rainbow
(a) BS
(b) AD
26. I : D o g : : II : Goat
I. ( A ) Bitch
II. ( P ) Lamb
(a) BP
(C) Heel
(R) Wood
(c) DS
(B) Rain
(a) AS
(6) BR
25. I : L u n g s : : II : N u t
I. ( A ) Respiration
II. (P) Eat
(C) School
(D) Students
(R) Teachers
(S) Rooms
(c) CP
<e0 DS
(B) Quilt
(Q) Quinine
(d) DP
(D) Breathe
(S) Oil
(d) CQ
(D) Colt
(S) Farrow
(rf) CS
(Hotel Management, 1993)
(C) Famous
(D) Civilisation
(R) Fashion
(S) Western
(c) BP
' (d) CR
(C) Shiver
( R ) Fever
(D) Wool
(S) Epidemic
(d) DR '
(a) AS
(6) CP
29. Explosion : I : : Locust : II
(c) BQ
I. ( A ) Bomb
II. (P) Crop
(a) AS
30. S u m m i t : A p e x : : I
(B) Ruin
(Q) Holocaust
(6) BR
: II
(C) Debris
(R) Pest
(c> CQ
(B) Picture
(Q) Pretty
(6) BP
(C) Attractive
(D) Enchanting
(R) Healthy
(S) Brave
(c) CP
r (d) DS
I. ( A ) Beautiful
II. (P) Comfortable
(a) A Q
(D) Smoke
(S) Field
Id) DP
(Hotel Management. 1993)
ANSWERS
1. ( a ) : T h e words in each pair are synonyms.
2. ( d ) : T h e words in each pair are antonyms of each other.
3. ( c ) : Second is used to make the first.
4. ( 6 ) :
First ia a part of the second.
i - Copyrighted material
Analogy
5. (a):
6. (d):
7. (6):
8. (a):
8. (6):
10. (6):
11. (d) :
12. (a):
13. (d) :
14. (c):
15. (c):
16. (c):
17. (a):
18. (d):
19. (6):
20. (c):
21. (c):
22. (6):
23. ( o ) :
24. ( o ) :
25. (d) :
26. (a):
27. (a):
28. (c):
29. (c):
30. (a):
71
Second is an enlarged form of the first.
First is a part of the second.
The words in each pair are antonyms of each other.
First is the place where the second stops temporarily.
First contains the second.
Second is the lowest part of the first.
First is used in the second
Second is the act of cutting off the unnecessary parts of the first.
Second is obtained from the first.
First is the place where the second are kept.
Second is a part of the first.
First looks after the second.
The words in each pair are antonyms of each other.
Second is obtained from the first.
Second is an enlarged form of the first.
First is required for the second
Second is a collective group of the first.
The words in each pair have part and whole relationship.
Second is a part of the first.
Lightning occurs in clouds and rainbow is formed in the sky.
First protects the second.
First is the young one of the second.
The words in each pair are antonyms of each other.
First provides protection from the second.
Second is the left-over after the first
The words in each pair are synonyms.
T Y P E 5 : CHOOSING A SIMILAR W O R D
In this type of questions, a group of three words is given, followed by four other
words as alternatives. The candidate is required to choose the alternative, which is
similar to the given three words.
Example. Sitar : Guitar : Tanpura
( M B A. 1998)
(a) Trumpet
(6) Violin
(c) Harmonium
(d) Mridanga
Sol. Sitar, Guitar and Tanpura are all string instruments. Violin is also a string
instrument. Hence, the answer is (6).
EXERCISE
1L
Directions : In each of the following questions, a group of three interrelated words is given. Choose a word from the given alternatives, that belongs
to the same group.
1. Calf : Kid : Pup
(C3.L 1990)
(a) Infant
(6) Young
(c) Larva
(d) Animal
2. Ohm : Watt : Volt
(a) Light
(6) Electricity
(c) Hour
id) Ampere
3. Peas : Gram : Pulses
(a) Rice
(6) Barley
(c) Beans
id) Coconut
Copyrighted material
Reasoning
72
4. Jute : Cotton : Wool
(a) Terylene
(6) Silk
5. Diamond : Sapphire : Ruby
(a) Gold
(6) Silver
6. Clutch : Brake : Horn
(c) Rayon
(M.B.A. 1998)
( d ) Nylon
(c) Emerald
(d) Bronze
(8.8.C. 1994>
(a) Scooter
( b ) Steering
7. Potato : Carrot : Raddish
(a) Tomato
(b) Spinach
8. Canada : Chile : Germany
(o) Spain
(b) Paris
9. Violet : Orange : Yellow
(a) Purple
(b) Blue
10. Marble : Slate : Gneiss
(a) Quartzite
(6) Limestone
11. Hair : Grass : Fur
(c) Car
(d) Accident
(c) Sesame
(d) Groundnut
(C.B.I. 1994)
(c) Chicago
(d) Ottawa
(c) White
(d) Pink
(c) Coal
(d) Sandstone
(C.B.1.1990)
(a) Feather
(b) Cloth
12. Pituitary : Thyroid : Pancreas
(a) Adrenal
(6) Heart
13. Liver : Heart : Kidney
(c) Wood
(<f) Leather
(c) Liver
(d) Kidney
( M . B A 1998)
(a) Blood
(b) Nose
14. Shark : Cod : Eel
(a) Whale
(6) Dolphin
15. Sodium : Potassium : Zinc
(a) Sulphur
(b) Calcium
(c) Lung
<d) Urine
(c) Fish
(d) Oyster
(c) Water
(d) Iodine
(c) Tree
(8.8.C. 1994)
(d) Fertiliser
16. Root : Stem : Branch
(a) Wood
(6) Leaf
17. P a t n a : Bombay : Dispur
(a) Cochin
(6) Trombay
18. Basket : Pail : P a n
(a) Spoon
(6) Bowl
19. Edge : Corner : Tip
(a) Snow
ib) Hill
20. Hokaido : Honshu : Shikoku
(a) Madagascar
(6) Kyushu
21. Coal : Ebony : Soot
(a) Rust
( b ) Ash
22. Gorges : Canyons : Meanders
(a) Moraines
(6) Tributaries
23. Botany : Zoology : Cardiology
*
(c) Udaipur
(d) Madras
(c) Fork
id) Knife
(C.B.I. 1990)
(c) Brink
(d) Cap
(c) Shanghai
(c) Raven
(d) Sikiang
1
(M.BJL 1998)
(d) Blush
(c) Deltas
(d) Mountains
( a ) Morphology
(6) Seismology
(c) Pedology
24. BASIC : P A S C A L : F O R T R A N
(a) CYCLOTRONE (b) COMPUTER (c) COBOL
25. Kanchenj unga : Anaimudi t Dhaulagiri
(a) Himadri
(6) Zaskar
(c) Nandadevi
f
'
(d) Taxonomy
(8.8.C. 1994)
(d) B H O P A L
(d) Karakoram
i - Copyrighted material
Analogy
73
26. Jam : Jelly : Pickles
(b) Marmalade
(c) Grapes
(a) Butter
(d) Preserve
Rose
Daisy
s
Pansy
:
27.
(6) Plant
(c) Violet
(d) Red
(a) Garden
28. Peat : Lignite : Bituminous
(b) Basalt
(c) Anthracite
(a) Granite
(d) Coke
Arid
:
Parched
:
Droughty
29.
(M.B.J
(6) Dry
(d) Earth
(a) Cow
(c) Draft
30. Bleat : Bray : Grunt
(a) Bark
(6) Croak
(c) Cry
(d) Scream
Directions : Each of the following questions has four alternative responses.
Choose the correct response.
31. Which of the following is the same as Dozen, Score, Decade ? (C.B.L 1990)
(a) Century
(6) Number
(c) Measurement
(d) Counting
32. Which of the following is the same as Ode, Ballad, Lyric ?
(a) Prose
(6) Epic
(c) Sonnet
(d) Precis
33. Which of the following is the same as Lung, Pharynx, Bronchioles ?
(a) Alveoli
(6) Ribs
(c) Oesophagus
(d) Nephrons
34. Which of the following is the same as Flood, Fire, Cyclone ?
(RIBJL 1998)
(a) Damage
(6) Earthquake
(c) Rain
(d) Accident
35. Which of the following is the same as Instill, Inside, Inform ?
(o) Interview
(b) Institute
(c) Intent
(d) Intelligent
36. Which of the following is the same as Kathak, Bihu, Garbha ?
(a) Kathakali
(b) Pongal
(c) Bhangra
(d) Bharatnatyam
37. Which of the following is the same as Count, List, Weigh ?
(C.B.1.1990)
(a) Compare
(6) Sequence
(c) Number
(d) Measure
38. Which of the following is the same as Rabbit, Rat, Mole ?
(a) Mongoose
(b) Frog
(c) Earthworm
(d) Ant
39. Which of the following is the same as Cygnus, Pleides, Scorpio ?
(a) Sirius
(6) Orion
(c) Venus
(d) Vega
40. Which of the following is the same as Emancipate, Free, Release ?
(a) Liberate
(6) Quit
(c) Pardon
(d) Ignore
(M.BA 1998)
41. Which of the following is the same as Steel, Bronze, Brass ?
M (a) Calcite
(6) Magnalium
(c) Methane
(d) Zinc
42. Which of the following is the same as Grafting, Budding, Layering ?
(a) Weeding
ib) Digging
(c) Field
(d) Seed
43. Which of the following is the same as Wrestling, Karate, Boxing ?
(a) Swimming
(6) Polo
(c) Pole vault
(d) Judo
(S.S.C. 1994)
44. Which of the following is the same as Sial, Sima, Mantle ?
(a) Core
(6) Asteroid
(c) Ionosphere
(d) Comet
45. Which of the following is the same as Measles, Rabies, Cancer ?
(a) Pneumonia
(6) Diabetes
(c) Tetanus
(d) Hepatitis
|
j
j
Copyrighted material
Reasoning
74
46. Which of the following is the same as Weevils, Borer, Beetle ?
(a) Termites
(6) Lice
(c) Moth
(d) Ringworms
47. Which of the following is the same as Radium, Polonium, Uranium ?
(a) Thorium
(6) Caesium
(c) Barium
(d) Strontium
48. Which of the following is the same as Canoe, Raft, Wangan ?
(a) Dinghy
(6) Shallot
(c) Canopy
(d) Submarine
ANSWERS
1. (c):
2. id):
3. (c):
4. (6):
5. (c):
6. (6):
7. (d):
8. (a):
9. (b):
10. (a):
11. (a):
12. (a):
13. (c):
14. (6):
15. (6):
16. (6):
17. (rf):
18. (6):
19. (c):
All
All
All
All
All
All
All
All
All
All
All
All
All
All
All
All
All
All
All
are young ones of animals.
are measuring units of electricity.
are rich in proteins.
are natural fibres.
are precious stones.
are parts of a car.
grow underground.
are countries.
are colours of a rainbow.
are metamorphic rocks.
protect the surface which they cover.
are endocrine glands.
are organs of human body.
are fishes.
are metals.
are parts of a tree.
are capita) cities.
are used as containers.
are synonyms.
20. ( b ) : All are Japanese islands.
21. (c): All are black in colour.
22* (c): All are physical features formed by rivers.
23. (a) : All are branches of Biology.
24. Ic): All are computer languages.
25. (c): All are mountain peaks, while other alternatives contain names of mountain ranges.
26. (6) :'i All are different forms in which fruit&^vegetables are preserved.
27. (c): All are flowers.
28. (c) : All are different varieties of coal.
29. (6): All are synonyms.
j
30. (a) : All are sounds produced by animals.
31. (a): All are terms used for a definite number of items.
32. <c): All are forms of poetry.
33. ( a ) : All are organs related with respiration.
/
34. (6): All are natural calamities
35. (c): In all these words, In' is used as a prefix.
36. (c): All are folk dances of north India.
37. (d) : All are terms related to quantitative measurement.
38. ( a ) : All live in holes.
/
i - Copyrighted material
75
Analogy
39. (6) :
40. ia):
41. (6):
42. ia):
43. (d):
44. ( a ) :
45. (d) :
46. ic):
47. ia):
48. ia):
All
All
All
All
All
All
All
All
All
All
arc
are
are
are
are
are
are
are
are
are
related to zodiac signs.
synonyms.
alloys.
agricultural practices.
martial arts.
layers of earth's crust.
diseases caused by virus.
plant pests.
radioactive elements.
types of boats.
T Y P E 6 : DETECTING A N A L O G I E S
In this type of questions, the candidate is required to trace out the hidden analogy
or common characteristic among the given words or to choose the word which possesses
the same characteristic as the given word.
Example. Judo : Karate : Taekwando
(а) They are names of martial arts.
(б) They can be performed by obese persons.
ic) They are performed on stage.
id) They are important items of Asian Games.
Sol. Clearly, Judo, Karate and Taekwando are martial arts and alternative (a) is
the most suitable description for all the three.
Hence, the answer is (a).
EXERCISE 1M
Directions : Three words in bold letters are given in each question, which
have something in common among themselves. Out of the four given alter•
natives, choose the most appropriate description about these three words.
1. Sandstone : Limestone : Coal
(a) They are formed by metamorphic rocks.
ib) They are chemical minerals.
ic) They are found in river beds.
id) They are formed in sedimentary rocks.
2. Analects : Zend Avesta : Torah
ia) These are places of worship.
(6) These are three sects of Muslims.
ic) These are names of religions.
id) These are names of religious books.
3. Mars : Mercury : Venus
(Railways, 1991)
(a) They have no opposite motion.
(6) They are evil planets.
ic) They are the planets nearest to the earth.
id) They have no corresponding lucky stone.
4. Gnu : Emu : Curlew
ia) These are fast runners.
(b) These are birds.
(c) These are small insects.
(d) These are animal pests.
5. Chain : Link : Bridge
(a) They all have hooks.
(c) They join two parts.
(b) They are related with ornaments,
(d) The terms are related with prison.
Copyrighted material
\
Reasoning
76
6. S w e e p : Scrub : Wipe
(а) These are terms connected with rubbing.
( б ) These are games of cards.
(c) These are terms used by motor mechanics.
(d) These are terms connected with cleaning.
7. Delhi i A g r a : Mathura
(а) They have been capitals of the country.
(б) They have exquisite temples.
(c) They have religious background.
(d) They are situated on the bank of river Yamuna.
8. Knight : Rook : Bishop
(a) These are missionaries.
(b) These are chessmen.
(c) These are churchmen.
(d) These are ranks of military.
9. Crocodile : Chameleon : Tortoise
(a) They are reptiles.
(6) They have hard shells.
(c) They live near water.
(d) They keep on changing colour.
10. Hiss : Hoot : Trumpet
(а) They are sounds made by certain creatures
( б ) They are joyous cries of children.
(c) They are sounds made by war-instruments.
(d) The terms are used in connection with under-world activities.
11. Press : Television : Cinema
( a ) They are means of entertainment.
(a) They give world wide news.
12. Comets : Stars : Satellites
(a) They are shining masses.
(c) They are rotating from left to
(6) They are means of mass media,
(d) All are public undertakings.
(b) They give out light,
right.
(d) They are heavenly bodies.
13. Canoe : Yacht : Dinghy
( a ) These are tribal people.
(c) These are names of boats.
(6) These are famous clubs,
(d) These are rest houses.
14. Rinderpest : Anthrax : Diarrhoea
( a ) These are diseases caused by bacteria, (b) These are plant pests.
(c) These are pathogens.
(d) These are infections of stomach.
15. Yeats : Ghalib : Kabir
(a) They were given Nobel Prize.
(6) They were poets.
(c) They were social reformers.
(d) They were saints.
*;
16. Vesuvius : Etna : Kilimanjaro
(a) These are sites of volcanoes.
(c) These are island countries.
17. Hamlet : Macbeth : Faustus
(6) These are hills of Italy,
(d) These lie in polar regions.
:
(a) They were kings.
(b) They are plays by Shakespeare.
(c) They are famous characters from various dramas.
(d) They are characters who were murderers.
»
Copyrighted material
I
Analogy
77
18. Barauni : Digboi : Ankleshwar
(a) They are famous for oil
fields.
(6) They are famous religious places,
(c) They are tourist places of South-India, (d) They are famous for handlooms.
19. Aorta : Pulmonary : Ventricle
(а) They are the veins that supply blood.
(б) They are names of parts of heart,
(c) They are related to lungs.
(tf) They are different sections of food pipe.
20. Viper : Krait : Mamba
(a) These are boot polishes.
(6) These are haunting spirits,
(c) These are snakes.
(d) These are insects living in bushes.
21. Pulpit : Pews : Steeple
(а) They are connected with a glacier valley.
(б) They are connected with church.
(c) The terms are connected with race-course,
id) They are parts of a plant.
22. Spinach : Fenugreek : Celery
(a) These are cactus plants.
(6) These are wild flowers,
(c) These are wild plants.
(d) These are leafy vegetables.
23. Ovary : Uterus : Cervix
(a) They are excretory organs.
(6) They are reproductive organs.
(c) They are endocrine glands.
(d) They are organs for fertilisation in plants.
24. Love : Respect : Sympathy
(R.R.B. 1991)
(a) They are sentiments.
(b) They are feelings.
(c) They are not reciprocal.
(d) They cannot be displayed.
25. Tola : Masha : Ratti
(a) They are units of time.
(6) They are fruits of wild plants,
(c) They are units of weight.
(d) They are terms used in Ayurveda.
26. Kwanza : Franc : Lempira
(a) These are ancient towns.
(6) These are priricely states,
(c) These are famous fishing grounds.
(d) These are currencies.
27. Aphids : Weevils : Locusts
(a) These are plant pests.
(6) These damage the wood,
(c) These live inside the host.
(d) These cause diseases in cattle.
28. Yenisei : Orinoco : Makenzie
(a) These are small round hills.
(b) These are sea ports.
(c) These are names of rivers.
(d) These are rich agricultural lands.
29. Knot : Watt : Fathom
(a) The terms are used by sailors,
i ( b ) The terms are used for installing electricity.
(c) The terms are connected with rope.
(d) They are units of measurement.
Copyrighted material
Reasoning
78
30. Nissan : Toyota : Isuzu
(a) These are cities in Japan.
(c) These are cars from Japan.
(6) These are ports in Japan,
(d) These are tele-programmes.
31. Magenta : Fawn s Turquoise
(a) They are marine creatures.
(6) They are migratory birds.
(c) They are precious and semi-precious stones.
(d) They are colours.
32. Mundas : Gaddis : Shompens
( a ) They are varieties of fodder.
(6) They are different kinds of pastures,
(c) They are tribal groups.
(d) They are good mountaineers.
33. Michigan : Baikal : Nicaragua
(a) They are names of lakes.
(6) They are names of cities,
(c) They are countries of Europe.
(d) They are good trading centres.
34. Slumber : Drowze : Snooze
(a) They are medical terms.
(6) The words are connected with sleep.
(c) The terms are connected with peace.
(d) They are first symptoms of somnambulism.
35. A r a b i a : Labrador : Scandinavia
(a) They are names of islands.
(6) They are Muslim countries,
(c) They have fine fishing grounds,
(d) They are names of peninsulas.
36. Columbus : Magellan : Vasco da Gama
(a) They are ancient astronomers.
(6) They are ancient sailors.
(c) They discovered some Asian countries.
(d) They were the first to design a ship.
37. Cherries : Berries : Apricot
(a) They grow on creepers,
(c) They are very expensive fruits.
38. Ebony : Rosewood : Mahogany
(a) These are trees of temperate regions,
(c) These yield good wood for fuel.
39. Green': Violet : Orange
(b) They need hot climate.
(d) They have a hard stone inside.
(6) These are hardwood tfees.
(d) These are coniferous trees.
(a) They are primary colours.
(b) These colours occur together in a rainbow.
(c) They are made by mixing other colours.
(d) These colours are not found in butterflies.
40. Borlaug : Bhartendu : Birla
(a) They are famous scientists,
(b)
(c) They worked in the field of literature. (d)
41. Sapphire : Ruby : Topaz
( a ) They belong to the family of fishes,
(6)
(c) They are precious stones.
(d)
42. Petrol : Phosphorus : Cooking gas
(a) They are fuels.
(6)
(c) They can't be sold without permit.
(d)
They are great warriors,
They are linked with awards.
They are precious minerals,
They are used as abrasives.
i
They are highly inflammable,
India has to import them.
i - Copyrighted material
*
79
Analogy
43. A r j u n : U d d h a v : Sudama
(a> They were Pandavas.
(b) They were all princes.
(c) They were great warriors.
(d) They were friends of Krishna.
44. Stork : Goose : Duck
(a) They migrate to India from Siberia.
(6) They are water birds.
(c) They are white.
(d) The species are disappearing.
45. Majlis : Diet : Knesset
(а) These are foreign languages.
(б) These are parliaments of countries.
(c) These are names of foods eaten in different countries.
(d) These are old names of certain countries.
46. Sarnath : Kapilavastu : Sanchi
(a) These are places having massive pillars.
(b) These are linked with Lord Buddha.
(c) These are famous for stone caves.
(d) These have ancient universities.
47. Abhi Bhattacharya : Utpal Dutt : Satyigit Ray
( а ) They are character actors.
(б) They are directors of Bengali movies.
(c) They are famous actors who were awarded Padma Shri.
(d) All these late silver screen personalities belonged to Bengal.
48. Theta : Phi : Omega
( a ) These are Latin alphabets.
(6) These are signs of algebra.
(c) These are Greek letters.
(d) These are used in physical derivations.
49. Vigour : Vitality : Stamina
(a) The terms are related to medicines.
(b) The terms are related to one's instinct for fighting.
(c) The terms are a measurement for tolerance.
(d) The terms are related to inner strength.
50. Myosin : Collagen : Ac tin
(6) These are names of enzymes,
(a) These are proteins,
(c) These are constituents of blood.
51. Chlorine : Fluorine : Iodine
(a) These are names of inert gases,
(c) These are transition elements.
52. Prakrit : Pall : Sanskrit
(а)
(б)
(c)
(d)
(d) These are names of hormones.
(6) These are gases at room temperature.
(d) These are halogens.
They are classical languages of Asia and Europe.
The Vedas are written in these languages.
They are old languages of India.
They are dead languages.
53. Vinci : Angelo : Raphael
(a) They were Italian engineers.
(c) They were dictators.
1
' (fc) They were European painters,
(d) They were famous politicians.
Copyrighted material
I
Reasoning
80
54. N a i v e : Ingenue : Guileless
(а) The terms are connected with bad society manners.
(б) The terms are used for criminals.
(c) They are technical words used by social workers in backward areas.
(d) They depict various shades of innocence.
65. Chrome : Ochre : Lemon
(a) These are names of
flowers.
(c) These are shades of yellow colour,
(6) These are fruits of Tundra plants,
(d) These are citrus fruits.
56. Kanha : Periyar : Dachigam
(a) These are famous lagoons.
(6) These are hill stations,
(c) These are animal sanctuaries.
(d) These are mountain peaks.
57. James B o n d : Sherlock Holmes : Hercules Poirot
(Railways, 1991)
( a ) They are private detectives.
(b) They are agents of CBI.
(c) They are characters from detective fiction.
(d) They are the only detective agents.
58. M a d r a s : Vishakhapatnam : Rangoon
(a) They are Indian naval bases.
(fe) They arc ports situated on the coast of Bay of Bengal.
(c) They are capitals of states.
(d) They are famous for their architecture.
59. Kittiwake : Gull : Albatross
(a) These are found in ponds.
(6) These feed on fishes,
(c) These are breeds of
(d) These are sea birds.
fishes.
60. Rickets : Scurvy : Beri-beri
(a) They are insects.
(6) They are infectious diseases.
(c) They are diseases caused by deficiency of vitamins.
(d) They are diseases caused by certain insect bites.
61. Kennedy : Indira : Palme
(a) They were Presidents.
(b) They were Prime Ministers.
(c) They were very popular among children.
(d) All of them were assassinated.
62. Species : Genera : Family
(а) These are biological terms.
( б ) These give information about living things for classification.
(c) These are traits of animal kingdom.
(d) These are groups of animals.
63. Rourkela : Bokaro : D u r g a p u r
(a) They have steel plants.
(c) They have atomic power plants,
(6) They have coal mines.
(d) They have the best technical colleges.
64. Alberta s Ontario : Quebec
(a) These are cities on rivers.
(6) These are tourist places,
(c) These are Canadian states.
(d) These have fine harbours.
i
t
-
Copyrighted material
Analogy
81
85. Supernova : Protostar : Red Giant
( а ) These are kinds of stars.
ic) These are stages in the life of a star.
(6) These are members of galaxies.
id) These move about the sun.
66. Ulna : Pelvis : Tibia
ia) They are muscles.
( б ) They are organs of unitary system.
ic) They are technical names for blood groups.
(d) They are bones.
67. Devika Rani : S o h r a b Modi : R a j Kapoor
(а)
(б)
(c)
(d)
They
They
They
They
were great directors.
have largest number of films to their credit.
received the Dada Saheb Phalke award.
were honoured with the much coveted award *Padmashree\
68. Voodoo : Sorcery : Necromancy
ia) They are ancient arts found in sculptures.
(6) They are terms connected with black magic.
(c) They are ancient scripts.
(d) They are means of communication of pre-historic age.
69. Factotiem : Maid : Butler
(a)
ib)
(c)
(d)
They
They
They
They
are employed in restaurants.
are persons who look after children.
are different types of servants.
are members of the household.
70. Stirrup : Anvil : D r u m
(a) The items are used by riders,
ib) They are parts of ear.
id) They are used by folk artists.
(c) They are musical instruments.
Directions : Three words are given in each question below, which have
something in common among themselves. Choose one out of the four given
alternatives> which mentions the quality common to the three given words.
71. Wheat : Barley : Rice
(8.S.C. 1993)
(a) Food
ib) Agriculture
72. Yeats : Ghalib : Kabir
(c) Grams
(d) Cereals
ia) Reformers
(6) Poets
73. Mercury : Saturn : Pluto
ia) Mars
(6) Earth
(c) Saints
id) Leaders
(C.BJ. 1994)
(d) Jupiter
74. Rockies : Appalachian : Andes
(a) Ranges
ib) Slopes
75. Volleyball s Hockey : Football
ia) Athletes
( b ) Games
76. Groundnuts : Sesame : Mustard
ia) Cereals
(6) Legumes
77. Stool : Table s Chair
(a) Office
(6) Carpet
(c) Planets
(c) Peaks
id) Hills
(8.8.C. 1992)
(c) Baseball
id) Aquatics
ic) Leafy vegetables
id) Oilseeds
(S.S.C. 1994)
ic) Bench
id) Furniture
ic) Port towns
id) Coastal cities
78. P a r a d e e p : Haldia : Kandla
(a) Industrial centres
(b) Ships
Copyrighted material
>
*
Reasoning
82
79. Couplet : Sonnet : Limerick
(a) Prose
(6) Songs
(c) Lyrics
80. Kerosene : Petrol : Diesel
(a) Firewood
(6) Engine
(c) Fuel
81. Gram : Grain : Pound
(a) Currency
(6) Commodities (c) Cereals
82. Lion : Tiger : Leopard
(a) Herbivorous
(6) Carnivorous (c) Zoo
83. Wasp : Cricket : Beetle
(a) Insects
(6) Pathogens
(c) Microbes
84. Graphite : Diamond : Coke
(a) Allotropes
(6) Abrasives
(c) Electrodes
86. Coal : Iron : Mica
(a) Gold
(6) Rock
(c) Earth
86. Colorado : Seine : Volga
(a) Ports
(6) Rivers
(c) Lakes
87. Giggle : Titter : Guffaw
(a) Happiness
ib) Joy /
(c) Laugh
88. Fly s Bee : Ant
(a) Cockroach
(6) Spider
(c) Termite
89. Forgery : Fabrication : Counterfeit
(a) Smuggling
(6) Deceit
(c) Falsity
90. Cub : Calf : Kitten
(a) Progeny
(6) Cow
(c) Attractive
91. Colt : Elver : Foal
(a) Predators
(6) Young ones
(c) Female animals
92. Hat : Coat : Trousers
(a) Dress
(6) Tailor
(c) Shirt
93. Kyat : Yuan : Rial
(a) Nationalities
(6) Capitals
(c) Currencies
94. Shin : Instep : Calf
(a) Leg parts
(6) Animal flesh (c) Young ones
95. Cap : Turban : Hat
(a) Headgear
(6) Umbrella
(c) Hair
96. Monsoon : Chinook : Dalmatian
(a) Rains
(6) Seasons
(c) Winds
97. Chucker : Mallet : Bunder
(a) Sports
(6) Soils
(c) Snooker
98. Newspaper : Hoarding : Television
(a) Press
(6) Media
(c) Broadcast
99. Bantus : Khasis : Maoris
(o) Tribal groups (6) Herdsmen
(c) Pasture lands
100. Vote : Ballot : Poll
(a) Election
(6) Nomination
(c) Selection
(d) Poetry
(C.B.I. 1994)
(d) Coal
<d) Weight
(U.D.C. 1991)
(d) Circus
<d) Pesticides
(d) Fuels
(8.8.C. 1993)
(d) Minerals
(d) Harbours
(d) Merriment
(C.BJ. 1994)
(d) Insect
(d) Designed
(d) Harmless
id) Wild animals
(S.8.C. 1993)
(d) Gentleman
(d) Parliaments
(d) Meat
(U.D.C. 1991)
(d) Safety
(d) Currents
(d) Polo
(8.S.C. 1994)
(d) Rumour
(d) Mountaineers
(UJ).C. 1991)
(d) Participation
Copyrighted material
r
Analogy
83
ANSWERS
1. id)
11. (fc)
21. (6)
31. id)
41. (c)
51. id)
61. id)
71. id)
81. id)
91. ib)
2. id)
12. id)
22. id)
32. ic)
42. (6)
52. (c)
62. ib)
72. (6)
82. (6)
92. (a)
3. (c)
13. <c)
23. ib)
33. (a)
43. W)
53. (6)
63. (a)
73. (c)
83. (a)
93. (c)
4. ib)
5. ic)
7. id)
6. id)
14. (a) 15. ib) 16. (a) 17. ic)
24. id) 25. (c) 26. id) 27. (a)
34. (M 35. id) 36. (6) 37. id)
44. ib) 45. ib) 46. ib) 47. W)
54. M) 55. (c) 56. (c) '57. (c)
64. ia) 65. (c) 66. id) 67. (c)
74. (a) 75. (6) 76. id) 77. (d)
84. (a) 85. id) 86. ib) 87. (c)
94. (a) 95. (a) 96. ic) 97. id)
8. (6)
18. (a)
28. (c)
38. (6)
48. ic)
58. ib)
68. ( 6 )
78. (c)
88. id)
98. ib)
9. ia)
10. (a)
19. ib)
20. <c)
29. id)
30. (c)
39. ic)
40. id)
49. id)
50.' ia)
59. (d) 60. (c)
69. (c)
70. ib)
79. <d) 80. ic)
89. (c)
90. (a)
99. (a) 100. ia)
TYPE 7 : T H R E E WORD ANALOGY
In this type of questions, a group of three inter-related words is given. The
candidate is required to trace out the relationship among these three words and
choose another group with similar analogy, from among the alternatives provided.
Example. Pen : Pencil : Ink
ia) Orange : Banana : Juice
(6) Table : Chair : Wood
(c) Cow : Milk : Curd
id) Fish : Shark : Water
Sol. Clearly, pen contains ink and pencil belongs to the same category as pen i.e.
stationery. Similarly, orange contains juice and banana belongs to the same
category as orange i.e. fruits.
Hence, the answer is (a).
EXERCISE 1N
Directions : In each of the following question!, some words are given
which are related in some way. The same relationship obtains among the words
in one of the four alternatives given under it. Find the correct alternative.
1. Magazine : Story : Article
(a) Tea : Milk Sugar
(6) Television : Newspaper : Entertainment
Pillow
id) Novel: Drama : Literature
ic) Bed : Quilt
2. Carnivorous : Tiger : Wolf
(Hotel Management, 1996)
ia) Mango : Banana : Fruit
(6) Worker : Master : Manager
(c) Cat : Cow : Milk
id) Student : Boy : Girl
3. Evaporation : Cloud : Rain
(a) Sneezing : Cough : Cold
(6) Accident : Iiyury : Pain
ic) Tanning : Leather : Pursd
id) Bud : Flower : Fragrance
4. Dog : Squirrel : Tail
(a) Cottage : Hut : Palace
(6) Fish : Crocodile : Water
(c) Horse : Ox : Horn
id) Truck : Scooter : Gear
5. Chair : Door : Stick
(a) Tomato : Potato : Briiyal
(6) Mason : Carpenter : Cobbler
(c) Statue : Brick : Pitcher
id) Book : Pen : Notebook
Copyrighted material
100 Reasoning
84
Hunt : Pleasure : Panic
6. (a) Death : Disease : Germs
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12
13
14.
15
16
17
18
19
20
(6) Game : Match : Win
(d) Rain : Cloud : Flood
(c) Theft : Gain : Loss
Village : City : Suburb
(b) School : College : University
(a) Puppy : Dog : Bitch
(d) Transistor : Radio : Television
(c) Continent : Country : State
Picture : Clock : Wall
(a) Pillow : Quilt : Bed
(6) Pen : Pencil : Colour
(d) Footpath : Road : Highway
(c) Flowers : Garden : Park
Lizard : Reptile : Insects
(a) Fox : Wolf : Forest
(6) Fly : Insect : Bee
(d) Tiger : Mammal : Deer
(c) Man : Omnivorous : Meat
Horse : Pony : M a r e
(a) Sheep : Lamb : Goat
(b) Lion : Cub : Den
(c) Man : Child : Woman
(d) Cat : Kitten : Puppy
Ink : Pen : P a p e r
(a) Watch : Dial : Strap
(6) Book : Paper : Words
(c) Farmer : Plough : Field
(d) Colour : Brush : Canvas
Researcher : Historian t Scholar
(Hotel Management, 1996)
(a) Epic : Novel : Book
(6) Teacher : Graduate : Poet
(c) Teacher : Professor : Lecturer
(d) History : Story : Book
Hand : Wrist : Bangle
(a) Foot : Ankle : Anklet
(6) Toe : Foot : Knee
(c) Neck : Head : Collar
id) Foot : Socks : Toes
Smile : L a u g h : Cry
(a) Sit : Sleep : Play
(6) Frown : Anger : Temper
(c) Morning : Night : Day
id) Touch : Catch : Release
Studio : Bombay : Stars
(a) Ship : Madras : Harbour
(6) Oranges : Nagpur : Juice
(c) Parliament : Delhi : Ministers
(d) Sunrise : Daijeeling : Sherpas
H a i r : Brush : Wig
(a) Iron : Hammer : Axe
(b) Bread : Butter : Milk
(c) Cement : Brick : Building
(d) Paper : Pen : Pencil
Pink : Red : White
(a) Orange : Yellow : Black
(b) Green : Blue : Yellow
(c) Yellow : Red : Green
(d) Brown : Black : Blue "
France : Spain : Germany
(a) Japan : China : Turkey
(6) Sri Lanka : Japan : India
(c) Iraq : Kuwait : Iran
(d) Canada : California : Mexico
M o r n i n g : Evening : Dusk
I
(a) Triangle : Quadrilateral : Pentagon
(6) Happy : Gay : Excited
(c) Summer : Winter : Autumn
(d) Botany : Zoology : Physiology
L o v e : Adoration : Infatuation
(a) Smile : Frown : Anger
(6) Hate : Dislike : Attract
(c) Murder : Stab : Assassinate
(d) None of these
i - Copyrighted material
Analogy
85
21, Music : Guitar : Performer
(a) Dance : Tune : Instrument
(c) Patient : Medicine : Doctor
(6) Food : Recipe : Cook
(d) Trick : Rope : Acrobat
ANSWERS
1. ( a ) : First contains both the .second and third.
2. (d) : Both tiger and wolf are carnivorous animals.
Similarly, both boys and girls arc students.
3. (6) : First causes the second and second leads to the third.
4. (id): Both dog and squirrel have tail.
Similarly, both truck nnd scooter have gears.
5. ( c ) : All the three are made up of the same raw material
6. ( c ) : Just as to hunt gives pleasure to the hunter and creates panic for the hunted, similarly
theft is a gain to the thief and a loss to the person robbed.
7. ( 6 ) : Second and third arc bigger and more sophisticated forms than the first and second
respectively.
8. ( a ) : Both picture and clock are hanged on a#vall.
Similarly, both pillow and quilt are used while lying on a bed.
9. (id): Second denotes the class to which the first belongs.
Also, first feeds on the third.
10. ( c ) : Second is the young one and third is the female of the first.
11. (<d): First is required to work with the second on the third.
12. ( a ) : Third denotes the class to which the first and sccond belong.
IS. ( a ) : Wrist is a part of hand and bangle is worn on the wrist.
Similarly, ankle is a part of foot and anklet is worn on it.
14. ( d ) : Second and third are of higher intensity than the first and second respectively.
15. ( c ) : First is the working place of the third and second denotes the city in which *,he first
is located.
16. ( a ) : First is used to make the second and the third.
17. ( 6 ) : First is a colour obtained by the combination of other two colours.
18. ( c ) : All three are names of countries, the middle one being sandwiched between the other
two.
19. ( c ) : Second follows the first and third follows the second.
20. ( c ) : Second and third are of higher intensity than the first and second respectively.
21. ( d ) : A performer plays music on a guitar.
Similarly, an acrobat performs tricks on a rope.
TYPE 8 : NUMBER ANALOGY
This section deals with two types of questions :
I. Choosing a similarly related pair as the given number pair on the basis of the
relation between the numbers in each pair.
II. Choosing a number similar to a group of numbers on the basis of certain common
properties that they possess.
ILLUSTRATIVE EXAMPLES
Ex. 1 . 3 : 11 : : 7 : ?
(a) 22
(6) 29
(c) lfi
( d ) 51
Copyrighted material*
f
I
I
Reasoning
86
Sol. Clearly, 3 2 + 2 « U .
Now,
72 + 2 * 6 1 .
So. if the first number is x, the second number is x 2 i 2 .
Thus, the relationship is * : x2 + 2.
Hence, the answer is id).
Ex. 2. 324 : 162
(a) 64 : 36
(fe) 2 : 1
(c) 22 : 10
Sol. Clearly, the relationship is 2x : x.
This relationship exists in (6).
So, the correct answer is (6).
Ex. 3. Which number is like the given set of numbers ?
Given set : (3. 17. 31)
(a) 5
(6) 15
(c) 45
(d) 134 : 112
(rf) 49
Sol. Clearly, the numbers in the given set are all prime numbers. 5 is also a prime
number and so belongs to the same group.
Hence, the answer is (a).
Ex. 4. Which set of numbers is like the given set ?
Given s e t : (48. 24. 12)
(a) (44. 22. 10)
(6) (46, 22, 11)
(c) (40, 20, 10)
(d) (42, 20, 10)
Sol. Clearly, in the given set, the first number is twice the second and the second
number is twice the third. A similar relationship exists between the numbers
in the group (40, 20, 10).
Hence, the answer is (c).
EXERCISE 10
Directions (Questions I to 17) : In each of the following questions, there
is a certain relation between two given numbers on one side of: : and one
number is given on another side of:: while another number is to be found
from the given alternatives, having the same relation with this number as
the numbers of the given pair bear. Choose the best alternative.
4 (C.B.I. 1995)
1. 6 : 18< f 4 : ?
(a) 2
(6) 6
(c) 8
(<f) 16
2. 21 : 3 : : 574 : ?
(a) 23
(6) 82
(c) 97
0d) 113
3. 1 : 1 : s 26 : ?
(a) 26
(6) 125
(c) 240
(rf) 625
4. 121 : 12 : : 25 • i
(a) 1
(6) 2
(c) 6
id) 7
5. 42 : 20 : : 64 : 7
I
<
(a) 31
(b) 32
(c) 33
Id) 34
6. 7528 : 5362 : : 4673 : ?
(S.C.HA. 1995)
(a) 2367
(6) 2451
(c) 2531 .
(d) None of these
7. 25 : 37 : : 49 : ?
(Assistant Grade, 1997)
(a) 41
(6) 56
(c) 60
(d) 65
Copyrighted material
1
Analogy
87
8* 25 : L25 : : 36 : 7
ib) 206
(c) 215
id) 318
ia) 1£0
14 : ft : : 2fi : ?
ic) 15
(a) 12
{bl 13
id) 31
(£JLL 1993)
10, 8 : 28 : : 21 : 7
(c)
64
(a) a
(ft) 28
(rf) 65
rn.a.1.1996)
LL 583 : 223 t : 488 j 7
lb) 328
(c) 482
id) 581
(a) 221
12. 2 : 5fi : : fl : 7
ib) 81
(c)9Q
(a) 63
id) 99
1£L 9 : 8 : : 16 : 7
(c) 12
id) 14
ia) 22
(6) lfi
(Assistant Grade, 1997)
14. 8 : 81 : : 64 : 7
IM
132
id) 625
(a) 125
(c) 525
* 15. 12 : 52 : : 1 : 7
(b) 4
(a) 3
ic) 5
(rf> 5J
16. 20 : 11 : : 102 : 7
(6) 52
(c) 61
id) 98
(a) 49
U, fi : fifl J : 1 M : 7
(a) 901
1009
(c) 9889
id) 9999
Directions (Questions IS. to 221 • Each of the following questions consists
of q pair of numbers that have a certain relationship to each other, followed
by four other pairs of numbers given as alternatives. Select the pair in which
the numbers are similarly related as in the given pair.
18. 12 : 144
{bl 20 : 4QQ
ic) 15 : 135
id) 10: 140
(a) 22 : 464
lfi, 22 : 8
id) 729 : 81
(a) 64 : 8
(6) 125 : 5
(c) 135 : 15
20, 5 : 35
ic) 11 : 55
(a) 1:12
(6) 9_: 45
id) 2 : 24
2 L 8 : 256
ic) 10 : 500
id) 5 j 75
(a) 2 : 343
(bl 9 : 243
22. 11 : 1210
(a) 6 : 216
( 6 ) 2 : 1029
id) 9 : 729
(c) 8 : 448
23. 2 : 24
ia) 311 : 100
ib) 23 : 22
ic) 19 : 58
id) 11 : 43
Directions (Questions 2d to 22) : In each of the following questions, choose
one number which is similar to the numbers in the given set.
(C.B.I. 1994)
24. Given set : 363. 489. 579
(a) 562
(bl 411
id) 281
(c) 382
25. Given set : 282, 35£ 444
' (a) 453
(£1 412
(c) 336
id) 255
26, Given set s 992. 733, 845, 632
(S.S.C. 1996)
ia) 114
(6) 326
ic) 425
id) 947
Copyrighted mate
4
<
Reasoning
88
(C.B.I. 1993)
27. G i v e n set : 134, 246, 358
(c) 572
(d) 684
(a) 372
(6) 460
28. G i v e n set : 538, 725, 813
id) 219
(c) 328
(a) 814
(b) 712
29. G i v e n set : 4718, 5617, 6312, 8314
( a ) 2715
(6) 3410
(c) 5412
(<d) 6210
D i r e c t i o n s (Questions 30 to 40): In each of the following questions, choose
that set of numbers from the four alternative sets, that is similar to the given
set f
(Assistant Grade, 1997)
30. G i v e n set : (6, 13, 22)
(c) (11, 18, 27)
(d) (13, 19, 32)
( a ) (6, 13, 27)
(6) (10, 16, 28)
(8.S.C. 1995)
31. G i v e n set : (9, 15, 21)
(a) (10, 14, 16)
(6) (7, 21, 28)
(c) (5, 10, 25)
(d) (4, 8, 12)
32. G i v e n set : (12, 20, 4)
(M.BJL 1998)
(a) (5, 10, 5)
(6) (13, 18, 5)
(c) (17, 27, 5)
(d) (20, 15, 25)
(Transmission Executives' 1994)
33. G i v e n set : (21, 51, 15)
(c) (21, 51, 42)
(d) (21, 91, 35)
(a) (21, 30, 51)
(6) (21, 35, 41)
34. G i v e n set : (8, 3, 2)
(a) (10, 6, 5)
(b) (63, 8, 3)
35. G i v e n set : (14, 23, 32)
( a ) (15, 23, 31)
(b) (14, 19, 24)
36. G i v e n set : (49. 25, 9)
(a) (36, 16, 4)
(b) (36, 25, 16)
37. G i v e n set : (256, 64, 16)
(a) (160, 40, 10)
(b) (144, 36, 9)
( C 3 J . 1993)
(c) (95, 24, 5)
(d) (168, 15, 4)
(Assistant Grade 1994)
(c) (13, 21, 29)
(d) (12, 21, 30)
(UJ).C. 1995)
(c) (39, 26, 13)
(d) (64, 27, 8)
(c) (80, 20, 5)
38. G i v e n set : (18, 8, 2)
(c) (17, 9, 3)
(a) (3. 7, 1)
(6) (11, 12, 10)
39. G i v e n set : (246, 257, 358)
(a) (145, 235, 325)
(b) (143, 253, 246)
(c) (273, 365, 367)
(d) (233, 343, 345)
40. G i v e n set : (63, 49, 35)
(a) (72, 40, 24)
(6) (72, 48, 24)
(c) (64, 40, 28)
(d) (64, 32, 8)
(C.B.I. 1996)
v
( d ) ( 2 4 , 22, 4)
(d) (81, 63, 45)
ANSWERS
J
1. (c): The relationship is x : -y •
2 . i b ) : The relationship is 7x :x.
3. ( d ) : The relationship is * :x a .
4. (c): The relationship is x 8 : (x + 1).
5. ( o ) ; The relationship is (2x + 2) :x.
6. (6): The relationship is x : (x - 2222).
7. (d) : The relationship is xa : (x + l) a + 1.
8. (c): The relationship is x2 : x3.
i - Copyrighted material
ft
4
Analogy
9. ic):
89
T h e relationship is (2x - 4) :x.
10. ( d ) : T h e relationship is
l ) 3 4 1.
11. ib): Sum of digit* of the first number is 2 more than the sum of digit* of the second number.
12. ( c ) : T h e relationship is x : x (x + 1).
13. ia): Tho relationship is x y : (x -
N
* l.
Now. 16 = 4 2 .
So. required number - (4 - l ) 2 *
1
= 3 3 = 27.
14. id): T h e relationship is x y : (x + 1)^ 4 l K
Now. 64 = 4 3 .
So. required number = (4 + l ) 1 3 * l > « 5 4 - 625.
15. ( 6 ) : T h e relationship is x : (3* + 1).
16. ( 6 ) : T h e relationship is 2* : (x • 1).
17. id): The relationship is x : (x 2 - 1).
18. ib):
T h e relationship is x : x *
19. id):
T h e relationship is x 3 : x 2
20. ( a ) : The first number is multiplied by the next prime number to obtain the second number.
21. ic): T h e relationship is x : — •
22. ic): The relationship is x : (x 3 - x 2 ) .
23. ib): T h e relationship is x : (3x + 3).
24. ( 6 ) :
Number
Sum of digits
New sum
of digits
363
>
3 + 6 + 3 = 12
1+2 = 3
489
•
4 + 8 + 9^21
•
2 +1=3
579
•
5 + 7 + 9-21
•
2 + 1-3
471
—+
4*7+1-12
•
1 +2-3
25. ia): In all the numbers, the sum of digits is 12 and the largest digit lies in the middle.
26. ( c ) : In all the numbers, the middle digit is the sum of the digits of the product of other
two digits.
Now, 9 * 2 = 18, 1 + 8 = 9 (middle digit in 992);
7 x 3 = 21, 2 + 1 = 3 (middle digit in 733);
8 * 5 = 40, 4 + 0 = 4 (middle digit in 845)find so on.
27. ( 6 ) : T h e first digits of the numbers form the series 1, 2, 3. 4.
T h e second digits of the numbers form the series 3, 4. 5, 6.
T h e last digits of the numbers form the scries 4, 6. 8, 0.
28. id):
In all the numbers. (1st digit + 3rd digit) - middle digit = 10.
Thus. 5 + 8 - 3 - 1 0 , 7 + 5 - 2 - 1 0 , 8 + 3 - 1 = 10.
29. ( c ) : In all the numbers, the product of the first and last digits is a multiple of the sum
of the middle two digits.
Thus, 4 x 8 - 32 is a multiple of (7 + 1) I * . 8^
5 x 7 - 35 is a multiple of (6 + 1) Le. 7 and so on.
30. ( c ) : In each • set, 2nd number = 1st number + 7;
3rd number = 2nd number + 9.
81. < d ) :
I n each
M
t,
l t t PUmb<r
*
3rti p u m b c f
= 2nd number.
82. ( 6 ) : T h e sum of number* in cach sot is 36.
I
Copyrighted material
90
Reasoning
1
33. id):
34. ib):
In each set. (3rd number * 2 ) + let number • 2nd number.
36. id):
In each set. 2nd number » 1st number • 9;
3rd number * 2nd number + 9.
2
In each set. 1st number » (2nd number) - 1;
2nd number = (3rd number) 2 - 1.
3fl. ia): Each set contains squares of three consecutive alternate numbers in reverse order.
Thus. 9 - 3 2 , 25 = 5 2 , 49 = 7*
37. id) : All the numbers in each set can be expressed in terms of powers of 2.
38. id) : Each set consists of only even numbers.
39. ( c ) : The sum of digits of the - numbers in a set are 12. 14 and 16 respectively.
40. id): Each set consists of numbers which are obtained by multiplying a certain number
by 9. 7 and 5 respectively.
Thus, in the given set, 63 = 7 x 9. 49 = 7 x 7 , 35 « 7 x 5.
Similarly. 81 = 9 * 9. 63 = 9 x 7. 45 - 9 x 5.
TYPE 9 : ALPHABET ANALOGY
In this type of questions, two groups of alphabet* related to each other in same
way, are given. The candidate is required to find out this relationship and choose a
group of alphabets which is related in the aame way to a third group provided in
the question.
Ex. 1. ABCD : OPQR :: WXYZ s ?
(C.M. 1997)
ia) EFGH
(6) KLMN
(c) QRST
id) STUV
Sol. Clearly, each letter of the first group is moved fourteen steps forward to obtain
the corresponding letter of the second group. A similar relationship will exist
between the third and fourth groups.
Hence, the answer is ib).
Ex. 2. QIOK : MMKO : : YAWC : ?
(U.D.C. 1995)
ia) SUEG
ib) VUES
ic) USGA
id) UESG
Sol. The first and third letters of the first group are each moved four steps backward
to obtain the corresponding letters of the second group. The second and fourth
letters of the first group are each moved four steps forward to obtain the corresponding letters of the second group.
A similar relationship will exist between the third and the fourth groups.
Hence, the answer is (<f).
EXERCISE 1P
Directions : In each of the following questions, there is some relationship
between the two terms to the left of:: and the same relationship holds between
the two terms to its right. Also, in each question, one term either to the right
of:: or to the left of it is missing. This term is given as one of the alternatives
given below each question. Find out this term.
1. AG : IO : : EK : ?
(Assistant Grade, 1997)
ia) LR
ib) MS
ic) PV
id) SY
2. ACE : FHJ : : OQS : ?
(L Tax A Central Excise, 1995)
ia) PUT
ib) RTU
ic) TVX
id) UWY
Copyrighted material
Analogy
3. A C E G : D F H J : : Q S U W : ?
(a) K M N P
(6) MNPR
4. kcaC : Cack s : XtfraF : ?
(a) EmgF
(6) EgmX
5. Dda : aDD : : R r b : ?
(a) BBr
(6) bRR
6. E G I K : F I L O : : F H J L : ?
(a) GJMP
(6) GMJP
7. C A T : D D Y : : B I G : ?
(a) CLL
(6) CLM
8. L O G I C : B H F N K :: C L E R K : ?
(a) XVRPA
(6) QBKJA
9. P A L E : L E A P : : P O S H : 7
(a) HSOP
(6) POHS
10. B D F : H I L : : M O Q t 7
(a) XVT
(6) TVX
11. K M F : L L H : : R M S : ?
(a) SLR
(b) SLU
12. BYCX : D W E V : : F U G T : ?
(a) E H U
(6) G H U
91
(c) TQST
(M.B.A. 1998)
(d) TVXZ
(c) FmgX
(U.D.C. 1996)
id) GmeF
(c) RRR
(c) JGMP
(IJLS. 1998)
(d) DDA
(8.8.C. 1996)
(d) JGPM
(L Tax & Central Excise, 1993)
- (c) CML
(d) CEP
(U.D.C. 1992)
(c) LPRTU
(d) JQDKB
(c) SHOP
(c) VTX
(c) SSU
(c) HSIR
(CJLT. 1997)
(d) None of these
(d) TUX
(Assistant Grade, 1998)
(d) SUS
(Assistant Grade, 1996)
(d) SRHS
13. B U C K E T : A C T V B D J L D F S U : : B O N U S : ?
(a) ACMNMOTVRT
(6) SUNOB
(c) ACNPMOTVRT (d) ACMNMOTURT
14. CIRCLE is related to RICELC in the same way as SQUARE is related to
?.....
(('.H.I. 1994)
(a) QSUERA
(6) QUSERA
(c) UQSAER
(d) UQSERA
15. EVTG is related to HSQJ in the same way as CXVE is related to
.?.
(a)EVUF
(6) FSUH
(c) FUSH
(d) FUTG
(UJ>.C. 1996)
16. CFED is related to PSQR in the same way as JMKL is related to
?.
(8.S.C. 1993)
(a) YXZW
(6) YVZX
• (c) WZWZ
(d) UVXZ
17. As COUNSEL is to BITIRAK. so also GUIDANCE is to
?.
(a) EOHYZKBB
(b) FOHYZJBB
(c) FPHZZKAB (d) HOHYBJBA
(Assistant Grade, 1996)
18. D W H is related to WDS in the same way as FUL is related to
.?
(a) UFO
(6) OFU
(c) FOU
(d) ELV
% v
;
(Section Officers' 1993)
19. ACFJ is related to ZXUQ in the same way as EGJN is related to
?.
(a) DBYU
(6) VTQM
(c) VTRP
' (d) VUSQ
y
(Assistant Grade, 1997)
20. EGIK is related to WUSQ in the same way as DFHJ is related to
?.
(a) BDFH
•
(b) ECGI
(c) SQOM
(d) XVTR
(I. Tax & Central Excise, 1996)
Copyrighted material
92
Reasoning
1
21. BLOCKED is to YOLXPVW as OZFMXS is to
(C.B.I.1996)
(a) RESULT
(6) NAUGHT
(c) LAUNCH
(d) LABOUR
22. USPL is to KMPT as LJGC is to
.?.
i (Assistant Grade, 1996)
(a) BDGK •
(6) CEHL
(c) GHIJ
<rf) QSUW
23. THEREFORE is to TEEOERFRH as HELICOPTER is to
.?.
(o) HEUCORETP (6) HLCPERTOIE
(c) RETPOCILEH (</) RETPOCILHE
24. RATIONAL is to RATNIOLA as TRIBAL is to
.?.... (Assistant Grade. 1995)
(a) TIRLAB
(6) TRIALB
(c) TIRLBA
(d) TRILBA
Directions (Questions 25 to 31) t The following questions are hosed on
the alphabets written along the figure given below. In each question, the
relationship between the two terms written left of:: is retained in the two
terms written to the right of it. Out of these four terms, one term is missing.
Choose this term out of the given alternatives.
26. GHF : CDB : : EFD : ?
(a) ABJ
(b) CBD
(c) IJH
(<f) AJB
(e) ARB
26. AKJ : GNH : : EMD : ?
(a) CLB
(6) CLD
(c) ARB
(d) EMF
(e) CDB
27. H N P : P D A : : D L P : ?
(a) PJG
(6) CDP
28. A F H O : GBDM : : CHFM :?
(a) GBLD
(b) GBJO
29. AKJO : IOHN : : ? : C L B K
(a) LDME
(6) EMGH
30. BPM : GNJ : : ? : A K D
(o) FPO
(6) FPM
31. A O E : ? : : G M A : NKM
(a) KLM
(6) KLF
(c) CLP
(d) PME
(e)PHE
(c) GPLD
(d) GBDM
(e) IBDE
(c) GNFM
id) EMDL
J
(e) CLDM
(c) HPB
<d) LPH
<e) KPD
(c) OBM
(d) KLO
(e) KMN
Copyrighted material
Analogy
93
ANSWERS
1. ( 6 ) : Each letter of the first group is moved eight steps forward to obtain the corresponding
letter of the second group.
2. Ic):
Each letter of the first group is moved five steps forward to obtain the corresponding
letter of the second group
3. (d) : Each letter of the first group is moved three steps forward to obtain the corresponding
letter of the second group.
4. ( c ) : The order of the letters of the first group is reversed to obtain the second group.
5. ( 6 ) : The order of the letters of the first group is reversed and the middle small letter
replaced by a capital letter to obtain the second group
6. ( a ) : The first, second, third and fourth letters of the first group are moved one, two, three
and four steps forward respectively to obtain the corresponding letters of the second group.
7. la): The first, second and third letters of the first group are moved one, three and five
steps forward respectively to obtain the corresponding letters of the second group.
8. <d): The order of the letters of the first group is reversed and each letter is moved one
step backward to obtain tho corresponding letters of the second group.
9. ( c ) : The first, second, third and fourth letters of the second group are respectively the
third, fourth, second and first letters of the first group.
10. Id): BDF forms a sequence of alternate letters, while in H I L . the first two letters are
consecutive and there is a gap of two letters between second and third letters.
Similarly. M O Q forms a sequence of alternate letters. The group having properties
similar to H I L is TUX.
11. ( 6 ) : The first letter of the first group is moved one step forward, the second letter is
moved one step backward and the third letter two steps forward to obtain the ; corresponding letters of the second group.
12. Ic): The first and third letters of the first group are each moved two steps forward, and
the second and fourth letters are each moved two steps backward to obtain the
corresponding letters of the second group.
IS. ( c ) : Each letter of the first group is replaced by two letters — one that comes after it
and one that comes before it, in the second group.
14. (</): The first three letters and the last three letters of the first group are written in a
reverse order to obtain the second group.
15. ( c ) : The first and fourth letters of the first group are each moved three steps forward
and the second and third letters are each moved three steps backward to obtain the
corresponding letters of the second group.
16. ( c ) : The first and second letters of the first group are each moved 13 steps forward, the
third letter is moved 12 steps forward and the fourth letter is moved 14 steps forward
to obtain the corresponding letters of the second group.
17. (6) : The first, third, fifth and seventh letters of the first group are each moved one step
backward to obtain the correspondingjetters of the second group. The movement of
(
other letters is not required to find the answer.
18. ( a ) : The first two letters of the first group are written in a reverse order in the second.
I
The third letter is replaced by a letter occupying the same position from the end of
the English alphabet, as it occupies from the beginning.
19. (6) : A, C, F and J are first, third, sixth and tenth letters from the beginning of English
alphabet and are replaced by corresponding letters from the end of the alphabet in
the second group. A similar relationship exists between the^third and fourth groups.
Copyrighted material
94
Reasoning
20. (d): E, G, 1, K are fifth, seventh, ninth and eleventh letters from the beginning of the
alphabet and W, U, S, Q are fourth, sixth, eighth and tenth letters from the end of
the alphabet.
Similarly, D, F, H, J are fourth, sixth, eighth and tenth letters from the beginning
of the alphabet. So, the required group will consist of letters which are third, fifth,
seventh and ninth from the end of the alphabet.
21. (e): All the letters of the first group are replaced by the corresponding letters from the
other end of the alphabet in the second group.
22. (a): The letters of the first group are first written in a reverse order. The first and fourth
letters of the group so obtained are each moved one step backward and the second
and third letters are each moved three steps backward to obtain the corresponding
letters of the second group.
23. (6): The alternate letters of the first group, starting from the first letter are first written,
and then the remaining letters are written in the reverse order to obtain the second
% ,
group
24. (d): The first three letters do not shift their positions. The next three letters show a
cyclic movement.
*
25. (a)
26. (ic)
27. (a)
2a (b)
29. Id)
30. (a)
81. (*>
)
I
i - Copyrighted material
2. CLASSIFICATION
'Classification' means 'to assort the items of a given group on the basis of
certain common quality they possess and then spot the stranger out'.
In this test, you are given a group of certain items, out of which all except one
are similar to one another in some manner. The candidate is required to choose this
one item which does not fit into the given group.
T Y P E 1 : CHOOSING THE ODD W O R D
Directions : Choose the word which is least like the other words in 4he
group.
Ex. 1. (a) Curd
(6) Butter
(c) Oil
(d) Cheese
(e) Cream
Sol. Here, all except Oil are products obtained from milk.
Hence, the answer is (c).
Ex. 2. (a) Rose
(6) Lotus
(c) Marigold
(d) Lily
(e) Tylip
Sol. Here, all except Lotus are flowers, which grow on land while lotus is a water
flovyer. Hence, the answer is (6).
Ex. 3. (a) Pistol
(6) Sword
(c) Gun
(d) Rifle
(e) Cannon
Sol. Here, all except Swoid are fire arms. Hence, the answer is (b).
Ex. 4. (a) Cathedral (6) Mosque
(c) Church
(d) Monastery (e) Temple
Sol. All except Monastery are places of worship, while monaster* is a place where
monks stay. Hence, the answer is (rf).
Ex. 5. (a) Book
(6) Paper
(c) Pencil
(d) Pen
(e) Sharpener
(B.S^LB. 1907)
Sol. Here, all except Book are stationery items.
Hence, the answer is (a).
Ex. 6. (a) Geometry
(6) Algebra
(c) Trigonometry .
(d) Mathematics
(e) Arithmetic
Sol. Here, all except Mathematics are branches of Mathematics.
Hence, the answer is (d).
Ex. 7. (a) Poland
(6) Greece
(c) Spain
id) Italy
(e) Korea
Sol. Here, all except Korea are European countries, while Korea is an Asian country.
Hence, the answer is (e).
E x . 8 , (a) Copper
(6) Tin
(c) Brass
id) Platinum
(e) Zinc
Sol. Here, all except Brass are metals, while brass is an alloy.
Hence/ the answer is (c).
Ex. 9. (a) Carrot
(6) Potato
(c) Tomato
(d) Ginger
(e) Beetroot
Sol. Here, all except Tomato grow underground. Hence, the answer is (c).
Ex. 10. (a) Calf
(6) Cub
(c) Piglet
(d) Duckling
(e) Hireling
Sol. Here, all except Hireling are young ones of animals. Hence, the answer is (e).
95
Copyrighted material
Reasoning
96
Ex. 11. (a) Gangtok
(6) Singhbhum
(c) Hyderabad
( d ) Chennai
(e) Bhubaneshwar
Sol. Here, all except Singhbhum are capitals of states of India.
Hence, the answer is (6).
Ex. 12. (a) Chameleon
(b) Crocodile
(c) Alligator
(d) Locust
(e) Salamandar
Sol. Here, all except Locust are reptiles while locust is an insect.
Hence, the answer is (cf).
EXERCISE 2A
Directions : In each of the following questions, five words have been given,
out of which four are alike in some manner and the fifth one is different.
Choose out the odd one.
l . ( (a) Kiwi
(c) Emu
Ib) Eagle
(rf) Penguin
(e) Ostrich
2. (a) Lake
(6) Sea
(c) River
(e) Pond
id) Pool
3. (a)
(d)
4. (a)
id)
5. (o)
(<f)
6. (a)
(d)
7. (a)
8.
9.
v
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
Arrow
Dagger
Sun
Mars
House
Palace
Turtle
Bitch
Fox
(b)
(e)
(b)
(e)
(6)
Axe
Sword
Moon
Universe
Cottage
(e)
(6)
(e)
(b)
Hut
Lamb
Farrow
Wolf
(rf) Deer
(a) Cap
(d) Veil
(a) Physics
(t/) Botany
(a) Deck
( d ) Bow
(a) Assassinate
(</) Stab
(a) Rat
(eft Mole
(a) Skull
(d) Fibula
(a) Canoe
(<f) Dinghy
(a) Leone
(d) Lempira
(e)
(b)
(e)
(6)
(e)
(6)
(e)
(6)
(e)
(b)
(e)
(6)
(e)
(6)
(e)
(6)
(e)
Panther
Turban
Hat
Chemistry
Zoology
Quay
Mast
Kill
Murder
Squirrel
Porcupine
Appendix
Vertebra
Igloo
Raft
Dirham
Cortes
(c) Knife
(c) Star
(Bank P.O. 1997)
(c) School
(c) Colt
ic) Jackal
ic) Helmet
(c) Geography
ic) Stern
( M . B A 1997)
ic) Kidnap
'c) Mongoose
ic) Pelvis
(c) Yacht
(c) Baht
i - Copyrighted material
Classification
16. (a) Brick
(d) Spade
17. (a) Cataract
(d) Eczema
18. (a) Radium
(</) Polonium
19. (a) Hostel
(d) Club
20. (o) Kennel
id) Aviary
21. (a) Neigh
(d) Grunt
22. (a) Seminar
(d) Semicircle
23. (a) Venus
(d) Mercury
24. (a) Ghosts
(<f) Skeletons
25. (a) Wheat
id) Gram
26. (a) Pineapple
(d) Banana
27. (a) Goblin
(d) Gnome
28. (a) Laos
(d) Afghanistan
29. (a) Ear
(d) Heart
30. (a) Metre
(d) Mile
31. (a) Garo
id) Jaintia
32. (a) Pupil
id) Medulla
33. (a) Raniganj
(d) BardQa
34. (a) Tailor
(d) Barber
36. (a) Shoulder
(d) Arm
36. (a) Nephrology
(d) Mycology
97
(6) Heart
(e> Club
(fe) Hypermetropia
(e) Glaucoma
(6) Thorium
(e) Uranium
(6) Hotel
(e) Motel
(6) House
(e) Aquarium
(b) Roar
(e) Thump
(6) Semicolon
(e) Semitone
(6) Saturn
(e) Neptune
(6) Spirits
(e) Apparitions
(b) Mustard
(e) Peanut
(6) Orange
(e) Lemon
(b) Goblet
(e) Djinn
(6) India
(e) Bolivia
(6) Lung
(e) Kidney
(6) Furlong
(<?) Acre
(6) Khasi
(e) Mizo
(6) Iris
(e) Retina
(6) Jharia
(e) Bokaro
(6) Carpenter
(e) Engineer
(6) Foot
(e) Fingers
(6) Entomology
(e) Pathology
(c) Bridge
(c) Trachoma
(c) Sodium
(c) Inn
(RJB.I. 1997)
(c) Stable
(c) Hiss
(c) Semifinal
(e) Earth
(c) Phantoms
(c) Rice
(c) Malta
(SJB.LP.O. 1998)
(c) Imp
(c) Nepal
(c) Eye
(Bank P.O. 1993)
(c) Yard
(c) Kangra
(c) Cornea
(c) Singaren
(c) Blacksmith
(Bank P.O. 1996)
(c) Elbow
(c) Astrology
Copyrighted materia
Reasoning
98
37. (a) Whale
(d) Cod
38. (a) Cygnus
(d) Cassiopeia
39. (a) Gorges
(d) Meanders
40. (a) Indigo
(id) Pink
41. (a) Goat
(d) Cow
42. (a) Faraday
id) Marconi
43. (a) Sial
(d) Sima
44. (a) Magnalium
(d) Bronze
45. (a) Phi
(d) Peso
46. (a) Garnet
id) Emerald
47. (a) Kwashiorkor
(d) Goitre
48. (a) Inch
(d) Quart
49. (a) La pies
(d) Sinkholes
50. (a) Tortoise
(d) Spider
51. (a) Grasslands
id) Prairies
52. (a) Cancel
(d) Revoke
53. (a) X-ray
(d) Computer
54. (a) Mustard
(d) Cashewnut
55. (a)Akbar
(d) Vikramaditya
56. (a) Wise
(d) Rude
57. (a) Pituitary
(d) Adrenal
(6) Dolphin
(e) Starfish
(6) Orion
(e) Vega
(6) Bars
(e) Rapids
(6) Orange
(e) Green
Cb) Dog
(e) Camel
(b) Newton
(e) Beethovan
(6) Mantle
(*) Pengia
(6) Germanium
(e) Brass
ib) Gamma
(«?) Beta
(6) Ruby
(e) Topaz
(b) Cretinism
(e) Osteomalacia
(6) Foot
(e) Metre
(b) Stalactites
(e) Stalagmites
(6) Snail
(e) Oyster
(6) Pampas
(e) Savanna
(6) Change
(e) Rescind
(b) Telephone
(e) Television
(6) Rapeseed
(e) Groundnut
(6)
(e)
(6)
(e)
(6)
(e)
Jahangir
Aurangzeb
Gentle
Arrogance
Pancreas
Testis
(c) Shark
(c) Scorpio
(c) Canyons
(c) Yellow
(c) Sheep
(c) Addison
(C.A.T. 1997)
(c) Core
(c) Duralumin
(c) Delta
(c) Graphite
(c) Marasmus
(c) Yard
(S.C.R.A. 1993)
(c) Cliffs
(c) Turtle
(c) Downs
(c) Repeal
(c) Radio
^
(SJBJJP.O. 1995)
(c) Sesame
m
(c) Shah Jahan
(c) Honest
(c) Thalamus
Copyrighted material
Classification
68. ( a )
(d)
59. (a)
(d)
Beaker
Saucer
Pound
Franc
60. ( a )
(d)
61. (a)
(rf)
62. (a)
(d)
63. ( a )
(d)
Doe
Drone
Virgo
Cancer
Confucius
Moses
Admiral
Commodore
64. (a) Apsara
(d) Cirus
65. (a) Plassey
(d)
66. (a)
(d)
67. (a)
(d)
Sarnath
Dynamics
Optics
Hydrazine
Agrosan
68. (a)
(d)
69. (a)
(d)
Tarapur
Paradeep
Nun
Priest
70. (a)
(d)
71. (a)
id)
Dispur
Leh
Arc
Radius
72. (a) Birch
(d) Maple
73. (a) Mettur
(d) Sutlej
74. (a Bardoli
i (d) Champaran
75. (a) Epicentre
( d ) Crater
99
(6) Glass
(e)
(6)
(e)
(6)
Cup
Yen
Dollar
Bitch
(e)
(6)
(<?)
(ft)
(e)
(ft)
(e)
Mare
Pisces
Orion
Prophet
Lao Tse
Colonel
Lieutenant
(6)
(e)
(6)
(e)
(b)
Zerlina
Apollo
Haldighati
Kurukshetra
Mechanics
(e)
(b)
(e)
(b)
Physics
Warfarin
Sulphur
Kota
(e) Narora
(ft) Knight
(e)
(b)
(e)
(6)
Padre.
Pancyi
Aizawl
Diagonal
(e)
(6)
(e)
(6)
(e)
(6)
(e)
(6)
(e)
Diameter
Spruce
Ebony
Aswan
Pony
Bhadravati
Sabarmati
Seismology
Richter Scale
(c) Mug
(c) Ounce
(C.A.T. 1996)
(c) Sorceress
(c) Sagittarius
(c) Guru Gobind
(c) Captain
(c) Purnima
(c) Panipat
(R.B.I. 1997)
(c) Electronics
(c) Malathion
(c) Kalpakkam
(c) Monk
(c) Shimla
(c) Tangent
(Bank P.O. 1998)
(c) Cedar
(c) Hirakud
(c) Porbander
(c) Focus
ANSWERS
1. (6): All except Eagle are flightless birds.
2. (c): All except River contain stagnant water.
3. (o) : All except Arrow are used while holding in hand.
4. (e): All except Universe form a part of the universe
5. (c): All except School are dwelling places.
Copyrighted material
100
6. id):
Reasoning
1
All except Bitch are young ones of animals, while bitch is a female dog. .
7. id) : All except Deer are flesh-eating animals.
8. (J) : All except Veil cover the head, while veil covers the face.
9. ic):
All except Geography are science subject*.
10. ib) : All except Quay are parts of a ship.
11. ( c ) :
All except Kidnap are actions of killing.
12. ( c ) :
All except Mongoose are rodent*.
13. ( 6 ) :
All except Appendix are bones, while appendix is an organ
14. ( 6 ) : All except Igloo are types of boats, while igloo is a kind of house found in polar regions.
15. ie):
All except Cortes are currencies, while Cortes is a parliament.
16. ia):
All except Brick are suits of cards.
17. (d):
All except Eczema are eye infections, while eczema is a skin infection.
18. ( c ) : All except Sodium arc radio-isotopes, while sodium is a metal.
19. ( d ) : All except Club are places where people can stay.
20. ib): All except House are places to rear one or the other animal
21. ( * ) :
All except Thump are the sound of animals.
22. ( a ) :
In all except Seminar, 'semi* indicates 'half.
23. ( c ) :
All oxcept Earth denote Roman or Greek gods and goddesses.
24. id):
All except Skeletons are synonyms and are concerned with superstitions.
25. ( c ) : All except Rice are rabi crops, while rice is a kharif crop
26. id):
27. ( b ) :
All except Banana are juicy fruits.
All except Goblet are supernatural creatures.
28. ( 6 ) : All except India are land locked countries, while India is a peninsula.
29. id) : All except Heart are present in the human body in a pair.
30. (e): All except Acre are units of measuring distance, while acre is a unit of area.
31. ( e ) : All except Kangra are hills, while Kangra is a valley.
32. id):
All except Medulla are parts of the eyo, while medulla is a part of the brain.
33. (d):
All except Baroda are famous for coal fields.
34. id):
All except Barber require raw material to work
35. ( 6 ) : All except Foot are parts of hand.
36. ( c ) :
All except Astrology are concerned with biology.
37. ( a ) : All except Whale belong to the family of fishes, while whale is a mammal
38. ie): All except Vega are constellations, while Vega is a star.
39. ( 6 ) : All except Bars are structures formed by rivers, while bars are formed by sea.
40. id):
All except Pink are the colours seen in a rainbow,
41. ib):
All except Dog come under the category of cattle.
42. ie):
All except Beethovan were scientists, while Beethovan was a musician
43. ie):
All except Pengia are layers of earth.
44. ( 6 ) :
All except Germanium are alloys, while germanium is a metal.
45. (rf) : All except Peso are Greek letters, while Peso is a currency.
46. ic):
All except Graphite are precious stones
47. ib):
All except Cretinism are deficiency diseases, while Cretinism is a hormonal disease.
48. id) :
All except Quart are units of measuring distances.
49. ic) : All except Cliffs are structures formed by underground water, while cliff is formed
by sea.
50. ( d ) :
All except Spider have hard protect!ve^shells.
51. ia):
All except Grasslands are types of grasslands
Copyrighted material
Classification
101
52. (6): All except Change are synonyms.
53. (a): All except X-ray are electronic media.
54. ( d ) : All except Casftewnut can be used for extracting oil.
55. ( d ) : All except Vikramaditya were Mughal rulers.
56. (e): All except Arrogance are adjectives, while arrogance is a noun.
57. (c): All except Thalamus are hormone secreting glands.
58. id): All except Siaucer are used to contain liquids.
59. (c): All except Ounce are names of currencies, while ounce is a unit of weight.
60. (d) : All except Drone are females.
61. (e) : All except Orion are zodiac signs, while Orion is a constellation.
62. (c): All except Guru Gohind founded one or the other religion.
63. (6): All except Colonel are ranks of the army.
64. (e) : All except Apollo are names of nuclear reactors in India.
65. (d) : All except Sarnath are famous battlefields.
66. (e): Dynamics, Mechanics, Electronics and Optics are branches of Physics.
67. (a): All except Hydrazine are pesticides, while Hydrazine is a rocket fuel.
68. (d): All except Paradeep are atomic power stations, while Paradeep is a port.
69. (6): All except Knight are religious persons, while knight is a warrior.
70. (d): All except l<eh are capitals of some or the other state, while Leh is a hill station.
71. (6): All except Diagonal are terms associated with circle.
72. (e): All except Ebony are coniferous trees, while ebony is an evergreen tree.
73. (d) : All except Sutl^J are dams, while Sutlej is a river.
74. (6): All except Bhadravati are places related with Gandhyi.
75. id) : All except Crater are terms associated with earthquakes.
EXERCISE 2B
Directions : In each of the following questions, five words have been given,
out of which four are alike in some manner and the fifth one is different.
Choose out the odd one.
1. (a) Lima
(6) Algiers
(c) New York
(e)
Beijing
id) Tokyo
(6) Silicon
2. (a) Potassium
(c) Zirconium
(e)
Germanium
(d) Gallium
(6) Duck
3. (a) Tortoise
(c) Snake
ie)
Crow
<d) Whale
(Bank P.O. 1997)
ib)
Tentacles
4. ia) Feathers
(c) Scales
(e)
Flagella
(d) Pseudopodia
ib) Fog
5. (o) Sleet
(c) Hailstone
ie) Mist
(d) Vapour
ib) Chocolate
6. (a) Biscuits
(c) Cake
ie)
Pastry
(d) Bread
ib) Attack
7. (a) Raid
(c) Assault
ie) Ambush
Id) Defence
ib) Bee
8. (a) Ant
(c) Moth
ie)
Spider
Cd) Midge
Copyrighted material
Reasoning
102
9. (a) Axe
( d ) Showel
10. (a) Love
(d) Nestle
11. (a) Blaze
(d) Shimmer
12. (a) December
(d) July
13. (a)
id)
14. (a)
(d)
15. (a)
(d)
16. (a)
(d)
17. (a)
(d)
18. (a)
(d)
19. (a)
id)
20. (a)
Grapes
Apple
Uncle
Cousin
Pellagra
Anaemia
Mercury
Sodium
Painter
Colour
New Delhi
Lucknow
Tomato
Cabbage
Hydrogen
(6)
(e)
(6)
(e)
Sword
Saw
Clasp
Caress
(c) Knife
(M.BA. 1998)
(6)
(e)
(6)
(e)
(b)
(e)
Glint
Glimmer
February
May
Pineapple
Orange
(c) Simmer
(6) Beriberi
(e) Goitre
(c) Scurvy
(6) Bromine
(e) Titanium
(6) Canvas
(c) Aluminium
(e) Palette
(b) Pondicherry
(e) Lakshadweep
(b) Cucumber
(e) Potato (6) Oxygen
25. (a) Keats
(6) Wordsworth
(d) Climb
27. (a) Mussoorie
(d) Daijeeling
28. (a) Nerves
(d) Valve
29. (a) Rigveda
(d) Ayurveda
(c) Cashew
(c) Brother
(&BXP.O. 1998)
(e)
(b)
(e)
(6)
(e)
(b)
(e)
(6)
(e)
26. (a) Listen
(c) March
(b) Nephew
(e) Niece
(cf) Nitrogen
21. (a) Table
( d ) Sofa
22. (a) Galileo
(d) Bhaskara
23. (a) Sambhar
(d) Siachen
24. (a) Konark
(d) Khajuraho
(d) Ghalib
(c) Cuddle
Chlorine
Cupboard
Paper weight
Copernicus
Aryabhatta
Dal
Chilka
Madurai
Dilwara
(c) Brush
(c) Chandigarh
(c) Peas
(c) Iodine
- (c) Chair
(B.S.R.B. 1997)
(c) Columbus
(c) Baikal
(c) Ellora
(c) Tolstoy
(e) Tagore
(6) Swim
(e) Run
(6) Pahalgam
(c) Walk
(Bank P.O. 1997)
(c) Jaipur
(e) Manali
(6) Auricle .
(c) Artery
(e) Aorta
(6) Yajurveda
(c) Atharvaveda
(e) Samveda
/
»
i
i -
Copyrighted material
Classification
30. (a) Producer
id) Financier
31. ia) Arrow
id) Bullet
32. ia) Flute
id) Violin
33. (a) Screw
(d) Pin
34. (a) Granite
(d) Anthracite
35. (a) Gasoline
id) Paraffin wax
36. (a) Thermosphere
(d) Ionospher
37. (a) Grass
id) Chenopodium
38. (a) Baboon
(d) Gorilla
39. (a) Rival
(d) Colleague
40. (a) Sahara
id) Sunderban
41. ia) Euphrates
id) Brahmaputra
42. (a) Polar bear
id) Silver fox
43. (a) Peak
(d) Mound
44. (a) Santhals
(d) Dogri
45. (a) Ode
(d) Limerick
46. (a) Hangar
(d) Park
47. ia) Treachery
(d) Swindle
48. (a) Parrot
id) Sparrow
49. (a) Ruffian
(d) Paragon
50. (a) Cow
(d) Rhinoceros
103
(6) Director
(e) Entrepreneur
ib) Missile
(e) Spear
(6) Guitar
(e) Veena
(6) Hammer
(e) Nail
(b) Lignite
(e) Bituminous
(6) Methane
(<?) Diesel
(6) Stratosphere
(e) Troposphere
(6) Amaranthus
(e) Convolvulus
(6) Gibbon
(e) Jaguar
(6) Spouse
(e) Companion
(6) Thar
(e) Kalahari
(6) Hwang Ho
(e) Indus
(6) Reindeer
(e) Leopard
(6) Mountain
(e) Valley
(6) Khonds
(e) Abors
(6) Lyric
(e) Epic
(6) Platform
(e) Bus stand
(6) Fraud
(e) Morbid
(6) Swan
(e) Koel
ib) Criminal
ie) Pirate
ib) Deer
(c) Investor
i
(c) Sword
(e) Sitar
ic) Needle
(Bank P.O. 1908)
(c) Peat
(c) Asphalt
(c) Exosphere
ic) Oats
(c) Chimpanzee
(C.A.T. 1997)
(c) Partner
ic) Gobi
(c) Amazon
ic) Yak
(c) Hillock
(Bank P.O. 1996)
ic) Bhotias
(c) Sonnet
(c) Dock
(c) Deceit
(c) Vulture
(c) Gangster
(M.BA 1995)
(c) Donkey
(e) Goat
Copyrighted materia
Reasoning
51. (a) Sepals
(d) Stamens
52. (a) Mandible
(d) Ulna
53. (a) Sucrose
(d) Pepsin
54. (a) Carrot
(d) Pears
55. (a) Thermometer
(d) Seismograph
56. (a) Cranium
(d) Rib cage
57. (a) Sheep
(d) Shrew
58. (a) Cigar
(d) Pipe
59. (a) Island
(d) Oasis
60. (a) Nail
(d) Fir
61. (a) Hepatitis
(d) Conjunctivitis
62. (a) Thiamine
(d) Riboflavin
68. (a) Almond
(d) Cuminseed
64. (a) Magazine
(d) Journal
65. (a) Stereo
(d) Radio
66. (a) Bake
(d) Boil
67. (a) Nanak
(d) Gandhi
68. (a) Cliff
(d) Gorge
69. (a) Fox
(d) Kangaroo
70. (a) Oyster
(d) Mussel
71. (a) Reader
(d) Publisher
(6) Bud
(e) Pistil
(6) Rib
(e) Pinna
(6) Ptyalin
(e) Lipase
(6) Guava
(e) Brinjal
(6) Hygrometer
(e) Sphygmomanometer
(6) Tendron
(e) Pericardium
(6) Gazel
(e) Tapir
(b) Cigarette
(e) Hookah
(6) Coast
ie) Peninsula
(b) Feather
(e) Tail
(6) Tetanus
(e) Measles
(b) Niacin
(e) Ascorbic acid
(6) Turmeric
(e) Chillies
(6) Novel
(e) Newspaper
(6) Transistor
(e) Loudspeaker
(b) Peel
(e) Roast
(6) Christ
(e) Mahavira
(6) Canyon
(e) Ravine
(6) Yak
(e) Sheep
(6) Whelk
(e) Clam
/(b) Writer
„'
(e) Reporter
(c) Filament
(c) Sternum
(c) Amylase
(c) Tomato
(Bank P.O. 1997)
(c) Anemometer
(c) Diaphragm
(c) Ibex
(c) Tobacco
(c) Harbour
(R.B.I. 1996)
(c) Trunk
(c) Cancer
(c) Trypsin
(c) Pepper
(c) Periodical
(c) Television
(c) Fry
(CJLT. 1997)
(c) Buddha
(c) Gulch
(c) Bear
(c) Scallop
(c) Printer
(Bank P.O. 1991)
Copyrighted material
Classification
72. (a)
(d)
73. (a)
(d)
74. (a)
(d)
75. (a)
(d)
Mew
Grunt
Trigger
Barrel
Spade
Rake
Tiger
Leopard
105
(6) Howl
(e) Shout
(6) Muzzle
(e) Bullet
(c) Bark
(6)
(e)
(6)
(e)
(c) Shovel
Spanner
Pick-axe
Lion
Panther
(c) Pallete
(c) Fox
ANSWERS
1. ( c ) : All except New York are capital cities.
2. ( o ) : All except Potassium are metals used in semiconductor devices.
3. ( d ) : All except Whale lay eggs.
4. (a):
All except Feathers arc organs for movement in different organisms.
5. (d):
All except Vapour are different forms of precipitation.
6. ( b y : All except Chocolate are baked items.
7 . ( d ) : All except Defence are forms of attack.
8. ( e ) : All except Spider are insects having four legs.
9. ( d ) : All except Showel are tools used for cutting or chopping.
10. ( a ) ' : All except Love are gestures of endearment.
11. ( c ) : All except Simmer are connected with light, while simmer is a way of cooking.
12. ( 6 ) : All except February are months with 31 days, while February has 28 or 29 days.
13. ( c ) : All except Cashew are fruits.
14. ( c ) : All except Brother arc relations based on parents, brothers and sisters.
-
15. ( « ) : All except Goitre are diseases caused due to deficiency of vitamins, while goitre is
caused due to deficiency of iodine.
16. ( 6 ) : All except Bromine are metals, while bromine is a non-metal
17. la): All other are things used by a painter.
18. ( d ) :
All except Luck now are Union Territories.
19. Ce): All cxcept Potato can be eaten raw.
20. ( c ) : All except Iodine are gases, while iodine is a liquid.
21. ie):
All except Paper weight are items of furniture.
22. ( c ) : All except Columbus were astronomers, while Columbus was an explorer.
23. ( d ) : All except Siachen are lakes, while Siachen is a glacier.
24. ( c ) : All except Ellora are famous for temples, while Ellora is famous for caves.
25. ( c ) : All except Tolstoy are poets, while Tolstoy is a story writer.
26. ( a ) : A l l except Listen are physical activities.
27. ( c ) : All except Jaipur are hill stations.
28. ( a ) : All except Nerves are parts of the heart.
29. <d) : All except Ayurveda are names of holy scriptures, the four vedas. Ayurveda is a
branch of medicine.
30. ( 6 ) :
All except Director spend money.
31. ( c ) : All except Sword strike the target at a distance.
32. ( a ) :
All except Flute are string instruments.
33. ( 6 ) :
All except Hammer have a pointed end.
Copyrighted mate ial
1
Reasoning
106
34. ( o ) :
35. (6):
36. ( a ) :
37. (c):
38. (e):
All except Granite are different types of coal, while granite is a rock.
All except Methane fire products obtained from petroleum.
All except Thermosphere are layers of atmosphere.
All except Oats are weeds.
All except Jaguar are different species of monkeys or apes, while jaguar belongs to
cat family.
39. ( a ) : All except Rival are related with some sort of companionship.
40. (d) : All except Sunderban are deserts, while Sunderban is a forest land.
41. (c): All except Amazon are Asian rivers.
42. (e): All except Leopard are found in polar regions.
43. (e): All except Valley are elevated features.
44. (d): All except Dogri are tribal groups, while Dogri is a language.
45. ie): All except Epic arc different forms of poems.
46. ( d ) : All except Park are halting places of various transport means.
47. (e): All except Morbid are synonyms of 'deceit'.
48. (6): Swan is the only water bird in the group.
49. id): All except Paragon are evil-doers.
50. (c): All except Donkey have horns.
51. (6) : All except Bud are parts of a flower.
52. (e): All except Pinna are bones, while pinna is the external part of an ear.
53. ( a ) : All except Sucrose are enzymes, while sucrose is a type of sugar.
54. (e): All except Brinjal can be eaten raw.
55. (e): All except Sphygmomanometer are geographical instruments, while sphygmomanometer is a clinical instrument to measure blood pressure.
56. (6): All except Tendron are bony, protective sheaths over some body organs.
57. (6): All except Gazel are animals found in the mountains.
58. (c): All except Tobacco are means of smoking.
59. (d): All except Oasis are features related to sea, while Oasis is related to desert.
60. [d): All except Fir are parts of birds ojr animals, while fir is a tree.
61. (£>): All except Tetanus are diseases caused by virus, while tetanus is caused by bacteria.
62. (c): All except Trypsin are chemical names of vitamins, while trypsin is an enzyme.
63. ( a ) : All except Almond are spices, while almond is a dry fruit.
64. (e): This is the only source of daily news to the people.
65. (c): Television is the only audio-visual appliance; the rest produce only sound.
66. (6): All except Peel are different forms of cooking.
67. (cf): All except Gandhi are founders of religions.
68. ( a ) : All exoept Cliff are geographical features associated with river, while cliff is associated
with sea.
69. (d): All except Kangaroo have thick hair or fur on their skin.
70. (c): All except Scallop live in shells.
71. ( a ) : All except Reader are persons involved in the preparation of a journal, newspaper
or magazine.
72. (e): All except Shout are sounds produced by animals.
73. (c): All except Pallet are parts of a gun.
74.(6): All except Spanner are tools used by a gardener, while a spanner is used by,a
carpenter.
75. (c): All except Fox belong to the cat family.
i
f
Copyrighted material
m
Classification
107
EXERCISE 2C
Directions : In each of the following questions, five words have been given,
out of which four are alike in some manner and the fifth one is different.
Choose out the odd one.
ib) Abul Fazal
(c) Tansen
I . ia) Birbal
(e) Todar Mai
id) Fail Ahmed
2. (a) Jumping
ib) Running
(c) Sprinting
( d ) Jogging
ie) Exercising
(B.S.R.B. 1998)
3. (a) Madagascar
(rf) Greenland
4. (a) Collection
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12;
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
id)
ia)
id)
(a)
(d)
(a)
(d)
(a)
(d)
(a)
(d)
ia)
Assemblage
Capsicum
Strawberry
Odour
Fragrance
Autocracy
Diplomacy
Arhar
Gram
Rhinoceros
Ass
Stick
id) Pin
(a) Month
id) Season
(a) Taxi
id) Rickshaw
(a) Mother
id) Father
(a) Volga
id) Congo
(a) Baghdad
id) Pakistan
ia) Courteous
(</) Polite
ia) Coat
id) Trousers
18. (a) Calendar
(d) Month
19. ia) Kanpur
id) Mathura
ib) Thailand
ie) Tasmania
ib) Compilation
ie) Assortment
(6) Pineapple
ie) Plum
(6) Smell
(e) Incense
(6) Bureaucracy
ie) Theocracy
(6) Urad
(e) Jowar
ib) Lion
ie) Cow
ib) Needle
(e) Nail
ib) Year
ie) Week
ib) Phaeton
ie) Tonga
ib) Friend
(e) Brother
(6) Nile
ie) Niagara
ib) Beijing
(e)
ib)
ie)
ib)
(e)
Rangoon
Humble
Honest
Shirt
Sweater
ib) Year
ie) Day
ib) Allahabad
(c) Cuba
ic) Cluster
(c) Cherry
ic) Foul
(Bank P.O. 1991)
ic) Democracy
ic) Moong
ic) Deer
(c) Thorn
(S3.I.P.O. 1996)
ic) Fortnight
(c) Cart
ic) Sister
(M.BJL 1994)
ic) Amazon
(c) Delhi
(c) Civil
(c) Blouse
(c) Date
(B.S.R.B. 1998)
(c) Varanasi
ie) Haridwar
Copyrighted material
Reasoning
108
20. (a) Mahavir
(d) Jesus
21. ( a ) Tulsidas
(d) Shakespeare
22. (a)
(d)
23. (a)
id)
24. (a)
(d)
25. (a)
(<i)
Record
Codes
Fish
Octopus
Giyarat
West Bengal
Actor
Dancer
26. (a)
(d)
27. (a)
(d)
28. (a)
Engineer
Mason
Asia
Australia
Coriander
(6) Buddha
(e) Gandhi
(6) Sheridan
(e) Bernard Shaw
(b) Shorthand
(e) Semaphore
(c) Marx
(c) Kalidas
(c) Morse
(b)
(e)
(6)
(e)
(b)
(e)
Scorpion
Crocodile
Maharashtra
Kerala
Artist
Poet
(c) Crab
Architect
Blacksmith
Argentina
Antarctica
Jasmine
Rose
Diving
Fishing
(c) Mechanic
(d) Lily
29. (a) Swimming
(d) Sailing
(6)
(e)
(6)
(e)
(6)
(e)
(6)
(e)
30. (a) Cotton
Id) Nylon
(6) Jute
(e) Wool
(c) Silk
(R.B.I. 1997)
31. (a)
(d)
32. ( a )
(d)
33. (a)
(cf)
Mountain
Coast
Carrot
Beetroot
Kathakali
Bhangra
(b) Valley
(e) Ridge
(c) Glacier
(6) Potato
(e) Cabbage
(c) Ginger
(Bank P.O. 1995)
(c) Garba
34. (a)
(d)
35. ( a )
(d)
Moth
Aphid
Sparrow
Vulture
36. (a) Anger
(d) Kindness
(b)
(e)
(6)
(e)
Disco
Kathak
Bee
Cockroach
( b ) Eagle
(e) Owl
(6) Grief
37. (a) Vikramaditya
(e) Joy
(6) Chandragupta
(d) Chanakya
(e) Samudragupta
38. ( a ) Buffalo
(6) Llama
(d) Goat
(e) Camel
39. ( a ) Crow
(6) Pigeon
(d) Butterfly
40. (a) Under
(d) Above
(c) Uttar Pradesh
(c) Musician
( M . B A 1996)
(c) Africa
(c) Lotus
(c) Driving
(c) Lizard
(c) Hawk
(c) Humorous
(B.S.R.B. 1997)
(c) Harshavardhana
(c) Cow
(c) Parrot
(e) Peacock
(6) Near
(e) Where
(c) Beside
(Bank P.O. 1991)
i - Copyrighted material
Classification
41. (a) Spectacles
id) Microphone
42. (a) Sweep
id) Wash
43. (a) Snore
id) Doze
44. (a) Taste
id) Gulp
46. (a) Jordan
id) Norway
46. (a) Cot
id) Pillow
47. (a) Antelope
id) Unicorn
48. ia) Crane
id) Curlew
49. (a) Morarji Desai
id) Lai Bahadur
50. ia) Mariana
id) Gersoppa
51. ia) Flood
(d) Earthquake
52. ia) King
(d) Minister
53. (a) Tall
id) Sharp
54. (a) Coarse
id) Oafish
55. (a) Ram
id) Cat
56. (a) Gloomy
id) Tense
57. (a) Sensitive
id) Reasonable
58. ia) Verse
(d) Rhetoric
59. ia) Aravalli hills
(d) Satpura hills
60. (a) Giraffe
id) Rhinoceros
61. ia) Elephant
(d) Hawk
109
ib) Goggles
ie) Telescope
ib) Wipe
<e) Stain
(6) Slumber
ie) Dream
ib) Chew
ie) Lick
(6) Bhutan
ie) Spain
ib) Sheet
(e) Blanket
(6) Kangaroo
(e) Rhinoceros
ib) Flamingo
(e) Duck
(6) Jawaharlal Nehru
ie) S. Radhakrishnan
(6) Nigar
(e) Victoria
ib) Hurricane
ie) Explosion
(6) Queen
ie) Knight
(6) Huge
(e) Small
ib) Unrefined
(e) Blunt
(6) Scorpion
(e) Lion
(6) Calm
ie) Distress
(6) Sentimental
ie) Sensational
ib) Rhyme
ie) Stanza
ib) Shivalik hills
(e) Nilgiri hills
ib) Hyena
(e) Zebra
ib) Man
ie) Whale
\
(c) Binoculars
(c) Scrub
(c) Yawn
(c) Swallow
(c) Turkey
(c) Quilt
(C.A.T. 1998)
(c) Hippopotamus
(c) Cuckoo
(c) Charan Singh
(c) Angel
(c) Avalanche
(c) Bishop
<83.1 J»0. 1997)
(c) Thin
(c) Vulgar
(c) Fish
(c) Dull
(Bank P.O. 1996)
(c) Passionate
<c) Couplet
(c) Mole hills
(MJB.A. 1994)
(c) Deer
(c) Seal
Copyrighted material tfeji
Reasoning
110 1
62. (a) Mumbai
id) Mysore
63. ia) Tricycle
id) Tricolour
64. (a) Japan
id) New Zealand
65. (a) Lymphocytes
id) Haemoglobin
66. ia) Manipur
(rf) Haryana
67. (a) Ranthambor
<d) Ghana
68. ia) Hindi
id) Oriya
69. ia) Bully
id) Dribble
70. ia) Mongolia
id) Afghanistan
(6) Cochin
(e) Vishakhapatnam
(6) Trident
ie) Trilogy
ib) India
ie) Malagasy
(6) Plasma
(e) Pepsinogen
(6) Sikkim
(e) Lakshadweep
ib) Sunderban
(e) Corundum
ib) Sindhi
ie) Giyarati
(6) Bunker
(e) Scoop
(6) China
(e) Bangladesh
(c) Kandla
(c) Trifle
(c) Sri Lanka
(c) Fibrinogen
(c) Maharashtra
(c) Kaziranga
(c) Urdu
(c) Corner
(c) Burma
ANSWERS
1. id):
2. (e):
3. (6):
4. (c):
5. (a):
6. (<•):
7. id) :
All except Fau Ahmed were among the nine gems in Akbar's court.
All other* are different forms of exercising
All except Thailand are islands.
All except Cluster denote collection of selected items
All except Capsicum are fruits.
All except Foul are synonyms.
All except Diplomacy are forms of administration.
8. ie): All except Jowar are pulses, while jowar ia a millet.
9. id): All cxcept Ass is a boast of burden.
10. (a): All except Stick prick.
11. (d): All except Season are precise measurements for days.
12. ia): All except Taxi are pulled by living beings.
13. ib): All except Friend denote blood relations.
14. ie): All except Niagara are rivers, while Niagara is a waterfall.
15. (d>: All except Pakistan are cities, while Pakistan is a country.
16. ic): All cxcept Civil are related to human nature.
17. id) : All except Trousers are garments which cover the upper part of the body.
18. (a) : All others are parts of a calendar.
19. (rf) : All except Mathura are cities situated on the banks of Ganga river.
20. <c) : All except Marx believed in non-violence.
21. (a): All except Tulsidas are dramatists.
22. In) : All except Record are the brief notations in a language, while record is a detailed
account.
23. (b) : All exccpl Scorpion need water to live in.
24. (c) : All except Uttar Pradesh have sea-coast
25. ie): All except Poet perform on stage.
Copyrighted material
Classification
111
26. (c): All except Mechanic help in building a house.
27. ib) : All except Argentina are continents, while Argentina is a country.
28. (a) : All except Coriander are (lowers.
29. (c) : All except Driving are activities performed in water.
30. (d) : All except Nylon are natural fibres, while nylon ia a synthetic fibre.
31. <c) : This is the only geographical feature that has a movement.
32. <e): All except
33. (6) : All except
34. (c) : All except
35. (o): All except
36. (c): All except
37. <d>: All except
38. (6): All except
39. <</): All except
40. ie): All others
41. (d): All except
42. (e): All except
43. (c): All except
44. (a): All except
45. Cc>: All except
46. (a): All except
47. id): All except
48. (c): All except
except S. RadhakrisJinan were the Prime Ministers of India.
49. ie): All
All exccpt
60. (a): All except
51. (e>: All except
52. id): All except
53. id): All except
54. (?): All except
55. (a): All except
56. («): All except
57. <*): All except
58. <d): All except
59. (c): All others
60. (6): Hyena is the only flesh-eating animal in the group.
61. (<f) : All except Hawk are mammals.
62. id): All except Mysore are harbours.
63. ic): In all except Trifle, tri* indicates 'three'.
64. (6): All except India are islands, while India is a peninsula.
65. ie): All except Pepsinogen are constituents of blood, while pepsinogen is an enzyme.
66. ie): All except Lakshadurep are states of India, while Lakshadweep is a Union Territory.
67. ie): All excopt Corundum are animal sanctuaries, while corundum is a form of
aluminium.
68. ic): All except Urdu are Indo-Aryan languages.
69. (6): All except Bunker are terms associated with hockey, while bunker is associated with
polo.
70. (at: All except Mongolia are neighbouring countries of India
Copyrighted material tfeji
Reasoning
112
EXERCISE 2D
D i r e c t i o n * : In each of the following questions, four words have been
given, out of which three are alike in some manner and the fourth one is
different. Choose out the odd one.
(c) Jowar
(d) Mustard
(6) Paddy
1. ( a ) Wheat
(P.C.S. 1996)
(ft) Mango
(c) Potato
id) Orange
2. (a) Apple
(Stenographers' Exam. 1994)
id) Stool
(ft) Bench
(c) Table
3. ( a ) Chair
id) Jupiter
4. ia) Titan
(ft) Mercury
(c) Earth
(I. Tax & Central Excise. 1995}
id) Crawl
(6) Run
(c) Ride
5. ia) Walk
(S.C.RJV. 1996)
(ft) Boil
(c) Freeze
id) Simmer
6. ia) Bake
id) Lizard
(ft) Whale
(c) Crocodile
7. (a) Snake
(Assistant Grade, 1998)
id) Kilogram
(c) Quintal
8. ia) Gallon
(ft) Ton
9. (a) Blade
id) Needle
id) Penguin
Eagle
(M.BA. 1997)
Triangle
id) Cube
(Transmission Executives' 1994)
Nathula
id) Shipkila
Dancing
(d) Playing
id) Lecturer
Student
(8.8.C. 1994)
Attachment
(rf) Friendship
(C.B.I. 1994)
Iodine
id) Insulin
Strerfm
id) Canal
(</) Love
Sober
(S.C.&A. 1996)
Pocket money
(d) Salary
(8.8.C. 1995)
Nataraj
id) Diana
Garage
id) Villa
Cheetah
id) Leopard
(M.B.A. 1998)
Observation
id) Experiment
(Hotel Management, 1993)
Sledge
id) Cart
Unicorn
id) Dinosaur
(C.B.I. 1996)
(c) Scissors
10. ia) Kiwi
(ft) Axe
(ft) Ostrich
11. ( a ) Square
(ft) Rectangle
(c)
12. ( a ) Bomdila
13. (a) Breathing
14. (a) Teacher
(ft) Lhasa
(ft) Swimming
(ft) Principal
(c)
(c)
15. ( a ) Intimacy
(ft) Enmity
(c)
16. ( a ) Thyroxine
17. (a) Brook
18. ( a ) Fear
(ft) Adrenalin
(ft) Bridge
(ft) Anger
(c)
(c)
(c)
19. (a) Wages
(ft) Honorarium
(c)
20. (a) Olympus
(c)
21. ( a ) Mansion
22. ( a ) Tiger
(ft) Apollo
(ft) Apartment
(ft) Cow
23. ( a ) Hypothesis
(ft) Assumption
ic)
24. ( a ) Raft
26. (a) Mermaid
(ft) Chariot
(ft) Sphinx
(c)
(c)
(c)
(c)
(c)
(c)
Copyrighted material
%
Classification
113
(d) Yellow
(8.8.C. 1996)
(6) River
(c) Winds
(</) Current
27. (a) Lake
(6)
Bronchiole
(c) Auricle
(d) Alveoli
28. (a) Pharynx
(6)
Beauty
(c)
Character
(d) Cuteness
29. (a) lx>oka
(C.B.I. 1994)
(6) Pleased
(c) Astounded
(</) Flabbergasted
30. (a) Astonished
(Assistant Grade. 1996)
(6) Bhopal
(c) Pune
id) Shillong
31. (a) Pantyi
(c) Bridge
(d) Escalator
(b) Staircase
32. (a) Ladder
(6)
Roundworm
(c)
Amoeba
<d) Frog
33. (a) Cockroach
(Railways, 1994)
(</) Silver
(6) Mercury
(c) Copper
34. (a) Bromine
a
Tax
&
Central
Excise, 1995)
• 1«
(6) Trombay
(c) Neyveli
(d) Mettur
35. (a) Barauni
(c) Javelin
(d) Hockey
(6) Spear
36. ia) Discus
(6) Lord Linlithgow
37. (a) Lord Tennyson
(M.BJL 1997)
(d) Lord Mountbatten
(c) Lord Dalhousie
(c) Hawk
id) Parrot
(6) Eagle
38. ia) Owl
(Railways, 1996)
UO Palaeontology
(c) Epigraphy
39. (a ) Archaeology
(6) Ecology
(c) Crease
(d) Stump
40. (a) Deuce
(6) Pitch
(d) Loongis
(6) Trousers
(c) Skirts
41. ia) Petticoats
(Hotel Management, 1991)
(d) Ink
(6) Calculator
(c) Pencil
42. ia) Pen
(P.C.8. 1996)
(d) Moraines
(6) Lagoons
43. (a) Beaches
(c) Bars
44. ia) Ballot
(6) Manifesto
(c) Election
(d) Vote
45. ia) Ruby
(b) Sapphire
(c) Granite
(d) Topaz
( I T ax & Central Excise, 1996)
(d) Shrub
46. ia) Herb
(b) Flower
(c) Tree
(Assistant Grade, 1997)
47. ia) Niger
(b) Suez
(c) Mississippi
(d) Colorado
48. (a) Crimson
(6) Scarlet
id) Red
(c) Vermillion
48. ia) Circle
(6) Ellipse
(c) Sphere
(d) Cube
(Assistant
Grade, 1992)
/
50. (a) Cheras
(d) Cholas
(6) Chandelas
(c) Pallavas
(M.B JL 1997)
26. (a) Green
(6) Violet
(c) Red
ANSWERS
1. (<f): All except Mustard are food grains, while muntard is an oilseed.
2. (c): All except Potato are fruit*, while potato is a vegetable.
3. ic): All except Table are used for sitting.
<
4. (a): All except Titan are planets of the aolar system.
Copyrighted material tfeji
Reasoning
114
5. (c):
6. (c):
7. (6):
8. ( a ) :
All except Ride denote movement by limbs.
All except Freeze need heating.
All cxccpt Whale are reptiles, while whale is a mammal.
All exccpt Gallon is a unit of measuring the weight of liquids.
9 A d ) : All except Needle are used for cutting.
10. (c): All except Eagle are flightless birds.
11. (d): Cube is the only three-dimensional figure in the group.
12. (6): All except Lhasa are mountain passes.
13. (a): All except Breathing are voluntary activities.
14. (c): All except Student constitute the staff of an educational institution.
15. (6) : All cxcept Enmity are synonyms.
16. (c): All except Iodine are hormones.
17. (6): All except Bridge contain water.
18. (c): All except Sober are emotions.
19. (e): All others are paid in return for doing some work.
20. (d) : All except Diana are names of statues.
21. (c): All except Garage are dwelling places.
22. (6): All except Cow belong to the cat family.
23. ( d ) : All others are parts of experiment.
24. ( a ) : All except Raft are drawn by animals.
25. (d)All except Dinosaur are imaginary creatures.
26. (b): All except Violet are traffic signal colours.
27. ( o ) : All except Lake show movement.
28. (c): All except Auricle are parts of lungs, while auricle is a part of the heart.
29. (c): All except Character are external qualities.
30. (6): All others are synonyms.
31. (c): All except Pune are capitals of states of India.
32. (c); All except Bridge are used for up and down movement.
33. (c): All except Amoeba are multicellular organisms, while amoeba is unicellular.
34. ( a ) : All except Bromine are metals, while bromine ia a non-metal.
35. ( d ) : All exccpt Mettur are famous for thermal power stations.
36. ( b ) : All except Spear are items of sport, while spear is a weapon.
37. ( a ) : All except Lord Tennyson were either the Viceroy or Governor-General of India.
38. (d) ^ All except Parrot are birds of prey.
39. (6) ^ All except Ecology provide evidences of history.
40. ( a ) : All except Deuce are terms associated with cricket.
41. (a) : Petticoats is the only under-garment in the group.
42. (6): All exccpt Calculator come under the category of writing material.
43. ( d ) : All cxccpt Moraines are structures formed by the sea, while moraines are formed by
glaciers.
44. (c): All others arc terms associated with Elections.
45. (c): All except Granite are precious stones.
46. (6): All except Flower are types of plants.
47. (6): All cxcept Suez are rivers, while Suez is a canal.
>
48. ( d ) : All the rest arc shades of red.
j
49. (d) : All except Cube are circular figures.
50. (6): All except Chandelas were associated with ancient kingdoms in southern India, wbile
Chandclas formed a kingdom in north India.
<
•
Copyrighted material
Classification
115
EXERCISE 2E
Directions : In each of the following question*, four words have been
given, out of which three are alike in some manner and the fourth one is
different. Choose out the odd one.
(c) Watermelon
(d) Guava
(6) Mango
1. (a) Apple
(C.B.L 1994)
(6) Telescope
(c) Periscope
<d) Stethoscope
2. (a) Microscope
(8.C.ILA. 1994)
(b) Counsel
(d) Direct
(c) Suggest
3. (a) Advise
(6) Rack
(c) Safe
(d) Cupboard
4. (a) Almirah
(d) Kitten
(6) Cub
(c) Doe
6. (aLlnfant
(Assistant Grade, 1993)
(c) Stream
(d) River
6. (a) Lake
(6) Brook
(c) Guilder
(d) Drachma
7. (a) Rial
(6) Knesset
(6) Mahabharata (c) Upnishad
(d) Panchatantra
8. (a) Ramayana
(d) Depend
Admit
(c)
Confess
9. (a) Resume
(6)
(I. Tax & Central Excise, 1993)
(d) Admiral
10. (a) Commander
(6) Commodore (c) Brigadier
(M.B.A. 1997)
(c) Cyclone
(d) Monsoon
11. (a) Tempest
(6) Hurricane
(c) Cow
(d) Mule
12. (a) Donkey
(6) Camel
(d) Hawker
(c) Customer
13. (a) Broker
(6) Salesman
(Railways, 1998)
14. (a) Graphite
(6) Pearl
(c) Diamond
(d) Coal
(S.8.C. 1996)
(c) Pelican
(d) Penguin
15. (a) Albatross
(6) Ostrich
16. (a) Faun
(c) Minerva
(d) Sphinx
(6) Mermaid
17. (a) Piano
(b) Typewriter
(c) Computer
(d) Calculator
(8.C.R.A. 1996)
18. (a) Othello
(b) King Lear
(c) Oliver Twist
id) Macbeth
(Hotel Management, 1991)
19. (a) Mackenzie
(b) Yenisei
(c) Michigan
(d) Danube
20. (a) Viscometer
(b) Anemometer (c) Spectroscope
(d) Pyknometer
View
21. (a) Pageant
ib)
(c) Display
(d) Spectacle
(Hotel Management, 1992)
22. (a) Mahanadi
(6) Cauvery
(c) Narmada
(d) Krishna
(8.8.C. 1994)
23. (a) Tellurium
ib) Francium
(c) Strontium
(d) Scandium
24. (a) Beaver
(6) Alpaca
(c) Walrus
(d) Koala
25. (a) Mendicant
(6) Ascetic
(c) Pious
(d) Hermit
i
(Hotel Management, 1993)
26. (a) Mercury
(6) Acetone
(c) Petrol
(d) Kerosene
(S.C.RA 1994)
Copyrighted mater
)
V
Reasoning
116
27.
28.
29.
30.
31.
32.
33.
34.
35.
36.
37.
38.
39.
40.
41.
42.
43.
44.
45.
46.
47.
48.
49.
50.
ic)
(c)
(c)
ic)
Lamprey
TSangpo
Disperse
Illusion
ib)
ib)
(6)
(6)
Salmon
llazaribagh
Aggregate
Delusion
Rhea
Kanha
Congregate
Identification
id)
(d)
id)
(d)
Trout
Bandipur
Accumulate
Hallucination
(Railways, 1996)
id) Fog
ic) Smoke
ib) Mist
(a) Rain
(Assistant Grade, 1993)
id) Rice
ic) Tobacco
(6) Coffee
ia) Sugarcane
(d) Dysentry
ic) Typhoid
ib) Influenza
(a) Leprosy
id) Vyayawada
ic) Bhubaneshwar
ib) Bangalore
ia) Tri van drum
(S.S.C. 1994)
id)
Retrieve
(6) Admonish
ic) Rebuke
ia) Censure
(Hotel Management, 1993)
id) Throat
ib) Nose
(c) Tongue
ia) Ear
id) Rhinoceros
ic) Camel
(6) Stag
ia) Buffalo
id) Wrist
ic) Knee
ib) Palm
ia) Fingers
(8.8.C. 1993)
id) Elevation
ia) Correction*
ib) Improvement ic) Betterment
(R.R.B. 1998)
id) Incisors
(c) Enamel
ia) Molar
(6) Canine
(6) Rakesh Sharma
ia) Yuri Gagarin
id) Edmund Hillary
ic) Neil Armstrong
ic) Nelson
id) Montgomery
ia) Nimitz
(6) Yamamoto
(M.BJl 1997)
ib) General Zia
ia) V V. Giri
id) Lai Bahadur Shastri
(c) General Ershad
(Hotel Management, 1991)
ib)
Shivalik
ic)
Kandla
(d) Himachal
ia) IJimadri
(6) Lichens
ic) Ferns
id) Cacti
(a) Mosses
ib)
Transparent
ic)
Turbid
id) Cloudy
ia) Foggy
(6) Fairness
(c) Partiality
(d) Justice
(a) Equity
(Hotel Management, 1993)
id) Paper
ib) Cork
(a) Wood
ic) Stone
(Assistant Grade, 1994)
(a) Henri Becquerel (6) Roentgen
ic) Madam Curie
id) Einstein
ia) Tonne
ib) Pint
ic) Gallon
id) Litre
(a)
ia)
(a)
ia)
ANSWERS
1. ic):
2. (d) :
3. id):
4. (6):
5. (c):
6. (a):
7. (6):
All
All
All
All
All
All
All
except Watermelon grow on trees.
except Stethoscope are optical instruments.
except Direct are synonyms
except Rack can be closed.
cxcept Doe are young ones of animals.
except Lake contain moving water.
except Knesset are names of currencies.
Copyrighted material
Classification
117
8. ( d ) : All except Panchatantra are i^ligious books
9. id): All except Depend are synonyms.
10. (c): All except Brigadier are ranks in navy, while Brigadier is a rank in army.
11. (d) : All except Monsoon are violent winds.
12. ic): All except Cow are beasts of burden.
13. (c) : All others earn from the customer.
14. (ft): All except Pearl are different forms of carbon.
16. (6): All except Ostrich are water birds.
16. Ic): All except Minerva are half-human creatures, while Minerva is a goddess.
17. ( a ) : Piano is the only musical instrument in the group.
18. (c): All except Oliver Twist are works of Shakespeare, while Oliver Twist is a work of
Charles Dickens.
19k (c): All except Michigan are rivers, while Michigan is a lake.
20. (6): All except Anemometer are instruments used in Physics.
21. ib): All except View are synonyms.
22. (c): All except Narmada are rivers which flow into Bay of Bengal, while Narmada flows
into the Arabian Sea.
" .
23. (a): All except Tellurium are metals, while tellurium is a non-metal.
24. (c): All except Walrus are fur-bearing animals.
25. (c): All others are synonyms.
26. ( a ) : Mercury is the only metal in the group.
27. (c): All except Rhea are kinds of fishes.
28. ( a ) : All except Tsangpo are national parks.
29. (a) :'All except Disperse are synonyms of "Collect'.
30. ic): All except Identification are synonyms.
31. (c): All except Smoke ore forms of precipitation.
32. (rf): All except Rice are cash crops, while rice is a food crop.
33. (6): All except Influenza are caused by bacteria, while influenza is caused by virus.
34. id): All except Vijayawada are capitals of states of India.
35. (rf): All others are synonyms.
36. (d): All except Throat are sense organs.
37. (c): All except Camel have horns.
38. (c): All except Knee are parts of hand.
39. id): All others are synonyms.
40. ic): All except Enamel are types of teeth.
41. id): All except Edmund Hillary are astronauts, while Edmund Hillary is a mountaineer.
42. id): All except Montgomery were Admirals. Nimitz was U.S. Admiral, Yamamoto was
Japanese Admiral and Nelson was British Admiral, while Montgomery was British
Field Marshal.
43. (d): All except Lai Bahadur Shastri were Presidents of some country, while Lai Bahudur
Shastri was the Prime Minister of India
44. (c): All except Kandla are ranges of Himalayas, while Kandla is a sea port.
45. (d): All except Cacti grow in polar regions.
46. (6): All other arc synonyms.
.
47. ic): All others are synonyms.
48. (c): All except Stone are obtained directly or indirectly from trees.
49. id): All except Einstein are scientists related to radioactivity.
50. ia): All except Tonne are units to measure v >U,m# of liquids."
Copyrighted material
t
i
I
I
Reasoning
118
TYPE 2: CHOOSING THE ODD PAIR OF WORDS
In this type of questions, certain pairs of words are given out of which the words
in all the pairs except one, bear a certain common relationship. The candidate is
required to decipher this relationship and choose the pair in which the words are
differently related, as the answer.
ILLUSTRATIVE EXAMPLES
Directions : Choose the odd pair of words.
Ex. 1. (a) Blacksmith : Anvil
(6) Carpenter : Saw
(c) Barber : Scissor
(d) Goldsmith : Ornaments
(e) Sculptor : Chisel
Sol. Clearly, the answer is (d). In all other pairs, second is the tool used by the first.
Ex. 2. (a) Painter : Gallery
(6) Actor : Stage
* (c) Mason : Wall
(d) Farmer : Field
(e) Worker : Factory
Sol. Clearly, the answer is (c). In all other pairs, second is the place where the first
works.
Ex. 3. (a) Cow : Calf
(6) Dog : Bitch
(c) Lion : Cub
(cV) Tortoise : Turtle
ie) Insect : Larva
Sol. Clearly, the answer is (fc). In all other pairs, second is the young one of the
first while in (6), second is the female of the first.
Ex. 4. (a) Volume : Litre
(d)JResistance : Ohm
( b ) Time : Seconds
(c) Length : Metre
(e) Pressure : Barometer
Sol. Clearly, the answer is (e). In all other pairs, second is the unit to measure the
first. On the other hand, barometer is an instrument.
Ex. 5. (a) Sprinkle : Pour
(6) Happiness : Merriment
(c) Mist : Fog
(d) Sad : Unhappy
Sol. Clearly, the answer is (rf). In all other pairs, second is of higher intensity than
theiirst while in (rf), first is of higher intensity than the second.
E x . 6 , (a) China : Beijing
(6) Russia : Moscow
(c) Japan : Singapore
Sol.
Clearly. v the
(d) Spain : Madrid
answer is (c). In all other pairs, second is the capital of first.
EXERCISE 2F
Directions (Questions 1 to 10) : In each of the following questions, five
pairs of words are given out of which the words in four pairs bear a certain
common relationship. Choose the pair in which the words are differently
related.
1. (o) Masons; Wall
(6) Cobbler : Shoe
(c) Farmer : Crop
( d ) Chef : Cook
(e) Choreographer : Ballet
2. (a) Bottle : Wine
ib) Cup : Tea
Pitcher : Water
(d) Ball : Bat
(e) Inkpot : Ink
3. (a) Stallion : Colt
(6) Horse : More
(c) Dog : Bitch
(d) Drake : Duck
(e) Drone : Bee
4. (a) Ornithology : Birds
(6) Mycology : Fungi
(c) Biology : Botany
(d) Phycology : Algae
(e) Entomology : Insects
Copyrighted material
<
f
'
t
Classification
5. (a) Daring : Timid
( d ) Youth : Adult
6. (a) Fish : Shoal
Cd) Man : Mob
7. (a) Lion : Roar
(d) Bees : Hum
8. (a) Atom : Electron
(d) Scooter : Gears
9. (a) Farmer : Plough
(d> Jockey : Tack
10. (a) Pascal : Pressure
id) Radian : Degree
119
(6) Beautiful : Pretty
(e) Native : Alien
(6) Cow : Herd
ie) Bee : Swarm
(6) Snake : Hiss
ie) Birds : Chirp
ib) Train : Engine
ie) Curd : Milk
(b) Butcher : Chopper
(e) Lumberjack : Axe
ib) Watt : Power
(e) Joule : Energy
(c) Clear : Vague
(c) Sheep : Flock
(c) Frog : Bleat
(c) House : Room
(c) Author : Book
(c) Ampere : Current
D i r e c t i o n s (Questions 11 to 34) : In each of the following questions, four
pairs of words are given out of which the words in three pairs bear a certain
common relationship. Choose the pair in which the words are differently
related.
11. (a) Stamp : Letter
(c) Ink : Pen
12/ ( a ) Husband : Wife
(c) Dog : Cat
13. (a) Shopkeeper : Customer
(c) Lawyer : Client
14. (a) Mercury : Sun
(c) Star : Galaxy
15. (a) Death : Disease
(c) Grape : Wine
16. (a) Principal : School
(c) Artist : Troupe
17. (a) Crime : Punishment
(c) Enterprise : Success
18. (a) Steel : Utensils
(c) Duralumin : Aircraft
19. (a) Hard : Soft
(c) Sweet : Sour
20. (a) Flurry : Blizzard
(c) Prick : Stab
21. ia)
(c)
22. (a)
(c)
Student : Scholar
Soldier : Warrior
Needle : Prick
Auger : Bj>re
23. (a) Captain : Team
(c) Prime Minister : Cabinet
(b) Ticket : Train
(d) Car : Engine
(Hotel Management, 1993>
(6) Lion : Fox
id) King : Minister
ib) Doctor : Patient
(<d) Clerk : File
(6) Moon : Earth
id) Wheel : Axle
ib) Milk : Butter
id) Water : Oxygen
(L.LCJLA.O. 1995)
(6) Soldier : Barrack
(d) Singer : Chorus
(6) Judgement : Advocacy
id) Exercise : Health
(6) Bronze : Statue
id) Iron : Rails
(6) Long : High
id) Pointed : Blunt
(Assistant Grade, 1997)
(6) Moisten ; Drench
id) Scrub : Polish
ib) Paddy : Rice
id) Politician : Leader
(6) Gun : Fire
id) Chisel : Carve
(6) Boss : Gang
id) Artist : Troupe
Copyrighted material
i
1
i
Reasoning
120
(6) Light : Heavy
(d) Big : Large
(Hotel Management, 1993)
(6) Wood : Furniture
(d) Gold : Ornaments
(6) Holmes : Suspense
(d) Robinson : Adventure
(6) Eye : Blind
(d) Leg : Lame
(6) Rice : Cereals
(d) Legumes : Nodules
(6) Ink : Pen
(d) Lead : Pencil
( M A T . 1997)
(b) Thar : India
(d) Gobi : Mongolia
(6) Gnu : Antelope
(d) Shark : Fish
(6) Torah : Jew
(d) Temple : Hindu
(6) China : Mongolia
(d) Japan : Tokyo
(6) Knife : Dagger
(d) Car : Bus
24. (a) Broad : Wide
(c) Tiny : Small
25. (a) Twigs : Nest
(c) Pitcher : Pottery
26. (a) Donald : Comedy
(c) Premchand : Novel
27. (a) Tongue : Taste
(c) Ear : Deaf
28. (a) Beans : Pulses
(c) Tea : Beverages
29. (a) Petrol : Car
(c) Garbage : Dustbin
30. (a) Sahara : Africa
(c) Kalahari : America
31. (a) Pelican : Reptile
(c) Elk : Deer
32. (a) A vesta : Parsi
Ic) Tripitaka : Buddhist
33. (a) Taiwan : Taipei
(c) Iran : Tehran
34. (a) Pistol : Gun
(c) Engine : Train
ANSWERS
1. (d):
2. id) :
3. (a):
4. (c):
5. (6):
6. (d):
7. (c):
8. ie):
9. ic):
10. id):
11. (d):
12. <d):
13. id):
14. (c>:
15. ia):
16. ia) :
17. (fc):
18. id):
In all other pairs, second is prepared by the first.
In all other pairs, first is used to hold the second.
In all other pairs, second is the female of the first.
In all other pairs, first is the study of second.
In all other pairs, the two words are antonyms of each other.
In all other pairs, second is a collective group of the first.
In all other pairs, second is the noise produced by the first
In all other pairs, second is a part of the first.
In all other pairs, socond is the tool used by the first.
In all other pairs, first is a unit to measure the second.
In all other pairs, first is essentially required to use the second.
In all other pairs, the first is masculine while the second is feminine.
In all other pairs, second is the person for whom the first works to earn money.
In all other pairs, first moves about the second.
In all other pairs, second is a product obtained from the first.
In all other pairs, second is a collective group of the first
In all other pairs, second is the result of the first.
In all other pairs, first is the alloy used to make the second. (Iron is not an alloy.
but a metal).
19. ib): The words in all other pairs are antonyms of each other.
Copyrighted material
i
{
«
.
Classification
20. ia):
21. (6):
22. (a):
23. (rf):
24. ib):
26. (c):
26. (c):
27. (a):
28. id):
29. (c):
30. (c):
31. (a):
32. id):
33. (6):
34. (c):
121
In all other pair®, second is of higher intensity than the first.
In all other pairs, the first, when becomes an expert, is given the name of second.
In all other pairs, second is the action of the first.
In all other pairs, first is the head of the socond.
The words in all other pairs are synonyms.
In all other pairs, first is the material ujed make the second.
In all other pairs, first is a character of the type of movie denoted by the second
In all other pairs, second indicates a state of non-functioning of the first.
In all other pairs, second denotes the class to which the first belongs.
In all other pairs, first is required by the second for its functioning.
In all other pairs, first is the name of a desert which is situated in the country
denoted by the second.
In all other pairs, first is a type of the second.
In all other pairs, first is a religious book of the second.
In all other pairs, second is the capital of the first.
In all other pairs, the two words belong to the same class.
EXERCISE 2G
Directions : In each of the following questions, certain pairs of words
are given out of which the words in alt pairs except onef bear a certain
common relationship. Choose the pair in which the words are differently
related.
1. (a) Flower : Petal
(6) Chair : Leg
(c) Circle : Arc
(d) Cover : Page
(Hotel Management, 1993)
2. ia) Wine : Grapes
(6) Paper : Pulp
(c) Shoes : Leather
Id) Wheat : Crop
3. (a) Jupiter : Planet
ib) Musician : Artist
ic) Merchant : Business
(d) Maize : Cereal
4. ia) Iran : Asia
(6) Canberra : Australia
ic) Norway : Europe
(d) Algeria : Africa
5. ia) Car : Road
(b) Ship : Sea
(d) Aeroplane : Pilot
ic) Rocket : Space
(b) Chemist : Medicine
6. ia) Beautician : Parlour
(d) Engineer : Site
ic) Lawyer : Court
7. ia) Saw : Wood
(b) Pen : Paper
(d) Chalk : Blackboard
ic) Author : Book
(6) Table : Drawer
8. ia) Book : Page
ic) Loom : Cloth
id) Car : Wheel
(L.I.C.A^.O. 1995)
9. ia) Scalpel : Surgeon
(6) Chisel : Soldier
ic) Awl : Cobbler
id) Knife : Chef
10. ia) Tree : Branch
(6) Hand : Finger
ic) Table : Chair
id) Room : Floor
11. ia) Mulder : Proteins
(6) Curie : Radium
ic) Becquerel : Radioactivity
id) Einstein : Television
Copyrighted material tfeji
/
Reasoning
122
12. (a)
(c)
13. (a)
(c)
Sheep : Bleat
Ass : Grunt
Door : Bang
Rain : Patter
14. (a) Chandragupta : Mauryan
(c) Kanishka : Kushan
15. (a) Army : General
(c) Crache : Infant
16. (a) Rice : Corn
(c) Student : Class
17. (a) Ammeter : Current
(c) Odometer : Speed
18. ( a ) Solder : Tin
(c) Bauxite : Aluminium
19. (a) Whale : Mammal
(c) Snake : Reptile
20. (a) Onomatology : Names
(c) Phycology : Algae
21. ( a ) Profit : Loss
(c) Virtue : Vice
22. (a) Deer : Flesh
(c) Crow : Carrion
23. (a) Shirt : Dress
(c) Mango : Fruit
24. ( a j Class : Students
(c) Tree : Forest
25. (a) Newspaper : Editor
(c) Stamps Philatelist
26. (a)
(c)
27. (a)
(c)
Aphid : Paper
Termite : Wood
Cockroach : Antennae
Hydra : Tentacles
28. (a) Malaria : Protozoa
(c) Typhoid : Bacteria
29. (a) Pyroheliometer : Radiation
(c) Planimeter : Area
30. (a) Chaff : Wheat
(c) Grain : Crop
31. (a) Waist : Belt
(c) Wrist : Band
32. (a) Broom : Sweep
(c) Nut : Crack
(6)
(d)
(6)
(d)
(b)
(d)
(6)
Horse : Neigh
Owl : Hoot
Piano : Play
Drum : Beat
Babar : Mughal
Mahavira : Jainism
Team : Captain
(d) Meeting : Chairman
(S.8.C. 1997)
(b) Tomato : Potato
(d) Book : Library
ib) Hygrometer : Pressure
(d) Seismograph : Earthquakes
(b) Haematite : Iron
(d) Malachite : Copper
(b) Salamander : Insect
(d) Frog : Amphibian
(6) Nidology : Nests
<d) Concology : Shells
(6) Wise : Foolish .
(d) Seduce : Attract
(6) Crane : Fish
(d) Mongoose : Snake
(6) Boy : Girl
(d) Table : Furniture
(Hotel Management, 1993)
(6) Sentence : Words
(d) Hour : Minutes
(6) Film : Director
• (d) Book : Author
(6) Moth : Wool
(d) Locust : Plant
(6) Lizard : Flagella
(d) Plasmodium : Cilia
(6) Yeast : Fungi
(d) Polio : Virus
(b) Calorimeter : Heat
(d) Barometer : Humidity
(6) Grit : Pulses
, (d) Dregs : Wine
' (6) Neck : Tie
(d) Shoe : Laces
(6) Spoon : Feed
(d) Soap : Bathe
Copyrighted material
Classification
33. (a)
(c)
34. (a)
(c)
Proteins : Marasmus
Iodine : Goitre
Apple : Jam
Orange : Squash
35. (a) Cat : Paw
(c) Horse : Hoof
36. (a) Cow : Fodder
(£) Poultry : Farm
37. (a) fish : Pisciculture
(c) Bees : Apiculture
38. (a) Oil : Lamp
(c) Oxygen : Life
123
(6)
(d)
(6)
(dj
Sodium : Rickets
Iron : Anaemia
Lemon : Citrus
Tomato : Pury
(6)
(d)
(6)
(d)
(b)
(d)
(6)
Lizard : Pad
Man : Leg
Crow : Carrion
Vulture : Prey
Birds : Horticulture
Silkworm : Sericulture
Water : Tap
(d) Power : Machine
(Hotel Management, 1993)
ANSWERS
1. (d) : In all other pairs, second is a part of the first.
2. (d): In all other pairs, second is the substance which is used to prepare the first.
3. (c): In all other pairs, second denotes the class to which the first belongs.
4. (6) : In all other pairs, second is the continent to which the country denoted by the first
belongs.
5. (d) : lit all other pairs, first is the means of transport on the medium denoted by the second.
6. (6): In all other pairs, second is the place where the first works.
7. (c): In all other pairs, first is the tool which works over the second.
" 8. (c): In all other pairs, second is a part of the first.
9. (6) : In all other pairs, first is a tool used by the second.
10. (c): In all other pairs, second is a part of the first.
%
11. (d) : In all other pairs, first is the name of a scientist who discovered the second.
12. (c): In all other pairs, second is the sound made by the first.
13. (6) : In all other pairs, second ia the noise made by the first.
14. ( d ) : In all other pairs, second is the name of the dynasty founded by the first.
15. (c): In all other pairs, second is the head of the first.
16. (6): In all other pairs, first is a part of the second.
17. (6): In all other pairs, first is an instrument to measure the second.
18. (a) : In all other pairs, first is the name of a metal of which the second is an ore. On the
other hand, Solder is an alloy.
19. ib) : In all other pairs, second is the class of animals to which the first belongs.
20. ( d ) : In all other pairs, first is the study of second.
21. (d) : The words in all other pairs are antonyms of each other.
22. ( a ) : In all other pairs, first feeds on the second
23. (6) : In all other pairs, second denotes the class to which the first belongs.
24. <r>: In all other pairs, second is a unit of the first.
25. (c): In all other pairs, first is prepared by the second.
26. ( a ) : In all other pairs, first is the insect which damages the second.
27. (6): In all other pairs, second is the organ for movement of the first.
28. lb) : In all other pairs, first is the disease caused by the second.
29. (d): In all other pairs, firsts is an instrument to measure the second.
Copyrighted material
Reasoning
124
30. (c):
31. ( d ) :
32. (c):
33. (6):
34. (6):
35. ( d ) :
38. (c):
37. (6):
33. (6):
In
In
In
In
In
In
In
In
In
all
all
all
all
all
all
all
all
all
other pairs,
other pairs,
other pairs,
other pairs,
other pairs,
other pairs,
other pairs,
other pairs,
other pairs,
first is
first is
second
second
second
second
second
second
second
the waste obtained from the second.
the body part over which the second is worn.
is the purpose for which the first is used.
is the disease caused by the deficiency of first.
is the form in which the first is preserved
is the name given to the foot of the first.
is the food over which the first feeds.
is the name given to artificial rearing of the first.
requires the first to function.
TYPE 3 : CHOOSING THE ODD NUMERAL
In this type of questions, certain numbers are given, out of which all except one
are alike in some manner while one is different and this number is to be chosen as
the answer.
ILLUSTRATIVE EXAMPLES
D i r e c t i o n s : Choose the number which is different from others in the group.
I L L ( a ) 12
(6)25
(c) 37
(d) 49
(e)57
(Bank P.O. 19®7)
Sol. 37 is the only prime number. Hence, the answer is (c).
E x - 2 . (a) 8
(6)64
(c) 125
(d) 216
(e) 28
Sol. Each of the numbers except 28, is a perfect cube. Hence, the answer is (e).
E x . 3. (a) 21
<6)36
(c) 49
(d) 56
(e) 91
(Bank P.O. 1995)
Sol. Each of the numbers except 36, is divisible by 7. Hence, the answer is (6).
E x . 4 , (a) 751
(6)734
. ( c ) 981
(d) 853
ie) 532
Sol. In each number except 751, the difference of the third and the first digit is the
middle one. Hence, the answer is (a).
E x . 5 , (a) 381
(6)552
(c) 729
(d) 903
(e) 295
Sol. Each number except 552, is an odd number. Hence, the answer is (6).
E x . 6. ( a ) 83J4
(6) 2709
(c) 1315
(d) 2518
(e) 3249
Sol. In all numbers except 8314, the sum of first three digits is equal to the unit's
digit. Hence, the answer is (a).
E x . 7 , ( a ) 48
(6)12
(c) 36
(d) 24
(e) 59
Sol. In all numbers except 59, the unit's digit is twice the ten's digit.
Hence, the answer is (e).
EXERCISE 2H~
D i r e c t i o n s (Questions 1 to 23) : In each of the following questions, five
numbers are given. Out of these, four are alike in a certain way but the rest
one is different. Choose the one which is different from the rest four.
1. (a) 43
(6) 53
(c) 63
(d)
(a) 10
3. (a) 51
(b)
26
(6) 144
<c)24
(c) 64
(d)
4.
(6) 21
(c) 24
(d)
(a)
15
73
21
(d) 121
28
(e) 83
(Bank P.O. 1996)
(e) 18
(e) 256
(B.8.RJ*. 1995)
(e) 30
Copyrighted material
Classification
125
(6) 244
ib) 12
(c) 136
ic) 18
352
id) 9
(<?) 514
ie) 7
(S.C'.H.A. 1993)
ic) 109
id) 126
ie) 207
ib) 99
7. (a) 45
(c) 343
id) 729
(6) 125
ie) 1321
8. («> 27
ic) 51
id) 63
ie) 83
(6) 39
9. ia) 21
(S.B.IJ».0.1997)
(c) 50
id) 63
ie) 140
ib) 49
10. (a) 35
ic) 671
(6) 572
id) 264
ie) 427
11. ia) 385
lb)
1592
ic)
3756
id)
4298
(c) 3629
12. (a) 2384
(b) 2936
ic) 6927
id) 483$
ie) 5814
13. (a) 3759
' (b) 7894
ic) 9865
id) 8793"
(?) 6958
14. (a) 5698
ib) 1593
id) 3781
ie) 9317
(c) 9175
15. ia) 7359
(6) 236
(c) 178
16. (a) 325
(d) 639
(e) 538
3740
(b)
4635
ie) 2378
17. (a)
(c> 5869
(d) 7946
ib) 111
(c) 242
id) 551
18. (a) 263
(e) 383
(6). 4321
(c) 7963
id) 4232
19. (a) 5698
ie) 8597
20. (a) 7487
(6) 5963
(c) 8218
id) 6596
(e) 9259
ic) 4268
21. ia) 1532
(6) 8749
id) 5846
(e) 6137
22. (a) 7851
(6) 6432
(c) 5789
id) 1325
(e) 8167
(b) 376821
id) 319446
(e) 387315
(c) 318951
23. ia) 372164
(S.C.RA 1993)
Directions (Questions 24 to 40) : In each of the following questionsf four
numbers are given out of which three are alihe in some manner while one
is different. Choose the one which is different from the rest three.
(M.B-A. 1997)
24. (a) 11
(6) 13
ic) 15
id) 17
(C.B.I. 1994)
25. (a) 10
ib) 11
(c) 15
id) 16
ib) 49
26. (a) 37
(Central
Excise.
1994)
(c) 132
id) 154
27. (a) 21
(6) 69
(c) 81
id) 83
(Railways, 1994)
(C.A/T. 1997)
28. (a) 144
(6) 168
ic) 196
id) 256
29. (a) 49
(6) 63
(d) 81
(1. Tax. 1994)
ic) 77
30. (a) 140
ib) 240
(c) 360
id) 480 (Assistant Grade, 1994)
31. (a) 232
ib) 431
id) 813 (Section Officers' 1993)
ic) 612
32. (a) 150
(6) 175
(c) 200
(d) 250
33. (a) 28
ib) 65
ic) 126
(rf) 215
(M.B.A. 1996)
34. (a) 2345
(6) 3456
(c) 5467
id) 5678
(C.B.I. 1995)
35. ia) 392
ib) 326
(c) 414
id) 248
36. ia) 2468
(6) 2648
ic) 4826
id) 6482
37. (a) 2
ib) 16
ic) 56
id) 128
(M.B.A. 1997)
38. (a) 9611
(6) 7324
ic) 2690
id) 1754
(Assistant Grade, 1993)
39. (a) 119
ib) 136
(c) 147
id) 153
(R.R.B. 1995)
40. (a) 7
ib) 15
(c) 31
id) 57
5. (a) 324
6. (a) 6
id)
Copyrighted material tfeji
Reasoning
126
\
ANSWERS
1. (c): Bach of the numbers except 63, is a prime number.
2. id): Each of the numbers except 21. is an even number
3. (a): Each of the number except 51, it a perfect square.
4. id): Each of the numbers except 28, ia divisible by 3.
5. (a): Sum of the digits in each other number is 10.
6. ie): 7 ia the only prime number in the group.
7. ic): Each of the numbers except 109. is divisible by 9.
8. ie): All other numbers are cubea of odd numbers.
9. (*): 83 ia the only prime number in the group.
10. (c): Each of the number except 50. is divisible by 7.
11. (el: In all other numbers, the middle digit is the sum of the other two.
12. (e): In all other numbers, the last digit ia two times the first
13. ib): In all ^ther numbers, the sum of second and last digits is twice the sum of first and
. third digits
14. id) : Sum of digits in each other number is 28.
15. id) : All other numbers consist of odd digits only.
16. ib): In all other numbers, the last digit is the sum of the first two.
17. ia) : In all other numbers, the sum of the first and the last digits is equal to the product
of other two digits.
18. ie): In all other numbers, the middle digit ia equal to the product of other two digits.
19. (di) : This is the only number in which a digit has been repeated.
20. (6) : In all other numbers, the first and the last digits are the same.
21. ic): In atl other numbers, the last digit is one more than the first digit.
22. ib): Each of the numbers except 6432. is an odd number.
23. (a): Sum of digits in each other number is 27.
24. ic): Ea<Jh of the numbers except 15, is a prime number.
25. ib): 11 is the only prime number in the group.
26. ia): 37 is the only prime number in the group.
27. ic): 81 is the only square number in the group.
28. (6): Each of the numbers except 168. is a perfect square.
29. id) : Each of the numbers except 81, is divisible by 7.
30. ia): Each of the numbers except 140, is a multiple of 120.
31. id): In all other numbers, the product of the digits is 12.
32. ib): Each of the numbers except 175, is an even multiple of 25s
33. ia): 28 is the only number with all digits even.
34. (c): All other numbers contain four consecutive digits in order.
35. (o): In all other numbers, the product of the digits is a perfect square
36. (a): All other numbers contain first four consecutive even numbers but not in proper
order.
37. ic): Each of the numbers except 56, can be expressed in terms of powers of 2.
ib) : In all other numbers, the sum of the digits is 17.
39. ia): Only 119 has different factors, 7 and 17, and no factor is repeated.
40. id) : All other numbers can be expressed as a power of 2 minus one.
Thus, 7 = 2 3 - l , 15-2 4 - 1, 31 = 2 6 -1.
Copyrighted material
•
*
Classification
127
TYPE 4 : CHOOSING THE ODD NUMERAL PAIR/GROUP
In this type of questions, certain pairs/groups of numbers are given out of which
all except one are similar in some manner while one is different. The numbers in
these similar pairs may have the same property or may be related to each other
according to the same rule. The candidate is required to choose the odd pair/group.
ILLUSTRATIVE EXAMPLES
1. 83 - 75 (6)58-50 49 - 42 25 - 17 (AmU.
Directions : Choose the numeral pair/group which is different from others.
Ex.
(a)
(c)
id)
Grade, 1934)
Sol. Clearly, in each of the pairs except (c), the first number is eight more than the
second. Hence, the answer is (c).
Ex. 2. (a) 70 - 80
(6) 54 - 62
(c) 28 - 32
(rf) 21 - 24
(e) 14 - 16
Sol. In each of the pairs except (6), the ratio of the two numbers is 7 : 8.
Hence, the answer is (6).
Ex.'3. (a) 4 2 - 4
(6)36-6
(c) 32 - 2
WM5-5
(8.8.C. 1994)
Sol. In all the pairs except (a), the first number is a multiple of the second.
Hence, the answer is (a).
-")
Ex. 4. (a) 71, 7. 3. 17
(6) 67, 71. 3. 5
(c) 41, 5, 3, 47
(d) 37, 14, 19, 7
(e) 11, 3, 3, 17
(S.CJLA. 1993)
Sol. All other pairs except (d) consist of prime numbers only, while (d) consists of
one composite number i.e., 14. Hence, the answer is (d).
EXERCISE 21
Directions : Choose the odd numeral pair/group in each of the following
questions :
(o) 95 - 82
(6) 69 - 56
(c) 55 - 42
(d) 48 - 34
(I. Tax ft Central Excise, 1996)
2. ( 0 ) 2 - 8
(6) 3 - 2 7
(c) 4 - 32 •
(d) 6 - 125
3. (a) 8 0 - 9
(6) 6 4 - 8
(c) 3 6 - 6
(d) 7 - 49
(C.B.L 1997)
4. (a) 3 - 5
(6) 5 - 3
(c) 6 - 2
(rf) 7 - 3
(C.A.T. 1997)
5. (a) 1 - 0
(6) 3 - 8
(c) 6 - 3 5
(<0 7 - 50
6. (a) 12 - 144
(6) 13 - 156
(c) 15 - 180
(rf) 16 - 176
(U.D.C. 1994)
7. (a) 23 - 29
(6) 19 - 25
(c) 1 3 - 1 7
(<0 3 - 5
(L Tax ft Central Excise, 1996)
8. (a) 73 - 61
(b) 57 - 69
(c) 42 - 29
(d) 47 - 59
(Assistant Grade, 1997)
(a) 343 - 7
(b) 243 - 9
(c) 512 - 8
(d) 216 - 6
10. (a) 13 - 21
(6)
- 27
(c) 15 - 23
(d) 16 - 24
(Transmission Executives' 1994)
11. (a) 2 - 4
(6) 4 - 8
(c) 6 - 1 8
(d) 8 - 32
12. (a) 3 - 1 2
(b) 4 - 2 0
(c) 6 - 4 2
((f) 7 - 6 3
1.
8.
Copyrighted material
tfeji
Reasoning
128
13. (a) 18 - 45
14. ( a ) 10 - 20
( b ) 16 - 40
(6) 30 - 40
(c) 1 4 - 2 8
(c) 4 0 - 5 0
15. (a) 5 - 50
(6) 8 - 1 2 8
(c)
16. (a) 140 - 45
(6) 1 1 0 - 3 5
(c)
(b) 4 5 - 5 4
(c)
18. (o) 2 1 - 6
(b) 2 8 - 4 2
(c)
19. (a) 4 5 - 2 7
(b) 30 - 1 8
(c)
20. (a) 72 - 45
Cb) 51 - 24
(c)
21. (a) 16 - 64
22. ( a ) 6 - 1 5
23. ( a ) 8 - 2 7
(6) 9 - 3 6
ib) 21 - 43
(b) 125 - 216
(c)
(c)
(c)
24. (a) 15 - 46
(fc) 12 - 37
(c)
25. (a) 7 - 26
(b) 8 - 3 0
(c)
26. ( a ) 56 - 8
(6) 121 - 17
(c) 147 - 21
W ) 1 6 8 - 24
27. (a) 9 - 3
<»H
(C)
. , 1
1
3"12
(d) 2 4 - 6
28. (a) 16 - 18
29. ( a ) 4 6 - 1 0
(b) 5 6 , - 6 3
(c) 9 6 - 1 0 8
(C.B.I. 1993)
(d) 8 6 - 9 9
(b). 42 - 33
(c) 20 - 38
(cO 12 - 91
30. (a) 21 - 49
lib) 24 — 64
(c) 2 5 - 5 4
31. (a) 7 - 8 4
(6) 6 - 108
(cj 5 - 7 5
(d) 81 - 36
(8.S.C. 1996)
(d) 3 - 99
32. (a) 3 - 4
(b) 1 6 - 2 6
(c) 2 6 - 2 4
33. (a) 48 - 134
(ft) 40 - 110
(c)
34. (a) 3 - 4
(6) 4 - 7
(c)
35. ( a ) 11 - 115
(6) 1 0 - 9 0
<c)
36. ( a ) 24 - 21
(6) 4 6 - 3 2
(c)
37. ( a ) 4 3 - 6
•16) 2 8 - 4
(c) 5 0 - 7
38. (a) 7 - 1 8
(6) 9 - 2 6
(c) 11 - 36
(b) 2 4 - 4 8
(c) 21 - 15
(b) 34. 4. 8
(c) 37. 4, 9
17. (a) 13 - 31
s
•
(d) 50 - 60
(Section Officers' 1993)
(d) 15 - 375
11 - 242
(d) 80 - 25
100 - 30
(8.S.C. 1995)
16 - 61
(d) 7 1 - 8 8
(L Tax A Central Excise, 1902)
(d) 84 - 24
42 - 12
(S.S.C. 1996)
20 - 10
(d) 15 - 12
(C.B.I. 1994)
(d) 32 - 13
46-20
(UJXC. 1994)
36 - 216
(d) 49 - 343
25.-51
(d) 29 - 59
343 - 512
( d ) 1009 - 1331
(L Tax A Central Excise, 1996)
9 - 28
(d) 8 - 3 3
(S.8.C. 1994)
10 - 35
(d) 13 - 44
(d) 27 - 22
(Section Officers' 1993)
18 - 48
(d) 30 - 80
(8.S.C. 1995)
5-12
(d) 20 - 21
(L Tax & Central Excise, 1995)
9-72
(d) 8 - 5 6
62 - 23
(d) 84 - 24
-
39. (a) 81 - 63
40. (a) 22, 4, 5,
(d) 8 - 20
(d) 3 6 - 5
.
(d) 13 - 42
(M.B.A. 1998)
id) 13 - 39
(d) 54, 4, 13
(Assistant Grade. 1997)
Copyrighted material
Classification
129
ANSWERS
1. id): In all other pairs, first number is 13 more than the second.
2. (c>: In all other pairs. sccond number in the cube of the first.
3. (a): In all other pairs, one number is the square of the other.
4. id): In all other pairs, the sum of two numbers ia 8.
5. id): In all other pairs, the second number is one lew than the square of the first number.
6. id) : In all other pairs, second number is obtained by multiplying the first number by 12.
7. (6): All other pairs consist of prime numbers only.
#
8. (c) : In all other pairs, the difference between the two numbers is 12.
9. ib): In all other pairs, firs: number is the cube of the second.
10. (d) : All other pairs consist of odd numbers only.
11. (a): In all other pairs.
12. id) :
13. ic):
14. (a):
15. id):
=
2nd number
In all other paint. (1st number) * (1st number • 1) = 2nd number.
In all other pairs. 2nd number • 1st number * 2.5.
This is the only pair in which the second number ia twice the first one.
In all other pairs, (1st number)2 x2 = 2nd number.
16. ic): In all other pairs, *** nuiqber ^S ^ ^^
17. (rf): In all other pairs, the 8econd number is obtained by interchanging the digits of the first.
18. (6): In all other pairs. 1st number * 2nd number * - •
19. (c): In all other pairs, the two numbers have 3 as the common factor.
20. id): This is the only group in which the two numbers have no common factor.
21. ib): All other pairs contain square and cube of the same number. e.g., 36 = 62 & 216 = 63.
22. ia): In all other pairs, 2nd number * (1st number x 2) + 1.
23. u/>: All other pairs contain cubes of two successive natural numbers, e.g., 8*2 3 and
27 = 33.
24. (d): In all other pairs, 2nd number c (1st number * 3) • 1.
25. ib): In all other pairs, 2nd number = (1st number * 3) + 5.
26. (6): In all other pairs, the first number is seven times the second number.
27. (a): In all other pairs, the first number is four limes the second number.
28. id): In all other pairs, the ratio of the two numbers is 8 : 9.
29. id): In all other pairs, the difference between the two numbers is a multiple of 9.
30. ic): This is the only pair in which the two numbers have no common factor.
31* (a): In all other pairs, the second number is obtained by multiplying the square of the
first number by a prime number.
Thus. 108 = 6*x 3,75 = 52 * 3,99 = 32x 11.
32. (6): In all other pairs, the first digits of the two numbers are identical as 0 in 03 - 04, 2
in 26 - 24, 2 in 27 - 22.
33. (c): In all other pairs. 2nd number = (1st number x 3) - 10.
34. (rf): In all other pairs, one of the two numbers is prime.
35. ia): In all other pairs, the sum of the two numbers is a perfect square.
36. ic): In all other pairs, the first number is obtained by multiplying the second number
by 2 and then reversing the digits of the number so obtained.
Copyrighted mate
Reasoning
130
37. (6): In all other pair*,
s
2nd number.
38. ic): In all other pairs. 2nd number • (1st number x4) - 10.
39. (a): This is the only group in which the sum of the digit* of both the numbers is the same
40. (c): In all other groups, the first number i» obtained by adding 2 to the product of the
second and the third numbers
TYPE 5 : CHOOSING THE ODD LETTER GROUP
In this type of questions, usually five groups of letters are given. Four of them
are similar to each other in some manner while one is different and this is to be
chosen by the candidate as the answer.
ILLUSTRATIVE EXAMPLES
Directions s Choose the group of letters which is different from others.
Ex. 1. (a) BD
(6) IK
(c) PN
(d) SU
(e) WY (Bank P.O. 1994)
Sol. Clearly, the answer is (c). All other groups consist of two alternate letters in
order, while in this group they are in reverse order.
Ex.2, (a) BCD
(6) KMN
(c) QRS
(rf) GHI
(e) WXY
Sol. Clearly, the answer is (6). All other groups consist of three consecutive letters
while this one doesn't.
Ex.3. (a)POCG
(6) KLIZ
(c) BUDX
(d) FQMV
(e) ARTG
Sol. Clearly, the answer is (d). All other groups consist of one vowel each but this
group doesn't contain any vowel.
Ex.4. (a)CZHK
(6) MLAG
(c) XUBU
(d) SENO
(e)YDFP
Sol. Clearly, the answer is (c). This is the only group in which one letter has been
repeated.
Ex.5. (a)BDCK
(6) JLOS
(c) NPSW
(d) MORU
(e) HJMQ
Sol. Clearly, the answer is (d). In all other groups, there is a gap of 1 letter between
first and second letters, 2 letters between second and third letters, and 3 letters
between third and fourth letters,
Ex.6. (a)CFIL
(6) PSVX
(c) JMPS
(d) ORUX
(e) QTWZ
Sol. Clearly, the answer is (6). In all other groups, each letter moves 3 steps forward
to obtain the next letter.
Ex.7. (o)DkUZ
(6) LPuB
_ (c) FoMY
(d) UXeN
(e) WaQS
Sol. Clearly, the answer is (a). In all other groups, the smaller letter is a vowel.
Ex.8, (a) FCGDE
(6) TRQPS
(c) KJHMF
(d) KHGJI
(e) XVYZW
Sol. Clearly, the answer is (c). All other groups consist of consecutive letters though
not in order.
Ex.9. (a)AUgPZ
(6) MXiDV
(c) KFeCO
(d) YGLhT
(e) UHmQY
Sol. Clearly, the answer is (d). In all other groups, the smaller letter-is the middle
one.
Ex. 10. (a) DXCLQZ (6) PFZUBM (c) XGKNTY (d) NWMBHJ
(e) GJMQVX
Sol. Clearly, the answer is (6). This is the only group containing a vowel.
Copyrighted material
Classification
131
EXERCISE 2J
Directions : In each of the following questions, five groups of letters are
given. Four of them are alike in a certain way while one is different. Choose
the odd one.
(c)TU
(d) MO
(e) FG
(6) PQ
1. (a) DE
(Bank P.O. 1994)
(c)
ML
(d)
PO
(ft)
FG
(e) TS
2. (a) XW
(ULC. 1994)
(d)
HK
(e)
TW
(ft)
MP
(c)
NQ
3. (a) BD
(B.S.R.B. 1997)
(d)
EI
(e)
OU
(c)
10
(ft) AI
4. (a) AE
(c) HR
(e) EV
(ft) MN
(d) GT
5. (a) KP
(Bank P.O. 1998)
W) DF
(ft) MQ
(r) PR
(e) FG
6. (a) VT
(Bank P.O. 1996)
(ft) NPR
(c) KLM
(rf) RQP
7. (a) BCD
(e) HGF
(8.B.I.P.O. 1991)
(c) LMO
W) STU
(e) WXZ
8. (a) ABD
(ft) FGI
(ft) XWV
(c) NML
(d) OPQ
(c) UTS
9. (a) HGF
(B.S.R.B. 1998)
(d) MNO
(e) GIK
10. (a) ACE
(ft) PRT
(c) UWY
(c) I KG
(d) I KM
(e) BDF
11. (a) RTW
(ft)QOM
(Bank P.O. 1994)
(d) TVX
(e) SUW
(ft)MOQ
(c) GEC
12. (a) PRT
(Bank P.O. 1996)
13. (a) BEH
(ft) CFI
(c) DGJ
(d) EHL
(e) FIL
(B.8.R.B. 1997)
14. (a) AOT
(ft) CPA
(c) REB
(d) TIW
(e) QUD
(ft) IFM
15. (a) DAH
(c) ROV
(d) QNT
(e) SPW
16. (a) PQO
(ft) AZY
(c) TWS
(d) VBU
(e) EXD
(e) DEG
17. (a) VWY
(ft) QRT
(c) LMO
(d) JKL
(Bank P.O. 1995)
18. (a) GDA
(ft) OLI
(c) VSP
(d) KHE
(e) WYZ
19. (a) NPM
(ft) IJL
(e) XGT
(c) QSZ
(d) BHK
20. (a) AEC
(ft) PTR
(d)
UYW
(c) FJH
(e) KPM
21. (a) BDH
(ft) IKP
(c) QSW
(d) TV2
(e) PRV
22. (a) EBA
(ft) XUT
(c) TQP
(d) JFE
(e)YVU
(L.I.C. 1996)
23. (a) ADG
'(ft) PSV
(c) 8UW
(d) CFI
(e) TWZ
24. (a) QUS
(ft)KOM
(c) H U
(d) NRP
(e) BGD
25. (a) BHE
(ft) DJG
(c) SYV
(d) JPM
(«?) PUS
(B.8.R.B. 1997)
26. (a) QNP
(ft) URT
(c) YVX
(d) EDB
(e) IFH
27. (a) BYX
(ft) LPO
(c) EVU
(d) FUT
(e) IRQ
Copyrighted mate
Reasoning
132
28.
29.
30.
31.
32.
33.
34.
35.
(a)
(a)
(a)
(a)
(a)
(a)
(a)
(a)
CHM
XUW
RAT
OTP
BDI
RUX
CEI
JOT
(6) H M R
(6) DAC
(b)SAT
(6) ABA
(6) H K A
(b) GJM
(6) P R U
(6) O U *
(c)
(c)
(c)
(c)
(c)
(c)
(c)
(c)
RWB
PMN
CAT
SZX
LMO
YBE
JLP
FED
36. (a) F A A
37. ( a ) PQs
38. (a) BdE
(6) OFF
(6) AtB
( b ) XpD
39. ( a ) R N J
(6) XTP
(c) MIE
40. (a) GHC
41. (a) P U T
(6) OPQ
(6) END
(c) M N W
(c) OWL
42. ( a ) EBD
(6) IFH
(c) QNO
<d) D I N
(d) HEG
(d) MAT
(d) UVB
(d) XYU
(<f) ZCF
(d) QSW
(d) D I N
(e) L P U
(e) TQS
(e) GET
(e) YQR
(e) PQS
(e) NPS
(«?) HJN
(e) DOG
(R.R.B.
(c) A T T
. id) IFF
<e) E P P
id) mnZ
(e) DfE
(c) SIM
(c) HQu
(d) MkV
(e) PtZ
Directions (Questions 39 to 42) : In each of the following questions, four
groups of letters are given, Three of them are alike in a certain way while
one is different. Choose the odd one.
(d) ZWR
(Hotel Management, 1991)
(d) I L T
(d) A R M
(L Tax & Central Excise, 1992)
(d) Y V X
(Assistant Grade, 1998)
ANSWERS
1. ( d ) :
2. (6):
3. (a):
4. (b):
5. (c):
6. (e):
7. (b) :
8. Id) :
9. (d):
10. (d):
11. ( a ) :
12. (c):
13. (d) :
14. (6):
All other groups contain two consecutive letters of the alphabet.
All other groups contain two consecutive letters in reverse order.
In all other groups, there is a gap of two letters between the given letters.
All other groups contain two consecutive vowels of the alphabet.
In all other groups, the first letter occupies the same position from A onward as
the second letter occupies from Z backward, e.g., K is the eleventh letter from the
beginning and P is the eleventh letter from the end of the alphabet
Putting A = 1, B = 2,
and so on, we have :
VT = V + T = 22 • 20 ° 42 (even);
MQ = M + Q = 13 + 17 « 30 (even);
PR = P + R = 16 • 18 = 34 (even);
DF = D + F = 4 + 6 = 10 (even);
FG = F + G * 6 + 7 « M (odd).
All other groups contain three consecutive letters of the alphabet
In all other groups, the firs letters are consecutive and third letter is obtained by
skipping one letter from the second
In all other groups, the three letters are consecutive but in reverse order.
All other groups contain alternate letters from left to right.
All other groups contain alternate letters of the alphabet
All other groups contain alternate letters of the alphabet in order.
In all other groups, there is a gap of two letters between firsthand second as well
as between second and third letters.
In all other groups, the middle letter is a vowel.
Copyrighted material
Classification
133
15. <d): In all other groups, first letter is 3 letters ahead of the second and third letter is 4
letters ahead of the first
16. (6): In all other groups, the third and first letters are alphabetical order.
17. ((/) : In all other groups, the first two letters are consecutive and third letter is 2 letters
ahead of the second
18. (e) : In all other groups, the second and first letter are three steps ahead of third and
second letter respectively.
19. (6): No other group contains a voweL
20. (e): In all other groups, first, third and second letters are alternate.
21. (b): In all other groups, the first two letters are alternate and third letter is 4 steps
ahead of the second.
22. (d): In all other groups, the third and second letters are consecutive and first letter is 3
steps ahead of the second.
23. (c): In all other groups, the first and second letters are moved 3 steps forward to obtain
second and third letters respectively.
24. (e): In all other groups, the first and third letters are moved 2 steps forward to obtain
third and second letters respectively.
25. (e): In all other groups, the third and second letters are 3 steps ahead of the first and
third letters respectively.
26. id) : In all other groups, the third and first letters are consecutive and the third letter
is 2 steps ahead of the second
27. (b) : In all other groups, the first and second letters occupy the same position in the
alphabet from the beginning and the end respectively. The second letter is moved
one step backward to obtain the third letter.
28. (*): In all other groups, four intervening letters are skipped.
29. (c): In all other groups, the second letter is moved 2 steps forward to obtain the third
letter which then is moved 1 step forward to obtain the first.
30. (e): All other groups end with AT.
31. (6): There is no repetition of any letter in any other group.
32. (e): All other groups end with a vowel.
33. (*): In all other groups, first and second letters are moved three steps forward to obtain
second and third letters respectively.
34. (6): In all other groups, first two letters are alternate and third letter is 4 steps ahead
of the second.
35. (6): This is the only group containing two vowels.
36. (a): In all other groups, a vowel is followed by a consonant repeated twice.
37. (d) : This is the only group containing two small letters.
38. (c): In all other groups, the middle term is small.
39. id) : In all other groups, the first and second letters are moved 4 steps backward to obtain
second and third letters respectively.
40. (rf) : In all other groups, the first two letters are consecutive.
41. (a): All other groups begin with a vowel.
42. (c): In all other groups, the last and first letters are consecutive.
EXERCISE 2L
Directions (Questions 1 to 25) : In each of the following questions, five
groups of letters are given, out of which four are alihe in a certain way while
one is different. Choose the odd one.
1. (a) BODE
(6) PQRS
(c) WXYZ
(d) STUW
(e) GHLJ
Copyrighted mate
Reasoning
134
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
(a)
(a)
(a)
(a)
(o)
(a)
(a)
UTSR
ABBC
AC EG
A.JKL
EWZQ
AKEW
HSRI
(6) IHGE
(b)PQQR
ib) IKMO
(b) IXYZ
(b) OSLS
(6) P N T O
(6) M V U N
(c) N M L K
(c) H I U
(c)TVWY
(c) EPQR
(c) GFKD
(c) LCUF
{c) OLKP
(d)
(d)
<d)
(d)
(d)
(d)
(d)
ZYXW
WYYZ
FHJL
OFGH
VSPM
HJMX
PJQX
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
(a)
(a)
(a)
(a)
(a)
(a)
(a)
(a)
(a)
(a)
(a)
(a)
RNJH
PEAR
YDWB
OUQT
CEAR
DFBG
ACHI
ABDG
PXZD
DSFU
ACZX
BCYZ
(6) SOKG
(6) TORE
(6) T K R I
(6) QFSE
(6) WEAR
(b) I K G M
(6) DFKL
(6) U L O
(b) QSBR
(b) PGRI
(b)BDYW
(6) EFVW
(c) QMIE
(c) REAP
(c) QNOM
(c) L K N J
(c) TEAR
(c) SUQV
(c) MNST
(c)'MNPS
(c) RAEG
(c) HRGQ
(c) EGVT
(c) HIUV
(d)
(d)
(d)
(d)
(d)
(d)
(d)
(d)
(d)
(d)
(d)
(d)
M1EA
TEAR
HLFJ
BSDR
DEAR
MOKP
OQVW
RSUY
SUVW
BUDW
GITR
JKQR
(e) SRQP
(e) K L L M
(e) N P R T
(e) VCBA
(e) QBTV
(e) IRVD
(e) WDCX
(M.B.A. 1998)
(e) P L H D
(e) LEAR
ie) W F U D
(e) UCYB
(e) NEAR
(?) V X T Y
(e) PRWX
(e)PQSV
(e) XYZA
(e) 1NKP
(e) CEUS
(e) ABZA
(Bank P.O. 1997)
(e) FILO
(e) efgP
(e) L N r X
(e) UwyA
(d) I L M P
(a) ADGJ
(6) PSVY
(c) LORU
(d) xyzT
(a) abcq
(c) mnpC
(6) pqrB
(c)PQrT
(a) ABpQ
(6) npRS
(d) EFGh
(a) Cegl
(6) FhjL
(c) PrtV
(d) KnpR
(a) APoQ
(6) DXeM
(c) SFiK
(d) OWjB
(e) CQuL
Directions (Questions 26 to 41) : In each of the following questions, four
groups of letters are given. Three of them are alike in a certain way while
one is different. Select the one which is different.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26. ( a ) ALMZ
ib) BTUY
(c) CPQX
27. (a) STUA
28. (a) EDKL
29. (a) XGEZ
(6) RQPA
(6) LMST
(6) PCAQ
(c) M L K A
(c) N M U V
(c) L K I N
30. (a) V Y X W
31. (a) PRVX
(6) PSRQ
(6) MQTV
(c) CGEF
(c) DHKM
32.
33.
34.
35.
36.
(6) CEXZ
(6) OQTX
(6) SCXH
<M QPMR
(6) HIGJ
(c)
(c)
(c)
(c)
(c)
(b) EGIK
<c) ACDF
(a) BDYW
(a) XZCG
(a) UAZF
( a ) YXVZ
(a) DFCE
37. (a) ABCD
DFYW
IMNQ
RDWJ
KJHL
NPMO
(d) DEFY
(Assistant Grade, 1996)
(d) HGFA
(C.B.I. 1995)
(d) QPRS
(S.8.C. 1996)
(d) DWUF
(I.Tax A Central Excise, 1996)
(dj JMLK
(d) BFIK
(Assistant Grade, 1997)
(d) EGXV
(P.C.8. 1996)
(d) EGJN
(C.B.I. 1997)
(d) KBPG
(S.S.C. 1995)
(d) DCAE
(d) ZXWY
(I. Tax & Central Excise, 995)
(d) CFIL
(C.B.I. 1995)
Copyrighted material
Classification
38. ia) GIJK
39. ia) RSXY
40. ia) xXYA
41. (a) BdEg
135
(6) DFGH
(b) NOUV
ic) CEFG
ic) MNST
(6) ilMP
ib) KmNp
(c) hHIK
ic) PrSu
(d) ABCD
(d) DEJK
(Assistant Grade. 1996)
id) bBCE
(P.CJS. 1997)
(d) TwXz
ANSWERS
1. (d):
2. (6):
3. id):
4. (c):
5. ie):
6. ib):
7. id):
8. (d) :
Each other group contains 4 consecutive letters.
All other groups contain letters in reverse alphabetical order.
All other groups contain three consecutive letters with second letter repeated twice.
In all other groups, the letters are alternate.
In all other groups, the first letter is a vowel followed by three consecutive letters.
No letter is repeated in any other group.
This is the only group containing no vowel.
In all other groups, first and fourth letters are consecutive and second and third
letters are in reverse alphabetical order.
9 .ia): In all other groups, there is a gap of three letters between two consecutive letters.
10. (6) : All other groups contain E.A and R.
11. ic): In all other groups, first and second letters are moved 2 steps backward to obtain
third and fourth letters respectively.
12. (e): In all other groups, first letter is moved 2 steps forward to obtain the third letter,
the fourth and second letters are in alphabetical order.
13. ia): All other groups form meaningful words.
14. (6): In all other groups, the second and fourth letters are consecutive and there is a gap
of one letter between third and first.
15. ic): In all other groups, the first two letters are alternate, third and fourth letters are
consecutive and there is a gap of 4 letters between the second and third letters.
16. id) : In all other groups, first two letters are consecutive; second and third letters are
alternate and there is a gap of two letters between third and fourth letters.
17. (e) : letters at first place in other groups form a continuous sequence but this pattern
has been broken in (e).
18. ic) : In all other groups, first and third letters are alternate and second and fourth are
alternate.
19. (e): In all other groups, first and second letters are alternate, fourth and third are
alternate. But, third letter has same backward position from Z as is the forward
position from A, occupied by first.
20. ic): In all other groups, first ana second letters are consecutive; third and fourth are
consecutive and the third letter occupies the same position from Z backward as the
first occupies from A onward.
21. id) : In all other groups, each letter moves 3 steps forward to obtain the next letter.
22. (o) : Each one of the other groups contains a capital letter.
23. (6): All other groups contain one small letter.
24. id): In all other groups, the letters are alternate and the middle two are small letters.
25. (d) : All other groups contain third letter which is small and a vowel.
26. id) : In all other groups, the first letter occupies the same position from the beginning of
the alphabet as the last letter occupies from the end of the alphabet.
27. ia): In all other groups, the first three letters are in a reverse alphabetical order.
28. (6) : In all other groups, the first two letters are in a reverse alphabetical order.
Copyrighted material
Reasoning
136
29. (6): In all other groups, first and third letters are moved 2 steps forward to obtain fourth
and second letters respectively.
30. (c): In all other groups, the first letter is moved 3 steps forward to obtain second letter,
and second and third letters are each moved one step backward to obtain third and
fourth letters respectively.
31. ( a ) : In all other groups, the first, second and third letters are respectively moved four,
three and two steps forward to obtain second, third and fourth letters respectively.
32. (b): In all other groups, the first and second letters arc alternate; the third and fourth
letters are alternate and written in a roverse alphabetical order.
33. (c): In all other groups, there is a gap of 1 letter between first and second letters, 2
letters between second and third and 3 letters between third and fourth.
34. (c): In all other groups, first and second letters arc cach moved 5 steps forward to obtain
third and fourth letters respectively.
36. (6): In all other groups, first and second letters are respectively moved one^and two steps
backward to obtain second and third letters respectively, while the third letter is
moved four steps forward to obtain the fourth letter.
36. (6): In all other groups, the third, first, fourth and second letters are the consecutive
letters of the alphabet.
37. (c): The letters in (a) follow the sequence +1; those in (6) follow the sequence +2 and
those in (d) follow the sequence +3, while the letters in (c) do not follow any such
particular sequence.
38. (d): In all other groups, there is a gap of 1 letter between the first two letters and the
last three letters are consecutive.
39. (6): In all other groups, the first second and third letters are respectively moved one,
five and one step forward to obtain second, third and fourth letters respectively.
40. (6) : All other groups contain only small letter.
41. (d): In all other groups, the first, second and third letters are respectively moved two,
one and two steps forward to obtain the second, third and fourth letters respectively.
EXERCISE 2M
Directions (Questions 1 to 16) : In each of the following questions9 five
groups of letters are given. One of these groups is different from the other
groups. Find the odd one.
1.
( a ) MEWGN (b) PBQTX
2. ( a ) EDCBA
(b) PONML
3. ( a ) S U W Y A ' (b) L J N P R .
(c) DRYSN
(c) UTSRQ
(c) KMOQS
4.
5.
6.
7.
MYGHZ
LQPOM
BHJFD
PQRSW
PSVYB
LATER
(c)
(c)
(c)
(c)
(c)
(c)
LZKMSU
DRUID
HUTMCX
GKRVWX
(c)
(c)
(c)
(c)
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
(a)
(a)
(a)
(a)
(a)
(a)
(a)
(a)
(a)
(a)
VYAKB
ECBFD
EMGIK
BCDEI
ADGJM
TREAT
JOEHNP
CALORIC
LAHMQW
MOTXYZ
(b)
(b)
(b)
(b)
(b)
(b)
(b)
(b)
(b)
(b)
LMVOX
WSVTU
WUSQY
LMNOS
HKNQT
TABLE
GWOURV
LEVEL
CLOVIK
PSBEFG
id) CGHKV
(d) YXWVZ
(d) BDFHJ
(d)
(d)
(d),
(d)
(d)
(d)
(c) H L W Z P
(e) KJIHG
(e) ACEGI
(M.BA. 1998)
FSYLD (e) QBSPN
ROQNP (e) QSRTP
NOSUX (e) VTRPX
T U V W A (e) H I K L O
SVXAD (e) N Q T W Z
RATES (e) GREAT
(d) SFXPMG (e) TQUHOS
(d) ELOPE (e) F R E T F U L
(d) IXMLBC (e) N I L H Q R
(d) ORNODF (e) CHJLMN
Copyrighted material
Classification
14. (a)
(d)
15. (a)
16. (a)
STUTTER
CUNNING
QePFoLA (6) OrDFkV
jAnUaRy (6) mArCh
137
(6)
(e)
(c)
(c)
RESURRECT
(c) SURRENDER
SUCCEED
TuMBiNJ
(d) XZaWoB
(e) DNeRiF
mAy
(d) oCtObEr
(e) dEcEmBcR
(Bank P.O. 1998)
Directions (Questions 17 to 29) : In each of the following questions, four
groups of letters are given. Three of them are alihe in a certain way while
one is different. Choose the odd one.
(d) ABDGK
(6) CDFIM
(c) BCEHL
17. (a) EFGIK
( H I . 1994)
(d) FHUJU
(b) SGRFI
(c) ISEPU
18. (a) YNHIA
(A*»i»t*nt Grade, 1997)
(rf) AIJBY
(b)
KLTNV
(c)
HBOKL
19. (a) UHRNI
(6) USNID
(c) UPKEA
(d) OMIDB
20. (a) VTOJE
(8.S.C. 1993)
V.
(d)
AZBYC
(6) FTGSH
(c) DWEVF
21. (a) HSIRJ
(C.A.T. 1998)
(c) UKASE
(d) URINE
(6) USUAL
22. (a) USAGE
(Assistant Grade, 1996)
(d) RCFGL
(6) CXHIA
(c) MTOWF
23. (a) CPRSV
(6) FLUSH
(d) SCANT
(c) JUDGE
24. (a) CROWD
(6) PRUNE
(c) WHITE
(d) RIGHT
25. (a) WRONG
(d) DRIVER
(6) TRAIN
(c) PROUD
26. (a) WHEAT
(UXI.C. 1994)
<rf) VIDEO
(6) ARISE
(c) AWAKE
27. (a) AUDIO
(UJJ.C. 1993)
(b) TUESDAY
(d) SATURDAY
28. (a) MONDAY
(c) THURSDAY
29. (a) PENAL
(6) IDHNI
(c) RUUD
id) KRTSINSA
(S.S.C. 1994)
*
ANSWERS
1. (a) : This is the only group containing a vowel.
2. (rf): In all other groups, the letters are in reverse alphabetical order.
3. (a): All other groups contain alternate letters of the alphabet in order.
4. (d): In all other groups, two consecutive letters appear in a random order.
5. lb) : All other groups contain consecutive letters though not in order.
6. (d) : All other groups contain alternate letters, though not in order.
7. (e): In all other groups, the first four letters are consecutive and there is a gap of 3
letters between last two letters.
8. (d) : In all other groups, there is a gap of 2 letters between any two consecutive letters.
9. (c): All other groups contain the letters T, E, A, R.
10. (d): All other groups contain three consecutive letters, though not in order.
11. (e): All other groups begin and end with the same letter.
12. (c): All other groups contain only one vowel.
13. (d): In all other groups, the last three letters are consecutivo.
I
Copyrighted materi
Reasoning
138
14. ie):
15. (6):
18. ie):
17. (a):
In all other groups, one letter is repeated three tunes.
In all other groups, the small letters are vowels.
All other groups end with small letters.
In all other groups, first, second, third and fourth letters ore respectively moved one,
two. three and four steps forward to obtain second, third, fourth and fifth letters
respectively.
18. id): No letter is repeated in any other group.
19. (6) : This is the only group which does not contain a vowel.
20. ib): This is the only group containing three vowels.
21. ib): In all other groups, first letter occupies the same position from the beginning of the
alphabet as is occupied by the sccond letter from the end of the alphabet.
22. (6): In all other groups, vowels occur alternately.
23. (c): All other groups contain two consecutive letters of the alphabet such as RS, HI, FG.
24. (c): This is the only group containing two vowels.
25. (</) : In all other groups, the middle letter is a vowel.
26. {d): This is the only group containing two vowels.
27. (c): No letter is repeated in any other group.
28. (a): Each of the other groups contains two consecutive letters, e.g., TU in TUESDAY and
SATURDAY and RS in THURSDAY.
29. (a) : All other groups of letters, on rearrangement, form name of a language, eg.. ib) forms
HINDI, ic) forms URDU and id) forms SANSKRIT.
Copyrighted material
t
3. SERIES COMPLETION
This chapter deals with questions in which series of numbers or alphabetical
letters are given, which are generally called as terms of the series. These terms
follow a certain pattern throughout. The candidate is required to recognise this
pattern and either complete the given series with the most suitable alternative or
find the wrong term in the series.
TYPE 1 : NUMBER SERIES
Case I : Completing the Given Series
Ex. 1. Which number would replace question mark in the series 7, 12, 19, ?, 39.
ia) 29
ib) 28
ic) 26
id) 24
(C.B.I. 1995)
Sol. Clearly, the given sequence follows the pattern :
+ 5, +7, + 9 ... i.e., 7 + 5 = 12, 12 + 7=19
Missing number = 19 + 9 = 28.
Hence, the answer is (6).
Ex. 2. Which is the number that comes next in the sequence :
0. 6. 24. 60. 120. 210 ?
(Hotel Management, 1995)
ia) 240
ib) 290
ic) 336
id) 504
3
3
s
3
3
Sol. Clearly, the given series is l - 1, 2 - 2, 3 - 3, 4 - 4. 5 - 5.
6.
3
Next number = 7 - 7 = 343 - 7 = 336.
Hence, the answer is ic).
Ex. 3. Which is the number that comes next in the following sequence ?
4, 6. 12, 14. 28. 30. ( )
ia) 32
ib) 60
<c) 62
id) 64
Sol. The given sequence is a combination of two series :
I. 4. 12, 28, ( )
and
II. 6. 14, 30.
Now, the pattern followed in each of the above two series is :
+ 8, + 16. + 32
So. missing number = (28 + 32) = 60.
Hence, the answer is ib).
Ex. 4. Find out the missing number in the following sequence :
1. 3, 3, 6, 7, 9, ?, 12, 21.
(a) 10
ib) 11
ic) 12
id) 13
Sol. Clearly, the given sequence is a combination of two series :
I. 1, 3, 7, ?, 21
and
II. 3. 6. 9. 12
The pattern followed in I is + 2. + 4....; and the pattern followed in II is + 3.
Thus, missing number = 7 + 6 = 13.
Hence, the answer is id).
139
Copyrighted m.ate ial
Reasoning
140
1 3 5
Ex. 5. Which fraction comes next in the sequence ^ • - »
Q
(a)32
10
(6)17
7
11
19
(C)34
(d)35
<acjLASol. Clearly, the numerators of the fractions in the given sequence form the series
1, 3, 5, 7, in which each term is obtained by adding 2 to the previous term.
The denominators of the fractions form the series 2, 4, 8, 16, i.e., 21, 22, 2*, 24.
So, the numerator of the next fraction will be (7 + 2) i.e., 9 and the denominator
will be 25 Le., 32.
9
/. The next term is ^ *
Hence, the answer is (a).
Elementary idea of Progressions s
I. Arithmetic Progression (AJ\) — The progression of the form a. a + d, a + 2d,
a + 3d,... is known as an A.P. with first term = a and common difference « d.
Ex. 3, 6, 9, 12, ... is an A.P. with a = 3 and d = 6 - 3= 3.
In an A.P., we have nth term • a + (n - l ) d .
II. Geometric Progression (GJP.) — The progression of the form a%ar%ar . ar
is known as a G.P. with first term • a and common ratio = r.
Ex. 1, 5, 25, 125, ... is a G.P. with a = 1 and r = 7 = v = ... = 5.
1
o
In a G.P., we have nth term = arn ' 1.
Ex. 6. In the series 357, 363, 369, .... what will be the 10th term ?
(a) 405
(6) 411
(c) 413
(rf) 417
Sol. The given scries is an A.P. in which a = 357 and d =» 6.
10th term = a (10 - 1) d = a + 9d.
= (357 • 9 x 6) * (357 * 54) - 411.
Hence, the answer is (6).
Ex. 7. How many terms are there in the series 201, 208, 215,
369 ?
(a) 23
(6) 24
(c) 25
Sol. The given series in an A.P. in which a * 201 and d « 7.
Let the number of terms be n.
Then. 369 = 201 + (n - 1) x 7 or n = 25.
Hence, the answer is (c).
Ex. 8. In the series 7, 14, 28
what will be the 10th term ?
(d) 26
(a) 1792
(6) 2456
(c) 3584
Sol. Clearly. 7 x 2 = 14. 14 x 2 » 28, ... and so on.
So, the given series is a G.P. in which a = 7 and r = 2.
(d) 4096
10th term = o r , 1 0 * 1 , = ar 9 = 7 x 2 9 = 7x 512 » 3584.
Hence, the answer is (e).
Copyrighted material
Series Completion
141
EXERCISE 3A .
Directions : In each of the following questions, a number series is given
with one term missing. Choose the correct alternative that will continue the
same pattern and fill in the blank spaces.
(Assistant Grade, 1995)
1. 1, 4, 9. 16, 25, ( )
ic)
48
(a) 35
(b) 36
id) 49
2. 20, 19, 17, ( ), 10, 5
(C.B.I. J 995)
ia) 12
(6) 13
(c) 14
id) 15
3. 2, 3, 5. 7, 11. ( ). 17
(a) 12
(6) 13
(c) 14
id) 15
4. 6, 11, 21, 36. 56. ( )
(Assistant Grade, 1997)
(a) 42
(6) 51
ic) 81
id) 91
5. 1. 6. 13. 22. 33. ( )
(L Tax & Central Excise. 1994)
ia) 44
(6) 45
(c) 46
id) 47
6. 3. 9. 27. 81. ( )
(S.C.ILA. 1994)
(a) 324
(6) 243
(c) 210
id) 162
7. 1. 9. 17. 33. 49. 73. ( )
(Hotel Management. 1993)
(a) 97
(6) 98
ic) 99
id) 100
8. 2. 5. 9. ( ), 20. 27
(S.C.ILA. 1993)
(a) 14
ib) 16
ic) 18
id) 24
9. 5, 9, 17, 29. 45, ( )
(8.8.C. 1995)
(a) 60
(6) 65
ic) 68
id) 70
10. 3. 7, 15, 31. 63. ( )
ia) 92
(6) 115
(c) 127
id) 131
11. 1. 6, 15, ( ), 45, 66, 91
(Hotel Management, 1995)
ia) 25
ib) 26
ic) 27
id) 28
12. 1. 2, 3, 5, 8. ( )
(M.BJV. 1994)
(a) 9
(6) 11
ic) 13
id) 15
13. 0.5, 1.5, 4.5, 13.5, ( )
(Railways. 1994)
ia) 45.5
(6) 39.5
(c) 30.5
id) 40.5
14. 121, 225, 361, (.....)
(P.C.S. 1996)
(a) 441
(6) 484
(c) 529
id) 729
15. 0. 2. 8, 14. ( ). 34
(a) 24
ib) 22
ic) 20
id) 18
16. 19. 2. 38. 3. 114. 4. ( )
(Bank P.O. 199«)
(a) 228
(6) 256
ic) 352
id) 456
17. 1, 2. 3. 6. 9. 18. ( ). 54
(a) 18
(b) 27
ic) 36
id) 81
18. 4. 5, 9, 18, 34, ( )
(a) 43
(6) 49
(c) 50
id) 59
19. 3, 6, 18, 72. ( )
(I. Tax & Central Excise, 1995)
(a) 144
(b) 216
(c) 288
id) 360
Copyrighted mate
L
>
Reasoning
142
20. 66. 36, 18. (
)
(a) 3
(6) 6
21. 21, 25, 33, 49, 81, (
)
(a) 145
(6) 129
22. 12, 32, 72, 152, (
)
(a) 312
(6) 325
23. 3, 6, 5, 20, 7, 42, 9, (
)
(a) 54
(6) 60
24. 1, 3, 4, 8, 15, 27. (
)
(a) 37
(6) 44
25. 2, 15, 41, 80, (
)
(a) 111
(6)120
26. 8, 10, 14, 18, ( ). 34, 50, 66
27.
28.
29.
30.
31.
32.
33.
34.
(a) 24
(6) 25
1,2, 6,24, (
)
(a) 60
(6) 95
2, 3, 8, 63, (
)
(a) 1038
(6) 1998
95, 115.5, 138, (
), 189
(a) 154.5
(6) 162.5
4, 10, (
), 82, 244, 730
(a) 24
(6) 28
4, 32, 128, (
)
(a) 128
(6) 144
2. 5, 9, 19, 37, (
)
(a) 76
(6) 75
24, 60, 120, 210, (
)
(a) 300
(6) 336
165, 195, 255, 285, 345, (
(a) 375
(6) 420
35. 5, 17, 37, 65, (
(a) 95
(a) 41
(c) 113
(d) 97
(Assistant Grade, 1996)
(c) 515
(d) 613
(c) 66
(d) 72
(c) 50
(d) 55
(c) 121
(d) 132
(c) 26
(d) 27
(M.B.A. 1997)
(M.B.A. 1998)
(C.A.T. 1997)
(c) 120
(d) 150
(R.R.B. 1998)
(c) 3008
(d) 3968
(8J3.C. 1993)
(c) 164.5
(d) 166.5
(C.B.I. 1993)
(c) 77
(d) 218
(c) 192
(d) 256
(c) 74
(d) 72
(Section Officers' 1993)
(c) 420
(d) 525
(c) 435
(d) 390
)
(U.D.C. 1995)
(c) 99
(d) 101
(c) 60
a Tax & Central Excise, 1996)
(d) 71
)
(a) 115
(6) 148
38. 34, 1». 10, 6, 4, (
)
(a) 0
(6) 1
39. 462, 420, 380, (
), 306
(a) 322
(6) 332
40. 3, 8, 22, 63, 185, (
)
(a) 550
(Railways, 1998)
), 82
(6) 51
37. 5, 16, 49, 104, (
(d) 9
), 145
(6) 97
36. 9, 11, 20, 31, (
(c) 8
(6) 310
(C.B.I. 1995)
(c) 170
(d) 181
(c) 2
(d) 3
(LA.8. 1994)
(c) 342
(d) 352
(c) 295
(d) 285
Copyrighted material
Scries
143
Completion
41. 1, 2. 5, 12, 27, 58, 121, (
(a) 246
(6) 247
42. 0.5, 0.55, 0.65. 0.8, (
)
(a) 0.9
(6) 0.82
43. 3. 8, 13, 24, 41, (
)
(a) 70
(6) 75
44. 97, 86, 73, 58, 45, (
)
(a) 34
(6) 54
45. 17, 19, 23, 29, ( ), 37
(a) 31
(6) 33
(Hotel Management, 1995)
)
(c) 248
(d) 249
(c) 1
(d)
(8.S.C. 1993)
80
(d)
(c) 55
(d)
(c) 35
(<*) 36
(c)
46. 5, 6, 9, 15, (
). 40
(c) 27
(a) 21
(6) 25
47. 3, 12, 27, 48, 75, 108, ( )
(c) 183
(a) 147
(6) 162
48. 134, 245, 356, 467, (
)
(c) 568
(a) 579
(6) 578
49. 6, 13, 28, (
)
(c) 58
(a) 56
(6) 57
50. 563, 647, 479, 815, (
)
(a) 672
(6) 386
(c) 279
51. 11, 12, 17, 18, 23, 24, ( )
(c) 30
(a) 12
(6) 29
52. 225. 336, 447, (
), 669, 7710
(a) 114
(6)338
(c) 558
53. 840, 168, 42, 14, 7, (
)
(c)9
(a) 1
(6) 7
54. 5, 6, 7, 8, 10, 11, 14, ( )
(a) 15
(6) 16
(c) 17
55. 0, 2, 3, 5, 8, 10, 15, 17, 24, 26, ( )
(a) 35
(6) 32
(c) 30
56. 0, 4, 6, 3, 7, 9, 6, ( ), 12
(a) 8
(6) 10
(c) 11
51. 1, 1, 3, 9, 6, 36, 10, 100, (
), 225
(a) 15
(6) 16
(c) 20
58. 2, 1, 2, 4, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 8, 10, 11, ( )
•
(a) 9
(6) 10
59. 4, 23, 60, 121, (
)
(a) 212
(6) 221
60. 1, 4, 2, 8, 6, 24, 22, 88, (
(a) 86
(6) 90
61. 13, 32, 24, 43, 35, (
(a) 45
(6) 52
0.95
85
56
(I. Tax & Central Excise, 1995)
(Assistant Grade, 1996)
(d)
33
(C.A.T. 1997)
(d)
192
(M.lkA. 1997)
(d) 478
(Railways, 1995)
(d) 59
(d) 143
(Assistant Grade, 1995)
(d) 35
(Central Excise, 1996)
(d) 991
(CJ8.I. 1995)
(d) 12
(8.CJLA. 1996)
(d) 18
(d) 28
(Hotel Management, 1995)
(<*) 14
(Stenographers' Exam, 1994)
(d) 22
(Assistant Grade, 1998)
(c) 11
id)
12
(c) 241
id)
242
)
(CJLT. 1997)
(c) 154
), 46, 65, 57^ 76
(c) 54
(d)
352
(C.B.I. 1997)
(d) 55
Copyrighted material
Reasoning
144
62. 3, 4. 7, 7, 13, 13, 21, 22, 31, 44, (
(a) 42
(6) 43
ib)
)
64
ic)
64. 8, 9. 8, 7. 10, 9, 6. 11, 10, (
(a) 5
ib)
150
id)
id)
), 3, 50, 4, 25, 2, 6, 30, 3
(d) 250
(c) 225
(Assistant Grade, 1998)
(6) 110
(d) None of these
(c) 111
67. 123456147. 12345614. 2345614. 234561, (
' 5' 5'' <
, » 17
l a > 40
,M
19
(6)
42
2
3
4
5
\ S ' 5 ' 5 v5 ' '25'
ib)
70.
ill,
(a) 8
12
ic) 23456
ib) 2345
39
»• 86
(a) 3456
cq
U
). 100, 1001, 1000, 10001
(a) 101
68
72
(8.8.C. 1993)
(c) 8
(6) 175
66. 11. 10. (
70
). 12
7
65. 90, 180, 12, 50, 100, 200, (
(a)
(d) 52
(c) 51
63. 2, 6, 12, 20. 30, 42, 56, (
(a) 60
)
(6)
45
(M.B.A. 1997)
(C)
25 \5
9
20
}
|, u | . ie|. (
j
n
6
125
)
ib)
(15. 16)
(rf) 20
(c) 10
71. (2, 3), (3. 5), (5. 7). <7, 11), (11, 13), (
(a) (13. 15)
id) 34561
<LA& 1998)
, *
(
)
(S.C.R.A. 1994)
)
(c) (13. 17)
id)
(13, 19)
72. In the series 10. 17. 24. 31, 38, ... which of the following will be a number of
the series ?
(a) 48
(6) 346
(c) 574
(d) 1003
73. Which of the following will not be a number of the series 1, 8. 27. 64, 125, ... ?
(a) 256
ib) 512
74. In the series 3. 9. 15
ia)
117
ib)
121
(c) 729
(rf) 1000
(Railways, 1992)
what will be the 21st term ?
(c) 123
id)
129
75. In the series 2. 6. 18. 54. ..., what will be the 8th term ?
ia) 4370
ib) 4374
(c) 7443
(R.R.B. 1990)
id) 7434
78. Which term of the series 5. 8. 11, 14, ... is 320 ?
(a) 104th
(6) 105th
(c) 106th
id) 64th
77. Which term of the series 5. 10. .20, 40, ... is 1280 ?
ia) 10th
(6) 9th
ic) 8th
id) None of these
Copyrighted material
Series Completion
145
i
ANSWERS
1. (6): The numbers are l 2 , 22, 32, 42 52
A Missing number = 62 = 36.
2. tS : The pattern is - 1, - 2, ...
Missing number = 17 - 3 = 14.
3. (6) : Clearly, the given series consists of prime numbers starting from 2. The prime number after 11 is 13. So, 13 is the missing number.
4. (<?): The pattern is + 5, + 10, + 15, + 20,...
Missing number = 56 + 25 ^ 81.
5. (c): The pattern is + 5. + 7, + 9, + 11,...
.\ Missing number =33 + 13 = 46.
6. (6) : Each term of the given series is obtained by multiplying its preceding term by 3.
Missing number = 8 1 x 3 = 243.
7. ( a ) : The- pattern is + 8,4- 8, + 16, + 16, + 24....
Missing number = 73 + 24 = 97.
8. (a): The pattern is + 3, + 4,...
.*. Missing number • 9 + 5* 14.
9. (6): The pattern is + 4V + 8, + 12, + 16....
Missing number * 45 + 20 * 65.
10. (c): Each number in the series is the preceding number multiplied by 2 and then
increased by 1.
Thus. (3 x 2) + 1 = 7, ( 7 x 2 ) + 1 = 15, ( 1 5 x 2 ) + l = 3 1 and soon.
Missing number =(63 x 2) + 1 = 127.
11. (d) : The pattern is + 5, + 9 , + 21, + 25
/. Missing number »15 + 13 ^ 28.
12. (c): Each term in the series is the sum of the preceding two terms.
Thus, 1 + 2 • 3; 2 + 3 = 5; 3 + 5 = 8 and so on.
Missing number = 5 8 = 13.
13. (d) : Each term of the series is obtained by multiplying the preceding term by 3.
.\ Missing number * 13.5 x 3 m 40.5.
14. (c) : The numbers are ll 2 ,15 2 , 192.... i.e. II 2 , (11 + 4 x l) 2 (11 + 4 x 2) 2 ,...
.*. Missing number =(11 + 4 x 3)2 = (23)2 = 529.
15. (a): The'numbers are l2 - 1, 22 - 2, 32 - 1, 42 - 2,...
Missing number = 5 - 1» 24.
16. (c/): The sequence is a combination of two series :
I. 19, 38, 114, ( )
and
II. 2, 3, 4
The pattern followed in I is x 2, x 3, ...
Missing number = 114 x 4 =456.
17. (6): The numbers arJ alternately multiplied by 2 and | •
3
3
Thus, 1 x 2 = 2, 2 x - • 3, 3 x 2 = 6, « x | = 9 and so on.
Q
.\ Missing number = 18 x - = 27.
Copyrighted material
I
)
Reasoning
' 146
18. (d): The pattern is • 1, + 4. + 9. + 16,... U., + I 2 , + 2* + 32, 4 4 2 ,...
Missing number * 34 • 62 - 5 4 + 25 « 59.
19. id): The pattern is x 2, x 3, x 4,...
A Missing number - 72 x 5 - 360.
20. (c): Each number in the series is the product of the digits of the preceding number.
Thus, 6 x 6 a 36. 3 x 6 « 18 and so on.
.% Missing number = 1 x 8 = 8.
21. ia): The pattern is • 4. + 8. • 16, + 32,... U. • 22. • 23, • 24, + 2 s ,...
22. (a):
23. (rf):
24. (c):
25. (<d):
26. (c):
27. (c):
28. (d):
%
29. ib):
30. ib):
31. id):
32. (6):
33. (6):
34. ic):
Missing number = 81 + 28 * 81 + 64 =• 145.
The pattern is • 20,4 40, + 80,...
/. Missing number « 152 + 160 « 312.
The sequence is a combination of two series :
L 3, 5, 7, 9
and
II. 6, 20, 42, ( )
The pattern followed in II is • 14, • 22,...
/. Missing number = 42 + 30 * 72.
The sum of any three consecutive terms of the series gives the next term.
Thus. 1 + 3 + 4 = 8; 3 • 4 • 8 « 15; 4 + 8 + 1 5 - 2 7 and so on.
.*. Missing number - 8 + 15 • 27 » 50.
The pattern is • 13, + 26, + 39,...
.\ Missing number = 80 • 52 * 132.
The pattern is + 2, + 4, • 4,... • 16, + 16.
.\ Missing number a 18 + 8 « 26.
The pattern is x 2, x 3, x 4,...
Missing number = 24 x 5 = 120.
Each term in the series is one less than the square of the preceding term.
Thus. 22 - 1 - 3, 3* - 1 - 8, 82 - 1 = 63.
.\ Missing term - (63)2 -U 3969 - 1 » 3968.
The pattern is + 20.5.«- 22.5....
Missing term = 138 + 24.5 = 162.5.
Each number in the series is the preceding number multiplied by 3 and then
decreased by 2.
The pattern is x 8, x 4 V ..
.\ Missing term = 128 x 2 = 256.
The pattern is x 2 + 1, x 2 - 1, x 2 + 1. x 2 - lf ...
.\ Missing number = 37 x 2 + 1» 75.
The pattern is • 36. • 60, • 90,... U.
+16 x (6 + 0)1, + [6 x (6 + 4)1. + [6 x (6 + 9)1,...
/. Missing number • 210 • [6 * (6 + 15)1 = 210 + 126 = 336.
Each number is 15 multiplied by a prune number Le. 15 x 11, 15 x 13. 15 x 17,
15 x 19, 15 x 23.
Missing term * 15 x 29 s 435
35. id): The numbers are 22 • 1,42 • 1,62 + 1,82 + 1,
122 + 1.
.'. Missing number = 102 • 1 - 101.
36. (6): Each term in the series is the sum of the preceding two terms.
Missing number - 20 + 31 • 51.
*
(
S
Copyrighted material
Series Completion
* 147
37. (d) : The pattern is + 11, + 33, + 65, ...t i.e.+(11 x 1), +(11 x 3),+ (11 x 5),...
Missing number = 104 + (11 x 7) = 181.
38. id) : Each term is divided by 2 and then increased by 1 to obtain the next term.
Missing term = (4 + 2) + 1 = 3.
39. (c): The pattern is - 42, - 40,...
Missing number = 380 - 38 = 342.
40. ( a ) : The pattern is x 3 - 1, x 3 - 2, x 3 - 3, x 3 - 4, ...
.\ Missing number = (185 x 3) - 5 » 550.
41. (c) : The pattern is x 2 + 0, x 2 + 1, x 2 + 2, <2 + 3, x 2 + 4. x 2 + 5,...
Missing number = 121 x2 + 6 = 248.
42. (c): The pattern is + 0.05,0.10, + 0.15,...
.*. Missing number = 0.8 + 0.20 = 1.
43. (a) : The pattern followed is :
nth term • (n + 1) th term + (n + 1) * (n + 2) th term.
Thus, 1st term + 2nd term + 2 = 3rd term;
2nd term + 3rd term + 3 = 4th term and so on.
Missing term = 6th term = 4 th term + 5th term + 5
= 24 + 41 + 5 = 70.
44. ( a ) : The pattern is - 11, - 13, - 15. - 13,...
Missing number = 45 - 11 = 34.
45. ( a ) : The given series consists of consecutive prime numbers starting from 17. The next
prime number after 29 is 31.
So, the missing number is 31.
46. (b): The pattern is + 1, + 3, + 6,... i*. + 1, + (1 + 2), + (1 + 2 + 3),...
Missing number = 15 + (1 + 2 + 3 + 4) = 25.
47. ( a ) : The numbers are 3 x l 2 , 3 x 22. 3 x 3* 3 x 42, 3 x 5 2 ,3 x 6 * . . .
.\ Missing number = 3 x 7 2 = 3x49 = 147.
48. (6): Each term is obtained by adding 111 to the preceding term.
.*. Missing number =467 + 111 =578.
49. (d) : The pattern is x 2 + l,.x 2 + 2, ...
Missing number = 28 x 2 + 3 * 59.
50. (d): The pattern is + 84, - J68, • 336,... i.e. + 84, - (84 x 2), + (84 x 22), ...
51. (6):
52. (c):
53. (6):
54. ( a ) :
Missing number • 815 - (84 x 23) - 815 - 672 » 143.
The given sequence is*a combination of two series :
I. 11. 17, 23, ( )
and
II. 12, 18, 24.
The pattern in both 1 and II is + 6.
So, missing number = 23 + 6 = 29.
The first two digits of the numbers in the given series are 22, 33, 44,
66, 77. The
third digits of the numbers form the series 5, 6, 7,
9, 10.
So, the first two digits of the missing number are 55 and the third digit is 8.
/. Missing number is 55$.
The pattern is -s 5, + 4, + 8, + 2,...
Missing number =7 + 1 = 7.
The given sequence is a combination of two series :
I. 5, 7. 10, 14
and
II. 6, 8, 11, ( )
The pattern in both I and II is + 2, + 3, + 4,...
Missing number = 11 + 4 = 15.
Copyrighted material
Reasoning
' 148
55. ( a ) : The given sequence is a combination of two series :
I. 0. 3, 8. 15. 24. ( )
and
II. 2. 5, 10, 17, 26.
The pattern in both I and II is + 3, + 5, + 7, + 9,...
/. Missing number = 24 4 11 = 35.
56. (6): The given sequence is a combination of three series :
L 0, 3, 6
n. 4, 7, ( )
III. 6, 9, 12
The pattern in each of these series is 4 3.
Missing number « 7 4- 3 = 10.
57. ( a ) : The given sequence is a combination of two series :
I. 1, 3, 6. 10, ( )
H. 1, 9, 36, 100, 225
The pattern in I is 4- 2, + 3, • 4,...
The numbers in II are squares of the corresponding numbers of I.
.\ Missing number = 10 + 5 = 15.
58. (6): The given sequence is a combination of three series :
I. 1st, 4th, 7th, 10th, 13th terms Le. 2, 4, 6, 8, ( )
II. 2nd, 5th, 8th, 11th terms Le. 1, 4, 7, 10
III. 3rd, 6th, 9th, 12th terms i.e. 2, 5, 8, 11.
Clearly, I consists of consecutive even numbers.
So, the missing number is 10.
4
59. (a): The numbers are 23 - 4, 33 - 4.4 3 - 4, 53 - 4....
/. Missing number = 6 3 - 4 = 216-4 = 212.
60. (a): The pattern is x 4, - 2, x 4, - 2,...
Missing number - 88 - 2 - 86.
61. (c): The given sequence is a combination of two series :
I. 13, 24. 35, 46. 57
and
II. 32, 43. ( ), 65. 76.
The pattern in both I and II is +11.
Missing number = 43 4-11 = 54.
62. (6): The given sequence is a combination of two series :
I. Odd numbered terms i.e. 3, 7, 13, 21, 31, ( )
II. Even numbered terms Le. 4, 7, 13, 22, 44.
The pattern in I is 4- 4, 4 6, • 8, 4 10,...
The pattern in II is 4 3,4- 6, + 9, 4 12, ...
Missing term » 31 + 12 = 43.
63. ( d ) : The sequence is 1 x 2,2 x 3,3 x 4, 4 x 5.5 x 6, 6 x 7,7 x 8.
/. Missing number = 8 x 9 = 72.
64. ( a ) : The given sequence is a combination of three series :
I. 1st, 4th, 7th, 10th terms Le. 8, 7, 6, ( )
II. 2nd, 5th, 8th, 11th terms i.e. 9, 10, 11, 12.
III. 3rd, 6th. 9th terms Le. 8, 9, 10.
The pattern in I is - 1.
So, missing number = 6 - 1 • 5.
65. ( a ) : Clearly, 90 = 30 x 3, 180 = 6 x 30, 12 - 2 x 6, 50 • 25 x 2, 100 = 4 x 25, 200 = 50 x 4.
Missing number = 3 x 50 = 150.
66. (a): The given sequence is a combination of two series :
I. 11, ( >• 1001, 10001
. and
II. 10, 100, 1000.
In I, an extra zero is added between the two l's.
So, the missing number is 101.
Copyrighted material
Series Completion
149
67. (d>: The digits are removed one by one from the end as well as from the beginning in
order so as to obtain the next term of the series.
68. (6): The sequence in the numerators is + 5. + 10. + 20,... and that in the denominators
is + 11.+ 22.+ 44. ...
So. the numerator of the missing fraction should be (9 + 10) i.e. 19 and the denominator should be (20 + 22) i.e. 42.
69. ib): Clearly, the numerators of the given fractions arc consecutive natural numbers.
So, the numerator of the missing fraction should be 6
Also, the denominator of each fraction is multiplied by >6 to obtain the denominator
of the next fraction.
So, the denominator of the missing fraction should be 25 ^5.
g
Hence, the missing fraction is 25^5 '
100 25 100 50
,
100 100 100 100
70. id) : The given sequence is
•
• - y - • -j- •... i.e., — • — »—
6
So, the missing term should be ^^ i.e. 20.
71. (c) : The given sequence consists of pairs of consecutive prime numbers.
72. ib): The given series consists of numbers which on dividing by 7 leave a remainder 3.
No other number except 346 satisfies the property.
73. (a): The given series consists of cubes of natural numbers only. 256 is not the cube of
any natural number.
74. (c): Clearly. 3 + 6 = 9, 9 + 6« 15
So. the series is an A. P. in which 0 = 3 and d = 6.
,
21st term * a + (21 - l ) < f - a + 2W =3 + 20 x 6 = 123.
75. ib): Clearly, 2 * 3 = 6. 6 * 3 = 18. 18 * 3 = 54
So. the series is a G.P. in which a = 2 and r = 3.
.'. 8th term = or1**or?»2 x 37 - ( 2 x 2187)-4374.
76. ic); Clearly, 6 + 8 - 8 . 8 + 3-11, 11+ 3* 14
So. the series is an A.P. in which a = 5 and d «= 3.
Let the number of terms be n.
Then. 320 = 5 + (n - 1) * 8 or (n - 1) = 105 or n = 106
77. ib): Clearly. 5 x 2 = 10.10 x 2 = 20.20 x 2 - 40,...P
So. the series is a G.P. in which a - 5 and r = 2.
Let the number of terms be n.
Then, 5 x 2* ~ 1 = 1280
2* ~1 = 256 = 2*
n - 1 = 8 or n = 9.
Case II : Finding the Wrong Term in the Given Series
Ex. 1. Find the wrong number in the series :
7f 28, 63. 124,215,342.611
ia) 7
ib) 28
(c) 124
Sol. Clearly, the correct sequence is
id) 215
ie) 342
23 - 1, 33 - 1, 43 - 1, 5 3 - 1, 63 - 1, 7* - 1, 83 - 1.
/. 28 is wrong and should be replaced by
- 1) i.e. 26.
Hence, the answer is (6).
Copyrighted material
4
1
I
Reasoning
150
Ex. 2. Find the wrong number in the series :
3, 8, 15, 24, 34, 48, 63
(a) 15
(6) 24
(c) 34
id)
48
(e) 63
Sol. The difference between consecutive terms of the given series are respectively
5. 7. w. 11 and 13.
Clearly 34 is a wrong number and must be replaced by (24 +11) i.e. 35.
Hence, the answer is (c).
EXERCISE 3B
Directions : In each of the following questions, one term in the number
series is wrong. Find out the wrong term.
1. 24, 27. 31, 33, 36
(C.B.I. 1996)
( a ) 24
(ft) 27
2. 196. 169, 144, 121, 80
(c) 31
(d) 33
80
( b ) 121
3. 3. 5. 7, 9, 11, 13
(«) 3
(b) 5
4. 121, 143, 165, 186, 209
tA
(a) 143
(ft) 165
5. 1. 2, 4. 8, 16. 32. 64, 96
(c) 169
id)
(c) 7
(d) 9
(M.B.A. 1998)
196
(S.S.C. 1995)
(c) 186
(d)
209
(Assistant Grade, 1994)
(a) 4
(6) 32
6. 8, 14. 26, 48, 98, 194, 386
(c) 64
(d)
96
(a) 14
(6) 48
7. 8. 13. 21, 32. 47, 63, 83
(a) 13
(ft) 21
8. 3, 10. 27, 4, 16, 64, 5, 25, 125
(c) 98
(d)
194
(c) 32
(d)
47
(S.8.C. 1993)
(a) 3
(ft) 4
9. 380, 188, 92, 48, 20, 8, 2
(a) 188
(ft) 92
10. 1, 3, 7, 15, 27, 63. 127
(a) 7 .
(6) 15
11. 5, 10. }7. 24. 37
(c) 10
W) 27
(c)48
(d)
(a) 10
(ft) 17
12. 1. 3, 10, 21. 64. 129, 256, 778
(a) 10
(ft) 21
13. 15, 16, 22, 29, 45, 70
(a) 16
(ft) 22
14. 6. 14, 30, 64. 126
(c) 24
(d)
(c) 129
( d ) 256
(9) 45
(<f) 70
20
(S.S.C. 1996)
(c) 27
(d)
63
(C.A.T. 1997)
37
(C.B.I. 1993)
(a) 6
(ft) 14
(c)64
15. 10, 26, 74. 218, 654, 1946. 5834
(d)
126
(a) 26
(ft) 74
16. 3, 7, 15, 39, 63, 127, 255, 511
(a) 15
(ft) 39
(c) 218
(d)
654
(c) 63
(d)
127
Copyrighted material
>
Series Completion
17. 445. 221, 109, 46, 25, 11, 4
(a) 25
(b) 46
18. 1236, 2346. 3456. 4566. 5686
(a) 1236
ib) 3456,
18. 5, 10. 40. 80, 320, 550. 2560
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
30.
31.
32.
33.
34.
35.
36.
37.
38.
151
(c) 109
(c) 4566
(d) 221
(Assistant Grade, 1997)
(d) 5686
(S.C.&A. 1994)
(d) 2560
(S.S.C. 1993)
(a) 80
(b) 320
3. 2, 8. 9. 13, 22, 18, 32, 23. 42
(a) 8
(6) 9
8. 27. 125. 343, 1331
(a) 8
(6) 343
10. 14. 28. 32, 64. 68. 132
(a) 28
(6) 32
1, 5. 5. 9. 7. 11, 11, 15, 12, 17
( a ) 11
(f>) 12
11, 2. 21, 3. 32, 4. 41, 5, 51, 6
(a) 21
(6) 11
11. 5, 20. 12. 40. 26, 74, 54
(a) 5
(b) 20
56. 72, 90, 110, 132, 150
(a) 72
(6)90
8, 13, 21, 32, 47, 63. 83
(a) 13
(6) 32
89. 78. 86. 80, 85, 82, 83
(c) 550
(a) 83
(6) 82
25, 36. 49. 81, 121, 169, 225
(a) 36
(6) 49
2, 5. 10, 17, 26. 37, 50, 64
(a) 17
(6) 26
1, 5. 9. 16. 25, 37, 49
(a) 9
(6) 15
2, 5, 10. 50. 500. 5000
(a) 5
(6) 10
46080. 3840. 384, 48, 24. 2. 1
(a) '384
(fc) 48
105, 85. 60. 30. 0. - 45. - 90
(a) 105
(6) 60
325, 259, 202, 160, 127, 105. 94
(a) 94
(ft) 127
125, 126, 124, 127, 123, 129
(a) 126
(6) 124
3, 4, 10, 32, 136, 685, 4116
(a) 10
(6) 32
3, 10, 27, 4, 16. 64. 5, 25, 125
(a) 3
(6) 4
(c) 86
(d) 78
(c) 169
(d) 225
(c) 37
(d) 64
(c) 25
(d) 37
(c) 50
(d) 5000
(c) 24
(d) 2
(c) 0
(d) - 45
(c) 202
(d) 259
(c) 123
(d) 129
(c) 685
id)
22
(c) 13
(d)
<c) 1331
(d) None of these
(c) 64
(d)
132
(c) 17
(d)
15
(Assistant Grade, 1998)
(c) 32
(d)
51
(c) 40
(d)
26
(c) 110
id)
150
(c) 47
(d) 63
(C.B.I. 1993)
(Assistant Grade, 1998)
(8.8.C. 1995)
4116
(8.S.C. 1993)
(c) 10
(d) 27
Copyrighted material
1
«
i
Reasoning
152
39. 5. 27, 61, 122, 213, 340, 509
(Assistant Grade, 1998)
(a) 27
(6) 61
(c) 122
(d) 509
40. 16. 22. 30, 45, 52. 66
(a) 30
(6) 45
<c) 52
(d) 66
Directions (Questions 41 to 45) : In each of the following number series,
either one term is missing or is wrong which has been given as one of the
four alternatives under It. This alternative is your answer.
(Hotel Management, 1996)
41. 1, 2, 5,)10. 17. 28
(a) 30
(b) 28
(c) 27
W) 17
42. 1, 5, 11, 19. 29. 55
(a) 55
(6) 41
(c) 29
(<f) 19
43. 2. 3, 5, 8, 13, 34
{a) 21
(6) 25
(c) 29
(rf) 34
44. 0, 3, 8-, 15. 24. 33
\ (a) 8
(6) 15
(c) 26
(d) 33
46J i t 5 , 14, 30, 55. 93
(a) 97
(6) 95
.
(c) 93
(d) 55Directions (Questions 46 to 50) i In each of the following number series,
two terms hape been put within brackets. Mark your answer as
(а) if both the bracketed terras are right;
(б) if the first bracketed term is right and second is wrong;
(c) if the first bracketed term is wrong and second is right;
(<f) if both the bracketed terms are wrong.
(L.LCAA.O. 1995)
46. 4, 6.40, (*2), 16, (14), 22
47. 3, 10, 29. (66), (127), 218
48. 2. 3, (6). 11. 18. (30). 38
49. (2), 5. (12), 25. 41. 61
50. 4,7,(9). 10. 13, 15,(16), 19
ANSWERS
1. (c): Each term in the series is increased by 3 to obtain the next term.
So. 3t is wrong and must be replaced by (27 + 3) i.e. 30.
2.(0): The sequence is (14)2. (13)2. <12)2, (ll) 2 . (10)2.
So. 80 is wrong and must be replaced by (10)2 i.e. 100.
3. (d): The series consists of consecutive prime numbers. So. 9 is wrong.
4. (c): Each term of the series is increased by 22 to obtain thfe next term.
So. 186 is wrong and must be replaced by (165 + 22) i.e. 187.
5. (rf) : Each term of the series is obtained by multiplying the preceding term by 2
So, 96 is wrong and must be replaced by l64 * 2) i.e. 128.
6. (5): Each term in the series is less than twice the preceding term by 2.
So. 48 is wrong and should be replaced by (26 x 2 - 2) i.e. 50.
7. Id): The sequence is * 6, + 8, + 11
.*. 47 is wrong and must be replaced by (32 • 14) i.e. 46. ,
Copyrighted mate
Series Completion *
153
8. (c) : The correct sequence is 3, 32, 33, 4, 4 2 .4 3 ,5, 62, 53.
So, 10 is wrong and must be replaced by 32 i.e. 9.
9. (c): Each terra in the series is four more than two timer the next term.
So, 48 is wrong and must be replaced by (20 * 2 4- 4) i.e. 44.
10. (c): The sequence is 4 2. + 4. • 8,... i + 2 , + 22, 4 2 3 ,....
So. 27 is wrong and must be replaced by (15 4 2*) i.e. (15 4-16) or 31.
11. (c): The sequence is 4 5, 4- 7,....
'
So, 24 is wrong and should be replaced by (17 4 9) Le. 26.
12. (d) : The sequence is x 2 4-1, x 3 4-1, x 2 4 1, x 3 4 1,....
So. 256 is wrong and must be replaced by (129 x 2 4 1) Le. 259.
13. (6): The pattern is 4 1, 4 4, 4 9, 4 16, 4 25,... i£. 4 l 2 , 4 22, 4 32, 4- 43, 4- 5 2 ,....
14. (c):
15. (d):
16. (6):
17. (6):
So, 22 is wrong and must be replaced by (16 + 4) ix. 20.
Each term is multiplied by 2 and then increased by 2 to obtain the next term.
So, 64 is wrong and must be replaced by (30 x 2 4 2) i.e. 62.
Each term is 4 less than thrice the preceding number.
So, 654 is wrong and must be replaced by (218 x 3 - 4) - 650.
Each number in the series is multiplied by 2 and the result increased by 1 to obtain
the next number.
,
So, 39 is wrong and should be replaced by (15 x 2 4 1) Le. 31.
3 is subtracted from each number and the result is divided by 2 to obtain the next
number of the series.
109 — 3
Sd. 46 is wrong and must be replaced by — - — i e ^
18. id): The first digits of the numbers form the series 1, 2, 3, 4,
the second digits form
the series 2, 3, 4, 5, 6; the third digits form the series 3, 4, 5, 6; while the last digit
in each of the numbers is 6.
So, 5686 is wrong and must be replaced by 5676.
19. (c) : The sequence is x 2, x 4, x 2, x 4
So, 550 is wrong and must be replaced by (320 x 2) i.e. 640.
20. (6): The given sequence is a combination of two series :
I. 3, 8, 13, 18, 23
and
II. 2, 9, 22, 32, 42
The pattern in I is 4 5, and the pattern in II is 4 10.
So. in II, 9 is wrong and must be replaced by (2 + 10) Le. 12.
21. id) : The numbers are cubes of prime numbers Le. 23, 33, 53, 73f l l 3 . Clearly, none is wrong.
22. (d): Alternately, the numbers are increased by four and doubled to get the next number.
Thus. 104-4 = 14; 14x2 = 28; 2844-32; 3 2 x 2 - 6 4 and soon.
So, 132 is wrong and must be replaced by (68 x 2) Le. 136.
23. (6): The given sequence is a combination of two series :
I. 1, 5, 7, 11, 12
and
II. 5, 9, 11, 15, 17
The pattern in both I and II is 4 4, 4 2,4 4, 4 2.
So, 12 is wrong and must be replaced by (11 4 2) i.e. 13.
24. (c): The given sequence is a combination of two series :
1.11,21,32,41,51 , and
11.2,3,4^5,6.
. Clearly, the pattern irt I is 4-10.
So, 32 is wrong and should be replaced by (21 4 10) Le. 31.
Copyrighted material
Reasoning
' 154
25. (c): The given sequence is a combination of two series :
I. 11. 20. 40. 74
and
II. 5, 12, 26, 54
The pattern in I becomes • 9, + 18, + 36,... if 40 is replaced by 38.
So, 40 is wrong.
26. (d): The numbers are 7 x 8, 8 x 9, 9 x 10, 10 x 11,11 x 12, 12 x 13.
So, 150 is wrong and must be replaced by (12 x 13) i.e. 156.
27. (c): The sequence is + 5, + 8, • 11, —
So. 47 is wrong and must be replaced by (32 • 14) i.e. 46.
28. (c): The sequence is - 11, • 9, - 7, • 5. - 3, + 1.
So, 86 is wrong and should be replaced by (78 + 9) i.e. 87.
29. ( a ) : The correct sequence is 52, 72.92, l l 2 . 132. 152.
So, 36 is wrong.
30. (d): The numbers are l2 + 1,22 + 1.32 + 1 and so on.
So. 64 is wrong. The correct term is (82 + 1) Le. 65.
31. (6): The given sequence is a combination of two series :
I. 1, 9, 25, 49
and,
II. 5, 15, 37
Tho pattern in I is + 8t + 16. + 24.
The sequence in II is 22 + 1, 42 + 1,62 + 1.
A
32. ( d ) :
33. (c):
34. (c):
35. (c):
36. ( d ) :
37. (6):
So, 16 is wrong and must be replaced by (4 + 1) i.e. 17.
Each term of the series is the product of the preceding two terms.
So, 5000 is wrong and must be replaced by (50 x 500) Le. 25000.
The terms are successfully divided by 12. 10, 8, 6, ... .
So, 24 is wrong and must be replaced by (48 • 6) Le. 8.
The sequence is - 20, - 25, - 30
So, 0 is wrong and must be replaced by (30 - 35) Le. - 5.
The sequence is - 66, - 55, - 44, - 33, - 22, - 11.
So. 202 is wrong. The correct term is. (259 - 55) Le. 204.
The sequence is • 1, - 2, • 3, - 4, • 5.
So, 129 is wrong and must be replaced by (123 • 5) ijt. 128.
The sequence is as follows :
2nd term = (lst term + l ) x l
3rd term = (2nd term 4 1) x 2
4th term - (3rd term + I ) x 3 and so on.
So, 32 is wrong and miist be replaced by (10 + 1) x 3 Le. 33.
38. (c): The correct sequence is 3,3* 33, 4, 4 2 ,4 3 ,5, 52, 53.
So, 10 is wrong and should be replaced by 32 i.e. 9.
39. ( a ) : The correct sequence is 23 - 3, 33 - 3, 43 - 3, 53 - 3, 63 - 3, 73 - 3, 83 - 3.
So, 27 is wrong and should be replaced by 3s - 3 i.e. 24.
40. (6) : The correct sequence is + 6, + 8, + 10, + 12, + 14.
So, 45 is wrong and must be replaced by (30 + 10) i.e. 40.
41. (6) : The correct sequence is + 1, + 3, + 5, + 7, + 9.
So, 28 is wrong and must be replaced by (17 49) Le. 26.
42. (6): The correct sequence is + 4, + 6, + 8, + 10, ....
So, next term after 29 = 29 + 12 = 41.
The term after 41 will then be (41 -f 14) i.e. 55.
41 is missing.
Copyrighted material
Series Completion
155
43. (a) : Clearly, each term of the series is the sum of the preceding two terms.
Now, 8+13 = 21 and 13 + 21 = 34.
So. the term 21 is missing.
44. (d) : The correct sequence is + 3, + 5, + 7, + 9. • 11.
So. 33 is wrong and must be replaced by (24 + 11) i e. 35.
45. (c) : The correct sequence is + 4, + 9, + 16, + 25, + 36 Le. + 2*, + 32, + 42, + 52 + 62.
So. 93 is wrong and should be replaced by (55+36) Le. 91.
46. (6): The correct sequence is + 2, + 4. • 2, + 4
Clearly, the term 12 is correct.
But. 14 is wrong and must be replaced by (16 + 2) Le. 18.
47. ( a ) : The sequence is l3 + 2, 23 + 2,3 s + 2, 43 + 2,5 3 + 2,6 3 + 2.
Clearly, both the terms 66 and 127 are correct.
48. (ft): The correct sequence is + 1, + 3, + 5, + 7, + 9, + 11. Clearly, the term 6 is correct.
But, 30 is wrong and should be replaced by (18 + 9) Le. 27.
49. (d): The correct sequence is + 4, • 8, • 12, + 16, + 20.
Clearly, 2 is wrong and must be replaced by (5 - 1) Le. 4.
Also, 12 is wrong and should be replaced by (5 + 8) Le. 13.
50. ( a ) : The correct sequence is + 3, + 2, + 1, + 3, + 2, + 1, + 3.
Clearly, both the terms 9 and 16 are correct.
TYPE 2 : ALPHABET SERIES
Ex. 1. What terms will fill the blank spaces ?
Z X V T R (....), (
)
1
(a) O, K
(6) N, M
(c) K, S
(d) M, N
(e) P, N
Sol. Clearly, the given series consists of alternate letters in a reverse order. So, the
missing terms would be P and N.
Hence, the answer is (e).
Ex. 2. Which term comes next in the sequence : nd iy dt yo tj ?
(a) mp
(6) nq
(c) of
(d) oe
(e) me
Sol. Clearly, the first and second letters of each term are moved five steps backward
to obtain the corresponding letters of the next term.
Hence, the answer is (d).
E x . 3. What will be the next term in : BDF, CFI, DHL, ?
( S A C . 1996)
(a) CJM
(b) EIM
(c) EJO
(d) EMI
Sol. Clearly, the first, second and third letters of each term are respectively moved
one. two and three steps forward to obtain the corresponding letters of the next
term. So, the missing term is EJO.
Hence, the answer is (c).
Ex. 4. Which term comes next in the series : YEB, WFD, UHG, SKI ?
(a) QOL
(b) QGL
(c) T O L
(d) Q N L
(Bank P.O. 1996)
Sol. Clearly, the first letter of each term is moved two steps backward to obtain the
first letter of the next term. So, the first letter of the missing term will be Q.
The second letter of the first, second, third, fourth terms are respectively moved
one, two, three and four steps forward to obtain the corresponding letter of the
subsequent term. So, the second letter in the missing term will be O.
Copyrighted material
\
Reasoning
' 156
The third letter is alternately moved two and three steps forward to obtain the
corresponding letter of the subsequent term. So, the third letter in the missing
term will be L.
Thus, the missing term is QOL.
Hence, the answer is (a).
Ex. 5. Which term will replace the question mark in the series :
ABD, DGK, HMS, MTB, SBL, ?
(M.B.A. 19&7)
(a)ZKW
(6) ZKU
(c) ZAB
(d) XKW
Sol. Clearly, the first letters of the first, second, third, fourth and fifth terms are
moved three, four, five, six and seven steps forward respectively to obtain the
first letter of the successive terms. The second letters of the first, second, third,
fourth and fifth terms are moved five, six, seven, eight and nine steps forward
respectively to obtain the second letter of the successive terms. The third letters
of the first, second, third, fourth and fifth terms are moved seven, eight, nine,
ten and eleven steps forward respectively to obtain the third letter of the
successive terms.
Thus, the missing term would be ZKW.
Hence, the answer is (a).
Ex. 6. Choose the term which will continue the following series :
P 3 C, R 5 F, T 8 I, V 12 L, ?
(a) Y 17 O
(6) X 17 M
(c) X 17 O
(d) X 16 O
Sol. Clearly, the first letters of the terms are alternate. The sequence followed by
the numbers is + 2, + 3, + 4 , . . . . The last letter of each term is three steps ahead
of the last letter of the preceding term. Thus, the next term would be X 17 O.
Hence, the answer is (c).
EXERCISEIC"
Directions : In each of the following questions, various terms of a letter
series are given with one term missing as shown by (?). Choose the rpissing
term out of the given alternatives.
1. U. 0 , I. ?, A
(a) E
(S.S.C. 1994)
(b) C
(c) S
(d) G
(a) N. J
<fc) M, L
3. A. B, D. G, ?
(c) J. R
(d) L. M
(a) M
(6) L
4. Z. U, Q. ?. L
(c) K
(a) I
(6) K
5. A, C, F, H, ?, M
(a) L
(b) K
6. A, Z, X. B. V. T. C, R, ?, ?
(a) P. D
( b ) E, 0
7. R. M, ?, F, D, ?
(a) C, B
(6) J. H
(c) M
2. Y, W . U, S, Q. ?, ?
(e) 0 , M
vM.B.A. 1997)
(d) H
(Assistant Grade, 1996)
(d) N
(CJB.I. 1997)
(c) J
(d) I
-
(c) Q, E
(d) 0 , Q
(e) Q. 0
(c) B. H
(d) H. C
(e) I, C
Copyrighted material
157
Series Completion
8. Z, L, X. J. V. H, T, F, ?, ?
(c) S, E
ia) R, D
(6) R, E
9. Z, S, W, 0 , T, K, Q, G, ?
(c) 0 , C
ia) N, C
( b ) N, D
10. W, V, T, S, Q, P, N, M. ?, ?
( a ) I, J
(6) J, I
(c) J, K
11. Z, Y, X. U, T, S. P, 0, N. K, ?,
(c) I, H
ia) H. G
(6) H, I
12. b e d f ? h j ? J
(c) i n
(a) i m
ib) m i
13. AZ, BY, CX, ?
(a) EF
ib) GH
(c)IJ
14. AZ, CX, FU. ?
( a m
(6) IV
(c) JQ
15. AZ, GT. MN, ?, Y B
(c) SH
(a) KF
(6) RX
16. BF, CH. ?. HO, LT
(c) EK
(a) D N
ib) EL
17. CE. GI. KM, OQ, ?
(c) SU
(a) T W
(6) T V
18. BD, GI. LN, QS, ?
(a) T V
(fc) UW
(c) WX
(Assistant Grade. 1994)
id) Q. D
(UJ).C. 1995)
(rf) 0, D
(C.B.I. 1996)
id) K, J
•
19. AD, EH, IL, ?, QT
(a) L M
(b) MN
(d) J, I
(L Tax, 1996)
(d) j
m
(rf) DE
(d) KP
(C.B.I. 1995)
(d) TS
(d) EM
(L.LC. 1994)
ie) FJ
(d) RT
ie) UW
(d) W Y
ie) VX
(I. Tax & Central Excise, 1996)
(c) MP
(d) OM
20. JE, LH, OL, SQ, ?
(a) W V
(6) WX
21. DF, GJ, KM, NQ, RT, ?
>
(a) U W
(6) YZ
22. cx
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
fu
( B A R . B . 1997)
(c) VW
(rf) vx
(e) XW
(c)XZ
id) UX
ie) Y A
ir ? ol ri
(a) lo
(6) mn
OTE, PUF, QVG, RWH, ?
(a) SYJ
(b) TXI
eac gee ieg ?
(a) jhi
(6) jgi
ejo tyd ins xch ?
(a) nrw
(6) mrw
CAT, FDW, IGZ, ?
'
(a) KJA
(6) KTC
BEH, KNQ, TWZ, ?
(a) IJL
(6) CFI
28. deb ijg nol ? xy\(a) rsp
( b ) stp
ie) DW
(I. A S . 1996)
I
(Assistant Grade, 1998)
(c) no
(d) op
(e) or
(c) SXJ
(d) SXI
(e) TYJ
(c) kgi
id) khi
(e) ky
(c) msx
id) nsx
ie) nsw
(c) LHD
W) LJC
(c) BDF
(C.B.I. 1997)
(Assistant Grade, 1995)
id) ADG
(c) rsq
id) stq
* •
(e) sto
Copyrighted material
Reasoning
' 158
29. ? siy oeu kaq gwm cri
(a) wnc
(6) wnb
30. QPO, SRQ, UTS. WVU, ?
(a) XVZ
(b) ZYA
(c) vnc
(d) vmc
(e) wrac
(c) Y X W
id) VWX
(e) AZY
(c) usq
(d) may
(e) xyv
(c) prq
id) rep
(e) oqr
(c) RTV
(d) SRQ
(e) T U V
(8.S.C. 1995)
(c) V X Y
(d) SVW
(Assistant Grade, 1998)
(a) ole
( b ) ole
36. LXF, MTJ, NPN, OLR, ?
(c) nmc
(d) nib
(a) PHV
(6) PIU
37. MHZ. NIW, OKT, PNQ, ?
(c) PJW
(d) PKX
(a) RRN
(6) QRN
38. AYD, BVF, DRH, ?. KGL
(d) FMI
(6) GMJ
39. AB. BA. ABC. CBA, ABCD, ?
(a) ACBD
( b ) BACD
40. AB.^DEF, HIJK, ?, STUVWX
(c) QRM
,{d) QQN
31. ? ayw gee mki sqo
(a) zxw
(6) bzw
32^ydfe jih mln ? vut
(o) oqp
(6) psr
33. DEF, HIJ, MNO, ?
(a) STU
(6) RST
34. FLP, INS. LPV, ?
(a) ORY
(b) UXZ
35. shg rif qje pkd ?
(Bank P.O. 1997)
(d)
(c) H L K
(e) PPV
(B.S.R.B. 1998)
GU
(B.S.R.B. 1996)
(c) CABD
(d) DBAC
(e) DCBA
(a) M N O P Q
(6) L M N O P
\c) L M N O
(d) QRSTU
41. A. CD. GHI. ?. UVWXY
(a) L M N O
(b) MNO
(c) NOPQ
(d) M N O P
D i r e c t i o n s : In each of the following questions, a sequence of groups of
letters and numbers is given with one term missing as shown by (?). Choose
the missing term out of the given alternatives.
42. D-4, F-6, H-8, J-10, ?, ?
(a) K-12, M-13
(6) L-12, M-14 ,
43. 3F, 6G, 111, 18L, ?
\
(c) L-12, N-14
(d) K-12, M-14
(S.B.I.P.O. 1994)
(a) 210
•
(6) 25N
44. KM5, IP8, GS11, EV14. ?
(c) 27P
id) 27Q
(a) BX17
(6) BY17
45. J2Z. K4X. I7V, ?, H16R, M22P
(a) I11T
(b) L l l S
46. 2Z5. 7Y7, 14X9, 23W11, 34V13. ?
(a) 27U24
(b) 47U15
47. 2A11, 4D13, 12G17, ?
(c) CY18
(rf) CZ17
(e) CY17
(Bank P.O. 1995)
(c) L12T
(d) L I I T
(e) L12S
(B.S.R.B. 1996)
(c) 45U15
id) 47V14
36J21
(d) 48J23
(a) 36119
(6) 48J21
(M.BJL 1998)
48. C4X, F9U, I16R, ?.
(a) K25P
(e) 25P
(B.S.R.B. 1995)
(6) L25P
(c) L250
(d) L27P
Copyrighted material
Series Completion
*
49. Q1F, S2E, U6D, W21C, ?
( a ) Y66B
(b) Y44B
(c) Y88B
159
(d) Z88B
50. Find the wrong term in the letter-number series given 'oelow :
G4T f J10R, M20P, P43N, S90L
(a) G4T
( b ) J10R
(Bank P.O. 1994)
(c) M20P
.
id) P43N
(e) S90L
ANSWERS
1. ( a ) : The series consists of vowels A. E, I, O, U written in a reverse order.
2. (e): The series consists of alternate letters in reverse order.
3. (c): The first, second, third,
letters of the series are respectively moved one, two,
three.
steps forward to obtain the successive terms.
4. (d) : The first, second, third
letters of the series are respectively moved five, four.
three
steps forward to obtain the successive terms.
5. (b): The letters are alternately moved tyo and three steps forward to obtain the successive
terms.
6. ( a ) : The first, fourth and seventh letters are in alphabetical order. So, tenth letter would
be the letter after C i.e. D.
Also, the second and third letters are alternate and in reverse order and so are the
fifth and sixth letters and the eighth and ninth letters.
7. (e): Letters are in reverse order in which from the last 0, 1, 2, 3 and 4 letters are missing
between two consecutive letters.
8. ( a ) : The given sequence consists of two series — Z, X, V, T, ? and L, J, H, P, ?, both
consisting of alternate letters in a reverse order.
9. (a) : The given sequence consists of two series :
I. i, W, T, Q. ? in which each letter is moved three steps backward to obtain the
next term.
II. S, O, K, G in which each letter is moved four steps backward to obtain the next
term.
10. (d) : The letters are alternately moved one and two steps backward to obtain the successive
terms.
11. (cf): The given series consists of three consecutive letters from the end, then two letters
skipped, then again three consecutive letters from the end and so on.
12. (a): The series may be divided into groups as shown :
bed/fih/jm 1 .
In each group, first letter is moved two steps forward to obtain the third letter while
the third letter is moved one step forward to obtain the second letter.
13. (e): The first letter of each term is moved one step forward and the second letter is
moved one step backward to obtain the corresponding letters of the next term.
14. (c): The first letter of the first, second, third
terms are respectively moved two, three,
four,
steps forward to obtain the first letter of the successive term. The second
letter of the first, second, third,
terms are respectively moved two, three, four,
steps backward to obtain the second letter of the successive terms.
15. (c): The first letter of each term is moved six steps forward while the second letter is
moved six steps backward to obtain the corresponding letters of the next term.
16. (c): The first letter of the first, second, third, ....jderms are respectively moved one, two.
three,
steps forward while the second letters are respectively moved two. three,
four,
steps forward to obtain the corresponding letters of the successive terms.
17. (c): The letters of each term are alternate and also the last letter of each term and the
first letter of the next term are alternate.
Copyrighted material
' 160
Reasoning
18. (e): Each term of the series consists of two alternate letters and there is a gap of two letters
between the last letter of each term and the first letter of the next term.
19. (c): The first and second letters of each term are moved four steps forward to obtain the
corresponding letters of the next term.
20. (e): The first letter of the first, second, third,
terms are respectively moved two. three.
four,
steps forward while the second letters of these terms are respectively moved
three, four, five, steps forward to obtain the corresponding letters of the successive
terms.
21. ( d ) : There is a gap of one letter between both the letters of first term, a gap of two letters
between both the letters of second term and again a gap of one and two letters
* between the letters of third and fourth terms respectively. Besides, the last letter of
each term and the first letter of next term are in alphabetical order.
22. ( a ) : The first letter of each term is moved three steps forward and the second letter is
moved three steps backward to obtain the corresponding letters of the next term.
23. (d): The first letters of the terms are in alphabetical order, and so are the second and
third letters.
24. (c): The first letters of the terms are alternate and so are the second and third letters.
25. (b): There is a gap of four letters between the first and second, the second and third
letters of each term, and also between the last letter of a term and the first letter
of the next term.
%
26. (rf): All the letters of each term are moved three steps forward to obtain the corresponding
letters of the next term.
27. (6): All the letters of each term are moved nine steps forward to obtain the corresponding
letters of th* next term.
28. (d): The letters in each term are moved five steps forward to obtain the corresponding
letters of the next terxjp.
29. (e): The letters in each term are moved four steps backward to obtain the corresponding
letters of the next term.
30. (c): Each term in the series consists of three consecutive letters in reverse order. The
first letter of each term and the last letter of the next term are the same.
91. (c): Each term in the series consists of alternate letters in reverse order. The first letter
of each term and the last letter of the next term are also alternate.
3il. ic): There is a gap of three letters between the first letter of each term and the last.
letter of the next term.
33. ( o ) : The letters in each term are consecutive. There is a gap of one letter between the
last letter of the first term and the first letter of the second term and a gap of two
letters between the last letter of the second term and the first letter of third term.
So, there would be a gap of three letters between the last letter of the third term
and the first letter of the fourth term.
34. ( a ) : The first and third letters <>f each term arc moved three steps forward and the second
letter is moved (wo steps forward to obtain the corresponding letters of the next
term.
35. (fe): The first and third letters of each term are moved one step backward and the second
letter is moved one step forward to obtain the corresponding letters of the next term.
36. ( a ) : The first letter of each term is moved one step forward, the second letter is moved
four steps backward and the third letter is moved four steps forward to obtain the
corresponding letters of the next term.
37. (6): The first letters of the terms arc consecutive letters. The Xhird letter of each term
is moved three steps backward to obtain the third letter of the successive term. The
middle letters of the first, second, third and fourth terms are moved one, two, three,
^
and four steps forward respectively to obtain the middle letter of the successive terms.
Copyrighted material
Series Completion
161
38. (6): The first letters of the first, second, third and fourth terras art? moved one. two. three
and four steps forward respectively to obtain the first letter of the successive terms.
The second letters of the first, sccond, third and fourth terms are moved three, four,
five and six steps backward respectively to obtain the second letters of the successive
terms. The last letters of the terms are alternate.
39. <*): The first group of letters is reversed to obtain the second group. The second group
% is reversed and the next consecutive letter is added to it to obtain the subsequent
group.
40. (a): The number of letters in the terms goes on increasing by 1 at each step. Each term
consists of letters in alphabetical order. The hist letter of each term and the first
letter of the next term are alternate.
41. (<f) : The number of letters in the terms goes on increasing by one at each step. Also,
there is a gap of one letter between the last letter of the first term and first letter
of the second term and a gap of two letters between the last letter of the second
term and first letter of the third terra. So, the first letter of the required term would
be four steps ahead of the last letter of the third term.
42. (c): The letters in the series are alternate and the numbers indicate their position in
the alphabets from the beginning.
43. (c): The letters in the first, second, third and fourth terms are respectively moved one,
two, three and four steps forward to obtain the letter in the subsequent terms. The
sequence followed by the numbers is + 3, • 5. + 7, + 9.
44. (e): The first letter of each term is moved two steps backward and the sccond letter is
moved three steps forward to obtain the corresponding letters of the next term. The
number in each term is 3 more than that in the preceding term
45. (rf): The first letters in odd numbered terms form series J. I. H and in even numbered
terms form the series K. L. M The sequence followed by the numbers is + 2. + 3.
+ 4. + 5. • 6. The third letter of each term is moved two steps backward to obtain the
third letter of the next terra.
46. (6): The first numbers in the terms follow the sequence + 5, + 7, + 9, + U, + 13. The middle
letters form the series Z, Y, X, W, V, U. The last numbers form the series 5, 7, 9,
11. 13. 15.
47. (tf): The first numbers in the terms follow the sequence x 2, * 3, x 4. The middle letter
of each term is moved three steps forward to obtain the corresponding letter of the
next term. The last numbers follow the sequence + 2, + 4, + 6.
'
48. (c): The first letter of coch term is moved three steps forward und the last letter is
moved three steps backward to obtain the corresponding letters of the next term.
The numbers form the sequence 22. 32, 42. 52.
49. (c): The first letter of each term is moved two steps forward and the last letter is moved
one step backward to obtain the corresponding letters of the next term. The number
series runs as follows :
1x14-1 = 2, 2x2 + 2 = 6. 6x3 + 3 = 21, 21x4 + 4 = 88.
50. (6) : The first letter of each terra is moved three steps forward and the last letter is
moved two steps backward to obtain the corresponding letters of the next term. The
numbers follow the sequence x 2 + 1, x 2 + 2, x 2 + 3, x 2 + 4.
So. 10 is wrong and must be replaced by (4 x 2 + 1) i.e. 9.
TYPE 3 : LETTER SERIES
This type of questions usually consist of a series of small letters which follow a
certain pattern. However, some letters are missing from the series. These missing
letters arc then given in a proper sequence as one of the alternatives. The candidate
is required to choose this alternative as the answer.
Copyrighted mate
Reasoning
' 162
Example : aab
aaa
bba
(a) baa
(6) abb
(c) bab
Solution : We proceed step by step as shown below :
(d)
aab
(e) bbb
1. The first blank space should be filled in by 4b* so that we have two a's followed
by two b's.
2. The second blank space should be filled in either by 4a' so that we have four a's
followed by two b's, or by V so that we have three a's followed by three b's.
3. The last space must be filled in by 4a\
4. Thus, we have two possible answers : 4baa' and 4bba\ But, only 'baa* appears in
the alternatives. So, the answer is (a).
5. In case, we had both the possible answers in the alternatives, we would have
chosen the one that forms a more prominent pattern, which is aabb/ aaabbb/aa.
Thus, our answer would have been 4bba\
Correspondence Series : This type of series consists of three sequences with
three different elements (usually capital letters, digits and small letters). On the
basis of the similarity in positions in the three sequences, a capital letter is found
to correspond with a unique digit and a unique small letter, whenever it occurs. The
candidate is required to trace out this correspondence and accordingly choose the
elements to be filled in at the desired places.
Consider the following example :
Ex, In the following series, choose the alternative which contains the numerals to
be filled in the marked spaces, in the correct order :
B
D
C A B D A C B
4 1 3 2
? ? ? ?
a
a
b c
c
(a) 1, 2, 3, 4
(6) 2, 3, 1, 4
(c) 1, 2, 4, 3
(<d) 2, 1, 4, 3
Sol. Clearly, in the second series, 1 occurs at the same position as D occurs in the
first series. So, 1 corresponds to D. Thus, the first question mark below D is
to be replaced by 1.
Now, in the third series, c at the eighth place corresponds to A in the first
series, while c at the sixth place corresponds to 2 in the second series. So, 2
corresponds to A Thus, the second question mark below A is to be replaced by 2.
In the third series, a at the first place corresponds to B in the first series and
a at the third place corresponds to 4 in the second series. So, 4 corresponds to
B. Thus, the question mark below B is to be replaced by 4.
Now, only 3 remains. So, 3 corresponds to C. TTma, the question mark below
C is to be replaced by 3. Thus, DACB corresponds to lt 2, 3, 4.
Hence, the answer is (a).
| EXERCISE 3D [
Directions : In each of the following letter seriesf some of the letters are
missing which are given in that order as one of the alternatives below it.
Choose the correct alternative.
Questions 1 to 5
1.
aba
(a) abbba
(Stenographer's Exam, 1994)
ba
ab
(6) abbab
(c) baabb
.
- (d) bbaba
Copyrighted material
Series Completion * 179
2. ab
b
bbaa
( a ) abaab
(6) abbab
3.
baa
aab
a
a
(a) aabb
(6) aaba
4.
babbba
a
(a) ababb
(b) baaab
aa
ab
aaa
a
5.
(a) aaab
(b) aabb
Questions 6 to 10
6. a
bbc
aab
cca
bbcc
(a) bacb
(6) acba
7. ab
aa
bbb
aaa
bbba
(a) abba
(b) baab
8. be
b
c
b
ccb
(a) cbcb
(b) bbcb
baa
a
bab
aba
9. abb
(a) abba
(6) abab
10. abca
bcaab
ca _ bbc
a
(a) ccaa
(6) bbaa
Questions 11 to 15
11.
(c) baaab
(d) babba
(c) abab
(d) baab
(c) bbaba
(id) babbb
(c) abab s
(d) baaa
(Assistant Grade, 1992)
(c) abba
(d) caba
(c) aaab
(d) abab
(c) ebbe
(d) bcbc
(c) ccac
(d) aabb
(c) abac
(d) abba
bbca
bcca
ac
a
cb
(a) abcba
(6) acbab
(c) bacab
12.
bcc
ac _ aabb'i_ ab
cc
(a) aabca
(6) abaca
(c) bacab
13. a
bccb _ ca _ cca _ baab
c
(a) ababc
(6) abcaa
(c) accab
14. ab
aa
caab
c
abb
c
(a) bbcaa
(6) bcbca
(c) cabac
15. c
baa
aca
cacab _ acac
bca
(a) acbaa
(b) bbcaa
(c) bccab
Questions 16 to 20
16.
aba
cabc
dcba
bab
a
n
(a) abdea
(b) bcadc
(c) abedd
17. a
cdaab
cc _. daa
bbb _ ccddd
(a) bdbda
(6) bddca
(c) dbbca
abbb __ ccccd
18. a
ddccc _ bb _ ba
(a) abeda
(6) abdbc
(c) abdeb
19. _ bcdbc _ dcabd _ bcdbc _ dc ._ b d
(a) aaaaa
(6) ccccc
(c) bbbbb
20. adb
ac __ da _ eddeb
dbc _. cbda
( a ) beeba
(6) ebbaa
(c) ccbba
Questions 21 to 25
21. c
bbb
abbbb
abbb _
(a) aabcb
(6) abccb
(c) abacb
(Hotel Management, 1996)
(d) bcaab
(d) bcaca
(d) bacaa
(<d) cbbac
(d) cbaac
(d) cbdaa
(d) bbdac
(d) abcad
(d) ddddd
(d) bbcad
(S.C.RA. 1994)
(d) bacbb
Copyrighted material
Reasoning
' 164
22. b
abbe
bbca _ bcabb
(a) acaa
23. ac
(6) acba
cab
baca
aba
(a) aacb
24.
acca
ab
ic) babb
(d) bebb
(c) ccaa
(d) caac
(c) abab
(d) aacc
(c) bbbb
(d) bbba
(c) cabc
(rf) abcc
(c) caab
(d) aaab
(c) aabb
(d) baba
(c) abcc
(d) ccaa
(c) abac
(d) cacb
acccc _ aaa
(a) acca
(6) caaa
25. _ be
(d) cacc
acac
(6) aebe
ccca
(c) cabc
bb _ aabc
(a) acac
(b) babe
Questions 26 to 31
26. aa _ aaa _ aaaa
aaaa
( a ) baaa
27. aba
(b) bbaa
baca ;_ ba
bacaabac _ aca
(a) cacb
28. ab
b
(6) ccab
be _ c _ ba _ c
( a ) banc
29. a
ca
(b) aabb
be
bcc
(b) bbab
(a) bbaa
30. ab
bcbca
(a) aebe
31. a
bca
c _ bab
,
cacbc
(6) baaa
v
baca
b
(b) babe
(a) baba
Questions 32 to 36
32.
aaba
bba
(Hotel Management, 1993)
bba
(a) aabab
33. ab
abaa
(6) ababa
bbc
c
ab
(a) ccaac
ab
bca _ cca
(a) aaaaa
35. b
ac
cc
(a) cbaba
36. c
ac
aa
(a) cabba
(c) baaba
(d) bbaba
(c) cacac
(c/) bccab
(c) aabaa
(d) bbabb
(c) abbbc
(d) aabba
(c) bbbbb
(d) cbacb
b
(6) cbabc
34.
b
ca
b
c
(b) bbbab
cb
ab
ac
(b) bbaac
aa
be
bcc
(6) ccbbb
Questions 37 to 40
37. abc
d
be
i
d
b
cda
(a) bacde
(6) cdabe
38. ba _ b _ aab _ a _ b
(a) abaa
(6) abba
39. gfe
ig
eii
fei
gf
(a) eifgi
40. mnonopqopqrs
( b ) figie
(a) mnopq
(6) oqrst
(CJB.1.1994)
(c) dacab
(d) decdb
(C.B.I. 1995)
(c) baab
ii
(d) babb
(Assistant Grade, 1997)
(c) ifgie
(d) ifige
(C.B.1.1994)
(c) pqrst
(d) qrstu
/
Copyrighted material
Series Completion
* 165
Questions 41 to 50
41.
aab _ ab _ cabcca _ bcab _ c
(a) bbbc
(6) bbab
(c) cabc
(d) cbab
bccc _ a
42. ccbab
caa
(a) babb
(6) bbba
(c) baab
(d) babe
bb
43. ba
b
aabb
a
a
(b) ababba
(a) bbaabb
(c) ababab
id) bababa
44. a
c
abb _ a
be
be __ ab
(a) cbcaaa
(6) bcccab
(c) bccaac
(d) acbabc
45. cab
a
c
be _ be
b _. ab
(a) bebbab
(6) bebbbe
(c) acacab
(d) cbaaac
46. cccbb
aa
cc
bbbaa
c
(a) aebe
(6) baca
(c) baba
(d) acba
47. _ abb
bb
a
bbab
ba
(a) bababa
(6) bbabbb
(c) ababaa
(d) aaaabb
48. ccb
c
bbc ._ b _ cc
ccbb
(a) beebbb
(6) bcccbb
(c) aaaaba
(d) bbbbbb
49. abca
bcaab __ aa _ caa _ c
(a) bbac
(c) aebb
(d) acac
( b ) bbaa
50. b _ b _ bb _ _ bbb _ bb _ b
(a) bbbbba
(6) bbaaab
(c) ababab
(d) aabaab
Questions 51 to 55
(L.LC.A.A.0.1995)
51. c
bba
cab
ac
ab
ac
(a) abebe
(6) acbcb
(c) babcc
(d) bcacb
52. a
be
c ._ abb
bca _
(a) cccbc
(6) cbbac
(c) accba
(d) abbba
53. _ c _ bd _ cbcda
a
db
a
(a) adabed
(6) cdbbca (c) daabbc
id) bdbeba
54. a
be
a
beda
ccd
bed .
(a) adbcad
(b) adbbad
(c) acbdbb
(d) abddbd
55.
ca
bac
d
cb
ca __ bacb
(a) bddddb
(6) bbbddd
(c) addddb
Cd) addbbb
D i r e c t i o n s (Questions 56 to 60) : In each of the following questions, three
sequences of letters I numerals are given which correspond to each other in
some way. In each question, you have to find out the letters/numerals that
come in the vacant places marked by (t). These are given as one of the four
alternatives under the question. Mark your answer as instructed.
(Hotel Management, 1997)
56.
CB
a
D
1 24
a b
(a) 3, 4, 4. 3
57.
_
2
c
(a)
3
c
B A B C C B
? ? ? ?
b
(b)
3. 2. 2. 3
A C _ B D _ C D C D
_ 4 1 _ 1 4
d
b e _ a ? ? ? ?
a. b, a, b
Ib) a, c, a, c
(c) 3, 1, 1, 3
(c0 1, 4. 4, 1
(c) c, b, c, b
(d) c, d, c, d
Copyrighted material
Reasoning
' 166
C _ B _ D _ A _ B B D D
? ? ? ?
2
4 _ 3 4
_
a
c b a
d
__
(c) 3, 3, 4 . 4
(a) 2, 2. 1, 1
(b> 2, 2, 3, 3
D _ B C D C
59. A _ B A C
_
3 _ 2 _ 1 _ 4 ? ? ? ?
b a c b
d c
58.
(a) 1, 3. 4. 3
60.
(b) 1, 4. 3, 4
A D A C B
B D C c
1 2 4 2
1 3
c d ? ? 7 ?
a
b
(a) a. c, d, d
(6) a, d, c, C
(rf) 3, 3, 1, 1
(c) 2, 3, 4 , 3
id) 3, 4, 1. 4
(c) c, a. d, d
( d ) d, c, a, a
.
ANSWERS
1. (6): The series is abteb/aiyab/ab/ab.
Thus, the pattern ab is repeated.
2. (c): The series is abtyaab/abb/aah.
Thus, the pattern abb, aab is repeated.
3. (c): The series is abate ha/aba/aba Thus, the pattern aba is repeated.
4. ( d ) : The series is hababb/bafcahh.
Thus, the pattern bababb is repeated.
5. (a) : The series is aa&aba/aaaaka.
Thus, the pattern aaaaba is repeated.
6. (6): The series is aabbctfaabbcc/aabbcc.
Thus, the pattern aabbcc is repeated.
7. (6): The series is abtyaaabbb/aaaafcbbb/a.
Thus, .the letters are repeated twice, then thrice, then four times and so on.
8. (a): The series is bccbljcch/bccb.
Thus, the pattern bccb is repeated.
9. ( a ) : The series is abb&'baak/ahba/baab/a.
Thus, the pattern abba, baab is repeated.
10. (c): The series is abc/a&bc/aabbc/aabbc&'a.
11 Ab): The series is abbc/ac/bcca/bc/caab'cb.
12. (c): The series is hbccua/ccaabb/aabhcc.
<
The letter pairs move in a cyclic order.
13. ( a ) : The series is aabcc/bbcaa/ccafcb/aabcc.
The letters move in a cyclic order and in each group, the first and third letters occur
twice.
14. (d) : The series is abtf aabc/aabfec/aabbgc.
First all the letters occur once, then a occurs twice, then both a and b occur twice
and finally all the three letters appear twice.
15. ( a ) : The series is cabWcacatycacab/fla/cacab/ca.
Thus, the pattern cacab. cacab, aa is repeated.
16. to) : The series is aabafecabcddcbacbabaa.
Thus, the letters equidistant from the beginning and the end of series are the same.
Copyrighted material
Series Completion
* 167
17. id): The series is afccd/aabbccdd/aaabbbcccddd.
Thus, each letter of first sequence is repeated two times in the second sequence and
three times in the third sequence.
18. (c): The series is aaa/bbbb/cax/dddd/cccc/bbhb/a.
19. (o) : The series is abcd/bcad/cabd/abcd/bcad'cabd.
Thus, the pattern abcd/bcad/cabd is repeated twice.
20. (6): The series is adbc acbd abed deba dbca cbda.
Thus, the letters equidistant from the beginning and the end of series are the same.
21. (6) : The series is cabbbfa/fiabbbb/cabbbb.
Thus, the pattern cabbbb is repeated
22. (c): The series is b£ab/bcaMxab/bcaM)cab.
Thus, the pattern bcab is repeated.
23. (a): The series is acac/abab/acac/abab/acac.
Thus, the pattern acac, abab is repeated.
24. (b): The series is ca/cca^axaaa/ccccaaaa.
25. (a): The series is flbc/cab/bca'abc.
26. id): The series is aab^aaa^aaaa^aaaaab.
Thus, the number of a's is increasing by one in the successive sequence.
27. (a): The series is aba£foaca/&bag1)aca/abac/baca.
Thus, the pattern abac, baca is repeated.
28. (c) : The series is ab</bca/cftb/abc.
Thus, the letters are written in a cyclic order.
29. ( a ) : The series is abcafcOxabc/cabca.
30. (d): The series is abcbc/bcaca/cabab.
Thus, the series consists of three sequences. The first sequence begins with a, the
second with b and the third with c. Each sequence consists of a letter followed by
other two letters repeated twice.
31. (6): The series is abcac/bcaba/ca&b
Thus, the series consists of three sequences. The first three letters of each sequence
are in a cyclic order and the last two letters of each sequence are the same as the
first and third letters of the sequence.
32. ( a ) : The series is aaab/aabb/afebhtaaah/aahb.
33. (c): The series is abfi/b/bca/c/cab/ft/ab&T).
34. (6): The series is bbca/bcca/bcaa/bfcc.
35. id): The series is bfiac/accb/cbba/basc.
36. (6): The series is ccactfaafcaa/fcbcbb/cc.
37. (c): The series is abcdd/abccd'abbcd'a.
38. (6): The series is baab/haab/fcaab.
Thus, the pattern baab is repeated.
39. (c): The series is gfeii/gfeii/gfeii/gffiii.
Thus, the pattern gfeii is repeated.
40. (c): The series is mno/nopq/opqrs/pqrst.
41. (</): The series is aa/b£ah/kcab/cca&/bcab/bc.
Thus, the pattern ccaa followed by bcab repeated twice, makes up the series.
42. ( a ) : The series is ccba/bfcca/aabc/ccba/h43. (6): The series is baah/baah/baafriaab/b.
Thus, the pattern baab is repeated.
44. (c): The series is afccfcab/bcaabc/abccab.
Obviously, the pattern abccablxraabc is repeated.
Copyrighted material
168
Reasoning
46. id): The series is cato'cab/cahcab^ab.
Thus, the pattern cab is repeated.
46. (6): The series is ccc bbb aa^cct bbb aajtfc.
Thus, the pattern ccc bbb aaa is repeated.
47. (6): The series is habb/habb'bahb/babk'ba.
Thus, the pattern babb is repeated.
48. (a): The series is cchb/ccbb-'ccbtycchfcchh.
Thus, the pattern ccbb is repeated.
49. (c): The series is a/bcaa<T>a*a^aa/bcaaJbc.
Thus, the pattern Uaa is repeated
50. <c): The series is babiybbab/bbbabbbb.
Thus, in each sequence, a moves one step forward and b takes its place and finally
in the fourth sequence, it is eliminated.
51. (6): The series i? cabbac/cabfaac/cabbac.
Thus, the pattern cabbac in repeated.
52. (c) • The senes in aa/Vcectfa^hb/c/aa
53. (a): The series is acdb/dacb/cdatfacdb/da.
The third letter in each sequence becomes the first letter in the following sequence.
54. (b): The scries is aabcd/ahbcd-'abccd'ftbcdd.
Thus, a. b. c and d are repeated twicc one by one.
55. tc): The series is acbd/cadb/acbd'cadb/achd.
Thus, the pattern acbd'cadb is repeated.
56. (c) : Comparing the positions of the capital letters, numbers and small letters, we find :
a corresponds to C and 1 corresponds to a. So, a and 1 correspond to C.
b corresponds to A and 2 corresponds to b. So. b and 2 correspond to A.
Also, 4 corresponds to D.
So. tho remaining number u., 3 corresponds to B. So, BCCB corresponds to 3, 1, 1. 1.
57. (a): Clearly, 4 corresponds to C and a corresponds to 4. So, a corresponds to C.
1 corresponds to D and b corresponds to 1. So, b corresponds to D.
Thus. CDCD corresponds to a. b, a, b.
58. id): Clearly. 2 corresponds to C and 4 corresponds to A. So. 1 and 3 correspond to B and
D. Thus, the missing sequence is 1, 1, 3, 3 or 3, 3, 1, L
59. (6): Clearly, 2 corresponds to A
Now, b corresponds to C and 4 corresponds to b. So, 4 corresponds to C.
c corresponds to D and 3 corresponds to c. So, 3 corresponds to D.
So, the remaining number Le., 1 corresponds to B.
Thus, BCDC corresponds to 1, 4, 3, 4.
60. (d) : Clearly, b corresponds to A
1 corresponds to C and a corresponds to 1. So, a corresponds to C.
2 corresponds to B and d corresponds to 2. So. d corresponds to B.
So, the remaining letter ie., c corresponds to D. Thus. BDCC corresponds to d, c, a. a.
Copyrighted material
\
4. CODING-DECODING
V
A CODE is a 'system of signals'. Therefore, Coding is a method of transmitting
a message between the sender and the receiver without a third person knowing it.
The Coding arid Decoding Test is set up to judge the candidate's ability to decipher
the rule that codes a particular word/message and break the code to decipher the
message.
TYPE 1 : LETTER CODING
In these questions, the real alphabets in a word are replaced by certain other
alphabets according to a specific rule to form its code. The candidate is required to
detect the common rule and answer the questions accordingly.
Case I. To form the code for another word (CODING)
Ex. 1. If in a certain language MYSTIFY is coded as NZTUJGZ, how is NEMESIS
coded in that language ?
(a) MDLHRDR
(6) OFNFTJT
(c) ODNHTDR
(d) PGOKUGU
Sol. Clearly, each letter in the word MYSTIFY is moved one step forward to obtain
the corresponding letter of the code.
M
Y S T I F Y
N
ZTUJGZ
So, in NEMESIS, N will be coded as O, E as F, M as N and so on. Thus,
the code becomes OFNFTJT.
Hence, the answer is (6).
Ex. 2. If TAP is coded as SZO. then how is FREEZE coded ?
( M . B j L 1998)
(a) EQDFYG
(6) ESDFYF
(c) GQFDYF
(dVJEQDDYD
Sol.
Clearly, each letter in the word TAP is moved one step backward to obtain
the corresponding letter of the code.
S
ZO
-It
T
A P
Thus, in FREEZE, F will be coded as E, R as Q, E as D and Z as Y.
So, the code becomes EQDDYD.
Hence, the answer is (d).
Ex. 3. In a certain code, SIKKIM is written as THLJJL. How is TRAINING written
in that code ?
( B . S . R . B . 1997)
(a) SQBHOHOH
(6) UQBHOHOF
(c) UQBJOHHO
(d) UQBJOHOH
(e) None of these
Sol.
Clearly, the letters in the word SIKKIM are moved alternately one step
forward and one step backward to obtain the letters of the code.
169
I
Copyrighted mate
Reasoning
' 170
H
s
T
I
L
J
K
L
K
I
M
J
So, in T R A I N I N G , T will be coded as, U, R as Q, A as B, I as H, N as O
and so on. Thus, the code becomes UQBHOHOF.
Hence, the answer is (6).
Ex. 4. In a certain code, M E N T I O N is written as L N E I T N O . How is P A T T E R N
written in that code ?
(B.S.R.B. 1998)
(a) APTTREM
(6) P T A E T N R
(c) O T A E T N R
(d) OTAETRN
(e) None of these
SoL
Clearly, to obtain the code, the first letter of the word M E N T I O N is moved
one step backward and the remaining letters are reversed in order, taking
two at a time.
f
|
<
|
(
|
M E N
T
I
O N
L
So, in PATTERN, P will be coded as 0 and the sequence of the remaining
letters in the code would be TAETNR. Thus, the code becomes OTAETNR.
Hence, the answer is (c).
Ex. 5. In a certain code, FORGE is written as FPTJI. How is C U L P R I T written in
that code ?
(UJ).C. 1996)
(a) CSJNPGR (6) CVMQSTU
(c) CVNSVNZ
(d) CXOSULW
Sol.
Clearly, the first letter in the word FORGE remains as it is and the second,
third, fourth and fifth letters are respectively moved one, two, three and four
steps forward to obtain the corresponding letters of the code.
Applying the same rule to the letters of the word CULPRIT, C will ( remain
unchanged, U will be coded as V, L as N, P as S, R as V, I as N and T as
Z. Thus, the code becomes CVNSVNZ.
Hence, the answer is (c).
Ex. 6. If in a code, A L T E R E D is written as ZOGVIVW, then in the same code,
RELATED would be written as
(CJJ.1. 1995)
Sol.
(a) IVOZGVW
(6) IVOZGWV
(c) IVOGZVW
(d) V I O Z G V W
Clearly, each letter of the word A L T E R E D is replaced by the letter which
occupies the same position from the other end of the English alphabet, to
obtain the code. Thus. A, the first letter of the alphabet, is replaced by Z,
the last letter. L, the 12th letter from the beginning of the alphabet, is
replaced by O, the 12th letter from the end. T, the 7th letter from the end
of the alphabet is replaced by G, the 7th letter from the beginning of the
alphabet, and so on.
Similarly, in the word RELATED, R will be coded as I, E as V, L as 0, A
as Z, T as G and D as W. Thus, the code becomes IVOZGVW.
Hence, the answer is (a).
i
r
I
Copyrighted material
Coding Decoding
171
EXERCISE 4A
1. If in a certain language, MADRAS is coded as NBESBT, how is BOMBAY coded
in that code ?
(S.S.C. 1994)
(a) CPNCBX
(6) CPNCBZ
(c) CPOCBZ
(d) CQOCBZ
(e) None of these
2. In a certain code, TRIPPLE is written as SQHOOKD. How is DISPOSE written
in that code ?
(Central Excise, 1995)
(a) CHRONRD
(6) DSOESPI
(c) ESJTPTF
(d) ESOPSID
(e) None of these
3. If in a code language. COULD is written as BNTKC and MARGIN is written
as LZQFHM, how will MOULDING be written in that code ?
(a) CHMFINTK
(6) LNKTCHMF
(c) LNTKCHMF
(d) NITKHCMF
(e) None of these
(Awri»tant Grade, 1997)
4. In a certain code, MONKEY is written as XDJMNL. How is TIGER written in
that code ?
(Assistant Grade, 1998)
(a) QDFHS
(6) SDFHS
(c) SHFDQ
(d) UJHFS
(e) None of these
5. If FRAGRANCE is written as SBHSBODFG, how can IMPOSING be written ?
(a) NQPTJHOJ
(6) NQPTJOHI
(c) NQTPJOHJ
(d) NQPTJOHJ
(c) None of these
6. In a certain code, COMPUTER is written as RFUVQNPC. How is MEDICINE
written in the same code ?
(Bank P.O. 1997)
(a) EOJDJEFM
(6) EOJDEJFM
(c) MFEJDJOE
(d) MFEDJJOE
(e) None of these
7. If in a certain language. GAMBLE is coded as FBLCKF, how is FLOWER coded
in that code ?
(a) GKPVFQ
(6) EMNXDS
(c) GMPVDS
(d) HNQYGT
(e) EKNVDQ
8. If in a certain language, NATURE is coded as MASUQE, how is FAMINE coded
in that code ?
(a) FBMJND
(6) FZMHND
(c) GANIOE
(d) EALIME
(e) FZNJME
9. If in a certain code. TEACHER is written as VGCEJGT, how would DULLARD
be written in the same code ?
(a) FWMNCTF
(6) FWNNBTE
(c) FWNNCSF
(d) FWNNCTF
(e) None of these
10. If in a certain language FASHION is coded as FOIHSAN. how is PROBLEM
coded in that code ?
(a) ROBLEMP
(6) PELBORM
(c) PRBOELM
(d) RPBOELM
(e) PELBRONr
11. If in a certain language KINDLE is coded as ELDNIK, how is EXOTIC coded
in that code ?
(a) EXOTLC
(6) CXOTIE
(c) COXITE
(d) CITOXE
(e) EOXITC
12. If VICTORY is coded as YLFWRUB. how can SUCCESS be coded ?
(a) V X E E I W
(6) V X F F H W
(c) V Y E E H W
(d) V Y E F I W
(e) None of these (1. Tax & Central Excise. 1994)
Copyrighted material
172
Reasoning
13. In a certain code. TOGETHER is written as RQEGRJCT. In the same code.
PAROLE will be written as
(a) NCPQJG
(6) NCQPJG
(c) RCPQJK
(</) RCTQNG
(e) None of these
(Bank P.O. 1994)
14. If BOMBAY is written as MYMYMY, how will TAMIL NADU be written in that
code ?
(Assistant Grade, 1994)
(a) TIATIATIA
(6) MNUMNUMNU
(c) IATIATIAT
(d) ALDALDALD
(e) None of these
15. If FRIEND is coded as HUM.JTK, how is CANDLE written in that code ?
(a) EDRIRL
(6) DCQHQK
(c) ESJFME
(rf) FYOBOC
(e) DEQJQM
(Railways., 1998)
16. If in a certain language,COUNSEL is coded as B1TIRAK, how is GUIDANCE
written in that code ?
(Assistant Grade, 1996)
(a) EOHYZKBB
(6) FOHYZJBB
(c) FPHZZKAB
(</) HOHYBJBA
(e) None of these
17. If HEATER is written as KBDQHO, how will you encode COOLER ?
(a) ALRIHV
(6) FLR1HO
(c) FLIRHO
(d) FRLIHO
(e) None of these
18. In a code. CORNER is written as GSVRIV. How can CENTRAL be written in
that code ?
(C.B.I. 1994)
(a) DFOUSBM
(6) GIRXVEP
(c) GJRYVEP
(d) GNFJKER
(e) None of these
19. If MADRAS can be written as ARSARS. how can ARKONAM be written in that
code ?
(a) ROAAKNM
(6) ROAKANM
(c) ROAKNNM
(d) ROAKNAM
(e) ROKANAM
20. If JOSEPH is coded as FKOALD, then GEORGE will be coded as (8.8.C. 1994)
(a) CADMNO
(6) CAKNIT
(c) CAKNCA
(d) JAKINS
(e) DBLODB
21. If POND is coded as RSTL, how is HEAR written in that code ?
(a) GHIJ
(6) GHIZ
(c) JIGZ
(d) JCLZ
(e) None of these
22. If TABLE is coded as GZYOV, how is JUICE coded ?
(a) OZLFJ
(6) QFRXV
(c) HOFAD
(<f) QZHMT
(e) EPQIL
23. If CERTAIN is coded as XVIGZRM, how can MUNDANE be coded ?
(a) MFMXZMV
(6) NFMWZMV
(c) NFMWZMX ,
(d) VMZWMFN
(e) None of these
(Assistant Grade, 1996)
24. If DELHI is coded as CCIDD, how would you encode BOMBAY ? (M.B.A. 1997)
(a) AJMTVT
(6) AMJXVS
(c) MJXVSU
id) WXYZAX ,
(e) None of these
25. According to a military code, SYSTEM is SYSMET and NEARER is AENRER.
What is the code for FRACTION ?
(Assistant Grade, 1998)
(a) CARFTINO
(6) FRACNOIT
(c) CARFTION
(rf) ARFCNOIT
(e) CARFNOIT
Copyrighted material
Coding-Decodi ng
173
26. In a certain axle. INSTITUTION is written as NOITUTITSNI. How is PERFECT I O N written in that code ?
(a) NOICTEFREP
(6) NOITCEFERP
(c) NOITCEFRPE
id) NOITCEFREP
(e) NOITCEFPER
27. If BELIEF is written as afkkdi, how is SELDOM written in that code ?
(a) tfkenp
(6) rfkfnp
(c) rfkenn
(<f) rdkcnl
(e) None of these
(Hotel Management, 1997)
28. In a code language, DISTANCE is written as IDTUBECN and DOCUMENT is
written as ODDVNTNE. How is THURSDAY written in that language ?
ia) DTVSTEYA
ib) H T T Q R Y A D
ic) H T V S T Y D A
id) HTVSYADS
(e) HTVSTYAD
(B.S.R.B. 1995)
29. In a certain language, C H A M P I O N is coded as HCMAIPNO, how is N E G A T I V E
coded in that code ?
ia) ENAGITEV
ib) NEAGVEIT
ic) MGAETVIE
id) EGAITEVN
(e) NEC.ATIEV
30. If PEOPLE is coded as PLPOEE, how is TREND coded ?
31.
32.
33.
34.
ia) T R E D N
ib) DNERT
ic) NDETR
id) T R D N E
ie) T N E R D
In a certain code. MUNICIPALITY is written as INMUAPCIYTLI. How is JUDICIAL
written in that code ?
ia) UJDILACI
ib) IDUJLACI
<c) IDJULAIC
(<f) IDJULACI
ie) None of these
If CIGARETTE is coded as GICERAETT. then DIRECTION will be coded as
ia) RIDTCENOI
(6) NORTECDII
(c) N O I E T C R I D
id) IRDCTIONE
ie) None of these
(M.A.T. 1997)
In a certain code, PAPER is written as SCTGW. How is MOTHER written in
that code ?
(B.S.R.B. 1997)
(a) ORVLGW
ib) PQVJGT
(c) PQXJJT
id) PQXKJV
(<?) None of these
In a certain code, SUBSTITUTION is written as ITSBUSNOITUT. How is DISTRIBUTION written in that code ?
(Bank P.O. 1994)
(a) IRTSIDNOITUB
ib) 1RTSIDNOIBUT
ic) IRTDISNOITUB
id) IRTDISNOIUTB
(e) None of these
35. In a certain code ADVENTURES is written us TDRESAUVEN.
written in that code ?
ia) IUIPGSRSNR
ib) IUINGSSRRP
(c)
id) IRIPGSSNRR
(e) None of these
36. In a certain code, EXPLAINING is written as PXEALNIGNI.
written in that code ?
ia) ORPBUDEC
(6) ROPUDECD
ic)
id) DORPDECU
ie) None of these
37. In a certain code, GIGANTIC is written as GIGTANCI.
written in that code ?
ia) MIRLCAES
id) RIMLCAES
ib) MIRLACSE
ie) RIMSCASE
How is SURPRISING
IUIPGSSRNR
How is PRODUCED
ORPUDECD
How is MIRACLES
(c) RIMCALSE
Copyrighted material
Reasoning
174
38. If CONTRIBUTE is written as ETBUIRNTOC. which letter will be in the sixth
place when counted from the left if POPULARISE is written in that code ?
(a) L
(6) A
(c) I
(d) R
(Hotel Management, 1997)
39. If DIAMOND is coded as VQYMKLV, how is FEMALE coded ? (M.B.A. 1998)
(a) TUMYNU
(6) UVNZOV
(c) UVNYNV
(d) TVNYNV
(e) TUMZOU
40. Which of the following words would correctly decode the word ZHOFRPH if the
simple alphabet shifting code is used ?
( M A T . 1997)
(o) ARTISTS
(6) COMPUTE
(c) MAILING
(d) WELCOME
(e) None of these
Directions (Questions 41 to SO): Below, the word EXPAND has been written
in four different codes by applying four different rules which are given as
four alternatives against it. In each of the questions which follow, a word
has been written in one of these codes. Find the alternative applicable to
each word and mark your answer.
(Hotel Management. 1995)
EXPAND
41.
42.
43.
44.
46.
46.
47.
48.
49.
50.
(a) FYQBOE
CONSULATE
PERCEIVE
MUSHROOM
MICROWAVE
HARMONIOUS
TRAVELLER
TRANSLATE
HURRICANE
EARTHQUAKE
CONSULT
(6) EPDTCR
(c) GYRBPE
FVDPZYUWL
NDPBCHTD
KTQGPNML
FXDATXJQV
FZPLMMGNSR
USBWFMMFS
USBOTMBUF
JVTSKDCOG
FBSUIRVBLF
EPPTWMV
(</) CWNZLC
ANSWERS
I. (6): Each letter in the word is moved one step forward to obtain the corresponding letter
of the code.
2- (a): Each letter in the word is moved one step backward to obtain the corresponding
letter of the code
3. (c) : Each letter in the word is moved one »Cep backward to obtain the corresponding
letter of the code.
4. (a): The letters of the word are writtep in a reverse order and then each letter is moved
one step backward to obtain the code.
5. Id): Each letter in the word is moVcd one step forward and the first letter of the group
so obtained is put at the *nd, to obtain the code.
6. (a): The letters of the word are written in a reverse order and each letter, except the
first and the last one, is moved one step forward, to obtain the code.
7. (6): The first, third and fifth letters are each moved one step backward, while the second.
fourth and sixth letters are each moved one step forward to obtain the corresponding
letters of the code.
Copyrighted material
Coding-Decodi ng
175
8. id) : The second. fourth and sixth loiters of the words remain unchanged, while the first,
third and fifth letters are each moved one step backward to obtain the corresponding
letters of the code.
9 A d ) : Each letter of the word is moved two steps forward to obtain the code.
10. (b): The first and the last letters of the word remain as such and the remaining letters
are written in a reverse order. to obtain the code.
11. (rf) : The letters of ths word are written in a reverse order to obtain the code.
12. (6): Each letter of the word is moved three steps forward to obtain the code.
13
. fhe letters at odd positions are each moved two steps backward and those at even
positions are each moved two steps forward to obtain the corresponding letters of
the code.
14. (6): The letters at the third and sixth places are repeated thrice to code BOMBAY as
MYMYMY. Similarly, the letters at the third, sixth and ninth places are repeated
thrice to code TAMIL NADU as MNUMNUMNU.
15. ( a ) : The first, second, third, fourth, fifth and sixth letters of the word are respectively
moved two, three, four, five, six and seven steps forward to obtain the corresponding
letters of the code.
16. (6): The letters at odd positions are each moved one step backward, while the letters at
even positions are respectively moved six, five, four, three, two
steps backward
to obtain the corresponding letters of the code.
17. (ft): The first, third and fifth letters of the word are each moved three steps forward
while the second, fourth and sixth letters are each moved three steps backward to
obtain the ccfrresponding letters of the code.
18. (6): Each letter of the word is moved four steps forward to obtain the code.
19. ( a ) : The word is first written twice and the letters at the even positions in the word so
obtained, form the code.
20. (c): Each letter of the word is moved four steps backward to obtain the code.
21. (c) : The first, second, third and fourth letters of the word are respectively moved two,
four, six and eight letters forward to obtain the code.
22. (ft) : If in the word, a letter is the nth letter from the beginning of English alphabet, then
in the code the corresponding letter is the nth letter from the end.
23.16): Each letter in the word is replaced by the letter which occupies the same position
from the other end of the alphabet, to obtain the code.
24. (6) : The first, second, third
letters of the word are respectively moved one, two,
three,
steps backward to obtain the corresponding letters of the code.
25. (e): The letters in the first half and the latter half of the word are separately reversed
• to obtain the code.
28. (d): The letters of the word are written in a reverse order to obtain the code.
27. (6): The first, third and fifth letters of the word are each moved one step backward,
while the second, fourth and sixth letters are respectively moved one, two and three
•
steps forward to obtain the corresponding letters of the code.
28. (<e): The places of the first two letters and the sixth and eighth letters of the word are
interchanged, while the third, fourth and fifth letters arc each moved one step forward,
to obtain the code.
29. (a) * The letters of th* word are reversed in order, taking two at a time, to obtain tne code.
30. ( * ) : The lirst and the last letters of the word remain unchanged, while the second and
second last, third and third last letters and so on are interchanged, to obtain the code.
31. (d) : The code formation can be shown as under :
Word : MUNI CIPA LITY
Code :
INMU
APCI
YTU
Copyrighted material
Reasoning
176
32. (a): The word is divided into groups of three letters each and then the letters in each
group are written in a reverse order to obtain the code.
33. (c): The first, third and fifth letters of the word are respectively moved three, four and
five steps forward, while the letters at even positions are each moved two steps
forward, to obtain the corresponding letters of the code.
34. ( a ) : First, the first six letters and then the last six letters are written in a reverse order
to obtain the code.
35. (c): The first and sixth, third and eighth, fifth and tenth letters of the word interchange
places in the code.
38. (c): In the code, first three letters are reversed, then next two letters, then again next
two letters and finally the last three letters are reversed in order.
37. (fc): In the code, the first three letters are kept as it is. the fourth letter is made fifth, fifth
is made sixth and sixth is made fourth, then the last two letters are interchanged.
38. ( a ) : The letters of the word are written in a reverse order and then the letters of the
second and fourth pairs from the end of the word so formed are reversed in order,
to obtain the code Thus, the code for POPULARISE is ESRIALPUOP.
39. ( a ) : If in the word, a letter is nth letter from the beginning of the English alphabet, then
in the code the corresponding letter is the (n + 1) th letter from the end of the alphabet.
40. (</): Clear) \ the given code is obtained by moving each letter of the word WELCOME
three steps forward
Questions 41 to 50
Clearly in (a), each letter of the word is moved one step forward to obtain the code.
In (6), first the letters of the word are written in a reverse order and then the first,
second, third
letters of the word so obtained are respectively moved one. two.
three
steps forward to obtain the corresponding letters of the code
In (c), the letters at odd positions in the word are moved two steps forward, while
those at even positions are moved one step forward to obtain the corresponding
letters of the code.
In (</), the letters at odd positions in the word are moved two steps backward while
those at even positions are moved one step backward to obtain the corresponding
letters of the code.
41. <6>
42. id)
43. id)
44. (fc)
45. id)
46. (a)
47. (a)
48. (c)
49. (a)
50. (c)
Case II : To find the word by analysing the given code (DECODING).
Ex. 1. If in a certain language CARROM is coded as BZQQNL, which word will be
coded as HOUSE ?
(a) IPVTF
(6) GNTRD
(c) INVRF
(d) GPTID
(e) FNSRC
Sol. Each letter of the word is one step ahead of the corresponding letter of the code.
B Z Q Q N L
H O U S E
So, H is coded as I, O as P, U as V, S as T and E as F i.e. HOUSE is coded
as IPVTF.
Hence, the answer is (a).
Ex. 2. If in a certain language, N E O M A N is coded as OGRQFT, which word will
be coded as Z K C L U P ?
(a) YJBKTO
(6) XIAJSN
(c) YIZHPJ
(d) Y I A Q K J
(e) YIZIRM
1
Copyrighted material
Coding-Decodi ng
177
Sol. Clearly, as shown, in the word, the first letter is one place, second is two place3,
third is three places, fourth is four places, fifth is five places and sixth is six
placcs before the corresponding alphabet in the given code.
EXERCISE 4B
1. If in a certain language, P O P U L A R is coded as QPQVMBS, which word would
be coded as GBNPVT ?
(a) FAMOSU
(fc) FAMOUS
(c) F A S O U M
id) FOSAUM
(e) FAMSUO
2. If ROBUST is coded as QNATRS in a certain language, which word would be
coded as ZXCMP ?
(o) Y W B L O
(6) Y Y B N O
(c) A W D L Q
(d) A Y D N Q
(e) BZEOR
3. If in a certain language, U T E N S I L is coded as W V G P U K N , which word would
be coded as DMSFXG ?
( a ) BKQEVE
(b) BKQDWE
(c) BKQDWF
<<d) BKQDVF
(e) BKQDVE
4. If in a certain code, SWITCH is written as TVJSDG, which word would be
written as CQFZE ?
(a) BARED
(6) BRAED
. (c) BREAD
(d) BRADE
(e) BRDAE
5. In n certain code, REFRIGERATOR is coded as ROTAREGIRFER. Which word
would be coded as N O I T I N U M M A ?
(a) ANMOMIUTNI
(6) A M N T O M U I I N
(c) A M M U N I T I O N
(d) N M M U N I T I O A
(e) None of these
6. If in a certain language, REMOTE is coded as ROTEME, which word would be
coded as PNIICC ?
(a) NPIICC
(6) PICCIN
(c) PINCIC
(d) PICNIC
(e) P I C I N C
7. If F U L F N H W is the code for CRICKET, then EULGH is the code for which
word ?
(a) PRIDE
(b) BRIDE
(c) BLADE
(d) B L I N D
(e) None of these
8. If in a certain language, SHIFT is coded as RFFBO, which word would be coded
as L K U M B ?
(a) MMXQG
(b) M L V N C
(c) KJVLA
(d) MJVLC
(e) K J T L A
9. If LBAEHC is the code for BLEACH, then which of the following is coded as
NBOLZKMH ?
(a) OBNKZLHM
(6) L O B N H M K Z
(c) O C P M A L N I
(d) M A N K Y J L G
(e) B N L O K Z H M
4\
Copyrighted material
Reasoning
178
10. If in a certain language, GRASP is coded as BMVNK, which word would be
coded as CRANE ?
(a) FUDQH
(fe) HWFSJ
(c) GVERI
(d) XMV1Z
(e) BQZMD
11. If in a certain code, COVET is written as FRYHW, which word would be written
as SHDUO ?
(a) QUAKE
(6) REPAY
(c) STINK
(d> PEARL
(e) TIEVP
12. If in a certain language, TRIANGLE is coded as SQHZMFKD, which word would
be coded as DWZLOKD ?
(a) EXAMPLE
(6) FIGMENT
(c) DISMISS
(d) DISJOIN
(e) None
13. If ELCSUM is the code for MUSCLE, which word has the code LATIPAC ?
(o) CONFESS
(6) CONDUCE
(c) CAPITAL
(d) CAPRICE
(?) None
14. If in a certain language. 1TNIETAM is the code for INTIMATE, which word has
the code TREVNIETARBI ?
(a) INVRETIBRATE
(6) INVERTIBARTE
(c) INVERTIBRETA
(d) INVERT IB RATE
(e) INVERITBARTE
15. If in a certain language, DIUGNAL is the code for LANGUID, which word would
be coded as ELKCAHS ?
(a) SHINGLE
(6) SHERBET
(c) SHACKLE
(d) SHOCKLE
(e) None
16. If EHFNRQ is the code for BECKON, which word has the code QDFWXULQ ?
(a) NCAUTIRN
(6) NACUTIRN
(c) NATCRIUN
(d) NACTURIN
(e) NACUTRIN
17. If QKKQUGQL is the code for OMISSION, which word is coded as RYVIWZB ?
(o) PATKUBZ
(b) BZWIVYR
(c) BZWVLYR
<d) PTAKBZU
(e) BZIWYVR
18. IfQOSCFLBJO is the code for PORCELAIN, which word is coded as BKMOUSPP ?
(a) ALTOLROPY
(6) ALLOTROPY
(c) ALOTROLPY
(d) ATLOROPLY
(e) None of these
19. If in a certain code. ALMIRAH is written as BNPMWGO, which word would be
written as DNRWLUA ?
[a) COSGOLT
(6) TOGSOLC
(c) TOGCLOS
(d) CLOSGOT
(e) COLSTOG
20. If in a certain language, MACHINE is coded as LBBIHOD, which word would
be coded as SLTMFNB ?
(a) RKSLEMA
(6) TKULGMC
(c) RMSNEOA
(d) TM1TNGOC
(*) TMUNGMC
21. If NARGRUED is the code for GRANDEUR, which word is coded as SERPEVRE ?
(o) PERSEVER
(b) PRESEVER
(c) PERSERVE
id) PREVERSE
(e) PRESERVE
22. If in a certain language, CALCUTTA is coded as GEPGYXXE, which word would
be coded as FSQFCE ?
(a) BOMBYA
(6) BOMBAY
(c) BOMYAB
(d) BOBAYM
(e) BOBAMY
ANSWERS
1. «>): Each letter of the word ia one step behind the corresponding letter of the code.
2. <d): Each letter of the word is one step ahead of the corresponding letter of the code.
Copyrighted material
t
^
f
Coding-Decodi ng
179
3. ie) : Each letter of the word is two steps behind of the corresponding letter of the code.
4. ic): Each letter at odd place in the word is one step behind and each letter at even place
in the word is one step ahead of the corresponding letter of the code.
5. (c): The order of letters of the word is reversed in the code. So, reverse the letters in
the code to get the word.
6.
The groups of second and third letters and fourth and fifth letters in the word interchange places in the code.
7. (6): Each letter of the word is three steps behind the corresponding letter of the code.
8. (a): The first, second, third, fourth and fifth letter in the word are respectively one, two,
three, four and five steps ahead of the corresponding letter of the code.
9. (e): The word is formed into pairs of letters and the letters in each pair are reversed.
10. ib): Each letter of the word is five steps ahead of the corresponding letter of the code.
11. id): Each letter of the word is three steps behind the corresponding letter of the code.
12. (a): E/ich letter of the word is one step ahead of the corresponding letter of the code.
13* (c): In the code, the letters of the word are put in the reverse order of positions.
14. id): The letters in the first half and the last half of the code are separately reversed to
obtain the word.
15. ic): In the code, the letters of the word are put in a reverse order.
16. id): Each letter of the word is three steps behind the corresponding letter of the code.
17. ia): In the code, we have alternately one letter two places ahead and the other two places
behind the corresponding letter in the word.
18. (6): In the code, we have alternately one letter one step ahead of and the other the same
as the corresponding letter in the word.
19. id): In the code, the first letter is one step ahead, the second letter is two steps ahead
and so on than the corresponding letter in the word
20. ib): In the code, we have alternately one letter one step behind and the other one step
ahead of the corresponding letter in the word.
21. ie). In the code, the first four and the last four letters of the word are separately interchanged.
22. ia): Each letter of the word is four steps behind the corresponding letter of the code.
T Y P E 2 : NUMBER CODING
In these questions, either numerical code values are assigned to a word or alphabetical code letters are assigned to the numbers. The candidate is required to analyse
the code as per the directions.
Case I : When numerical code values are assigned to words
Ex. 1. If in a certain language A is coded as 1, B is coded as 2, and so on, how is
BIDDIC coded in that code ?
Sol.
ia) 294493
ib) 284563
As given the letters are coded as
(c) 375582
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
id) 394492
So, in BIDDIC, B is coded as 2, I as 9, D as 4, and C as 3. Thus, BIDDIC
is coded as 29449%
Hence, the answer is (a).
Copyrighted material
Reasoning
180
Ex. 2. If PAINT is coded as 74128 and EXCEL is coded as 93596. then how would
you encode ACCEPT ?
(L Tax, 1996)
(a) 455978
(ft) 547978
(c) 554978
(d) 735961
Sol.
Clearly, in the given code, the alphabets are coded as follows :
P
7 4
A
I
1
N
T
E
X
C
L
2 8 9 3 5 '
6
So, in ACCEPT. A is coded as 4, C as 5, E as 9, P as 7 and T as 8. Hence,
the correct code is 455978 arid therefore, the answer is (a).
Ex. 3. If D = 4 and COVER = 63, then BASIS = ?
(Assistant Grade. 1997)
(a) 49
(6) 50
(c) 54
(d) 55
Sol.
Clearly, in the given code, A = 1. B = 2, C = 3.... so that
COVER * 3 + 15 • 22 + 5 + 18 = 63.
Now. in BASIS. B = 2, A = 1, S = 19. I = 9.
Thus. BASIS <= 2 • 1 • 19 + 9 + 19 = 50.
Hence, the answer is (ft).
EXERCISE 4C
1. If DELHI is coded as 73541 and CALCUTTA as 82589662. how can CALICUT
be coded ?
(Assistant Grade. 1995)
(a) 5279431
(6) 5978213
(c) 8251896
(d) 8543691
2. In a certain code. RIPPLE is written as 613382 and LIFE is written as 8192.
How is PILLER written in that code ?
(a) 318826
(ft) 318286
(c) 618826
(d) 338816
3. If ROSE is coded as 6821, CHAIR is coded as 73456 and PREACH is coded as
961473, what will be the code for SEARCH ?
(Assistant Grade, 1993)
ia) 246173
(6) 214673
(c) 214763
(d)^216473
i 4. If in a certain code, TWENTY is written as 863985 and ELEVEN is written as
323039, how is TWELVE written in that code ?
(a) 863203
(ft) 863584
(c) 863903
(d) 863063
5. If the letters in PRABA are coded as 27595, and THILAK are coded as 368451,
how can BHARATHI be coded ?
(U.D.C. 1993)
(a) 37536689
(ft) 57686535
(c) 96575368
(d) 96855368
6. If GIVE is coded as 5137 and BAT is coded aa 924, how is GATE coded ?
(a) 5427
(ft) 5724
(c) 5247
(d) 2547
7. If PALE is coded as 2134, EARTH is coded as 41590, how is PEARL coded in
that code ?
(a) 29530
(6) 24153
(c) 25413
(d) 25430
Directions (Questions 8 to 12) : If in a certain language, ENTRY is coded
as 12345 and STEADY is coded as 931785, then state which is the correct
code for each of the given words.
8. TENANT
(ft) 196247
(c) 352123
Id) 312723
(a) 956169
9. NEATNESS
(ft) 21732199
(c) 21362199
(d) 21823698
(a) 25196577
Copyrighted material
Coding-Decoding
181
10.
SEDATE
ia) 918731
11. ARREST
(a) 744589
12. ENDEAR
(a) 524519
/
ib) 954185
(c) 814195
id) 614781
ib) 744193
ic) 166479
id) 745194
ib) 174189
ic) 128174
id) 124179
13. If E N G L A N D is written as 1234526 and FRANCE is written as 785291, how is
GREECE coded ?
(P.C.8.1995)
( a ) 381171
(6) 381191
ic) 832252
id) 836546
D i r e c t i o n s iQuestions 14 to 21) : If in a certain language CHARCOAL is
coded as 45164913 and MORALE is coded as 296137, how are the following
words coded in that language ?
14. REAL
ia) 8519
ib) 6713
id) 6719
ic) 6513
15. ARCHER
ia) 193859
16. H E A R L
ia) 57163
17. C O A C H
(a) 38137
18. A L L O C H R E
(a) 19943785
19. ROCHEL
( a ) 694573
20. COLLER
ia) 397758
(6) 163546
ic) 164576
id) 193476
ib) 75163
(c) 75198
id) 57193
(6) 49148
(c) 48246
id) 49145
(6) 13394567
(c) 16693895
id) 13396875
(6) 693578
ic) 673958
id) 693857
(6) 497758
(c) 483359
id) 493376
21. MECHRALE
(a) 95378165
(6) 25378195
(c) 27456137
id) 27386195
22. If SHARP is coded as 58034 and PUSH as 4658, then RUSH is coded as
(a) 3568
(6) 3658
ic) 3685
id) 3583 (M.B.A. 1998)
23. In a certain code GARIMA is written as 725432 and T I N A as 6482. How is
M A R T I N A written in that code ?
(Railways, 1998)
ia) 3256482
(6) 3265842
ic) 3645862
(d) 3658426
24. In a certain code, RIPSLE is written as 613082 and WIFE is written as 4192,
how is PEWSLE written in that code ?
(a) 32408
(6) 69824
ic) 41632
id) 35612
Directions iQuestions 25 to 29) : If MISTAKE is coded as 9765412 and
NAKED is coded as 84123, how are the following words coded ?
25. DISTANT
ib) 4798165
ia) 3765485
(c) 3697185
(d) .4768296
26. NEM1SES
(a) 7598656
ib) 8597656
(c) 8297626
id) 7689565
27. ASSIST
ia) 166762
ib) 466765
ic) 488976
id) 435985
Copyrighted mate
j
Reasoning
182
28. I N T I M A T E
' (a) 89786145
(6) 79438163
(c) 78579452
(d) 78698365
29. S T A I N
( a ) 98175
(6) 89483
(c) 68194
(d) 65478
30. In a certain code language 24685 is written as 33776. How is 35791 written in
that code ?
(P.O. Exam, 1989)
(a) 44826
(6) 44880
(c) 46682
(d) 44682
31. In a certain code language 35796 is written as 44887. How is 46823 written in
that code ?
32.
33.
34.
35.
(P.O. Exam, 1991)
(a) 57914
(6) 55914
*
(c) 55934
(d) 55714
If MINJUR is coded as 312547 and TADA as 6898, how can MADURAI be coded ?
( a ) 3498178
(6) 3894871
(c) 3849781 .
(d) 3894781
If P A L A M could b* given the code number 43, what code number can be given
to SANTACRUZ ?
(Assistant Grade, 1995)
(a) 75
(6) 85
(c) 120
(d) 123
If Z = 52 and A C T = 48, then BAT will be equal to
(CJBJL 1994)
(a) 39
(6) 41
(c) 44
(d) 46
If REASON is coded as 5 and BELIEVED as 7, what is the code number for
GOVERNMENT ? '
(UJ).C. 1993)
6:
(a)
(6) 8
(c) 9
36. If GO = 32, SHE = 49, then SOME will be equal to
(a) 56
(b) 58
(c) 62
37. If XT » 20, B A T = 40, then CAT will be equal to
( a ) 30
(6) 50
(c) 60
(d) 10
(8.S.C. 1996)
(d) 64
(d) 70
(Transmission Executives* 1994)
38. If M A C H I N E is coded as 19-7-9-14-15-20-11, how will you code DANGER ?
(a) }0-7-20-13-ll-24
(6) 11-7-20-16-11-24
(c) 13-7-20-9-11-25
(cO 13-7-20-10-11-25
(Assistant Grade, 1997)
39. If P R A T A P could be given the code number 1618120116, what code number can
be given to N A V I N ?
( a ) 14122914
(6) 19274651
(c) 24639125
(d) 73957614
40. If M O B I L I T Y is coded as 46293927, then E X A M I N A T I O N is coded as
(Assistant Grade, 1998; S.S.C. 1993)
( a ) 45038401854
(6) 56149512965 (c) 57159413955 (d) 67250623076
4
If MASTER is coded as 4li259, then POWDER will be coded as
( a ) 7 65439
(6) 765439
(c) 7 65459
(d) 7 65549
(L Tax & Central Excise, 1995)
ANSWERS
1. (c) : The alphabets are coded as follows :
D E L H I C A U T
7 3 5 4 1 8 2 9 6
So. in CALICUT, C is coded as 8, A as 2, L as 5, I as 1, U as 9 and T as 6. Thus,
the code for CALICUT is 8251896.
1
Copyrighted material
Coding Decoding
183
2. (a): The alphabets are coded as shown :
R
I
P L E F
. 6
1 3 8 2 9
So, in PILLER, P is coded as 3, I as 1. L as 8. E as 2 and R as 6. Thus, the code
for PILLER is 318826.
3. (6): The alphabets are coded as shown :
R O S E C H A
I
P
6 8 2 1 7 3 4 5 9
So, in SEARCH, S is coded as 2, E as 1, A as 4, R as 6, C as 7, H as 3. ThUa. the
code for SEARCH is 214673.
4. (a) : The alphabets are coded as '.hown .
T W E N Y L V
8 6-3 9 5 2 0
So. in TWELVE. T is codcd as 8, W as 6. E as 3, L as 2. V aa 0. Thus, the code for
TWELVE is 863203.
5. (c): The alphabets are coded as shown :
P R A B T H I
L K
2 7 5 9 3 6 8 4 1
So, B is coded as 9. H as 6, A as 5, R as 7, T as 3 and I as 8.
Thus, the code for BHAKATHI is 96575368.
6. (c): The alphabets are coded as shown :
G
I V E B A T
5 1 3 7 9 2 4
So, G is coded as 5, A as 2. T as 4 and E as 7.
Thus, tho code for GATE is 5247.
7. (6): The alphabets are coded as shown :
P A L E R T H
2
1
3 4 5 9 0
So. P is code as 2. E as 4. A as 1. R as 5 and L as 3.
Thus, the code for PEARL ia 24153.
Questions 8 to 12
The alphabets are coded as follows :
E N T R Y S A D
1 2 3 4 5 9 7 8
8. (d): T is coded as 3. E as 1, N as 2 and A as 7.
So, TENANT is codcd as 312723.
9. (6): N is coded aa 2, E as 1, A as 7, T as 3 and S as 9
10. (a): S is coded as 9, E as 1, D as 8, A as 7 and T as 3.
So. SEDATE is coded as 918731.
11. (6): A is coded as 7. R as 4, E as 1, S as 9 and T as 3.
So. ARREST is coded as 744193.
12. (c): E is coded as 1, N as 2, D as 8, A as 7 and R as 4.
So, ENDEAR is coded as 128174.
Copyrighted material
Reasoning
184
13. (a): The alphabets are coded as shown :
E N G L A D F R
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
» So. G is coded as 3. R as 8. E as 1 and C as 9.
Thus. GREECE is coded as 381191.
C
9
Questions 14 to 21
The alphabets are coded as follows :
C
H
4
5
A
1
R
O
6
L
9
M
3
E
2
7
14. (6): R is coded as 6. E as 7. A ^ 1 and L as 3.
So. the code for REAL ia 6713.
15. (c): A is coded as 1, R as 6. C as 4. H as 5 and E as 7.
So. the code for ARCHER is 164576.
16. (a) r H is coded as 5. E as 7. A as L R as 6 and L as 3.
So. the code for HEARL is 57163.
17. ( d ) : C is coded as 4. O as 9. A as 1 and H as 5.
So. the code for COACH is 49145.
18. (6); A is coded as 1, L as 3. O as 9. C as 4. H as 5, R as 6 and E as 7.
So. the code for ALLOCHRE is 13394567.
19. (a): R is coded as 6. O as 9. C as 4, H as 5, E as 7 and L as 3.
So. the code for ROCHEL is 694573.
20. (d): C is coded as, 4. O as 9. L as 3, E as 7 and R as 6.
So. the code /or COLLER is 493376.
21. (c): M is coded as 2. E as 7, C as 4, H as 5. R as 6, A as 1 and L as 3.
^o. MECHRALE is coded as 27456137.
22. (6): The alphabets are coded as shown below :
5
H A
R
P U
5
8
0
3
4
6
So. the code for RUSH is 3658.
23. ( a ) : The alphabets are coded as shown below :
G A R
I
M
T
N
7
2
5
4
3
6
8
So. M is coded as 3. A as 2, R as 5, T as 6, I as 4. and N as 8.
Thus. MARTINA is coded as 3256482.
24. ( a ) : The alphabets are coded as shown below :
R
I
P
S
L
E W F
6 1 3 0
8.
2 4 9
So. the code for P is 3, E ia 2, W is 4. S is 0 and L is 8.
Thus, PEWSLE is coded as 324082.
Questions 25 to 29
The alphabets in the given words are coded as follows :
M I S T A K E N . D
9 7 6 5 4 1 2 8 3
25. ( a ) : D is coded as 3. I as 7. S as 6, T as 5, A as 4 and N as 8.
So, the code for DISTANT is 3765485.
1
Copyrighted material
<
Coding Decoding
185
26. Ic): N i t coded as 8. E as 2. M as 9. I as 7 and S as 6.
So. tho code for NEMISES is 8297626.
27. (b): A is coded as 4. S as 6. I as 7 and T aa 6.
So ASSIST is coded as 466765.
28. (c): I is coded as 7. N as 8. T as 5. M a* 9, A ar 4 and E as 2.
So. the code for INTIMATE is 78579452.
29. (d): S is coded as 6. T as 5, A as 4. I as 7 and N as 8.
So. STAIN is coded as 65478.
30. (a): Clearly, in the code the letters at odd places arc one place ahead and those at even
piaces are one place before the corresponding letter in the word.
So. in 35791. 3 is written as 4. 5 as 4. 7 as 8. 9 as 8 and 1 as 0 i.e. the rode '.ecomes
44880.
31. (6): The same pattern as in Q. 30 is followed i.e. 4 will be written a* 5. 6 as 5, 8 as 9.
v
2 as 1 and 3 as 4. So. the code becomes 55914.
32. (</): The alphabets are codcd aa shown below :
33. (d):
34. (d):
'
35. (c):
36. (a):
37. (c):
38. (a):
39. (o):
40. (6):
M ' l
N J U R T A D
3
1 2 5 4 7 6
8* 9
i.e. M is coded as 3. A as 8. D as 9. U as 4. R as 7 and I as 1.
So. MADURAI is codcd as 3894781.
In the given code. A = 1, B = 2, C = 3, Z = 26.
So. PALAM = 16 + 1 + 12 • 1 + 13 = 43
Similarly, SANTACRUZ * 19 • 1 • 14 • 20 + 1 + 3 + 18 + 21 * 26 = 123.
In the given code. A • 2. B • 4, C - 6 , Z = 52.
Sp. ACT = 2 + 6 + 40 = 48 and BAT » 4+ 2 + 40 u 46.
Code for the given word = (Number of letters in the word) - 1.
So. code for GOVERNMENT - 10 - 1 = 9.
In the given code. Z = 1, Y =>2. X = 3
C = 24. B = 25, A = 26.
So, GO * 20 + 12 = 32 and SHE =» 8 + 19 • 22 = 49.
Similarly. SOME - 8 + 1 2 + 14 + 22-56.
Taking A = 1. B = 2,.... T = 20
Z = 26, we have :
AT = A * T = 1 * 20 = 20; BAT = B * A * T = 2 x l x 2 0 = 40.
Similarly. C A T - C * A x T - 3 x l x 2 0 - 6 0 .
Putting A - 7, B = 8. C = 9. D = 10
X = 30. Y-81, Z =• 32, we'have :
MACHINE = 1 9 - 7 - 9 - 1 4 - 1 5 - 2 0 - 1 1 .
Similarly. DANGER - J,0 - 7 - 20 - 13 - 11 - 24.
Putting A = 1. B = 2, C = 3
Z = 26, we have :
PRATAP - 16 - 18 - 1 - 20 - 1 - 16 - 1618120116.
Similarly. NAVIN = 14 - 1 - 22 - 9 - 14 = 14122914.
Let A = 1, B = 2, C = 3,.... X = 24, Y = 25, Z = 26.
Then. M = 13 = 1 + 3 =4;
0 = 15=1 + 5 = 6;
L = 12= 1 + 2 - 3 ;
T - 2 0 = 2 + 0 = 2;
Y = 25 = 2 + 5 = 7.
So. MOBILITY =46293927.
Similarly. EXAMINATION = 56149512965.
Copyrighted material
Reasoning
186
41. (c): Let A = 1. B = 2, C = 3 , Z - 26.
Now. M = 13 = 4 (remainder obtained
S = 19 = i (remainder obtained
T = 20 = 2 (remainder obtained
R = 18 = 9 (remainder obtained
So. MASTER * 411259.
Similarly, POWDER - 7 65459.
after
after
after
after
dividing by
dividing by
dividing by
dividing by
9);
9 twioe);
9 twice);
9).
CASE II: NUMBER TO LETTER CODING
When alphabetical code values are assigned to the numbers
Ex. 1. In a certain code, 2 is coded as P, 3 as N, 9 as Q, 5 as R, 4 as A and 6 as
B. How is 599423 coded in that code ?
(a) EIIDBC
( b ) RQPANB
(c) EIMDBC
(d) RQQAPN
(e) RPPBQN
4<r
Sol.
Clearly, as given 5 is coded as R, 9 as Q, 4 as A, 2 as P and 3 as N. So,
599423 is coded as RQQAPN. Hence, the answer is (d).
Ex. 2. In a certain code, 34ofc is coded as ROPE, 15526 is coded as A P P L E , then
how is 54613 coded ?
(a) RPPEO
(6) ROPEA
(c) POEAR
(d) PAREO (e) None of these
Sol.
Clearly in the given figures, the numbers are coded as follows :
3
4
5
6
1
2
R
O
P
E
A
L
i.e. 5 is coded as P, 4 as O, 6 as E, 1 as A and 3 as R. So, 54613 as coded
as POEAR. Hence, the answer is (c).
EXERCISE 4D
1. In a certain code. 15789 is written as EGKPT and 2346 is written as A L U R .
How is 23549 written in that code ?
(a) ALEUT
(b) A L G T U
(c) A L G U T
(d) A L G R T
(e) None of these
2. In a certain code, a number 13479 is written as AQFJL and 5268 is written as
DMPN. How is 396824 written in that code ?
(a) Q L P N K J (6) Q L P N M F (c) Q L P M N F
(d) Q L P N D F (e) None of these
D i r e c t i o n s (Questions 3 to 5) : The number in each question below is to
be codified in the following code :
(Railways, 1991)
Digit
7
Letter
W
-
2
1
5
3
9
8
6
4
L
M
S
I
N
D
J
B
3. 184632
(a) MDJBS1.
(b) MDJBIL
(c) MDJBWL
(d) MDBJIL
(e) None of these
4. 879341
( a ) DWNIBS
(b) D W N B I M
(c) DWNIBM (d) NDWBIM
(e) None of these
5. 64928
(a) J B N L D
(fc) JBLND
(c) BJNLD
(d) DBNLS
(e) None of these
6. In a certain code, 15789 is written as AXBTC, 2346 is written as MPDU. How
is 23549 written in that code ?
(a)MPXDT
(b) MPADC
(c) MPXCD
(d) MPXDC
(e) None of these
1
Copyrighted material
Coding Decoding
187
7. In a certain code, 15789 is written aa XTZAL and 2346 is written as NPSU.
How is 23549 written in that code ?
(Bank P.O. 1989)
(a) NPTUL
(6) PNTSL
(c) NPTSL
(d) NBTSL
(e) None of these
8. In a certain code, 33946 is codcd as PPOAL and 1987 is coded as ROSE. How
is 94678 coded in that code ?
ia) ROSEP
ib) OALES
(c) POALE
(d) OSEPL
(e) REAPS
9. If in a certain language, 943 is coded as BED and 12448 is coded as SWEET,
how is 492311 coded in that language ?
(a) EDSWBS
ib) TSWBDD
(c) DSWTEE
(d) EBDSWE <e) EBWDSS
Directions (Questions 10 to 18) : In a certain language, the numbers are
coded as follows :
4
A
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
3
W
9
2
1
6
7
P
Q
R
B
E,
—
8
5
2
0
s
G
J
M
How are the following figures coded in that code ?
421665
(a) AQRBBG (b) PQBRSE (c) ASGRBE
(d) QRPSSE
67825
(a) BESGJ
(6) BSEJG
(c) BESJG
(d) BSEGJ
55218
(a) GJGRS
ib) GGJSR
(c) GGRJS
(d) GGSRJ
91352
(a) PRWGJ
(b) PRGWJ
(c) RPGWJ
(d) RGPWJ
720435
(a) EJMAGW ib) MAGJRW (c) EJMAWG
(d) MGARJW
(e) None of these
(e) ESBJG
(e) GGJRS
(e) PRWJG
(e) None of these
15. 6660
ia) BBMG
ib) BBGM
ic) BGMB
id) BMGB
(e) None of these
16. 3215
(a) WJRG
(6) WJGR
ic) JWRG
id) JWGR
(e) GRJW
17. 67852
(a) BSEJG
ib) BESJG
ic) BSEGJ
id) BESGJ
(e) None of these
18. 439216
(a) PQRWAB ib) AQRWPB (c) APWQRB
id) PQRBAW
ie) AWPQRB
Directions iQuestions 19 to 25) : In a certain language, 36492 is written
as SMILE and 058 is written as RUN. How are the following figures coded
in that language ?
19. 33980
s
ia) SSLNR
ib) SSLRN
ic) SLSNR
id) Can't be determined
(e) None of these
20. 6458
(a) MUIN
(6) MINU
ic) INUM
id) MIUN
(e) IUMN
21. 92486
(a) LEIMN
(6) ELINR
(c) LEINM
id) EILNM
ie) LIEMN
Copyrighted material
Reasoning
188
22. 54324
( a ) SllTEI
23. 90089
(a) N L L R N
24. 3425
(a) SEIU
25. 29463
(a) ELISM
(b) UISEI
(c) USIIE
(d) UISIE
(e) SUEII
(b) L R L N N
(c) LLRRN
(d) L R R N L
(e) R L L N N
(6) SIUE
(c) SRUI
(d) RUSI
(e) SIEU
(b) ELI MS
(c) LIMSE
(d) EILMS
(e) None of these
ANSWERS
1. ( O : In the given codes, the numbers
1
5
7
8
E
G
K
/
P
i.e., 2 as A 3 as L, 5 as G. 4 as
2. (6): In the given codes, the numbers
3. Id):
4. (c):
5. ( a ) :
6. <d):
are coded as shown :
9
2
3
4
6
T
A
L
U
R
U and 9 as T. So. 23549 is coded as ALGUT.
are coded as shown :
1
3
4
7
9
5
2
6
8
A
Q
F
J
L
D
M
P
N
i.e., 3 as Q, 9 as L. 6 as P. 8 as N, 2 as M and 4 as F. So, 396824 is coded as
QLPNMF.
As given, 1 is coded as M, 8 as D, 4 as B, 6 as J, 3 as I and 2 as L. So. 184632 is
coded, as MDBJIL.
As given. 8 is coded as D, 7 as W, 9 as N, 3 as I. 4 as B and 1 as M. So. 879341 is
coded as DWNIBM.
As given. 6 is coded as J. 4 as B. 9 as N, 2 as L and 8 as D. So, 64928 is coded as
JBNLD.
The numbers are codcd as shown :
1
5
7
8
9
2
3
4
6
A
X
B
T
C
M
P
D
U
i.e.. 2 as M. 3 as P. 5 as X, 4 as D and 9 as C. So, 23549 is coded as MPXDC.
7. (c): The numbers are coded as shown :
1
5
7
8
9
2
3
4
6
X
T
Z
A
L
N
P
S
U
i e., 2 as N, 3 as P. 5 aa T. 4 as S and 9 as L. So. 23549 is coded as NPTSL.
8 . ( 6 ) : The numbers are coded as shown :
3
9
4
6
1
8
7
P
O
A
L
R
S.
E
i.e., 9 as O, 4 as A. 6 as L. 7 as E and 8 as S. So. 94678 is coded as OALES.
» . (e): The numbers are coded as shown :
9
4
3
1
2
8
B
E
D
S
W
T
i.e.. 4 as E. 9 as B, 2 as W, 3 as D and 1 as S. So, 492311 is coded as EBWDSS.
10. ( o ) : As given. 4 is coded as A 2 as Q, 1 as R, 6 as B and 5 as G. So. 421665 is coded
as AQRBBG.
U . (c): As given, 6 is coded as B, 7 as E, 8 as S, 2 as J and 5 as G. So, 67825 is coded as
BESJG.
12. (e): As given. 5 is coded as G, 2 as J. 1 as R and 8 as S. So. 55218 is coded as GGJRS.
1
Copyrighted material
Coding-Decodi ng
189
13. (a): As given, 9 is coded as P. 1 as R. 3 as W, 5 as G and 2 as J. Thus. 91352 is coded
ad PRWGJ.
14. (c): As given. 7 is coded as E. 2 as J. 0 as M. 4 as A, 3 as W and 5 as G. So. 720435
is coded as EJMAWG.
15. (6): As given. 6 is coded as B. 5 as G and 0 as M. So. 6650 is coded as BBGM.
16. (a): As given, 3 is coded as W. 2 as J, 1 as R and 5 as G. So, 3215 is coded as WJRG.
17. (rf) : As given, 6 is coded as B. 7 as E. 8 as S. 5 as G and 2 as J. So. 67o52 is coded as
BESGJ.
18. (*): A* given, 4 is coded as A. 8 as W. 9 as P. 2 as Q. 1 as R and 6 as B. So, 439216 is
coded as AWPQRB.
Questions 19 to 25
Clearly, the numbers in the given figures are coded as follows :
3
6
4
9
2
0
5
8
S
M
I
L
E
R
U
N
19. ( o ) : 3 is coded as S, 9 as L, 8 as N and 0 as R. So, 33980 is coded as SSLNR.
20. (d) : 6 is coded as M, 4 as I, 5 as U and 8 as N. So, 6458 is coded as MIUN.
21. (c): 9 is coded as L, 2 as E. 4 as I, 8 as N and 6 as M. So, 92486 is coded as LEINM.
22. (6): 5 is coded as U, 4 as I, 3 as S, and 2 as E. So, 54324 is coded as UISEI.
23. (d): 9 is codcd as L, 0 as R and 8 as N. So, 90089 is codcd as LRRNL.
24. (e): 3 is codcd as S, 4 as I, 2 as E and 5 as U. So. 3425 is coded as SIEU.
25. (6): 2 is coded as E, 9 as L, 4 as I, 6 as M and 3 as S. So. 29463 is coded as EUMS.
T Y P E 3 : MATRIX CODING
EXERCISE 4E
Directions : In each of the following questions, a word is represented by
only one set of numbers as given in any one of the alternatives. The sets of
numbers given in the alternatives are represented by two classes of alphabets
as in the two given matrices. The columns and rows of matrix I are numbered
from 0 to 4 and that of matrix II from 5 to 9. A letter from these matrices can
be represented first by its row and next by column number
in the matrices
for question 1, A can be represented by 13, 23 etc. T can be represented by
58, 65 etc. Similarly, you have to identify the set for the word given in each
question.
Questions 1 to 3
1.
Matrix I
(I. Tax & Central Excise, 1996)
Matrix II
0
1
2
3
4
0
D
K
A
E
C
1
C
D
K
A
2
K
C
E
3
K
C
4
E
D
5
6
7
8
9
5
P
L
0
T
N
E
6
T
P
N
L
0
A
D
7
P
N
T
0
L
D
E
A
8
0
N
T
P.
L
A
K
C
9
L
0
P
N
T
COLD
(a) 44, 96. 95, 22
(6) 31, 99, 77, 22
(c) 30, 66. 86, 43
(d) 10, 85, 79, 24
Copyrighted material
206 Reasoning
2.
Matrix II
Matrix I
5
6
7
8
9
5
T
0
P
N
L
E
6
N
L
T
0
P
K
A
7
0
P
N
L
T
C
E
D
8
L
T
0
P
N
K
A
C
9
P
N
L
T
0
0
1
2
3
4
0
A
C
E
D
K
1
D
K
A
C
2
C
E
D
3
K
A
4
E
D
POND
(a) 88. 99. 77. 33
3.
(6) 76. 87. 65. 22
(c) 68. 99, 77, 33
Matrix I
(d) 57, 68. 89. 42
Matrix n
5
6
7
8
9
5
0
R
K
L
P
S
6
L
P
0
R
K
S
T
7
0
K
R
P
L
A
T
S
8
P
R
K
L
O
T
A
E
9
R
L
K
0
P
0
1
2
3
4
0
E
A
T
S
H
1
A
H
T
E
2
E
H
A
•3
H
E
4
S
H
REAP
(a) 96. 00. 01, 99
(6) 86. 34. 24. 69
(c) 68. 21, 22. 86
Questions 4-5
Matrix I
id) 56. 00. 22, 59
(CJELL 1996)
Matrix II
0
1
2
3
4
0
E
A
H
T
S
1
A
T
S
H
2
E
S
T
3
T
H
4
S
T
5
6
7
8
9
5
I
P
L
K
R
E
6
K
R
I
L
P
H
A
7
I
R
K
L
P
A
E
S
8
K
R
I
P
L
H
E
A
9
R
K
L
P
I
4. RISK
(a) 96. 66. 88. 98
(6) 95. 12. 67. 98
(c) 76, 21. 59, 89
(d) 59, 99, 21, 77
(6) 12, 14, 96. 41
(c) 22, 41, 21, 96
(d) 41, 12, 14, 96
5. STEP
(a) 12. 22. 14, 69
Questions 6 to 10
Matrix I
(&8.C. 1996)
Matrix II
0
1
2
3
4
0
F
A
N
0
I
1
I
0
F
A
2
A
N
0
3
0
F
4
N
I
5\ 6
7
8
9
5
S
E
H
B
T
6
H
S
E
T
B
I
y
F
7
B
T
S
E
H
I
N
A
8
E
H
T
B
S
A
F
0
9
T
S
E
H
B
1
Copyrighted material
Coding Decoding
191
6. NEST
(a) 33, 85, 88, 86
(ft) 21, 76, 77, 76
(c) 14, 67. 66. 67
(d) 02. 56. 55, 59
7. FAITH
(ft) 31. 34. 23. 76, 79
(d) 12, 20. 40, 68. 65
(a) 43. 42. 41, 78. 89
(c) 24. 31. 10. 59. 57
8. FINE
12. 10. 13. 67
(d) 00. 04. 02. 56
(ft) 65, 56. 13. 57
(c) 57. 56. 01, 50
id) 29. 85. 34. 93
(ft) 75. 22. 76. 79
(c) 69. 67, 68. 59
(d) 58, 02. 68. 65
(<i) 31. 32. 33. 82 (ft) 24. 19. 21. 78
(c)
9. HEAT
(a) 79, 53. 20. 87
10. BOTH
(a) 88. 30. 85. 86
Questions 11 to 15
Matrix I
0
1
2
3
0
D
0
B
A
4
1
1
0
B
A
I
D
2
B
A
I
D
0
Matrix II
3
A
I
D
O
B
4
I
D
0
B
A
5
6
7
8
9
5
W
6
7
8
9
N R M L
N R M L W
R M L W N"
M L W N R
W U R M
L
11. DRAW
(a) 41. 66. 23. 55
(ft) 32. 75. 44. 76
(c) 23. 57, 30, 68
(d) 14. 89. 12. 78
(ft) 11. 21. 79. 41
(c) 34. 44. 66. 14
(d) 20. 30. 89. 23
(ft) 21. 95. 33. 97
(c) 34. 68. 10, 88
(d) 34, 86. 44. 78
(ft) 57. 21. 23. 79
(c) 66. 44. 42. 96
(d) 75. 30. 31, 87
12. BAND
(a) 43. 21. 97. 33
13. BLOW
(a) 11, 68. 42. 69
14. RAIN
(a) 57. 12, 31, 56
15. LAMB
(a) 68. 21. 58. 34 (ft) 77, 44, 76, 33 (c) 86, i\, 67, 12 (d) 95, 30. 80, 20
Directions (Questions 16 to 20) i The hundred cells in the square below
have been filled with letters. The columns and the rows are identified by the
numbers 0 to 9. A letter in a cell is represented first by its column number
and then by its row number e.g., G in column 3 and row 1 is represented
by 31. In each of the following questions, a word has been given which is
represented by one of the four alternatives given under it. Find the correct
alternative.
0
1
2
3
o
I
M
H
T
1
L
A
R
Y
2
B
Q
w
A
3
P
G
J
I
4
K
T
A
U
5
N
V
X
u
6
H
I
B
0
7
S
0
E
N
8
A
N
C
J
9
E
U
I
F
Copyrighted material
Reasoning
192
4
5
6
7
8
9
F
A
P
Z
M
P
O
C
s
D
I
E
B
L
U
Y
Z
O
M
J
E
V
Q
D
E
X
z
F
E
E
G
R
K
O
A
U
U
A
V
H
U
Q
K
A
W
Y
E
O
W
X
D
I
I
C
R
T
L
O
S
G
16. MIND
(a) 01, 61, 73. 36
(b) 08. 61. 55, 44.
(c) 34. 33. 50, 17
(d) 73. 33. 61, 17
17. JAIL
(o) 32. 05, 25. 44
(6) 32, 05. 87, 96
(c) 35, 23, 26. 33
18. BLOT
(a) 20. 10. 71, 22
(d) 83, 65, 25, 44
\
(b) 24, 10, 26. 48
(c) 34. 35. 63. 03
(d) 62. 25. 57. 95
(6) 35. 14. 37. 78
(c) 83. 63. 40. 59
(d) 83. 71, 25, 36
(6) 63. 44, 88. 03
(c) 79. 09. 61. 41
(d) 97, 34. 62. 95
19. JOKE
(a) 32, 14. 56. 44
20. OMIT
(a) 14, 34, 88, 95
ANSWERS
1. (</): From matrix I, C can be codcd as 04. 10, 21. 31 or 44.
From matrix II, O can be coded as 57. 69, 78. 85 or 96.
From matrix II, L can be coded as 56, 68, 79. 89 or 95.
*Yom matrix I, D can be coded as 00, 11, 24, 32 or 41.
Clearly, only W) contains all correct codes.
2. ( 6 ) : From matrix II, P can be coded as 57, 69, 76, 88 or 95.
From matrix II, O can be coded as 56, 68, 75, 87 or 99.
From matrix II, N can be coded as 58, 65, 77, 89 or 96.
From matrix I, D can be coded as 03, 10, 22, 34 or 41.
3. (d): From matrix II, R can be coded as 56, 68, 77, 86 or 95.
From matrix
can be coded as 00, 13, 20, 31 or 44.
From matrix I, A can be coded hs 01, 10, 22, 32 or 43.
From matrix II, P can be coded as 59, 66, 78, 85 or 99.
4. (d): From matrix II, R can be coded as 59, 66, 76, 86 or 95.
From matrix II, I can be coded as 55, 67, 75, 87 or 99.
From matrix I, S can be coded as 04, 12, 21, 34 or 40.
From matrix II, P can be coded as 56, 69, 79, 88 or 98.
5. ( a ) : From matrix I, S can be coded as 04, 12, 21, 34 or 40.
From matrix I, T can be coded as 03, 11, 22, 30 or 41.
From matrix Ir E can be coded as 00, 14, 20. 33 or 43.
From matrix II, P can be coded as 56. 69, 79, 88 or 98.
6. ( d ) : From matrix I, N can be coded as 02, 14, 21, 33 or 40.
From matrix II, E can be coded as 56, 67, 78, 85 or 97.
From matrix II. S can be coded as 55, 66, 77, 89 or 96.
From matrix II, T can be coded as 59, 68, 76, 87 or 95.
7. (6): From matrix I, F can be coded as 00. 12, 24, 31 or 43.
1
Copyrighted material
Coding-Decodi ng
193
From matrix I, A can be coded as 01, 13, 20. 34 or 42.
From matrix I, I can be coded as 04. 10. 23. 32 or 41.
From matrix II, T can be coded as 59. 68, 76. 87 or 95.
From matrix II, H can be coded as 57. 65, 79, 86 or 98
8. (d) : From matrix I, F can be coded as 00, 12, 24, 31 or 43.
From matrix I, I can be coded as 04, 10, 23, 32 or 41.
From matrix I, N can be coded as 02. 14. 21, 33 or 40.
From matrix II, E can be coded as 56. 67. 78. 85 or 97.
9. (c): From matrix II. H can be coded as 57. 65, 79. 86 or 98.
From matnx II, E can be coded as 56, 67, 78. 85 or 97.
From matrix I, A can be coded as 01, 13, 20, 34 or 42.
From matrix II, T can be coded as 59. 68. 76, 87 or 95.
10. ( b ) : From matrix II, B can be coded as 58. 69, 75, 88 or 99.
From matrix I, O can be coded as 03, 11, 22. 30 or 44,
From matrix II, T can be coded as 59, 68, 76, 87 or 95.
From matrix II, H can be coded as 57, 65, 79, 86 or 98.
11. (</) : From matrix I, D can be coded as 00, 14, 23, 32 or 41.
From matrix II, R can be coded as 57, 66, 75, 89 or 98.
From matrix I, A can he coded as 03, 12, 21, 30 or 44.
From matrix II, W can be coded as 55, 69, 78, 87 or 96.
12. (6): From matrix I, B can be coded as 02, 11, 20, 34 or 43.
From matrix II, A can be coded as 03. 12. 21, 30 or 44.
From matrix II, N can be coded as 56, 65, 79, 88 or 97.
From matnx I, D can be coded as 00, 14, 23, 32 or 41.
13. ( a ) : From matrix I, B can be coded as 02, 11, 20, 34 or 43.
From matrix II, L can be coded as 59, 68, 77. 86 or 95.
From matrix I. O can be coded as 01, 10, 24, 33 or 42.
From matrix II, W can be coded as 55, 69, 78. 87 or 96.
14. (a): From matrix II, R can be coded as 57. 66, 75, 89 or 98.
From matrix I, A can be coded as 03, 12, 21, 30 or 44.
From matrix I. I can be coded as 04. 13, 22, 31 or 40.
From matrix II, N can be coded as 56, 65, 79. 88 or 97.
15. ( a ) : From matrix II, L can be coded as 59, 68. 77, 86 or 95.
From matrix I, A can be coded as 03, 12, 21, 30 or 44.
From matrix II, M can be coded as 57, 66, 75. 89 or 98.
From matrix I, B can be coded as 02, 11, 20, 34 or 43.
16. (c)
17. (6)
18. (d)
19. (a)
20. (a)
T Y P E 4 : SUBSTITUTION
In this type of questions, some particular objects are assigned code names. Then
a question is asked that is to be answered in the code language.
Ex. 1. If cook is qalled butler, butler is called manager; manager is called teacher,
teacher is called clerk and clerk is called principal, who will teach in a class ?
(a) Cook
(6) Butler
' (c) Manager «
(d) Teacher
(e) Clerk
Sol.
Clearly, a 'teacher' teaches in a class and as given teacher' is called 'clerk*.
So, a 'clerk* will teach in the class.
Hence, the answer is (e).
Copyrighted material
194
Reasoning
210
Ex. 2. If diamond is called gold, gold is called silver, silver is called ruby and ruby
is called emerald, which is the cheapest jewel ?
(a) Diamond
(6) Silver
(c) Gold
(d) Ruby
(e) Emerald
Sol.
We know that 'silver is cheapest. But, as given, 'silver' is called 'rub/. So,
'ruby* is the cheapest.
Hence, the answer is (d).
Ex. 3. If eye is called hand, hand is called mouth, mouth is called ear, ear is called
nose and nose is called tongue, with which of the following would a person
hear ?
(a) Eye
(6) Mouth
(c) Nose
(d) Ear
(e) Tongue
Sol.
A person hears with his 'ear\ But as per the given information, 'ear' is called
4nose\ So, a person will hear with the 4nose\
Hence, the answer is (c).
EXERCISE 4F
1. If white is called blue. blue is called red, red is called yellow, yellow is called
green, green is called black, black is called violet and violet is called orange,
what would be the colour of human blood ?
(Bank P.O. 1994)
(a) Red
(6) Green
(c) Yellow,.
id) Violet
(e) Orange
2. If room is called bed. bed is called window, window is called flower and flower
is called cooler, on what would a man sleep ?
(a) Window
(b) Bed
(c) Flower
(d) Cooler
(e) None of these
3. If orange is called butter, butter is called soap, soap is called ink, ink is called
honey and honey is called orange, which of the following is used for washing
clothes ?
(RB I. 1990)
(a) Honey
(6) Butter
(c) Orange
id) Soap
(e) Ink
4. If sand is called air, air is called plateau, plateau is called well, well is called
island and island is called sky, then from where will a woman draw water ?
(a) Well
(6) Island
(c) Sky
(d) Air
(e) None of these
5. If bangle is called cassette, cassette is called tablet table is called game and game
is called cupboard, then which is played in the tape recorder ?
(a) Bangle
(6) Cassette
(c) Table
(d) Cupboard
(e) None of these
6. If green means red, red means yellow, yellow means blue, blue means orange
and orange means green, what is the colour of clear sky ?
(B.8.R.B. 1998)
(a) Blue
(6) Red
(c) Yellow
(d) Green
(e) Orange
7. If cloud is called white, white is called rain, rain is called green, green is called
air, air is called blue and blue is called water, where will the birds fly ?
(a) Air
(6) Cloud
(c) White
(d) Rain
(e) Blue
(Bank P.O. 1991)
8. If book is called watch, watch is called bag, bag is called dictionary and dictionary is callcd window, which is used to carry the books ?
(a) Dictionary
(6) Bag
(c) Book
(d) Watch
(e) None of these
9. If the animals which can walk are called swimmers, animals who crawl are
called flying, those living in water are called snakes and those which fly in the
sky are called hunters. then what will a lizard be called ?
(Bank P.O. 1991)
(a) Swimmers
(6) Snakes
(c) Flying
(d) Hunters
(e) None of these
Copyrighted material
Coding Decoding
195
10. If rain is water, water is road, road is cloud, cfoad is afcy, aAjy is sea and sea is
paM, where do aeroplanes fly ?
(a) Road
(6) Sea
(c) Cloud
(d) Water
(e) None of these
11. If water is called food, food is called tree, free is called sky, sky is called wall,
on which of the following grows a fruit ?
(a) Water
(6) Food
(c) Sky
<d) Tree
(e) Wall
12. If water is called blue, blue is called red, red is called w/ufe, w/rife is called sky,
sAy is called rain, rain is called green and green is called air, which of the
following is the colour of milk ?
(Bank P.O. 1994)
(a) Air
(6) Green
(c) White
(d) Rain
(e) Sky
13. If paper is called wood, u>ood is called straw, sfraw is called grass, grass is
called rubber and rubber is called clofA, what is the furniture made up o f ?
(a) Paper
(b) Wood
(c) Straw
(d) Grass
(e) Cloth
14. If pen is table, table is fan, fan is chair and chair is roof, on which of the
following will a person sit ?
(a) Fan
(6) Chair
(c) Roof
(d) Table
(e) Pen
15. If bat is racket, racket is football, football is shuttle, shuttle is /udo and Zudo is
carrom, what is cricket played with ?
(a) Racket
(6) Football
(c) Bat
(d) Shuttle
(e) Carrom
16. If banana is apple, apple is grapes, grapes is mango, mango is nufs, nute is
guava, which of the following is a yellow fruit ?
(a) Mango
(6) Guava
(c) Apple
(d) Nuts
(e) Grapes
17. If air is called green, green is called blue, blue is called sky, sAy is called yellow,
yellow is called u>afer and wafer is called pink, then what is the colour of clear
sky ?
(S.B.I.P.O. 1994)
(a) Blue
ib) Sky
(c) Yellow
(d) Water
(e) Pink
18. If cushion is called pillow, pillow is called rrraf, ma/ is called bedsheet and
bedsheet is called cover, which will be spread on the floor ?
(a) Cover
(6) Bedsheet
(c) Mat
(d) Pillow
(e) None of these
If
wall
is
called
window,
window
is
called
door,
door
is
called
floor, floor is
19.
called roof and roof is called ventilator, what will a person stand on ?
, (a) Window
(6) Wall
(c) Floor
(d) Roof
(e) Ventilator
20. If eraser is called box. box is called pencil, pencil is called sharpener and sharpener
is called bag, what will a child write with ?
(a) Eraser
(6) Box
(c) Pencil
(d) Sharpener (e) Bag
21. If clock is called television, television is called radio, radio is called oven, oven
is called grinder and grinder is called iron, in what will a lady bake ?
1 (a) Radio
(6) Oven
(c) Grinder
(d) Iron
(e) Clock
22. If sky vt called sea, sea is called water, ivater is called air, air is called cloud and
cloud is called river, then what do we drink when thirsty ?
(Bank P.O. 1996)
(a) Sky
(6) Air
(c) Water
(d) Sea
(e) Cloud
23. If man is called girl, #ir/ is called woman, woman is called
boy is called
and butler is called rogue, who will serve in a restaurant ?
(a) Butler
(6) Girl
(c) Man
(d) Woman
<e) Rogue
Copyrighted material
Reasoning
196
24. If train is called bus, bus is called tractor, tractor is called car, car is called
scooter, scooter is called bicycle, bicycle is called mopedf which is used to plough
a field ?
(a) Train
(6) Bus
(c) Tractor
(</) Car
(e) Moped
25. If /ead is called stick, stick is called nib, nib is called needle, needle is called
rope and rope is called thread, what will be fitted in a pen to write with it ?
(a) Stick
(b) Lead
(c) Needle
(d) Nib
(e) Thread
26. If rose is called popy, popy is called lily, lily is called lotus and lotus is called
glandiola, which is the king of flowers ?
(a) Rose
(b) Lotus
(c) Popy
(d) Lily
(e) Glandiola
27. If rat is called dog, dog is called mongoose, mongoose is called lion, lion is called
snaAe and snake is called elephant, which is reared as pet ?
(a) Rat
(6) Dog
(c) Mongoose
(d) Lion
(e) Elephant
28. If finger is called toe, toe is called foot, foot is called thumb, thumb is called
ankle, ankle is called palm and palm is called knee, which one finger has a different
name ?
(a) Thumb
(6) Ankle
(c) Knee
(d) Palm
(e) Toe
ANSWERS
1. (c): The colour of the human blood is 'red' and as given, 'red' is callcd •yellow'. So, the
colour of human blood is 'yellow4,
2. (a) : A man sleeps on a 'bed' and as given, "bed' is called "window*. So, the man will sleep
on the "window*.
3. (e): Clearly, 'soap' ia used for washing the clothes. But, "aoap* is called Snk\ So, Ink* is
used for washing the clothes.
4. (6): A woman shall draw water from a 'well' but a *weir is called 'island'. So, the woman
will draw water from an Island'.
6. (c): Clearly, a 'cassette* is played in the tape-recorder. But a 'cassette' is called 'table.
So, a table will be played in the tape-recorder.
6. (c): The colour of clear sky is 'blue' and as given, 'yellow' means 'blue'. So, the colour of
clear sky is 'yellow*.
7. (e): Clearly, the birds fly in the 'air' and 'air" is called 'blue'. So, the birds fly in the
%lue\
8. (a): Clearly, a 'bag is used to carry the books but a 'bag* is called 'dictionary'. So, a
"dictionary' will be used to carry the books.
9. (c): Clearly, a lizard crawls and the animals that crawl are called 'flying'. So, a lizard'
is called "flying.
10. (6): The aeroplanes fly in the 'sky' and the 'sky* is called 'sea'. So. the aeroplanes fly in
the 'sea*.
11. (c): The fruits grow on a 'tree' and "tree' is called "sky\ So, the fruits grow on the 'sky\
12. (e): The colour of milk is 'white' and as given Svhite' is called 'sky'. So, the colour of milk
is "sky'.
13. (c): The furniture is made up of "wood' and as given 'wood' is called 'straw'. So, the sky
%
is made up of "straw*.
14. (c): A person will sit on the 'chair' but a 'chair' is called "roof. So, the person will sit on
the roof.
15. (o): Cricket if played with a 'bat' and a 'bat' is called a 'racket'. So. cricket is played
with a 'racket'.
1
Copyrighted material
Coding Decoding
197
16. (d): Clearly, 'mango' is the yellow fruit but 'mango' is called "nuts'. So, 'nuts is the yellow
fruit
17. (A): The colour of clear sky is 'blue* and as given, "blue' ia called 'sky'. So, the colour of
clear sky is 'sky\
18. (6): 'Mat' will be spread on the floor. But 'mat' is called 'bedsheet1. So, a bedsheet' will
be spread on the floor.
19. (d): A person will stand on the floor* and 'floor' is called 'roof. So, a person will stand
on the 'roof.
20. (d) : The child will write with a 'pencil' and 'pencil' is called 'sharpener'. So, the child will
write with a 'sharpener.
21. (c): The lady shall bake in an 'oven* but 'oven' is called 'grinder'. So, the lady will bake
in a 'grinder'
22. (6): One drinks *water' when thirsty and as given, 'water is called 'air'.
23. (e): A 'butler' serve* in a restaurant but 'butler' is called 'rogue'. So, a 'rogue* will serve
in the restaurant.
24. id): A tractor' is used to plough a field. But a 'tractor' is called *car\ So, a W will be
used to plough the field.
25. (c): Clearly, a 'nib' is fitted in the pen to write with it. But a 'nib1 is called 'needle1. So,
a 'needle' will be fitted in the pen.
26. <*J : The king of flowers is the 'lotus'. But 'lotus' is called 'glandiola'. So, 'glandiola* is the
king of flowers.
27. (c): Clearly, 'dog* is reared as pet. But 'dog' is called 'mangoose'. So, a 'mangoose' is
reared as pet.
28. (M: Clearly, the thumb' is a finger having a different name. But 'thumb' is called 'ankle'.
So. 'ankle' is the finger that has a different name.
TYPE 5 : MIXED LETTER CODING
In this type of questions, throe or four complete messages are given in the coded
language and the code for a particular word is asked. To analyse such codes, any
two messages bearing a common word are picked up. The common code word will
mean that word. Proceeding similarly by picking up all possible combinations of two,
the entire message can be analysed.
Ex. 1. If 'nso ptr kli chn' stands for 'Sharma gets marriage gift\ 'ptr Inm wop chn'
stands for 'wife gives marriage gift\ tti wop nhi' stands for 'he gives nothing
what would mean 'gives' ?
(Assistant Grade, 1995)
(a) chn
(6) nhi
(c) ptr
(d) wop
9
SoL j In the second and third statements, the common word is *gives and the common
code word is 'wop'. So, 'wop* means 'gives'.
I Hence, the answer is (d).
Ex. 2. If 'tee see pee' means 'Drink fruit juice'; 4see kee lee' means 'Juice is sweet9
; ' and 'lee ree mee' means 'He is intelligentwhich word in that language means
'sweet' ?
(o) see
(6) kee
(c) lee
(d) pee
(e) tee
Sol.
In the first and second statements, the common word is 'Juice' and the
common code word is 'see'. So, 4see9 means 'Juice9.
In the second and third statements, the common word is 'is' and the common
, code is 'lee9. So, 'lee' means Hs\
Thus, in the second statement, the remaining word 'sweet' is coded as 'kee'.
Hence, the answer is (6).
Copyrighted material
Reasoning
198
EXERCISE 4G
1. If tish Ito inm' atgnds for 4neat and tidy': 'qpr inm sen' stands for 'small but neat'
and 'hsm sen rso' stands for 'good but erratic\ what would 'but' stand for ?
(a) inm
(6) qpr
(c) sen
(d) hsm
(Assistant Grade, 1996)
2. In a certain code, 'nee tim see means 'how are you'; 'ble nee see' means 'where
are you\ what is the code for 'where' ?
(a) nee
(6) tim
(c) see
(d) Can't be determined
(e) None of these
3. In a certain code language, 'col tip mot' means 'singing is appreciable'; 'mot baj
miny means 'dancing is good' and tip nop baj' means 'singing and dancing',
which of the following means 'good9 in that code language ? (NABARD, 1994)
(a) not
(6) min
(c) big
id) Can't be determined
(e) None of these
4. If 'ski rps tri' stands for 'nice Sunday morning'; 'teh sti rps' stands foV 'every
Tuesday morning' and 'ski ptr qlm' stands for 'nice market place\ .what would
'Sunday' stand for ?
(a) ski
(6) rps
(c) tri
(d) qlm :
4
5. In a certain code, 'bi nie pie' means some good jokes'; 'nie bat lik' means 'some
real stories'; and 'pie lik tolr means 'many good stories'. Which word in that code
means jokes' ?
<B.S.k.B. 1996)
(a) bi
(6) nie
(c) pie
(d) Can't be determined
ie) None of these /
6. In a certain language, 'pre nat bisf means 'smoking is harmful'vog dor nat'
means 'avoid harmful habit' and 'dor bis yeV means 'please avoid smoking'.
Which of the following means 'habit' in that language ?
(a) vog
(b) nat •
(c) dor
(d) bis
ie) None of these
7. If 'gnr tag zog qmp' stands for 'Seoul Olympic Organising Committee'; 'hyto gnr
emf9 stands for 'summer Olympic games' and 'esm sdr hyto' stands for 'modern
games history\ what would be the code for 4summer9 ?
(a) hyto
(6) gnr
(c) emf
(d) zog
(L Tax & Central £xcis«, 1969)
8. If in a certain language, 4oka peru' means 'fine cloth'; 'meta lisa' means 'clear
water' and 'dona lisa peru' means 'fine clear weather\ which word in that language means 'weather' ?
'
(U.T.I. 1990)
(a) peru
(6) oka
(c) meta
,
(d)dona
9. In a code language, 4mok dan siV means 'nice big house'; 'fit kon dan' means
'house is good' and 'warm tir fit' means 'cost is high\ Which word stands for
'good' in that language ?
(B.S.ELB. 1996)
(a) rpok
ib) dan
(c)
fit
(d) kon
'
10. In a certain code language, 'Mink Yang Pe' means 'Fruits are ripe'; 'Pe Lao May
Mink' means 4Oranges are not ripe' and 'May Pe Nue Mink' means 'Mangoes are
not ripe'. Which word in that language means 'Mangoes' ?
(a) May
(6) Pe
(c) Nue
(d) Mink
Copyrighted material
Coding Decoding
199
11. In a certain code language, Tom Kun Sud' means Dogs are barking'Kun Jo
Mop' means Dogs and horses' and 1Mut Tom Ko9 means Donkeys are mad.
Which word in that language means 'barking9 ?
(Railways, 1991)
ia) Sud
(6) Kun
(c) Jo
id) Tom
(e) Ko
12. In a certain code langyage, 'put tir fin' means 'delicious juicy fruit; 'tie dip sig'
means 'beautiful white lily9 and 4sig Ion fin9 means 'lily and fruit\ Which of the
following stands for 'and' in that language ?
ia) Ion
(6) sig
(c)
fin
id) None of these
9
13. If 'nitco sco tingo stands for 'softer than flower'; 'tingo rho mst9 stands for 'sweet
flower fragrance9 and 'mst sco tmp' stands for 'sweet than smile\ what would
fragrance9 stand for ?
(Central Excise, 1989)
(a) rho
(6) mst
(c) tmp
id) sco
14. In a certain code language, 'dom pul ta' means 'bring hot food9; 'pul tir sop
means food is good9 and 'tak da sop9 means 'good bright boy\ Which of the
following does mean 4hot9 in that language ?
(Bank P.O. 1992)
(a) dom
(6) pul
(c) ta
id) Can't be determined ,
ie) None of these
15. If 4sti nro kti9 stands for 'clouds pour down', 'nro bsi mit9 stands for 'down he
goes and 'bsi nro zpi' stands for died down he\ which word would mean 'goes'?
ia) nro
(6) mit
(c) kti
id) bsi
Directions iQuestions 16-17) s
In a certain code language,
(A) 'pit dar na' means 'you are good';
(B) 'dar tok pa9 means 'good and bad9;
(C) Him na tok9 means they are bad9.
(Bank P.O. 1994)
16. In that language, which word stands for they' ?
ia) na
(6) tok
(c) tim
id) pit
(e) None of these
17. To find the answer to the above question, which of the following statements can
be dispensed with ?
ia) Only A
(6) Only B
(c) A or B
id) B and C
ie) None of these
Directions iQuestions 18-19) :
In a certain code language,
(A) 'pic vie nic' means 'winter is cold9;
(B) *to nic re9 means 'summer is hot;
're pic boo' means 'winter and summer
(D) Vic tho pa means 'nights are cold\
18. Which word in that language means 'summer ?
ia) nic
ib) re
ic) to.
19. Which of the given statements is superfluous ?
ia) Only A
ib) Only D
id) Neither A nor D
(e) None of these
id) pic
ie) vie
ic) Both A and D
Directions iQuestions 20-21) :
In a certain code language.
(A) 'pit na som' means 'bring me water9;
Copyrighted material
Reasoning
200
(B) 'na jo tod' means 'water is life9;
(C) 'tub od pit' means 'give me toy9;
(D) jo lin hot' means 'life and death\
(Bank P.O. 1998)
20. Which of the following represents 'is' in that language ?
ia) jo
(6) na
(c) tod
id) lin
(e) None of these
21. To find out the answer to the above question, which of the following statements
can be dispensed with ?
(a) A only
(6) C only
(c) B or C only
(d) D only
(e) None of these
Directions (Questions 22-23) s
In a certain code language,
(A) 'mxy das zci' means 'good little frock9;
(B) 'jmx cos zci' means 'girl behaves good';
(C) 'nvg drs cos' means 'girl makes mischief \
(D) 'das ajp cos' means 'little girl fell9.
22. Which word in that language stands for 'frock' ?
(a) zci
(b) das
(c) nvg
id) cyp
(e) None of these
23. Which of the given statements is superfluous ?
(a) A
(6) B
(c) C
id) D
(e) None of these
Directions (Questions 24-25) i
In a certain code language,
(A) 'pod na joe* means 'very bright boy9;
(B) 'tam nu pod' means 'the boy comes';
(C) 'nu per ton' means 'keep the doll';
4
•(D) 'joc ton su9 means 'very good doll'.
(Bank P.O. 1994)
24. Which of the following means 'bright9 in that language ?
(a) joc
(6) pod
(c) ton
(d) na
(e) None of theae
25. Which of the following statements can be dispensed with for answering the
above question ?
(o) A only
(6) C only
(c) C or D only
af
id) D only
(e) None of these
26. In a certain code language, 'po ki top ma' means 'Usha is playing cards'; 'hop
ja ki ma' means 'Asha is playing tennis'; 'ki top sop ho' means 'they are playing
football'; and 'po sur hop' means 'cards and tennis'. Which word in that language means 'Asha' ?
(R.B.I. 1988)
ia) ja
(6) ma
(c) kop
(d) top
(e) ki
Directions (Questions 27-28) :
In a certain code,
(A) 'Kemp Lamp Terns' means 'Speak the truth9;
(B) 'Bis Tim Nak' means 'Always seek knowledge';
(C) Tim Terns Sik' means 'Knowledge is truth';
(D) 'Lik Bis Zap' means 'Never seek violence9.
27. Which letter code stands for 'Always' ?
ia) Nak
(6) Tim
(c) Bis
id) Zap
ie) Terns
Copyrighted material
Coding Decoding
201
28. To find the answer to the above question, which of the given statements is not
necessary ?
(a) A
ib) B
(c) C
(id) D
(e) None of these
29. In a certain code language, \nee muk pic' means 'grave and concern'; 'ill die so'
means 'every body else'; and tur muk so9 means 'body and soul9. Which of the
following would mean 'every concern' ?
(Bank P.O. 1995)
(a) die pic
ib) ill nee
(c) pic nee
(d) Can't be determined
(e) None of these
30. In a certain code language, 'Ka Bi Pu Ya means You are very intelligent'; Ya
Lo Ka Wo' means They seem very intelligent'; 'La Pu Le' means You can see'
and 'Sun Pun Yun Ya' means 'How intelligent she is'. In that language, which
of the following words means 'are' ?
(a) Ka
(6) Bi
(c) Le
(d) Pu
(e) Ya
31. If in a certain code, 'bir le nac' means 'green and tasty'; 'pic nac hor' means
'tomato is green' and 'coc bir hor9 means food is tasty\ Which of the following
means 'tomato is tasty9 in that code ?
(a) bir le hor
(6) pic hor nac
(c) hor bir pic
id) None of these
32. In a certain code language, 'kew xas huma deko' means 'she is eating apples';
'kew tepo qua' means 'she sells toys' and 'sul lim deko9 means 7 like apples\
Which word in that language means 'she' and •apples' ?
(a) xas & deko
ib) xas & kew
(c) kew & deko
id) kew & xas
ie) deko & tepo
33. If 'cinto baoli tsi mro9 means 'her village is Sarurpur9; 'mhi cinto keepi tsi oind'
means 'her first love is literature' and 'oind geit tsi cinto pki9 means 'literature
collection is her hobby', which word would mean 'literature' ?
ia) cinto
(6) baoli
(c) oind
(d) geit
Questions 34 to 36
/
(Bank P.O. 1998)
In a certain code, 4il be pee9 means 'roses are blue9; 'sik hee9
and 'pee mit hee9 means 'flowers are vegetables9.
34. How is 'red' written in that code ?
ia) hee
(6) sik tc) be
(d) Cannot be determined
35. How is 'roses' written in that code ?
ia) il
ib) pee (c) be
(d) Cannot be determined
36. How is 'vegetables are red flowers9 written in this code ?
< ia) pee sik mit hee
(6) sik pee hee be
. { (d) Cannot be determined
(e) None of these
means 'red flowers
(e) None of these
ie) None of these
(c) il sik mit hee
ANSWERS
1. ic): In the second and third statements, the common code word is 'sen' and the common
word is 'but\ So. 'sen' means 'but'.
2. (e): In the first and wxond statements, the common code words 'nee' and 'see' mean 'are'
and 'you'. So, in the second statement, the remaining code 1ble' means *where\
H. ib): In the first and second statement*, the common codc word is imoi' and the common
word is 'is'. So. 'mot' means 'is\
In the second and third statements, the common code word is tbof and the common
word is 'dancing'. So, *baf means Jdancing\
Thus, in the second statement, 'min' means 'good'.
Copyrighted material
««
Reasoning
202
4. (c): In the first and second statements, the common code word is *rps' and the common
word is 'morning'. So, *rps9 means "morning'.
In the first and third statements, common code is 'skf and the common word is 1nice\
So, 'ski' means 'nice'.
Thus, in the first statement, tri' means 'Sunday'.
5. (a): In the first and second statements, the common code word is 'nie' and the common
word is 'some'. So. 'nie' means 'some'.
In the first and third statements, the common code word is 'pie' and the common
word is 'good'. So. 'pie' means 'good'.
Thus, in the first statement, 'bi' means 'jokes'.
6. (a): In the first and second statements, the common code word is 'not' and the common
word is 'harmful'. So, Viat' stands for 'harmful'.
In the second and third statements, the common code word is 'dor' and the common
word is 'avoid'. So, 'dor' stands for 'avoid'.
Thus, in the second statement, 'vog' means 'habit'.
7. (c): In the first and second statements, the common code word ia 'gnr' and the common
word is Olympic'. So, 'gnr' means 'Olympic'.
In the second and third statements, the common code is 'hyto' and the common word
is 'games'. So. 4hyto' means 'games'.
Thus, in the second statement, 'emf' means 'summer'.
8. id): In the first and third statements, the common code word is 'peru9 and the common
word is 'fine'. So, 'peru' means fine'.
In the second and third statements, the common code word is 'lisa' and the cofhmon
word is 'clear'. So, 'lisa' means 'clear'.
Thus, in the third statement, 'dona' means 'weather'.
9. id): In the first and second statements, the common code word is 'dan' and the common
word is 'house9. So, 'dan' stands for 'house'.
In thv socond and third statements, the common code word is fit. So, fit' stands for 'is'.
Thus, in the second statement, 'kon' stands for 'good'.
10. (c): In the second and third statements, the common code words are 'Pe', 'Mink' and
'May' and the common words are 'are', 'not' and 'ripe'.
So, in the third statement, *Nue' stands for 'mangoes'.
11. (a): In the first and second statements, the common code word is Kun' and the common
word is Dogs'. So, Kun' means 'Dogs'.
In the first and third statements, the common code word is Tom' and the common
word ia 'are'. So, Tom' means 'are'.
Thus, in the first statement, 'Sud' means 1barking'.
12. (a): In the first and third statements, the common code word is fin' and the common
word is 'fruit' So. 'fin' stands for fruit'.
In the second and third statements, the common code word is 'sig' and the common
word is lily'. So, 'sig' stands for 'lily'.
Thus, in the third statement, 'Ion' means 'and'.
13. (a): In the first and second statements, the common code word is 'tingo' and the common
word is 'flower'. So, 'tingo stands for 'flower'.
In the second and third statements, the common code word is 'mst' and the common
word is 'sweet'. So, 'mst' stands for 'sweet'.
Thus, in the second statement, 'rho' stands for fragrance
14. id) : We can find the code for food' from the first and second statements Now, to find
the code for 'hot', we need the code for 'bring' which cannot be determined from the
given information.
Copyrighted material
I
t
i
Coding Decoding
203
15. (6): In the first and second statements, the common code word is 'nro' and the common
word is 'down'. So, 'nro' means 'down.
In the second and third statements, the common code word is 'bsi' and the common
word is %e\ So, 'bsi' means 'he'.
Thus, in the second statement, 'mit' means 'goes'.
16. (c): In the first and third statements, the common code word is 'na' and the common
word is 'are'. So. Via' stands for 'are'.
In the second and third statements, the common code word is 'tok and the common
word is 'bad9. So. tok' stands for 'bad'.
Thus, an the third statement, tim' stands for they'.
17. ie): Since all the statements have been used to find the answer, so none of the given
statement* can be dispensed with.
18. ib): In statements B and C, the common code word is 're' and the common word is
'summer\ So. >e' means 'summer'.
19. (c): Clearly, both statements A and D are superfluous.
20. Cc): In statements A and B, the common code word is 'na' and the common word is
1water\ So. 'na' means 'water\
In statements B and D, the common code word is 'jo' and the common word is 'life'.
So, 'Jo' means 'life'.
Thus, in statement B, 'tod' represents 'is'.
21. ib): Clearly, statement C is not necessary and hence can be dispensed with.
22. ie): In statements A and B. the common code word is 'zci' and the common word is 'good'.
So. 'zci' stands for 'good'.
In statements A and D, the common code word is 'das' and the common word is
'little'. So, 'das' stands for little'.
So. in (A), 'mxy' means 'frock'.
v
23. (c): Clearly, statement (C) is not required.
24. id): In statements (A) and (B), the common code word is 'pod' and the common word is
'boy'. So, 'pod' stands for 'boy'.
In statements (A) and (D). the common code word is 'joc' and the common word is
1very'. So, 'joc' stands for ta/.
So. in (A), Via' stands for 'bright9.
25. (&): Clearly, statement (C) is not required and can be dispensed with.
26. (o): In the first and second statements, the common code words are
and 'ma' and the
common words are ts' and 'playing'. So. 'ki' and 'ma' are the codes for 'is' and 'playing'.
In the second and fourth statements, the common code word is 'kop' und the common
word is tennis'. So, 'kop' stands for tennis'.
Thus, in the second statement, 'ja' stands for 'Asha\
27. (a): In statements (B) and (C), the common code word is Tim' and the common word is
'knowledge'. So, Tim' stands for knowledge'.
In statement (B) and (D), the common code word is 'Bis' and the common word is
'seek'. So, Bis' stands for 'seek*.
So, in (B), 'Nak' stands for 'Alurays'.
28. ia): Clearly, statement (A) is not required.
29. id): Proceeding as in>bove questions, the code for 'every' is either 'ill' or 'die' and the
code for 'concern' is either 'nee' or 'pic'.
30. (6): In the first and second statements, the common code words are 'Ka' and Ya9 and
the common words are 'very' and intelligent'. So, Ka' and Ya' are the codes for *iery'
and
'intelligent'.
Copyrighted material
f
t
\
Reasoning
204
In the first and third statements, the common code word is TV and the common
word is You' So, 'JV stands for You'.
Thus, in the first statement, 4Bi' stands for 'are9.
31. (c): In the first and second statements, the common code word is 'nac and the common
word is 'green9. So, 'nac9 stands for 'green9.
In the second and third statements, the common code word is Tior' and the common
word is
So. 'hor' stands for 'is9.
So, in the second statement, 'pic9 means tomato\ In the first and third statements,
the common code word is 'bir* and the common word is tasty'. So, *bir stands for
tasty9.
32. (c): In the first and second statements, the common code word is 'kew9 and the common
word is 'she9. So, 4kew9 stands for 'she9.
In the first and third statements, the common code word is deko9 and the common
word is 'apples9. So, 'deko9 stands for 'apples1.
33. (c>: In the first and second statements, the common code words are 'cinto9 and tsi9 and the
common words are 'her9 and *is\ So, 'cinto9 and tsi9 are the codes for 4her1 and 'is9.
In the second and third statements, the common code words are 'cinto', 'tsi9 and 'oind'
and the common words are 'her9, 'is9 and literature9.
Now, 'cinto' and tsi9 are codes for 'her' and *is'. So, 'oind9 stands for literature9.
34. (b): In the second and third statements, the common code word is 'hee9 and the common
word is flowers9. So. 'hee9 stands for flowers'.
Thus, in the second statement, 'sik9 stands for 'red9.
35. (d): Since from the given information, we can .only find the code for 'are' in the first
statement, it cannot be determined which of the remaining two codes for Yeses'.
36. ( a ) : Clearly, the required code will consist of the same codcs as in the third statement
with the code for 'red' added to it.
T Y P E 6 : MIXED NUMBER CODING
In this type of questions, a few groups of numbers each coding a certain short
message, are given. Through a comparison of the given coded messages, taking two
at a time, the candidate is required to find the number code for each word and then
formulate the code for the message given.
Ex. 1. In a certain code, '786' means 'study very hard', '958' means 'hard work pays'
and '645' means 'study and work\ Which of the following is the code for
1very9 ?
(&BJJP.O.1994)
(a) 8
(b) 6
(c) 7
(d) Can't be determined
(e) None of these
Sol.
In the first and second statements, the common word is 'hard' and the
common code digit is '8'. So, '8' means hard9.
In the first and third statements, the common word is 'study9 and the common
code digit is '6'. So, '6' means 'study9.
Thus, in the first statement, T means 'very9. Hence, the answer is (c).
Ex. 2. If in a certain code language, '324' means 'Light is bright629' means 'Girl
is beautiful9 and '4758' means 7 prefer bright clotheswhich digit means
'Light9 in that language ?
(a) 3
(6)2
(d) 7
(c) 4
(e) 5
Copyrighted material
V
}
Coding-Decodi ng
Sol.
205
In the first and second statements, the common word is 'is' and the common
code digit is 42'. So, *2' means 'is'.
In the first and third statements, the common word is 'bright' and the
common code digit is '4*. So, '4' means 'bright'.
Thus, in the first statement, '3' means 'Light'. Hence, the answer is (a).
EXERCISE 4H
1. In a certain code, '37' means 'which class' and '583' means 'caste and class'.
What is the code for 'caste' ?
(Bank P.O. 1993)
(a) 3
(b) 7
(c) 8
(<f) Either 5 or 3
(e) Either 5 or 8
2. In a certain code language, '743' means 'mangoes are good'-, '65T means 'eat good
food' and '934' means 'mangoes are ripe'. Which digit means 'ripe' it. that
language ?
(Hotel Management, 1992)
(a) 9
(6) 4
(c) 5
(rf) 7
3. In a certain code language, '134* means 'good and tasty'-, '478* means 'see good
pictures' and '729' means 'pictures are faint'. Which of the following digits stands
for 'see' ?
(a) 9
(b) 2
(c) 1
(d) 8
4. In a certain code, '247' means 'spread red carpet'-, '256' means 'dust one carpet'
and '234' means 'one red carpet'. Which digit in that code means 'dust' ?
(a) 2
(6) 3
(c) 5
\d) 6
(e) Can't say
(R.B.I., 1990)
5. In a certain code language, '123' means 'bright little boy', '145' means 'tall big
boy' and '637' means 'beautiful little flower'. Which digit in that language means
'bright' ?
(a) 1
(b) 3
(c) 4
(<f) 6
(e) None of these
6. In a certain code, '256' means 'you are good'-, '637* means 'we are bad' and '358'
means 'good and bad'. Which of the following represents 'and' in that coda ?
(a) 2
(6) 5
(c) 8
(d) 3
(Railways, 1994)
7. In a certain code, '467' means 'leaves are green'-, '485' means 'green is good' and
'639' means 'they are playing'. Which digit stands for 'leaves' in that code V
(a) 4
(6) 6
(c) 7
(d) 3
(e) None of these
(Bank P.O. 1991)
8. In a certain code language, '851' means 'good sweet fruit'-, *783' means 'good red
rose' and '341' means 'rose and fruit'. Which of the following digits stands for
'sweet' in that language ?
(B.b.K.B. 1998)
(a) 8
(b) 5
(c) 1
(</) 3
(e) None of these
9. In a certain code language, '479' means 'fruit is sweet': '248' means 'very sweet
voice' and '637' means 'eat fruit daily'. Which digit stands for 'is' in that code ?
(a) 7
(6) 9
(c) 4
(d) Can't be determined
(e) None of these
(B.S.R.B. 1995)
10. In a certain code language, '123' means 'hot filtered coffee'-, '356' means 'very hot
day' and '589' means 'clay and night'. Wlych digit stands for 'very' ?
(a) 9
(6) 5
(c) 8
(d) 2
(e) 6
Copyrighted material
Reasoning
206
1?. In a certain code, "256' means 'red colour chalk'-, '589' means green colour flower'
and '245' means 'white colour chalk'. Which digit in that code means 'white' ?
(a) 2
(b) 4
(c) 5
(d) Can't be determined
(e) None of these
(Bank P.O. 1991)
12. In a certain code language, '526' means 'sky is blue'; '24' means 'blue colour' and
'436' means 'colour is fun'. Which digit in that language means 'fun' ?
(a) 5
(6) 4
(c) 3
<d) 2
(e) None of these
13. In a certain code language, '381' means 'Hari is honest'-, '162' means 'Shashi is
intelligent' and *948' means 'Hari should go'. Which digit in that language means
'honest' ?
(a) 3
(6) 8
(c) 1
(d) 9
(e) None of these
14. In a certain code, *253' means 'books art old'-, '546' means 'man is old' and '378'
means 'buy good books'. What stands for 'are' in that code ? (8.B.I.P.0.1990)
(a) 2
(b) 4
(c) 5
(<f) 6
(e) 9
15. In a certain code, *975' means Throw away garbage'; '528' means 'Give away
smoking' and "213' means 'Smoking is harmful'. Which digit in that code means
Vive'?
(a) 5
(6) 2
(c) 8
(d) 3
(e) None of these
Directions (Questions 16-17) :
In a certain code, *289' means 'read from paper'-,
'85' means 'wall paper'.
16. Which of the following is the code for 'tea' ?
(a) 2
(6) 6
(d) Either 2 or 7
(e) Either 7 or 6
17. Which of the following is the code for 'paper" ?
' (a) 2
(b) 8
(d) Can't be determined
(e) None pi these
means 'tea from field' and
(c) Either 2 or 6
(c) 9
Directions (Questions 18-19) :
(A) '134' means 'you are well'-,
(B) '758' means they go home'-,
(C) '839' means 'we are home'.
(Bank P.O. 1994)
18. Which of the following represents they' in that code language ?
(a) 5
ib) 7
(c) 3
(d) 8
(e) Data inadequate
19. Which of the statements can be dispensed with while answering the above
question ?
(a) A only
(6) B only
(c) A or C only
(d) B and C only
(e) None of these
20. In a certain code language, '617* means 'sweet and hot, '735' means 'coffee is
sweet' and '263' means 'tea is hot'. Which of the following would mean 'coffee is
hot'?
(a) 731
(6) 536
(c) 367
(d) 753
(e) None of these
21. In a certain code language, '3a, 2b, 7c' means Truth is Eternal'-, '7c, 9a, 8b, 3a'
means 'Enmity is not Eternal' and '9a, 4d, 2b, 8b' means Truth does not perish'.
Which of the following means 'enmity' in that language ?
(8.B.I.P.O. 1991)
(a) 3a
(b) Ic
(c) 8b
(d) 9a
(e) None of these
Copyrighted material
Coding-Decoding
207
ANSWERS
1. (e): In the given statements, the common code digit is 43' and the common word is 'class'.
So. 43f means 'class'.
Thus, in the second statement, either 5 or 8 stands for 'caste'.
2. (a): In the first and third statements, the common code digits are 44' and 43' and the
common words are 'mangoes' and 'are'.
So. 44* and 43* are the codeH for 4mangoes9 and 'are'.
Thus, in the third statement,
means 'ripe'.
3. id): In the first and second statements, the common code digit is 44' and the common
word is 'good'. So, '4' stands for 'good'.
In the second and third statements, the common code digit is 'T and the common
word is 'pictures'. So. T means 'pictures'.
Thus, in the second statement, '8' means 'see'.
and the common
4.(c): In the first and second statements, the common code digit is
word is 'carpet' So. 42' means 'carpet'.
In the second and third statements, the common code digit is *6a and the common
word is 'one'. So, 4ff means 'one'.
Therefore, in the second statement, 45' means 'dust'.
5. (<•): In the first and second statements, the common code digit is T and the common
word is 'boy'. So, T means 'boy'.
In the first and third statements, the common code digit is 43' and the common word
is 'little'. So. 43' means little'.
Thus, in the first statement, '2' means 'bright'.
6. (c): In the first and third statements, the common code digit is 45* and the common word
is 'good9. So, 45" means 'good'.
In the. second and third statements, the common code digit is 43* and the common
word is 'bad\ So, 43' means 'bad'.
Thus, in the third statement, 48' means 'and\
7. (c): In the first and second statements, the common code digit is 44' and the common
word is 'green'. So, 44' means 'green'.
In the first and third statements, the common code digit is 46' and the common word
is 'are'. So. 46' means 'are'.
Thus, in the first statement. T means 'leaves'.
8. (6): In the first and second statements, the common code digit is 48' and the common
word is 'good9. So, *89 means 'good'.
In the first and third statements, the common code digit is T and the common word
is fruit'. So, T means fruit'.
Thus, in the first statement. 45' means 'sweet'.
». (6): In the first and second statements, the common code digit is 44* and the common
word is 'sweet9. So, 44' means 'sweet'.
In the first and third statements, the common code digit is 'T and the common word
is fruit'. So, 47 means 'fruit'.
Thus, in the first statement, V means is9.
10. (e): In the first and second statements, the common code digit is ^ and the common
word is 'hot9. So, 43' means 'hot'.
In the second and third statements, the common code digit is '5% and the common
word is 'day'. So, 45* means 'day'.
Thus, in the second statement, '& means 'very9.
Copyrighted material
l
I
Reasoning
208
11. (6): In the second and third statements, the common code digit is '5' and the common
word is 'colour'. So, 45' means 'colour'.
In the first and third statements, '5* means 'colour'. The other common code digit is
"2" and the common word is 'chalk*. So, means 'chalk'.
Thus, in the third statement, 44* means 'white'.
12. (c): In the First and third statements, the common code digit is '6' and the common word
is V. So, 46f means %$'.
In the second and third statements, the common code digit is '4' and the common
word is 'colour'. So, 44' means 'colour'.
Thus, in the third statement.
means 'fun'.
13. ( a ) : In the first and second statements, the common code digit is T and the common
word is ts9. So, T means 'is'.
In the first and third statements, the common code digit is '8* and the common word
is 'Hari'. So, '8' stands for 'Hari'.
Thus, in the first statement, *3' means 'honest'.
14. ( a ) : In the first and second statements, the common code digit is 45' and the common
word is 'old'. So, '5* means 'old'.
In the first and third statements, the common code digit is '3' and the common word
is 'books'. So, 43* means 'books'.
Thus, in the first statement, *2' meaiis 'are'
16. (c): In the first and second statements, the common code digit is 45* and the common
word is 'away'. So, '5' means 'away'.
In the second and third statements, the common code digit is "2* and the common
word is 'smoking'. So, 42' means 'smoking'.
Thus, in the second statement, €ff means 'Give'
Questions 16-17
In the first and second statements, the common code digit is '2' and the common
word is from'. So, *2' is the code for 'from'.
In the first and third statements, the common code digit is '8* and the common word
is 'paper'. So, 48' is the code for 'paper'.
16. ie): Clearly, in the second statement, either lT or
may be the code for tea'.
17. (6): As shown above, '8' id the code for 'paper'.
Questions 18-19
18. (e):
19. ( a ) :
20. (6):
21. (c):
We can find the code for 4home' from the second and third statements.
For finding the code for "they", we need the code for 4go' which cannot be determined
from the given data.
Data inadequate
Clearly, statement A is not necessary.
In the first and third statements, the common code digit is *6' and the common word
is 'hot'. So, 46* means 'hot'.
In the second and third statements, the common code digit is 43' and the common
word is 'is'. So. '39 means ts\
•
In the first and second statements, the common code digit is T and the common
word is 'sweet9.
So. in the second statement, 46' means 'coffee9.
Clearly, '636' would mean 'coffee is hot'.
In the sccond and third statements, the common code is *9a' and the common word
is 'not'. So, '9a' means 'not'.
In the first and second statements, the common codes arc '7c' and '3a9 and the
common words are ts9 and Eternal'.
So, in the second statement, '8b' means 'enmity'.
1
I
l
Copyrighted material
Coding-Decodi ng
209
T Y P E 7 : DECIPHERING INDIVIDUAL LETTER C O D E S B Y A N A L Y S I S
I
In this type of questions, certain sample words are given along with their codes.
The candidate is required to decipher individual codes for different letters by comparing,
taking two words at a time, and then answer the given1 questions accordingly.
i Example : Below, in column I, are given some words. These have been
translated into a code language. The code equividents of the words in column
I given in column II are not necessarily opposite to the corresponding words.
Moreover, the codes for the different letters in each word have also not been
given in the same order as these letters occur in the original word. Study
the two columns carefully and then of the four alternatives given in each
question, find the one that has the code equivalents of the letters of the word
given in the question. This is your answer.
(Hotel Management, 1906)
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Column I
Column II
DELIBERATION
CONSIDERATE
GHOSTLIKE
aemrqs
ccehlmo
cfhmoqqrx
WORLDLY
cdgmqrsxz
KNOWLEDGE
ROCKET
SOLACE
(a) aedpqr
KNIGHT
(a) fgrsxz
WORDY
(a) fhlmq
NOTICE
(a) acdeqs
BLOAT
(a)Ikpqz
adefmopqqsz
cefkmopqqszz
(6) acemoq
(c) acdmpq
(id) demopq
(b) gprsxz
(c) fhrapqr
(d) ghrxyz
(6) ehlmo
(c) efhlm
id) adeop
(6) afmqsz
(c) efhpqs
(d) fghpqr
(6) hrnpqz
(c) cmpqs
(d) ckmps
Solution : We first find the exact codes of the given words.
DELIBERATION is a twelve-letter word. So, its code is cefkmopqqszz.
CONSIDERATE is an eleven-letter word So, its code is adefmopqqsz.
GHOSTLIKE and KNOWLEDGE are nine-letter words and the codes are cfhmoqqrx and
cdgmqrsxz. KNOWLEDGE has two E's and so its code will also contain two identical letters.
Thus, its code is cfhmoqqrx.
So, the code for GHOSTLIKE is cdgmqrsxz.
WORLDLY is a seven-letter word. So, its code is ccehlmo.
ROCKET is a six-letter word. So, its code is aemrqs.
Rearranging the words and their codes, we have :
DELIBERATION
CONSIDERATE
GHOSTLIKE
WORLDLY
KNOWLEDGE
ROCKET
,
cefkmopqqszz
adefmopqqsz
cdgmqrsxz
ccehlmo
cfhmoqqrx
aemrqs
Copyrighted material
Reasoning
2*0
The common letter in the given words is O and the common code letter is m. So, m
stands for O.
In WORLDLY and ROCKET, the common code letter m stands for O. The other common
code fetter e stands for R.
In GHOSTLIKE and WORLDLY, the other common code letter c stands for L.
In DELIBERATION and WORLDLY, the common code letters, c, e and m stand for L. R
and O respectively. The other common code letter o stands for D.
In WORLDLY and KNOWLEDGE, the common code letters, m. c and o stand for O, L
and D respectively. So. the other common code letter h stands for W.
In KNOWLEDGE, there are two E's and the letter q occurs twice in the code. So, q stands
for E.
In KNOWLEDGE and ROCKET, the common code letters m and q stand for O and E
respectively. So, the other common code r stands for K.
In GHOSTLIKE and ROCKET, the common code letters, m, r and q stand for O, K and
E respectively. S6. the other common code letter s stands for T.
In ROCKET, the remaining code letter a stands for C.
In GHOSTLIKE and KNOWLEDGE, the common code letters m. c, r and q stand for O,
L, K and E respectively. So. the other common code letter x stands for G.
In KNOWLEDGE, the remaining code letter f stands for N.
In DELIBERATION and GHOSTLIKE, the common code letters q, c, s and m stand for
E. L. T and O respectively. So, the common code letter z stands for L
In CONSIDERATE and GHOSTLIKE, the common code letters m, z, q and s stand for
O, I, E and T respectively. So, the common code letter d stands for S.
In GHOSTLIKE, the remaining code letter g stands for H.
In CONSIDERATE, the remaining code letter p stands for A.
In DELIBERATION, the remaining code letter k stands for B.
The information can be summarised as below :
Code f m
[Letter [ 0
1. (c):
2. (a):
3. (A):
4. (6):
5. (d):
c
o
»
r
D
E
K
s
T
«
X
C
G
f
N
Z
I
d
F
H
P
1
k
1
A 1 B :
s
The code for S is d, for O is rof for L is cf for A is p, for C is a and for E is q.
So, the code for SOLACE is dmcpaq or acdmpq.
The code for K is rf for N is f, for I is z« for G is x, for H is g and for T is »«.
So, the code for KNIGHT is rfzxgs or fgrsxz.
The code for W is hf for O is m, for R is e, for D is o and for Y is L
So, the code for WORDY)is hmeol or ehlmo.
The code for N is ft for 0 is m9 for T is s, for I is z, for C is a and for E is q.
So. the code for NOTICE is fmszaq or afmqsz.
The code for B is k, for L is c, for O is m, for A is p and for T is s.
So, the code for BLOAT is kcmps or ckmps.
R
W
1
Y
EXERCISE 41
Directions (Questions 1 to 10) : According to a code language, words in
capital letters in column I are written in small letters in column II. The
letters in column II are jumbled up. Decode the language and choose the
correct code for the word given in each question.
Column I
(1) CURSE
Column II
(A)opkif
Copyrighted material
k
)
Reasoning
f : i227
.
17. S
(a) k
(6) p
(c) v
(d) None of these
18. T
(a) a
(b) b
(c) e
(d) None of these
Directions (Questions 19 to 25) : Below in column I are given some words
and in column II are given their equivalents in some code language. Words
in column II do not appear in the same order as in column I. Moreover, the
order of letters is also jumbled. Decode the language and choose the correct
alternative which is the equivalent of the given word.
Column II
Column I
(1) T A P E
(2) COUP
(3) TIE
(4) ROTATE
(5) SAY
(6) TREAT
(7) YEAR
(8) SIP
(9) TYRE
19. SOUP
(a) osny
20. REACT
(a) lhpjk
21. TRACE
(a) hiklp
22. POSSESS
(a) msoopoo
23. CREATE
(a) ljhkhn
24. EASY
(a) lnps
( A ) moij
(B) lhhpok
(C) nls
(D) nhpk
(E) nkpl
(F) msr
(G) khlph
(H) hrp
(I) pmlh
(b) sojm
(c) osjm
(d) somj
(e) joms
(b) lihpr
(c) pkjih
(d) jklph
(e) kplih
(6) hlkip
(c) hklip
(d) piklh
(e) pklih
(6) mosspss
(c) porrprr
id) mpiioii
(e) mpjjojj
(6) jknlhn
(c) jlphip
(d) ikplhp
(e) ilpknp
(6)lpns
(c) pisn
(d) pnls
(e) snpl
25. CURE
(a) ykp
(6) pikj
Directions (Questions 26 to
column II, their codes are given
in which they are in column I.
out the code to the letter given
Column I
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
BID
BAT
BAD
CHEAP
HILL
PORK
QUOTE
(c) ikpj
(e) jikp
(d) kipj
35) : In column I, some words are given. In
but they are not arranged in the same order
Study the letters in both columns and find
in each of the following questions.
Column I
Column II
(A) nnrw
(B) emps
(C)
(D)
(E)
(F)
(G)
(AJ\.Q. Exam, I986>
lwz
aejmnq
kms
emrux
ehqr
(8)
(9)
(10)
(11)
(12)
(13)
(14)
Column II
ROSE
VEX
WAVE
NAMELY
FAMILIAR
HAZY
VAGUE
1
v
4
( H ) iotx
( I ) aceenoww
(J) elu
( K ) befms
( L ) moty
( M ) elz
( N ) dfmtu
C o p y r i g h t e d material
Coding-Decodi ng
(2) INCUR
(3) TALLY
(4) CADET
(5) DRIP
(6) TOIL
(7) VARY
1. DAIRY
(a) cvohr
2. TODAY
(a) ijuyh
3. PIECE
(a) fvuyr
4. CIVIL
(a) gfwcc
5. SUSTAIN
(a) hibucpi
6. TRIED
(a) ukfhr
7. RACE
(a) kovp
8. ENVOY
(a) kbjwu
9. RIVET
(a) wckou
10. SUN
(a) pih
Directions (Questions
228
(B) fbpoc
(C) ughvg
(D) rkufh
(E)rotc
(F)jugc
(G) vwoh
(6) gkvbf
(c) rctvo
(d) whtou
(6) kjuvh
(O rjuvh
id) ijuvk
•
(d) frgkp
(6) ghcww
(c) fbocv
1
(c) ggwfc
(b) hkcrjbk
(c) hwojfvw
(d) hgpukgc
(b) ubovc
(c) ukhbp
(d) ukorc
(6) kbcf
(c) khfo
(d) krbh
(6) jvbkw
(c) I\jbvw
(d) vbpuk
(6) ckwiu
id) wckov
(d) kcvow
(6) bih
(c) pib
(d) ikh
(6) fktck
(d) gwffc
s
11 to 18) : In column I below, some words are given.
In column II, their codes are given hut they are not arranged in the same
order in which they are in column I. Study the letters in both the columns
and find out the code to the letter given in each of the following questions,
from among the given alternatives.
s
(A^V-O. Exam, 1988)
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
A
C
D
N
0
R
Column I
(1) SOUND
(2) ADDRESS
(3) CRUX
(4) NET
(5) CRONY
(6) CROWDY
(a) b
(a) j
(a) k
(a) a
(a)i
(a) o
(6)1
(6) k
(6) 1
(6) e
(6) j
<6)p
(c) V
(c)l
(c) m
(c) q
(C)k
(c)
v
y Column II
(A) abi
(B) cjmv
(C) ikmop
(D) yktv
(E)jkgotv
(F) blooppv
(d) None
(d) None
(d) None
(d) None
(d) None
(d) None
of these
of these
of these
of these
of these
of these
Copyrighted material
4
•J
Coding-Decodi ng
26.
27.
28.
29.
30.
31.
32.
B
C
D
F
G
H
A
33. K
34. M
35. Z
(a) I
(a) e
(a)e
(a) r
(a) a
(a) t
(a) r
(a) h
(a) b
213
(6) u
(c) e
(c) u
(6) z
(6) r
(c) u
(c) w
(c) b
(c) 1
(6) t
(C) 8
(6) j
(c) i
(c) c
(6) z
(6)f
(6) c
(6) a
(d) z
(c0 p
(d) k
id) c
(d) j
id) s
(d) e
(d) k
(d)d
(a) h
(c) f
(d) i
Directions (Questions 36 to 40) : According to a code language, words in
column I are given in column IL Decode the language and choose the correct
code for each of the words given in the following questions. The Utters in
column II need not appear in the same order as they do in column I.
Column I
Column II
( olumn I
Column II
(1) CHIEF
(A) knqwy
(2) NIGHT
(3) T H I R D
(4) M O N E Y
(B) akwjh
(C) kvhwg
(D) njumz
(9)
(10)
(11)
(12)
BASED
PSYCO
TOWEL
FALSE
( I ) gstnd
(J) qutzb
( K ) nzche
( L ) ynest
.5) W O M A N
(6) WORKS
(7) BASIC
(8) HENRY
36. AUGUST
(a) hhatdb
37. BOARD
(E) zcjms
(F) ctvzo
(13) DOWRY
(14) STOCK
( M ) cvguz
( N ) toqhz
(G) dtwsq
f H ) jvunk
(15) T R A I N
( 0 ) swhvj
(fe) llstah
(c) altpss
(d) nstddz
(a) wtvgz
38. JUNIOR
(a) jlwzvf
39. DIGEST
(a) kwghqv
40. DEAF
( a ) tgnz
(b) ctdzg
- (c) sdwqz
Id) gzdvs
(b) clogwj
(c) flogvz
(d) ljfzco
(6) angwht
(c) aknthj
(d) gonqwt
/
(b) knty
(c) ygns
(d) wgsd
Directions (Questions 41 to 45) : In each of the following questions, a
word has been written in four different code languages. One of the code
languages is common to all the five questions. The code equivalent of the.
word in that code language is your answer in each question.
(Hotel Management, 1997)
41. CLUSTER
(a) YHPQDXE
42. LIGHT
( a ) HVWJD
43. T R I V I A L
(a) SQHXHCK
(6) BKTUSDQ
(c) BITSVEO
(W) XP'JNOQP
(6) KHIGS
(c) CIMKN
(d) KJHGS
(c) VOHXHAI
(d) SQJUJBK
/
(6) DEVCVZH
Copyrighted material
i
t
230 Reasoning
44. NUMBER
ia) ZJAWQP
45. I^RAVE
(a) AQBUF
(6) MTOADQ
ic) GPTMXE
(d) MVNAFQ
ib) WRYJQ
(c) DOAXE
id) MEZCX
ANSWERS
Questions 1 to 10
In CURSE and VARY, the common code letter is o and the common letter is R.
V 8o, o stands for R.
In CADET and VARY, the common code letter is h and the common letter is A.
So, h stands for A
s /
In TALLY and VARY, the common code letter h means A The other common code letter
is v and the other common letter is Y. So, v stands for Y.
Thus, in VARY, the remaining code letter w stands for V.
In CADET aqd TOIL, the common code letter is u and the common letter is T.
So. u stands for T.
In INCUR and TOIL, the common code letter is c and the common letter is I.
So, c stands for I.
In TALLY and TOIL, the common code letter u stands for T. The other common code
letter is g and the other common letter is L. So, g stands for L.
Thus, in TOIL, the remaining code letter j stands for O.
In CADET and DRIP, the common code letter is r and the common letter is D.
So, r stands for D.
In DRIP, o stands for R, c stands for I. So. the remaining code letter t stands for P.
In INCUR. CURSE and CADET, the common code letter is f and the common letter is
C. So, f stands for C.
In INCUR and CURSE, the common code letters f and o mean C and R respectively.
So, the remaining code letter p stands for U.
Thus, in IN^UR. the remaining code letter b stands for N.
In CURSE and CADET, the common code letter f means C. So, the other common code
letter k means E.
ThuV, in CURSE, the remaining code letter i means S.
The information can be summarised as below :
»
•
&
t
f
k
P
S
P
u N
E
c
- A j Y_ V
1. ia): The code for D is r, for A is hf for I is cf for R is o and for Y is v.
So. code for DAIRY is rhcov.
2. (c) r-The code for T is u, for O is jf for D is r, for A is h and for Y is v.
So. the code for TODAY is lyrhv.
3. (6): The code for P is t, for I is c, for E is k and for C is f.
So. the code for PIECE is tckfk or fttck.
4. ( a ) : The code for C is f9 for I is cf for V is w and for L is g.
So, the code for CIVIL is fcwcg or gfwcc.
5. ia): The code for S is if for U is pf for T is u, for A is h, for I is c and for N is b.
So. the code for SUSTAIN is ipiuhcb or hibucpi.
6. id): The code for T is u* for R is of for I is c, for E is k and for D i s r .
So, the code for TRIED is uockr or ukorc.
CodeLetter
o
V
w
u
c
g
TT-v.ii>I<- - L
j
O
r
D
....
>
/i
Copyrighted material
I
R
Coding-Decoding
215
7. (c) : The code for R is o, for A is hf for C is f and for E is k.
So. the code for RACE is ohfk or khfo.
8. (6): The code for E is k, for N is bf for V is w, for O is j and for Y is v.
So. the code for ENVOY is kbwjv or jvbkw.
9. ( a ) : The code for R is o, for I is c, for V is w, for E is k and for T is u.
So. the code for RIVET is ocwku or wckou.
10. (c): The code for S is i, for U is p and for N is b.
So, the code for SUN is ipb or pib.
Questions 11 to 18
Clearly, the only three letter word is NET. So, its code is abi. The only four letter word
is CRUX. So. its code is cjmv. The two five letter words are SOUND and CRONY and codes
are ikmop. and yktv. Clearly, CRONY has two common letters C and R with CRUX and the
letters j and v in the code for CRUX are common with the code yktv. So, the code for CRONY
is ijktv and that for SOUND is ikmop. The only six letter word is CROWDY. So, its code is
jkgotv. The only seven letter word is ADDRESS. So, its code is blooppv. So, rearranging the
words and their codes, we have :
abi
NET
cjmv
CRUX
ijktv
CRONY
SOUND
ikmop
CROWDY
jkgotv
blooppv
ADDRESS
In NET and CRONY, the common code letter is i and the common letter is N.
So, i stands for N.
In NET and ADDRESS, the common code letter is b and the common letter is E.
So. b stands for E. Thus, in NET, the remaining code letter a stands for T.
In CRUX and ADDRESS, the common code letter is v and the commons-letter is R.
So. v stands for R.
In CRUX and CRONY, the common code letter v stands for IL So, the other common
code letter j stands for C.
In CRUX and SOUND, the common code letter is m and the common letter is UT
So. m stands for U.
Thus, in CRUX, the remaining code letter c stands for X.
In CRONY and SOUND, the common code letter i stands for N. So, the other common
code letter k stands for O.
Thus, in CRONY, the remaining code letter t stands for Y.
In SOUND and CROWDY, the common code letter k means O. So, the other common
code letter o stands for D.
Thus, in SOUND, the remaining code letter p stands for S.
In CROWDY, the remaining code letter g stands for W.
In ADDRESS, the remaining code letter 1 stands for A.
Thus, the information can be summarised as follows :
Code
Letter
11. (6):
12* (a):
13. (d):
14. (d) :
i
N
b
E
a
T
V
i
R '
C
m
U
c
X
k
O
t
Y
o
D
8
W
P
s
1
A
Clearly, the code letter for A is L
Clearly, the code letter for C is j.
The code letter for D is o and none among the choices.
The code letter for N is i and none among the choices.
Copyrighted material
1
Reasoning
216
15. (c):
16. (c):
17. (6):
18. ( a ) :
The
The
The
The
code
code
code
code
letter for O is k.
letter for R is v.
letter for S is p.
letter for T is a.
Questions 19 to 25
The? only seven letter word is ROTATE. So, its code is lhhpok.
The only five letter word is TREAT. So, its code i* khlph.
The four letter words are TAPE. COUP, YEAR and TYRE and the codes are moij. nhpk,
nkpl and pmlh. COUP has one letter O common with ROTATE. So, its code is mog which
has only one code letter V common with that of ROTATE.
TAPE has one letter P common with COUP. So, its code is pmlh which has one code
letter 4m* common with that of COUP. YEAR and TYRE have the codes nhpk and nkpl, the
common code letters n, k and p standing for Y, E and R. Now in TREAT, the letter T appears
twice and in its code the letter h appears twice. So, h is for T. Thus, the code for TYRE is
nhpk and that for YEAR will be nkpl.
The three letter words are TIE, SAY, SIP and the three letter codes are nls, msr, hrp.
The code V is for T. So, TIE is coded as hrp. SIP has I common with TIE. So, its code will
be msr. Thus, the code for SAY is nls.
Rearranging the words and their codes, we have :
nls
SAY
msr
SIP
hrp
TIE
nkpl
YEAR
nhpk
TYRE
pmlh
TAPE
moij
COUP
khlp
TREAT
ROTATE — •
lhhpok
Iii SAY and SIP, the common code letter is s and the common letter is S.
So, 9 stands for S.
In SAY and TYRE, the common code letter is n and the common letter is Y.
So, n stands for Y. Thus, in SAY, the remaining code letter 1 stands for A
In SIP and TIE, the common code letter is r and the common letter is L
So, r stands for L Thus, in SIP, the remaining code letter m stands fot P.
In TIE and YEAR, the common code letter is p and the common letter is E.
So, p stands for E. Thus, in TIE; the remaining code letter h stands for T.
In YEAR and TYRE, the coomion code letters n and p stand for Y and E.
So, the remaining common code letter k stands for R.
In COUP and ROTATE, the common code letter o stands for O.
Thus, in COUP, the remaining code letters i and j stand for C and U.
Thu^. the information can be summarised as follows :
Code
s
| Letter
s"
4
n
1
r
m
Y
A
I
P
•
P
E
h
k
o
T
R
O
J
U
i
C
19. (6): The code for S^is s, for 0 is o* for U is J or i and for P is m. But in the queation.
i is nowhere mentioned. So, code for U iq j. Thus, the code for SOUP is aojm.
20. (e): The code for R is k, for E is p, for A is 1, for C is i and for T is h. So, the code for
REACT is kplih.
Copyrighted material
I
(
Coding-Decodi ng
217
21. (c): The code for T is h, for R is k, for A is I, for C is i and for E is p. So, the code for
TRACE is hklip.
22. (6): The code for P is mf for O is ot for S is s and for E is p. So, the code for POSSESS
is mosspss.
i
23. (<d): The code for C is u for R is k, for E is pf for A is 1 and for T is h. So, the codo for
* CREATE is ikplhp.
f
24. (c): The oode for E is p, for A is I for S is s and for Y is il So, the code for EASY is plsn.
26. ( a ) : The code for C is i, for U is j, for R is k and for E is p. So, the code for CURE is ijkp.
Questions 26 to 35
The only eight letter word is FAMILIAR. So, its code is aceenoww.
The only six letter word is NAMELY. So, its code is aejmnq.
The five letter words are CHEAP, QUOTE and VAGUE and the codes are emrux, befms,
afmtu. A is common to FAMILIAR. CHEAP and VAGUE. So, the common code letter e stands
for A and thus CHEAP and VAGUE have codes emrux and befms. So, the code for QUOTE
is altatu. VAGUE has two common letters with QUOTE. So. its cod*
befms. Thus, the
code for'CHEAP is emrux.
The four letter words are HILL, PORK, ROSE, WAVE, HAZY and the codes are nnrw,
emps, ehqr, iotx, and moty. Only HILL has a letter repeated twice. So, it* code is nnrw. Only
WAVE has three letters common with VAGUE. So, its code is empt. The code for A is e. So,
the code containing e and a code letter common with HILL is the code for HAZY. Thus, code
for HAZY is ehqr. Now the code having common letter with that of WAVE is the code for
ROSE. So, the code for ROSE is moty. Thus, the code for PORK is iotx.
The three letter words are BID, BAT, BAD and VEX and the codes are Iwz, kms, elu and
elz. VEX has two letters common with WAVE. So, its code is kms. BAT has a letter T common
with QUOTE. So, its code is elu. BAD has two letters common with BAT. So, its code is elz.
So, the code for BID is lwz.
Rearranging the words and their codes, we have :
lwz
BID
BAD
elz
BAT
elu
VEX
km*
PORK
iotx
ROSE
moty
HAZY
ehqr
WAVE
HILL
omrux
CHEAP
VAGUE
befms
QUOTE
dfmtu
NAMELY
aejmnq
FAMILIAR
aceenoww
In BID, BAD and BAT, the common code letter is 1 and the common letter is B.
So, 1 stands for B. In BID and BAT, the other common code letter z stands for D.
So, the remaining code letter w in BID stands for I and e in BAD stands for A.
In WAVE and ROSE, the common code letter is m and the common letter is E.
: So, m stands for E. In VEX and WAVE, the other common code letter s stands for V.
Thus, in VEX, the remaining code letter k stands for X.
In WAVE, the remaining code letter p stands for W.
In PORK and QUOTE, the common code letter is t and the common letter is O. So, t
v
stands for O.
/
Copyrighted material
Reasoning
218
In PORK and ROSE, the other common code letter o stands for R.
In PORK and CHEAP, the common code letter is x and the common letter is P. So, x
stands for P.
Thus, in PORK, the remaining code letter i stands for K.
In ROSE, the remaining code letter y stands for 8.
In HAZY and NAMELY, the other common code letter q stands for Y.
In HAZY and HILL, the common code letter is r and the common letter is H. So, r stands
for H.
Thus, in HAZY, the remaining code letter h stands for Z.
In HILL, the code repeated twice is n and letter is L. So, n stands for L.
In CHEAP, the remaining code letter u stands for C.
In VAGUE and QUOTE, the common code letter m means E.
So, the remaining code letter f stands for U.
Thus, in VAGUE, the remaining code letter b means G.
In QUOTE, the remaining code letter d stands for Q,
In NAMELY and FAMILIAR, the common code letter e and n stand for A and L respectively. So, the remaining common code letter a stands for M. Thus, in NAMELY, the remaining
code letter j stands for N. In FAMILIAR, the remaining code letter c stands for F.
The information can be summarised as below :
Code
Letter
Code
Letter
1
B
y
s
z
D
9
Y
w
I
r
H
26. (a): The code for B is L
27. (c): The code for C is u.
28. (6): The code for D is z.
29. Id): The code for F is c.
80. (c): The code for G is b.
31. (6): The code for H is r.
32. (d): The code for A is e.
33. (c): The code for K is L
34. (6): The code for M is a.
36. ( a ) : The code for Z is fau
e
A
h
Z
m
E
n
L
•
V
u
C
k
X
f
u
p
w
b
G
t
0
d
9
o
X
R
P
a
i
N
M
i
K
c
F
Questions 36 to 40
In CHIEF and PSYCO, the common code letter is q and the common letter is C.
So, q stands for C.
In CHIEF and MONEY, the common code letter n stands for E.
In CHIEF and HENRY, the common code letter n stands for E.
So, the other common code letter k stands for H.
In CHIEF and BASIC, the common code letter q stands for C.
So, the other common code letter w stands for 1.
Thus, in CHIEF, the remaining code letter y stands for F.
In NIGHT and MONEY, the common code letter j stands for N.
In NIGHT and TOWEL, the common code letter h stands for T.
Thus, in NIGHT, the remaining code letter a stands for G.
In THIRD and BASED, the common code letter g stands for D.
Thus, in THIRD, the remaining code letter v stands for R.
1
Copyrighted material
Coding-Decodi ng
219
In MONEY and WORKS, the common code letter z stands for O.
In MONEY and PSYCO, the common code letter z stands for O.
So, the other common code letter u stands for Y. In MONEY and WOMAN, the common
code letter % stands for O and j stands for N. So. the remaining code letter m stands for M.
In WORKS and TOWEL, the common code letter z stands for O.
So, the remaining common code letter c stands for W.
In WORKS and BASIC, the common code letter is t and the common letter is 8.
So, t stands for S. Thus, in WORKS, the remaining code letter o stands for K.
In BASIC and FALSE, the common code letter t stands for 8.
So. the other common code letter 8 stands for A.
In BASIC and BASED, the common code letters s and t stand fo»- A and 8 respectively.
So, the remaining code letter d stands for B. In PSYCO, the remaining code letter b
stands for P.
The information can he summarised as follows : Code
q
c
n
k
w
y
j
N
h
a
K
D
V
z
u
m
c
t
0
s
d
b1
F
T G
B p1
I
R 0 Y M W S K
A
E H
36. (6) : The code for A is s, for G is a, for S is t and for T is h.
So, the code contains the letters, sath which are contained in llstah only.
37. id) : The code for B is d, for O is z, for A is s, for R is v and for D is g.
feo. BOARD is coded as dzsvg or gzdvs.
38. ( a ) : The code for U as in Q. 36 is I, for N is j, for I is w, for O is z and for R is v.
So. the code for JUNIOR contains \jwzv.
39. (b): The code for D is g. for I is wf for G is a, for E is n, for S is t and for T is h.
So. the code for DIGEST is gwanth or angwht.
40. (c): The code for D is g9 for E is n, for A is s and for F is y.
So, the code for DEAF is gnsy or ygns.
Letter
Questions 41 to 45
This is a special type of problem. In such type of questions, the code letters in the code
equivalent of the word are in the same sequence as the letters in the word.
41. ( a ) : Clearly, the letters E and R are common to CLUSTER, NUMBER and BRAVE.
According to the alternatives in Q. 41, the codes for E and R could be X and E or
D and Q or E and O or Q and P.
According to the alternatives in Q. 44. the codes for E and R could be Q and P or
D and Q or X and E or F and Q,
According to the alternatives in Q. 45. the codes for E and R could be-F and Q or
Q and R or E and O or X and E.
The codes common to all the three possibilities above are X and E.
Since only (a) contains these codes, so (a) is the right code equivalent for CLUSTER.
Thus, code for C is Y, for L is H, for U is P, for S is Q. for T is D and so on.
42. ( a ) : The code for L is H and only (a) contains H at the first place.
43. (6): The code for T is D and only (6) contains D at the first place.
44. ( c j : The codes for E and R are X and E respectively and only (c) contains X and E at
the last two places.
45. ( d ) : The codes for R and E are E and X respectively and only (d) contains E and X at
the corresponding place* i.e., the second and fifth places.
Copyrighted material
5. BLOOD RELATIONS
In these tests, the success of a candidate depends upon the knowledge of the
blood relations, ?ome of which are summarized below to help solve these tests.
Mother's or father's son
Mother's or father's daughter
Mother's or father's brother
Mother9* or father's sister
Mothers or father's father
Mother's or father's mother
Son's vtife
Daughter's husband
Husband s or wife's sister
Husband's or wife's brother
Brother's son
Brother' daughter
Uncle or aunt's son or daughter
Sister's husband
Brother's wife
Grandson's or Grand daughter's daughter
Brother
Sister
Uncle
Aunt
^Grandfather
Grandmother
Daughter-in-Law
Son-in-Law
Sister-in-Law
Brother-in-Law
Nephew
Niece
Cousin
Brother-in-Law
Sister-in-Law
Great grand daughter
T Y P E 1 : DECIPHERING JUMBLED UP DESCRIPTIONS
In this type of questions, a round-about description is given in the form of certain
small relationships and direct relationship between the persons concerned is to be
deciphered.
Ex. 1. Pointing to a photograph, a man said, MI have no brother or sister but that
man's father is my father's son." Whose photograph was it ?
(a) His own
"7.(6) His son's
(c) His father's
(d) His nephew s
(e) None of these
(Hotel Management, 18»«)
Sol. Since the narrator has no brother, his father's son is he himself. So, the man
who is talking is the father of the man in the photograph or the man in the
photograph is his son.
Hence, the answer is (6).
Ex. 2. Anil introduces Rohit as the son of the only brother of his father's wife. How
is Rohit related to Anil ?
(a) Cousin „
<6) Son
(c) Uncle
(d) Son-in-law ' (e) Brother
Sol. The relations may be analysed as follows :
Fatheis wife — Mother; Mother's brother — Uncle; Uncle's son — Cousin.
So, Rohit is Anil's cousin. Hence, the answer is (a).
220
Copyrighted material
Blood
Relations
22$
Ex. 3. Pointing towards a person in a photograph, Anjali said, MHe is the only son
of the father of my sister's brother." How is that person related to Aryali ?
(a) Mother
(6) Father
(c) Maternal uncle
(d) Cousin
(e) None of these
(Bank P.O. 1994)
Sol.
The relations may be analysed as follows :
Sister's brother — Brother; Brother's father — Father; Father's son — Brother.
So, the person in the photograph is Aryali's brother.
Hence, the answer is (eX
Ex. 4. Pointing out to a photograph, a man tells his friend, "She is the daughter of
the only son of my father's wife." How is the girl in the photograph related
to the man ?
(a) Daughter
(6) Cousin
(c) Mother
(d) Sister
(e) Niece
Sol.
The relations may be analysed as follows :
Father's wife — Mother; Mother's only son — Himself.
So, the girl is man's daughter.
Hence, the answer is (a).
Ex. 5. X introduces Y saying, -He is the husband of the grand daughter of the-father
of my father." How is Y related to X ?
(a) Brother (6) Son
(c) Brother-in-law
(d) Nephew
(e) Son-in-law
Sol.
The relations may be analysed as follows :
Father's father — Grandfather, Grandfather's Grand daughter — Sister;
Sistervs husband — Brother-in-law.
So, Y is X's brother-in-law.
Hence, the answer is (c).
Ex. 6. Pointing out to a lady, Rajan said, "She is the daughter of the woman who
is the mother of the husband of my mother.* Who is the lady to R^jan ?
(a) Aunt (b) Grand daughter (c) Daughter
(d) Sister (e) Sister-in-law
Sol.
The relations may be analysed as follows :
Mother's husband — Father, Father's mother — Grandmother; Grandmother's
daughter — Father's sister; Father's sister — Aunt.
So, the lady is Rajan's aunt.
Hence, the answer is (a).
EXERCISE 5A
1. Pointing to a man on the stage, Rita said, "He is the brother of the daughter
of the wife of my husband." How is the man on the stage related to Rita ?
(a) Son
(6) Husband
(c) Cousin
(d) Nephew
(e) Brother-in-law
2. Showing the man receiving the prize, Saroj said, MHe is the brother of my uncle's
daughter." Who is the man to Saroj ?
(a) Son
(6) Brother-in-law
(c) NeRhew
(d) Uncle
(e) Cousin
3. Pointing to a man, a woman said, "His mother is the only daughter of my
mother." How is the woman related to the man ?
(Bank P.O. 1998)
(a) Mother (6) Daughter (c) Sister
(d) Grandmother
(e) None of these
Copyrighted mate
Reasoning
222
4. Pointing to a photograph, a person tells his friend, "She is the grand daughter
of the elder brother of my father/' How is the girl in the photograph related to
his fhan ?
11
(a) Niece (6) Sister
(c) Aunt
(d) Sister-in-law (e) Maternal aunt
5. Pointing to a photograph, Vipul saidr "She is the daughter of my grandfather's
onfy son." How is Vipul related to the girl in the photograph ? (B.S.R.B. 1997)
(a) Father (fc) Brother (c) Cousin
(d) Data inadequate (e) None of these
6. A woman introduces a man as the son of the brother of her mother. How is the
man. related to the woman ?
(aKfaephew
(6) Son
(c) Cousin
(d) Uncle
(e) Grandson
7. Looking at a portrait of a man, Harsh said, "His mother is the wife of my
father's son. Brothers and sisters I have none." At whose portrait was Harsh
looking ?
(M.B.A 1998)
N
(a) His son (6) His cousin (c) His uncle (d) His nephew (e) None of these
8. A man said to a lady, "Your mother's husband's sister is my aunt.? How is the
lady related to the man ?
(a) Daughter
(6) Grand daughter (c) Mother
(d) Sister
(e) Aunt
If Neena says, "Anita's father Raman is the only son of my father-in-law
MahipaT, then how is Bindu, who is the sister of Anita, related to Mahipal ?
(a) Niece (6) Daughter (c) Wife
(d) Daughter-in-law (e) None of these
(Bank P.O. 1996)
It). Pointing to a girl in the photograph, Amar said, "Her mother's brother is the
only son of my mother's father." How is the girl's mother related to Amar ?
(a) Mother
(6) Sister
(c) Aunt
id) Grandmother
(e) None of these
. (Railways, 1994)
11. A girl introduced a boy as the son of the daughter of the father of her uncle.
The hpy is girl's ,
(a) Brother (b) Son
(c) Uncle
(d) Son-in-law
(e) Nephew
12. If X is the brother of the son of Ys son, how is X related to Y ?
(a) Son
" (6) Brother
(c) Cousin
id) Grandson
(e) Uncle
13. Pointing to a gentleman, Deepak said, "His only brother is the father of
my daughter's father." How is the gentleman related to Deepak ?
(a) Grandfather (6) Father (c) Brother-in-law (d) Uncle (e) None of these
(Bank P.O. 1997)
14. Introducing a man to her husband, a woman said, "his brother's father is the
only son of my grandfather." How is the woman related to his man ?
(a) Mother
(6) Aunt
(c) Sister . (d) Daughter
(e) Grandmother
15. Pointing out to a lady, a girl said, "She is the daughter-in-law of the grandmother
of my father's only son." How is the lady related to the girl ?
(a) Sister-in-law
(6) Mother (c) Aunt
(d) Mother-in-law
(e) Cousin
16. Rita told Mani, "The girl I met yesterday at the beach was the youngest daughter
of the brother-in-law of my friend's mother." How is the girl related to Rita's
friend ?
(a) Cousin
(6) Daughter
(c) Niece
(d) Friend
(e) Aunt
1
Copyrighted material
Blood Relations
22$
17. If Kamal says, "Ravi's mother is the only daughter of my motherhow is Kamal
related to Ravi ?
(SJ1.IJP.O. 1994)
(a) Grandfather
(6) Father
(c) Brother
(d) Cannot be determined
(e) None of these
18. Rahul told Anand, 'Yesterday I defeated the only brother of the daughter of my
grandmother.' Whom did Rahul defeat ?
(a) Son
(6) Father
(c) Brother
(rf) Father-in-law
(e) Cousin
19. When Amy saw Manish, he recalled, "He is the son of the father of my daughter."
Who is Manish ?
(a) Brother-in-law (b) Brother (c) Cousin
(d) Uncle
(e) Nephew
20. Pointing to a photograph, a lady tells Pramod, "I am the only daughter of this
lady and her son is your maternal uncle." How is the speaker related to Pramod's
father ?
(Hotel Management, 1995)
(a) Sister-in-law
(6) Wife
(c) Either (a) or (b)
(d) Neither (a) nor (6)
21. Introducing a man. a woman said, "He is the only son of my mother's mother."
How is the woman related to the man ?
(a) Mother
(6) Aunt
(c) Sister
id) Niece
(e) None of these
22. Pointing to a man in a photograph. Asha said. "His mothers only daughter is
my mother." How is Asha related to that man ?
(a) Nephew
(6) Sister
(c) Wife
(d) Niece (e) Grand daughter
23. Pointing to a photograph, a woman says, "This man's son's sister is my motherin-law." How is the woman's husband related to the man in the photograph ?
(a) Grandson
(6) Son
(c) Son-in-law id) Nephew (e) None of these
(M.B.A. 1994)
24. Introducing a man, a woman said, "His wife is the only daughter of my father."
How is that man related to the woman ?
(a) Brother
(6) Father-in-law
(c) Maternal uncle
(d) Husband
(e) None of these
25. Deepak said to Nitin, "That boy playing with the football is the younger of the
two brothers of the daughter of my father's wife." How is the boy playing football
related to Deepak ?
(a) Son (6) Brother (c) Cousin
id) Nephew
(e) Brother-in-law
26. Pointing to the lady on the platform, Manju said, "She is the sister of the father
of my mother's son." Who is the lady to Manju r
(a) Mother
(b) Sister
(c) Aunt
Id) Niece
(e) None of these
27. Arun said, "This girl is the wife of the grandson of my mother." Who is Arun
to the girl ?
(a) Father
(6) Grandfather
(c) Husband
(id) Father-in-law
(c) None of these
28. Pointing to a man in a photograph, a woman said, "His brother's father is the
only son of my grandfather." How is the woman related to the man in the
photograph ?
(B.S.R.B. 1996)
(6) Aunt
(c) Sister
(d) Daughter
(e) Grandmother
r . (a) Mother
29. Pointing to a person, a man said to a woman, "His mother is the only daughter
of your father." How was the woman related to the person ?
(a) Aunt
(6) Mother
(c) Wife
(d) Daughter
(e) None of these
Copyrighted mate
Reasoning
224
30. A man pointing to a photograph Bays, T h e lady in the photograph is my nephew's
maternal grandmother." How is the lady in the photograph related to the man's
sister who has no other sister ?
(Hotel Mamagement, 1997)
(a) Cousin
(6) Sister-in-law
(c) Mother
(cO Mother-in-law
31. Pointing to a lady, a man said, "The son of her only brother is the brother of
my wife." How is the lady related to the man ?
(a) Mother's sister
(6) Grandmother
(c) Mother-in-law
(d) Sister of father-in-law
(e) Maternal aunt
32. Pointing to an old man, Kailash said, "His son is my sons uncle." How is the
old man related to Kailash ?
(o) Brother
(6) Uncle
(c) Father
(d) Grandfather
(e) None of these
ANSWERS
1. ( a ) : Wife of husband — Herself; Brother of daughter — Son.
So, the man is Rita's son.
2 ^ e ) : Brother of uncle's daughter — Uncle's son — Cousin.
~ So, the man is Seema's cousin.
3. ( a ) : Odly daughter of my mother — Myself.
So, the woman is manls mother.
4. ( a ) : Brother of father — Uncle; Uncle's grand daughter — daughter of uncle's son —
daughter of cousin — niece.
5. (6): My grandfather's only son — My father.
So, the girl is the daughter of Vipul's father i.e., Vipul is the girl's brother.
6. (c): Brother of mother — Uncle; Uncle's son — Cousin.
7. ( a ) : Since Harsh has no brother or sister, so he is his father's only son.
Now. wife of my father's son — my wife.
So, Harsh's wife is the man's mother or the man is Harsh's son.
8. (d): Your mother's husband — Your father; Your father's sister — Your aunt.
So, lady's aunt is man's aunt and therefore lady is man's sister.
9. (e): Only son of Neena's father-in-law Mahipal — Neena's husband.
So, Raman is Neena's husband and Anita and Bindu are his daughters.
Thus, Bindu is the grand daughter of Mahipal.
10. (c): Only son of Amar's mother's father — Amar's maternal uncle.
So, the girl's maternal uncle is Amar's maternal uncle. Thus, the girl's mother is
Amar's aunt.
11. ( a ) : Daughter of uncle's father — Uncle's sister — Mother; Mothers son — Brother
12. id): Son of Ys Son — Grandson; Brother of Ys grandson — Ys grandson.
13. (d): Father of Deepak's daughter's father — Deepak's father.
So, the man's brother is Deepak's father or the man is the brother of Deepak's father
Le.f Deepak's uncle.
14. ic): Only son of her grandfather — Her father; man's brother's father — man's father.
So, man's father is her father i.e.. She is the man's sister.
15. (6): My father's only son — My brother; Grandmother of my brother — My grandmother;
Daughter-in-law of my grandmother — My mother.
So. the lady is girl's mother.
16. ( a ) : Daughter of brother-in-law — Niece; Mother's niece — Cousin.
So, the girl is the cousin of Rita's friend.
I
1
Copyrighted material
Blixxi Relations
225
17. (e): Only daughter of Kamal's mother — Kamal's sister.
So, Ravi's mother is Kamal's sister or Kamal is the brother of Ravi's mother i.e..
Ravi's maternal uncle.
18. (ft): Daughter of grandmother — Aunt; Aunt's only brother — Father.
19. ia): Anuj's daughter's mother — Anuj's wife ; Anil's wife's father — Anuj's father-in-law;
Father-in-law's son — Amy's brother-in-law.
So, Manish is Amy's brother-in-law.
20. (6): Clearly, the speaker's brother is Pramod's maternal uncle. So, the speaker is Pramod's
mother or his father's wife.
21. (d): My mother's mother — My grandmother; My grandmother's only son — My maternal
uncle.
So, the woman is man's niece.
22. id): Asha s mother's mother is man's mother i.e.. Asha's mother is man's sister or Asha
is man's niece.
23. (a) : Man's son's sister — Man's daughter.
So, the man's daughter is the mother of the woman's husband. Thus, the woman's
husband is the grandson of the man in the photograph.
24. id): Only daughter of my father — Myself. So, the man is woman's husband.
25. (6) : Father's wife — Mother; Mother's daughter — Sister; Sister's younger brother — My
younger brother. So. the boy is Deepak's brother.
26. (c): Manju's mother's son Manju's brother; Mai\ju*s brother's father — Manju's father;
Father's sister — Manju s aunt.
27. id): Mother's grandson — Son; Son's wife — Daughter-in-law.
28. (c): Only son of woman's grandfather — Woman's father; Man's brother's father — Man's
father So. the woman is man's sister.
29. ia): Daughter of your father — Your sister.
So, the person's mother is woman's sister or the woman is person's aunt.
30. ic): Clearly, the lady is the grandmother of man's sister's son i.e.. the mother of the
mother of man's sister's son i.e., the mother of man's sister.
So, the lady is man's mother.
31. id): Brother of my wife — My brother-in-law; Son of lady's brother is the brother-in-law
of the man. So lady's brother is man's father-in-law i.e., the lady is the sister of
man's father-in-law.
32. (c) : Kailash's son's uncle — Kailash's brother. So, the old man's son is Kailash's brother
i.e., the old man is Kailash's father.
T Y P E 2 : R E L A T I O N PUZZLE
In this type, mutual blood relations or other informations of more than two persons
are mentioned and information about any two is mentioned.
Ex. 1. A and B are brothers. C and D are sisters. A's son is D's brother. How is B
related to C ?
'
(M.B.A- 1998)
(a) Father ib) Brother
(c) Grandfather
id) Uncle
(e) None of these
Sol.
Clearly, B is the brother of A; A's son is D's brother. This means D is the
daughter of A. Since C and D are sisters, C is also the daughter of A.
So, B is the uncle of C.
Hence, the answer is (rf).
Ex. 2. Given that
1. A is the mother of B;
2. C is the son of A;
Copyrighted material
Reasoning
226
3. D is the brother of E;
4. E is the daughter of B.
The grandmother of D is
(a) A
(6) B
(c) C
(S.C.ILA 1994)
(e) E
(d) D
Sol.
D is the brother of E and E is the daughter of B. This means that D is the
son of B.
Also, A is the mother of B.
So, A is the grandmother of D.
Hence, the answer is (a).
Ex. 4. A and B are married couple. X and Y are brothers. X is the brother of A.
How is Y related to B ?
(a) Brother-in-Law
(6) Brother
(c) Son-in-Law
(d) Cousin
(e) None of these
Sol.
A and B are husband and wife. Since X and Y are brothers, and X is the
brother of A, Y is also the brother of A. Thus, Y is the brother-in-law of B.
Hence, the answer is (a).
Ex. 5. Read the following information carefully and answer the questions given
below :
There are six children playing football namely A, B, C, D, E and F. A and
E are brothers. F is the sister of E. C is the only son of A's uncle. B and D
are the daughters of the brother of C's father.
1. How is C related to F ?
(a) Cousin
(6) Brother
(c) Son
2. How many male players are there ?
(a) One
(b) Three
(c) Five
3. How many female players are there ?
(a) Two
(6) Three
(c) Five
4. How is D related to A ?
(a) Uncle
(6) Sister
(c) Niece
(d) Uncle
(e) None of these
(</) Six
(e)
( d ) One
(e) Four
(d) Cousin
(e) None of these
Four
Solution :
1. F is E's and hence As sister. So. C is also the son of Fs uncle and is„therefore, Fs
cousin. So, the answer is (a).
2. As given, A and E are brothers. Hence both are males. F is the sister of E and hence
female. C is the son and hence male. B and D are daughters and hence female. Thus,
there are three males. So, the answer is (6).
3. Clearly, from the solution of 2, we find that there are three females. So, the answer is (6).
4. Clearly, D's father is the brother of Cs father and C's father is A's uncle. So, D's father
is also As uncle. Thus. D is As cousin. Hence, the answer is (d).
EXERCISE 5I~1
1. A party consists of grandmother, father, mother, four sons and their wives and one
son and two daughters to each of the sons. How many females are there is all ?
(a) 14
ib) 16
(c) 18
(d) 24
(e) None of these
1
Copyrighted material
Blood Relations
227
2. Lakshmi and Meena are Rohan's wives. Shalini is Meena's step-daughter. How
is I^akshmi related to Shalini ?
(a) Sister
(6) Mother-in-Law
(c) Mother
(d) Step-mother
(e) None of these
3. Baya has a brother Anil. Daya is the son of Chandra. Bimal is Chandra's father.
In terms of relationship, what is Anil of Bimal ?
(C.B.I. 1»84)
(a) Son
(6) Grandson
(c) Brother
id) Grandfather
4. Rahul's mother is the only daughter of Monika's father. How is Monika's husband
related to Rahul ?
(Bank P.O. 1994)
(a) Uncle
(6) Father
(c) Grandfather
(d) Brother
(e) Data inadequate
5. If (i) M is brother of N; ( « ) B is brother of N; and iiii) M is brother of D, then
which of the following statements is definitely true ?
(B.S.R.B. 1995)
(a) N is brother of B
(6) N is brother of D
(c) M is brother of B
(d) D is brother of M
(e) None of these
6. Deepak is brother of Ravi. Rekha is sister of Atul. Ravi is son of Rekha. How
is Deepak related to Rekha ?
(C.B.1.1997)
(a) Son
(b) Brother
(c) Nephew
( d ) Father
7. A is B's sister. C is B's mother. D is C's father. E is D's mother. Then, how is
A related to D ?
(Assistant Grade, 1996)
(a) Grandmother
(6) Grandfather
(c) Daughter
(</) Grand daughter
8. Given that
: 1. A is brother of B.
2. C is father of A.
3. D is brother of E.
4. E is daughter of B.
Then, uncle of D is
(S.CJLA. 1993)
(a) A
(6) B
(c) C
(d) E
9. Q is the brother of R; P is the sister of Q; T is the brother of S; S is the daughter
of R. Who are the cousins of Q ?
(a) R and P
(d) S and T
(6) P and T
(e) None of these
(c) Q and T
10. E is the son of A. D is the son of B. E is married to C. C is B's daughter. How
is D related to E ?
1
(a) Brother
(6) Uncle
(c) Father-in-Law
(d) Brother-in-Law
(e) None of these
11. A is father of C and D is son of B. E is brother of A. If C is sister of D, how
is B related to E ?
(Assistant Grade, 1997)
(a) Daughter
(6) Brother-in-Law
(c) Husband
(d) Sister-in-Law
12. Q's mother is sister of P and daughter of M. S is daughter of P and sister of
T. How is M related to T ?
(Bank P.O. 1995)
(a) Grandmother
(6) Father
(c) Grandfather
(d) Grandfather or Grandmother
(e) None of these
Copyrighted material
Reasoning
228
Directions (Questions 13 to 15) : Read the following information and answer
the questions given below :
A is the son of B. C, B's sister has a son D and a daughter E. F is the maternal
uncle of D.
13. How is A related to D ?
( a ) Cousin
(6) Nephew
(c) Uncle
id) Brother
14. How is E related to F ?
(a) Sister
( b ) Daughter
(c) Niece
(d) Wife
15. How many nephews does F have ?
(a) Nil
(6) One
(c) Two
(d) Three
D i r e c t i o n s (Questions 16*17): Read the following information and answer
the questions given below it :
(S.8.C. 1993)
A is the father of C. But C is not his son.
E is the daughter of C. F is the spouse of A.
B is the brother of C. D is the son of B.
G is the spouse of B. H is the father of G.
16. Who is the grandmother of D ?
(a) A
(b) C
(c) F
(d) H
17. Who is the son of F ?
(a) B
(b) C
(c) D
id) E
18. C is A's fathers nephew. D is A's cousin but not the brother of C. How is D
related to C ?
ia) Father
ib) Sister
(c) Mother
id) Aunt
19. P is the son of Q while Q and R are the sisters to one another. T is the mother
of R. If S is the son of T, which of the following statements is correct ?
(a) T is the brother of Q.
(6) S is the cousin of P.
(c) Q and S are sisters.
(d) S is the maternal uncle of P.
(e) R is the grandfather of P.
20. A is the brother of B. B is the brother of C. D is the father of A. Based on these
three statements, which of the following statements cannot be definitely true ?
(a) B is the brother of A.
ib) B is the son of D.
ic) A is the brother of C.
'
id) C is the brother of A.
ie) A, B and C are D's children.
(B.S.R.B. 1997)
21. A is father of X ; B is mother of Y. The sister of X and Z is Y. Which of the
following statements is definitely not true ?
ia) B is the mother of Z.
(6) X is the sister of Z.
(c) Y is the son of AC •
id) B has one daughter.
(e) B is the wife of A.
22. Rajan is the brother of Sachin and Manick is the father of Rajan. Jagat is the
brother of Priya and Priya is the daughter of Sachin. Who is the uncle of Jagat ?
(a) Rajan
(b) Sachin
(c) Manick
id) None of these
(Transmission Executives' 1994)
23. Neelam, who is Deepak's daughter, says to Deepika, "Your mother Rekha is the
younger sister of my father who is the third child of Ramlal." How is Ramlal
related to Deepika ?
ia) Uncle
(b) Father
(c) Grandfather
id) Father-in-Law
1
Copyrighted material
Blood Relations
229
24. P is the brother of Q and R. S is R's mother. T is Ps father. Which of the
following statements cannot be definitely true ?
( a ) T is Q's father.
(b) S is Ps mother.
(c) P is S's son.
(d) T is S's husband.
(e) Q is T's son.
25. P is the brother of D. X is the sister of P. A is the brother of F. F is the daughter
of D. M is the father of X. Who is the uncle of A ?
ia) X
(6) P
(c) F
(d) M
26. K is the brother of N and X. Y is the mother of N and Z is the father of K.
Which of the following statements is not definitely true ?
(a) K is the son of Z.
(6) Y is the wife of Z.
(c) K is the son of Y.
(d) K is the father of X.
(e) N is the brother of X.
27. A woman walking with a boy meets another woman and on being asked about
her relationship with the boy, she says, MMy maternal uncle and his maternal
uncle's maternal uncle are brothers." How is the boy related to the woman ?
(a) Nephew
(6) Brother-in-Law
(c) Son
(d) Grandson
(e) Husband
D i r e c t i o n s (Questions 28 to 31) : Read the information given below and
answer the questions that follow :
(B.S.R.B. 1998)
(/) In a family of six persons A* B, C, D, E and F, there are two married couples.
(ii) D is grandmother of A and mother of B.
(iii) C is wife of B and mother of F.
(ft;) F is the grand daughter of E.
28. What is C to A ?
(a) Daughter
(6) Grandmother
(d) Cannot be determined
(e) None of these
29. How many male members are there in the family ?
(a) Two
(6) Three
(d) Cannot be determined
(e) None of these
30. Which of the following is true ?
( o ) A is brother of F,
(b) A is sister of F.
(d) B has two daughters.
(e) None of these.
•
(c) Mother
(c) Four
(c) D has two grandsons,
31. Who among the following is one of the couples ?
(a) CD
(b) DE
(c) EB
id) Cannot be determined
(e) None of these
D i r e c t i o n s (Questions 32 to 37): Study the following information carefully
and answer the questions given below it :
All the six members of a family A, B, C, D, E and F are travelling together. B
is the son of C but C is not the mother of B. A and C are a married couple. E is
the brother of C. D is the daughter of A. F is the brother of B.
32. How many male members are there in the family ?
(a) 1
(6) 2
33. Who is the mother of B ?
(c) 3
(rf) 4
(a) D
(6) F
34. How many children does A have ?
(c) E
(d) A
(c) Three
(cf) Four
(a) One
(b) Two
Copyrighted material
Reasoning
230
35. Who is the wife of E ?
(a) A
(6) F
(c) B
id) Can't be determined
36. Which of the following is a pair of females ?
ia) AE
ib) BD
(c) DF
id) A D
37. How is E related to D ?
ia) Father
(6) Brother
(c) Uncle
id) Can't be determined
Directions (Questions 38 to 42) : Read the information given below and
answer the questions that follow :
(Bank P.O. 1995)
I. A, B, C, D, E and F are six members of a family.
II. One couple has parents and their children in the family.
III. A is the son of C and E is the daughter of A.
IV. D is the daughter of F who is the mother of E.
38. Who are the male members in the family ?
ia) A and C
(6) C and F
(c) A , B and D
id) Cannot be determined
(e) None of these
39. Which of the following pairs is the parents of the children ?
ia) BC
(6) CF
(c) BF
(d) Cannot be determined
ie) None of these
40. Which of the following pairs is the parents of the couple ?
ia) AB
(6) BC
ic) AF
id) CF
(e) None of these
41. How many female members are there in the family ?
ia) Two
ib) Three
ic) Four
id) Can't be determined
ie) None of these
42. What relationship do D and E bear to each other ?
ia) Sister and Brother
ib) Mother and Son
ic) Grandmother and Grand daughter
id) Sister
(e) None of these
43. A, B, C, D, E, F and G are members of a family consisting of four adults and
three children, two of >vhom, F and G are girls. A and D are brothers and A is
a doctor. E is an engineer married to one of the brothers and has two children.
B is married to D and G is their child. Who is C ?
(IJV.S. 1998)
ia) A's son
(6) E's daughter
ic) Fs father
id) G's brother
D i r e c t i o n s iQuestions 44 to 48) : Read the following information carefully
and answer the questions given below it :
In a family, there are six members A, B. C, D, E and F. A and B are a married
couple, A being the male member. D is the only son of C, who is the brother of A.
E is the sister of D. B is the daughter-in-law of F, whose husband has died.
44. How is F related to A ?
(a) Mother
(ci) Mother-in-Law
45. How is E related to C ?
(a) Sister
(6) Daughter
46. Who is C to B ?
(a) Brother
( d ) Son-in-Law
(6) Sister-in-Law
(e) None of these
(c) Sister
(c) Cousin
(e) Mother
(d) Aunt
(6) Brother-in-Law,
(e> None of these
(c) Nephew
1
Copyrighted material
Blood Relations
231
47. How many male members are there in the family ?
ia) One
ib) Two
(c) Three
id) Four
(e) Five
48. How is F related to C ?
(a) Mother-in-Law (6) Sister-in-Law (c) Mother
(rf) Aunt
ie) Sister
49. Shobha is the niece of Ashish. Ashish's mother is Priya. Kamla is Priya's mother.
Kamla's husband is Hari. Krishna is the mother-in-law of Hari. How is Shobha
related to Hari ?
(Assistant Grade, 1996)
ia) Daughter
(6) Great granddaughter
(c) Grandniece
id) Great grandson's daughter
Directions (Questions 50 to 54): Study the following information carefully
and answer the questions given below it :
(Railways, 1998)
There are six persons A, B, C, D, E and F. C is the sister of F. B is the brother
of E's husband. D is the father of A and grandfather of F. There are two fathers,
three brothers and a mother in the group.
60. Who is the mother ?
ia) A '
ib) B
51. Who is E's husband ?
ic) D
id) E
ia) B
ib) C
ic) A
id) F
52. How many male members are there in the group ?
ia) One
ib) Two
ic) Three
id) Four
53. How is F related to E ?
(a) Uncle
ib) Husband
ic) Son
id) Daughter
54. Which of the following is a group of brothers ?
ia) ABF
(6) ABD
ic) BFC
id) BDF
Directions iQuestions 55 to 60) : Read the following information carefully
and answer the questions given below it :
A family consists of six members P, Q, R, X, Y and Z. Q is the son of R but R
is not mother of Q. P and R are a married couple. Y is the brother of R. X is the
daughter of P. Z is the brother of P.
55. Who is the brother-in-law of R ?
(a) P
ib) Z
(c) Y
(d)X
56. Who is the father of Q ?
ia) R
ib) P
ic) Z
id) None of these
57. How many children does P have ?
ia) One
(6) Two
(c) Three
id) Four
58. How many female members are there in the family ?
ia) One
ib) Two
ic) Three
id) Four
59. How is Q related to X ?
ia) Husband
(6) Father
(c) Brother
(d) Uncle
60. Which is a pair of brothers ?
ia) P and X
ib) P and Z
ic) Q and X
id) R and Y
Directions (Questions 61 to 65) : Study the information given below and
answer the questions that follow :
There is a family of six persons A, B. C. D, E ^ n d F. They are Lawyer. Doctor,
Teacher, Salesman, Engineer and Accountant. There are two married couples in the
Copyrighted material
Reasoning
232
family. D, the Salesman is married to the Lady Teacher. The Doctor is married to
the Lawyer. F, the Accountant is the son of B and brother of E. C, the Lawyer is
the daughter-in-law of A. E is the unmarried Engineer. A is the grandmother of F.
61. How is E related to F ?
ib) Sister
(c) Cousin
( a ) Brother
(e) None of these
(d) Cannot be determined
62. What is the profession of B ?
(a) Teacher
(6) Doctor
(c) Lawyer
ie) None of these
id) Cannot be determined
63. What is the profession of A ?
ia) Lawyer
(6) Teacher
(c) Doctor
(rf) Cannot be determined
ie) None of these
64. Which of the following is one of the couples ?
(a) F and D
ib) D and B
ic) E and A
(d) A and C
(e) None of these
65. How is D related to F ?
ia) Grandfather
ib) Father
(c) Uncle
(rf) Brother
ie) None of these
D i r e c t i o n s (Questions 66 to 70) : Read the following information carefully
and answer the questions below :
A family consists of six members P, Q, R, S. T and U. There are two married
couples. Q is a doctor and the father of T. U is grandfather of R and is a contractor.
S is grandmother of T and is a housewife. There is one doctor, one contractor, one
nurse, one housewife and two student* in the family.
66. Who is the husband of P ?
ia) R
ib) U
ic) Q
id) S
(e) T
67. Who is the sister of T ?
ia) R
(6)U
(c) T
id) Information insufficient
ie) None of these
68. What is the profession of P ?
(a) Doctor
(6) Nurse
(d) Housewife
(e) None of these
(c) Doctor or Nurse
69. Which of the following are two married couples ?
ia) US. QT
ib) US, QP
(c) TS, RU
(d) US, RP
ie) None of these
70. Which of the following is definitely a group of male members ?
ia) QU
ib) QUT
(c) QUP
(d) UT
(e) None of these
D i r e c t i o n s (Questions 71 to 73): Read the following information carefully
and answer the questions that follow :
(S.B.I.P.0.1995)
In a village of Bastar district in Madhya Pradesh, only two types of people live
who belong to a tribal class. The first type is known as class A, while the other is
known as class B. In that village, there is po other type of person except these two.
The activities of both types of people are governed by perfectly patterned norms of
social behaviour. Each person of the tribe has to obey the norms. They ore rigid
about this.
1
Copyrighted material
Blood
Relations
233
As far as marriage is concerned, the following norms are to be followed
(A)
(B)
The people of class A cannot marry any other member of their own class,
though they can marry members of class B.
A f t e r being married, each male member ceases to be a member of t h a t class
in which he was born but automatically, he becomes the member of the
other class to which his wife belongs.
(C)
As far as females are concerned, they remain the members of their own
class after being married.
(D) On his birth, the child automatically becomes the member of his mother's class.
(E) When any male member becomes widower or divorcee, then he again belongs
to the group in which he was born.
(F) Nobody can marry more than one person according to social laws.
71. Any class B female can have
(P) Grandfather born in class A
(Q) Grandmother born in class A
(a) Only (P) can be true
(b) Only (Q) can be true
(c) Either (P) or (Q) can be t r u e
(d) Neither (P) and (Q) can be true
(e) Both (P) and (Q) can be true
72. One boy, who was b o m in class B (boy and his wife both can have m a r r i e d and
unmarried brothers),
(a) can have his daughter in class B (6) can have a son-in-law born in class A
(c) can have his uncle from any class (d) can have a divorced son in class B
(e) can have a daughter-in-law born in class A.
73. Which of the following marriages is not permissible according to the social laws ?
(а)
(б)
(c)
(d)
(e)
Any
Any
Any
Any
Any
girl of class B marries his mother's brother.
widower marries his wife's sister.
boy of class B marries his father's sister.
widower born in class A marries his brother's widow.
widow marries the former divorced husband of her daughter.
ANSWERS
1. (a): Grandmother is one female, mother is another, wives of four sons are the four females
and two daughters of all four sons are eight females.
So, in all there are 1 + 1+ 4 + 8= 14 females.
2. (c): Shalini is Mtena's step-daughter means Shalini is the daughter of the other wife of
Rohan. So, Shalini is the daughter of Lakshmi or Lakshmi is the mother of Shalini.
3.(b): Anil is the brother of Daya and Daya is the son of Chandra. So, Anil is the son of
Chandra. Now, Bimal is the father of Chandra.
So, Anil is the grandson of Bimal.
4. (6): Clearly, the only daughter of Monika's father is Monika herself. So, Rahul's mother
is Monika Thus. Monika's husband is the father of Rahul.
5. (c): M is the brother of N and B is the brother of N.
So. M is the brother of B.
6. (a) : Deepak is the son of Ravi, who is the son of Rekha. Thus, Deepak is the son of Rekha
7. (d): A is the sister of B and B is the daughter of C. So, A is the daughter of C. Also, D
is the father of C. So, A is the granddaughter of D.
Copyrighted material
*
t
Reasoning
234
8. (a) : Clearly, D is the brother of E and E ia the daughter of B. So, D is the son of B.
Also, A is the brother of B. So, A is the uncle of D.
9. (d): T is the brother of S, who is the daughter of R. So, T and S are the children of R.
Now. Q is the brother of R. So, T and S are the cousins of Q.
10. (d): C is B's daughter and D is B's son. So, D is the brother of C. E is a male married
to C. So, E is the husband of C, whose brother is D. So, D is the brother-in-law of E.
11. ia): A is father of C and C is sister of D. So, A is father of D. But D is son of B. So, B
is the mother of D and wife of A. Also, E is the brother of A. So, B is the sister-in-law
of E.
12. (a): S is daughter of P and sister of T. So, T is daughter of P. Now, the sister of P is
the daughter of M. This means that P is also the daughter of M. Clearly, T is the
granddaughter of M. So, M is the Grandfather or Grandmother of T.
13. ia) : A is the son of B and D is the son of the sister of B. So, A is the cousin of D.
14. (c): E is the daughter of C and D is the son of C. So, F, who is the maternal uncle of
D. is also the maternal uncle of E. Thus, E is the niece of F.
15. (c): Clearly. F is the maternal uncle of D means F is the brother of D's mother i.e.. F
is the brother of C. C is the sister of B. So, F is the brother of B who is As mother.
Thus. F is the maternal uncle of A. So. A and D arc the nephews of F i.e., F has
two nephews
16. (c): D is the son of B, B is the brother of C and A is the father of C. This means that
B is the father of D and A is the father of B. So, A is the grandfather of D. Now,
F is the spouse of A. So, F is the grandmother of D.
17. (o): As explained above. B is the son of A and F is the spouse of A. So, B is the son of F.
18 .ib): C is As fathers nephew means C is the son of A's fathers brother i.e., C is the
cousin of A. D is also As cousin. So, D must be real brother or sister of C. But D
is not brother of C. So, D must be sister of C.
19. (d) : Q and R are sisters. So. T is the mother of R means T is the mother of Q and R. S
is the son of T means S is the brother of Q. Thus, P is the son of Q means S is the
maternal uncle of P.
20. (d) : A is the brother of B and B is the brother of C. So, C may be the brother or sister
of A.
21 . ( c ) : A is the father of X and Y is the sister of X So. Y is the daughter of A.
22. (a): Jagat is the brother of Priya and Priya is the daughter of Sachin. So. Jagat is the
son of Sachin. Now, R^jan is the brother of Sachin. Thus, R^jan is the uncle of Jagat.
23. ic): Neelam's father is Deepak. Deepika's mother is Rekha. Deepak is the third child of
Ramlal. So, Deepak's younger sister Rekha is the daughter of Ramlal. So. Ramlal is
father of Rekha and grandfather of her daughter Deepika.
24. ie): P. Q. R are children of same parents. So. S who is R's mother and T, who is Fs
father will be mother and father of all three. However, it is not mentioned whether
Q is male or female. So, ie) cannot be definitely true.
25. ib) : A is the brother of F who is the daughter of D. So. A is the son of D. P is the brother
of D. So, P is the uncle of A.
26. ie): K is the brother of N and X. So, Y, who is the mother of N and Z, who is the father
of K. will be mother and father of all three However, it is not mentioned whether
N is male or female.
So, the statement (*) cannot be definitely true.
27. ic): Boy's maternal uncle will be brother of boy's mother. Maternal uncle of mother's
brother and maternal uncle of lady are brother means lady is sister of mother's
brother i.e., lady is the mother of the boy. So, the boy is woman's son.
28. ic): C is the wife of B and D is mother of B. So, C is the grandmother of A. So, C is the
mother of A.
1
Copyrighted material
Blood Relations
235
29. (d): Clearly, the sex of A cannot be determined.
30. ie): The sex of A is notHnown. So. neither <a) nor (6) is definitely true Clearly. D in the
grandmother of A and F.
31. (6) : C is wife of B. So. one couple is BC. Now. D is grandmother of A B is the son of D
and his wife C is vhe mother of F So, D is also the grandmother of F But F is the
granddaughter of E. So, E is the grandfather of F and the husband of D. Thus, DE
is another couple
Questions 32 to 37
B is the son of C but C is not the mother of B means C is the father of B A is
married to C means A is the mother of B. F is brother of B means F is son of A
and C. D is daughter of A means D is daughter of A and C.
32. id): A is the mother and hence female. B is the son and hence male. C is the husband
and hence male. D is the daughter and hence female. E is the brother and hence
male F is the son and hence male. So, there are four males.
33. (tf) r Clearly, A is the mother of B.
34. (c): A has son B, son F and daughter D i.e. three children.
35. (c/): Clearly, from the data available, the wife of E cannot be determined.
36. (d) : Clearly, the females are only the mother A and the daughter D
37. (c): E is the brother of C who is the father of D So. E is the uncle of D.
Questions 38 to 42
E is the daughter of A and F is the mother of E. So, A is the father of E and hcnce
the husband of F. Now. D is the daughter of F So, D and E are the daughters of
A and P.
Also, A is the son of C. Now, only B remains. Thus. B and C are the parents of A.
38. id): The sex of B and C cannot be determined.
39. ie): Clearly, A and F are the parents of the children D and E.
40. (6): Clearly, B and C are the parents of the couple.
41. ic): Clearly, the females in the family are : either B or C, F, D and E.
42. (d): Clearly, D and E are sisters
43. ia): E is married to A or D. But B is married to D. Thus. E is married to A. Thus, A,
B. D. E are the four adults and C, F. G are the three children in the family.
B and D have a child O.
A and E have two children. They are C and F.
Now. only F and G are girls. So. C is a boy. Thus, C is A's or E's son.
Questions 44 to 48
A is a male and married to B. So, A is the husband and B is the wife. C is the
brother of A. D is the son of C. E, who is the sister of D will be the daughter of C.
B is the daughter-in-law of F whose husband has died means F is the mother of A
44. (a): Clearly, F is the mother of A.
45. (6): Clearly. E is the daughter of C.
46. ib) : C is the brother of A who is the husband of B. So, C is the brother-in-law of B.
47. (c) : A is a male. B. the wife, is female. C, the brother, is male. D. the son. is male. E.
the sister, is female. F, the mother, is a female. So. there are three males.
48. ic): F is the mother of A and C is the brother of A. So. F is the mother of C
49. (6) : Shobha is the niece of Ashish means Ashish is the uncle of Shobha. Now. Priya i*
Ashish s mother. So, Priya is the grandmother of Shobha. Hari is Priya's father. So.
Shobha is the great granddaughter of Hari.
Copyrighted materi
Reasoning
236
;
j
Questions 50 to 54
D is father of A and grandfather of P. So. A is father of F. Thus. D and A are the
two fathers. C is the sister of F. So. C is the daughter of A. Since there is only one
mother, it is evident that E is the wife of A and hence the mother of C and F. So,
B is brother of A. There are three brothers. So, F is the brother of C.
50. id): Clearly. E is the mother.
61. (c): Clearly, A is ETs husband
52. (d): A, the father, is male B. the brother, is male. C. the sister, is female. D, the grandfather, is male. E. the mother, is female. F, the brother, is male So, there are four
males.
53. (c): Clearly, F is the son of A.
54. (o): Clearly. B and A are brothers. F is the brother of C. So, three brothers are A, B, F.
Questions 55 to 66
Q is the son of R but R is not the mother. So. R is the father of Q. P is married to
R. So, P is the wife of R and the mother of Q X is the daughter of P and hence of
R and so she is the sisUr of Q. Y is the brother of R and Z is the brother of P.
55. (6): R is the husband of P and Z is the brother of P. So, Z is the brother-in-law of R
56. (a): R is the father of Q
57. (6): Clearly. Q is the son of P and X is the daughter of P. So, P has two children.
58. (6): There are two females only — mother P and daughter X.
59. (c): X is the sister of Q who is a male. So, Q is brother of X.
60. (c/): Clearly. Y is brother of R who is a male. So, Y and R are a pair of brothers.
Questions 61 to 65
C is the daughter-in-law of A who is the grandmother of P means C is the mother
of F But F is the son of B. So. B is C's husband. But C, the lawyer, is married to
the Doctor So, B is the Doctor. F, the Accountant, will be the son of B and C. E is
the unmarried Engineer. So, the other married couple can be that of grandmother
of F i t. A and D. But D. the Salesman, is married to the Lady Teacher. So, D, the
Salesman, is the grandfather of F. father of B and the husband of A, the Lady
Teacher.
61. (d): Clearly, from the given data, the relation between E and F cannot be determined.
61 (b): Clearly. B is the Doctor.
63. (b): A is the Lady Teacher,
64. (t): The two couples are C and B; and D and A which is none among the choices.
65. (a) : D is the grandfather of F.
Questions 66 to 70
Q, the Doctor, is the father of T. S. the Housewife, is the grandmother of T and
hence the mother of Q Since there are only two married couples one being that of
Q, the grandfather of R i.e. U must be married to S. Thus, R and T will be both
children of Q and these roust be the students So, P, who remains, shall be the wife
of Q and she alone can be the nurse. Thus, U must be the contractor.
66. Ic): The husband of P will be Q
67.<o): Clearly. R and T are children of same parents. So. R will be the sister of T.
68. (6): P is the nurse.
69. (6): The two married couples are Q, P and U, S.
70. (a): Clearly, for definite the males arc Q, the father and U, the grandfather
71. ( 6 ) : The mother of class B female belongs to class B. So. her father was born in daM A.
Thus, her fathers mother belonged to class A, and fathers father was born in clacs
B. So, the Grandfather belongs to class B and Grandmother belongs to class A.
Copyrighted material
t
Blood Relations
237
72. (c): The boy born in class B will marry a girl of class A. So. the daughter will belong to
class A. Thus, (a) is false.
Since the boy's daughter will belong to class A, she would marry a boy of class B
and so the son-in-law would be from class B So, (6) is false.
The boy, born in class B. will have mother born in class B and father born in class
A. So, his uncle (i.e. mothers brother or father's brother) can be from class A or B.
So, (c) is true.
73. (a): A girl of class B will have mother born in class B and so the mother's brother will
also belong to class B. Since people of any class cannot marry the members of their
own class, so the condition in (a) is not permissible.
TYPE 3 : CODED RELATIONS
In such questions, the relationships are represented by certain codes or symbols
such as +,
x, -r,
• etc. Then relationships between certain persons, given in
the form of these codes, are to be analysed.
E x . 1.
If A + B means A is the sister of B\ A - B means A is the brother of B\ A x B
means A is the daughter of B, which of the following shows the relation t h a t
E is the maternal uncle of I) ?
(a) D + F x E
(6) D - F x E
(c)DxF + E
(e) None of these.
(d) DxF-E
Clearly, E is the maternal uncle of D means D is the daughter of the sister
(say F) of E i.e. D x F + E.
Hence, the answer is (c).
E x . 2. Read the following information carefully and answer the questions
that follow :
A 4 B means A is the son of B: A - B means A is the wife of B; A x B means
A is the brother of B; A + B means A is the mother of B and A = B means A
in the sister of B.
Sol.
1. W h a t
(a) Q
(c) Q
2. W h a t
(a) P
(c) P
3. W h a t
(a) P
1 0 (c) P
4. What
(a) P
(c) Q
does P + R - Q mean
is the father of P.
is the uncle of P.
does P x R + Q mean
is the brother of R.
is the uncle of Q.
does P= R + Q mean
is the aunt of Q.
is the niece of Q.
does P= R + Q mean
is the aunt of Q.
is the niece of P.
?
(ft) Q is the son of P.
(d) Q is the brother of P.
?
(h) P is the father of Q
(d) P is the nephew of Q.
?
(ft) P is the daughter of Q.
(d) P is the sister of Q.
?
(ft)
(rf)
P is the sister of Q.
Q is the daughter of P.
Solution :
1. Clearly, P + R - Q means P is the son of R who is the wife of Q i.e. Q is the father of P.
Hence, the answer is (a).
2. P x R + Q means P is the brother of R who is the mother of Q i.e. P is the uncle of Q.
So, the answer is (c).
Copyrighted material
»
Reasoning
238
3.
4.
P=
So,
P=
So,
R + Q means P is the sister of R who is the son of Q Le. P is the daughter of Q.
the answer is (6).
R + Q means P is the sister of R who is the mother of Q i.e. P is the aunt of Q.
the answer is ia).
EXERCISE 5C ]
1. P + Q means P is the brother of Q; P - Q means P is the mother of Q and P x Q
means P is the sister of Q. Which of the following means M is thejnaternal uncle
of R ?
(a) M + K + R
(6) M - R + K
(c) M + K - R
id) M + K x R
(e) None of these
2. If A + B means A is the brother of B; A+ B means A is the father of B and
A x B means A is the sister of B% which of the following means M is the uncle
of P ?
(8.B.IJP.O. 1997)
(a) N x P 4- M
(b) M + S + R • P
(c) M • N x P
(d) M + K + T x P
(e) None of these.
Directions IQuestions 3 to 5): Read the following information and answer
the questions givei below it :
A + B means A is the daughter of B; A x B means A is the son of B and A - B
means A is the wife of B.
3. If P x Q - S, which of the following is true ?
ia) S is wife of Q
(b) S is father of P
(c) P is daughter of Q
id) Q is father of P
(e) None of these
4. If T - S x B - M, which of the following is not true ?
(a) B is mother of S
(b) M is husband of B
ic) T is wife of S
(d) S is daughter of B
(e) S is son of B
5. I f Z x T - S x U + P, what is U to Z.
ia) Mother
(b) Grandmother
ic) Father
(d) Can't be determined
(e) None of these.
6. P x Q means P is the sister of Q\ P + Q means P is the father of Q; P - Q means
P is the mother of Q. Which of the following means S is the aunt of T ?
(a) T x M + S
(6) S + T x M
(c)SxMtT
(d)SxM-fR-T
(e) None of these
(B.S.R.B. 1997)
7. If A + B means A is the son of B\ A - B means A is the husband of B; A x B
means A is the sister of B, then which of the following shows the relation Q is
the maternal uncle of P ?
(a) P + B - R x Q
(6) P - B + R x Q
(c)P + B x R - Q
(rf) P x B - R + Q
(e) None of these
8. If A * B means A is the mother of B; A + B means A is the brother of B\ A x B
means A is the son of B and A - B means A is the daughter of B, which of the
following means C is the niece of D 1
(a)D~C
(b)DxP-C
(c)C-P*D
(rf)P + D + C
(e)D-P-rC
9. If X o Y means X is the wife of Y; X • Y means X is the son of Y and X • Y
means X is the sister of Y % which of the following would mean t h a t A is the
daughter of B ?
Copyrighted material
4
Blood Relations
(a) A * C • D o B
(d)
A • C * D o B
239
(6) A o C • D • B
( c ) A O C o D ' B
(e) None of these
Directions (Questions 10 to 12) : Study the information given below and
answer the questions that follow :
A + B means A is the daughter of B\ A - B means A is the husband of B; A x B
means A is the brother of B.
10. If P + Q - R, which of the following is true ?
(a) R is the mother of P
(b) R is the sister-in-law of P
(c) R is the a u n t of P
(d) R is the mother-in-law of P
11. If P x Q + R, which of the following is true ?
(a) P is the brother of R
(b) P is the uncle of R
(c) P is the son of R
(d) P is the father of R
12. If P + Q x R, which of the following is true ?
(a) P is the niece of R
(b) P is the daughter of R
(c) P is the cousin of R
(d) P is the daughter-in-law of R
13. If (A) P + Q means P is the brother of Q,
(B) P x Q means P is the father of Q,
(C) P - Q means P is the sister of Q,
which of the following represents S is the niece of T ?
(a) T x M + S - K
(fc)K-SxMrT
(c)T + M x S - K
(d) T x S + M - K
(e) None of these
(Bank P.O. 1995)
14. To find out the answer to the above question, which of the statements can be
dispensed w i t h ?
(a) A only
(6) B only
(c) C only
(d) B or C only
(e) A l l are necessary
15. If P + Q means P is the husband of Q\ P + Q means P is the sister of Q and
P x Q means P is the son of Q, which of the following shows A is the daughter
of B ?
(Bank P.O. 1996)
(o) C x B + A
(6) B + C x A
(c)DxB + C + A
(d) A + D x B
(e) None of these
16. X - Z means X is the mother of Z; X x Z means X is the father of Z and X + Z
means X is the daughter ofZ. Now, if M - N x T + Q, than which of the following
is not t r u e ?
(B.8.R.B. 1998)
(a) T is N's daughter
(6) N is wife of Q
(c) M is mother-in-law of Q
(d) Q is wife of N
(e) T is granddaughter of M
Directions (Questions 17 to 24) : Read the following information carefully
and answer the questions given below it :
A + B means A is the father of B\ A - B means A is the wife of B\ A x B means
A is the brother of B\ A + B means A is the daughter of B.
17. If P + R
(o) P is
(c) P is
18. If P - R
(a) P is
(c) P is
+ S + Q. which of the following is true ?
the daughter of Q
(6) Q is the aunt of P
the aunt of Q
(d) P is the mother of Q
+ Q. which of the following statements is true ?
the mother of Q
(6) Q is the daughter of P
the aunt of Q
(d) P is the sister of Q
Copyrighted material
i
Reasoning
240
19. If P x R + Q, which of the following
(a) P is the uncle of Q
(c) P is the b r o t h s of ^
20. If P x R - Q, which of the following
(a) P is the brother-in-law of Q
(c) P is the uncle of Q
21. If P + R + Q. which of the following
(a) P is the brother Q
(c) P is the husband of Q
22. If P + R + Q. which of the following
(a) P is the father of Q
(c) P is the mother of Q
23. If P x R + Q, which of the following
(a) P is the uncle of Q
(c) P is the brother-in-law of Q
24. If P - R x Q, which of the following
(a) P is the sister of Q
(c) P is the sister-in-law of Q
statements is true ?
(b) P is the father of Q
(d) P is the son of Q
is true ?
(6) P is the brother of Q
(<i) P is the father of Q
is true ?
(6) P is the son of Q
(d)
P is the father of Q
is true ?
(b) P is the brother of Q
id) P is the sister of Q
is true ?
(6) P is the father of Q
(d) P is the grandfather of Q
is true ?
(b) Q is the husband of P
(d) Q is the son of P
ANSWERS
1. ic): M is the maternal uncle of R means M is the brother of the mother (say K) of R i.e.
N + K-R.
2. (rf): M is the uncle of P means M is the brother of the father (say K) of the sister (say
T) of P i.e. M • K + T x P.
3. (6): P x Q - S means P is the son of Q who is the wife of S i.e. P is the son of S or S is
the father of P.
4 .id) : T - S x B - M means T is the wife of S who is the son of B who is the wife of M Le.
T is the wife of the son of M (father) Le. T is the daughter-in-law of M. But as this
is not given in the choice, so the fact in (d) derived from S * B is true.
5. (6) : Z * T - S x U means Z is the son of T who is the wife of S who is the son of U i.e.
Z is the son of S who is the son of U Le. Z is the grandson of U or U is the grandmother or grandfather of Z. From the choice, (6) is true. T
6. (c): S is the aunt of T means S is the sister of the father (say M) of T Le. S x M • T.
7. ia): Q is the maternal uncle of P means P is the son
the sister of Q Le. P is the son
of the husband (say B) of the sister (say R) of Q U . ( P + B - R x Q).
8. (c) : C is the niece of D means C is the daughter of the brother (say P) of D Le. C - P + D.
9. id) : A is the daughter of B means A is the sister of the son (say C) of the wife (say D)
of B i.e. A • C • Do B.
10. ia) : P • Q - R means P is the daughter of Q who is the husband of R Le. R is Fs mother.
11 . ( c ) : P x Q + ft means P is the brother of Q who is the daughter of R i.e. P is the
son of R.
12. ia): P + QxR means P is the daughter of Q who is the brother of R Le. P is the niece
of R
13. ic): S is the niece of T means T is the brother of the father (say M) of S le. T • M x S.
14. ic): Clearly, statement ic) can be dispensed with while answering the above question.
15. i d ) : A is the daughter of B means A is the sister of the son (say D) of B i.e. A + D v B .
Copyrighted
rrttterial
Blood Relations
241
16 Ad): M - N x T + Q means M is the mother of N who is the father of T who is the daughter
of Q i.e. M is the grandmother of the daughter of Q i.e. M is the mother of Q. Since
this is not given in the choices, so the fact in (d) derived from N x T + Q is true.
17. (c): P + R + S + Q meana P is the daughter of R who is the father of S who is the father
of Q i.e. P is the sister of the father (S) of Q i.e. P is the aunt of Q.
18. (a): P - R + Q means P is the wife of R who is the father of Q i.e. P is the mother of Q.
19 Ad): P x R + Q means P is the brother of R who is the daughter of Q i.e. P is the son
of Q.
20Aa): P x R - Q means P is the brother of R who is the wife of Q i.e. P is the brother-in-law
of Q.
21. (c): P + R + Q means P is the father of R who is the daughter of Q i.e. P is the father
of R and Q is the mother of R i.e. P is the husband of Q.
22 Ad): P + R + Q means P is the daughter of R who is the father of Q Le. P is the sister of
Q
23. (o): P x R + Q means P is the brother of R who is the father of Q i.e. P is the uncle
of Q
24. (c): P - R x Q means P is the wife of R who is the brother of Q i.e. P is the sister-in-law
of Q.
Copyrighted material
6. PUZZLE TEST
This section comprises of questions put in the form of puzzles involving certain
number of items, be it persons or things. The candidate is required to analyse the
given information, condense it in a suitable form and answer the questions asked.
The questions on Puzzle Test may be of any of the following types :
I. Classification Type Questions
II. Seating/Placing Arrangements
III.
IV.
V.
VI.
Comparison Type Questions
Sequential order of things
Selection based on given conditions
Questions involving family members — their retetionship, their professions,
their preferences etc.
VII. Jumbled up Problems
TYPE 1 : CLASSIFICATION TYPE QUESTIONS
This type consists of questions in which certain items belonging to different groups
or possessing different qualities are given along with some clues with the help of
which the candidate is required to group and analyse the given items and answer
the questions accordingly.
Ex. 1. Read the following information carefully and answer the questions that follow :
There are six cities A, B, C, D, E and F.
A is not a hill station.
B and E are not historical places.
D is not an industrial city.
A and D are not historical cities.
A and B are not alike.
1. Which two cities are industrial centres ?
(a) A and B
(6) E and F
(c) C and D
(d) B and F (e) A and D
2. Which two cities are historical places ?
(a) A and C (6) B and F
(c) C and F
(d) B and E (e) A and D
3. Which two cities are hill stations ?
(a) A and B
(b) C and A
(c) B and D
id) A and F (e) None of these
4. Which city is a hill station and an industrial centre but not a historical place ?
ia) E
<6)F
(c) A
id) B
(e) C
5. Which two cities are neither historical places nor industrial centres ?
(a) A and B (6) D and E
(c) F and C
id) B and D (e) None of these
242
Copyrighted material
Puzzle Test
243
Solution : The given information can be analysed as follows :
A
„
Historical
X
Industrial
V
Hill Stations
1
B
C
X
X
s<
>r
D
E
F
X
X
X
yj
V
V
V
V
Since A and B are not alike and because A is industrial, B cannot be industrial but only
a hill station. So, we put a cross for B across Industrial.
1. Clearly. A. C, E and F are Industrial Centres. So, the answer is (6).
2. Clearly. C and F are Historical places. So, the answer is (c).
3. Clearly. B. C. D. E and F are Hill stations. So, the answer is (c).
4. E alone is a Hill station and an Industrial centre but not a Historical place. So, the
answer is (a).
5. B and D are neither Historical places nor Industrial centres. So, the answer is (d).
Ex. 2. Read the following information carefully and answer the questions that follow :
(i) Five friends P, Q, R. S and T travelled to five different cities of Chennai,
Calcutta, Delhi, Bangalore and Hyderabad by five different modes of transport
of Bus. Train, Aeroplane, Car and Boat from Mumbai.
(it) The person who travelled to Delhi did not travel by boat,
(ill) R went to Bangalore by car and Q went to Calcutta by aeroplane.
(it>) S travelled by boat whereas T travelled by train.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
(v) Mumbai is not connected by bus to Delhi and Chennai. (Bank P.O. 1995)
Which of the following combinations of person and mode is not correct ?
(a) P — Bus
(6) Q — Aeroplane
(c) R — Car
(d) S — Boat
(e) T — Aeroplane
Which of the following combinations is true for S ?
(a) Delhi — Bus
(6) Chennai — Bus
(c) Chennai — Boat
(d) Data inadequate
(e) None of these
Which of the following combinations of place and mode is not correct ?
(a) Delhi — Bus
(6) Calcutta — Aeroplane
(c) Bangalore — Car
(d) Chennai -4- Boat
(e) Hyderabad — Bus
The person travelling to Delhi went by which of the following modes ?
(a) Bus
(6) Train
(c) Aeroplane
(d) Car
(e) Boat
Who among the following travelled to Delhi ?
(a) R
(6) S
(c) T
(d) Data inadequate
(e) None of these
Solution : The given information can be analysed as follows :
(A) Mode of Transport : R travels by Car, Q by Aeroplane, 6 by Boat and T by Train.
Now, only P remains. So, P travels by Bus.
(B) Place of Travel : R goes to Bangalore, Q to Calcutta. Now, bus transport is not
available for Delhi of Chennai. So, P who travels by Bus goes to Hyderabad. S travels
by boat and hence, by (ii), did not go to Delhi. So, S goes to Chennai. Now, only T
remains. So, T goes to Delhi.
\
Copyrighted material
i
i
Reasoning
244
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Clearly,
Clearly,
Clearly,
Clearly,
Clearly,
Place
Mode
p
Hyderabad
Bus
Q
R
Calcutta
Aeroplane
Bangalore
Car
S
Chennai
Boat
T
Delhi
Train
t
the incorrect combination ia T — Aeroplane. So. the answer is (*).
the correct combination for S is Chennai — Boat. So, the answer is (c).
the incorrect combination is Delhi — Bus. So, the answer is (a).
T travelled to Delhi by Train. So, the answer is (6).
T travelled to Delhi. So, the answer is (c).
EXERCISE 6A
D i r e c t i o n s (Questions 1 to 5): Read the following information and answer
the questions based on it :
(Bank P.O. 1996)
In a school, there were five teachers. A and B were teaching H i n d i and English.
C and B were teaching English and Geography. D and A were teaching Mathematics
and H i n d i . E and B were teaching History and French.
1. Who among the teachers was teaching m a x i m u m number of subjects ?
(a) A
(b) B
(c) C
(d) D
(e) E
2. W h i c h of the following pairs was teaching both Geography and H i n d i ?
(a) A and B
(6) B and C (c) C and A
(d) D and B
(e) None of these
3. More t h a n two teachers were teaching which subject ?
(a) History
(b) H i n d i
(c) French
(d) Geography (e) Mathematics
4. D, B and A were teaching which of the following subjects ? »
(a) English only
(6) H i n d i and English
(c) H i n d i only
(d) English and Geography (e) Mathematics and H i n d i
5. Who among the teachers was teaching less t h a n two subjects ?
(a) A
(6) B
(c) D
(d) Data inadequate (e) There is no such teacher
D i r e c t i o n s ( Q u e s t i o n s 6 to 10) : Study the following information carefully
and answer the questions that follow :
(MLB.A. 1997)
M a d h u and Shobha are good in Dramatics and Computer Science.
A n j a l i and M a d h u are good in Computer Science and Physics.
A i \ j a l i , Poonam and Nisha are good in Physics and History.
Nisha and Aryali are good in Physics and Mathematics.
Poonam and Shobha are good in History and Dramatics.
6. Who is good in Computer Science, History and Dramatics ?
(a) A n j a l i
(b) M a d h u
(c) Shobha
(d) Nisha
7. Who is good in Physics, Dramatics and Computer Science ?
(a) Shobha
(6) Poonam
(c) M a d h u
(d) A n j a l i
8. Who is good in Physics, History and Dramatics ?
(a) Poonam
(6) Shobha
(c) M a d h u
•
/ i
<*
(d) A n j a l i
Copyrighted material
4
I
Puzzle Test
245
9. Who is good in History, Physics, Computer Science and Mathematics ?
(a) Poonam
(6) Nisha
(c) Madhu
(d) Ai\jali
10. Who is good in Physics, History and Mathematics but not in Computer Science ?
(a) Madhu
(b) Poonam
(c) Nisha
(d) Anjali
11. Ravi is not wearing white and Ajay is not wearing blue. Ravi and Sohan
wear different colours. Sachin alone wears red.
(Central Excise. 1992)
What is Sohan's colour, if all four of them are wearing different colours ?
(a) Red
(6) Blue
(c) White
(d) Can't say
Direction* {Questions 12*13) : Study the following information and answer
the questions given below it :
(i) Kailash, Govind and Harinder are intelligent.
(ii) Kailash, Rajesh and .Jitendra are hard-working.
(iii) Rajesh, Harinder and Jitendra are honest.
(iv) Kailash, Govind and Jitendra are ambitious.
12. Which of the following persons is neither hard-working nor ambitious ?
(a) Kailash
(6) Govind
(c) Harinder
(d) Rajesh
(e) None of these
13. Which of the following persons is neither honest nor hard-working but is ambitious ?.
(a) Kailash
(6) Govind
(c) Rajesh
(d) Harinder (<?) None of these
Directions (Questions 14 to 17): Read the following information and answer
the questions that follow :
(Railways, 1993)
Four youngmen Raj, Prem, Ved and Ashok are friendly with four girls Sushma,
Kusum, Vimla and Poonam. Sushma and Vimla are friends. V^d's girl friend does
not Tike Sushma and Vimla. Kusum does not care for Ved. Prem's girl friend is
friendly with Sushma. Sushma does not like luy.
14. Who is R^j's girl friend ?
(a) Sushma
(b) Kusum
(c) Vimla
(d) Poonam 15. With whom is Sushma friendly ?
(a) R^j
(6) Prem
(c) Ved
(d) Ashok
16. Who is Poonam's boy friend ?
(a) Ashok
(6) Ved
(c) Prem
(d) Rfy
17. Who does not like Sushma and Vimla ?
(a) Poonam
(6) Raj
(c) Ashok
(d) Ved
18. In a cricket season, India defeated Australia twice. West Indies defeated India
twice, Australia defeated West Indies twice, India defeated New Zealand twice
and West Indies defeated New Zealand twice. Which country , has lost most
number of times ?
(a) India
(6) Australia
(c) New Zealand
(d) West Indies
(I. Tax & Central Excise, 1992)
Directions (Questions 19 to 21): Read the following information and answer
the questions given below it :
Six students A, B, C, D, E and F are sitting in the field. A and B are from Nehru
House while the rest belong to Gandhi House D and F are tall while the others are
short. A, C and D are wearing glasses while \h< others are not.
19. Which two students, who are not weari !; Masses are short ?
(a) A and F
(6) C and E
(c) B an i f
(d) E and F
(e) None of these
Copyrighted mate
I
I
Reasoning
246
20. W h i c h short student of Gandhi House is not wearing glasses ?
ia) F
ib) E
(c) B
(d) A
(e) Data inadequate
21. W h i c h t a l l student of Gandhi House is not wearing glasses ?
ia) B
ib) C
(c) E
(d) F
(e) None of these
22. Six students A, B, C, D f E and F are s i t t i n g in the field. A and B are from
Delhi while the rest are from Bangalore. D and F are t a l l while others are short.
A, C and D are girls while others are boys. Which is the tall g i r l from Bangalore ?
ia) C
(6) D
(c) E
id) F
(L Tax & Central Excise, 1996)
23. On a shelf are placed six volumes side-by-side labelled A, B, C, D, E and F.
' B, C, E, F haye green covers while others have yellow covers. A, D, B are new
volumes while the rest are old volumes. A % C, B are law reports while the rest
are medical extracts. Which two volumes are old medical extracts and have
green covers ?
(Assistant Grade, 1996)
ia) B, C
ib) C, D
ic) C, E
id) E, F
D i r e c t i o n s iQuestions 24 to 28): Read the following informcUion carefully
'and answer the questions given below it:
There are six s persons A, B, C, D, E and F in a school. Each of the teachers
teaches two subjects, one compulsory subject and the other optional subject. D's
optional subject was History while three others have it as compulsory subject. E and
F have Physics as one of their subjects. F's compulsory subject is Mathematics which
is an optional subject of both C and E. History and English are A's subjects b u t in
terms of compulsory and optional subjects, they are j u s t reverse of those of D's.
Chemistry is an optional subject of only one of them. The only female teacher in the
school has English as her compulsory subject.
24. What is Cs compulsory subject ?
ia) History
ib) Physics
ic) Chemistry
25. Who is a female member in the group ?
id) English
(e) Mathematics
ia) A t
ib) B . v
ic) C
id) D
ie) E
26. Which of the foliowintrvhas same compulsory and optional subjects as those of Ps ?
(a) D
ib) B
ic) A
id) C
ie) None of these
27. Disregarding which is the compulsory and which is the optional subject, who
has the same I w o subject combination a s ' F ?
(a) A
ib) B
(c) E
id) D
ie) None of these
28. Which of the following groups has History as the compulsory subject ?
ia) A. C, D
ib) B, C, D
(c) C, D
id) A. B. C
ie) A, D
D i r e c t i o n s (Questions 29 to 32) : Read the following information carefully
and answer the questions that follow :
(Bank P.O. 1996)
ii) Jayant, Kamal, Namita, Asha and Tanmay are five members of a family,
(ii) They have their b i r t h dates from January to May, each member in one of
these months.
iiii) Each one likes one particular i t e m for his/her birthday out of Bengali
Sweets, Chocolates, Pastries, Ice Cream and Dry Fruits,
(ii;) The one who likes Pastries is born in the month which is exactly middle
in the months given.
Copyrighted material
4
I
I
t
Puzzle Test
247
Asha does not like Ice cream but brings Chocolates for Jayant in February.
Tanmay who is fond of Bengali sweets is born in the next month immediately
after Namita.
(vii) Namita does not like Dry fruits or Ice cream.
29. What is the choice of Asha ?
(a) Pastries
(6) Dry fruits
(c) Bengali sweets
(d) Cannot be determined
(e) None of these
30. Which combination of month and item is true for Jayant ?
(a) March — Pastries
(b) February — Pastries (c) February — tee cream
(d) Cannot be determined
(e) None of these
31. What is the choice of Kamal ?
(a) Ice cream
(b) Bengali sweets
(c) Dry fruits
(id) Cannot be determined
(e) None of these
32. In which month was Kamal born ?
(a) January
(6) May
(c) January or May
(rf) Data inadequate
(e) None of these
D i r e c t i o n s (Questions 33 to 37) : Read the following information carefully
and answer the questions that follow :
(S.B.I.P.O.1997)
(i) P. Q, R, S, T and U are six students procuring their Master's degree in six
different subjects — English, History, Philosophy, Physics, Statistics and
Mathematics.
(ii) Two of them stay in hostel, two stay as paying guest (PG) and the remaining
two stay at their home.
(iii) R does not stay as PG and studies Philosophy.
(iv) The students studying Statistics and History do not stay as PG.
(v) T studies Mathematics and S studies Physics.
(ui) U and S stay in hostel. T stays as PG and Q stays at home.
33. Who studies English ?
(a) R
(6) S
(c) T
(d) U
(e) None of these
34. Which of the following combinations of subject and place of stay is not correct ?
(a) English — Hostel
(b) Mathematics — PG
(c) Philosophy — Home
(d) Physics — Hostel
(e) None of these
35. Which of the following pairs of students stay one each at hostel and at home ?
(a) QR
(6) SR
(c) US
(d) Data inadequate
(e) None of these
36. Which subject does Q study ?
(a) History
(6) Statistics
(c) History or Statistics
(d) Data inadequate
(e)
None
of
these
%
37. Which of the following pairs of students stay at home ?
:
(a) PQ
(6) QR
(c) RS
(d) ST
(e) None of these
D i r e c t i o n s (Questions 38 to 42) : Study the following information and
answer the questions given below it :
(Stenographer's Exam, 1994)
Rohit, Kunal, Ashish and John are students of a school. Three of them stay far
frbm the school and one near it. Two study in class IV, one in class V and one in
class VI. They study Hindi, Mathematics, Social Science and Science. One is good
at all the four subjects while another is weak in all of these. Rohit stays far from
the school and is good at Mathematics only while Kunal is weak in Mathematics
(v)
(vi)
Copyrighted material
Reasoning
248
only and stays close to the school. Neither of these two nor Ashish studies in class
V I . One who is good at all the subjects studies in class V.
38. Name the boy who is good at all the subjects.
(a) Rohit
(b) K u n a l
(c) Ashish
(d) John
39. Name the boy who is weak in all the subjects.
(a) Rohit
(6) K u n a l
(c) Ashish
(cf) John
40. Which two boys are good at H i n d i ?
(a) Rohit and K u n a l
(6) Kunal and Ashish
(c) Ashish and John
(d) John and Rohit
41. Which two boys are good at Mathematics ?
(a) Rohit and Ashish
(6) K u n a l and Ashish
(c) John and Ashish
(cf) Rohit and John
42. Other t h a n Rohit and the boy good at all the subjects, who else stays far from
the school ?
(a) Rohit
(6) K u n a l
(c) Ashish
(d) John
D i r e c t i o n s (Questions 43 to 46) : Study the given information carefully
and answer the questions that follow :
(Bank P.O. 1997)
(i) There are six friends A, B, C, D f E and F.
(«) Each one is proficient in one of the games, namely Badminton, Volleyball,
Cricket, Hockey, Tennis and Polo.
( i i i ) Each owns a different coloured car, namely yellow, green, black, white, blue
'
and red.
(ii/) D plays Polo and owns a yellow coloured car.
(t>) C does not play either Tennis or Hockey and owns neither blue nor yellow
coloured car.
(vi) E owns a white car and plays Badminton.
(vii) B does not play Tennis, he owns a red coloured car.
(viu) A plays Cricket and owns a black car.
43. Who plays Volleyball ?
(a) B
(b) C
(c) F
ict) Data inadequate
(e) None of these
44. Which coloured car F owns ?
(a) Green
(cf) Data inadequate
(6) Blue
(e) None of these
(c) Either Green or Blue
45. W h i c h of the following combinations of colour of car and game played is not
correct ?
(a)"Yellow — Polo
(b) Green — Tennis
(c) Black — Cricket
(<d) Red — Hockey
(e) None of these
46. In a group of six women, there are four dancers, four vocal musicians, one
actress and three violinists. Girija and Varnga are among the violinists while
Jalaja and Shaijja do not know how to play on the violin. Shailja and Taniya are
among the dancers. Jalaja, Vanaja, Shailja and Tanuja are all vocal musicians
and two of them are also violinists. If Pooja is an actress, who among the following is both a dancer and a violinist ?
(IJLS. 1993)
(a) Jalaja
(6) Shailja
(c) Taniya
(d) Pooja
Copyrighted
rrttterial
Puzzle Test
249
ANSWERS
Questions 1 to 5
The given information may be analysed as under :
•
1
English
Hindi
Geography
Mathematics
\
V
>/
V
A
V
V
V
B
C
-
History
French
j
V
•
V
V
V
V
D
E
V
V
1. (6): Ef teaches maximum number of subjects i.e. 5.
2. (*): Only B teaches both Hindi and Geography.
3. (6): Three teachers were teaching Hindi - A , B and D.
4. (c): D. B and A were teaching Hindi.
5. le): None of the teachers was teaching less than two subjects.
Questions 6 to 10
The given information can be analysed as under :
i
Madhu
Shobha
Anjali
Poonam
Nisha
Dramatics
V
V
Physic*
V
Computer Sc.
V
V
V
History
V
V
V
V
V
-J
V
Mathematics
V
6. (c): Shobha is good in Computer Science. History and Dramatics.
7. (c): Madhu is good in Physics. Dramatics and Computer Science.
8. (a): Poonam is good in Physics. History and Dramatics.
9. id): Anjali is good in History, Physics, Computer Science and Mathematics.
10. ic): Nisha is good an Physics, History and Mathematics but not in Computer Science.
11. id) : The fourth colour and some more information are required.
Questions 12-13
We may prepare a table as under :
Intelligent
1,
[
Kailash
Govind
Harinder
R^esh
Jitendra ,
Hard-working
V
V
V
V
1
Honest
Ambitious
V
V
V
V
V
12. (c): Harinder is neithor hard-working nor ambitious.
13. (6) : Govind is ambitious but neither honest nor hard-working.
Questions 14 to 17
Sushma and Vimla are friends and Prem's girl friend is friendly with Sushma. This means
that Prem's girl friend is Vimla.
Copyrighted material
Reasoning
250
Ved's girl friend does not like Sushma and Vimla. So, she is either Kusum or Poonam.
But Kusum does not care for Ved. So, Ved's girl friend is Poonam.
Sushma does not like Raj. So, Rig's girl friend is Kusum.
Clearly, Ashok's girl friend is Sushma.
14. ib): R^j's girl friend is Kusum
15. (d) : Sushma is friendly with Ashok.
16. (6) : Poonam s boy friend is Ved.
17. (a) : Ved's girl friend i.e., Poonam docs not like Sushma and Vimla.
18. (c) : Australia was defeated twice by India.
India was defeated twice by West Indies.
West Indies was defeated twice by AustraliaNew Zealand was defeated twice by India and twice by West Indies i.e. 4 times in all.
Questions 19 to 21
We may prepare a table as under :
Nehru House
Gandhi House
Tall
V
A
B
V
V
V
V
C
D
E
F
Short
Glasses
V
V
v
No glasses
V
V
V
V
V
<
19. (c): B and E are short and not wearing glasses.
20. (6) : E belongs to Gandhi House, is short and does not wear glasses.
21. (d) : F belongs to Gandhi House, is tall and is not wearing glasses.
Delhi
22. (b)
Bangalore
Tall
A
B
C
D
-
E
F
V
V
V
Short
Girl*
V
V
V
V
Boys
V
V
V
V
V
V
>1
Clearly, D is the tall girl from Bangalore.
23.
Green
Cover
(d)
A
B
C
D
E
F
V
V
Yellow
Cover
New
Volume
-
Old
Volume
V
V
Medical
Extracts
V
<
•V
V
V
Law
Reports
V
V
V
V
!
Clearly. E and F are old volumes which have green covers and are medical extracts.
Copyrighted material
Reasoning
267
Questions 33 to 37
(I) T stays as PG; S stays in hostel.
U stays in hostel and Q stays at home.
Now, R does not stay as PG. So, P stays as PG.
Clearly. R stays at home.
(II) S studies Physics; R studies Philosophy and T studies Mathematics. Now. P who
stays as PG does not study Statistics or History. So, P studies English.
Place of stay
p
Q
R
S
T
U
Subject
English
Statistics or History
Philosophy
Physics
Mathematics
Statistics or History
PG
Home
Home
Hostel
PG
Hostel
7i
33. (e): P studies English.
34. (a) : Clearly the incorrect combination is English — Hostel
35. (6): S stays in hostel and R stays at home.
36. (c): Q studies History or Statistics.
37. (6): Q and R stay at home.
Questions 38 to 42
(I) Kunal stays close to school So, the other three — Rohit, Ashish and John stay far
from the school.
(II) Rohit, Kunal and Ashish do not study in class VI. So. John studies in class VI.
*
Rohit and Kunal are not good at all subjects and John is in class VI. So, Ashish is
good at all subjects and studies in class V.
Clearly, Rohit and Kunal study in class IV.
(III) Rohit is good at Mathematics. Kunal is weak in Mathematics. Ashish is good at all
the subjects. Clearly. John is weak in all the subjects.
Stay
Class
IV
Rohit
Far
Kunal
Close
IV
Ashish
Far
V
John
Far
VI
Good at
Mathematics
Hindi. Science.
Social Science
All subjects
Weak in
Hindi, Science,
Social Science
Mathematics
All subjects
38. (c): Ashish is good at all the subjects.
39. (d) : John is weak in all the subjects.
,
40. (6): Kunal and Ashish are good at Hindi
41. (a) : Rohit and Ashish are good at Mathematics.
42. (d) : Other than Rohit and Ashish. John stays far from school.
Questions 43 to 45
(I) D plays Polo; E plays Badminton; A plays Cricket. C does not plav Tennis or Hockey.
So, C plays Volleyball.
B does not play Tennis. So. he plays Hockey. Clearly, F plays Tennis.
Copyrighted material
Puzzle Test
268
Questions 24 to 28
The given information can be analysed as follows :
Let 'O' denote optional and
denote compulsory.
History
A
B
c
D
E
F
C
C
c
0
-
-
—
—
—
C
o
—
0
0
c
Physics
<
Mathematics
—
English
O
-
-
c
-
-
Chemistry
-
0
-
-
-
-
One compulsory subject of F is Mathematics. F has Physics as one of the subjects. So,
Physics is optional of F. F has Mathematics as optional and Physigp as one subject.
So. Physics is the compulsory subject of E. A and D have the same subjects — History
and English. D has History as optional subject and so English is the compulsory subject of ,
D. Subjects of A and D are reverse in regard of optional and compulsory.
So, A has History as compulsory subject and English as optional.
Chemistry is the optional subject of only one teacher. So, it is the optional of B, which
only remains.
We know that History is the compulsory subject of three teachers. So, it is compulsory
for A, B and C.
D is the teacher having English as her compulsory subject.
So. D is the only female teacher.
24. (a): C's compulsory subject is History.
25. (rf): D is the only female teacher.
26. (e): E has same subjects as those of F but the compulsory and optional subjects of E are
reverse of those of F. So, the answer is 'none of these'.
27. (c): Clearly, E has the same subject combination as that of F.
28. (c/l : A, B and C have History as the compulsory subject.
Questions 29 to 32
(I) Choice : Jayant likes Chocolates; Tanmay likes Bengali sweets. Namita does not
like Dry fruits or Ice cream. So, Namita likes Pastries. Asha does not like Ice cream.
So, she is fond of Dry fruits. Finally, Kamal likes Ice cream.
(II) Date of B i r t h : The one who likes Pastries i.e., Namita is born in the middle of
months given i.e., in March. Tanmay is born in next month after NamitaJ.e., in
April. Jayant*s birthday is in February.
29. (d) :
30. (e):
31. (a):
32. (c):
1
Choice
Date of birth
I Jayant
Chocolates
February
Kamal
Ice cream
January or May
Namita
Pastries
March
Asha
Dry fruits ^
January or May
Tanmay
Bengali sweets
April
The choice of Asha is Dry fruits.
The correct combination for Jayant is February — Chocolates.
The choice of Kamal is Ice cream.
Kamal was born in January or May.
Copyrighted material
Puzzle Test
253
i l l ) D has yellow car; E has white car; B has a red car; A has a black car.
Now, C does not have a blue car. So, colour of C's car is green.
Clearly, F owns a blue car.
V
43. ib):
44. (6):
45. (6):
46. (c):
Game
Colour of Car
A
Cricket
Black
B
Hockey
Red
C
Volleyball
Green
D
Polo
Yellow
E
Badminton
White
F
Tennis
Blue
C plays Volleyball.
F owns a blue car.
Clearly, the incorrect combination is Green — Tennis.
The four vocal musicians and one actress in the group are given. Two dancers are
Shailja and Taniya. Two violinists are Girija and Vanaja. Since Jalaja and Shai^a
cannot be violinists, so, remaining two violinists are Tanuja and Pooja. Clearly, Tanuja is both a violinist and a dancer.
T Y P E 2 : SEATING/PLACING A R R A N G E M E N T S
In this type of questions, some clues regarding seating or placing sequence (linear
or circular) of some persons or items is given. The candidate is required to form the
proper sequence using these clues and answer the questions accordingly.
E x . 1. Read the following information carefully and answer the questions
given below :
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Six persons A, B, C, D, E and F are s i t t i n g in two rows, three in each.
E is not at the end of any row.
D is second to the left of F.
C, t h e neighbour of E, is s i t t i n g diagonally opposite to D.
B is the neighbour of F.
Which of t h e following are s i t t i n g diagonally opposite to each other ?
ia) F and C
(b) D and A
(c) A and C
(d) A and F
(e) A and B
Who is facing B ?
ia) A
ib) C , .
<c)D
(cf) E
(e) F
W h i c h of the following are in the same row ?
(a) A and E
(6) E and D
(c) C and B
id) A and B
(e) C and E
W h i c h of the following are in one of the two rows ?
ia) FBC
ib) CEB
(c) D B F
(d) A E F
(e) A B F
A f t e r interchanging seat w i t h E, who w i l l be the neighbours of D in the new
position ?
ia) C and A
(6) F and B
(c) Only B
id) Only A
ie) Only C
Solution : The given information can be analysed as follows :
i E is not at end. So, E must be in the middle of one of the rows.
D is second to the left of F. So. order of the row must be D — F.
Copyrighted material
Reasoning
254
C is neighbour of E and ia sitting diagonally opposite to D means C is under F in the
other row i.e., D — F
— EC
B is the neighbour of F.
So, the arrangement must b e
D B F
A E C
1. Other than D and C (given), A and F are sitting diagonally opposite to each other, as
seen in the arrangement. So, the answer is (d).
2. Clearly, E is opposite to B in the other row. So, E is facing B and the answer is (d).
3. Clearly, from amongst the given alternatives, A and E are in the same row. So, the answer
is (a).
4. Clearly, from amongst the given alternatives, D, B and F are in the same row. So, the
answer is (c).
5. Clearly, neighbours of E are A and C. So, on interchanging the seat with E, the new
neighbours pf D will be A and C. So, the answer is (a).
E x . 2.
Eight books are kept one over the other. Counting from the top, the second,
fifth and sixth books are on Plays. Two books on Plays are between two books
on Composition. One book of Plays is between two books on Poetry while the
book at the top of the book of Literature is a book of Composition. Which
book is fourth from the top ?
(a) Plays
(6) Poetry'
(c) Composition
(d) Literature
Solution : We analyse the given information as follows :
Let C denote "Composition*, P denote 'Plays', Po denote 'Poetry' and L denote •Literature*.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
P
P
P
C
P
P
C
Po
P
Po
C
L
So, the arrangement becomes :
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Po
P
Po
C
P
P
C
Clearly, the fourth book from the top is on Composition. So, the answer is (c).
8
L
Ex. 3. Read the following information and answer the questions that follow :
(i)
(it)
Six friends A, B, C, D , E and F are sitting in a closed circle facing the centre,
E is to the left of D.
(iii) C is between A and B.
(iv) F is between E and A.
1. Who is to the left of B ?
(a) A
' (6) C
2. Who is to the r i g h t of C ?
(c) D
(d) E
(a) A
(b) B
(c) D
(d) E
3. Which of the above given statements is superfluous ?
(a) (i)
(b) (»i)
(c) (iii)
(d) (iv)
(e) None of these
(e) F
(e) None of these
Copyrighted
rrttterial
Puzzle Test
Solution : Clearly, in the circle the arrangement is as shown :
1. <c): Clearly. D is to the left of B.
2. (a): Clearly. A is to the right of C.
3. (r): Since all the statements are necessary to determine
the arrangement, none of them is superfluous.
o
255
D
EXERCISE 6B
1. Four girls are sitting on a bench to be photographed. Shikha is to the left of
Reena. Mai\ju is to the right of Reena. Rita is between Reena and Manju. Who
would be second from the left in the photograph ?
(Bank P.O. 1994)
(a) Reena
ib) Shikha
(c) Mapju
(d) Rita
2. There are five different houses, A to E, in a row. A is to the right of B and E
is to the left of C and right of A. B is to the right of D. Which of the houses is
1
in the middle ?
N (C-B.I. 1995)
(a) A
(6) B
'
(c) D
id) E
3. In a March Past, seven persons are standing in a row. Q is standing left to R
but right to P. O is standing right to N and left to P. Similarly, S is standing
right to R and left to T. Find out who is standing in the middle,
(a) P
(6) Q
(c) R
(«d) O
(Assistant Grade, 1996)
4. Five children are sitting in a row. S is sitting next to P but not T. K is sitting
next to R who is sitting on the extreme left and T is not sitting next to K. Who
are sitting adjacent to S ?
(a) K and P
(6) R and P
(c) Only P ,
(d) P and T
(e) Insufficient information
5. Five girls are sitting in a row. Rashi is not adjacent to Sulekha or Abha. Anuradha
is not adjacent to Sulekha: Rashi is adjacent to Monika. Monika is at the middle
in the row. Then. Anuradha is adjacent to whom out of the following ?
(a) Rashi
(6) Sulekha
(c) Abha
id) Monika
(e) Cannot be determined
Directions (Questions 6 to 8) : Read the following information carefully
and answer the questions given below it :
(Bank P.O. 1994)
(A) There are five friends.
(B) They are standing in a row facing South.
(C) Jayesh is to the immediate right of Alok.
(D) Pramod is between Bhagat and Subodh.
(E) Subodh is between Jayesh and Pramod.
6. Who is at the extreme left end ?
(a) Alok
(b) Bhagat
(c) Subodh
(d) Data inadequate
(e) None of these
7. Who is in the middle ?
(a) Bhagat
(6) Jayesh
(c) Pramod
(d) Subodh
(e) Alok
Copyrighted material
Reasoning
256
8. To find answers to the above two questions, which of the given statements can
be dispensed w i t h ?
(a) None
(ft) A only
(c) B only
(d) C only
(e) D only
9. Five persons A, B, C, D and E are s i t t i n g in a row facing you such t h a t D is
on the left of C and B is on the r i g h t of E. A is on the right of C and B is on
the left of D. If E occupies a corner position, then who is s i t t i n g in the centre ?
(a) A
(fc) B
(c) C
(id) D
(C.B.I. 1995)
D i r e c t i o n s (Questions 10 to 14) : Study the given information carvfutty
and answer the questions that follow :
( L . L C . 1994)
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(ii;)
A, B, C, D, E, F and G are sitting on a wall and all of them are facing east
C is on the immediate r i g h t of D.
B is at an extreme end and has E as his neighbour,
G is between E and F.
(v) D is s i t t i n g t h i r d from the south end.
10. Who is s i t t i n g to the right of E ?
11.
12.
(3.
14.
15.
(a) A
(6) C
(c) D
(d) F
(e) None of these
Which of the following pairs of people are s i t t i n g at the extreme ends ?
(a) AB
(b) AE
(c) CB
(d) FB
(e) Cannot be determined
Name the person who should change places w i t h C such t h a t he gets the t h i r d
place from the north end.
(a) E
(b) F
(c)G
(d) D
Immediately between which of the following pairs of people is D s i t t i n g ?
(a) AC
(6) AF
(c) CE
(d) CF
(e) None of these
Which of the conditions (i) to (v) given above is not required to f i n d out the
place in which A is s i t t i n g ?
(a) <i)
_ (6) (10
<c) (itt)
id) Afl are required
(e) None of these
In the Olympic Games, the flags of six nations were flown on the masts in the
following way :
(Assistant Grade, 1986)
The flag of America was to the left of Indian tricolour and to the right of the*
n a g of France. The flag of Australia was on the right of the Indian flag b u t was
to the left of the flag of Japan, which was to the left of the flag of China. F i n d
the two flags which are in the centre.
(a) India and Australia
(6) America and India
(c) Japan and Australia
(d) America and Australia
16. M r . A, Miss B, M r . C and Miss D are sitting around a table and discussing
their trades.
(1) M r . A sits opposite to cook.
(2) Miss B sits right to the barber.
(3) The washerman is on the left of t h e tailor.
(4) Miss D sits opposite Mr. C.
W h a t are the trades of A and B ?
(a) Tailor and Barber
(c) Barber and Cook
(6) Tailor and Cook
(d) Washerman and Cook
Copyrighted
rrttterial
Puzzle Test
257
17. Sitting in a row in front of a camera, Mr. X is on the left of the person sitting
in the centre but is on the right of Mr. Y. Mr. P is on the right of Mr. Z and
Mr. R is on the right of Mr. P. Mr. R is the second person from the person
sitting in the centre. Who is the person sitting in the centre ?
(C3.I. 19»S)
(a) Mr. X
(6) Mr. Y
(c) Mr. Z
(d) Mr. R
D i r e c t i o n s (Questions 18 to 22) : Study the given information carefully
and answer the questions that follow :
( U . T . I . 1093)
(i) Eleven students, A. B, C, D, E. F. G. H, I, J and K are sitting in the first
row of the class facing the teacher.
(ii) D who is to the immediate left of F is second to the right of C.
(iii) A is second to the right of E, who is at one of the ends.
(iu) J is the immediate neighbour of A and B and third to the left of G.
(i>) H is to the immediate left of D and third to the right of I.
18. Who is sitting in the middle of the row ?
(a) B
(b) C
(c) G
(d) I
(e) None of these
19. Which of the following groups of friends is sitting to the right of G ?
(a) CHDE
(6) CHDF
(c) IBJA
(d) ICHDF (e) None of these
20. Which of the following statements is true in the context of the above sitting
arrangements ?
(а) There are three students sitting between D and G.
(б) K is between A and J.
(c) B is sitting between J and I.
(d) G and C are neighbours sitting to the immediate right of H.
21. In the above sitting arrangement, which of the following statements is superfluous ?
(a) (i)
(b) (ii)
(c) (iii)
(d) (iv)
(e) None is superfluous
22. If E and D, C and B, A and H and K and F interchange their positions, which
of the following pairs of students is sitting at the ends ?
(a) D and E
(6) E and F
(c) D and K
(d) K and F
(e) None of these
D i r e c t i o n s {Question* 23 to 27) : Read the following information carefully
and answer the questions given below it:
(Bank P.O. 1996)
(i) Eight persons E, F, G, H, I, J, K and L are seated around a square table —
two on each side.
(«) There are three lady members and they are not seated next to each other.
(iii) J is between L and F.
(if) G is between I and F.
(v) H, a lady member, is second to the left of J.
(t>i) F. a male member is seated opposite E, a lady member,
(wi) There is a lady member between F and I.
23. Who among the following is seated between E and H ?
(a) F
(6) I
(d) Cannot be determined
(e) None of these
24. How many persons are seated between K and F ?
(a) One
•
(6) Two
(d) Cannot be determined
(e) None of these
(c) J
(c) Three
Copyrighted material
258
25. Who among the following are the three lady members ?
(a) E, G and J
(6) E, H and G
(d) Cannot be determined
(e) None of these
26. Who among the following is to the immediate left of F ?
Reasoning
(c) G, H and J
(a) G
(b) I
(c) J
(d) Cannot be determined
(e) None of these
27. W h i c h of the following is true about J ?
(a) J is a male member.
(6) J is a female member.
(c) Sex of J cannot be determined.
(d) Position of J cannot be determined.
(e) None of these
Directions (Questions 28-29): On the basis of the information given below,
answer questions 28-29.
(A) P, Q, R, S and T are s i t t i n g in a circle facing the centre.
(B) R is immediate left of T.
(C) P is between S and T.
28. Who is to the immediate left of R ?
(a) P
(6) Q
(c) S
(d) T
(e) Cannot be determined
29. To find the answer to the above question, which of the following statements can
be dispensed w i t h ?
(a) None
(6) B only
(c) C only
(d) B or C only
(e) None of these
30. Six friends A, B, C, D, E and F are s i t t i n g in a closed circle facing t h e centre.
A is facing D. C is between A and B. F is between E and A. Who is to t h e
immediate left of B ?
(I. Tax & Central Excise, 1996)
(a) A
(6) C
(c) D
id) E
D i r e c t i o n s (Questions 31*32) i Read the following information carefully
and answer the questions that follow :
(Bank P.O. 1995)
A, B, C, D, E and F are seated in a circle facing the centre. D is between F
and B. A is second to the left of D and second to the right of E.
31. Who is facing A ?
(a) B
(6) D
(c) F
(d) Either F or B
(e) None of these
32. Who among the following is facing D ?
(a) A
(b) C
(c) E
(d) Cannot be determined
(e) None of these
Directions : On the basis of the information given below9 answer questions
33-34.
(S.B.IJP.0.1995)
Eight friends A, B, C, D, E, F, G and H are s i t t i n g in a circle facing the centre.
B is s i t t i n g between G and D. H is t h i r d to the left of B and second to the right of
A. C is s i t t i n g between A and G and B and E are not s i t t i n g opposite to each other.
33. Who is t h i r d to the left of D ?
(a) A
(6) E
(c) F
(rf) Cannot be determined
(e) None of these
34. W h i c h of the following statements is not correct ?
( a ) C is t h i r d to the right of D.
(6) A is s i t t i n g between C and F.
Copyrighted
rrttterial
Puzzle Test
259
(c) D and A are sitting opposite of each other.
(d) E is sitting between F and D.
(e) E and C are sitting opposite of each other.
36. A group of eight members sit in a circle. D is between A and F and is opposite
to G. E is to the right of A but on the left of C, whose right hand neighbour is
G. B enjoys having H to his left and F to his right. Fiiyl the member who is
diagonally opposite to A.
(Central Excise* 1996)
(a) B
(b) F
(c) G
(d) H
D i r e c t i o n s (Questions 86 to 38) : Study the given information carefUUy
and answer the questions that follow :
(U.TJ. 1993)
(i) There are seven books one each on Psychology. Hindi, English. Sociology,
Economics, Education and Accountancy, lying on a table one above the other.
(ii) Sociology is on the top of all the books.
(iii) Accountancy is immediately below Education which is immediately below
Sociology.
(iv) Economics is immediately above Psychology but not in the middle.
(i») Hindi is immediately below Psychology.
36. Economics is between which of the following books ?
(a) Accountancy and Education
(6) Psychology and Hindi
(c) English and Psychology
(d) Psychology and Sociology
(e) None of these
37. Which three books are between Accountancy and Hindi ?
(а) English. Economics and Psychology
(б) Economics, Psychology and Education
(c) Economics, Psychology and Hindi
(d) Cannot be determined
(e) None of these
38. If Sociology and English, Accountancy and Hindi and Education and Psychology interchange their positions, which book will be between Psychology and Sociology ?
(a) Accountancy
(6) Psychology
(c) Hindi
(d) Economics
(e) None of these
39. In a shop, the items were arranged in a shelf consisting of six rows. Biscuits
are arranged a^ove the tins of chocolates but below the rows of packets of chips,
cakes are at the bottom and the bottles of peppermints are below the chocolates.
The topmost row had the display of jam bottles. Where exactly are the bottles
.
of peppermints ? Mention the place from the top.
(Central Excise, 1996)
(a) 2nd
(6) 3rd
(c) 4th
(d) 5th
40. In a pile of reading material, there are novels, story-books, dramas and comics.
Every novel has a drama next to it, every story-book has a comic next to it and
there is no story-book next to a novel. If there be a novel at the top and the
number of books be 40, the order of the books in the pile is :
(a) nscd
(6) ndsc
(c) csdn
(d) dncs
,
(Hotel Management, 1996)
D i r e c t i o n s (Questions 41-42) : The following questions are based on the
Information given below :
(S.B.IJP.O. 1996)
(i) Seven books are placed one above the other in a particular way.
Copyrighted material
Reasoning
260
History book is placed exactly above Civics book.
Geography book is fourth from the bottom and English book is fifth from
the top.
(ii>) There are two books in between Civics and Economics books.
41. How many books are there between Civics and Science books ? To answer this
question, which other extra information is required, if any, from the following ?
(a) There are two books between Geography and Science books.
(b) There are two books between Mathematics and Geography books.
(c) There is one book between English and Science books.
(d) The Civics book is before two books above Economics book.
(e) No other information is required.
42. Out of the following, which three books are kept above English book ? To answer
this question, which of the other informations, if any, is required ?
(а) The Economics book is between English and Science books.
(б) There are two books between English and History books.
(c) The Geography book is above English book.
(d) The Science book is placed at the top.
(e) No other information is required.
43. In a pile of 10 books, there are 3 of History, 3 of Hindi, 2 of Mathematics and
2 of English. Taking from above, there is an English book between a History
and Mathematics book, a History book between a Mathematics and an English
book, a Hindi book between an English and a Mathematics book, a Mathematics
book between two Hindi books and two Hindi books between a Mathematics
and a History book. Book of which subject is at the sixth position from the top ?
(a) English
(6) Hindi
(c) Mathematics
(d) History
Directions (Questions 44 to 48): Read the following information carefully
and answer the questions given below it :
(Bank P.O. 1991)
In a car exhibition, seven cars of seven different companies viz. Cardilac,
Ambassador, Fiat, Maruti, Mercedes, Bedford and Fargo were displayed in a row,
facing east such that :
(1) Cardilac car was to the immediate right of Fargo.
(2) Fargo was fourth to the right of Fiat.
(3) Maruti car was between Ambassador and Bedford.
(4) Fiat, which was third to the left of Ambassador car, was at one of the ends.
44. Which of the following was the correct position of the Mercedes ?
(a) Immediate right of Cardilac
(6) Immediate left of Bedford
(c) Between Bedford and Fargo
(d) Fourth to the right of Maruti
(e) None of these
45. Which of the following is definitely true ?
(a) Fargo car is between Ambassador and Fiat.
(b) Cardilac car is to the immediate left of Mercedes.
(c) Fargo is to the immediate right of Cardilac.
(d) Maruti is fourth to the right of Mercedes.
(e) None of these
(ii)
(iii)
Copyrighted material
Puzzle Test
261
46. Which cars are on the immediate either sides of the Cardilac car ?
(o) Ambassador and M a r u t i
(6) M a r u t i and Fiat
(c) Fiat and Mercedes
(d) Ambassador and Fargo
(e) None of these
47. W h i c h of the following is definitely true ?
(a) M a r u t i is to the immediate left of Ambassador.
(b) Bedford is to the immediate left of Fiat.
(c) Bedford is at one of the ends.
(d) Fiat is second to the right of M a r u t i .
(e) None of these
48. Which of t h e following groups of cars is to the r i g h t of the Ambassador car ?
(a) Cardilac, Fargo and M a r u t i
(6) M a r u t i , Bedford and F i a t
(c) Mercedes, Cardilac and Fargo
(d) Bedford, Cardilac and Fargo
D i r e c t i o n s (Questions 49 to 53): Study the following information carefully
and answer the questions given below it :
A l l the roads of a city are either perpendicular or parallel to one another. The
roads are all straight. Roads A, B, C, D and E are parallel to one another. Roads
G, H, I, J, K, L and M are parallel to one another.
(i) Road A is 1 km east of road B.
(ii)
(iii)
Road B is | km west of road C.
Road D is 1 km west of road E.
Road G is j km south of road H.
(i>)
(vi)
Road I is 1 km north of road J.
Road K is | km north of road L.
(vii) Road K is 1 km south of road M.
49. W h i c h is necessarily true ?
(a) E and B intersect.
(b) D is 2 km west of B.
(c) D is at least 2 km west of A.
(d) M is 1.5 km n o r t h of L.
(e) I is 1 km north of L.
50. If E is between B and C, which of the following is false ?
(a) D is 2 km west of A.
(b) C is less than 1.5 km from D.
(c) Distance from E to B added to distance of E to C is | km.
(d) E is less than 1 km from A.
(e) D is less than 1 km from B.
5JI. If road E is between B and C, then distance between A and D is :
(a) I k m
(6) 1 k m
(c) 1.5 k m
(d) J.5-2 k m
(e) 2-2.5 k m
52. W h i c h of the follawijig possibilities would make two roads coincide ?
(a) L is | km north of I.
(6) C is 1 km west of D.
(c) I is | km north of K.
(d) D is \ km east of A.
(e) E and B are ~ km apart.
Copyrighted material
278 Reasoning
53. If K is parallel to I and K is | km south of J and I km north of G, which two
roads would be | km apart ?
(a) I and K
(b) J and G
(c) I and G
(d) J and H
(e) K and J
D i r e c t i o n s (Questions 54 to 58) : Read the following information carefully
and answer the questions given below it :
(M.A.T. 1907)
Seven friends Kamla, Manish, Rohit, Amit, Gaurav, Pritam and Priya are sitting
in a circle. Kamla, Manish, Rohit, Amit, Pritam and Priya are sitting at equal
distances from each other.
Rohit is sitting two places right of Pritam, who is sitting one place right of Amit.
Kamla forms an angle of 90 degrees from Gaurav and an angle of 120 degrees from
Manish. Manish is just opposite Priya and is sitting on the left of Gaurav.
64. Who is the only person sitting between Rohit and Manish ?
(a) Pritam
(b) Amit
(c) Gaurav
(d) Kamla
66. Gaurav is not sitting at equal distances from
(a) Rohit and Pritam
(6) Amit and Kamla
(c) Manish and Pritam
(cf) All of the above
56. Gaurav is sitting
of Priya.
(a) to the left
(b) to the
right
(c) two places right (d) None of these
57. The angle between Gaurav and Manish in the clockwise direction is
(a) 150°
(b) 180°
(c) 210°
(d) None of these
58. Which of the following statements is not correct ?
(а) Pritam is between Manish and Kamla.
(б) Manish is two places away from Priya.
(c) Gaurav is sitting opposite Pritam.
(d) All of the above
ANSWERS
1 .id): Shikha is to the left of Reena and Maryu is to her right. Rita is between Reena and
Manju. So, the order is : Shikha. Reena. Rita, Mai\ju. In the photograph, Rita will
be second from left.
2Aa) : B is to the right of D. A is to the right of B. E is to the right of A and left of C. So.
the order is : D. B. A. E. C.
Clearly. A is in the middle.
3. (b): Q is left to R and to the right of P i.e.
Q, R.
O is to the right of N and left of P i.e. N, O, P.
S is to the right of R and left of T i.e. R. S. T.
So. the order is : N. O. P. Q. R, S. T.
Clearly, Q is in the middle.
4. id): S is totting next to P. So. the order S. P or P, S is followed. K is sitting next to R.
So. the order R. K is followed because R is on the extreme left. T is not next to P
or K
So. the arrangement will be R. K. P. S, T.
Clearly. P and T are sitting adjacent to S.
6. (a) . Clearly, the order is : Anuradha. Rashi. Monika. Sulekha, Abha Anuradha is adjacent
, to Rashi.
Copyrighted material
Puzzle Test
263
Questions 6 to 8
Note : The boys an? standing facing south. So. consider left' and Vight' accordingly.
Jayesh is to the right of Alok i.e. J. A.
Pramod is between Bhagat and Subodh i.e. B. P. S.
Subodh is between Jayesh and Praraod.
So. the sequence is :
Bhagat
Pramod
Subodh
Jayesh
Alok
i
I
i
i
i
.
'
v
South
6. (a) : Alok is at the extreme left end.
7. Id): Subodh is in the middle.
a (6): Statement (A) is superfluous.
9. Id) : D is on the left of C Le. C, D.
B is on the right of E i.e. B. E.
A is on the right of C i.e. A. C.
B is on the left of D Le. D, B.
From the above statements, the correct order is : A, C, D, B, E.
Clearly, D is sitting in the centre.
Note : It is given that A, B. C, D. E are sitting facing you. So. your right and left
will be considered as left and right respectively.
Questions 10 to 14
C is to the right of D.
D is third from south. So, B will be at the extreme end from north because it should
have E as its neighbour. G is between E and F. So. the sequence is :
B
E
O
F
East
D
C ->
A
10. (e): G is sitting to the right of E.
11. (a): A and B are sitting at the extreme ends.
12. (c): G should change place with C to make it third from north.
18. (d): D is sitting between C and F.
14. (d): All the statements are required to determine the correct sequence.
15. (a): Clearly, the correct sequence is :
France, America. India, Australia. Japan, China.
The two flags in the centre are of India and Australia.
16. (6): Clearly, C and D sit opposite to each other. So, if A sits opposite to cook. B shall be
the cook.
Now, B is to the right of barber So, one of the rest, nay C will be barber. Clearly,
then D on the opposite side shall be washerman or tailor. But, washerman is left of
tailor and D is to the left of A. So. D is washerman and A is tailor. Thus, A and B
are Tailor and Cook.
17. (c): Mr. X is on the right of Mr. Y and on the loft of person in the centre i.e. Y, X,
Mr. P is on the right of Mr. Z and Mr. R is on the right of Mr. P Le. Z. P, R.
R is second from the person sitting in the centre.
So, the order is Y, X, Z, P. R. Clearly. Z is sitting in the centre.
Copyrighted material
Reasoning
264
Question* 18 to 22
D is to the left of F and second to the right of C i.e. C — D P.
A ia second to the right of E i.e. E — A
J ia the immediate neighbour of A and B and third to the left of G i.e. A J B — G.
H is to the left of D and third to the right of I Le. I — H D.
The above four orders may be combined to obtain the correct order as under :
E. K. A, J, B, I, G, C, H. D, F
18. (d): I is in the middle.
19. (b): C. H, D, F are to the right of G.
20. (c): B is sitting between J and I.
21. (e): All the statements are needed to determine the correct sequence.
22. (c): The new sequence formed on interchanging seats is :
D, F. H. J, C. I, O, B, A, E, K
D and K are sitting at the ends in the new arrangement.
Questions 23 to 27
J is between L and F i.e. the order is L J F.
G is between I and F i.e. the order is F G I.
Thus, the sequence becomes L J F G I.
H is second to the left of J i.e. H L J F G I.
Writing the above sequence in form of a square table, we have :
K(M)
E(F)
I(M)
H(F)
M = Male.
F • Female
UM)
G<F)
F(M)
J(M)
E is seated opposite F. Since G is between F and I, so G is a female member.
23. (e): K is seated between E and H.
24. (c): Three persons — H, L and J are seated' between K and F.
28. (6): The three lady members are E. H and G.
28. (c): J is to the immediate left of F.
27. (a): Clearly, J is a male member.
Questions 28-29
Clearly, in the circle the arrangement is as shown :
F
28. (b): Q is to the immediate left of R.
29. (a): All the statements are necessary.
R
Copyrighted
rrttterial
Puzzle Test
265
30. (6): Clearly, in a circle the arrangement is as shown.
A
Thus. C is to the immediate left of B
Questions 31-32
Clearly, the circular arrangement is as shown :
C
31. (a): Clearly. B is facing A.
32. <fe): C is facing D.
Questions 33-34
B is between G and D i.e. the order is G B D. H is third to the left of B and second
to the right of A.
C is between A and G. But E is not opposite B.
So. C is between A and H.
Thus, the final arrangement becomes :
C
33. (c): F is third to the left of D.
34. (d): Q1 early, E is not sitting between F and D.
k
*
\
Reasoning
266
Sft. (d): Clearly, in a circle the arrangement is as shown :
G
D
H is diagonally opposite to A.
Questions 36 to 38
Sociology is on top of all books. Education is below Sociology. Accountancy is below
Education.
Economics is above Psychology and Psychology is above Hindi.
Economics is not in the middle. So, in the middle lies the seventh book Le. English.
Thus, the sequence from top to bottom is :
Sociology. Education. Accountancy, English, Economics, Psychology. Hindi
36. (c): Economics is between English and Psychology.
37. (o): There are three books between Accountancy and Hindi — English. Economics,
Psychology.
38. (c): The new sequence formed on interchanging places is English, Psychology, Hindi,
Sociology, Economics, Education. Accountancy.
Clearly, Hindi is between Psychology and Sociology.
39. id): Jam bottles are at the top.
Biscuits are below chips, chocolates are below biscuits, peppermints are below
chocolates and cakes are at the bottom.
So. the sequence from top to bottom is :
Jam bottles. Chips, Biscuits, Chocolates, Peppermint, Cakes.
40. (ft): Clearly, the sequence is : novel, drama, story-book, comic i.e. ndsc.
Questions 41-42
Clearly, the sequence of the five books mentioned, from top to bottom is :
, History. Civics. Geography. English, Economics,
41. (c) : Clearly, ic) gives us the clue that Science book is placed at the bottom. Thus, we
know that there are three books between Civics and Science.
42. ic): Clearly. History. Civics and Geography are three books kept above English. To find
this, no information other than the given ones is required
43. (6): Starting from above. English is between History and Mathematics i.e., H, E, M.
History is between Mathematics and English i.e., H, E, M, H, E.
Hindi is between English and Mathematics Le., H, E, M, H, E, Hi, M
Mathematics is between two Hindi books i.e., H, E. M, H. E. Hi. M. Hi.
Two Hindi books are between Mathematics and History i.e., H, E, M, H, E, Hi, M,
Hi. Hi. H. Clearly. Hindi book is at sixth position from top.
Questions 44 to 48
M
We analyse the given information as follows :
Arranging the cars from left to right as per the information, we have :
Fargo and Cardilac
Fiat. Car. Car. Car. Fargo
Copyrighted rrttterial
Puzzle Test
267
Maruti between Ambassador and Bedford.
Fiat, Car, Car, Ambassador.
Knowing that Fiat lies at one of the ends, we have from loft to right :
1
2
3
4
Fiat
Bedford
Maruti
Ambassador
5
Fargo
6
7
Cardilac
Mercedes
-
44. id): Clearly, Maruti is in the third place and Mercedes in the seventh i.e. Mercedes is
fourth to the right of Maruti. ,
45. (6): Clearly, the Cardilac on the sixth place, is to the immediate left of the Mercedes,
on the seventh place.
46. (<): On either side of the Cardilac are the Fargo and the Mercedes.
47. (a): Clearly, Maruti in the third place, is to the immediate left of Ambassador, in the
fourth place.
48. (c): To the right of the Ambassador are the Fargo, Cardilac and Mercedes.
Questions 49 to 53
Clearly from statements (1) and (2), figure 1 follows; from statement (3), figure 2
follows; from statement (4), figure 3 follows; and from statement (5), figure 4 follows;
and from statements (6) and (7), figure 5 follows.
i
1 km
|km
^ km
B
*
C
Fig. 1
|km
D
Fig. 2
- I
H
M
1 km
1 km
km
Fig. 3
Fig. 4
K
Fig. 5
49. (d): It follows from figure 5 that distance of M from L = LK •» KM « i • 1 * 1.5 km and M
is to the north of L.
.50. (6): If E is between B and C, we will have the following figure :
ikm
1 km
*/
ikm
D
B
E
C
A
Thus, the statement that D is 2 km west of B is false.
51. (rf) : From the figure in Q. 50, the distance between A and D
1 + 1 - 71= 2 - .25 i.e. between 1.5 to 2 km.
4J
52. (e): Clearly seeing the figure in Q. 50, we find that if E and B are 1/2 km apart, there
is a possibility that E coincides with C.
= AB + ED - BE
t
%
Reasoning
268
63. (e): Clearly as per the information combined with figures 3 and 4. the figure is as shown.
The two roads J and K, K and H and H and G are 1/2 km apart. So. the answer is
K and J
I
J
K
H
Questions 54 to 58
Clearly in a circle the arrangement is as shown :
Rohit
Pritam
Manish
I-.
54. (c) : Gaurav is sitting between Rohit and Manish.
55. id) : Gaurav is not at equal distances from Bohit and Pritazn or Amit and Kamla or
Manish and Pritam.
56. (d) : Gaurav is three places left or four places right of Priya.
57. (d): The angle between Gaurav and Manish in clockwise direction is 30°.
58. id) : Clrarly, all the statements follow from the diagram above.
T Y P E 3 : COMPARISON T Y P E QUESTIONS
In such type of questions, clues are given regarding comparisons among a set of
persons or things w i t h respect to one or more qualities. The candidate is required
to analyse the whole information, form a proper ascending/descending sequence and
then answer the given questions accordingly.
Ex. 1. Read the following information and answer the questions given below it:
There are five friends — Sachin, Kunal, Mohit, A m y and Rohan.
Sachin is shorter than Kunal but taller than Rohan.
Mohit is the tallest.
Anuj is a little shorter than Kunal and little taller than Sachin.
1. Who is the shortest ?
(a) Rohan
(6) Sachin
(c) Anuj
(d) Kunal
(e) None of these
2. If they stand in the order of their heights, who w i l l be in the middle ?
(a) Kunal
(b) Rohan
(c) Sachin
(d) Anuj
(e) None of these
3. If they stand in the order of increasing heights, who w i l l be the second ?
(a) Aniy
(6) Sachin
(c) Rdhan
(d) Kunal
(e) None of these
4. Who is the second tallest ?
(a) Sachin
(6) Kunal
(c) Antv
W) Rohan
(*) None of these
5. Who is taller than Anuj but shorter than Mohit ?
(a) Kunal
(b) Rohan
(c) Sachin
id) Data inadequate
(e) None of these
Puzzle Test
269
Solution s Let us denote the five boys by the fin* letter of their names, namely S. K. M. A and R.
Then. R < S < K < M and S < A < K
R<S<A<K<N!
1. (a): Rohan is shortest
2. (cf) : Anuj is in the middle
3. (6): In the order of increasing heights i.e. shortest to tallest, Sachin is second.
4. (ft): Kunal is second tallest.
5. (a) : Kunal is taller than Anuj but shorter than Mohit.
Ex. 2. Read the information given below and answer the questions that follow :
(i) There is a group of five girls.
(ii) Kamini is second in height but younger than Rupa.
(iii) Pooja is taller than Monika but younger in age.
Uv) Rupa and Monika are of the same age but Rupa is tallest between them.
(v) Neelam is taller than Pooja and elder to Rupa.
(Bank P.O. 1996)
1. If they are arranged in the ascending order of height, who will be in third
position ?
(a) Monika
(ft) Rupa
(c) Monika or Rupa
(rf) Data inadequate
(e) None of these
2. If they are arranged in the descending order of their ages, who will be in fourth
position ?
(a) Monika or Rupa
(ft) Kamini
(c) Monika
(d) Data inadequate
(e) None of these
3. To answer the question "who is the youngest person in the group", which of the
given statements is superfluous ?
(a) Only (i)
(ft) Only (ii)
(c) Only (v)
(d) Either (i) or (iv)
(e) None of these
Solution : We first find the sequence of heights :
By (ui), we have : M < P.
By (v), we have : P < N.
Now. Rupa is tallest and Kamini is second in height.
So, the sequence of heights is : M < P < N < K < R .
Now, we determine the age sequence :
By (ii), wc have : K < R.
By (iii), we have : P < M.
By (iv), we have :R = M.
By (v), we have : R < N.
So, the sequence of ages i s : N < R = M < K < P o r N < R = M<P<JC
1. Clearly, in the increasing order of height. Neelam is in third position.
Hence, the answer is (e).
2. Clearly, in the descending order of ages. Neelam will be in fourth position (because Monika
and Rupa both lie at third position).
Hence, the answer is (e).
3. Clearly, only statement (i) is not necessary.
Hence, the answer is (a).
Copyrighted material
Reasoning
270
EXERCISE 6C
1. Compare the knowledge of persons X, Y, Z, A, B and C in relation to each other :
1. X knows more than A.
2. Y knows as much as B.
3. Z knows less than C.
4. A knows more than Y.
The best knowledgeable person amongst all is :
% (8.C.ILA. 1996)
2.
3.
4.
5.
(a) X
(6)Y
(c) A
(d) C
Five children were administered psychological tests to know their intellectual
levels. In the report, psychologists pointed out that the child A is less intelligent
than the child B. The child C is less intelligent than the child D. The child B
is less intelligent than the child C and child A is more intelligent than the child
E. Which child is the most intelligent ?
(Bank P.O. 1996)
(a) A
(6) B
(c) D
(d) E
(e) None of these
Among five boys, Vineet is taller t h a n Manick, but not as tall as Ravi. Jacob is
taller than Dilip but shorter than Manick. Who is the tallest in their group ?
(a) Ravi
(6) Manick
(c) Vineet
(d) Cannot b* determined
(e) None of these
(NABARD, 1994)
If (i) P is taller than Q; (ii) R is shorter than P; (iii) S is taller than T but
shorter than Q, then * ho among them is the tallest ?
(B.SJLB. 1995)
(a) P
(6) Q
(c) S
{d) T
(e) Can't be determined
Five boys participated in a competition. Rohit was ranked lower than Sanjay.
Vikas was ranked higher than Dinesh. Kamal's rank was between Rohit and
Vikas. Who was ranked highest ?
(a) Saiyay
(6) Vikas
(c) Dinesh
(d) Kamal
(e) None of these
6. In an examination, Raj got more marks than Mukesh but not as many as Priya.
Priya got more marks than Gaurav and Kavita. Gaurav got less marks t h a n
Mukesh but his marks are not the lowest in the group. Who is second in the
descending order of marks ?
(Bank P.O. 1997)
(a) Priya
(b) Kavita
(c) R^j
(d) Cannot be determined
(e) None of these
7. Ashish is heavier than Govind. Mohit is lighter than Jack. Pawan is heavier
than Jack but lighter than Govind. Who among them is the heaviest ?
(a) Govind
(6) Jack
(c) Pawan
(d) Ashish
(Bank P.O. 1995)
(e) Mohit
8. Pune is bigger than Jhansi, Sitapur is bigger than Chittor. Raigarh is not as big
as Jhansi, but is bigger than Sitapur. Which is the smallest ?
(Railways, 1994)
(a) Pune
(6) Jhansi
(c) Sitapur
(d) Chittor
9. Rohan is taller than Anand but shorter than Seema. Krishna is taller t h a n
Pushpa b u t shorter than Anand. Dhiraj is taller than Krishna but shorter t h a n
Seema. Who among them is the tallest ?
(B.S.R.B. 1996V
(a) Rohan
(b) Seema
(c) Krishna
(d) Cannot be determined
(e) None of these
1
C o p y r i g h t e d material
Puzzle Test
271
D i r e c t i o n s (Questions 10-11) : Read the following information carefully
and answer the questions given below it:
(Bank P.O. 1994)
(A) Gopal is shorter than Ashok but taller than Kunal;
(B) N a v i n is shorter t h a n Kunal;
(C) Jayesh is taller than Navin;
(D) Ashok is taller t h a n Jayesh.
10. Who among them is the tallest ?
(a) Gopal
(b) Ashok
(c) Kunal
id) Navin
(e) Jayesh
11. W h i c h of the given informations is not necessary to answer the above question ?
(a) A
(6) B
(c) C
(d) D
(e) None of these
12. B is twice as old as A b u t twice younger than F.
C is h a l f the age of A but twice the age of D.
W h i c h two persons form the pair of oldest and youngest ?
(a) F and A
(6) F and D
(c) B and F
(d) F and C
(e) None of these
13. Sudhanshu is as much older than Kokila as he is younger than Praveen. N i t i n is
as old as Kokila. Which of the following statements is wrong ? (Bank P.O. 1995)
(a) K o k i l a is younger t h a n Praveen.
(b) N i t i n is younger t h a n Praveen.
(c) Sudhanshu is older than N i t i n .
(d) Praveen is not the oldest.
(e) Kokila is younger t h a n Sudhanshu.
14. A is elder to B while C and D are elder to E who lies between A and C. If C
be elder to B, which one of the following statements is necessarily t r u e ?
(a) A is elder to C
(b) C is elder to D
<c) D is elder to C
(d) E is elder to B
(Hotel Management, 1995)
15. Hitesh is richer than Jay a whereas Mohan is richer than Pritam. L a l i t is as rich
as Jaya. A m i t is richer t h a n Hitesh. W h a t conclusion can be definitely d r a w n
from the above statements ?
(Hotel Management, 1996; AsstL Grade, 1995)
(a) Jaya is poorer than Pritam.
(6) Mohan is richer t h a n A m i t .
(c) L a l i t is poorer t h a n Hitesh.
(d) P r i t a m is richer t h a n L a l i t .
Directions (Questions 16 to 21) : Study the following information and
answer the questions given below it:
A blacksmith has five iron articles A, B, C, D and E, each having a different
weight.
(i) A weighs twice as much as B.
(ii) B weighs four and a h a l f times as much as C.
(iii) C weighs h a l f as much as D.
(iv) D weighs h a l f as much as E.
(u) E weighs less t h a n A b u t more t h a n C.
16. W h i c h of the following is the lightest in weight ?
i
(a) A
(6) B
(c) C
(d) D
VI. E is lighter in weight than which of the other two articles ?
;
(a) A , B
(6) D, C
(c) A , C
(d) D , B
18. E is heavier t h a n which of the following two articles ?
(a) D, B
(6) D, C
(c) A, C
(d) A, B
(e) E
(e) B, E
(e) None of these
ia(G*ial
272
Reasoning
19. Which of the following articles is the heaviest in weight ?
(a) A
(b) B
(c) C
(d) D
(e) E
20. Which of the following represents the descending order of weights of the
articles ?
(a) A, B E , D , C
(b) B. D, E. A, C
(c) E, C, D, A, B
(d) C. A. D, B, E
(e) A, B, D. E, C
21. Which of the above given statements is not necessary to determine the correct
order of articles according to their weights ?
(a) 1
(b) 2
(c) 3
(d) 4
(e) 5
Directions (Quetfions 22 to 26) : A e a d the following information and
answer the questions given below it :
(i) Seven students P, Q, R, S, Tf U and V take a series of tests.
(ii) No two students get similar marks.
(iii) V always scores more than P.
(iv) P always scores more than Q.
(v) Each time either R scores the highest and T gets the least, or alternatively
S scores the highest and U or Q scores the least.
22. If S is ranked sixth and Q is ranked fifth, which of the following can be true ?
(a) V is ranked first or fourth.
(b) R is ranked second or third.
(c) P is ranked second or
fifth.
(d) U is ranked third or fourth.
(e) T is ranked fourth or fifth.
23. If R gets most, V should be ranked not lower than :
(a) second
(b) third
(c) fourth
(<d)
fifth
(e) sixth
24. If R is ranked secor.d and Q is ranked fifth, which of the following must be
true ?
(a) S is ranked third.
(6) T is ranked sixth.
(c) P is ranked sixth.
(d) V is ranked fourth.
(e) U is ranked sixth.
26. If S is ranked second, which of the following can be true ?
(a) U gets more than V.
(6) V gets more than S.
(c) P gets more than R.
(d) P gets more than V.
(e) T gets more than Q.
26. If V is ranked fifth, which of the following must be true ?
(a) S scores the highest.
(b) R is ranked second.
(c) T is ranked third,
(d) Q is ranked fourth.
(e) U scores the least.
D i r e c t i o n s (Questions 27 to 31) : Study the information given below and
answer the questions that follow :
(Bank P.O. 1995)
(i) A, B, C. D, E and F are six students in a class.
(ii) B and C are shorter than F but heavier than A.
(iii) D is heavier than B and taller than C.
(iv) E is shorter than D but taller than F.
(v) F is heavier than D.
(oi) A is shorter than E but taller than F.
27. Who among them is the tallest ?
(a) A
(b) B
(c) D
(d) E
(e) None of these
28. Who is third from the top when they are arranged in descending order of height ?
(a) A
(6) B
(c) C
(d) E
(e) None of these
4
Dopyrightedmaterial
Puzzle Test
273
29. Which of the following groups of friends is shorter than A ?
ia) B. C only
(6) D, B, C only
(c) E, B, C only
id) F, B, C, only
(e) None of these
30. Who among them is the lightest ?
(a) A
ib) B
(c)C^
id) B or C
ie) Data inadequate
31. Which of the following statements is true for F as regards height and weight ?
(a) He is lighter than E and taller than E.
(b) He is heavier than B and taller than E.
(c) He is heavier than B and C but shorter than D.
(d) He is lighter than E and also shorter than E.
ie) He is lighter than B and C but taller than D.
D i r e c t i o n s (Questions 32 to 36) : Read the following information carefully
and answer the questions given below it:
ii) A, B, C, D and E are five friends.
(ii) B is elder to E, but not as tall as C.
(iii) C is younger to A, and is taller to D and E.
(it;) A is taller to D, but younger to E.
(v) D is elder to A but is shortest in the group.
32. Who among the following is the eldest ?
(a) A
(6) B
(c) C
id) D
ie) None of these
33. Which of the following pairs of students is elder to D ?
ia) BA
(6) BC
(c) BE
id) EA
ie) None of these
34. Which of the following statements is correct about B ?
ii) B is not the tallest.
iii) B is shorter to E.
(iii) When they are asked Xo stand in ascending order with respect to their
heights. B is in "the middle.
ia) Only (i) is correct
(6) Only (i) and (ii) are correct
(c) All are correct
j
id) All are incorrect
ie) None of these
36. If F, another friend, is taller than C f how many of them will be between F and
E according to their height ?
ia) None
(6) One
ic) Two
id) Three
ie) None of these
36. If a selection is to be made among them who would be relatively older and also
taller, who among them should be chosen ?
!
(a) A
ib) B
ic) C
id) D
(e) E
D i r e c t i o n s iQuestions 37 to 41) : Study the given information carefully
and answer the questions that follow :
(Rank P.O. 1994)
ii) Six friends P, Q, R, S, T and U are members of a club and play a different
game of Football, Cricket, Tennis, Basketball, Badminton and Volleyball,
(ii) T who is taller than P and S plays Tennis,
(iti) The tallest among them plays Basketball.
iiv) The shortest among them plays Volleyball,
(v) Q and S neither play Volleyball nor Basketball.
(ci) R plays Volleyball.
iuii) T is between Q who plays Football and P in order of height.
Copyrighted material
Reasoning
274
37. Who among them is taller than R but shorter than P ?
(a) Q
(6) T
(c) U
(d) Data inadequate
(e) None of these
38. Who will be at the third place if they are arranged in the descending order of
their height ?
(e) None of these
(a) Q
(6) P
(c)S
(d)T
39. Which of the following statements is not true ?
(a) P is shorter than R.
(6) Q is taller than S.
(c) S is taller than R.
(d) T is taller than R.
(e) U is taller than Q.
40. Who among them plays Basketball ?
(e) None of these
(a) Q
(6)R
(c) S
(d)U
41. What does S play ?
(a) Cricket
(6) Badminton
(c) Football
(d) Either Cricket or Badminton
(e) None of these
Directions (Questions 42-43) : Read the following information carefully
and answer the questions given below it :
(Bank P.O. 1997)
At the end of a cricket series, when five players were arranged in the ascending
order of runs scored by them, O was fourth while N was first. When they were
arranged in descending order for wickets taken by them, K replaces O while O
replaces L. M*s position remains unchanged. K has scored more runs than M. L is
having first rank in one ranking and fifth in another.
42. Who has scored the highest runs in the series ?
(a) K
(6) L
(c) M
(d) Can't be determined
(e) None of these
43. ^Who has taken the lowest number of wickets ?
(a) L
(6) M
(c) P
(d) Can't be determined
(e) None of these
D i r e c t i o n s {Question* 44-47) s Read the information given below and
answer the questions that follow :
(M.BA 1997)
A * B means A and B are of the same age;
A - B means B is younger than A:
A + B means A is younger than B.
44. Sachin * Madan - Reena means
(a) Reena is the youngest.
(6) Reena is the oldest.
ic) Madan is younger than Reena.
(d) None of these
45. X 4- Y -f Z is same as
t
(a) Y - X - Z
(6) Z - Y - X
(c) Z - X - Y
. (d) None of these
46. For an expression Farha - Farida - Arif, which of the following cannot be correct
under any circumstances ?
(а) Arif is the father of Farha.
(б) A r i f is the younger brother of Farha.
(c) Farha is the mother of both Arif and Farida.
(d) None of these
47. Deven - Shashi * Hemant is opposite to
ii) Hemant • Shashi • Deven
(ii) Hemant - Shashi • Deven
(iii) Shashi * Hemant • Deven
>
|f
(a) (i) only
(6) (i) and (ii) only
(c) (ii) and (iii) only
(d) None of these
v
Copyrighted material
Puzzle Test
275
ANSWERS
Clearly, we have : A < X , Y = B, Z<C, Z < B , Y < A .
Thus, the sequence becomes :
X> A > Y = B > C > 2 .
So, X is the best knowledgeable person.
2. (c): We have : A < B, C < D, B < C and E < A.
So, the sequence becomes : E < A < ^ B < C < D .
Clearly, child D is the most intelligent.
3. (a): In terms of height, we have :
Manick < Vineet, Vineet < Ravi, Dilip < Jacob, Jacob < Manick.
So. the sequence becomes :
Dilip < Jacob < Manick < Vineet < Ravi.
Clearly, Ravi is the tallest.
4. ia): In terms of height, we have :
Q < P. R< P, T < S. S < Q.
So. the sequence becomes . T < S < Q < R < P or T < S < R < Q < P .
Whichever may be the case, P is the tallest.
5. ia): In terms of rank, we have :
Rohit < Saiyay, Din^sh < Vikas.
Since Kamal's rank is between Rohit and Vikas, the sequence becomes :
Dinesh < Vikas < Kamal < Rohit < Sanjay.
Clearly, Sanjay was ranked highest.
6. (c): In terms of marks obtained,
Mukesh < R*y, Raj < Priya, Gaurav < Priya, Kavita < Priya, Gaurav < Mukesh.
Since Gaurav's marks are not the lowest, so Kavita's marks are the lowest.
So, the sequence becomes :
Kavita < Gaurav < Mukesh < Raj < Priya.
Clearly, in the descending order. Raj comes second.
7. (d) : In terms of weight, we have :
Govind < Ashish, Mohit < Jack, Jack < Pawan, Pawan < Govind.
So, the sequence becomes :
Mohit < Jack < Pawan < Govind < Ashish.
Clearly, Ashish is the heaviest.
8. id): In terms of size, we have :
Jhansi < Pune, Chittor < Sitapur, Raigarh < Jhansi, Sitapur < Raigarh.
So, the sequence becomes :
Chittor < Sitapur < Raigarh < Jhansi < Pune.
Clearly, Chittor is the smallest.
9. (6): In terms of height, we have :
Anand < Rohan. Rohan < Seema, Pushpa < Krishna, Krishna < Anand.
Krishna < Dhiraj, Dhiraj < Seema.
So, the sequence becomes :
Pushpa < Krishna < Dhiraj < Anand < Rohan < Seema.
Clearly, Seema is the tallest.
10. ib): In terms of height, we have :
^
Gopal < Ashok. Kunal < Gopal. Navin < Kunal, Navin < Jayesh. Jayesh < Ashok.
lAai:
Copyrighted material
>
276
Reasoning
So, the sequence becomes :
Navin < Kunal < Gopal < Jayesh < Ashok.
Clearly, Ashok is the tallest.
11. (c): Clearly, statement C is not necessary.
12. (6): Let A's age be x. Then, B's age is 2x. B is twice younger than F i.e. F is twice older
than B. So, Ps age is 4r. C is half the age of A i.e. C's age is | C is twice the age
of D i.e. D is half the age of C i.e. D's age is j So, the descending order of ages is
F, B, A, C, D.
Clearly, F is the oldest and D is the youngest.
13. (d) : In terms of age, we have :
Kokila < Sudhanshu, Sudhanshu < Praveen, Nitin * Kokila.
So, the sequence becomes :
Nitin = Kokila < Sudhanshu < Praveen.
Clearly, Praveen is the oldest.
Hence, (d) is the incorrect statement.
14. (d): In terms of age, we have :
B < A, E <C, E < D, B <C.
Since E lies between A and C, the sequence becomes :
B<A<E<C<Dor B<A<E<D<C
Clearly, whichever may be the case, E is elder to B. Hence, (d) is necessarily true.
15. (c): In terms of richness, we have :
Jaya < Hitesh, Pritam < Mohan, Lalit = Jaya, Hitesh < Amit.
So, we have : Lalit = Jaya < Hitesh < Amit and Pritam < Mohan.
Clearly, Lalit is poorer than Hitesh.
Questions 16 to 21
Let C's weight be x. Then, D's weight is 2r. E's weight is 4*. B'a weight 4.5x and
A's weight is 9x.
So, the order of weights can b e A > B > E > D > C .
16. (c): C is the lightest in weight.
17. (a): E is lighter in weight than A and B.
18. (6): E is heavier than D and C.
19. (a): Clearly, A is the heaviest in weight.
20. (a): Clearly, the descending order of weights is A, B, E, D, C.
21. (e): Clearly, statement (5) is not required to determine the order of weights.
Questions 22 to 26
In terms of scores, we have :
V > P , P > Q i.e. V > P>Q.
If R scores the highest, we have R >
> T.
If S scores the highest, we have S >
> Q or S >
> U.
22. (d) : If S is ranked sixth and Q is ranked fifth, we have :
•>D>D>D>Q>S>D.
In this case, R will rank the highest and thus T will rank the least We have :
H>n>D>D>Q>S>T.
Also, the order V> P> Q will be maintained i.e., V and P will have second, thirdfOr
fourth places. So, statements (a), (6), (c) and (e) cannot follow Thus, (d) is the answer
23. (c): Again, if R ranks most, T ranks lowest and occupies seventh place. Since V always
ranks above P and Q, so in the maximum, P and Q will occupy fifth and sixth places.
Thus, V will not rank lower than fourth.
Copyrighted
rrttterial
Puzzle Test
277
24. ( 6 ) : If R is ranked second. S will rank first and Q and U lowest. But Q ranks fifth. So,
U ranks lowest. Also, the order V > P > Q will be followed.
So. the arrangement will b c S > R > V > P > Q > D > U . Thus, the sixth place will be
occupied by T.
25. ( a ) : If S ranks second. R ranks first and T ranks lowest. The order V> P > Q will be
followed. So, the arrangement w i l l b e R > S > D > D > 0 > D > T .
Clearly, statements (6), (c), (rf) and (e) cannot follow. So, the answer is (a).
26. ( a ) : If V ranks fifth, P and Q coming before it will occupy sixth and seventh places
respectively i.e. Q ranks least. So, S will score the highest.
Q u e s t i o n s 27 to 31
In terms of height, we have :
B < F. C < F, C < D, E < D. F < E. A < E, F < A.
So. C < F < E < D. B < F, F < A < E
Thus, the sequence becomes :
B<C<F<A<E<D
or C < B < F < A < E < D .
In terms of weight, we have :
A < B, A < C, B < D. D < F.
So, A < B < D < F, A < C.
^
Thus, the sequence becomes :
A < C < B < D < F or A < B < C < D < F or A < B < D < C < F .
27. ( c ) : Clearly, D is the tallest
28. <a) : T h e descending order of height is :
D > E > A > F > B > C o r D > E > A > F > C >B.
Clearly. A is third from the top.
29. <d): Clearly. F. B and C are shorter than A.
30. (e) : Data is inadequate as no clue regarding E's weight is given.
31. (c) : Clearly F is heavier than B and C but shorter than D
•
Q u e s t i o n s 32 to 36
In terms of age, we have :
E<B,
C<A,
A<E, A<D
So, we have : C < A < E < B . A < D.
In terms of height, we have :
B < C , D < C, E < C, D < A.
32. (e)
Either B or D is the eldest.
33. (e)
It cannot be determined for sure.
34. ( a )
B is shorter than C. So, B is not the tallest. Thus, ( i ) is correct.
B and E are shorter than C. So, it cannot be concluded that B is shorter to E. Thus,
( i l ) is incorrect.
A single definite order of heights cannot be obtained from the given information. So,
(iii) is incorrect.
35. (e)
Since no definite order of height can be obtained, so it cannot be determined fo. sure
how many persons lie between F and E.
36. ( 6 )
A and C are youngest so they cannot be selected. D is shorter than two persons A
and C.
y
'
B is shorter than C only and is also relatively older. So, B will be selected.
E is younger than B.
Copyrighted m
Reasoning
278
Questions 37 to 41
In terms of height, we have
T > P. T > S, Q > T > P.
R plays Volleyball, so R is the shortest.
Q plays neither Volleyball nor Basketball.
So, Q is not the tallest. Thus. U is the tallest.
So, the sequence becomes : U > Q > T > P > S > R .
Now, T plays Tennis. U, being tallest, plays Basketball. R plays Volleyball. Q plays
Football. Both P and S play either Cricket or Badminton.
37. (e): S is taller than R butNihorter than P.
38. (d): The descending order of height is U, Q, T, P, S, R.
Clearly, T is at the third place.
39. (a): Clearly, P is taller than R.
40. (d): U plays Basketball.
41. (d): S plays either Cricket or Badminton.
Questions 42-43
In terms of runs scored, we have the ascending order as N < D < 0 < 0 < D .
N has the first rank. So, L will be fifth in this order i.e., N < D < D < O < L .
K has scored more runs than M Le.t K> M.
So, the sequence becomes N < M < K < 0 < L .
In terms of wickets taken, the order becomes : L > M > N > K > 0 .
42.(6): L has scored the highest runs in the series.
43. («): O has taken the lowest number of wickets.
44. (a): Sachin * Madan - Reena means Sachin and Madan are of the same age and Reena
is younger than Madan. This means that Reena is the youngest.
45. (6): X + Y • Z means X is younger than Y and Y is younger than Z. This can also be
written as Z - Y - X
46. (a): Farha - Farida - Arif means Farida is younger than Farha and Arif is younger than
Farida. This means that Arif is younger than Farha. So, Arif cannot be the father
of Farha.
47. (d): Deven - Shashi • Hemant means Shashi is younger than Deven. and Shashi and
Hemant are of the same age. Thus, Deven is the oldest. Now, the opposite statement
would mean : Deven is the youngest.
;
(i) Hemant + Shashi + Deven means Hemant is younger than Shashi, who is younger
than Deven. So, Deven is the oldest.
»
(ii) Hemant - Shashi + Deven means Shashi is younger than both Hemant and Deven.
Thus, either Hemant or Deven is the oldest, but Deven is not the youngest.
(iii) Shashi • Hemant • Doven means Shashi and Hemant are of the same age and
Hemant is younger than Deven. So, Deven is the oldest.
T Y P E 4 : SEQUENTIAL ORDER OF THINGS
In this type of questions, some clues are given regarding the order of occurrence
of certain events. The candidate is required to analyse the given information, frame
the r i g h t sequence and then answer the questions accordingly.
Ex. 1. Read the following information and answer the questions given below it :
Six plays — A, B, C, D, E and F are to be staged, one on each day from
Monday to Saturday. The schedule of the plays is to be in accordance with
the following :
Copyrighted
rrttterial
Puzzle Test
279
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
A must be staged a day before E.
C must not be staged on Tuesday.
B must be staged on the day following the day on which F is staged.
D must be staged on Friday only and should not be immediately preceded
by B.
(ci) E must not be staged on the last day of the schedule.
Which of the following plays immediately follows B ?
(a) A
(6) C
(c) D
(<d) E
(e) F
Which of the following plays is on Monday ?
(a) E
(6) F
(c) C
(d) B
(e) A
Play D is between which of the following pairs of plays ?
(a) B and E
(6) E and F
(c) A and E
(d) C and E
(e) C and F
Which of the following is the schedule of play*, with the order of their staging
from Monday ?
(a) E, A; B, F, D, C
(6) A, F, B, E, D, C
(c) A, F f B, C, D, E
(d) F, A, B, E, D, C
(e) None of these
Play C cannot definitely be staged on which of the following days in addition
to Tuesday ?
(a) Monday
(b) Wednesday
(c) Friday
(d) Thursday
(e) Saturday
Solution
: Clearly, D must be staged on Friday. A must be staged before E i.e., order A E
must be followed. But E cannot be staged on last day. Also, B must be staged immediately
after F i.e.. order FB must be followed. But B cannot precede D. So, F and B can be staged
on Monday and Tuesday and A and E on Wednesday and Thursday. C, which cannot be staged
on Tuesday shall be staged on Saturday. Thus, the order followed will be :
Monday
Tuesday
Wednesday
Thursday
Friday
F
B
A
E
D
1.
Clearly, A immediately follows B. So, the answer is (o).
2.
F will be played on Monday. So, the answer is (6).
3.
Play D is between E and C. So. the answer is id).
Saturday
C
4.
Clearly, order of staging of plays is F, B, A, E, D, C. So, the answer is (*).
5.
C cannot be staged on Friday as well because D has to be staged on that day.
J
Ex. 2. Read the following information carefully and answer the questions given
below it :
(SJB.IP.O. 1997)
<i) Eight doctors P, Q, R, S, T, U, V and W visit a charitable dispensary every
day except on a holiday i.e. Monday.
(ii) Each doctor visits for one hour from Tuesday to Sunday except Saturday.
'The timings are 9 a.m. to 1 p.m. and 2 p.m. to 6 p.m.; 1 p.m. to 2 p.m. is
lunch break.
(iii) On Saturday, it is open only in the morning i.e. 9 a.m. to 1 p.m. and each
' doctor visits for only half an hour.
(iv) No other doctor visits the dispensary before doctor Q and after doctor U.
(v) Doctor W comes immediately after lunch Sreak and is followed by R.
(ui) S comes in the same order as P in the afternoon session.
Copyrighted material
f
Reasoning
280
1. Doctor P visits in between which of the following pairs of doctors ?
(a) S and V
(b) U and W
(c) R and W
(d) R and U
(e) None of these
2. At w h a t time the visit of doctor R is over on Sunday ?
(a) 1 p.m.
(6) 3 p.m.
(c) 4 p.m.
(d) 5 p.m.
(e) None of these
3. At what time the visit of Doctor T would be over on Saturday ?
(a) 10 a.m.
(6) 11 a.m.
(c) Either 10 a.m. or 11 a.m.
(d) Data inadequate
(e) None of these
4. If the lunch break and subsequent visiting hours are reduced by 15 minutes,
at what time Doctor U is expected to attend the dispensary ?
(a) 3.15 p.m. (b) 4 p.m.
(c) 4.15 p.m.
(d) 4.45 p.m.
(e) None of these
i
Solution : We first form the sequence of visit using (ii»), (v) and (id).
From (iv)9 we know that Q visits first and U visits last.
From (v), we know that W visits first after break and is followed by R.
From (irf), we know that P visits after break.
Thus, the sequence of visit after break becomes W R P U
Also, S has the same position in morning session as P in afternoon session. So, sequence
of visit before break is Q, T/V, S, WT.
1.
: Clearly, P visits between R and U.
2. (c): The time of visit of W is 2 p.m. to 3 p.m., that of doctor R is 3 p.m. to 4 p.m. So.
the visit of doctor R is over at 4 p.m.
3. (c): Clearly, T visits either second or fourth. So, the time of visit on Saturday will be
either 9.30 a.m. or 10.30 a.m. Thus. Ts visit will be over at either 10 a.m. or 11 a.m.
4. (6) : Clearly, as mentioned, lunch break will be over and doctor W will visit at 1.45 p.m.,
doctor R will visit at 2.30 p.m. doctor P will visit at 3.15 p.m. and U will visit at 4 p.m.
EXERCISE 6D
1. Five boys took part in a race. Rig finished before M o h i t but behind Gaurav.
Ashish finished before Sanchit but behind Mohit. Who won the race ?
1
(a) Raj
(b) Gaurav
(c) Mohit
(d) Ashish
(L Tax & Central Excise, 1995)
Directions : Questions 2-3 are based on the following information :
Five men A, B, C, D and E read a newspaper. The one who reads first gives it
to C. The one who reads last had taken from A. E was not the first or last to
read. There were two readers between B and A.
2. B passed the newspaper to whom ?
(a) A
(6) C
(c) D
(d) E
(e) None of these
3. Who read the newspaper last ?
(a) A
(6) B
(c) C
(cf) D
(e) None of these
Directions : Read the following information carefully and answer ques•
tions 4-5 based on it.
(Bank P.O. 1997)
Seven executives P, Q, R, S t T t U and W reach office in a particular sequence.
U reaches immediately before P but does not immediately follow S. R is the last
one to reach office. T follows immediately after P and is subsequently followed
byW.
i
it
Copyrighted rTiaterial
Puzzle Test
281
4. A m o n g the executives, who reaches the office first ?
(a) Q
(6) S
(c) U
(d) Can't be determined
(e) None of these
5. Who ranks fourth in the sequence of reaching office ?
(0) W
(b) U
(c) T
(d) Can't be determined
(e) None of these
D i r e c t i o n s (Questions 6 to 10) : Read the following information carefully
and answer the questions that follow :
(S.B.I.P.O. 1904)
Six lectures A. B, C, D, E and F are to be organised in a span of seven days
— from Sunday to Saturday, only one lecture on each day in accordance w i t h
the following :
(1) A should not be organised on Thursday.
,
(ii) C should be organised immediately after F.
( i i i ) There should be a gap of two days between E and D.
(iv) One day there w i l l be no lecture (Friday; is not t h a t day), j u s t before t h a t
day D w i l l be organised.
(v) B should be organised on Tuesday and shouldf not be followed by D.
6. On which day- there is no lecture ?
(a) Monday
(b) Friday
(d) Cannot be determined
(e) None of these
7. How many lectures are organised between C and D ?
8.
9.
10.
the
ll!
(c) Sunday
(a) None
(6) One
(c) Two
(d) Three
(e) None of these
Which day w i l l the lecture F be organised ?
(a) Thursday
(b) Friday
(c) Saturday
(d) Sunday
(e) None of these
Which of the following is the last lecture in the series ?
(a) A
(6) B
(c) C
(d) Cannot be determined
(e) None of these
W h i c h of the following informations is not required in f i n d i n g the complete
sequence of organisation of lectures ?
(a) (i) only
(b) (ii) only
(c) (i) and (ii) only
(d) (v) only
(e) A l l are required
D i r e c t i o n s (Questions 11 to IS): Read the following information to answer
given questions :
(Bank P.O. 1996)
The Director of the Institute has announced that six guest lectures on different
areas like Leadership, Decision Making, Quality Circles, Motivation, Assessment
Centre and Group Discussion are to be organised only one on each day from
Monday to Sunday.
(i) Motivation should be organised immediately after Assessment Centre.
(ii) Quality Circle should be organised on Wednesday and should not be followed
by Group Discussion.
(iii) Decision M a k i n g should be organised on Friday and there should be a gap
of two ddys between Leadership and Group Discussion.
(iv) One day there w i l l be no lecture (Saturday is not that day), j u s t before t h a t
day Group Discussion w i l l be organised.
Which of the pairs of lectures were organised on first and last day ?
(o) Quality Circle & Motivation
(6) Group Discussion & Quality Circle
(c) Group Discussion & Decision M a k i n g
(d) Leadership & Assessment Centre
(e) None of these
Copyrighted material
Reasoning
282
12. How many lectures are organised between Motivation and Quality Circle ?
(a) One
(6) Two
(c) Three
(d) Four
(e) None of these
13. W h i c h day w i l l the lecture on Leadership be organised ?
(a) Tuesday
(6) Wednesday
, (c) Friday
(d) Saturday
(e) None of these
14. On which day there is no lecture ?
(a) Sunday
(b) Monday
(c) Tuesday
(d) Wednesday
(e) None of these
15. W h i c h of the following informations is not required for the above lecture arrangements ?
(a) Only (i)
(b) Only (ii)
(c) Only ( i i i )
(d) O n l y (iv)
(e) A l l are required
Directions (Questions 16 to 20) i Study the following information and
answer the questions given below it:
A t r a i n i n g college has to conduct a refresher course for teachers of seven different
subjects — Mechanics, Psychology, Philosophy, Sociology, Economics, Science and
Engineering from 22nd J u l y to 29th July.
(i)
(ii)
Course should start w i t h Psychology.
23rd J u l y , being Sunday, should be holiday.
(iii)
Science subject should be on the previous day of the Engineering subject,
(it/)
Course should end w i t h Mechanics subject.
(v)
Philosophy should be immediately after the holiday.
(vi) There should be a gap of one day between Economics and Engineering.
16. The refresher course w i l l s t a r t w i t h which one of the following subjects ?
(a) Psychology
(6) Mechanics
(c) Philosophy
(d) Economics
(e) None of these
17. W h i c h subject w i l l be on Tuesday ?
(a) Mechanics
(b) Engineering
(c) Economics
(d) Psychology
(e) None of these
18. W h i c h subject precedes Mechanics ?
(a) Economics
(b) Engineering
(c) Philosophy
(d) Psychology
(e) None of these
19. How many days' gap is there between Science and Philosophy ?
(a) One
(b) Two
(c) Three
(d) No gap
(e) None of these
20. W h i c h subject is followed by Science ?
(a) Engineering
(6) Psychology
(c) Philosophy
(d) Economics
(e) None of these
D i r e c t i o n s (Questions 21 to 23): Read the following information carefully
and answer the questions that follow :
(Bank P.O. 1995)
Five plays A, B, C, D and E are to be staged from Monday to Friday of a week.
On each day, only one play w i l l be staged. D or E should not be either t h e first or
last to be staged. E should be immediately followed by C. B should be staged immediately after D. One play is staged between A and B.
Copyrighted
rrttterial
Purrle Test
283
21. W h i c h is the first play to be staged ?
(a) A
'£) B
(c) C
(d) Cannot be determined
(e) None of these
22. W h i c h of the following is the correct sequence of staging all t h e plays ?
(a) A D B C E
(ft)AECDB
(c) B D A E C
(rf)DBECA
(e) None o f thesp
23. W h i c h play was staged on Wednesday ?
(a) A
(6) B
(c) Either B or C
(d) Cannot be determined
(e) None of these
D i r e c t i o n s (Questions 24 to 28): Study the following information carefully
and answer the questions given below it:
A sales representative plans to visit each of six companies M, N, P, Q, R and S
exactly once d u r i n g the course of one day. She is setting up her schedule for the day
according to the following conditions :
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
(i) She must visit M before N and R.
(ii) She must visit N before Q.
(iii) The t h i r d company she visits must be P.
W h i c h of the following must be true of the sales representative's schedule ?
(a) She visits M before Q.
(b) She visits N before R.
(c) She visits P before M.
(d) She visits P before S.
(e) She visits Q before R.
If the sales representative visits S first, which company must she visit second ?
(a) M
(6)N
(c)P
(d) Q
(e) R
The sales representative could visit any of the following companies immediately
after P except :
(a) S
(b) R
(c) Q
(d) N
(e) M
If the sales representative visits Q immediately before R and immediately after
S, she m u s t visit Q :
(a) first
(b) second
(c) fourth
(d)
fifth
(e) s i x t h
Which of the following could be the order in which the sales representative visits
the six companies ?
(a) M , S, P, N , R, q
(b) Q, N , P, R, S, M
(c) M , R, N , Q, P, S
(d) P, S, M , R, Q, N
(e) P, R, M , N , Q, S
ANSWERS
1. ( 6 ) : Raj finished before Mohit but behind Gaurav. So, the order is Gaurav, Rig, Mohit.
Ashish finished before Sanchit but behind Mohit. So, the order is Mohit, Ashish, Sanchit
Thus, the full order is : Gaurav, Raj, Mohit, Ashish, Sanchit. Clearly, Gaurav won
the race.
Questions 2-3
C is the second reader. A is the second last reader.
E is not the first or last t* read. So, E is the third reader. There were two readers
s
between B and A.
*
So, the order of reading the newspaper is : B, C, E, A, D.
2. (6): B passed the newspaper to C.
3. ( d ) : D read the newspaper last.
Copyrighted material
Reasoning
284
9
Questions 4-5
Clearly, U is followed by P; P by T; T by W.
Now. U does not immediately follow S and R reaches last.
So, the order of reaching office is : S. Q, U, P, T. W. R
4. (b): S is the first to reach office.
5. (d): P is fourth in the sequence.
Questions 6 to 10
B is organised on Tuesday. Now. D is followed by the day with no lecture. D cannot
be organised on Friday because then E will be on Tuesday (there is a gap of two
days between D and E). It cannot be organised on Thursday (because then, there
will be no lecture on Friday). B cannot be followed by D. So. D will be organised on
Sunday and E on Wednesday. No lecture will be organised on Monday. A cannot be Z
organised on Thursday. So. A will be organised on Saturday. F and C will be i
organised on Thursday and Friday respectively.
*
So. the correct order is :
Sunday
Monday
Tuesday
Wednesday
Thursday
Friday
Saturday
D
x
B
E
F
C
A
6. (a): There is no lecture on Monday.
7. (c): Three lectures are organised between C and D — B, E and F.
8. (a): F is organised on Thursday.
9 ( a ) : A is the last lecture.
10. (e): All the given statements are required.
Questions 11 to 15
Proceed as in Questions 6-10.
The correct order is >
Monday
f
Tuesday
Wednesday
Thursday
Friday
Saturday
Sunday
/
Quality
Leadership
Decision
Assessment Motivation
X
Group
Circle
Making
Centre
Discussion
11. (e): The first lecture is on Group Discussion and the last one is on Motivation.
12. (c): Three lectures are organised between Motivation and Quality Circle — Assessment'
•Centre, Decision Making and Leadership.
13. (e): The lecture on Leadership is on Thursday.
14. (c): There is no lecture on Tuesday.
15. (e): All the given informations are required.
Questions 16 to 20
The course starts with Psychology. So, Psychology will be on the 22nd. 23rd being
a Sunday will be a holiday. Science will be before Engineering and Economics will
be on one day gap with Engineering means the order followed can be Economics,
Science and Engineering. Mechanics will be the last i.e., on the 29th. So, Sociology
will fill the gap on the 28th. Thus, we have :
22nd
23rd
24th
Psychology Sunday Philosophy
25th
26th
27th
28th
29th
Economics Science Engineering Sociology Mechanics
16. (a): The course will start with Psychology.
17. (c): Economics will be on Tuesday, the 25th.
Copyrighted material
I
Puzzle Test
285
18- (e) : Sociology precedes Mechanics.
19. (a):
T h e r e is only one day gap between Philosophy and Science
20. ( d ) :
Economics is followed by Science.
Q u e s t i o n s 21 to 23
E should be immediately followed by C i.e. the order EC should be followed.
D should be immediately followed by B Le. the order DB should be followed.
One play is staged between A and B and D or E should not be the first or last play.
So, the order is :
I
Monday
Tuesday
Wednesday
Thursday
A
D
B
E
%
Friday
c
21. ( a ) : A is the first pi Ay to be staged
22. (e) : T h e correct order is A D B E C.
23. ( 6 ) :
B w a s staged on Wednesday.
Q u e s t i o n s 24 to 28
24. ia): Clearly, she visits M before N and N before Q. So, she must visit M before Q.
25. ( a ) : Of the six companies if S is first, P is third and the orders M N Q and M R are
followed. Clearly, M must be visited second.
26. ( r ) : Since P is at third place and orders M, N. Q and M, R are to be followed, so immediately
after P she can visit any company except M and which may occupy first or second
place because Q. R and N cannot precede it.
27. id):
28. (a> •
If Q is visited just before R and immediately after S. the order followed will be M
N S Q R . Since P must be in 3rd place, so we have M N P S Q R i.e., Q will be
visited fifth.
According to information. P must be in third place and the order M, N and Q must
not be violated. This is followed only in the arrangement M S P N R Q.
TYPE 5 : SELECTION BASED ON GIVEN CONDITIONS
In such type of questions, a few essential criteria for selection of a group of items
are given. The candidate has to keep these conditions in mind and make the required
selection a6 per the directions given in each question.
Ex. 1. Study the following information carefully and answer the questions
given below it:
From amongst six boys A, B, C, D, E and F and five girls P, Q, R, S and T,
a team of six is to be selected under the following conditions :
(i) A and D have to be together.
(ii) C cannot go with S.'
(iii) S and T have to be together.
(iv) B cannot be teamed with E.
(v) D cannot go with P.
(vi) B and R have to be together,
(c/ii) C and Q have to be together.
1. If there be five boys in the team, the lone girl member is :
(a) P
(6)Q
(c) R
(d) S
2. If including P, the team has three girls, the members are :
(a) B C F Q R
(6) A D E S T
(c) A D B S T
(d)BFRST
Copyrighted material
Reasoning
286
3. If the team including C consists of four boys, the members of the team other
than C are :
(a)ADEPQ
(b) A B D Q R
(c) D E F A Q
(d) B E F R Q
4. If four members including E have to be boys, the members other than E are :
(fl)ABCQR
(6) A D F S T
(c)BCFQR
id) A C D F Q
5. If four members have to be girls, the members of t h e team are :
(o)BCPQRS
(ft)BFPRST
(c)BCQRST
(rf)BCPQRT
Solution : The given questions may be handled as under :
1. In a team of six if five boys are to be selected then both A and D together are selected.
If C is selected, a girl Q will be selected.
From B and E. one has to be selected So, we select E because B will be accompanied by
a girl. The fifth boy will be F. So. the only girl will be Q in the team A C D E F Q.
Hence, the answer is (6).
2. If P is included. D and hence A cannot be included. Jf Q is selected, C has to be selected
and so S cannot be selected. T goes with S. So, T ia also not selected. The third girl can
be R. With R. B will be selected but with B, E cannot be selected. So, the sixth member
can be F only, i.e., the team becomes P Q C R B F. So. the answer is (a).
3. If team contains C, Q will be included. If another girl included is R, B will be there and
hence E cannot be there. A and D have to be together. So. they are also included and
only F can be excluded. Thus, the team is C Q R B A D. So. the answer is (fe).
4. If E is included. B cannot be included. A and D have to be together. So, they are both
included. Without B, R will not be there. With D. P cannot be there. So, two girls together
can be only S and T. If S is there, C cannot be there So the fourth boy can be F alone.
Thus, the team bccomos E A D S T F. So, the answer is (6).
5. In four girls. S and I are taken together. With S, C cannot be there. So, Q will not be
there. If P is included. D and hence A cannot be there. If R is included, B will be there
and hence E cannot be there. So, only F can be there. Thus, the Uam is S T P R B F.
x
So, the answer is (6).
EXERCISE 6E
D i r e c t i o n s (Questions 1 to 5) : Study the following information carefully
and answer the questions that follow :
(Hotel Management, 1996)
A team of five is to be selected from amongst five boys A, B, C, D and E and
f o u r girls P, Q. R and S. Some criteria for selection are :
A and S have to be together.
P cannot be put w i t h R.
D and Q cannot go together.
C and E have to be together.
R cannot be put with B.
Unless otherwise stated, these criteria are applicable to all the questions below :
1. If two of the members have to be boys, the team w i l l consist of :
(fl)ABSP.Q
(6) A D S Q R
(c)BDSRQ
(d)CESPQ
2. If R be one of the members, the other members of the team are :
(a) P S A D
(6) Q S A D
(c)QSCE
(rf)SACE
3. If two of the members are girls and D is one of the members, the members of
the team other tnan D are :
(a) P Q B C
(fc)PQCE
(c)PSAB
(rf)PSCE
Copyrighted
rrttterial
Puzzle Test
287
4. If A and C are members, the other members-of the team cannot be :
(a) B E S
(6) D E S
(c) E S P
(d) P Q E
5. If including P at least three members are girls, the members of the team other
than P are :
(a)QSAB
(6) Q S B D
(c) Q S C E
((f) R S A D .
D i r e c t i o n s (Questions 6 to 10) : Read the folUnving information carefully
and answer the questions given below it:
There are five men A, B, C, D and E and six women P, Q, R, S. T and U. A. B
and R are advocates; C, D, P, Q and S are doctors and the rest are teachers. Some
teoms are to be selected from amongst these eleven persons subject to the following
conditions :
'
A, P and U have to be together.
B cannot go with D or R.
E and Q have to be together.
C and T have to be together.
D and P cannot go together.
C cannot go with Q.
8. If the team is to consist of two male advocates, two lady doctors and one teacher,
the members of t h e team are :
(a) A B P Q U
(b) A B P U S
(c) A P R S U
(d) B E Q R S
7. If the team is to consist of one advocate, two doctors, three teachers and C may
not go with T, the members of the team are :
(a)AEPQSU
(fc)AEPQTU
(c)BEQSTU
(rf)EQRSTU
8. If the team is to consist of one male advocate, one male doctor, one lady doctor
and two teachers, the members of the team are :
(a) A C P T U
(b) A D E P T
(c) A D E P U
|d)BCEQU
9. If the team is to consist of one advocate, three doctors and one male teacher,
the members of the team are :
(a) A D P S U
(6) C D R S T
(c) D E Q R S
(d)DEQRT
10. If the team is to consist of two advocates, two doctors, two teachers and not
more than three ladies, the members of the team are :
*
?f
(a) A B C P T U
(6) A C P R T U
(c)AEPQRT (d)BCEQRT
D i r e c t i o n s (Questions 11 to 15): Study the following information carefully
and answer the questions that follow :
<L.LC^A.0.1995)
From amongst five doctors A, B, C, D and E, four engineers G, H, K and L and
six teachers M, N, O, P, Q and R, some teams are to be selected. Of these. A, B, G,
H, O, P and Q are females and the rest are males.
The formation of team* is subject to the following conditions :
Wherever there is a male doctor, there will be no female teacher.
Wherever there is a male engineer, there will be no female doctor.
There shall not be more than two male teachers in any team.
11. If the team consists of two doctors, three female teachers and two engineers,
T
the members of the team are :
? (a) A B O P Q G H
(ft)CDKLOPQ
(c)CDOPQGH
(d)DEGHOPQ
Copyrighted material
Reasoning
28to
12. If the team consists of two doctors, one engineer and four teachers, all the
following teams are possible except :
( a ) A B G M N O P
•
(6) A B H M O P Q.
( c ) A B H M R P Q
(cOABKNRPQ
13. If the team consists of two doctors, two female teachers and two engineers, a l l
the following teams are possible except :
(a)ABGHOQ
(6) A B G H P Q
(c)A'BKLPQ
(d)OPGHAB
14. If t h e team consists of three doctors, two male engineers and t w o teachers, the
members of the team could be :
( 0 ) A B C K L M R
(6) B C D K L N fc
( c ) C D E K L M N
(d) C D E K L P R
15. If the team consists of two doctors, t w o engineers and two teachers, all the
following teams are possible except :
(a) A B G H O P
(c) C E K L N R
(6) A B G H M N
W ) C D K L O P
D i r e c t i o n s (Questions 16 to W : Read the following information carefully
and answer the questions given below it :
(Bank P.O. 1996)
Eight students A, B, C, D, B f F, G and H are planning to eiyoy car racing. There
are only t w o cars and following are the conditions :
(1)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
One car can accommodate m a x i m u m five and m i n i m u m four students,
A w i l l sit in the same car in which D is sitting but H is not in the same car.
B and C can't sit in the same car in which D is sitting.
F w i l l s i t in the car of four people only alongwith A and E b u t certainly
not w i t h G.
16. If H and G arev s i t t i n g in the same car, who are other two students s i t t i n g in
t h e same car ?
(a) B and C
(6) C and D
(c) B and D
(id) E and B
(e) None of these
17. If E and A are s i t t i n g in the same car, which of the following statements is
true ?
(a) Five students are s i t t i n g in the same car.
(b) B is s i t t i n g in the same car.
(c) F is ftot s i t t i n g in the same car.
(d) G is not s i t t i n g in the same car.
(e) None of these
18. Which of the following statements is superfluous for the above sitting arrangements ?
(a) O n l y (i)
(b) Only (ii)
(c) O n l y ( i i i )
(d) Only (iv)
(e) None of these
D i r e c t i o n s (Questions 19 to 23): Stmdy the following information carefully
and answer the questions that follow :
(NABARD, 1994)
At an Electronic Data Processing U n i t , five out of t h e eight program sets P, Q,
R, S, T, U, V a n d W are to be operated daily. On any one day, except for the firtt
day of a month, only three of the program sets must be the ones that were operated on
t h e previous day. The program operating must also satisfy the following conditions :
(i) If program P is to be operated on a day, V cannot be operated on t h a t day.
Copyrighted
rrttterial
Puzzle Test
289
(ii) If Q is to be operated on a day, T must be one of the programs to be
operated after Q.
(iii) If R is to be operated on a day. V must be one of the programs to be
operated after R.
(iv) The last program to be operated on any day must be either S or U.
19. Which of the following could be the set of programs to be operated on the first
day of a month ?
(a) V, Q, R, T, S
(6) U, Q. S, T f W
(c) T, U, R, V, S
(d) Q, S, R, V, U
(e) P, R, V, S, U
20. Which of the following is true of any day's valid program set operation ?
(а) P cannot be operated at third place.
(б) Q cannot be operated at third place,
(c) R cannot be operated at fourth place.
(-d) T cannot be operated at third place.
(<?) U cannot be operated at fourth place.
21. If R is operated at third place in a sequence, which of the following cannot be
the second program in that sequence ?
(a) Q
(6)S
(c)T
00 U
(e) W
22. If the program sets R and W are to be operated on the first day, which of the
following could be the other programs on that day ?
(a) P. T, V
(6) Q, S, V
(c) Q. T, V
(d) T, S, U
(e) T, S, V
23. If the program sets operated on a day is P, Q, W, T, U, each of the following
could be the next day's program set except :
(o) W, T, U, V, S
(6) W, T, S, P, U
(c) W, R, V, T f U
(<d) Q, T, V, W. S
(e) Q, R, V, T. U
ANSWERS
1. ( a ) : If A is selected, S has to be selected.
If B is selected, R cannot be selected
If D is selected, Q cannot be selected.
So. A D S Q R and B D S R Q are wrong. C E S P Q is not possible because S has
to be accompanied with A
2. (d) : If R is selected, P cannot be selected. So, P S A D is wrong
D and Q cannot go together. So. Q S A D is wrong.
S and A have to be together. So, Q S C E is wrong
3. ( c ) : If D is selected. Q cannot be selected. So, P Q B C and P Q C E are not correct.
S and A have to be together. So, P S C E is also wrong.
4. (d):
If A and C are members, S and E have also to be selected. So, P Q E is not the
correct combination.
5. ( a ) : P and R cannot be together. So. R S A D is wrong
S and A have to be together. So, Q S B I) and Q S C E are inoorrect.
6. ( 6 ) : T h e male advocates are A and B. lady doctors are P, 0 and S; teachers are E, T
and U.
N o w . A and B will be selected.
A, P and U have to be together.
N o w , we have to select one lady doctor more It can be Q or S. But Q and E have
to be together. Since E is not selected, so S will be selected.
Thus, the team is A B P U S.
Copyrighted material
290
Reasoning
1. (6): The advocates are A, B and R; doctors are C, D, P, Q, S; teachers are E, T and U.
The team consists of 3 teachers Le. E, T, U.
Now. A, P and U have to be together.
E and Q have to be together.
Thus, the team is A E P Q T U.
8. (a): The male advocates are A and B; male doctors are C and D; lady doctors are P, Q
and S; teachers are E, T and U.
If A is selected. P and U will be selected. D and P cannot go together. So, a male
doctor C will be selected. C and T have to be together. Thus, the team is A C P T
U. If B is selected. D will not be selected. So, male doctor C will be chosen. C and
T have to be together. Now, the second teacher to be selected is E or U. But, U
cannot go without A. So, E will be selected. E and Q have to be together. Thus, the
team can also be B C E Q T.
9. (c): The advocates are A, B and R; the doctors are C, D, P, Q and S; male teacher is E.
Clearly, E will be selected. E and Q have to be together. C and Q cannot be together.
So, C will not be selected. P also cannot be selected because U is not selected. So,
two other doctors D and S will be selected. P is not selected, so A will not be selected.
D is selected, so B cannot be selected. Thus, the team is D E Q R S.
10. (a): A C P R T U and A E P Q R T are wrong because each of these combinations consists
of four ladies. B C E Q R T is incorrect because B and R cannot go together.
11. (a): The doctors are A, B, C, D and E; female teachers are O, P and Q; engineers are
G, H, K and L. The three female teachers to be selected are O, P and Q.
Now, wherever there is a male doctor, there will be no female teacher. But three
female teachers are selected. So, C. D and E cannot be selected. Thus, two doctors
selected are A and B.
Since female doctors are selected, so male engineers K and L cannot he selected.
Hence, the team formed i s A B O P Q G H .
12. (rf): The doctors are A, B, C, D and E; engineers are G, H, K and L; teachers are M, N,
O, P, Q and R. Four teachers are needed. There are three male teachers. So, female
teachers are also to he selected. So, male doctors Le. C, D and E cannot be selected.
Thus, the two doctors selected will be A and B.
Both the doctors selected are females. So, male engineer K or L cannot be selected
and either G or H is to be chosen.
Clearly, the impossible team is A B K N R P Q, because K is not to be selected.
13. (c): The doctors arc A, B. C, D and E; female teachers are O, P and Q; engineers are
G, H, K and L. Since two female teachers are to be selected, so male doctors i.e. C,
D and E cannot be selected. Thus, the two doctors selected will be A and B. Both
the doctors are females. So, male .engineer K or L cannot be selected and G and H
are to be chosen.
Clearly, the only impossible team is A B K L P Q.
14. (c): The doctors are A, B, C, D and E; male engineers are K and L; teachers are M, N,
O, P, Q and R. Clearly, the two male engineers to be selected are K and L.
Since male engineers are selected, so female doctors Le. A and B cannot be selected.
Thus, three doctors to be selected are C, D and E. The doctors selected are all males.
So, female teachers O, P and Q cannot be selected. Thus, two teachers out of M, N
and R are to be selected.
Hence, the possible team is C D E K L M N.
15. (d): Since no particular specifications are given, so we shall verify the correctness of the
suggested teams separately. Clearly, C D K L O P is incorrect because C and D are
male doctors and so cannot go with female teachers O and P.
Copyrighted
rrttterial
Puzzle Test
291
Q u e s t i o n s 16 to 18
Consider two cars I and II.
A and D sit in the same car, say I.
H is not in the same car i.e. H is in car II.
B and C are not in the same car in which D is sitting i.e. B and C are in car II.
F sits along with A and E in the same car i.e. car I.
G is in the other car i.e. car II.
Thus, we have :
Car I
Car I I
- > A, D, E, F
B . C. G, H
16. ( a ) : B and C are sitting in the same car in which G and H are sitting.
17. (d) : Clearly, G is not sitting in the car in which A and E arc sitting.
18. ( a ) : Clearly, statement^*) is not necessary.
19. ( c ) :
Condition ( i ) makes (e) incorrect.
Condition ( i i ) is not followed in (d).
Condition ( i i i ) is not followed in (a).
Condition (ia) is not followed in (6).
So. the only correct set is (c).
20. ( c ) : Clearly, if R is operated at the fourth place, V must be operated somewhere after
it. T h i s is not possible since the fifth program is the last one which has to be either
S or U. So, R cannot be operated at the fourth place.
21. ( a ) :
If R is operated at third place, it will be followed by V at the fourth place and S or
U at the end.
So, Q which must have T as one of the programs after it. cannot be at the second
place.
22. (e):
Since R is operated, so V must also be operated.
Also, S or U is to be taken at the end.
So, the possible combinations are Q, S, V and T, S. V.
N o w , Q must have T as one of the program? after it, which is not possible. So, Q,
S, V is incorrect.
28. ( 6 ) : It is given that on any one day, only three of the program sets must be the ones
that were operated on the previous day.
But. ( b ) contains four programs out of those operated on the first day. So. it is the
wrong combination.
TYPE 6 : FAMILY-BASED PROBLEMS
In such type of questions, some clues are given regarding relationship among
different members of a family and their professions, qualities, dresses, preferences
etc. The candidate is required to analyse the whole information and then answer
the given questions accordingly.
Ex. Read the following information carefully and answer the questions
>
given below it :
(i) There is a group of six persons A, B, C, D, E and F from a family. They
are Psychologist, Manager, Lawyer, Jeweller, Doctor and Engineer.
(ii) The doctor is the grandfather of F who is a Psychologist.
(iii) The Manager D is married to A.
(iu) -C, the Jeweller is married to the Lawyer.
Copyrighted material
Reasoning
292
(r)
(i>i)
B is the mother of F and E.
There are two married couples in the family.
I. What is the profession of E ?
ic) Manager
(6) Jeweller
(a) Doctor
ie) None of these
(d) Psychologist
2. How is A related to E ?
(c) Father
ib) Uncle
(a) Brother
(e) None of these
(d) Grandfather
3. How many male members are there in the family ?
(6) Three
(c) Four
(o) One
(e) Cannot be determined
id) Data inadequate
4. What is the profession of A ?
(6) Lawyer
(c) Jeweller
ia) Doctor
(e) None of these
(d) Manager
5. Which of the following is one of the pairs of couples in the family ?
ic) A D
(b) AC
ia) A B
(</) Cannot be determined
ie) None of these
Solution
: G i v e n F is a psychologist.
B is t h e m o t h e r of F a n d E m e a n s E is the b r o t h e r or s i s t e r of F.
T h e r e a r e o n l y t w o m a r r i e d couples i n t h e f a m i l y . S i n c e D i s m a r r i e d t o A . s o C , t h e
j e w e l l e r , w h o is m a r r i e d to a l a w y e r , w i l l be m a r r i e d to B.
A g a i n , the M a n a g e r D is married to A means A is the doctor and G r a n d f a t h e r of F and E
A l s o , no o n e e l s e is an E n g i n e e r . So, E m u s t be an E n g i n e e r .
1. C l e a r l y . E is an E n g i n e e r . So. t h e a n s w e r is ie).
2. C l e a r l y , A is the g r a n d f a t h e r of F a n d E is t h e b r o t h e r or s i s t e r of F. S o , A is t h e
g r a n d f a t h e r of E. Henc*\ the a n s w e r is (</).
'
3. Since nothing is mentioned about E and F. so the number of m a l e s cannot be d e t e r m i n e d .
H e n c e , t h e a n s w e r is ie).
4. C l e a r l y , A w h o is the g r a n d f a t h e r of D is the doctor. H e n c e , t h e a n s w e r is ia).
5 . C l e a r l y , D . t h e m a n a g e r i s m a r r i e d t o A . S o , A D i s o n e o f the c o u p l e s i n the f a m i l y .
H e n c e , the a n s w e r is ic).
EXERCISE 6F
Directions iQuestions I to 4) : Study the following information carefully
and answer the questions given below it :
Prashant Arora has three children — Sangeeta, Vimal and Ashish. Ashish married
Monika, the eldest daughter of M r . and Mrs. Roy. The Roys married their youngest
daughter to the eldest son of Mr. and Mrs. Sharma, and they had two children
named A m i t and Shashi. The Roys have two more children, Roshan and Vandana,
both elder to Veena. Sameer and Ajay are sons of Ashish and Monika. Rashmi is
the daughter of A m i t .
I. W h a t is the surname of Rashmi ?
ia) Sharma
(6) Roy
id) Cannot be determined
ie) None of these
(c) Arora
Copyrighted
rrttterial
Puzzle Test
293
2. How is Samecr related to the father of Monika ?
(a) Grandson
(6) Son
(c) Cousin
(d) Son-in-law
(e) None of these
3. What is the surname of Sameer ?
(a) Roy
(b) Sharma
(c) Arora
(d) Cannot be'determined
(e) None of these
4. How is Mrs. Roy related to Ashish ?
(a) Aunt
(b) Mother-in-law
(c) Mother
(d) Sister-in-law
(e) None of these
Directions (Questions 5 to 9) : Read the following information carefully
and answer the questions that follow :
(Railways, 1994)
(j) P, Q, R, S. T and U are travelling in a bus.
(ii) There are two reporters, two technicians, one photographer and one writer
in the group.
(Hi) The photographer P is married to S who is a reporter.
(iv) The writer is married to Q who is of the same profession as that of U.
(v) P, R, Q, S are two married couples and nobody in the group has same
profession.
(vi) U is brother of R.
5. Which of the following is a pair of technicians ?
(d) QU
(a) RS
(b) SU
(c) PT
6. Which of the following is a pair of reporters ?
(d) SU
(a) PQ
(b) RT
(c) ST
7. How is R related to U ?
(a) Brother
(b) Sister
(c) Uncle
(d) Cannot be determined
8- Which of the following pairs is a couple ?
(a) PQ
(b) QR
(c) QS
(d) PT
9. Which of the following is a pair of husbands ?
(a) PQ
(b) PR
(c) QS
(d) Cannot be determined
Directions (Questions 10 to 14): Study the following information carefully
and answer the questions given below it :
(Bank P.O. 1996)
(i) P, Q, R, S, T and U are six members in a family in which there are two
married couples.
(ii) T, a teacher is married to the doctor who is mother of R and U.
(iii) Q, the laywer is married to P.
(iv) P has one son and one grandson.
(v) Of the two married ladies one is a housewife.
(vi) There is also one student and one male engineer in the family.
10. How is P related to R ?
}
(a) Grandfather
(b) Mother
(c) Sister
(d) Grandmother
(e) None of these
11. Who among the following is the housewife ?
<a)P
(6)Q
(c) S
(d) T
(e) None of these
12. How is R related to U ?
(a) Brother
(6) Sister
(c) Brother or Sister
(d) Data inadequate
(e) None of these
Copyrighted material
Reasoning
294
13. Which of the following represents the group of females in the family ?
( a ) PSR
(d) Data inadequate
(b) P S U
(e) None of these
(c) Q T R
14. Which of the following is true about the grand-daughter in the family ?
( a ) She is a lawyer.
(d) Data inadequate
(6) She is a student.
(e) None of these
(c) She is an engineer.
Directions (Questions IS to 19) : Study the information given below and
answer the questions that follow :
There are five persons P, Q, R, S and T. One is football player, one is chess
player and one is hockey player. P and S are unmarried ladies and do not participate
in any game. None of the ladies plays chess or football. There is a married couple
in which T is the husband. Q is the brother of R and is neither a chess player nor
a hockey player.
15. Who is the football player ?
(a) P
(b) Q
Who is the hockey player ?
(c) R
(d)S
(e) T
(a) P
(6) Q
Who is the chess player ?
(c)R
(d) S
(e) T
(a) P
(b) Q
Who is the wife of T ?
(c) R
(d) S
(e) T
(a) P
(c) R
(d)S
(e) None
(6) Q
19. The three ladies are :
( a ) P, Q, R
(6) Q, R, S
(c) P, Q, S
(d) P, R, S
(e) None of these
Directions (Questions 20 to 24): Read the following information carefully
and answer the questions given below it :
(Bank P.O. 1995)
(*) There is a family of six members A, B, C, D f E and F.
(ii) There are two married couples in the family and the family members represent
three generations.
(iii)
Each member has a distinct choice of a colour amongst green, yellow, black,
red, white and pink.
( i f ) No lady member likes either green or white,
(i/) C, who likes black colour is the daughter-in-law of E.
(ui) B is brother of F and son of D and likes pink.
(vii)
(viii)
A is grandmother of F and F does not like red.
The husband has a choice of green colour, his wife likes yellow.
20. Which of the following is the colour preference of A ?
( a ) Red
(b) Yellow
(d) Cannot be determined
(e) None of these
21. How many male members are there in the family ?
(c) Either Red or Yellow
(o) Two
(6) Three
(</) Cannot be determined
(e) None of these
22. Which of the following is true about F ?
(c) Four
( a ) Brother of B
(6) Sister of B
(rf) Either sister or brother of B (e) None of these
(c) Daughter of C
Copyrighted
rrttterial
Puzzle Test
295
23. Which of the following is the colour combination of one of the couples ?
(a) Red-Yellow
(b) Yellow-Red
(c) Green-Black
(d) Yellow-Green
(e) None of these
24. Which of the following is one of the married couples ?
(a) AC k
(b) CD
(c) DA
(</) Cannot be determined
(e) None of these
Directions (Questions 25 to 29) : Study the following information carefully
and answer the questions that follow :
(Bank P.O. 1994)
(i) A, B, C, D, E and F are six members in a family in which there are two
married couples.
iii) D is brother of F. Both D and F are lighter than B.
(iii) B is mother of D and lighter than E.
(iv) C, a lady, is neither heaviest nor the lightest in the family.
(v) E is lighter than C.
(vi) The grandfather in the family is the heaviest.
25. How is E related to F ?
(a) Grandmother
(b) Brother
(c) Father
(d) Data inadequate
(e) None of these
26. Which of the following is a pair of married couples ?
(a) AB
(b) BC
(c) AD
(d) BE
(e) None of these
27. How many male members are there in the family ?
(a) Two
(6) Three
(c) Four
(d) Data inadequate
(e) None of these
28. Who among the following will be in the second place if all the members in the
family are arranged in the descending order of their weights ?
(a) A
(b) C
(c) D
(d) Data inadequate
(e) None of these
29. How is C related to D ?
(a) Grandmother
(b) Cousin
(c) Sister
(d) Mother
(e) None of these
Directions : On the basis of the information given below, answer questions
30 to 33.
(8.BXP.O. 1994)
(i) P, Q, R, S, T and U are six members of a group of which three are males
and three are females.
(ii) There are two engineers, two lawyers, one teacher and one doctor in the group.
(iii) Q, T, P and R are two married couples and no person in this group has
the same profession.
(iv) T, a teacher with blue dress, married a male lawyer with brown dress.
(v) Colour of the dresses of both the husbands and that of both the wives is
the same.
(t;i) Two persons have blue dress, two have brown and the remaining one each
has black and green,
(nil) P is a male engineer whose sister S is also an engineer.
(viii)
Q is a doctor.
30. Who is the wife of P ?
(a) Q
(b) R
(c) S
(d) T
(e) None of these
Copyrighted material
Reasoning
296
31. Which of the following is a group of female members ?
(a) QSR
(b) QST
(c) QSU
<d) QTU
(e) UST
32. Which of the following is a pair of married ladies ?
(a) PR
(b) T S
(c) QT
(d) Data inadequate
(e) None of these
33. What is the colour of ITs dress ?
(a) Black
(6) Green
(c) Black or Green
(d) Data inadequate
(e) None of these
Directions (Questions 34 to 38): Read the following information to answer
the questions given below it :
(S.B.I.P.0.199S)
(i)
34.
35.
36.
37.
In a family of six persons, there are people from three generations. Each
person has separate profession and also they like different colours. There
are two couples in the family.
(ii) Rohan is a CA and his wife neither is a doctor nor likes green colour.
(iii) Engineer likes red colour and his wife is a teacher.
(iv) Mohini is mother-in-law of Sunita and she likes orange colour.
,
(v) Vinod is grandfather of Tanmay and Tanmay, who is a principal, likes black
colour.
(t;i) Nanu is grand-daughter of Mohini and she likes blue colour. Nanu's mother
likes white colour.
Who is an Engineer ?
(a) Nanu
(6) Mohini
(c) Sunita
(d) Cannot be determined
(e) None of these
What is the profession of Sunita ?
(a) Engineer
(b) Doctor
(c) Teacher
(d) Cannot be determined
(e) None of these
Which of the following is the correct pair of two couples ?
(a) Mohini-Vinod and Rohan-Sunita
(b) Vinod-Mohini and Rohan-Nanu
(c) Rohan-Sunita and Tanmay-Nanu
(d) Cannot be determined
(e) None of these
How many ladies are there in the family ?
(a) Two
(d) Cannot be determined
38. Which colour is liked by CA ?
(a) Green
(d) Cannot be determined
(6) Three
(e) None of these
(b) White
(e) None of these
(c) Four
(c) Either White or Greer.
ANSWERS
1. ( a ) : Rashmi is the daughter of Amit who is, therefore the eldest son of Sharmas and
married to Veena, the youngest daughter of the Roys. So. the surname of Rashmi is
Sharma.
2. ( a ) : Sameer is the son of Ashish who is the son of Prashant Arora. So, Sameer will be
the grandson of Monika's father.
3. (c): Sameer is the son of Ashish who is the son of Prashant Arora. So. surname of Sameer
is Arora.
4. (6): Ashish is married to Monika who is the daughter of Mrs. Roy. So, Mrs. Roy will be
the mother-in-law of Ashish.
Copyrighted
rrttterial
Puzzle Test
297
Questions 5 to 9
P is a photographer.
P is married to S. So, one couple is PS. Then, the other couple is RQ.
S is a reporter.
The writer is married to Q. So, R is the writer. Now, P, Q, R, S have different
professions. So. Q is a technician and thus U is also a technician
U is the brother of R.
We now know the professions of P, Q, R, S and U. Only T remains. Since there are
two reporters in the group, so T is also a reporter.
5. (d) : Q and U are technicians.
6.(c): S and T are reporters.
7. id): Since the sex of R is not given, so R may be the brother or sister of U.
8. (6): PS and QR are two couples.
9. (d): The sex of P, Q, R, S is not given. So, the pair of husbands cannot be determined.
Questions 10 to 14
One couple is QP.
Now, R and U are the children of T. So. the other couple is TS.
T ia a teacher
S is a female doctor.
Q is a lawyer
Clearly. P is a housewife and hence a female.
S is the mother of R and U.
P has one son and one grandson.
Clearly, T is the son of P and R or U is the grandson.
The grandson is a male engineer and the grand-daughter is a student.
10. id): P is the grandmother of R.
11. (e) : P is the housewife.
12. (c): R may be the brother or sister of U.
13. (rf) : Since the sex of R and U is not given, so the set of three females cannot be determined.
14. (6): The grand-daughter is a student.
Questions 15 to 19
Clearly, Q is neither a hockey player nor a chess player. So, he must be a football
player and thus cannot be a lady. T is a husband (not a lady) and so must be a
chess player. Hencef R must be a hockey player, and therefore she must be a lady
and Ts wife. So, the information can be summarised as follows :
P — unmarried lady, does not participate in games.
Q — brother of R, football player
R — hockey player. Ts wife.
S — unmarried lady, does not participate in games.
T — husband of R. chess player.
16. ib): Q is the football player.
16. (c): R is the hockey player.
17. ie): T is the chess player.
18. (c): R is the wife of T.
19. id): The three ladies are P, R and S.
Questions 20 to 24
B and F are children of D.
A is grandmother of F. So. B and F represent third generation.
.
Copyrighted materia
Reasoning
298
Now, C is the daughter-in-law of E. So, A and E form a couple and represent first
generation. A, being grandmother, is a female and so E is a male.
C is the daughter-in-law of E and so D is E's son. Thus, CD is the other couple and
represents second generation.
C likes black, B likes pink. Green and yellow are the preferences of a couple. So, A
likes yellow and E likes green. Now, F does not like red. So. F likes white and D
likes red.
Now. F likes white and so cannot be a lady. B is the son of D and hence a male.
20. (fe): A prefers yellow colour.
21. Ic): There are four male members — E, D, B, F.
22. ( a ) : Both F and B are males and both are children of D. So, F is the brother of B.
23. (d) : Yellow-Green is the colour combination of the couple AE.
24. (6): AE and CD are two couples.
Questions 26 to 29
In terms of weight, F < B, D < B, B < E. E < C. So, we have : D < F < B < E < C or
F < D < B < E < C. C is not the heaviest. So, A is the heaviest. Thus, the sequence
becomes : F < D < B < E < C < A or D < F < B < E < C < A .
D is the brother of F.
B is the mother of D and F.
A. being the heaviest, is the grandfather.
Now, C is a lady and so one couple is AC.
B is a female and so cannot pair £ip with C. So, the other couple is BE.
25. (c): E is the husband of B and B is the mother of F. So, E is the father of F.
26. (d): AC and BE are the married couples. BE is one of them.
27. ( d ) : The sex of F is known.
28. (b): The descending order of weights is :
A>C>E>B>F>DorA>C>E>B>D>F.
Clearly. C comes second.
29. ( a ) : C is the wife of A and A is the grandfather of D. So, C is the grandmother of D.
Questions 30 to 33
T is a female teacher with blue dress.
T married a lawyer. Now, P is an engineer and Q is a doctor. Clearly, T married R.
R is. thus, a male lawyer with brown dr^ess.
One couple is RT. So, the other couple is PQ.
P is a male engineer and has the same dress as R i.e., brown.
Q is a female doctor and has the same dress as T i.e., blue.
S is the sister of P. S is a female engineer. Now, U remains. Since there are two
lawyers, so U is a lawyer.
Both S and U have either black or green dress.
r
p
R
S
T
u
Q
i Profession
Colour of
dress
Sex
30. (a):
31. lb):
32. (c):
33. (c):
Engineer
Lawyer
Engineer
Teacher
Lawyer
Brown
Doctor
Blue
Brown
Blue
Black or
Green
Male
Female
Male
Black or
Green
Female
Female
Male
Q is the wife of P.
Q, S and T are female members.
Q and T are married ladies.
Us dress is black or green in colour.
Copyrighted material
Puzzle Test
299
Questions 34 to 38
Mohini is mother-in-law of Sunita and grandmother of Nanu. Vinod is grandfather
of Tanmay. So, Nanu and Tanmay represent third generation.
Mohini and Vinod form a couple and represent first generation.
Clearly. Rohan and Sunita form the other couple and represent second generation.
Rohan is a CA Since engineer is married, so Vinod is an engineer and likes red colour.
Mohini is a teacher and likes orange colour.
Nanu likes blue colour.
Tanmay is a Principal and likes black colour.
Sunita, Nanu's mother, likes white colour.
Clearly, Rohan likes green colour.
34. ie): Vinod is an engineer.
35. (d): The only clue that Sunita, Rohan's wife, is not a doctor, cannot lead to her correct
profession So, the data is inadequate
38. (a): The two couples are Mohini-Vinod and Rohan-Sunita
37. (6): There are three ladies in the family — Mohini, Sunita and Nanu.
38. (a): Rohan is a CA and likes green colour.
TYPE 7-.JUMBLED PROBLEMS
In this type of questions, some mixed clues regarding three or more qualities of
given items or persons is given. The candidate is required to analyse this mixed
information with respect to different qualities and classify the items accordingly.
Ex. Read the following statements and answer the questions that follow :
Of the six men of literature A, B, C, D, E and F being considered here, two
belonged to the 17th century, three to the 19th and one to the 20th century. Four
were recognised as great poets, three as great novelists and three as great dramatists.
One contributed to Bengali literature, two to Hindi, two to Marathi and one to Tamil.
The 20th century writer wrote poetry only and contributed to Marathi literature and
the other Marathi writer contributed to poetry, novel and drama. One Hindi writer
and the only Tamil writer belonged to the 19th century- The former contributed to
poetry and novel while the latter to novel and drama. The Bengali writer belonged
to the 17th century and contributed to poetry only. A belonged to the 20th century'.
B wrote drama only, C contributed to Marathi literature, D was a Hindi poet and
novelist and belonged to the 19th century. E also belonged to the 19th century, and
F contributed to poetry only.
1. To which language did B contribute ?
(a) Bengali
ib) Hindi
(c) Marathi
2. Among these, who was the Tamil writer ?
ia) A
(6) B
ic) E
3. To which branch of literature did A contribute ?
ia) Poetry
(6) Novel
ic) Drama
4. Among these, who was the Bengali writer ?
ia) A
(6) B
ic) E
5. To which branch of literature did C contribute ?
ia) Poetry
ib) Drama
ic) Novel
id) Tamil
id) F
id) All of these
id) F
id) All the three
Copyrighted materia
t
Reasoning
300
Solution : Clearly, there is one belonging to 20th century. So, A who belongs to 20th century
contributes to Marathi poetry.
Also, D is a Hindi poet and novelist who belongs to the 19th century.
There are only two Marathis. So, C who is a Marathi will contribute to poetry, novel and
drama.
Clearly, there are only four poets. So, F who is a poet, will be Bengali belonging to the
17th century. There is now no other Bengali, no other Marathi and no other poet B, who
wrote drama only cannot be Tamil and does not belong to 19th century. So, B belongs to 17th
century and is a Hindi dramatist. Thus, E belonging to the 19th century is a Tamil novelist
and dramatist. C will belong to the 19th century.
1. (6): B contributes to Hindi.
2. (c): E is the Tamil writer
3. (a): A contributes to poetry alone.
4. (d): F is the Bengali writer.
5. (d) : C contributes to all the three — poetry, novel and drama.
EXERCISE 6G
Directions (Questions 1 to 5) : Read the following information carefully
and answer the questions that follow :
There is a group of five persons — A, B, C, D and E.
One of them is a horticulturist, one is a physicist, one is a journalist, one
is an industrialist and one is an advocate.
(iii) Three of them — A. C and advocate prefer tea to cofTee and two of them
— B and the journalist prefer coffee to tea.
(it;) The industrialist and D and A are friends to one another but two of these
prefer coffee to tea.
(t;) The horticulturist is C's brother.
Who is a horticulturist ?
(a) A
(6) B
(c) C
(d) D
(e) E
Who is an industrialist ?
(a) E
(6) C
(c) B
(d) D
(e) A
Which of the following groups includes a person who likes tea but is not an
advocate ?
(a) ACE
(6) DE
(c) BCE
(d) BD
(e) None of these
Who is a physicist ?
(a) A
(b) E
(c) D
(d) C
(e) B
Which of the statements above is superfluous ?
(a) (iii)
(b) (iv)
(c) (ii)
(d) (v)
(e) Nil
(i)
(ii)
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Directions (Questions 6 to 10) : Study the following information carefully
and answer the questions given below it:
(L.I.C.AJLO. 1995)
There are five friends A, B, C, D and E. Two of them are businessmen while
the other three belong to different occupations viz. medical, engineer and legal. One
businessman and the lawyer stay in the same locality S, while the other three stay
in three different localities P, Q and R. Two of these five persons are Hindus while
the remaining three come from three different communities viz. Muslim, Christian
Copyrighted material
Puzzle Test
301
and Sikh. The lawy er is the oldest in age while one of the businessmen who runs a
factory is the youngest. The other businessman is a cloth merchant and agewise lies
between the doctor and the lawyer. D is a cloth merchant and stays in locality S
while E is a Muslim and stays in locality R. The doctor is a Christian and stays in
locality P. B is a Sikh while A is a Hindu and runs a factory.
6. Who stays in locality Q ?
(a) A
(6) B
(c) C
(d) E
7. What is E's occupation ?
(a) Business
(6) Engineer
Cc) Lawyer
(rf) Doctor
8. Agewise who among the following lies between A and C ?
(a) Lawyer
(6) Doctor
(c) Cloth merchant (d) Engineer
9. What is B's occupation ?
(a) Business
(6) Engineer
(c) Lawyer
id) Doctor
10. What is C's occupation ?
(a) Doctor
(6) Lawyer
(c) Engineer
(d) Business
Directions IQuestions 11 to IS) : Read the following information and
answer the questions that follow :
(A.A.O. Exam, 1988)
A, B, C. D and E are five towns out of which two are hill stations and the rest
are in plain. Two towns, which are in plain, are harbours. Four towns out of five
are capitals and two are industrial towns. Population of two towns is less than 5
lacs. It is 20 lacs of one town and more than 50 lacs of two towns. Two towns are
on the same latitudes and other two are^on the same longitudes. Latitudes and
longitudes of both harbours are different and out of these one is an industrial town.
The population of both industrial towns is more than 50 lacs. The longitudes of one
hill station and one of the industrial towns are same. The latitudes and longitudes
of the other hill station and other harbour are different. One industrial town is
neither a hill station nor a harbour. None of the hill stations is an industrial town.
The hill station of which longitudes are same as that of a harbour, is a capital. B
is a hill station while the longitudes of A and E are same. E is a harbour. The
latitudes of D and C are same and the population of D is 20 lacs. Both the harbours
are capitals and one of them is an industrial town.
11. Which of the following two towns are those whose population is less than
5 lacs ?
(a) D and A (6) B and C
(c) A and B
<d) A and C
(e) None of these
12. Which of the following towns is not a capital ?
(a) A
(6) C
ic) D
id) E
- (e) B
13. Which of the following is harbour, capital and industrial town ?
(a) A
(6) B
(c) C
(d) E
(e) D
14. Which of the following towns have population more than 50 lacs ?
(a) A and D (ft) B and E
(c) C and E
(d) C and D
(e) A and C
15. Which one of the following towns is hill station as well as capital ?
(a) B
(ft) C
(c) E
(d) D
(e) A
Directions : Questions 16 to 20 are based on the information given below.
Study it carefully and choose the correct alternative in each question.
(Bank P.O. 1993)
(*) There are eight faculty members A, B. C. D, E, F. G and H in the institute,
each teaching a different subject.
Copyrighted materia
Reasoning
302
(ii) There are three lady members and of the eight, four are holding Ph.D. Degree.
{iii) E teaches Psychology and is Ph.D. A teaches Chemistry,
(in) The one who teaches Economics is not Ph.D. No lady member teaches either
Commerce or Law. Law faculty does not award Ph.D.
{v) D and G do not teach either Commerce or Physics.
(vi) H and C are lady members and are not Ph.D. F who is Ph.D. teaches Zoology.
(vu) B and G are Ph.Ds and G is a lady member.
16. Who teaches Physics ?
(a) C
(b) Either H or C
id) Either C or G
(e) None of these
17. Which of the following lady members is/are Ph.D. ?
ia) G
ib) G and H
id) Cannot be determined
(e) None of these
18. Which of the following statements is true ?
ic) H
ic) C and D
(a) Two lady members are Ph.D.
ib) Three male members are Ph.D.
(c) The person who teaches Zoology is not Ph.D.
id) The person who teaches Economics is Ph.D.
ie) None of these
19. Which of the following combinations is not correct ?
( a ) Commerce-Male-Ph.D.
_ ib) Economics-Lady-Non-Ph.D.
(c) Physics-Lady-Ph.D.
(d) Zoology-Male-Ph.D.
ie) Chemistry-Male-Non- .'h.D.
20. What is the subject taught by G ?
(a) Zoology
(6) Either Physics or Zoology
(c) Either Physics or Economics
id) Cannot be determined
ie) None of these
Directions iQuestions 21 to 26): Study the following information carefully
and answer the questions given below it :
(Hotel Management, 1996)
Of the five boys A, B, C, D and E two are good, one is poor and two are average
in studies. Two of them study in post-graduate classes and three in under-graduate
classes. One comes from a rich family, two from middle-class families and two from
poor families. One of them is interested in music, two in acting and one in sports.
Of those studying in under-graduate classes, two are average and one is poor in
studies. Of the two boys interested in acting, one is a post-graduate student. The
one interested in music comes from a middle-class family. Both the boys interested
in acting are not industrious. The two boys coming from middle-class families are
average in studies and one of them is interested in acting. The boy interested in
sports comes from a poor family, while the one interested in music is industrious.
E is industrious, good in studies, comes from a poor family and is not interested in
acting, music or sports. C is poor in studies inspite of being industrious. A comes
from a rich family and is not industrious but good in studies. B is industrious and
comes from a middle-class family.
21. Name the boy interested in sports.
ia) A
ib) B
(c) C
id)
D
Copyrighted material
Puzzle Test
303
22. Name the boy interested in music.
(a) A
23. Name
(a) A
24. Name
(a) A,
25. Name
(a) A
(6) B
(c) C
(d) D
the middle-class family boy interested in acting.
(6) B
(c) C
(d) D
the boys studying in post-graduate classes.
D
(6) A, E
(c) B, C
(d) D, E
the boy who is not industrious and is average in studies,
(6) B
(c) C
(d) D
ANSWERS
Questions 1 to 5
A prefers tea. So, from (iu), the industrialist and D prefer coffee. But, from (iii), B and
the journalist prefer coffee. So, B is the industrialist and D is the journalist.
Now, A, C and advocate remain. Clearly, E is the advocate.
The horticulturist is Cs brother. It can be only A C is a physicist.
A
B
C
D
E
Profession
Horticulturist
Industrialist
Physicist
Journalist
Advocate
Preference
Tea
Coffee
Tea
Coffee
Tea
1. ( a ) :
2. (c) :
3. (e):
4. ( d ) :
5. (e):
A is a horticulturist.
B is an industrialist.
Clearly, A and C are the persons who like tea but are not advocates.
C is the physicist.
Since all the statements are required to analyse the given data, none of them is
superfluous.
Questions 6 to 10
I. A is a Hindu, B is a Sikh, E is a Muslim. Now, the doctor is a Christian and D is
a cloth merchant. So, C is a Christian and D is a Hindu.
II. D stays in locality S. E stays in locality R. Now, one businessman i.e., D and the
lawyer stay in S. C is a doctor and A a factory' owner. So, B is the lawyer and stays
in locality S. C, the doctor, stays in locality P. Clearly, A stays in locality Q.
III. Clearly, A is a factory owner, B is a lawyer, C is a doctor, D is a cloth merchant
and E is an engineer.
A
B
c
D
E
Profession
Factory
owner
Lawyer
Doctor
Cloth
merchant
Engineer
Religion
Hindu
Sikh
Christian
Hindu
Muslim
Locality
Q
S
P
S
R
.
IV. B, the lawyer, is oldest. A, the factory owner, is the youngest. D, the cloth merchant
lies between doctor and lawyer i.e. B and C in age.
So, agewise sequence is : B > D > C > E > A .
6. (a) : A stays in locality Q.
7. (6): E is an engineer.
8. ( d ) : E lies between A and C. E is an engineer.
9. (c): B is a lawyer.
10. ( a ) : £ is a doctor.
Copyrighted material
i
I
jReasoning
304
Questions 11 to IS
We analyse the given information as follows :
Two are hill stations.
Three are plains of which two are harbours.
Four towns are capitals.
Two towns are industrial.
Two towns have population less than 5 lacs.
One town has population 20 lacs.
Two towns have population more than 50 lacs.
Two towns are on same latitudes.
B is a hill station. E is a harbour. Clearly, A which has the same longitude as E,
cannot be a harbour and clearly, D having population 20 lacs cannot be an industrial
town. So, it is a harbour. Thus, E and D are harbours.
Clearly, one harbour is industrial town but D is not. So. E is an industrial town
with population more than 50 lacs. Clearly, longitudes of a hill station and industrial
town are same. So, A having same longitude as E, is a hill station. Latitudes of D
and C are same and D is a harbour. So, C cannot be a hill station. So, B is the other
hill station Thus, three plains are C, D, E. One industrial town is neither a hill
station nor a harbour. So, C is an industrial town with population more than 50
lacs. Clearly, both harbours are capitals. So. E and D are capitals. The hill station
A, having same longitude as a harbour, is also a capital. Population of D is 20 lacs.
So, population of A and B is less than 5 lacs. Clearly, only one hill station is capital.
So, C is the other capital.
11. (c): Clearly, population of A and B is less than 5 lacs.
12. (e): Clearly, B is not a capital.
13. ( d ) : Harbours are E an«. D, capitals are A, C, D and E and industrial towns are C and
E. So, E is harbour, capital and industrial town.
14. (c): Clearly, the industrial towns C and E have a population of more than 50 lacs.
15. le): The capitals are A, C, D and E. The hill stations are A and B. So, A is a hill ttation
as well as a capital.
Questions 21 to 25
f
I. A and E are good in studies; C is poor in studies. The remaining two Le. B and D
are average in studies.
II. A comes from a rich family; E belongs to a poor family.
Now. B and D are average in studies. So, B and D come from middle-class families.
Now, C remains. So, C belongs to a poor family (because two boys come fijom poor
families).
III. The students who are poor and average in studies are in under-graduate classes Le.
B, C and D.
The remaining two Le. A and E study in post-graduate classes.
IV. B, C and E are industrious. A is not industrious. Now, two boys are not industrious.
So, D is also not industrious.
V. Two boys interested in acting are not industrious So, A and D are interested in
acting. The boy interested in music comes from middle-class family. B and D come
from middle-class families. But D is interested in acting. So, B is interested in music.
E is not interested in any activity. Clearly, C is interested in sports.
21. (c): C is interested in sports.
22. (6): B is interested in music.
23. (d): D is the middle-class family boy interested in acting.
24. (6): A and E study in post-graduate classes.
25. ( d ) : D is not industrious and is average in studies.
Copyrighted material
i
Puzzle Test
305
SOME MISCELLANEOUS PUZZLES
EXERCISE 6H
Directions (Questions 1 to 10) : Study the following informa!ion and
answer the questions given below it*
(M.BA 1977)
A, B, C and D are four friends who do not mind exchanging items. A had two
chessboards each costing Rs 500 and a record player. C originally had a cycle and
a walkman. Each cricket bat costs Rs 700. Both D and C got a cricket bat from B.
A gave his record player costing Rs 2000 to B. C got a camera costing Rs 1500 from
D. The cycle C had costs Rs 1000 and the walkman costs Rs 700. B had three cricket
bats at the beginning and D had two cameras total cost of which is Rs 5000. A gave
one of his chessboards to C and took C*s cycle. C gave his walkman to D.
1. Who did not have a cricket bat at the end of exchange of items ?
la) A
(6) B
(c) C
(d) D
2. Total cost of materials C had at the beginning was
la) Rs 5000
(6) Rs 3000
(c) Rs 2100
(d) Rs 1700
3. After completion of exchange of items, A had with him an item which no one
else had. What is the item ?
la) Chessboard
(6) Cycle
(c) Record player
(d) Walkman
4. At the beginning who had the costliest items ?
la) A
(6) B
(c) C
(d) D
5. In the process of exchange of items, B received an item from
(o) A
(6) C
(c) D
(d) None of these
6. After exchange of items. B had
{a) one record player
(6) one cricket bat
(c) one record player and one cricket bat
(d) one record player and one camera
7. After exchange of items, who had the items total cost of which is Rs 1500 ?
la) A
(6) B
(c) C
(d) D
8. Who incurred maximum loss after the exchange of items ?
<a)D
lb) A
(c) C
(d) B
9. Who made profit after the exchange of items ?
la) A and B
(6) A and D
(c) B and C
(d) C and D
10. At the end of exchange of items, D had in his possession
la) one cricket bat and one camera
(6) one camera, one walkman and one cricket bat
Ic) one cricket bat and one walkman
Id) one camera and one walkman
Directions IQuestions 11 to 13) t Read the following information carefully
and answer the questions given below it :
The si*m of the income of A and B is more than that of C and D taken together.
The sum of the income of A and C is the same as that of B and D taken together.
Moreover. A earns half as much as the sum of the income of B and D.
11. Whose income is the highest ?
(a) A
(6) B
Ic) C
(d) D
Copyrighted m a t e
>
306
Reasoning
12. Which of the following statements is not correct ?
(a) A earns more than B.
(c) C earns more than D.
(6) B earns more than D.
(d) B earns more than C.
13. If A's income be Rs 80,000 per annum and the difference between the income
of B and D be the same as A's income, B's income is
(a) Rs 40.000
(6) Rs 60,000
(c) Rs 80,000
(d) Rs 1,20,000
Directions (Questions 14 to 18) : Study the information given below and
answer the questions that follow :
(MJV.T. 1998)
A, B, C, D, E and F are cousins. No two cousins are of the same age, but all
have birthdays on the same date. The youngest is 17 years old and the oldest E is
22. F is somewhere between B and D in age. A is older than B. C is older than D.
14. Which of the following is not possible ?
(a) D is 20 years old.
(6) F is 18 years old.
(c) F is 19 years old.
(d) F is 20 years old.
15. Which of the following could be the ages of D and C respectively, if B is
17 years old ?
(a) 18 and 19
(6) 19 and 21
(c) 18 and 20
(d) 18 and 21
16. Which of the following must be true if exactly two of the cousins are between
C and F in age ?
(a) A is between F and D in age.
(6) B is 17 years old.
(c) B is younger than D.
(d) F is 18 years old.
17. If A is one year older than C f the number of logically possible orderings of all
six cousins by increasing age is
(a) 2
(6) 3
(c) 4
18. Which of the following must be true if C is 19 years old ?
(a) A is 19 years old and D is 21.
(c) B is 20 years old and A is 21.
(d)
5
(6) B is 19 years old and A is 20.
(d) D is 17 years old and B is 21.
Directions (Questions 19 to 22): Read the following information carefully
and answer the questions given below it:
(S.B.I.P.0.1995)
There are five identical looking boxes having different objects in it and every
box has a label indicating their contents. The following is the description of the
contents and the label of each box :
Contents
Label
Two Pins
PP
Two Balls
BB
Two Clips
CC
One Pin and One Clip
PC
One Ball and One Clip
BC
Somebody has mischieviously interchanged these labels in such a way that no
box contains the label correctly explaining its contents.
19. If the first box opened contained label PP and the second box opened contained
label PC and out of the combined four items, one item was a Ball, which of the
following will be definitely true ?
(а) Other three items will not contain two Balls.
(б) Other three items will not contain any Clip.
Copyrighted material
»
Puzzle Test
307
(c) Other three items will contain atleast one Clip.
(d) Other three items will not contain two Pins.
(e) None of these
20. If the first box, containing the label BC was opened and it was found that one
item is a Ball, which of the following would be definitely true ?
(а) The other item may either be a Ball or a Clip.
(б) The other box with BB label will contain a Ball and a Clip.
(c) The other item will not be a Ball.
(d) The other item will also be a Ball.
(e) None of these
21. If the information is available that box PC does not contain either any Pin or
any Clip and box PP does not contain any Pin and box CC contains one Clip
and one Ball, which of the following will definitely be true if only one of the
remaining boxes is opened ?
(a) It will have one Pin and one Clip.
(6) It will have atleast one Clip,
(c) It will have two Pins.
(d) It will have atleast one Pin.
(e) None of these
22. If the box PP contained two Clips, the box CC contained two Pins and the box BB
contained atleast one Ball, which of the following will definitely be not true ?
(а) The box BC contains one Pin and one Clip.
(б) The box BB contains one Ball and one Clip.
(c) The box BC contains two Balls.
(d) The box PC contains two Balls.
(e) The box BB contains one Clip.
Directions : Questions 23 to 29 are based on the following information :
(Hotel Management, 1998)
Priya and Promila are fast friends. Priya's father, Prem, is a police officer while
Promila's father, Somesh, is an engineer. Prem and Somesh have a common friend
in Rohan who has two children, Kunal and Renu. Priya and Kunal are college fellows
while Promila and Renu are in the same class and study in another college. Promila
and Kunal are good debaters and represent their colleges in inter-college debates.
Renu writes poems while Priya is a good singer. Somesh is very proud of his daughter
and often talks to his friends about her special talent in painting. Renu's father is
a businessman and stays in the same locality where Prem stays while Somesh, who
stays in another locality, is more intimate with Prem than with Rohan. Families of
all the three persons stay with them.
In each of the following questions, two statements P and Q are given.
Mark your answer as (a) if both P and Q are true; (6) if one of the two
is true and the other is wrong; (c) if both the statements are wrong; and
(d) if it is not possible to draw any conclusion about the correctness or
otherwise of either or both P and Q on the basis of information available in
the above statement.
23. P
Q
24. P
Q
:
:
:
:
Priya and Promila read in different colleges.
Promila is a good debater as also a good painter.
Rohan is an electronics engineer.
Priya and Kunal are class-fellows.
Copyrighted materia
Reasoning
308
25. P
Q
26. P
Q
: Priya and Renu are college-fellows.
: Promila's father is more intimate with Renu's father than with Priya's father.
: Somesh is a civil engineer.
: Priya and Renu are good debaters and represent their colleges in inter-college
debates.
27. P : Rohan is a businessman.
Q : Renu and Priya stay in the same locality.
28. P : Promila's special talent has impressed her father very much.
Q : Rohan and Somesh stay in the same locality.
29. P : Rohan and Prein stay in the same locality.
Q : Renu and Kunal stay in the same locality.
Directions (Questions SO to 39) : Read the following passage carefully
and answer the questions that follow :
(M.BJ\. 1997)
Score Card of the final match of Shaijah Singer Cup 1996 is given below :
SCORE BOARD
P a k i s t a n : Saeed Anwar c Fleming b Vaughan 1; Aamir Sohail st Germon b
Patel 16; Shahid Afridi c Greatbatch b Larsen 21; tfas Ahmed c Fleming b Astle 10;
Salim Malik lbw Cairns 40; Azam Khan c Greatbatch b Harris 22; Moin Khan Ibw
Cairns 32; Wasim Akram c Vaughan b Patel 0; Saqlain Mushtaq lbw Harris 0; Waqar
Younis run out 0; Mushtaq Ahmed not out 4.
Extras : (lb-12, w-2); 14
T o t a l : (all out in 48.5 overs); 160
Fall of w i c k e t s : 1-4, 2-32, 3-61, 4-63, 5-116, 6-120, 7-120, 8-138, 9-145.
B o w l i n g : Vaughan 8-0-33-1; Larsen 9-1-22-1; Cairns 9.5-0-24-2; Astle 3-0-7-1;
Harris 9-2-32-2; Patel 10-2-30-2.
N e w Zealand : Bryan Young b Akram 5; Mark Greatbatch c Ijaz b Mushtaq
52; Adam Parore lbw Saqlain 22; Nathan Astle c Mushtaq b Saqlain 8; Stephen
Fleming lbw Younis 4; Chris Cairna lbw Akram 8; Chris Harris c Afridi b Mushtaq
2; Lee Germon lbw Akram 5; Dipak Patel lbw Afridi 1; Justin Vaughan not out 1;
Gavin Larsen b Afridi 0.
Extras : (w-5, nb-6); 11
T o t a l : (all out in 36.5 overs); 119
Fall of wickets : 1-7, 2-66, 3-81, 4-98, 5-102, 6-111, 7-114, 8-117, 9-119.
B o w l i n g i Akram 8-1-20-3; Younis 8-0-22-1; Saqlain 8-0-32-2; Afridi 2.5-0-14-2;
Mushtaq 10-0-31-2.
80. How many Pakistani batsmen were bowled by bowlers of New Zealand ?
(a) 0
(6)1
(c) 2
(<0 3
31. Highest
runs were scored in the match by the partnership of
(a) Aamir Sohail and Shahid Afridi (b) Mark Greatbatch and Adam Parore
(c) Moin Khan and Azam Khan
id) Salim Malik and Azam Khan
32. If runs per wicket is the criterion for evaluating bowling performance, then
which bowler had the best bowling performance in the match ?
(a) Astle
(6) Younis
(c) Afridi
(d) Akram
33. If number of balls per wicket is considered to evaluate bowling performance,
then who was the best bowler of the match ?
(a) Patel
(6) Larsen
(c) Afridi
(d) Akram
Copyrighted material
Puzzle Test
309
34. Performance of which bowlers were the same, where criterion for evaluation is
number of runs per wicket ?
I. Harris and Saqlain
II. Afridi and Harris
(a) Both I and II are true
(6) I is true but II is false
(c) Both I and II are false
(d) II is true but I is false
35. Which'bowler of Pakistan had the worst bowling performance considering number
of balls per wicket as the criterion ?
(a) Afridi
(b) Younis
(c) Mushtaq
(</) Saqlain
36. How many leg before wickets were given in the match ?
(a) 6
(6) 7
(c) 8
(d) 9
37. Who was run out in the match ?
(a) Waqar Younis
(6) Justin Vaughan
(c) Azam Khan and Waqar Younis
(d) None of these
38. Who took maximum number of catches in the match ?
I. Stephen Fleming
II. Mark Greatbatch
III. Ijaz Ahmed
(a) I and II are true but I I I is false
(6) Only II is true
(c) II and I I I are true but I is false
(d) All are true
39. Which of the following statements is false ?
(а) Last wicket partnership of Pakistan added 15 runs.
(б) Only two were given stumped out in the match.
(c) Last wicket partnership of New Zealand could not add any rui^
(d) Runs scored by the seventh wicket partnership of New Zealand were same
as the runs scored by the eighth wicket partnership of New Zealand.
ANSWERS
Questions 1 to 10
Before exchange
Person
A
B
C ,
D
Item
Worth
Chessboard
Record player
Cricket bat
Cycle
Walkman
Camera 1
Camera 2
Rs 500
Rs 2000
Rs 700
Rs 1000
Rs 700
Rs 1500
Rs 3500
Quantity
2
1
3
1
1
1
1
Value
Total
Rs 1000
Rs 2000
Ra 2100
Rs 1000
Rs 700
Rs 1500
Rs 3500
cost
Rs 3000
Rs 2100
Rs 1700
Rs 5000
After exchange
Person
A
B
C
D
Item
Worth
Cycle
Chessboard
Record player
Cricket bat
Cricket bat
Camera 1
Chessboard
Cricket bat
Walkman
Camera 2
Rs 1000
Rs 500
Rs 2000
Rs 700
Rs 700
Rs 1500
Rs 500
Rs 700
Rs 700
Rs 3500
Quantity
1
1
i
1
1
1
1
1
I
1
Value
Total
Rs 1000
Rs 500
Rs 2000
Rs 700
Rs 700
Rs 1500
Rs 500
Rs 700
Rs 700
Rs 3500
cost
Rs 1500
Rs 2700
Rs 2700
Rs 4900
Copyrighted material
i
*
Reasoning
310
1. (a): A did not have a cricket bat afler the exchange.
2. id): Before exchange. C had items worth Rs 1700.
3. ib): A had a cycle, which no one else had.
4. id): At the beginning. D had the costliest items worth Rs 5000
5. (a): Clearly, B received a record player from A.
6. ic): After exchange of items, B had a cricket bat and a record player.
7. (a): After exchange. A had items worth Rs 1500.
8. (b): Only A and D incurred losses in the deal.
Loss incurred by A = Rs (3000 - 1500) = Rs 1500.
Loss incurred by D = Rs (5000 - 4900) = Rs 100.
9. (c): Clearly. B and C made profit after the exchange.
B's profit = Rs (2700 - 2100)« Rs 600.
Cs profit - Rs (2700 - 1700) - Rs 1000.
10. (6): Clearly, after exchange, D had a cricket bat, a walkman and a camera.
Questions 11 to 13
We have : (A • B) > (C • D)
( A * C ) « ( B + D)
Putting A = | ( B f D) in (ii). we get C «| (B • D). So, A =« C.
...(i)
...(ii)
...m
Since (A + B) > (C • D) and A » C so B > D.
Thus, from (iii), we get B > A and so B > C.
11. (6): Clearly. B has the highest income.
12. (o): Clearly. B earns more than A. So. (oris false.
13. id): A = 80000 « ~ (B + D) or B + D » 2 A « 160000
l
Also. B - D - A = 80000
Adding iiv) and iv), we get : 2B = 240000 or B = 120000.
Questions 14 to 18
Given : E is oldest. A > B, C > D.
Thus, we have the following possible arrangements :
20
•22
21
19
18
17
E
A
B >
>
>
F
>
C
>
D
E
>
A
>
C >
B >
F
>
D
E
>
A
>
B >
C >
F
>
D
E
A
>
>
C >
D >
F
>
B
E
C
>
>
D >
F
>
A
B
>
E
>
C
>
D >
A
>
F
>
B
E
>
C
A
B >
>
>
F
>
D
E
>
C
>
A
>
D >
F
>
B
14. ia): Clearly, D ia 20 years old in (ir) and (ui). So, ia) is possible
F Is 18 years old in Hi), (iii). iiv), ivi), ivii), iviii). So, ib) is possible.
F is 19 years old in (i) and (p). So, ic) is possible.
But F is not 20 years old by any of the possibilities. So. id) is not possible.
15. ib): B is 17 years old in iiv), iv), (iri) and iviii).
In iiv), DT* age is 19 years and C's age is 20 years.
...(ii/)
...(v)
...CO
...tfi)
...m
...(iv)
...(w)
...<w>
...(vii)
Copyrighted material
f
Puzzle Test
16. (d):
17. (a):
18. (c>:
19. (e) :
20. (d) :
21. (d):
311
In <(/) and (w), Ua age is 20 years and C's age is 21 years.
In (vUi). D's age is 19 years and C's ago is 21 years.
There is a gap of two persons between C and F in (iri), Mi) and (viii) and in each
of these cases, F is 18 years old.
Clearly, A is one year older than C in only two arrangements — (ii) and (ivh
Clearly, from (iU). it follows that if C is 19 years old, B is 20 years old and A is 21.
The information given is insufficient as to derive a particular conclusion. So. none
of the given conclusions follows.
Since one item in the box is a Ball, so the box labelled BC may be, in fact. BB or
BC. But it cannot be BC because it is given that no box contains the correct label.
Thus, the box is BB and so the other item in it will also be a Ball.
Since the box PC does not contain a Pin or a Clip, so it is in fact the box BB and
contains two Balls.
*
22. (c) :
23. (o):
24. (c):
25. (c) :
26. (rf):
27. (a):
28. (6):
29. ia):
30. (a):
Since the box PP does not contain any Pin. so it is in fact either box BC or CC.
Since the box CC contains one Clip and one Ball, it is in fact box BC.
So. the box labelled PP is in fact box CC.
Now, the remaining two boxes are PP and PC. Thus, if any of them is opened, i*
will definitely contain one Pin.
Since box PP contains two Clips, it is in fact box CC.
Since box CC contains two Pins, it is in fact box PP.
Since box BB contains one Ball and no box carries the correct label, it is in fact box BC.
Now, remain the boxes labelled PC and BC which are in fact BB and PC.
Since no box carries the correct label, so box PC is in fact BB, and box BC is in fact
PC. Thus, box BC contains one Pin and one Clip. So, (c) is false.
Clearly, Priya and Kunal study in the same college, and Promila and Renu study in
the same class in a different college. So, P is true.
It is given that Promila is a good debater and Somesh's daughter (Promila) is good
gt painting. So, Q is also true.
Clearly, Renu's father. Rohan is a businessman. So, P is false.
Also, Priya and Kunal are college-fellows. So, Q is also not true.
Priya and Renu study in different colleges. So. P is false.
Promilas father, Somesh is more intimate with Priya's father. Prem than with Renu's
father, Rohan. So, Q is also false.
It is mentioned that Somesh ia an engineer. But that he is a civil engineer cannot
be said for sure.
Al»o, Promila and Kunal are good debaters. So, Q is false.
According to the given information, Renu's father Rohan ia a businessman. So, P is true.
Also, it is given that Renu's father and Prem stay in the same locality. This means
that Renu and Pram's daughter. Priya stay in the same locality. So, Q is also true.
It is given that Somesh is much impressed with his daughter Promila's talent in
painting. So, P is true.
Also, Renu's father, Rohan and Prem stay in the same locality while Some*n stays
in another locality. So, Q is false.
Clearly. P is true.
Also, Renu and Kunal are both children of Kohan and so they Ir e in the same
locality. Thus. Q is also true.
Clearly, none of the Pakistani batsmen was bowled by bowlers of New Zealand.
Copyrighted mate
I
*
4
Reasoning
312
31. (fc): From the section Tall of wicket*' for Pakistan, we find that
the second and third players Le. Aamir Sohail and Shahid Afridi together made
(32-4) = 28 runs; the fifth and sixth players i.e. Salim Malik and Azam Khan
together made (116 - 63)» 53 runs; the sixth and seventh players i.e. Azam Khan
and Moin Khan made (120-116) i.e. 4 runs.
Similarly, in New Zealand team, the second and third players i.e. Mark Greatbatch
and Adam Parore together made (66 - 7) Le. 59 rims.
32. (</) : The bowler with the lowest value of runs per wicket would be the best performer.
From,the 'Bowling* section, we find that runs per wicket for :
Astle * j » 7 ;
Younis = y = 22;
Afridi
7;
Akram « y * 6.67
33. (c): Clearly, the bowler with the lowest value of number of balls per wicket, would be
considered the best.
From the 'Bowling section, we find that number of balls per wicket for :
Patel
, i ^ L = JOWlj, _ ^ ^ ^
2 wickets 2 wicket*
Larsen -
- 54 balls wkt.
1 wicket
.- .
2.5 overs
15 balls 7 5_ . . „ , u
Afndi « -- r^—r- = »
i. » = balls/wkt.
2 wickets 2 wickets
8 overs
48 balls t c . ..
^
Al
Akram = -—. v - = t—. . • • « 16 balls/wkt.
3 wickets 3 wickets
34. (6): From the 'Bowling* section, we find that number of runs per wicket for :
Harris • y "
16 ;
Sft( » ,ain =
^s
16 ;
AfHdi =
^=
7 ;
Harri8 =
T
= 16
So. the performances of Harris and Saqlain are the same.
35. (6); Clearly, the bowler with the highest value of number of balls per wicket would be
the worst performer.
Now, number of balls per wicket for :
. r .,. 2.5 overs
15 balls « r
.
Afridi = t—r-r-— = -z—. , . = 7.5 balls/wkt.;
2 wickets 2 wickets
Younis - y ^ j ™ - 48 balls wkt.;
36. (c):
•
37. (a):
38. (a):
39. (6):
\t
1° overs 60 balls 30 . ., ,
Muahtaq = - — - T — = - — r r — =0/%
balls/wkt.;
^ 2 wickets 2 wickets
8 overs
48 balls 0 . , n , , .
0 . .
Saqlain = -—rr-— = -—r-r— = 24 balls/wkt.
'2 wickets 2 wickets
Clearly, leg before wickets (lbw) decisions were given in 8 cases : Salim Malik. Mom
Khan. Saqlain Mushtaq. Adam Parore. Stephen Fleming. Chris Cairns. Lee Germon
and Dipak Patel
Clearly, only Waqar Younis was run out in the match.
From Pakistan's score, we find that :
Stephen Fleming took the catch of Saeed Anwar and Ijaz Ahmed i.e. 2 catches
Mark Greatbatch took the catch of Shahid Afridi and Azam Khan i.e. 2 catches.
From New Zealand's score, we find that ;
Ijaz Ahmed took the catch of Mark Greatbatch i.e. only 1 catch.
Clearly, only one (Aamir Sohail) was given stumped out in the match.
Copyrighted mate
i
Puzzle Test
313
EXERCISE 61
(TRY YOURSELF)
1. Six roads lead to a country. They may be indicated by letters X, Y, Z and digits
1, 2, 3. When there is storm, Y is blocked. When there are floods, X, 1 and 2
will be affected. When road 1 is blocked, Z also is blocked. At a time when there
are floods and a storm also blows, which road(s) can be used ?
(a) Only Y
(b) Only Z
(c) Only 3
(d) Z and 2
(IJLB. 19M)
2. Six persons A, B, C, D, E and F are standing in a circle. B is between F and
C; A is between E and D; F is to the left of D. Who is between A and F ?
(a) B
(b)C
(c)D
(d) E
(M.BA 199*)
Directions (Questions 3-4) i Read the following information carefully and
answer the questions given below it :
(Assistant Grade, 1996)
(i) Mohan and Sumit are good in Chemistry and Biology.
(ii) Ashish and Mohan are good in Biology and Physics.
(iii) Ashish, Pratap and Neeraj are good in Physics and History.
(iv) Neeraj and Ashish are good in Physics and Mathematics.
(v) Pratap and Sumit are good in History and Chemistry.
3. Who is good in Physics, History and Mathematics, but not in Biology ?
(a) Pratap
(b) Ashish
(c) Mohan
(d) Neerty
4. Who is good in History, Physics, Biology and Mathematics ?
(a) Ashish
(6) Neeraj
(c) Pratap
(d) Mohan
Directions (Questions 5 to 8) : Study the information given below and
answer the questions that follow :
(M.B.A. 1997)
There are four friends A, B, C, D. One of them is a cricketer and studies Chemistry
and Biology. A and B play football. Both football players study Maths. D is a boxer.
One football player also studies Physics. The boxer studies Maths and Accounts. All
the friends study two subjects each and play one game each.
5. Who is the cricketer ?
(a) A
(6) B
'
(c) C
(d) D
6. Who studies Accounts and plays football ?
(a) A
(b) B
(c) D
(d) A or B
7. Who studies Physics ?
(a) A or B
(6) A
(c) B
(d) D
8. How many games are played and subjects studied by the four friends ?
(a) 1 game and 4 subjects
(b) 2 games and 3 subjects
(c) 3 games and 4 subjects
(d) 3 games and 5 subjects
Directions (Questions 9 to 11) : Read the following information and answer
the questions given below it :
(Bank P.CX 1998)
(i) Sanchit, Kamal, Rahul, Madan and Tarun are five friends who stay in one
building.
(ii) Each one owns a separate garage A, B, C, D and E and a different coloured
car viz., Red, Yellow, White. Black and Blue.
Copyrighted materia
Reasoning
314
(iii) Kamal does not own either garage D or E. His car is of red colour,
(it/) Madan owns yellow coloured car and garage C.
(v) Tarun who owns garage A does not own black or white coloured car.
9. Who owns garage D ?
(a) Sanchit
(b) Rahul
(c) Either Sanchit or Rahul
(d) Owner of blue car
(e) None of these
10. Who is the owner of blue coloured car ?
(a) Sanchit
(b) Rahul
(c) Tarun
(d) Data inadequate
(e) None of these
11. Which of the following combinations of colour of car and garage is correct ?
(a) Blue — A
(6) White — D
(c) Red — B
( d ) Black — D
(e) None of these
Directions (Questions 12 to 15): Read the following information carefully
and answer the questions given below it:
'
(Bank P.O. 1997)
(i)
P, Q, R. S. T and U are six members of a family, each of them engaged in
a different profession — Doctor, Lawyer, Teacher, Engineer, Nurse, Manager.
(ii) Each of them remains at home on a different day of the week from Monday
to Saturday.
(ui) The Lawyer in the family remains at home on Thursday,
(itr) R remains at home on Tuesday.
(i>)
P, the Doctor does not remain at home either on Saturday or on Wednesday.
(vi) S is neither the Doctor nor the Teacher and remains at home on Friday.
(vii) Q is the Engineer and T is the Manager.
12. Who remains at home on Saturday ?
(a) Q or T
(6) R
(c) S
(d) T
(e) None of these
13. Which of the following combinations is not correct ?
(a) Q — Engineer
(d) T — Manager
(b) R — Teacher
(e) All are correct
(c) S — Nurse
14. Who among them remains at home on the following day of the Nurse ?
(a) Q
(b) Q or T
(c) R
(d) S
(e) None of these
15. Which of the following combinations is correct ?
(a) Manager — Friday
(d) Teacher — Wednesday
(b) Lawyer — Thursday
(e) Engineer — Thursday
(c) Nurse — Friday
Directions (Questions 16 to 18) : Study the information given below and
answer the questions that follow :
(Bank P.O. 1998)
(i) Six friends A, Bt C, D, E and F are seated in a circle facing each other.
(ii) A is between D and B and F is between C and E.
(iii)
C is third to the left of B.
16. Who is between B and F ?
(a) C
(6) D
(c) E
(d) Cannot be determined
(e) None of these
(d) Cannot be determined
(e) None of these
17. Who is between F and D ?
(a) D
(fc) E
(c) B
Copyrighted material
Puzzle Test
315
18- Which of the following is the position of A in relation to F ?
(a) Second to the right
(6) Second to the left
(c) Third to the right
id) Fourth to the right
ie) None of these
19. Seven students A, B, C, Df E, F and G are sitting in a row. C is sitting between
A and D. E is between F and G and B is between D and F. A and G are at the
two ends. D is sitting between
(CJB.1.1997)
%
( o ) A and B
(6) B and E
(c) C and B
(d) C and F
Directions (Questions 20 to 24): Read the following information carefully
and answer the questions given below it:
(Hotel Management, 1997)
From a group of six boys M, N, O, P, Q, R and five girls G, H, I, J, K, a team
of six is to be selected. Some of the criteria of selection are as follows :
M and J go together.
0
1
N
P
K
cannot be placed with N.
cannot go with J.
goes with H.
and Q have to be together.
and R go together.
Unless otherwise stated, these criteria are applicable to all the following questions :
20. If the team consists of two girls and I is one of them, the other members are
(a) GMRPQ
(ft) H N O P Q
ic) KOPQR
(d) K R M N P
21. If the team has four boys including O and R, the members of the team other
than O and R are
(a) H1EQ
(ft) GKPQ
ic) GJPQ
(d) GJMP
22. If four members are boys, which of the following cannot constitute the team ?
(a) GJMOPQ
(ft) H J M N P Q
(c) J K M N O R
id) J K M P Q R
23. If both K and P are members of the team and three boys in all are included in
the team, the members of the team other than K and P are
ia) GIRQ
(ft) GJRM
(c) HIRQ
(d) IJRQ
24. If the team has three girls including J and K, the members of the team other
than J and K are
\
(a) GHNR
(ft) M N O G
(c) MORG
id) N H O R
25. Shekhar is taller than Kunal. Atul is taller than Pawan but not as tall as Kunal.
Prashant is taller than Shekhar. Who among them is the shortest ?
ia) Pawan
id) Atul
(MJBA. 1998)
26. Seven persons P, Q, R, S, T, U and V participate in and finish all the events
of a series of swimming races. There are no ties at the finish of any of the
events. V always finishes somewhere ahead of^P. P always finishes somewhere
ahead of Q. Either R finishes first and T finishes last or S finishes first and U
or Q finishes last. If in a particular race V finished fifth, then which one of the
following would be true ?
(I.A.S. 1997)
ia) R finishes second. /
(ft) R finishes fourth.
(c) S
(ft) Kunal
finishes
i
<c) Shekhar
first.
(d) T finishes third.
Copyrighted material
316
Reasoning
27. There are five bus stops A. B, C, D and E at equal intervals. C is not the middle
stop. A and E are not terminal stops. C comes twice as many stops before D in
upward journey as B comes after A. D is the first stop in downward journey.
Which of the following gives the correct sequence of the stops in downward
journey ?
ia) DACEB
(b) DAECB
_ <c) DCBAE
id) DEACB
28. A, B. C. D, E and F, not necessarily in that order, are sitting on six chairs
regularly placed around a round table. It is observed that :
(I.A.S. 1998)
A is between D and F.
C is opposite D.
D and E are not on neighbouring chairs.
Which of the following pairs must be sitting on neighbouring chairs ?
(a) A and B
(b) A and C
(c) B and F
id) C and E
Directions (Questions 29 to 33): Read the following information carefully
and answer the questions given below it :
(M.A.T. 1997)
There is a group of five persons A, B, C, D and E. In the group, there is a
Professor of Philosophy, a Professor of Psychology and a Professor of Economics. A
and D are ladies who have no specialisation in any subject and are unmarried. No
lady is a philosopher or an economist. There is a married couple in the group of
which E is the husband. B is the brother of C and is neither a psychologist nor an
economist.
29. Who is the Professor of Psychology ?
(c) C
(a) A
ib) B
id) D
30. Which of the following groups includes all the men ?
(o) BC
ib) BE
(c) ABC
id) BCD
31. Who is the Professor of Philosophy ?
(a) D
(6) B
(c) C
id) A
32. Who is the wife of E ?
(a) C
ib) D
(c) A
id) B
33. Who is the Professor of Economics ?
(a) A
(6) B
<c)C
id) E
Directions (Question* 34 to 38) : Study the information given below and
answer the questions that follow :
(Bank P.O. 1998)
ii) Six plays A. B. C, D, E and F are to be organised from Monday to Saturday
i.e. 5th to 10th — one play each day.
iti) There are two plays between C and D and one play between A and C.
{iii) There is one play between F and E and E is to be organised before F.
(iv) B is to be organised before A, not necessarily immediately.
(v) The organisation does not start with B.
34. The organisation would start from which play ?
ia) A
(6) D
(c) F
(d) Cannot be determined ie) None of these
35. On which date is play E to be organised ?
(a) 5th
ib) 6th
ic) 7th id) Cannot be determined ie) None of these
36. The organisation would end with whnh play ?
ia) A
(6) B
(c) D
id) Cannot be determined ie) None of these
Copyrighted material
Puzzle Test
317
37. Which day is play B organised ?
( a ) Tuesday
(6) Thursday
(c) Friday
(d) Cannot be determined
(e) None of these
38. Which of the following is the correct sequence of organising plays ?
(a) AECFBD
(d) Cannot be determined
(6) BDEFCA
(e) None of these
s
(c) DFECBA
ANSWERS
1. <c)
2. (c)
3. (d)
4. (a)
5. (c)
« . (d)
7. (a)
8. (d)
9. (c)
10. (c)
11. (cV
12. (a)
13. ie)
14. (6)
15. (c)
16. (c)
17. (e)
18. (c)
19. (c)
20. (c)
21. (b)
22. (c)
23. (a)
24. (c)
25. (a)
28. (c)
27. (d)
28. (d)
29. ie)
30. (6)
31. ib)
32. (a)
33. (d)
34. (6)
35. (c)
36. (a)
37. (a)
38. («)
(
N
•J
Copyrighted material
7. SEQUENTIAL OUTPUT TRACING
In this type of questions, a message comprising of randomised words or numbers
is given as the input followed by steps of rearrangement to give sequential outputs.
The candidate is required to trace out the pattern in the given rearrangement and
then determine the desired output step, according as is asked in the questions.
Example : Study the following information to answer the given questions :
A word arrangement machine, when given an input line of words, rearranges
them following a particular rule in each step. The following is an illustration of input
and the steps of rearrangement :
(S.B.I.P.O. 1095)
Input : As if it on an Zoo figure Of in at
Step I : an As if it on Zoo figure Of in at
Step II 2 an As at if it on Zoo figure Of in
Step I I I : an As at figure if it on Zoo Of in
Step IV : an As at figure if in it on Zoo Of
Step V : an As at figure if in it Of on Zoo
(and Step V is the last step for this Input).
As per the rules followed in the above steps, find out in the given questions the
appropriate step for the given input.
1. Which of the following will be Step II for the given input ?
Input : am ace all if Is
(a) ace all am Is if
(ft) all am ace if Is
(c) Is if am ace all
(rf) ace all am if Is
(e) None of these
2. Input : you are at fault on this
Which of the following steps would be — are at fault on you this ?
(a) I
(6) II
(c) III
(d) IV
le) V
3. Input : Him and His either or her
V
Which step will be the last step for this input ?
(a) I
(6) II
(c) III
(d) IV
(e) V
4. Step IV was like this — an apple at cot was red on one side
Which of the following will definitely be the input ?
(a) was cot red an on at one apple side
(ft) cot an at apple was red on one side
(c)- apple at an cot was red on one side
(d) Cannot be determined
(e) None of these
Solution :
Clearly, in the given arrangement, the words have been arranged alphabetically in a
sequence, altering the position of only one word in each step.
318
Copyrighted material
Sequential Output Tracing
319
1. Clearly, we have :
Input: am ace all if Is
Step I : ace am all if Is
Step I I : ace all am if Is
So, the answer is (rf).
2. Input: you are at fault on this
Step I: are you at fault on this
Step I I : are at you fault on this
Step I I I : are at fault you on this
Step IV : are at fault on you this
So, the answer is (d).
3. Input: Him and His either or her
Step I : and Him His either or her
Step I I : and either Him His or her
Step III : and either her Him His or
Since all the words in the given input have been arranged alphabetically uptil Step
III, so it is the last step
Hence, the answer is (c).
4. Tracing the output steps for each of the given inputs, we find that Step IV for (a)
is the same as that given in the questions, while in (6) and (c), the desired output
occurred at Step III.
Input: was cot red an on at one apple side
Step I s an was cot red on at one apple side
Step DU' an apple was cot red on at one side
Step III : an apple at was cot red on one side
Step IV : an apple at cot was red on one side
So. the answer is (a).
EXERCISE 7
D i r e c t i o n s (Questions I to 5) : Study the following information and
answer the questions given below it:
(Bank P.O. 1995)
An electronic device when fed with the numbers, rearranges them in a^articular
order following certain rules. The following is a step-by-step process of rearrangement
for the given input of numbers.
I n p u t : 85
97
16
36
04
19
63
09
04
Step I : 97
85
16
36
19
63
09
Step II : 97
85
63
16
36
04
19
09
Step I I I : 97
85
63
36
16
04
19
09
Step I V : 97
85
63
36
04
19
16
09
Step V : 97
85
63
36
19
16
09
04
(For the given input step V is the last step).
1. Which of the following will be Step V for the given input ?
Input : 25 08 35 11 88 67 23
(a) 88 67 35 25 23 11 08
(6) 88 67 35 25 08 11 23
(c) 08 11 23 25 35 67 88
(</) 88 67 35 25 23 08 11
(e) None of these
Copyrighted material
320
Reasoning
2. Which of the following will be Step III for the given input ?
Input : 09 25 16 30 32 19 17 06
(a) 32 09 25 16 30 19 17 06
(6) 32 30 09 25 16 19 17 06
(c) 32 30 25 09 16 19 17 06
(d) 32 25 09 16 30 19 17 06
(e) None of these
3. Which of the following will be the last step for the given input ?
Input s 16 09 25 27 06 05
(a) I
(6) II
(c) III
id) TV
<e) None of these
4. Which of the following will be the last step for the given input ?
Input : 03 31 43 22 11 09
(a) IV
(6) V
(c) VI
(d) Cannot be determined
(e) None of these
' 5. If the Step IV is as given below, which of the following was the input ?
Step IV : 92 86 71 69 15 19 06 63 58
(a) 86 92 69 71 15 19 06 63 58
(6) 15 86 19 92 06 69 63 58 71
(c) 15 19 06 63 58 86 92 69 71
(d) Cannot be determined
(e) None of theae
Directions (Questions 6 to 10) : Study the following information amd
answer the given questions :
( S . B . I . P . O . 1997)
A word arrangement machine, when given an input line of words, rearranges
them following a particular rule in each step. The following is an illustration of input
and the steps of rearrangement.
I n p u t : Go for to Though By easy To Access at
Step I: Access Go for to Though By easy To at
Step I I : Access at Go for to Though By easy To
Step III : Access at By Go for to Though easy To
Step IV : Access at By easy Go for to Though To
Step V i Access at By easy for Go to Though To
Step V I : Access at By easy for Go Though to To
Step VII : Access at By easy for Go Though To to
(and Step VII is the last step for this input)
As per the rules followed in the above steps, find out in the given questions the
appropnate step for the given input.
6. Input : story For around on was He at
Which of the following will be Step IV for the given input ?
(a) around at For He on was story (6) around at For He on story was
(c) around at For He story on was
(d) around at He For story on was
(e) None of these
7. Input : every and peer to an for
Which of the following steps would be 'an and every for peer to' ?
(a) II
(6) III
(c) IV
(d) V
(e) None of these
8. Input : Together over series on feast the so
Which of the following steps will be the last but one ?
(a) II
(6) III
(c) IV
(d) V
(e) None of these
Copyrighted material
Sequential Output Tracing
321
9. Input s Over Go For through at one
Which step number will be the last step of the above input ?
(a) III
(6) V
(c) VI
(cf) VII
(e) None of these
10. The Step II of an input is as follows :
and Do pet to on that
Which of the following would definitely be the input ?
(a) Do on pet to and that
ib) Do pet to and that on
(c) Do and pet to on that
(d) Cannot be determined
(e) None of these
Directions (Questions 11 to 15) : Study the following information and
answer the questions given below it :
(Bank P.O. 1998)
The admission ticket for an exhibition bears a password which is changed after
every clock hour based on set of words chosen for each day. The following is an
illustration of the code and steps of rearrangement for subsequent clock hours. The
time is 9 a.m. to 3 p.m.
Day's first password : First Batch — 9 a.m. to 10 a.m.
is not ready cloth simple harmony burning
Second Batch — 10 a.m. to 11 a.m.
ready not is cloth burning harmony simple
Third Batch — 11 a.m. to 12 noon
cloth is not ready simple harmony burning
Fourth Batch — 12 noon to 1 p.m.
not is cloth ready burning harmony simple
Fifth Batch — 1 p.m. to 2 p.m.
ready cloth is not simple harmony burning
and so on.
11. If the password for the first batch was — "rate go long top we let have", which
batch will have the password — Mgo rate top long have let we"?
(a) Second
(6) Third
(c) Fourth
(d) Fifth
(e) None of these
12. Day's first password — "camel road no toy say me not".
What will be the password for fourth batch i.e. 12 noon to 1 p.m. ?
(a) road camel toy no not me say
(6) no road camel toy not me say
(c) toy no road camel not me say
(d) toy camel road no say me not
(e) None of these
13. If the batch 2 of the day has the password — "came along net or else key lot",
what would be the password for batch 4 (i.e. 12 noon to 1 p.m.) ?
(a) net or came along else key lot
(6) came or net along lot key else
(c) or net along came lot key else
(d) along net or came else key lot
(e) None of these
14. If the password for 11 a.m. to 12 noon was — "soap shy miss pen yet the she",
what was the password for the first batch ?
(o) pen miss shy soap she the yet
(6) she miss pen soap yet the she
(c) soap pen miss shy she the yet
(d) miss shy soap pen she the yet
(e) None of these
Copyrighted material
Reasoning
322
15. If the password for 6th batch Le. 2 p.m. to 3 p.m. is — "are trap cut he but say
lap", what will be the password for 2nd batch Le. 10-11 a.m. ?
(a) trap are he cut lap say but
(6) he cut trap are lap say but
(c) cut he are trap but say lap
(cf) are he cut trap lap say but
(e) None of these
ANSWERS
Questions 1 to 5
Clearly, in the given arrangement, the numbers have been arranged in descending order
in a sequence, altering the position of only one number in each step.
1. ( a ) : Input: 25 08 35 11 88 67 23
Step I t 88 25 08 35 11 67 23
Step I I : 88 67 25 08 35 11 23
Step I I I : 88 67 35 25 08 11 23
Step I V : 88 67 35 25 23 08 11
Step V : 88 67 35 25 23 11 08
2. (c): Input: 09 25 16 30 32 19 17 06
Step I : 32 09 25 16 30 19 17 06
Step I I : 32 30 09 25 16 19 17 06
Step I I I : 32 30 25 09 16 19 17 06
3. ( 6 ) : Input: 16 09 25 27 06 05
Step I : 27 16 09 25 06 05
Step I I : 27 25 16 09 06 05
•
Since all the numbers in the given input have been arranged in descending order
uptil Step II, so it is the last step.
4 . ( 6 ) : Input: 03 31 43 22 11 09
Step 11 43 03 31 22 11 09
Step I I : 43 31 03 22 11 09
Step n i : 43 31 22 03 11 09
Step IV s 43 31 22 11 03 09
Step V : 43 31 22 11 09 03
5. (c): Input: 15 19 06 63 58 86 92 69 71
Step I : 92 15 19 06 63 58 86 69 71
Step II x 92 86 15 19 06 63 58 69 71
Step I I I : 92 86 71 15 19 06 63 58 69
Step I V : 92 86 71 69 15 19 06 63 58
Questions 6 to 10
In the given arrangement, the words have been arranged alphabetically in a sequence,
altering the position of only one word in each step.
6. (c): Input: story For around on was He at
Step 11 around story For on was He at
Step II i around at story For on was He
8tep I I I : around at For story on was He
Step I V : around at For He story on was
7. ( 6 ) : Input: every and peer to an for
Step I: an every and peer to for
Step II i an and every peer to for
Step I I I : an and every for peer to
Copyrighted material
Sequential Output Tracing
8. (d): Input:
Step I:
Step I I :
Step I I I :
Step IV :
Step V :
Step V I :
Clearly,
323
Together over series on feast the so
feast Together over series on the so
feast on Together over series the so
feast on over Together aeries the bo
feast on over series Together the so
feast on over series so Together the
feast on over series so the Together
Step VI is the last step and V is the last but one (second last).
9. (e): Input: Over Go For through at one
Step I : at Ovei* Go For through one
Step II : at For Over Go through one
Step III: at For Go Over through one
Step IV : at For Go one Over through
Since all the words in the given input have been arranged alphabetically uptil Step
IV, so it is the last step.
10. (e): Clearly, none of the given inputs gives the desired output at Step II on rearrangement.
Questions 11 to 15
Clearly, the given arrangement is as under :
In the first step, the first three and the last three letters are written in a reverse order.
Then, the first four and the last three letters are written in a reverse order.
The process is repeated to obtain successive output steps.
11. (c): First batch : rate go long top we let have
Second batch : long go rate top have let we
Third batch : top rate go long we let have
Fourth batch : go rate top long have let we
12. (a): First batch : camel road no toy say roe not
Second batch : no road camel toy not me say
Third batch : toy camel road no say me not
Fourth batch : road camel toy no not me say
13. (d): Second batch : came along net or else key lot
Third batch ; or net along came lot key else
Fourth batch : along net or came else key lot
14. (6): Third batch : soap shy miss pen yet the she
Second batch : pen miss shy soap she the yet
First batch : shy miss pen soap yet the she
15. (c): Sixth batch : are trap cut he but say lap
Fifth batch : cut trap arc he lap say but
Fourth batch : he are trap cut but say lap
Third batch : trap are he cut lap say but
Second batch : cut he are trap but say lap
Copyrighted material
8. DIRECTION SENSE TEST
In this test, the questions consist of a sort of direction puzzle. A successive followup of directions is formulated and the candidate is required to ascertain the final
direction or the distance between two points. The test is meant to judge the candidate's ability to trace and follow correctly and sense the direction correctly.
The adjoining figure shows the four main directions (North N, South S, East E, West W) and four
cardinal directions (North East NE, North West NW,
South East SE, South West SW) to help the candidates know the directions.
SW
ILLUSTRATIVE EXAMPLES
Ex* 1. A man is facing west. He turns 45° in the clockwise direction and then
another 180c in the same direction and then 270° in the anticlockwise direction. Which direction is he facing now ?
(Hotel Management, 1997)
(a) South
ib) North-west
'
(c) West
(d) South-west
Sol.
Clearly, the man initially faces in the direction
B*
OA. On moving 45° clockwise, he faces in
the direction OB. On further moving 180°
clockwise, he faces in the direction OC.
Finally, on moving 270° anticlockwise, he
\
faces in the direction OD, which is SouthD*'
C*
west. Hence, the answer is (d).
Ex. 2. One day, Ravi left home and cycled 10 km southwards, turned right and
cycled 5 km and turned right and cycled 10 km and turned left and cycled
10 km. How many kilometres will he have to cycle to reach his home
straight ?
(Assistant Grade, 1995)
ia) 10 km
ib) 15 km
ic) 20 km
(d) 25 km
Sol.
Clearly, Ravi starts from home at A, moves
10 km southwards upto B, turns right and
moves 5 km upto C, turns right again and
moves 10 km upto D and finally turns left
and moves 10 km upto E.
Thus, his distance from initial position A
= AE = AD • DE
= BC + DE = (5 • 10) km = 15 km.
10 km
A
10km
10 km
C
5 km B
Hence, the answer is (6).
Ex. 3. A child is looking for his father. He went 90 metres in the east before turning
to his right. He went 20 metres before turning to his right again to look for
his father at his uncle's place 30 metres from this point. His father was not
324
Copyrighted material
\ 325
Direction Sense Test
Sol.
there. From there, he went 100 metres to his north before meeting his father
in a street. How far did the son meet his father from starting point ?
(Central Excise, 1906)
(a) 80 metres
(b) 100 metres
(c) 140 metres
(<d) 260 metres
• E
Clearly, the child moves from A 90 m
eastwards upto B, then turns right and
moves 20 m upto C, then turns right and
*
moves 30 m upto D. Finally, he turns right
\
and moves 100 m upto E.
< '
.
F
30m
Clearly, AB « 90 m, BF * CD ® 30 m.
A
60 m
Sot
A F = A B - BF = 60 m.
20 riv
>
Also,
DE - 100 m, DF = BC = 20 m.
So,
EF = DE - DF = 80 m.
30m
*
*
*
His distance from starting point A = AE =
VAPTEF2
= V(60)2 + (80) z
= \3600 + 6400 = \T0000 = 100 m.
Hence, the answer is (6).
Ex. 4. Kailash faces towards north. Turning to his right, he walks 25 metres. He
then turns to his left and walks 30 metres. Next, he moves 25 metres
to his right. He then turns to his right again and walks 55 metres. Finally,
he turns to the right and moves 40 metres. In which direction is he now
from his starting point ?
(a) South-west
(6) South
(c) North-west
(d)
South-east
Sol.
Kailash turns towards right from north
c
direction. So, he walks 25 m towards east
25 m
upto B, turns left and moves 30 m upto
30m
C, turns right and goes 25 m upto D. At
D, he turns to right towards the south and
C
25 m
B
walks 55 m upto E. Next, he again turns A
8
to right and walks 40 m upto F, which is
his final position. F is to the south-east of
A. So, he is to the south-east from his
F
starting point Hence, the answer is (d).
im
Ex. 5. Deepa moved a distance of 75 metres towards the north. She then turned to
the left and walking for about 25 metres, turned left again and walked 80
metres. Finally, she turned to the right at an angle of 45°. In which direction
was she moving finally ?
(a) North-east
(6) North-west
(c) South
25m R
(d) South-east
(e) South-west
Sol.
Deepa started from A, moved 75 m upto
B, turned left and walked 25 m upto C.
80 m
75 m
She then turned left again and moved 80
m upto D. Turning to the right at an angle
of 45\ she was finally moving in the direction DE i.e., South-west.
Uence, the answer is (e).
Copyrighted material
Reasoning
326
Ex. 6. Kunal walks 10 km towards North. From there he walks 6 km towards South.
Then, he walks 3 km towards East. How far and in which direction is he
with reference to his starting point ?
(M.B.A 1996)
( a ) 6 km West . (6) 7 km West
(c) 7 km East
(d) 5 km North-East
Sol.
Clearly, Kunal moves from A 10 km northwards
B
upto B, then moves 6 km southwards upto C, turns
towards East and walks 3 km upto D.
6 km
Then, AC = (AB - BC) = (10 - 6) = 4 km;
CD « 3 km.
So, Kunal'8 distance from starting point A
3km
10 km
C
*
= A D « VAC 2 + CD 2 = V4* + 3 * « 5 k m .
A
Also, D is to the North-east of A.
Hence, the answer is (d).
Ex. 7. Johnson left for his office in his car. He drove 16 km towards north and then
10 km towards west He then turned to the south and covered 5 km. Further,
he turned to the east and moved 8 km. Finally, he turned right and drove
10 km. How far and in which direction is he from his starting point ?
(a) 2 km West
(6) 5 km East
(c) 3 km North
(d) 6 km South
(e) None of these
10km
Sol.
Clearly, Johnson drove 15 km from A to B
northwards and then 10 km from B to C
towards west. He then moves 6 km south5 km
wards from C to D and 8 km eastwards
upto E. Finally, he turned right and moved
15km
8km
10 km upto F.
.\ A and F lie in the same straight line
and F lies to the west of A.
10 km
So, Johnson's distance from the starting
point A = AF = (BC - DE) = (10 - 8) km = 2 km.
Hence, the' answer is (a).
A
EXERCISE 8A
1. A man is facing south. He turns 135° in the anticlockwise direction and then
180° in the clockwise direction. Which direction is he facing now ?
( a ) North-east
(6) North-west
(c) South-east
(d) South-west
2. A man is facing north-west. He turns 90° in the clockwise direction and then
135° in the anticlockwise direction. Which direction is he facing now ?
(a) East
( b ) West
(c) North *
(d) South
(Hotel Management, 1996)
3. A man is facing north-west. He turns 90° in the clockwise direction, then 180° in
the anticlockwise direction and then another 90° in the same direction. Which
direction is he facing now ?
(Hotel Management, 1997)
(a) South
(6) South-west
(c) West .
(d) South-east
Copyrighted material
Direction Sense Test
\ 327
4. I am facing east. I turn 100° in the clockwise direction and then 145° in the
anticlockwise direction. Which direction am I facing now ?
(a) East
(b) North-east
(c) North
(d) South-west
(Hotel Management, 1998)
5. Deepak starts walking straight towards east. After walking 75 metres, he turns
to the left and walks 25 metres straight. Again he turns to the left, walks a
distance of 40 metres straight, again he turns to the left and walks a distance
of 25 metres. How far is he from the starting point ?
(a) 25 metres
(6) 50 metres
(c) 115 metres
id) 140 metres
(e) None of these
6. Kishenkant walks \0 kilometres towards North. From there, he walks 6 kilometres
towards South. Then, he walks 3 kilometres towards East. How far and in which
direction is he with reference to his starting point ?
(M.BJV. 1998)
(a) 5 kilometres West
(b) 5 kilometres North-east
(c) 7 kilometres East
(d) 7 kilometres West
7. A man leaves for his office from his house. He walks towards East. After moving
a distance of 20 m, he turns towards South and walks 10 m. Then he walks
35 m towards the West and further 5 m towards the North. He then turns
towards East and walks 15 m. What is the straight distance in metres between
his initial and final positions ?
(a) 0
(d) Cannot be determined
(6) 5
(e) iNone of these
(c) 10
8. Gaurav walks 20 metres towards North. He then turns left and walks 40 metres.
He again turns left and walks 20 metres. Further, he moves 20 metres after
turning to the right. How far is he from his original position ?
(a) 20 metres
(6) 30 metres
(c) 50 metres
(d) 60 metres
(e) None of these
(Bank P.O. 1997)
9. Radha moves towards South-east a distance of 7 km, then she moves towards
West and travels a distance of 14 m. From here, she moves towards North-west
a distance of 7 m and finally she moves a distance of 4 m towards East and
stood at that point. How far is the starting point from where she stood ?
(a) 3 m
(b) 4 m
(c) 10 m
(d) 11 m
a. Tax & Central Excise, 1995)
10. Gopal starts from his house towards West. After walking a distance of 30 metres,
he turned towards right and walked 20 metres. He then turned left and moving
a distance of 10 metres, turned to his left again and walked 40 metres. He now
turns to the left and walks 5 metres. Finally he turns to his left. In which
direction is he walking now ?
( a ) North
(6) South
(c) East
(d) South-west
(e) West
11. A rat runs 20' towards East and turns to right, runs 10' and turns to right,
runs 9' and again turns to left, runs 5' and then turns to left, runs 12' and
finally turns to left and runs 6'. Now, which direction is the rat facing ?
(a) East
(6) West
(c) North
(d) South
(Assistant Grade, 1996)
Copyrighted material
328
Reasoning
12. A girl leaves from her home. She first walks 30 metres in North-west direction
and then 30 metres in South-west direction. Next, she walks 30 metres in Southeast direction. Finally, she turns towards her house. In which direction is she
moving ?
( a ) North-east
(6) North-west
(c) South-east
( d ) South-west
(e) None of these
13. Saiyeev walks 10 metres towards the South. Turning to the left, he walks 20
metres and then moves to his right. After moving a distance of 20 metres, he
turns to the right and walks 20 metres. Finally, he turns to the right and moves
a distance of 10 metres. How far and in which direction is he from the starting
point ?
( a ) 10 metres North
(6) 20 metres South
,(c) 20 metres.North
(d) 10 metres South
(e) None of these
14. Kashish goes 30 metres North, then turns right and walks 40 metres, then
again turns right and walks 20 metres, then again turns right and walks 40
metres. How many metres is he from his original position ?
(a) 0
(6) 10
(c) 20
(d) 40
(e) None of these
15. I am facing South. I turn right and walk 20 m. Then I turn right again and
walk 10 m. Then I turn left and walk 10 m and then turning right walk 20 m.
Then I turn right again and walk 60 m. In which direction am I from the starting
point ?
(Hotel Management, 1998)
(a) North
'
(6) North-west
(c) East
(d) North-east
16. A man walks 30 metres towards South. Then, turning to his right, he walks 30
metres. Then, turning to his left, he walks 20 metres. Again, he turns to his
left and walks 30 metres. How far is he from his initial position ?
(a) 20 metres
(6) 30 metres
(c) 60 metres
(d) 80 metres
(e) None of these
17. Rohit walked 25 metres towards South. Then he turned to his left and walked
20 metres. He then turned to his left and walked 25 metres. He again turned
to his right and walked 15 metres. At what distance is he from the starting
point rind in which direction ?
(Bank P.O. 1996)
(a) 35 metres East
(6) 35 metres North
(c) 40 metres East
(d) 60 metres East
(e) None of these
18. Starting from a point P, Sachin walked 20 metres towards South. He turned
left and walked 30 metres. He then turned left and walked 20 metres. He again
turned left and walked 40 metres and reached a point Q. How far and in which
direction is the point Q from the point P ?
(Bank P.O. 1992)
(a) 20 metres West
(6) 10 metres East
(c) 10 metres West
(rf) 10 metres North
(e) None of these
19. Ramakant walks northwards. After a while, he turns to his right and a little
further to his left. Finally, after walking a distance of one kilometre, he turns
to his left again. In which direction is he moving now ?
(a) North
(6) South
(c) East
(d) West
20. A man walks 1 km towards East and then he turns to South and walks 5 km.
Again he turns to East and walks 2 km, after this he turns to North and walks
9 km. Now, how far is he from his starting point ?
(M.B.A. 1998)
(a) 3 km
(6) 4 km
(c) 5 km
<d) 7 km
Copyrighted material
Direction Sense Test
329
21.
travelled from a point X straight to Y at a distance of 80 metres. He turned
right and walked 50 metres, then again turned right and walked 70 metres.
Finally, he turned right and walked 50 metres. How far is he from the starting
point ?
ia) 10 metres
(6) 20 metres
(c) 50 metres
(d) 70 metres
ie) None of these
22. Laxman went 15 kms to the west from my house, then turned left and walked
20 kms. He then turned East and walked 25 kms and finally turning left covered
20 kms. How far was he from his house ?
ia) 5 kms
(6) 10 kms
(c) 40 kms
(d) 80 kms
23. From his house, Lokesh went 15 kms to the North. Then he turned West and
covered 10 kms. Then, he turned South and covered 5 kms. Finally, turning to
East, he covered 10 kms. In which direction is he from his house ?
(a) East
ib) West
(c) North
(d) wSouth
( C M 1996)
24. Going 50 m to the South of her house, Radhika turns left and goes another 20
m. Then, turning to the North, she goes 30 m and then starts walking to her
house. In which direction is she walking now ?
(o) North-west
(6) North
(c) South-east
id) East
25. A walks 10 metres in front and 10 metres to the right. Then every time turning
to his left, he walks 5, 15 and 15 metres respectively. How far is he now from
his starting point ?
(a) 5 metres
(6) 10 metres
(c) 15 metres
id) 20 metres
(e) 23 metres
26. Rasik walks 20 m North. Then he turns right and walks 30 m. Then he turns
right and walks 35 m. Then he turns left and walks 15 m. Then he again turns
left and walks 15 m. In which direction and how many metres away is he from
his original position ?
(C.B.I. 1997)
(a) 15 metres West
(6) 30 metres East
(c) 30 metres West
id) 45 metres East
27. A child is looking for his father. He went 90 metres in the East before turning
to his right. He went 20 metres before turning to his right again to look for his
father at his uncle's* place 30 metres from this point. His father was not there.
From here he went 100 metres to the North before meeting his father in a
street How far did the son meet his father from the starting point ?
ia) 80 metres
ic) 140 metres
id) 260 metres
(L Tax & Central Excise, 1996)
28. The door of Aditya's house faces the East. From the back side of his house, he
walks straight 50 metres, then turns to the right and walks 50 metres again.
Finally, he turns towards left and stops after walking 25 metres. Now, Aditya
is in which direction from the starting point ?
ia) South-east
ib) 100 metres
ib) North-east
(c) South-west
id) North-west
Copyrighted material!
jReasoning
330
ANSWERS
1. ( d ) : As shown in Fig. 1, the man initially faces in
the direction OA On moving 135° anticlockwise,
, ^he faces in the direction OB. On further moving
180° clockwise, he faces in the direction OC,
which is South-west.
2. (6): As shown in Fig. 2, the man initially faces in
the direction OP. On moving 90° clockwise, the
man faces in the direction OQ. On further
moving 135° anticlockwise, he faces in the direction OR, which is West.
3. (<d): As shown in Fig. 3. the man initially faces in
the direction OP. On moving 90° clockwise, he
faces in the direction OX. On further moving
180° anticlockwise, he faces in the direction
OY. Finally, on moving 90° anticlockwise, he
faces in the direction OZ, which is South-east.
4. (6): As shown in Fig. 3, the man initially faces
towards east i.e., in the direction OA. On
moving 100° clockwise, he faces in the direction OB. On further moving 145° clockwise, he
faces in the direction OC. Clearly, OC makes
an angle of (145° - 100°) i.e. 45° with OA and
as such points in the direction North-east.
>
8
145
*
Fig. 4
5. (e): The movements of Deepak are as shown in
Fig. 5.
Clearly, EB « DC = 40 m.
.". Deepak's distance from the starting point A
= (AB - EB) * (75 - 40) m = 35 m.
Fig. 5
6. (6): The movements of Kishenkant are as shown
in Fig. 6 (A to B. B to C and C to D).
AC • (AB - BC) a (10 - 6) km = 4 km.
Clearly, D is to the North-east of A.
Kishenkants distance from starting point A
= AD = VAC2 + CD2 = V42 + 3* » \"25 = 5 km.
So. Kishenkant is 5 km to the North-cast of
his starting point.
6km'
10km
C
4km +
3 km
Fig. 6
Copyrighted material
i
Direction Sense Test
331
7. (6): The movements of the man from A to F are
as shown in Fig. 7.
Clearly, DC = AB + EF.
F is in line with A.
Also, AF * (BC - D E ) « 5 m.
So, the man is 6 metres away from his initial
position.
A
B
p 15 m ,
—>
'F
' *5m
^ '10m
35m
8. (d) : The movements of Gaurav are as shown in
Fig- 8.
Clearly, Gaurav's distance from his initial
position P = PX » ( P S + SX) = (QR + SX)
= (40 • 20) m 60 m.
2DmS
9. (c): The movements of Radha are as shown in
Fig. 9.
Clearly, Radha s distance from the starting
point O = O D « (OC - CD)
* (AB - CD) = (14 - 4) m = 10 m.
10. (a): The movements of Gopal are as shown in Fig.
10 from A to G.
Clearly, Gopal is finally walking in the direction FG i.e. North. -
C 4m D
13. (6): The movements of Saryeev from A to F are
as shown in Fig. 13.
Clearly, Sanjeev's distance from starting point A
= AF = (AB -f BF)
= AB + (BE - EF) • AB • (CD - EF)
= [10 + (20 - 10)) - (10 • 10) m » 20 m.
Also, F lies to the South of A.
So, Sanjeev is 20 metres to the south of his
starting point.
O
i7 m
14m
40m
11. (c): The movements of the rat from A to G are as
shown in Fig. 11.
Clearly, it is finally walking in the direction
FG i.e. North.
12. ( a ) : The movements of the girl are as shown in
Fig. 12 (A to B, B to C, C to D, D to A).
Clearly, she is finally moving in the direction
DA Le. North-east.
Fig. 8
Fig. 11
B
30mV /S V30m
C
30i m V
D
Fig. 12
10 m {
10mf
20 m
c
F
E
20m
20 m
0
Fig. 13
Copyrighted material
I
i
Reasoning
332
14. (b}: The movement* of Kashish are as shown in
Fig. 14 (A to B, B to C. C to D, D to E)
Hashish's distance from his original position A = AE = (AB - BE) - (AB - CD)
- (30 - 20> m » 10 m.
15. (d): The movements of the person are from A to
F, as shown in Fig. 15. Clearly, the final
position in F which is to the North-east of the
starting point A.
20m
r
f 10m
8
16. (*): The movements of the man are as shown in
Fig. 16.
Man's distance from initial position A
= AE - (AB + BE) = (AB • CD)
-(30 • 20) m -50 m.
20m
A
F i g . 15
A
C
J 30m
30m
\b
20 m
30m
F i g . 16
17. (a): The movements of Rohit are as shown in
Fig. 17.
.*. Rohit's distance from starting point A
• AE - (AD • DE*
= (BC • DE) = (20 + 15) m = 35 m.
Also. E is to the East of A
18. (c): The movements of Sachin are as shown in
Fig. 18 (P to B, B to Cf C to D and D to Q).
Clearlv, distance of Q from P
= PQ - (DQ - PD) = (DQ - BC)
= (40 - 30) m = 10 m.
Also. Q is to the West of P.
Q is 10 m West of P.
25 m
25m
)m
~20i
Fig. 17
40 m
P
E
20m
19. (d): The movements of Ramakant are as shown
in Fig. 19,
Clearly, he ia finally walking in the direction
DE i.e., West
20. (c): The movements of the man are as shown in
Fig 20 (A to B. B to C, C to D, D to E).
Clearly, DF = BC -5 km
EF = (DE - DF)«(9 - 5) km = 4 km.
BF = CD = 2 km.
AF • AB • BF = AB +CD =(1 +2) km » 3 km.
Man's distance from starting point A
= AE = VAF2 • EF2 - \32 • 42
= \25 = 5 km.
15m
D E
8
30m
F i g . 18
D
4
E
1 km
B
j
A
F i g . 19
gf
*
+
1 km
5km
C
E
4 km
F
5km
2km
0
F i g . 20
Copyrighted material
Direction Sense Test
333
21. (a): The movements of Rty are as shown in Pig. 21
(X to Y, Y to A, A to B. B to C).
Raj's distance from the starting point X
= XC«(XY-YC)
= (XY - BA) = (80 - 70) m = 10 m.
°
70 m
A
Fig. 21
22. (6): The movements of Laxman are as shown in
Fig. 22.
.-. Laxman's distance from his house at A
- AE = (BE - BA)
= (CD - BA) - (25 - 15) m = 10 m.
B
1Sm a
20m
23. (c): The movements of Lokesh are as shown in
Fig. 23 (A to B. B to C. C to D and D to E).
Clearly, his final position is E which is to the
North of his house at A.
20 m
10
C
km
R
5 km<
D
in
10 km
Fig. 23
A
24. ( o ) : The movements of Radhika are as shown in
Fig 24 (A to B. B to C. C to D and D to A).
Clearly, she is finally moving in the direction
DA i.e. North-west.
D
50 m
30 m
B 20 m
Fig. 24
25. (a): The movements of A are as shown in Fig. 25
(O to P, P to Q, Q to R. R to S and S to T).
Since TS = OP + QR, so T lies in line with O.
A's distance from the starting point O
• OT « ( R S - PQ) = (15 - 10) m = 5 m.
26. ( d ) : The movements of Rasik from A to F are as
shown in Fig. 26.
Since CD = AB + EF, so F lies in line with A.
.•. Rasik's distance from original position A
= AF = (AG + GF)
« (BC + DE) - (30 • 15) m « 45 m.
Also, F lies to the east of A.
T
15m
r
*
o 10 m P
E
in
10 m *
Fig. 25
Q 5m R
30m_c
20
G
m
35 m
15m &
Fig. 26
• c
27. (6): The movements of the child from A to E are as
shown in Fig. 27.
Clearly, the child meets his father at E.
Now, AF = (AB - FB)
= (AB - DC) = (90 - 30) m = 60 m.
EF = (DE - DF) = (DE - BC)
» (100 - 20) m = 80 m.
f
E
8
/
f
A
*
'
k80m
F
60 m
9
120 m
D 30 m
90m
c
Fig- 27
Copyrighted material
t
Reasoning
334
Required distance
VAF2 + EF2 - V(60)a • (80)7
i v3600 • 6400 v'iboSb = 100 m.
AE_
28. id): Since Aditya's house face* toward* East and he
walks from backside of his house, it means that
h« starts walking towards West. Thus, the
movement* of Aditya are as shown in Fig. 28
(A to B. B to C, C to D).
Clearly. Aditya's final position is D which is to
the North-west of the starting point A.
25m
50m
B
50m
Pig. 28
EXERCISE 88
1. Two buses start from the opposite points of a main road, 150 kms apart. The
first bus runs for 25 kms and takes a right turn and then runs for 15 kms. It
then turns left and runs for another 25 kms and takes the direction back to
reach the main road. In the meantime, due to a minor breakdown, the other
bus has run only 35 kms along the main road. What would be the distance
between the two buses at this point ?
(L Tax A Central Excise, 1996)
(a) 65 kms
(6) 75 kms
(c) 80 kms
(d) 85 kms
X and Y start moving towards each other from two places 200 m apart. After
walking 60 m, B turns left and goes 20 m, then he turns right and goes 40 m.
He then turns right again and comes back to the road on which he had started
walking. If A and B walk with the same speed, what is the distance between
them now ?
ia) 20 m
(b) 30 m
(c) 40 m
id) 50 m
3. If A is to the south of B and C is to the east of B, in what direction is A with
respect to C ?
(a) North-east
(6) North-west
(c) South-east
id) South-west
ie) None of these
4. A is 40 m South-west of B. C is 40 m South-east of B. Then, C is in which
direction of A ?
(Assistant Grade, 1997)
ia) East
(6) West
(c) North-east
(d) South
5. There are four towns P. Q, R and T. Q is to the South-west of P, R is to the
east of Q and south-east of P, and T is to the north of R in line with QP. In
which direction of P is T located ?
(a) South-east
(6) North
(c) North-east
id) East
North
6. In the given figure. P is 300 km eastward of O
and Q is 400 km north of O. R is exactly in the
middle of Q and P. The distance between Q and
R is
(I.A.S. 1997)
•East
ia) 250 km
<
(6) 250
km
(c) 300 km
«
id) 350 km
Copyrighted material
Direction Sense Test
\ 335
7. Ravi wants to go to the university. He starts from his home which is in the
East and comes to a crossing. The road to the left ends in a theatre, straight
ahead is the hospital. In which direction is the university ?
(Railways, 1998)
(a) North
(6) South
(c) East
(d) West
8. Of the six members of a panel sitting in a row, A is to the left of D, but on the
right of E. C is on the right of X, but is on the left of B who is to the left of F.
Which two members are sitting right in the middle ?
(a) A and C
(b) C and B
(c) D and B
(d) D and C
9. A, B, C and D are playing cards. A and B are partners. D faces towards North.
If A faces towards West, then who faces towards South ?
(a) B
(b) C
(c) D
(d) Data inadequate
10. P, Q, R and S are playing a game of carrom. P, R and S, Q are partners. S is to
the right of R who is facing west. Then, Q is facing (Hotel Management, 1992)
(a) North
(b) South
(c) East
(d) West
11. The town of Paranda is located on Green Lake. The town of Akram is west of
Paranda. Tokhada is east of Akram but west of Paranda. Kakran is east of
Bopri but west of Tokhada and Akram. If they are all in the same district,
which town is the farthest west ?
(a) Paranda
(6) Kakran
(c) Akram
(d) Bopri
12. Five boys are standing in a row facing East. Deepak is to the left of Sameer,
Tushar and Shailendra. Sameer, Tushar and Shailendra are to the left of Sushil.
Shailendra is between Sameer and Tushar. If Tushar is fourth from the left,
how far is Sameer from the right ?
( a ) First
(b) Second
(c) Third
(d) Fourth
(e) Fifth
D i r e c t i o n s (Questions 13-14): Study the information given below carefully
and answer the questions that follow :
(Bank P.O. 1997)
On a playing ground, Dinesh, Kunal, Nitin, Atul and Prashant are standing as
described below facing the North.
ii) Kunal is 40 metres to the right of Atul.
(ii) Dinesh is 60 metres to the south of Kunal.
(iii) Nitin is 25 metres to the west of Atul.
(iv) Prashant is 90 metres to the north of Dinesh.
13. Who is to the north-east of the person who is to the left of Kunal ?
(a) Dinesh
(b) Nitin
(c) Atul
(d) Either Nitin or Dinesh
(e) None of these
14. If a boy walks from-Nitin, meets Atul followed by Kunal, Dinesh and then
Prashant, how many metres has he walked if he has travelled the straight
distance all through ?
(a) 155 metres
(6) 185 metres
(c) 215 metres
(d) 245 metres
(e) None of these
15. Two ladies and two men are playing cards and are seated at North, East, South
and West of a table. No lady is facing East. Persons sitting opposite to each
other are not of the same sex. One man is facing South. Which directions are
the ladies facing ?
( a ) East and West
(d) North and West
(6) South and East
(e) None of these
(c) North -nd East
Copyrighted material
Reasoning
336
16. The post office is to the east of the school while my house is to the south of the
school. The market is to the north of the post office. If the distance of the market
from the post office is equal to the distance of my house from the school, in
which direction is the market with respect to my school ?
(a) North
(6) East
(c) North-east
(d) South-west
17. Lokesh's school bus is facing North when it reaches his school. After starting
from Lokesh's house, it turns right twice and then left before reaching the school.
What direction was the bus facing when it left the bus stop in front of Lokesh's
house ?
(a) North
(b) South
(c) East
(d) West
(e) None of these
18. I start from my home and go 2 km straight. Then, I turn towards my right and
go 1 km. I turn again towards my right and go 1 km again. If I am north-west
from my house, then in which direction did I go in the beginning ?
( a ) North
(6) South
(c) East
(d) West
(e) South-east
19. After walking 6 km, I turned right and covered a distance of 2 km, then turned
left and covered a distance of 10 km. In the end, I was moving towards the
north. From which direction did I start my journey ?
(a) North
(6) South
(c) East
(cf) West
(I. Tax & Central Excise, 1994)
20. A postman was returning to the post office which was in front of him to the
north. When the post ofT.ce was 100 metres away from him, he turned to the
left and moved 50 metres to deliver the last letter at Shantivilla. He then moved
in the same direction for 40 metres, turned to his right and moved 100 metres.
How many metres was he away from the post office ?
(a) 0
(6) 90
(c) 150
(d) 100
(e) None of these
21. A boy rode his bicycle northwards, then turned left and rode one km and again
turned left and rode 2 km. He found himself exactly one km west of his starting
point. How far did he ride northwards initially ?'
(Assistant Grade, 1994)
(a) 1 km
(6) 2 km
(c) 3 km
(d) 5 km
22. If 'South-east' is called 'East', 'North-west' is called *West\ 'South-west* is called
'South' and so on, what will 'North' be called ?
( a ) East
(6) North-east
(c) North-west
(d) South
(e) None of these
23. If South-east becomes North, North-east becomes West and so on, what will
West become ?
(Assistant Grade, 1998)
( a ) North-east j
(6) North-west
(c) South-east
(d) South-west
(e) South
24. A direction pole was situated on the crossing. Due to an accident the pole turned
in such a manner that the pointer which was showing East, started showing
South. One traveller went to the wrong direction thinking it to be West. In what
direction actually he was travelling ?
(M.B.A 1998)
( a ) North
(b) South
(c) East
id) West
25. A watch reads 4.30. If the minute hand points East, in what direction will the
hour hand point ?
(a) North
(cf) North-east
(6) North-west
(e) None of these
(c) South-east
Copyrighted material
Direction Sense Test
\ 337
26. A clock is so placed that at 12 noon its minute hand points towards north-east.
In which direction does its hour hand point at 1.30 p.m. ?
(a) North
(b) South
(c) East
( d ) West
(Hotel Management, 1995)
27. If the above clock is turned through an angle of 135" in an anticlockwise direction,
in which direction will its minute hand point at-8.45 p.m. ?
(a) North
(6) South
(c) East
(d) West
Directions (Questions 28 to 32) : Read the following information carefully
and answer the questions given below it :
(Bank P.O. 1995)
ii) Six flats on a floor in two rows facing North and South are allotted to P.
Q, R. S, T and U.
(ii) Q gets a North facing flat and is not next to S.
(iii) S and U get diagonally opposite flats.
(it?) R. next to U, gets a South facing flat and T gets a North facing flat.
28. Which of the following combinations get South facing flats ?
(a) QTS
(b) UPT
(c) URP
(d) Data inadequate
(e) None of these
29. Whose flat is between Q and S ?
(a) T
(6) U
(c) R
(d) P
(e) Data inadequate
30. If the flats of T and P are interchanged, whose flat will be next to that of U ?
31.
32.
33.
34.
35.
36.
4
I
(a) P
(b) Q
(c) R
(d) T
(e) None of these
The flats of which of the other pairs than SU, is diagonally opposite to each
other ?
ia) QP
(6) QR
ic) PT
(d) TS
(e) None of these
To arrive at the answers to the above questions, which of the following statements
can be dispensed with ?
(a) None
(6) (i) only
ic) (ii) only
id) (iii) only
ie) None of these
One morning after sunrise, Gopal was standing facing a pole. The shadow of
the pole fell exactly to his right. Which direction was he facing ?
(a) South
ib) East
(c) West
(d) Data inadequate
ie) None of these
(Bank P.O. 1997)
One morning after sunrise, Reeta and Kavita were talking to each other face
to face at Tilak Square. If Kavita's shadow was exactly to the right of Reeta,
which direction Kavita was facing ?
(Bank P.O. 1998)
(a) North
ib) South
(c) East
(d) Data inadequate
(e) None of these
One morning after sunrise, Vikram and Shailesh were standing in a lawn with
their backs towards each other. Vikram's shadow fell exactly towards left hand
side. Which direction was Shailesh facing ?
(a) East
(b) West
(c) North
id) South
One evening before sunset two friends Sumit and Mohit were talking to each
other face to face. If Mohits shadow was exactly to his right side, which direction
was Sumit facing ?
(Bank P.O. 1997)
ia) North
(6) South
ic) West
id) Data inadequate
ie) None of these
Copyrighted material
Reasoning
338
37. Anuj started walking positioning his back towards the sun. After sometime, he
turned left, then turned right and then towards the left again. In which direction
is he going now ?
(I. Tax & Central Excise, 1994)
(a) North or South
(b) East or West
(c) North or West
(d) South or West
Directions (Questions 38 to 42) : The following questions are based on
the diagram given below showing four persons stationed at the four corners
of a square piece of plot as shown.
<
N
W
38. A starts crossing the field diagonally. After walking half the distance, he turns
right, walks some distance and turns left. Which direction is A facing now ?
(a) North-east (b) North-west
(c) North
(d) South-east (e) South-west
39. From the original position given in the above figure, A and B move one arm
length clockwise and then cross over to the corner diagonally opposite; C and
D move one arm length anti-clockwise and cross over the comer diagonally
opposite. The original configuration ADBC has now changed to
(a) CBDA
(6) BDAC
(c) DACB
(d) ACBD
(e) BCAD
From
the
original
position,
B
and
D
move
one
and
a
half
length
of
sides
clockwise
40.
and anticlockwise respectively. Which one of the following statements is true ?
(a) B and D are both at the midpoint between A and C.
D is at the midpoint between A and C, and B at the corner originally
occupied by C.
(c) B is at the midpoint between A and C, and D at the corner originally
occupied by A.
(d) B and D are both at the midpoint between A and D.
(e)
B is at the midpoint between A and Ct and D at the midpoint between
original position of B and C.
41. From the positions in original figure, C and A move diagonally to opposite corners
and then one side each clockwise and anticlockwise respectively. B and D move
two sides each clockwise and anticlockwise respectively. Where is A now ?
(a) At the north-west corner
(6) At the north-east corner
(c) At the south-east corner
(d) At the south-west corner
(e) Midway between original position of B and D
42. After the movements given in Q. 41 above, who is at the north-west corner ?
(a) A
(6) B
(c) C
(d) D
(e) None of these
(b)
43. A square field ABCD of side 90 m is so loca*ed that its diagonal AC is from
north to south and the corner B is to the west of D. Rohan and Rahul start
walking along the sides from B and C respectively in the clockwise and anticlockwise directions with speeds of 8 km/hr and 10 km/hr. Where shall they
cross each other the second time ?
(Hotel Management, 1998)
Copyrighted material
t
I
Direction
Sense
\ 339
Test
(а)
On AD at a distance of 30 m from A
(б)
On BC at a distance of 10 m from B
(c) On AD at a distance of 30 m from D
(d)
On BC at a distance of 10 m from C
ANSWERS
1. ( a ) : Let X and Y be two buses
Bus X travels along the path
25km A
PA, AB. BC. CD
—
>
Now, AD » BC » 25 km.
15 km
i
So, PD = PA • AD = 50 km.
B 25 km
Bus Y travels 35 km upto E.
Distance between two buses =» PQ - (PD + QE)
= [150 - (50 + 35)1 65 l$m.
^
2. (c): Clearly Y moves 60 m from Q
upto A, then 20 m upto B, 40 m
upto C and then upto D.
A 60 m
f
So, AD = BC = 40 m.
J*m
c 40m B
QD = (60 + 40) m = 100 m.
Since A and B travel with the same speed, A will travel the same speed along the
horizontal as B travels in the same time i.e. (60 + 20 • 40 • 20) = 140 m.
So, X travels 140 m upto A
Distance between X and Y = AD = (100 - 60) m = 40 m.
3. (d) : Clearly comparing the direction of A
w.r.t. C in the second diagram with that
in the first diagram. A will be south-west
of C.
N
W«
7
sw
4. (a) : As is clear from the adjoining diagram,
C lies to the east of A.
40m
40m
A
5. (c) : Clearly, the arrangement according to
the given directions is as shown. So, T
lies to the north-east o( P.
( a ) : Clearly. PQ - NOP2 + OQ2 = \'(300)2 + (400)2
= \90000 + 160000 » 500 km.
Since R is the midpoint of PQ, so QR = | x PQ
= 250 km.
Copyrighted material
Reasoning
340
7. (a)
Starting from his house in the East,
Ravi moves westwards. Then, the
theatre, which is to the left, will be in
the South. The hospital, which is
straight ahead, will be to the West. So.
the Einiveraity will be to the North.
N [p university
VHo5p*al
_J
QE
House
~=]
Thsatre L J
S
8. (d)
A is to the left of D means AD. A is to the right of E means EA. So, the bequence
is EAD. C is to the right of X means XC. C is to the left of B means CB. B is to
the left of F means BF. So, the sequence is XCBF. Thus, there are two possible
arrangements — EADXCBF and XCBFEAD. In the first arrangement, the two
members in the middle arc D and C. In the second arrangement, the two members
in the middle are B and E. So, from amongst the choices, D and C is the answer.
N
9. (6): As per the data, D faces North. A
faces towards West. So, its partner
B will face towards A and hence
towards East. So, C who will face D
will face towards South.
•A
W-
0
10. (a): As per the given data, R faces
towards Went. S is to the right of R.
So, S is facing towards South. Thus,
Q who is the partner of S, will face
towards North.
N
Si
•R
w
11. (d): The town of Akram (A) is west of Paranda (P) means A, P. Tokhada (T) is east of
Akram but west of Paranda means A, T, P. Kakran (K) is east of Bopri (B) but west
of Tokhada and Akram means B, K, A, T. Combining all the arrangements, we get
the sequence as B, K, A, T, P. So, farthest west is Bopri.
12. (d) : Deepak (D) is to the left of Sameer (S), Tushar (T) and Shailendra (Sh) means D,
S, T, Sh. Sameer, Tushar and Shailendra are to the left of Sushil (Su) means S, T,
Sh, Su. Shailendra is between Sameer and Tushar means S, Sh, T. Tushar is fourth
from the left means • • • T. Combining all the arrangements, we have D. S, Sh,
T, Su. So, Sameer is fourth from the right.
Questions 13-14
Clearly, the arrangement of boys is as shown below :
30 m
N
25 m
Fadng
towards
north
40m
60m
13. (e)
14. (c)
Clearly, Atul is to the left of Kunal and Prashant is to the north-east of Atul.
Required distance = NA + AK + KD • DP
= (25 + 40 + 60 + 90) - 215 m.
Copyrighted material
Direction Sense Test
341
i
1
Man
15. W) : No lady is facing east means a man faces east.
Persons opposite are not of same sex. So, a
woman will be facing west. Again, a man faces
south. So, opposite to him will be a woman
facing north.
Man
Lady
Lady
16. (c): The positions of various places arc as shown in
the diagram.
Clearly, the market is to the north-east of
school.
Market
School
Post office
17. ( d ) : In Fig. 1, the route of the bus from
Lokesh's house to the school. It is
given that the bus faces North on
reaching the school. Now, turning
Fig. 1 90° anticlockwise, we obtain
Fig. 2 which satisfies the specified
conditions. It is evident from Fig. 2
that the bus faces west in front of
Lokesh's house.
18. ( d ) : Clearly, the route is as shown in Fig.
A. It is given that the person is
finally to the north-west of his house.
Rotating Fig. A 90° anticlockwise, we
obtain Fig. B satisfying the specified
conditions. It is evident from Fig. B
that the direction of walking in the
beginning was west.
School
School
House
L-*-0
Hou*e
J^m
1 km
—X
I
1 km.
OJ
2 km
-O
House
•
House
North
19. (6): Clearly, the route is as shown in the adjoining
diagram. Thus, the man started his journey from
the South and moved northwards.
>.10 km
2 km
6 km- *
20. (6): Clearly, the route of the postman ie as shown.
So. at the final point the distance of postman
from post office - EA = BD
z BC f CD
»(50 + 40)-90 m.
A
100 m
100m
0
B
40m 'sh.n.. 50m
Villa
21. (6): Clearly, the boy rode from A to B, then to C and
finally upto D. Since D lies to the west of A. so
required distance
= AB = CD = 2 km.
1 km
2 km
D 1 km A
Copyrighted material
?
4
Reasoning
342
22. (c): In diagram (i) the directions are shown as they actually are. Diagram (ii) is as per
the given data. So. comparing the direction of North in (0 with that in (ii), North
will be called North-west.
NW
•
"
x
i
,
-N
"
SW*
»NE
»
SE
(ti)
SW
•
23. (c): Comparing (i) of Q. 22 with the adjoining
diagram. West will be called South-east.
s
I
X
.W
SE*
NE
N
24. (6): The actual positions of the directions are as shown in I while the changed positions
of the pointer can be described by II.
^
NW
SE
NE
N* - - - r}*- - - - * s
NW
SW
(II)
Clearly, the direction of West shown by the pointer in wrong position (Fig. II) is
actually South.
25. (rf): Clearly, to show 4.30, the position of the minute and hour hands of the clock will
be as shown. So, again as shown, if the minute hand points East, the hour hand
will point in the North-east.
W
t
SW
26. (c): Clearly, the positions of the minute and hour hands at 12 noon and 1.30 p.m. are
as shown in the diagram. So, as shown, the hour hand at 1.30 p.m. points towards
the East.
NW
• SE
SW
27. (6): The position of the clock on rotating the above
clock 135° anticlockwise is as shown in the
adjoining diagram. Clearly, the minute hand
points towards the South.
Copyrighted material
r
Direction Sense Test
343
Questions 28 to 32
Q gets a North-facing flat and is not next to S means
•
•
•
S and U get diagonally opposite flats means
B
C
0
•
D
a
R, next to U. gets a South facing flat and T gets a north facing flat means
So, the arrangement is :
South
f a c i n g
North facing
flats
flats
0
H
[ V ] jR | j > J
Q
[V]
[jT]
^
28. (c): The South facing flats are U; R, P.
29. (a): Ts flat is between Q and S.
30. (c): The flat next to ITi flat is that of R, which remains unchanged if the flats of T and
P are interchanged.
31. (a): The diagonally opposite pairs are SU and QP.
32. (a): Clearly, all the statements are necessary to answer the given questions.
33. (a): Sun rises in the east in the morning. So, in
morning, the shadow falls towards the west
Now. Copal's shadow falls to the right. So.
he is standing, facing South.
34. (a): In morning, sun rises in the east and so any
shadow falls towards the west. Now,
Kavita's shadow falls to the right of Reeta.
Hence, Reeta is facing South and Kavita is
/ facing North
W«
t
I Reeta
I
Kavrta's
Shadow
K
• -
> »
36. id): Since Vikram s shadow fell towards left, therefore. Vikram is facing North. So. Shailesh
standing with his back towards Vikram, will be facing South.
36. (6): In the evening, sun is in the west and so the shadows fall towards east. Now, since
Mohit's shadow fell towards right, therefore, Mohit is facing North. So, Sumit standing
face to face with Mohit, was facing South.
Copyrighted mate
Reasoning
344
t
37. (a): Clearly, there are two possible movement* of Anuj as shown below :
North
r
• y
D _ > J
1
"
South
38. (b): Thus,
Clearly,
the isroute
of Amoving
is as shown.
Amy
finally
towards either North or South.
Comparing it with the given diagram,
the direction of A will be north-west
39. ( a ) : Clearly, (i), (ii), (Hi) and (iv) show the movements of A, Bf C and D respectively while
the new arrangement so obtained is shown in (v). So, the configuration changes to
CBDA.
B D
40. (o): The movements of B and D
are clearly shown in the
adjoining diagram.
So, statement (a) is true.
41. (d): The movements of A, C, B and D are shown in figures (i), (ii), (iii) and (it/) respectively.
The final configuration is shown in (i/). Comparing (u) with the given diagram, A is
in the south-west corner.
A C
(i)
(H)
(iv)
(Hi)
D C
42. (c): Clearly, C is at the north-west corner
43. (d) : Clearly, the arrangement is as shown in the adjoining diagram.
Rohan's speed = 8 km hr
8000
/
20
,
Rahul
•
E
\
C
S
/
eoTeo m / 9 e c = T m / d O C
\
Rahul's speed = 10 km/hr
w
N
10000
,
25 ,
= "9" m / 8 e c " 60 * 60 m
Rohan
Since Rohan and Rahul are moving in opposite directions, so they together cover a
20 25
45
distance of | — + — j i.e., — or 5 metres in one second.
c
To meet at a point, they together have to cover distance (CD • DA + AB) i.e. 270 m.
Copyrighted material
t
Direction Sense Test
\ 345
Now, 5 metres is covered in 1 second
So, 270 m will be covered in
y
x 270 j = 54 seconds.
Now, distance covered by Rohan in 54 seconds «j ~ x 54 | m • 12b m.
Distance covered by Rahul in 54 seconds
y x54 |m= 150 m.
Thus, Rohan and Rahul meet for the first time on AD at a point 30 m from A and
60 m from D. Now, to meet again, Rohan and Rahul will have to complete one full
round i.e. together move a distance of 360 m.
5 metres is covered by both together in 1 second.
Thus, 360 m will be covered by both in f ^ x 360 j-72 seconds.
< 20
Now, distance covered by Rohan in 72 seconds = j — x 72 m =r 160 m.
Distance covered by Rahul in 72 seconds
| ^ x 72 |np = 200 m.
Thus, Rohan and Rahul meet on BC at a point 10 m from C and 80 m from B.
Copyrighted material
9. LOGICAL VENN DIAGRAMS
This section deals with questions which aim at analysing a candidate's ability
to relate a certain given group of items and illustrate it diagrammatically.
Here are a few different types of Venn diagrams with their implications made clear.
Suppose you are given a group of three items. Then,
1. if the items evidently belong to three different groups,
the Venn diagram representing it would be as shown
alongside.
Ex. Doctors, Engineers, L a w y e r s
These three items bear no relationship to each other.
So, they are represented by 3 disjoint figures as shown
in Fig. 1.
2. if one item belongs to the class of the second and
the second belongs to the class of third, then the
representation is in the form of three concentric circles,
as shown in Fig. 2.
Ex. Seconds, Minutes, Hours
Clearly, seconds are a part of minutes and minutes
are a part of hours. So, the Venn diagram would be
as shown in the adjoining figure with circle A representing Seconds, circle B representing Minutes
and circle C representing Hours.
3. if two separate items belong to the class of the third,
they are represented by two disjoint circles inside a
bigger circle as shown in Fig. 3.
Ex. Table, Chair, Furniture
Clearly, table and chair are separate items but both
are items of furniture. So, they would be represented
as in the adjoining figure with circle A representing
Table, circle B representing Chair and circle C representing
Furniture.
4. if two items belong to the class of the third such that
. some items of each of these two groups are common
in relationship, then they are represented by two
intersecting circles enclosed within a bigger circle.
Ex. Males, Fathers, Brothers
Clearly, some fathers may be brothers. So, fathers and
brothers would be represented by two intersecting
circles. Also both fathers and brothers are males.
So, the diagrammatic representation would be as shown
in Fig. 4, with circle A representing Fathers, circle
B representing Brothers and circle C representing
Males.
2
Fig. 3
Fig. 4
346
Copyrighted material
Logical Venn Diagrams
347
5. if two items are partly related to the third, and are
themselves independent of each other they are represented by three intersecting circles in a line.
Ex. Dogs, Pet*, Cats
Clearly, some dogs and some cats are pets. But, all
the pets are not dogs or cats. Also, dogs and cats
are not related to each other. So, the given items
would be represented as shown in Fig. 5 with circle
A representing Dogs, circle B representing Pets and
circle C representing Cats.
Fig. 5
6. if (he three items are partly related to each other, they
are represented as shown in the adjoining figure.
Ex. Clerks, Government Employees, Educated
Persons
Clearly, some clerks may be government employees
and some may be educated. Similarly, some government employees may be clerks and some may be
educated. Also, some educated persons may be clerks
and some may be government employees. So, the
given items may be represented as shown in Fig. 6
with three different circles denoting the three classes.
Fig. 6
7. if one item belongs to the class of second while third
item is entirely different from the two, then they
may be represented by the adjoining diagram.
Ex. Engineers, Human Beings, Rats
Clearly, all engineers are human beings. This would
be represented by two concentric circles. But the
class of rats is entirely different from these two.
Thus, these items would be represented as shown in
Fig. 7 with circle A representing Engineers, circle B representing Human Beings and circle C representing
Fig. 7
Rats.
8. if one item belongs to the class of second and the
third item is partly related to these two, they are
represented as shown alongside.
Ex. Females, Mothers, Doctors
Clearly, all mothers are females. This would be
represented by two concentric circles. But, some
females and some mothers can be doctors. So, the
circle representing doctors would intersect the two
concentric circles. Thus, the diagram becomes as
shown in Fig. 8 with circle A representing Mothers,
circle B representing Females and circle C representing
Fig. 8
Doctors.
Copyrighted
Reasoning
348
9. if one item belongs to the class of second and the third item is partly related
to the second, they are represented as shown alongside.
Ex. Grass-eating Animals, Cows, Flesh-eating Animals
Clearly, cows are grass-eating animals. So, they would
be'represented by two concentric circles. But some
grass-eating animals are flesh-eating also. Thus, the
Venn diagram is as shown in Fig. 9 with circle A
representing Cows, circle B representing Grass<ating
Animals and circle C representing Flesh-eating
Animals.
EXERCISE 9A
1. Which of the following diagrams correctly represents Elephants. Wolves, Animals ?
(I.A.S. 1992)
©
ODO
CM)
(a)
l b)
(c)
(d)
2. Which one of the following Venn diagrams correctly illustrates the relationship
among the classes : Carrot; Food, Vegetable ?
(I.A.S. 1996)
©
(b)
ODO
(c)
(d)
Directions (Questions 3 to 7) i In the following questions, three classes
are given. Out of the four figures that follow, you are to indicate which figure
will best represent the relationship amongst the three classes.
(a)
(b)
(c)
3. Women, Mothers, Widows
4. Authors, Teachers, Men
5. Sparrows, Birds, Mice
6. Tea, Coffee, Beverages
7. Boys, Students, Athletes
Copyrighted material
Logical Venn Diagrams
349
8. Select from the given diagrams, the one that illustrates the relationship among
(8.CJLA. 1994)
the given three classes : Judge; Thief, Criminal.
(a)
^
(b)
(c)
(id)
9. Choose from the four diagrams given below, the one that illustrates the relationship among Languages, French, German.
© o ODO
(a)
©
(6)
®
(c)
(rf)
10. Which one of the following diagrams correctly represents the relationship among
the classes : Tennis fans, Cricket players, Students ?
^
©
(a)
a ®
(c)
(b)
(LAJB. 1990)
(d)
I I . Which one of the following Venn diagrams best illustrates the three classes
Rhombus,
(a)
Quadrilaterals,
-
Polygons
(6)
?
(c)
99
(d)
Directions (Questions 12 to 15) : Each of these questions below contains
three groups of things. You are to choose from the following five numbered
diagrams, the diagram that depicts the correct relationship among the three
groups of things in each question.
(S.B.I.P.O. 1995)
12.
13.
14.
15.
(a)
(6)
Tables, Chairs, Furniture
Tie. Shirt, Pantaloon
Dogs, Pets. Cats
Brinjal, Meat, Vegetables
(c)
(rf)
(e)
Copyrighted m a t e i a l
Reasoning
350
Directions (Questions 16 to 28) : Each one of the following questions con*
tains three items. Using the relationship between these items, match each
question with the most suitable diagram. Your answer is the letter denoting
that diagram.
OBO
(a)
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
$2.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
(6)
(d)
© o
(e)
Deer, Rabbit, Mammal
Human beings, Teachers, Graduates
(Central Excise, 1995)
Whales, Fishes, Crocodiles
Plums, Tomatoes, Fruits
Mountains, Forests, Earth
Tiger, Fox, Carnivores
Grams, Beans, Legumes
Flowers, Clothes, White
Uncles, Parents, Friends
Rohtak, Haryana, Pui\jab
Engineer, Doctor, People
Thieves, Lawyers, Criminals
Sea, Island, Mountain
Which is the most suitable Venn diagram among the following, which represents
interrelationship among Antisocial elements, Pick pockets and Black mailers ?
©
a ®
(a)
(6)
(c)
(M.B.A. 1997)
(d)
30. Which one of the following four logical diagrams represents correctly the relationship between : Musicians, Instrumentalists, Violinists ?
(LA.S. 1994)
(a)
(6)
(c)
(d)
31. Select from the four alternative diagrams, the one that best illustrates the relationship among the three classes : Pigeons, Birds, Dogs.
(Assistant Grade, 1993)
o « >
(6)
0
o
0
(c)
(d)
Copyrighted material
Logical
Venn
351
Diagrams
D i r e c t i o n s (Questions 32 to 37) : In each of the following questions, choose
the Venn diagram which best illustrates the relationship among three given
items f
©
(a)
32.
33.
34.
35.
36.
37.
38.
(6)
(rf)
Diseases, Leprosy, Scurvy
Hockey, Cricket. Games
Yak, Zebra. Bear
Sun, Moon. Stars
Animals, Men, Plants
Mercury. Mars, Planets
Which of the following figures correctly represents the
Lawyers.
Professionals
(e)
(Hotel Management, 1991)
(Hotel Management, 1991)
(Hotel Management, 1991)
relation between : Doctors,
?
© °?)©
(a)
(6)
(c)
(d)
o
39. Which one of the following sets is best represented in
the adjoining diagram ?
(S.C.RJL 1»94)
(а) Animals, Insects, Cockroaches
(б) Country, States, Districts
(c) Animals. Males, Females and Hermaphrodites
(d) States, Districts, Union Territory
40. Which of the following gives the proper relation of Tall men. Black haired people,
Indians
?
(b)
(a)
-
©
(c)
<5>
<d)
41. If animals that live on land and the animals that live in water are represented
by two big circles and animals that live in water and on land are represented
by small circle, the combination of these three can be best represented as
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
Copyrighted material
Reasoning
352
Directions (Questions 42 to 44) : In each of the following questions, find
out which of the alternatives (a), (6) (c) or (d) indicates the correct relationship
between the three given words ?
(I. Tax & Central Excise, 1995)
42. Elected house, M.P., M.L.A.
9 ?
^
<23)
(6)
(a)
43. Triangle, Four-sided figure, Square
(a)
©
GO.
D
(c)
®o
(c)-
(6)
44. Doctor, Nurse, Human being
©
(a)
8 o
(b)
(c)
W
(d)
99
99
(d)
(d)
Questions 45 to 53 :
(a)
<W
Indicates that one class is completely contained
in the other but not the third.
Indicates that two classes are completely contained
in the third.
(c)
Indicates that neither class is completely contained
in the other but the two have common members,
forming one entity.
<d)
Indicates that two classes are interrelated
and third one is not.
Directions : Choose the Venn diagram which best illustrates the three
given classes in each question.
45. Protons, Electrons, Atoms
46. Sun, Planets, Earth
(Railways, 1990)
Copyrighted material
Logical Venn Diagrams
353
47. Dog, Animal. Pet
48.
49.
50.
51.
Science, Physics, Chemistry
Atmosphere, Hydrogen, Oxygen
Wheat, Grains, Maize
Machine. Lathe, Mathematics
(Railways, 1990)
(C.B.L, 1990)
(Railways, 1990)
52. Biology, Botany. Zoology
53. Citizens, Educated, Men
Directions (Questions 54 to 58) : Each of the questions below contains
three elements. These elements may or may not have some inter se linkage.
Each group of the elements may fit into one of the diagrams at ( a ) , (fr)9 (c),
(cf) and (e). You have to indicate the group of elements which correctly fits
(S.B.I.P.O. 1997)
into the diagrams.
(a)
(6)
54. Pencil, Stationery, Jeep
55. Factory, Machinery, Product
56. Vegetable, Brinjal, Cauliflower
57. Honesty, Intelligence, Aptitude
58. Truck, Ship. Goods
D i r e c t i o n s (Questions 59 to 68) : Of the four alternatives in each of the
following questions, three alternatives are such that the three words in each
are related among themselves in one of the five ways represented by (o) 9 (ft),
(c), ( d ) and (e) below while none of these relationships is applicable to the
remaining alternative. That is your answer.
(LJ.C.AAO. 1968)
<g>
(a)
(6)
59. (a) Army, General, Colonel
(c) Painter. Scholar. Table
60. (a) Hen. Dog, Cat
(c) Bed, Ward, Nurse
€1. (a)
(c)
62. (a)
(c)
63. (a)
Atmosphere. Air. Oxygen
Man. Worker, Garden
Animal. Mammal. Cow
Colour, Red. Blue
Body, Hand, Finger
(c) Cereal, Wheat, Rice
(c)
(d)
(e)
(ft) Boy, Student, Player
id) Man, Typist, Peon
(ft) Body. Ear, Mouth
id) Tiger, Animal, Carnivorous
(ft) Boy, Girl. Student
id) Animal, Dog. Cat
(ft) Colour. Cloth. Merchant
(d) Male. Horse, Mare
(ft) Mammal. Nurse. Woman
(rf) Males. Cousins. Nephews
Copyrighted material
Reasoning
354
(6) Boy, Girl, Player
64. (a) Bed, Ward, Hospital
(<f) Book, Page, Paragraph
(c) Copper, Zinc, Iron
(6) Professor, Scholar, Politician
6 5 . ' ( a ) Star, Moon, Mars
(d) Swimmer, Carpenter, Singer
(c) Nurse, Doctor, Woman
(6) Mineral, Copper, Wood
66. (a) Periodical, Weekly, Book
(d) Army, Doctor, Engineer
(c) Doctors, Human beings, Married people
(b) Apple, Orange, Mango
67. (a) Director. Engineer, Musician
(d) Oxygen, Air, Water
, (c) Fruit, Mango, Grass
(b) Dean, Painter, Singer
68. (a) Mineral, Iron, Copper
(d) Piston, Engine, Wheel
(c) Seed, Leaf, Root
Directions (Questions 69 to 74) : In each of the following questions, there
are three words which are related in some way. The relationship in each cose
is indicated by one of the four alternatives (a), (5), (c) and (d) given below. The
alternative which best states the relationship is your answer.
(C.A.T. 1997)
(а) P includes part of Q and part of R but Q and R are independent of each other.
(б) P includes Q and part of R but Q is independent of R.
(c) P, Q and R include parts of one another.
(cf) P includes both Q and R.
69. Wheat, Loaf, Barley
70. Singer, Writer, Actor
71. Soldier, Army, Engineer
72. Wood, Steel, Furniture
73. Researcher, Historian, Scholar
74. Tiger, Elephant, Quadruped
Directions (Questions 75 to 78): Given below are five patterns represented
by circles A, B and C which indicate the logical relationship between and
among the respective descriptions. On the basis of description given for A,
B and C respectively in the questions, decide which of the given patterns (a),
(6), (c), (cf) or (e) best indicates the logical relationship.
(a)
(c)
(e)
75.
76.
77.
78.
( A ) Doctor
(B) Male
(C) Actor
(A) Rose
(B) Flower
(C) Lotus
(A) Father
(B) Mother
(C) Child
( A ) Gold
(B) Ornament
(C) Silver
Directions (Questions 79 to 83) : Choose the Venn diagram which best
illustrates the three given classes in each question : (Hotel Management, 1997)
©
(6)
(c)
(d)
Copyrighted material
Logical Venn Diagrams
79.
80.
81.
82.
83.
355
Girl. Athlete, Singer
Window, Room, Wall
State, Country, City
Copper, Paper, Wire
Teacher, Graduate, Player
D i r e c t i o n s (Questions 84-85) : Choose the Venn diagram which best illustrates the three given classes in each of the following questions :
( M B A . 1998)
two;
__
(a)
(6)
(stood©
(d)
(c)
(e)
84. Vertebrates, Non-vertebrates, Living beings
85. Women, Teachers, Doctors
86. In a dinner party both fish and meat were served. Some took only fish and some
only meat. There were some vegetarians who did not accept either. The rest
accepted both fish and meat. Which of the following logic diagrams correctly
reflects this situation ?
(IA.8. 1998)
GO
O
(a)
® o
(c)
ANSWERS
Elephants
1. (a):
Wolves
bear no relationship to each
other! But, both of them are animals. (Fig. 1)
Elephants and Wolves
Animals
Fig. 1
2. ( o ) :
All carrots arc vegetables. All vegetables are
foods. (Fig. 2)
Fig. 2
3. (d): All mothers are women. Some mothers and
some women can be widows. (Fig. 3)
Widows
Women
Mothers
Fif. 3
Copyrighted mateial
Reasoning
356
4. (a)
Some authors can be teachers. Some teachers
can be men. Some authors can be men. So, the
given items are partly related to each other.
(Fig. 4)
Authors
Teachers
Men
Fig. 4
5.(b):
All
sparrows
are
But,
birds.
mice
is
Sparrows
Mice
entirely
different. (Fig. 5)
Birds
Fig. 5
Beverages
e.(c)
and Coffee are two separate unrelated items.
But, both of them are beverages. (Fig. 6)
Tea
Tea
Coffee
-
7. (a)
Some
are students. Some students are
athletes. Some boys are athletes. So, the given
items are partly related to each other. (Fig. 7)
boys
Fig. 6
Boys
Student*
Athletes
8.
(c)':
9. (c)
All thieves are criminals. But
different. (Fig. 8)
judge
ia entirely
Both French and German are languages. But,
both of them are different from each other.
(Fig. 9)
French
^
German
Fig. 9
10. (a)
Some
students
cricket players
can be
can
be
cricket
players.
Some
tennis fans.
Some students can be tennis fans. So, the given
items are partly related to each other.
(Fig. 10).
Students
•
Cricket Players
w
Fig. 10
~
Tennis Fans
Copyrighted material
Logical Venn Diagrams
357
Quadrilateral*
11. ( a ) :
A l l rhombus a re quadrilaterals.
laterals are polygons (Fig. 11)
A l l quadri
Rhombus
Polygons
F i g . 11
Furniture
12. (d) :
Tables and Chairs are unrelated items. But.
both art? items of Furniture (Pig. 12)
Chairs
Tables
F i g . 12
13. ( c ) :
Tie, Shirt and Pantaloon are separate itema,
entirely different from each other. (Fig. 13)
Shirt
Pantaloon
14. (d) : Dogs and Cats are entirely different from each
other. But, both are pet animals.
(Fig. 14)
Cats
Fig. 14
Vegetable
15. (e):
Brinjal is a vegetable.
different. (Fig. 15)
But Meat
is entirely
Brix\jal
Meat
F i g . 15
Mammals
16. ( 6 ) : Deer and Rabbit are unrelated items. But, both
are mammals (Fig. 16)
Deer^
^
Rabbit
jSsl
F i g . 16
Human beings
17. ( c ) :
A l l teachers and graduates are human beings.
But, some teachers can be graduates and some
graduates can be teachers. (Fig. 17)
T«achersN*
S
Graduates
F i g . 17
Copyrighted mate
Reasoning
358
18. ( a ) :
Whales, Fishes and Crocodiles are all separate
items, entirely different from each other.
So, they would be represented by three disjoint
circles. (Fig. 18)
19. ie):
All plums are fruits.
different. (Fig. 19)
Whales
Pishes
But, tomatoes are entirely
Pi urns
Tomatoes
F i g . 19
S
20. ( c ) :
Earth
Mountains and Forests are parts of earth. But,
some mountains are forested and some forests
are mountainous. (Fig. 20)
Mountains
Forests
F i g . 20
Carnivores
21. ( 6 ) :
Tiger and Fox are unrelated and entirely different. But, both are carnivores or flesh-eating
animals. (Fig. 21)
22. ( 6 ) : Grams and Beans are entirely different from
each other. But, both are legumes. (Fig. 22)
F i g . 22
Flowers
23. id):
Clothes
Some flowers are white Some clothes are white.
But, all white things are not flowers or clothes.
(Fig. 23)
White
F i g . 23
24. ( a ) :
Uncles, Parents and Friends are entirely different from each other. (Fig. 24)
Uncles
Parents
Friends
F i g . 24
Copyrighted material
Logical Venn Diagrams
25. ( e ) :
359
Rohtak ia a p a r t of Haryana. Punjab is a separate state. (Fig. 25)
Haryana
Fig.
>5
•
26. ( 6 ) :
B o t h Engineer a n d Doctor a r e people. B u t ,
both o f t h e m a r e d i f f e r e n t f r o m each o t h e r .
( F i g . 26)
25
s .
People
Engineer
Doctor
Fit. 26
Thieves
2 7 . (e):
All
thieves
a r e criminals.
But,
lawyers
Lawyers
are
entirely different. (Fig. 27)
Criminals
Fig. 27
Island
2 8 . (e):
Island
is
a
part
of Sea.
But,
Mountain
Mountain
ia
entirely different. (Fig. 28)
Sea
Fig.
Pickpockets
29.
(c):
28
Blackmailers
B o t h pickpockets a n d blackmailers a r e antisocial elements.
B u t , s o m e pickpockets can
be blackmailers and v i c e - v e r s a . ( F i g . 2 9 )
Anti-social elements
Fig.
30. ( a ) :
All
violinists
mentalists
are
are
instrumentalists.
musicians.
(Fig.
All
29
Instrumentalist
instru-
Musician
30)
Violinist
Fig.
30
Pigeons
3 1 . (a):
A l l pigeons a r e birds.
Dogs
But, dogs a r e entirely
different. (Fig. 31)
Birds
V
Fig.
31
Copyrighted material
Reasoning
360
32. ( a ) :
Both
Leprosy
a n d Scurvy
a r e Diseases.
But,
both are entirely d i f f e r e n t from each other.
(Fig. 32)
Leprosy
Fig. 32
33. ( a ) :
B o t h Hockey and Cricket a r e Games.
B u t , both
Game*
a r e e n t i r e l y d i f f e r e n t f r o m each o t h e r . ( F i g . 3 3 )
Hockey
^
^
Cricket
Flf. 33
34. ( 6 ) :
Yak,
Zebra
and
Bear
are
all different from
each o t h e r . ( F i g . 3 4 )
35. ( c ) :
S u n is a star. Moon is e n t i r e l y d i f f e r e n t f r o m
the t w o . ( F i g . 3 5 )
36. ( c ) :
Men
b e l o n g to the class of animals. Plants
are
entirely d i f f e r e n t from the two. (Fig. 36)
Animals
Fig. 96
anets
37. ( a ) :
Mercury
a n d Mars a r e e n t i r e l y d i f f e r e n t f r o m
e a c h o t h e r . B u t , both a r e planets. ( F i g . 3 7 )
Mercury
V
^
Mars
F i g . 37
38. (c)
:
Both
Doctors
a n d Lawyers a r e Professionals.
Professionals
B u t , both a r e e n t i r e l y d i f f e r e n t f r o m each
other. ( F i g . 38)
Copyrighted materia]
Logical Venn Diagrams
361
Sute
3*. (rf):
Districts
Districts form part of the StaKr. But, Union
Territory is entirely d i f f e r e n t (Pig. 39)
Union Territory
K g . 39
40Ad) :
Some tall men can be black Haired. Some black
haired persons can be Indians.
Some tall men can be Indians.
So, all the three items are partly interrelated.
(Fig. 40)
Tall men
Black haired
Indians
P i g . 40
41. ( 6 ) : Clearly, each one of the animals that live in water and on land, lies in both the
other t w o categories. Also, some of the animals that live on land also live in water.
Elected house
42. ( 6 ) : Clearly, no M P. can be M.L.A. Also, all M P s
and M.L.A.S belong to the elected house.
MP.
M.L.A.
F i g . 41
Four-sided figure
43. ( c ) :
Square is a four-sided figure.
entirely different. (Fig. 42)
Triangle
But, triangle is
Square
F i g . 42
Human beings
44. ( a ) : Doctor and Nurse are entirely different. But,
both are human beings. (Fig. 43)
.u*
Nurse
^
^
TWi.
Doctor
F i g . 43
Atoms
46. ( 6 ) : Protons
and
Electrons
are
entirely different from each other. But, both are partsof
atoms. (Fig. 44)
Protons
Electrons
F i g . 44
Copyrighted mate
t
Reasoning
362
46. ( a ) :
Earth belongs to the class of Planets. But, Sun
is entirely different from the two. (Pig. 45)
Earth
Sun
Planets
Fig. 45
47. ( c ) : Some dogs are pets and some pets are dogs.
Both, dog and pets are animals. (Pig. 46)
Animal
Fig. 46
^
48. ( 6 ) :
s .
Science
Physics and Chemistry are entirely different
from each other. But. both belong to the class
of Science. (Fig. 47)
Physics v
Chemistry
Fig. 47
49.(6):
Atmosphere
Hydrogen a n d Oxygen are entirely different
from each other.
But, both are parts of atmosphere. (Fig. 48)
Hydrogen
—^
Oxygen
Fig. 48
Grains
50. ( 6 ) :
Wheat and Maue are two different items.
But, both belong to the class of Grains
(Pig. 49)
Wheat
Maize
Fig. 49
\
51. ( a ) :
Mathematics
Lathe is a type of machine. But, Mathematics
is entirely different from the two. (Fig. 50)
Machine
Fig. 50
62. ( 6 ) :
Biology
Botany and Zoology are entirely different from
each other But, both are branches of Biology.
(Fig. 51)
Botany
. Copyrighted mate
Logical Venn Diagrams
53. ( c ) :
363
S o m e educated a r e citizens.
But,
educated.
both
Men
S o m e citizens a r e
educated
and
are
citizens
men. ( F i g . 5 2 )
Citizens
Educated
Fig. 52
54. ( a ) :
Pencil is an i t e m of Stationery.
entirely different. (Fig. 53)
But,
Jeep
is
Stationery
Jeep
Pencil
Fig. 53
55. (e):
Machinery
a n d product
are
entirely
B u t , both a r e p r e s e n t in a factory.
Factory
different.
(Fig. 54)
Machinery
— ^
Product
Fig. 54
Vegetables
56. ( e ) :
Brinjal
and
Cauliflower a r e
entirely different.
B u t , both a r e vegetables. ( F i g . 5 5 )
Brinjal
Cauliflower
Fig. 55
57. ( d ) :
A p t i t u d e , i n t e l l i g e n c e and h o n e s t y a r e e n t i r e l y
different.
Truck
58. ( c ) :
and
Ship
are
s o m e goods
are
carried
Truck
entirely
by
different.
some
trucks
Goods
But,
and
s o m e goods a r e c a r r i e d by s o m e ships. ( F i g . 5 6 )
Ship
59. ( c ) :
T h i s g r o u p o f i t e m s can b e r e p r e s e n t e d a s i n
F i g . 57.
S i n c e t h e r e is no such d i a g r a m in the q u e s t i o n ,
so (c) is the answer.
Painter
Copyrighted material
4
Reasoning
364
Heo
60. ( a ) : T h i s group of items can be represented aa in
Fig M .
Since there is no such diagram in the question,
so ( a ) is the answer.
Cat
Dog
-Q
Fig. 66
Worker
61. ( c ) : Thin group of item* can be represented aa in
Fig. 69.
Since there is no such diagram in the question,
so (c) is the answer.
Man
Garden
Fig. 69
Colour
62. ( 6 > : This group
in Fig. 60
of items can be represented
Cloth
as
Since there is no such diagram in the question,
no (6) is the answer.
^
Merchant
Fig. 60
Males
Cousins
63. (</) : T h i s group of items can b«» represented as in
Fig. 6 1 .
Since there is no such diagram in the question,
so ( d ) is the answer.
Nephews
Fig. 61
Zinc
64. ( c ) : T h i s group of items can be represented as in
Fig. 62.
Since there is no such diagram in the question.
so (c) is the answer.
Capper
Iron
Fig. 62
Star
Moon
66. ( a ) : T h i s group of items can be* represented as in
Fig 63.
Since there is no such diagram in the question,
so ( a ) is the answer
Fig. 63
, Copyrighted piate
Logical Venn Diagrams
365
»
Human beings
I
66. (c): This group of items can be represented as in
Fig. 64.
Since there is no such diagram in the question,
so (c) is the answer.
Married
people
w
W
Fig. 64
Orange
Apple
67. ib): This group of items can be represented as in
Fig. 65.
Since there is no such diagram in the question,
so (b) is the answer.
Mango -
Fig. 66
Seed
68. (c): This group of items can be represented as in
Fig. 66.
Since there is no such diagram in the question,
so (c) is the answer
Leaf
Fig. 66
69. ( a ) :
70. (c):
71. ( a ) :
72. ( a ) :
73. (c):
74. (d) :
75. (a) :
76. (6):
77. (c):
78. ( a ) :
Here P is Loaf, Q is Wheat and R is Barley.
Here P is Singer, Q is Writer and R is Actor.
Here P is Army, Q is Soldier and R is Engineer.
Here P is Furniture, Q is Wood and R is Steel.
Here P is Researcher, Q is Historian and R is Scholar.
Here P is Quadruped, Q is Tiger and R is Elephant.
Some doctors and some actors are males. But, doctor and actor are entirely different.
Both Rose and Lotus are flowers. But, Rose and Lotus are entirely different.
Father, Mother and Child are entirely different.
Some ornaments are made of gold and some of silver. Gold and Silver are entirely
different.
Girls
Athletes
79. (c) : Some girls can be athletes.
Some athletes can be singers.
Some girls can be singers.
' W
Fig. 67
80. (6): Both wall and
But, wall and
window
window
Singers
Room
are parts of a room.
are entirely different.'
Wall
Window
Fig. 68
Copyrighted material
i
366
81. ( a ) : A
city lies
country.
within a
state,
which lies within a
Fig. 69
82. (d): Some
wires
are made of
copper.
But,
Paper
is entirely different.
Teacher
Graduate
83. (c): All three items are partly related to each other.
Player
Fig. 70
84. (6): Both
vertebrates
and
non-vertebrates
are entirely different, but both are
w
Teachers
86. (d): Some teachers and some doctors are women.
But, Teacher and Doctor are entirely different.
living beings.
Doctors
Women
Fig. 71
86. ( a ) : The given situation can be represented as under :
Ate both fish & meat
Ate only fish
Ate only meat
Vegetarians
Fig. 72
TYPE-2
In this type of questions, generally a Venn diagram is given. Each geometrical
figure in the diagram represents a certain class. The candidate is required to study
and analyse the figure carefully and then answer certain questions regarding the
given data.
Example 1 : In the following diagram, three classes of population are
represented by three figures. The triangle represents the school teachers, the
square represents the married persons and the circle represents the persons
living in joint families.
i
Copyrighted material
Logical Venn Diagrams
367
1. Married persons living in joint families but not working as school teachers are
represented by
(a) C
(6) F
(c)D
id) A
Sol. Married persons living in joint families are represented by the region common
to the square and the circle i.e., D and B. But, according to the given conditions,
the persons should not be school teachers. So, B is to be excluded. Hence, the
required condition is denoted by region D. So, the answer is (c).
2. Persons who live in joint families, are unmarried and who do not work as school
teachers are represented by
(a) C
'
(6)B
(c)E
(d) D
Sol. Persons living in joint families are represented by the circle. According to the
given conditions, the persons should be unmarried and not working as school
teachers. So, the region should not be a part of either the square or the triangle.
Thus, the given conditions are satisfied by the region E. So, the answer is (c).
3. Married teachers living in joint families are represented by
(a) C
(6) B
(c)D
(d) A
Sol. Married teachers are represented by the region common to the square and the
triangle i.e.. B and C. But, according to the given conditions, the persons should
be living in joint families. So, the required region should be a part of the circle.
Since B lies inside the circle, so the given conditions are satisfied by the persons
denoted by the region B. Hence, the answer is (6).
4. School teachers who are married but do not live in joint families are represented by
(a) C
(6)F
(c) A
ODD
Sol. As in the above question, married teachers are represented by B and C. But,
here, the given conditions lay down that the persons should not be living in
joint families. So, the required region should lie outside the circle. Since C lies
outside the circle, so the given conditions are satisfied by the persons denoted
by the region C. Hence, the answer is (a).
5. School teachers who are neither married nor do live in joint families are
represented by
(a) F
(6) C
<c)B
(d) A
Sol. School teachers arc represented by the triangle. But according to the given
conditions, persons are neither married nor do they live in joint families. So,
the region should not be a part of either the square or the circle. Such a region
is F. Hence, the answer is (a).
Example 2 : In the following diagram, the square represents girlsp the
circle tall persons, the triangle is for tennis players and the rectangle stands
for the swimmers.
Copyrighted mate
I
Reasoning
368
1. Which letter represents tall girls who are swimmers but don't play tennis ?
(a) C
(6) D
(c) G
(d) H
Sol. Tall girls, who are swimmers are represented by the region common to the
square, circle and the rectangle i.e., G and H. But, according to the given conditions, the girls shouldn't be tennis players. So, the required region should not
be a part of the triangle i.e., H should be excluded. Thus, the region representing
the persons satisfying the given conditions is G. Hence, the answer is (c).
2. Which letter represents girls who are swimmers, play tennis but are not tall ?
(a) B
(ft) E
(c) F
(rf) None of these
Sol. Girls who are swimmers and play tennis are represented by the region common
to the square, triangle and rectangle i.e., H. But, it is given that the girls
shouldn't be tall. So, the required region should not be a part of the circle.
Since H is a part of the circle, so the answer is (d).
3. Which letter represents tall girls who do not play tennis and are not swimmers ?
(a) C
(ft) D
(c) E
(d) G
Sol. Tall girls are represented by the region common to the square and the circle
i.e., D, C, J and H. But, according to the given conditions, the girls are neither
tennis players nor swimmers. So, the required region should be neither a part
of the rectangle nor the triangle. G lies inside the rectangle, C inside the triangle and H is common to both. So, the answer is (6).
4. Which letter represents tall persons who are gents and swimmers but do not
play tennis ?
(a) I
(ft) J
ic) K
(d) L
Sol. The tall persons are represented by regions inside the circle i.e., C, D, G, H,
I, J and K. Since the persons are not girls and do not play tennis, so the region
should not be a part of either the square or the triangle. Thus, C, D, G, H
should be excluded. Also, according to the given conditions, the persons should
be swimmers. So, the required region should be a part of the rectangle and
such a region is K. Hence, the answer is (c).
E x a m p l e 3 : The following questions are based on the diagram given
below :
(1) The rectangle represents government employees.
(2) The triangle represents urban people.
(3) The circle represents graduates.
(4) The square represents clerks.
Copyrighted material
i
Logical Venn Diagrams
369
1. Which of the following statements is true ?
ia) All government employees are clerks.
(6) Some government employees are graduates as well as clerks.
(c) Al! government employees are graduates.
(rf) All clerks are government employees but not graduates.
Sol. The above cases may be considered as under :
For statement (a) to be true, the rectangle should lie inside the square. This
is not true. Hence, (a) is false.
For statement (6) to be true, there should be a region common to the rectangle,
circle and the square. Such a region is 6. Hence, (6) is true.
Further, for statement (c) to be true, the rectangle should lie inside the circle.
So, (c) is false.
For statement (d) to be true, square should lie wholly inside the rectangle, with
no region common to the circle. This is not true. So, id) is false.
2. Which of the following statements is true ?
ia) All urban people are graduates.
(6) Some clerks are government employees but not urban.
ic)
id)
All government employees are clerks.
Some urban people are not graduates.
Sol. For the validity of condition (a), the triangle should lie inside the circle. This
is not true. So, (a) is false.
For the validity of statement ib), there should be a region which is common to
the square and the rectangle but is not a part of the triangle. Since no such
region exists, (6) is false.
For the validity of statement (c), the rectangle should lie inside the square.
This is not true. So, ic) is false.
For the validity of statement (d), some region of the triangle should lie outside
the circle. Since this is true, so, id) is true.
3. Choose the correct statement :
ia)
ib)
ic)
id)
Some clerks are government employees.
No clerk is urban.
All graduates are urban.
All graduates are government employees.
Sol. For the validity of statement ia), there should be a region common to the square
and rectangle. Such regions are 6 and 7. So, ia) is true.
Further, for statement ib) to be true, there should be no region common to the
square and the triangle. But since square lies wholly inside the triangle, ib) is
false. For statement ic) to be true, circle should lie inside the triangle. Clearly,
ic) is false. For the validity of statement id), the circle should lie inside the
rectangle. Clearly, id) is false.
Copyrighted material
f
>
i
Reasoning
370
EXERCISE 9B
1. Which one of the following statements is correct with regard to the given
figure ?
(S.CJLA 1994)
(а) A and B are in all the three shapes.
(б) E, A, B, C are in all the three shapes,
(c) F, C, D, B, A are in all the three shapes,
(tf) Only B is in all the three shapes.
2. The triangle, square and circle shown below respectively represent the urban,
hard working and educated people. Which one of the areas marked I-VII is
represented by the urban educated people who are not hard working ?
(Civil Services, 1992)
„(
A /
'
HI
sv
VII
( a ) II
(6) I
(c) IV
(d) I I I
Directions (Questions 3 to 6) i In the figure given belowf there are three
intersecting circles each representing certain section of people. Different regions
are marked a—g. Read the statements in each of the following questions and
choose the letter of the region which correctly represents the statement.
Painter
Chine;
Musicians
Copyrighted materia]
Logical Venn Diagrams
371
3. Chinese who are painters but not musicians,
(a) b
(6) c
(c) d
4. Painters who are neither Chinese nor musicians,
(a) b
(6) c
(c) f
5. Chinese who are musicians but not painters,
(a) d
(6) c
(c) b
6. Chinese who are painters as well as musicians,
(a) a
(b) b
(c) c
(<0g
(d)g
(d)
a
(d)
d
Directions ( Q u e s t i o n * 7 to 10) : The figure given below consists of three
intersecting circles which represent sets of students who play Tennis, Badminton
and Volley Ball. Each region in the figure is represented by a small letter.
P
Q
Badminton
Tenni
R ^ — V o l l e y Ball
On
the
basis
of the
above
figure,
answer
the
questions
given
below.
7. Which letter represents the set of persons who play all the three games ?
(a) b
(6) c
(c) f
(d) g
8. Which letter represents the set of persons who play Tennis and Volley Ball but
not Badminton ?
(a) g
(6) e
(c) c
(<f) b
9. Which letter represents the set of persons who play Tennis but neither Badminton nor Volley Ball ?
(o) a
(6) b
(c) c
(d) d
Which letter represents the set of persons who pipy Tennis and Badminton but
not Volley Ball ?
(a) b
(6) c
(c) d
id) f
11. In the given figure, the triangle represents gtrls, the square represents sports
persons and the circle represents coaches. The portion in the figure which
represents girls, who are sports persons but not coaches is the one labelled
10.
(I.A.S. 1996)
A
B
C
(a) A
(b) B
(c) D
(d) E
Copyrighted mate
<
Reasoning
372
D i r e c t i o n s (Questions 12 to 16) : Below is given a figure with four intersecting circles, each representing a group of persons having the quality written
against it. Study the figure carefully and answer the questions that follow.
12. The region which represents the people who are intelligent, honest and truthful
but not hard working is denoted by
(a) E
(6) F
(c) H
(d) I
13. The people possessing all the qualities are represented by
(a) I
(6) H
(c) F
(d) E
14. The region which represents people who are not honest but possess all other
three qualities, is denoted by
(a) B
(b) D
(c) F
(d) I
15. People who are not hard working, intelligent and truthful are represented by
(a) G
(b) H
(c) K
{d) L
16. People who are not honest and truthful but are hard working and intelligent
both, are represented by
(a) E
ib) B
(c) M
(d) I
17. If Tall is equivalent to circle, Armymen to triangle and Strong to square, indicate
which number will represent strong armymen ?
(LA.S. 1982)
(a) 3
(6) 4
(c) 5
(,d) 6
D i r e c t i o n s (Questions 18 to 21) : In the figure given below, the circle
represents young persons, the triangle represents uneducated persons and
the rectangle represents employed persons.
I
Logical Venn Diagrams
373
Study the figure carefully and answer the questions given below.
18. Which region represents young, uneducated and employed persons ?
(a) 6
(6)5
(c) 4
(d) 3
(e) 2
19. The region which represents educated, employed young persons, is denoted by
(a) 2
(6)3
(c) 4
(d) 5
,
(e) 6
20. WMch region represents young, educated and unemployed persons ?
(a) 7
(6) 4
(c) 1
(rf) 5
(e) 3
21. Which region represents young, uneducated and unemployed persons ?
(a) 1
(6) 2
(c) 6
W) 3
(e) 5
Directions (Questions 22 to 24) : 77ie following questions are based on
the diagram given below. In the diagram, the triangle stands for graduates,
square stands for membership of professional organisations and the circle
stands for membership of social organisations. Read each statement and find
out the appropriate number(s) to represent the people covered by the given
statement.
(Assistant Grade, 1994)
22. Number of graduates in social organisations
(a) 1
(6) 5
(c) 6
(id) 5 and ^
23. Number of graduates in social organisations only
(a) 3
(6) 4
(c) 5
(d) 6
24. Number of graduates in professional organisations
( a ) 5 and 7
(6) 5, 6 and 7
(c) 6 and 7
(d) 4, 5 and 6
25. In the figure given below, triangle represents the women, rectangle represents
the employed and circle represents the doctors, find out the area of the figure
which represents women doctors who are not employed.
(C.B.I. 1993)
(a) 1
(6) 3
(c) 7
(d) 8
26. Study the diagram below and identify the region representing youth who are
employed but not educated.
(S.8.C. 1995)
Copyrighted material
i
Reasoning
374
Youth-
Educated
• Employed
(a) 4 only
(6) 1, 4, 7
(c) 4, 7
(d) 4, 5, 6
27. In the following diagram, parallelogram represents women, triangle represents
sub-inspectors of police and circle represents graduates. Which numbered area
represents women graduate sub-inspectors of police ?
(CJB.I. 1994)
13
5
Jr
sio]
. 8
(a) 5
(6) 3
(c) 8
(d) 13
28. Read the figure and find the region representing persons who are educated and
employed but not confirmed.
(Assistant Grade, 1993)
Educated
Employed
Confirmed in job
(a)
c
(6) a, b, c
(c) b, d
(d) a, d, c
29. Ip the figure given below, triangle represents the healthy, square represents
the old and circle represents the men. Find out the area of the figure which
represents the men who are healthy but not old ?
(C.B.L 1993)
(a) 1
<
(b)
2
(c)3
(d)
7
Copyrighted materia]
\
Logical Venn Diagrams
375
30. The diagram below represents the students who study Physics, Chemistry and
Mathematics. Study the diagram and identify the region which represents the
students who study Physics and Mathematics but not Chemistry.
(S.8.C. 1995; I.A-S. 199S)
Physics
Chemistry
Mathematics
(c) V
(d) P + T + S + R + tJ + V
(a) T
(6) P + T + S
D i r e c t i o n s (Questions 31 to 35) : The following five questions are based
on the following diagram in which the triangle represents female graduates,
small circle represents self-employed females and the big circle represents
self-employed females with bank loan facility. Numbers are shown in the
different sections of the diagram. On the basis of these numbers, answer the
(M.BJL 1997)
following :
31. How many
(a) 12
(6) 13
32. How many
(a) 4
(6) 10
33. How many
(a) 9
(6) 11
34. How many
(a) 5
(b) 7
35. How many
(o) 3
(b) 8
Directions
answer the questions given below it. The
circle represents players and the triangle
(c) 15
(d) 2 0
(c) 12
(d) 15
(c) 12
(d) 21
(c) 12
(d) 20
(c)9
(d) 12
rectangle represents artists, the
represents doctors.
27
-s3/
30
8
Copyrighted material
Reasoning
376
36. How many
ia) 3
37. How many
ia) 30
38. How many
(a) 3
39. How many
la) 30
40. How many
ia) 22
Directions
players are neither artists nor doctors ?
ib) 8
(c) 22
id)
artists are players ?
id)
(6) 29
(c) 25
doctors are both players and artists ?
id)
(6) 4
(c) 8
doctors are neither players nor artists ?
id)
(6) 27
(c) 22
artists are neither players nor doctors ?
id)
(6) 24
(c) 29
(Questions 41 to 48)
The following questions are
f
9
41.
42.
43.
44.
45.
46.
47.
22
11
8
30
based on
(IA.8. 1985)
the diagram given below :
8
25
V
3
12
y ^ 4
/
11
10\
6
J
7
13
^
14
(1) Rectangle represents males.
(2) Triangle represents educated.
(3) Circle represents urban.
(4) Square represents civil servants.
Who among the following is an educated male who is not an urban resident ?
ia) 4
(6) 5
ic) 9
id) 11
Who among the following is neither a civil servant nor educated but is urban
and not a male ?
ia) 2
(6) 3
ic) 6
id) 10
Who among the following is a female, urban resident and also a civil servant ?
ia) 6
(6) 7
ic) 10
id) 13
Who among the following is an educated male who hails from urban area ?
ia) 4
(6) 2
ic) 11
id) 5
Who among the following is uneducated and also an urban male ?
ia) 2
ib) 3
ic) 11
id) 12
Who among the following is only a civil servant but not a male nor urban
oriented and uneducated ?
ia) 7
ib) 8
ic) 9
id) 14
Who among the following is a male, urban oriented and also a civil servant but
not educated ?
<a) 13
(6) 12
ic) 6
id) 10
48. Who among the following is a male civil servant, who is neither educated nor
belongs to urban area ?
(a) n
ib) 13
ic) 4
id) 1
;
4
\
Copyrighted mate
i
Logical Venn Diagrams
377
Directions (Questions 49 to 53): In the following figure, rectangle, square,
circle and triangle represent the regions of wheat, gram, maize and rice
cultivation respectively. On the basis of the above figure, answer the following
questions.
/
5
\
.A
/
3
x x r v
7
2
9
6
j
(
\
10/
11
49. Which area is cultivated by all the four commodities ?
(6)8
(c)9
(d) 2
(a) 7
50. Which area is cultivated by wheat and maize only ?
(a) 8
(6) 6
(c) 5
Id) 4
51. Which area is cultivated by rice only ?
(6) 1
(c) 2
(a) 5
(•d) 11
52. Which area is cultivated by maize only ?
(d) 4
(a) 10
(6) 2
(O 3
53. Which area is cultivated by rice and maize and nothing else ?
(b) 8
(e) 2
(a) 9
(d) 7
Directions (Questions 54 to 63) : In the following figure> the circle stands
for employed9 the square stands for hard working, the triangle stands for
rural and the rectangle stands for intelligent. Study the figure careftilly and
answer the questions that follow.
54. Non-rural, employed, hard working and intelligent people are indicated by region
(a) 8
(b) 9
(c) 10
(d) 11
(e) 12
55. Non-rural, employed people who are neither intelligent nor hard working are
represented by region
( a ) 12
(6) 11
(c) 10
(d) 7
(e) 5
56. Intelligent, employed and hard working non-rural people are indicated by region
( a ) 11
(6)6
(c) 9
(d) 4
(e) 3
Copyrighted material
Reasoning
378
57. Hard working non-rural people who are neither employed nor intelligent are
shown by region
(a) 8
(6) 7
(c) 6
(d) 10
(e) 12
58. Employed, hard working and intelligent rural people are indicated by region
59.
60.
61.
82.
(a) 1
(6) 2
(c) 3
(d) 4
(e) 5
Rural hard working people who are neither employed nor intelligent are indicated
by region
(a) 6
(b) 5
(c) 4
(d) 3
(e) 2
Rural employed people who are neither intelligent nor hard working are indicated by region
(a) 2
(6) 4
(c) 6
(d) 9
(e) 10
Rural people who are hard working and employed but not intelligent are indicated
by region
(a) 1
(6) 2
(c) 3
id) 4
(e) 5
Unemployed rural hard working and intelligent people are indicated by region
(a) 1
(6) 2
(c) 3
(d) 4
(e) 5
63. Rural employed people who are neither intelligent nor hard working are indicated
by region
( a ) 10
(6) 9
(c) 6
(d) 4
(e) 2
D i r e c t i o n s (Questions 64 to 67) i In the following figure, the smaller tri•
angle represents the teachers; the big triangle, the politicians; the circlef the
graduates and the rectanglef the members of Parliament. Different regions
are being represented by the letters of English alphabet.
(8.S.C. 1992)
64. Who among the following are graduates or teachers but not politicians ?
( a ) B, G
(b) G, H
(c) A, E
(d) E, F
65. Who among the following politicians are graduates but not the members of
Parliament ?
( a ) B, C
(6) L, B
(c) D f L
(d) A, H, L
66. Who among the following politicians are neither teachers nor graduates ?
(a) E, F
(6) D, E
(c) C, D
(d) L, H
67. Who among the following members of Parliament is a graduate as well as a
teacher ?
(a) G
(b) F
(c) C
(d)
H
Copyrighted materia]
Logical Venn Diagrams
379
D i r e c t i o n s ( Q u e s t i o n s 68 to
diagram
:
The
square
triangle stands
for
for
English-speaking
70) : These questions arc based on
the following
( M . B A . 1998)
Hindi-speaking people,
and
rectangle
for
circle
for
French-speaking,
Gorman-speaking
people.
68. In the above diagram, which one of the following statements is true ?
(a) All French-speaking people speak German.
(b) All French-speaking people speak English.
(c) All German-speaking people speak English and Hindi.
id) All French-speaking people speak Hindi also.
69. In the diagram, which one of the following statements is true ?
(a) There are some people who speak all four languages.
(b) Some German-speaking people can speak either Hindi or English.
(c) Some English-speaking people cannot speak all the languages.
(d) All Hindi-speaking people speak French but not German.
70. In the above diagram, which one of the following statements is not true ?
(a) German-speaking people cannot speak French.
(b) No French-speaking people can speak German.
(c> Some Hindi-speaking people can speak French, English and German as well.
id) Some French-speaking people can speak Hindi and English but not German.
D i r e c t i o n s (Questions 71 to 75) : The following figure represents a set of
persons — the
triangle
represents educated
persons,
the rcctangle represents
policcmcn,
the bigger ellipse represents road
tax payers and smaller ellipse
represents shopkeepers.
(Delhi Police, 1988)
The
following
questions
arc
based
on
the
above
diagram.
Copyright©
Reasoning
380
71. Looking at the given figure, it can be said that
(a) some persons who are neither shopkeepers nor policemen are educated.
(b) some persons who are either shopkeepers or policemen, pay road tax, though
uneducated.
(c) some persons who are either shopkeepers or policemen pay road tax and
are also educated.
(d) all the above statements are correct.
72. According to this figure, it follows that
(a) policemen do not pay road tax.
(b) shopkeepers do not pay road tax.
(c) some shopkeepers are educated.
(d) some policemen are shopkeepers.
73. From the above figure, it can be concluded that
(а) all educated policemen pay road tax.
(б) all educated shopkeepers pay road tax.
(c) all road tax paying policemen are educated.
.
(d) all road tax paying shopkeepers are educated.
74. Looking at the given figure, it can be said that
(а) some of the uneducated policemen pay road tax.
(б) some of the educated shopkeepers pay road tax.
(c) some of the road tax payee policemen are shopkeepers too.
(d) some of the road tax payee shopkeepers are policemen too.
78. On the basis of this figure, it can be concluded that
(а) none of the educated shopkeepers is a policeman though an uneducated
policeman is a shopkeeper.
(б) some of the educated shopkeepers are road tax payers even though they
discharge duties of a policeman.
(c) some of the educated policemen who pay road tax are sharing profits with
uneducated shopkeepers.
(d) none of the educated shopkeepers is a policeman nor an educated policeman
a shopkeeper.
ANSWERS
1. ( d ) :
B is the region common to the circle, square and triangle.
2. ( c ) : T h e required region is the one which is common to the triangle and the circle but
is not a part of the square i.e. IV.
3. ( a ) : T h e required region is the one which is common to the circles A and B and lies
outside circle C i.e. b.
4. ( c ) : T h e required region is the one which lies inside the circle B but is not a part of
either circle A or circle C i.e. f.
t*. ( a ) : T h e required region is the one which is common to the circles A and C but is not a
part of circle B i.e. d.
6. ( c ) : T h e required region is the one common to all the three circles i.e. c.
7. ( 6 ) : T h e required region is the one common to all the three circles Le. c.
8. (d): T h e required region is the one which is common to circles P and R but is not a part
of circle Q. i.e. b.
.
r
Copyrighted mate
Logical Venn Diagrams
381
9. ( a ) : T h e required region is the one which lies inside circle P but is not common to circle
Q or circle R or both i.e. a
10. ( c ) : T h e required region is the one which is common to circles P and Q but lies outside
circle R Le.f d.
11. ( 6 ) : T h e required region is the region which is common to the triangle and square but
lies outside the circle Le., B,
12. ( c ) : The required region is the one which is common to the circles 2, 3 and 4 Hut is not
a part of circle 1 Le. H.
13. Id): T h e required region is the one which is common to all the four circles i.e. E.
14. ( c ) : T h e required region is the one which is common to the circles 1, 2 and 4 but lies
outside circle 3 i.e. F.
15. ( d ) : The required region is the one which doe® not lie inside circle* 1, 2 and 4. Le. L
16. ( b ) : T h e given conditions are satisfied by the persons denoted by the region which is
common to circles 1 and 2 but is not a part of either circle 3 or circle 4 i.e. B
17. ( 6 ) : Strong armymen will be represented by the region which is common to the square
and t h * triangle but lies outside the circle i.e. 4.
18. ( c ) : T h e given set of persons is denoted by the region common to the circle, the triangle
and the rectangle Le. 4.
19. ( a ) : T h e given set of persons is denoted by the circular region contained in the rectangle
but outside the triangle i.e. 2.
20. ( c ) : T h e given set of persons is denoted by the circular region outside the triangle and
the rectangle i.e. 1.
21. ( d ) : T h e given set of persons is denoted by the circulai region inside the triangle and
outside the rectangle i.e. 3.
,
22. id): The required region is the one common to the circle and triangle i e . regions 5 and 6.
23. ( d ) : T h e required region is the one which is common to the triangle and circle but lies
outside the square U 6.
24. ( a ) : The required region is the one common to the triangle and square Le. regions ft and 7.
25. ( c ) : T h e required region is the one which is common to the triangle and circle but lies
outside the rectangle Le. 7.
26. ( o ) : The required region is the one which is common to the circles A and C but lies
outside circle B i.e. 4.
27. (6) : The required region is the one common to the parallelogram, triangle and circle i.e. 3.
28. ( c ) : The required region is the one which is common to the two circles but lies outside
the triangle i.e., regions b and d.
29. (b) : T h e required region is the one which is common to the triangle and circle but t i e s
outside the square i.e. 2.
30. la) : T h e required region is the one which is common to circles X and Z but lies rtitside
circle Y Le. T.
31. ( d ) : T h e region common to the triangle and any of the two circles represents the number
of self-employed female graduates. It is 8 + 5 + 7 = 20.
32. ( a ) : The region lying inside the triangle but outaide both the circles represent* the number
of f e m a l e graduates who are not self-employed. It is 4.
33. ( d ) : T h e regions lying outside' the triangle but inside any of the two circleaj-epresenni
the number of non-graduate, self-employed females. It is (9 + 3 + 6 + 2 + 1) = 21.
' 34. ( c ) : T h e region common to the triangle and the bigger circle represent* the number of
self-employed female graduates with bank loan facility. It is 7 + 5 « 12.
35. < c ) : The region lying outside the triangle but inside the bigger triangle represents the number
of non-graduate self-employed females with bank loan facility. It is (6 • 2 + 1) = 9.
36. ( d ) : T h e region lying inside the circle but outside the triangle and the rectangle represents
the numKer of players who are neither artists nor doctors. It is 25.
Copyrighted material
Reasoning
382
37. (c): The region common to the circle and the rectangle represents the required set of
persons. Thus, number of artists who are players = (22 + 3 ) » 25.
38. (a): The region common to the circle, triangle and the square represents the required
set of persons. Thus, number of doctors who are both players and artists x 3.
39. (6): The region which lies inside the triangle but outside the circle and the rectangle
represents the persons satisfying the given conditions. Thus, number of doctors who
are neither players nor artists = 27.
40. (d) : The region which lies inside the rectangle but outside the triangle and the circle
represents the required set of persons. Thus, number of artists who are neither players
nor doctors = 30.
41. id): The person satisfying the given conditions is represented by the region which is
common to the triangle and the rectangle but lies outside the circle i.e. 11.
42. (ft): The person satisfying the given conditions is represented by the region which lies
inside the circle but outside the square, the rectangle and the triangle i.e. 3.
43. (c): The person satisfying the given conditions is represented by the region which lies
outside the rectangle and is common to the circle and the square i.e. 10.
44. ( a ) : The person satisfying the given conditions is represented by the region which is *
common to the triangle and the rectangle and also lies inside the circle i.e. 4.
45. (d) : The person satisfying the given conditions is represented by the region which lies
outside the triangle and is common to the circle and the rectangle i.e. 12.
Remember : The condition which is not mentioned shouldn't be considered or
assumed. For instance, here, 6 also denotes the required region. But since it lies
inside the square and there is no mention of'civil servant', so it canrot be the answer.
46. ( a ) : The person satisfying the given conditions is denoted by the region which lies inside
the square but outside the circle, rectangle and triangle i.e. 7.
47. (c): The person satisfying the given conditions is denoted by the region which is common
to the rectangle, circle and the square but lies outside the triangle Le. 6.
48. (6): The person satisfying the given conditions is represented by the region common to
the rectangle and the square but lying outside the triangle and the circle i.e. 13.
49. ( a ) : The required region is the one common to the rectangle, square, circle and the triangle i.e. 7.
50. ( d ) : The required region is the one which is common to only the rectangle and the circle
and is not a part of either the triangle or the square i.e. 4.
51. (ft): The required region is the one which lies inside the triangle and outside the rectangle,
square and circle i.e. 1.
52. (c): The required region is the one which lies inside the circle but outside the rectangle,
square and triangle Le. 3.
53. (c): The required region is the one which is common to only the triangle and the circle
i.e. 2.
54. (ft): The required set of people is represented by the region which lies outside the triangle
and is common to the circle, square and rectangle i.e. 9.
55. (d): The required set of people is represented by the region which lies outside the triangle,
inside the circle but outside the rectangle and the square i.e. 7.
56. (c): The required set of people is represented by the region which is common to the
rectangle, circle and square but lies outside the triangle i.e. 9.
57. (e): The required set of people is denoted by the region which lies inside the square but
outside the triangle, circle and rectangle i.e. 12.
58. ( a ) : The required set of people is denoted by the region common to the circle, square,
rectangle and triangle Le. 1.
59. (rf): The required set of people is represented by the region which is common to the
triangle and the square but lies outside the circle and rectangle i.e. 3.
Cc
h t^H
Logical Venn Diagrams
383
60. ( c ) : T h e required set of people is denoted by the region which is common to the triangle
and the circle, but is not a part of either the rectangle or the square i.e. 6.
61. ( 6 ) : T h e required set of people is represented by the region which is common to the
triangle, square and circle but is not a part of the rectangle i . e 2.
62. ( d ) : T h e required set of people is represented by the region which lies outside the circle
and is common to the triangle, square and rectangle i.e. 4.
63. ( c ) : T h e required set of people is denoted by the region which is common to the triangle
and circle but is not a part of either the rectangle or the square Le. 6.
64. ( c ) : T h e persons satisfying the given conditions are denoted by regions which lie inside
the smaller triangle or the circle but outside the bigger triangle i e . A and B.
65. ( a ) : T h e persons satisfying the given conditions are represented by regions which are
common to the triangle and the circle but lies outside the rectangle Le. B and C.
66. ( d ) : T h e persons satisfying the given conditions are represented by regions which lies
inside the bigger triangle but outside the smaller triangle and the circle i.e. L
and H 67. ( 6 ) : T h e person satisfying the given conditions is represented by the region common to
the rectangle, circle and the smaller triangle i.e. F.
68. ( d )
69.
(6)
70. (c)
71. ( d )
72. (c)
73. (c)
74. ( 6 )
75. ( d )
10. ALPHABET TEST
TYPE 1 : ALPHABETICAL ORDER OF WORDS
In this type of questions, certain words are given. The candidate is required to
arrange them in the order in which they shall be arranged in a dictionary and then
state the word which is placed in the desired place.
For such questions, the candidate requires basic knowledge of the 'Dictionary
Usage'. In a dictionary, the words are put in alphabetical order with respect to the
second alphabet of the words and so on. A sample of the arrangement of words in
a dictionary is given below :
absurd
account
balcony
cable
abundance
adage
ballot
cactus
abuse
beach
cafe
beak
abut
babble
cajole
acacia
babe
beam
caldron
acadian
bachelor
bigot
calligraphy
back
bilingual
camel
accede
accelerate
badge
canon
access
balance
cab
How to Arrange the Words in Alphabetical Order ?
First consider the first letter of each word. Arrange the words in the order in
which these letters appear in the English alphabet.
Example : Consider the words :
Apparent, Torture, Payment, Fossil, Shark.
These words begin with letters A, T, P, F, S respectively. Their order in English
alphabet is A, F, P, S, T.
So. the correct alphabetical order is :
Apparent, Fossil, Payment, Shark, Torture.
In some cases, two or more words may begin with the same letter. Such words
should be arranged in the order of second letters in the alphabet.
Example : Consider the words :
Client, Castle, Face, Viper. Dazzle.
Here, as in the above example, the words can be arranged as :
•«••••••>•
Castle! • D a z z , e ' F a c e - V i p e r *
What remains now is how to arrange •Client' and 'Castle'.
Consider the second letters Le.% / and o.
Arranging these words accordingly, 'Castle' comes before 'Client'.
Thus, the correct alphabetical order is :
Castle,"Client, Dazzle, Face, Viper.
If both the first and second letters of two or w
words are the same, arrange
these words, considering their third letters and so on.
•
3fl4
Alphabet Test
*
385
ILLUSTRATIVE EXAMPLES
E x . 1. Arrange the given words in alphabetical order and tick the one that comes first
(a) Cloud
(b) Middle
(c) Grunt
(d) Mob
(e) Chain
Sol.
These words can be properly arranged as :
Chain, Cloud, Grunt, Middle, Mob
Clearly, the first word is 'Chain' and so, the correct answer is (e).
Ex. 2. Arrange the given words in alphabetical order and tick the one that comes
in the middle.
(a) Rigour
(6) Remove
(c) Retrospect
(d) Revive
(e) Rumour
Sol.
These words can be properly arranged as :
Remove, Retrospect, Revive, Rigour, Rumour
Clearly, the middle word is 'Revive* and so, the correct answer is id).
Ex. 3. Arrange the given words in alphabetical order and tick the one that comes last
(a) Abandon
(6) Actuate
(c) Accumulate
(d) Acquit
(e) Achieve
Sol.
The given words can be arranged in alphabetical order as :
Abandon, Accumulate, Achieve, Acquit, Actuate
Clearly, 'Actuate' comes last and »o, the answer is (b).
Ex. 4. Arrange the words in the alphabetical order and tick the one that comes second.
(a) Explosion
(b) Emergency
(c) Ecstasy (d) Eager (e) Entaemology
Sol.
The given words can be arranged in the alphabetical order as :
Eager, Ecstasy, Emergency, Entaemology, Explosion
Clearly, 'Ecstasy' comes second. So, the answer is (c).
Ex. 5. Arrange the following words in the sequence in which they occur in dictionary :
1. Brook
2. Bandit
3. Boisterous
4. Baffle
5. Bright
(a) 4, 2, 3, 5, 1
(6) 2, 4, 3, 1, 5
(c) 2, 4, 3, 5, 1
(d) 4, 2f 3, 1, 5
Sol.
Clearly, the correct alphabetical order of the given words is :
Baffle, Bandit, Boisterous, Bright, Brook
Thus, the correct sequence is 4, 2, 3, 5, 1. Hence, the answer is (a).
Ex. 6. In a telephone directory, which of the following names will appear in the
middle ?
(Bank P.O. 1993)
(a) S^jewat
(fc) Segvan
(c) S^jevar
(d) Sajewet
(e) Sal war
Sol.
The given names in the correct alphabetical order would be :
Sftjevar, Ssgewat, Sajewet, Salwar and Segvan.
Clearly, Sajewet appears in the middle. Hence, the answer is (cO.
EXERCISE 10A~
D i r e c t i o n s s Arrange the given words in alphabetical order and choose
the one that comes first.
1. (a) Wasp
2. (a) Science
(b) Waste
ib) Scrutiny
3. (a) Intense
4. (a) Nature
5. (a) Didactic
ib) Intellect
ib) Native
ib) Dictum
(c) War
(c) Scripture
(c) Intend
(c) Narrate
( d ) Wrinkle
(d) Scramble
(e) Wrist
ie) Script
( d ) Intelligent
id) Nascent
(c) Dictionary
id) Diastole
(e) Integument
(e) Naughty
(e) Dictate
Copyrighted material
Reasoning
386
6. (a) Praise
7. (a) Animate
8. (a) Probe
». (a) Guarantee
10. (a) Signature
11. (a) Qualify
12. (a) Length
13. (o) Judiciary
14. (a) Grind
15. (a) Blast
16. (a) Tenacious
17. (a) Slander
18. (a) Filter
19. (a) Exhilarate
20. (a) Partition
21. (a) Heredity
22. (a) Prominent
23. (a) Launch
24. (a) Conceive
25. (a) Language
26. (a) Necessary
27. (a) Devise
28. (a) Foment
29. (a) Sport
30. (a) Grammar
(6) Practical
(6) Animosity
(6) Proclaim
(6) Group
(b) Sight
(b) Quarter
(6) Lenient
(6) Jockey
(6) Growth
(6) Bottle
(6) Terminate
(6) Skeleton
(6) Homage
(6) Ephemeral
(b) Passion
(6) Hesitate
(6) Prohibit
(6) Laugh
(6) Diurnal
(6) Laurel
(6) Nature
(6) Dexterity
(6) Foetus
(6) Spouse
(b) Granary
id) Prayer
(e) Practise
(c) Prank
(d) Ankle
(e) Announce
(c) Anguish
(c) Proceed
(e) Probate
( f t ) Problem
(e) Groan
Grotesque
(d)
Guard
(c)
(c) Shrine
(d) Shrill
(e) Shrink
(c) Quarrel
(d) Quarry
(e) Quaver
(c) Legacy
(e) Legible
<d) Legal
(d) Jealous
(e) Jargon
Cc) Javelin
Great
(d)
Grease
(c)
(e) Greed
(c) Bondage
(d) Boisterous (e) Bonafide
(c) Temperature• id) Temple
(e) Tenant
(c) Stimulate (d) Similar
(e) Summary
(c) Chastise
id) Charge
(e) Certify
(c) Entrench
W) Enterprise (e) Enthusiasm
Parlour
(c)
(d) Participate (e) Particle
(c) Heavy
(e) Herald
(d) Hedge
(d) Prolong
(c) Promise
(e) Programme
(e) Latitude
ic) Lattice
(d) Latent
id) Concentratei (e) Custody
(c) Conceit
(d) Lapse
(e) Leave
(c) Leisure
Naval
Navigate
(e) Nautical
(c)
(d)
(c) Devour
(d) Dew
(e) Deuce
id) Foreign
(e) Foliage
(c) Forceps
(c) Squash
(d) Sporadic
(e) Sprout
(c) Gradient
(d) Grand
(e) Granule
ANSWERS
T h e correct alphabetical order of the given words is shown below :
1. ( c ) : W a r . Wasp. Waste. Wrinkle, Wrist
2. ( a ) : Science, Scramble. Script, Scripture, Scrutiny
3. ie):
Integument. Intellect, Intelligent, Intend, Intense
4. ( c ) : Narrate. Nascent. N a t i v e , Nature, Naughty
5. i d ) : Diastole. Dictate. Dictionary, Dictum, Didactic
6. ( b ) : Practical, Practise, Praise, Prank, Prayer
7. ( c ) : Anguish, Animate, Animosity, Ankle, Announce
8. ie):
9. ie):
Probate. Probe, Problem, Proceed, Proclaim
Groan, Grotesque. Group, Guarantee. Guard
10. id):
Shrill, Shrine, Shrink, Sight, Signature
11. ia):
Qualify, Quarrel, Quarry, Quarter, Quaver
12. ic):
Legacy, Legal, Legible, Length, Lenient
13. ie): Jargon. Javelin. Jealous. Jockey, Judiciary
14. ( d ) : Grease. Great, Greed, Grind. Growth
16. ia): Blast, Boisterous, Bonafide, Bondage, Bottle
16. ( c ) : Temperature, Temple, Tenacious. Tenant, Terminate
Copyrighted material
Alphabet Test
17. (d):
18. (e):
19. (d) :
20. (c) :
21. (c):
22. (e):
23. id):
24. (c):
25. ( a ) :
26. (6):
27. (e):
28. (6) :
29. (rf):
30. (c):
* 387
Similar, Skeleton, Slander, Stimulate. Summary
Certify, Charge. Chastise, Filter, Homage
Enterprise, Enthusiasm, Entrench, Ephemeral, Exhilarate
Parlour, Participate, Particle, Partition, Passion
Heavy, Hedge, Herald, Heredity, Hesitate
Programme, Prohibit, Prolong. Prominent, Promise
Latent, Latitude, Lattice. Laugh. Launch
Conceit, Conceive, Concentrate, Custody, Diurnal
Language, Lapse, Laurel, Leave, Leisure
Nature, Nautical, Naval, Navigate, Necessary
*
Deuce, Devise, Devour, Dew, Dexterity
Foetus, Foliage, Foment, Forceps, Foreign
Sporadic, Sport, Spouse, Sprout, Squash
Gradient, Grammar, Granary, Grand, Granule
EXERCISE 10B
Directions : Arrange the given words in alphabetical order and tick the
one that comes in the middle.
(6) Plain
(c) Plenty
(rf) Player
(<?) Place
1. (a) Plane
(Bank P.O. 1991)
(c) Amazed
(e) Disturb
2. (a) Reprimand (6) Reverence
0d) Acquire
(6) Party
3. (a) Parasite
(c) Petal
(d) Paste
(e) Prick
(6) Socks
(d) Snooker
(e) Sharp
4. (a) Sound
(c) Shock
5. (a) Heaven
(6) Hillock
(c) Hawker
(eO Hilt
(e) History
(d) Charcoal
6. (a) Catastrophe (fc) Canvass
(c) Crisp
(e) Character
7. (a) Robber
( b ) Rocket
(c) Random
(d) Restaurant (e) Restrict
(d) Overtake
8. (a) Outrage
(6) Outcast
(c) Overture
(e) Ovary
9. ( a ) Delude
(6) Delirium
(c) Defer
(d) Demean
10. (a) Transform
(6) Transport
(c) Transplant
(d) Transfer
(e) Delete
(L.I.C. 1994)
<e) Trickery
11. (a) Section
(6) Septic
(c) Seclude
(d) Secure
(e) Sentiment
12. (a) Verrigate
(6) Vibrate
(c) Vindictive
(</) Trench
(e) Wavering
13. (a) Leprosy
(b) Lessen
(c) Lesson
(d) Language
(e) Languid
14. (a) Assistant
(b) Assessment (c) Asbestos
(d) A3terick
(e) Ass
15. (a) Firmament ib) Finish
(c) First
(d) Fissure
(e) Fiscal
16. (a) Bishop
ib) Bifocal
(c) Bicycle
id) Bitter
(e) Brink
17. (a) Cathedral
(6) Catenation
(c) Abacus
(d) Category
(e) Catalogue
18. ( a )
(d)
19. (a)
20. (a)
21. (a)
Amphibian
Ambiguous
Haste
(b) Haphazard
Nozzle (6) Nausea
Entry
ib) Efflorescent
(6) Amorphous
(c) Amphidextrou8
(e) Ambivalent
(NABARD, 1994)
(c) Host
id) Hang
(e) Handkerchief
(c) Nostril
(d) Nomenclature (e) Normal
(c) Entreat
(d) Ensure
(e) Every
Copyrighted material
Reasoning
388
22.
ia) Signature
(6) Significance
(c) Sight
(d) Sigh
ie) Sieve
23. (a) Alive
ib) Afforest
(c) Anticipate
(d) Appreciate ie) Achieve
24. (a) Tennis
ib) Tendon
(c) Tender
(d) Tempest
(e) Terminal
25. ( a ) Radical
(b) Radiate
(c) Racket
(d) Radius
(e) Radar
26. ( a ) Slaughter
(b) Skirt
(c) Straight
(d) Shout
(e) Specify
27. (a) Yield
(b) Zygote
(c) Yearn
id) Wrought
ie) Wrong
28. ( a ) People
(b) Penitent
(c) Pepsin
(d) Penury
(e) Penalty
29. (a) Hobby
(b) Holiday
(c) Hoarse
id) Hollow
ie) Hobble
30. (a) Apology
(6) Branch
(c) Antigen
id) Antique
(e) Antipathy
ANSWERS
The correct alphabetical order of the given words is shown below :
1. ( a ) : Place. Plain, Plane. Player. Plenty
2. ( * ) : Acquire. Amazed. Disturb, Reprimand, Reverence
3. id) : Parasite. Party. Paste. Petal. Prick
4. (d): Sharp. Shock. Snooker. Socks. Sound
5. ib): Hawker. Heavon. Hillock. Hilt. History
6. («*): Canvass, Catastrophe. Character, Charcoal. Crisp
7. ie): Random. Restaurant, Restrict, Robber. Rocket
8. («r): Outcast, Outrage. Ovary, Overtake. Overture
9. ib): Defer. Delete. Delirium. Delude, Demean
10. (c): Transfer, Transform, Transplant, Transport. Trickery
11. id): Seclude, Section, Secure, Sentiment, Septic
12. (6): Trench, Verrigate, Vibrate, Vindictive. Wavering
13. ( a ) : Language, Languid, Leprosy, Lessen, Lesson
14. (6): Asbestos. Ass. Assessment, Assistant, Asterick
15. ic): Finish, Firmament, First, Fiscal, Fissure
16. ia): Bicycle, Bifocal. Bishop. Bitter. Brink
17. (d) : Catalogue. Catchment, Category, Catenation. Cathedral
18. ib): Ambiguous, Ambivalent, Amorphous, Amphibian, Amphidextrous
19. ib): Handkerchief, Hang. Haphazard, Haste, Host
20. ( f ) : Nausea. Nomenclature. Normal, Nostril, Nozzle
21. (c): Efflorescent. Ensure. Entreat, Entry, Every
22. (c): Sieve. Sigh. Sight. Signature. Significance
23. ( a ) : Achieve, Afforest, Alive, Anticipate. Appreciate
24. (6): Tempest, Tender. Tendon. Tennis, Terminal
25. ib): Racket, Radar. Radiate, Radical. Radius
26. ( a ) : Shout, Skirt, Slaughter, Specify. Straight
27. (c): Wrong. Wrought. Yearn, Yield. Zygote
28. (d): Penalty, Penitent, Penury, People. Pepsin
29. (a): Hoarse. Hobble. Hobby. Holiday, Hollow
30. (d): Antigen, Antipathy. Antique. Apology. Branch
Copyrighted materia]
Alphabet Test
389
EXERCISE 10C
D i r e c t i o n s : Arrange the given words
one that comes at the second place.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
(a) Scissors
(a) Livestock
(a) Manifest
ia) Interview
(a) Converse
(a) Stipend
(a) Dialogue
(a) Mink
(a) Express
(a) Revenue
(o) Gourd
(a) Rural
(a) Shrub
(a) Fault
(a) Niger
(6) Scorpion
ib) Litter
ib) Meticulous
(6) Invent
(6) Current
(6) Stagger
(6) Diabolic
ib) Multiple
ib) Extend
ib) Remind
(b) Gesture
(6) Romance
ib) Shudder
(b) Fantasy
ib) Narcotic
(c)
(c)
(c)
(c)
(c)
(c)
(c)
(c)
(c)
(c)
(c)
(c)
(c)
(c)
(c)
D i r e c t i o n s : Arrange the given
the one that comet last.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
30.
(a)
(a)
(a)
(a)
ia)
(a)
(a)
(a)
(a)
(a)
(a)
(a)
(a)
(a)
(a)
Regard
(6) Refer
Demand (6) Destroy
Finger
(6) Flourish
Cover
(6) Collect
Window (b) Marriage
Mother
(b) Monitor
Language ib) Litter
Separate (b) Settle
Afford
(b) Avoid
Eventual ib) Extra
Perpetual ib) Parachute
Pillow
(6) Institution
Determination (6) Destitute
Television (6) Truant
Hamper (6) Hesitate
alphabetical
Schedule
Literary
Meridian
Intestine
Curator
Stabilise
Diagonal
Murder
Expire
Relish
Gentle
Rejoice
Shroud
Finger
Ninth
words
(c)
(c)
(c)
(c)
(c)
(c)
(c)
(c)
(c)
(c)
(c)
(c)
(c)
(c)
(c)
in
in
order
and
tick
the
(e) Sensitive
(d) Little
(e) Livelihood
(d) Merchant ie) Mercerise
(d) Interlude • (e) Interfere
id) Cutaneous (e) Cushion
id) Stimulus
(e) Sterile
(d) Diaphragm (e) Dialect
id) Multitude (e) Music
ie) Expand
id) Explode
(d) Remark
(«?) Remorse
(e) Generous
id) Genuine
id) Reveal
(e) Retain
id) Shuffle
ie) Shuttle
(e) Fanaticism
id) Fascinate
(e) Never
id) Nemises
(d) Semester
the alphabetical
order
and
tick
Remind
id) Report
(e) Render
Deterred
(e) Damage
id) Direct
Formal
id) Forget
ie) Forgo
Caught
id) Callous
(e) Career
Widow
id) Distress
ie) Matrimonial
Monkey
id) Master
ie) Matter
Lieutenant id) Luggage
(e) Landlord
Suggest
id) Satisfaction (e) Sundry
Answer
id) Awesome
ie) After
Entrance
id) Exterminate ie) Emancipate
Paragraph id) Pursue
ie) Programme
Examination (d) Inference (e) Derive
Detergent id) Definite
(e) Distance
Twist
id) Tension
ie) Teletext
id) Hunter
(e) Hollow
Hectic
ANSWERS
The correct alphabetical order of the given words is shown below :
1. (a): Schedule, Scissors, Scorpion, Semester. Sensitive
2. (6): Literary, Litter, little. Livelihood, Livestock
3. (e): Manifest, Mercerise. Merchant, Meridian, Meticulous
4. id): Interfere. Interlude. Intestine. Interview, Invent
Copyrighted mate
Reasoning
390
5. (c):
6. (6):
7. (c) :
8. (b):
9. (c):
10. (rf):
11. (c):
12. (e):
13. ( a ) :
14. (6):
15. (rf):
16. (rf) :
17. ( d ) :
18. (c):
19. (a):
20. ( a ) :
21. ( a ) :
22. (cf):
23. (e):
24. (d):
25. (6):
26. (d):
27. ( a ) :
28. (e):
29. (c):
30. (d):
Converse, Curator, Current, Cushion, Cutaneous
Stabilise, Stagger, Sterile, Stimulus, Stipend
Diabolic, Diagonal, Dialect, Dialogue, Diaphragm
Mink, Multiple. Multitude. Murder, Music
Expand. Expire, Explode, Express, Extend
Relish, Remark, Remind, Remorse, Revenue
Generous. Gentle, Genuine, Gesture, Gourd
Rejoice. Retain, Reveal. Romance, Rural
Shroud. Shrub, Shudder, Shuffle, Shuttle
Fanaticism, Fantasy, Fascinate, Fault, Finger
Narcotic, Nemises, Never, Niger, Ninth
Refer, Regard. Remind, Render, Report
Damage. Demand, Destroy. Deterred, Direct
Finger. Flourish, Forget, Forgo, Formal
Callous. Career. Caught, Collect, Cover
Distress, Marriage, Matrimonial, Widow, Window
Master, Matter, Monitor, Monkey, Mother
Landlord, Language, Lieutenant, Litter, Luggage
Satisfaction, Separate, Settle, Suggest, Sundry
Afford, After, Answer, Avoid, Awesome
Emancipate, Entrance, Eventual, Exterminate, Extra
Parachute, Paragraph, Perpetual, Programme, Pursue
Derive, Examination, Inference, Institution, Pillow
Definite, Destitute. Detergent, Determination, Distance
Teletext. Television. Tension, Truant, Twist
Hamper, Hectic. Hesitate, Hollow. Hunter
EXERCISE 10D
Directions : In each of the following questions, arrange the given words
in the sequence in which they occur in the dictionary and then choose the
correct sequence.
»
1. 1. Preach
2. Praise
3. Precinct
4. Precept
(a) 2, 1, 5, 4, 3
(6) 2, 1, 3, 4, 5
(c) 2, 5, 1, 4, 3
2. 1. Select
2. Seldom
3. Send
4. Selfish
(a) 1, 2, 4, 5, 3
(6) 2, 1. 5, 4, 3
(c) 2, l f 4, 5, 3
3.
4.
5.
6.
5. Precede
(d) I. 2, 5, 4, 3
5. Seller
(d) 2, 5, 4, 1. 3
(UJD.C. 1995)
1. Wrinkle
2. Wriggle
3. Writhe
4. Wretch
5. Wrath
(a) 4, 5, 1, 2, 3
(6) 5, 4. 2, 1, 3
(c) 4, 2, 5, l f 3
(d) 5, 2, 1, 3, 4
1. Spruce '
2. Spume
3. Spree
4. Spurt
5. Sprawl
(a) 5, 3, 1, 2, 4
(6) 1, 2, 3, 4, 5
(c) 3, 5, 1, 4f 2
id) 5, 4, 3 t 2. 1
1. Credential
2. Creed
3. Crease
4. Cremate
5. Credible
(a) 1, 2, 3, 4, 5
(b) 1, 5, 3, 4, 2
(c) 5, 1. 2, 3, 4
(d) 3, 1, 5, 2 4
1. Intrinsic
2 Intrude
3. Intricate
4. Introvert
5. Intrigue
6. Introduce
(a) 3, 5. 1, 4, 6, 2 (b) 3, 5. 1, 6, 4, 2
(c) 3, 1, 5, 4, 6, 2
(d) 5, 1, 3, 2, 4, 6
Copyrighted materia]
Alphabet Test
* 391
7. 1. Liver
4. Load
2. Long
5. Luminous
(a) 3, 1, 6, 2, 4, 5 (6) 3. 1, 6, 2, 5, 4
2. Dissuade
8. 1. Dissipate
4. Distract
5. Dissociate
(a) 6, 3, 1, 5, 2, 4 (6) 1, 6, 3, 2, 4, 6
3. Late
6.
(c) 3, 6, 1, 2 f
3.
6.
Letter
(U.D.C. 1995)
4, 5
(d) 3, 6, 1, 4, 2, 5
Disseminate
Dissect
(d) 4, 6, 3, 1, 5, 2
(c) 3, 6, 1. 2, 5, 4
5. Palate
9. 1. Page
2. Pagan
3. Palisade
4. Pageant
(d) 1, 4, 2, 5, 3
(a) 1, 4, 2, 3, 5
(6) 2, 4, 1, 3, 5
(c) 2, 1. 4, 5, 3
5. Pessimist
10- 1. Pestle
2. Pestilence
3. Pester
4. Pest
(d) 4, 5, 1, 2, 3
(a) 5, 4, 3, 2, 1
(fe) 4, 3, 1, 5, 2
(c) 3, 4, 2, 5, 1
11. If the first five words in the sentence, "Meeta's mother meets me many times"
are rearranged in the alphabetical order, which will be the middle word ?
( a ) Meeta
(b) mother
(c) meets
(d) me
(e) many
(B.S.ILB. 1996)
12. If the words in the sentence, "She showed several sample snaps" are rearranged
in the alphabetical order, which will be the middle word ?
(a) snaps
(6) sample
(c) several
(d) showed
(e) she
Directions : In each of the following questions9 arrange the given names
in the order in which they would occur in a telephone directory and choose
the one which appears in the middle.
(e) Awadhesh
(6) Avadhesh
(c) Awadesh
(d) Awdhesh
13. (a) Avdesh
(e) Renmurthi
(6) Randesh
(c) Rama
(d) Raamesh
14. ( a ) Randhir
(S.BJJP.0.1994)
(c)
Bhagvati
(d)
Bhagirath
(e) Bhagvant
(6) Bhagwat
15. (a) Bhagat
(6) Mohammed
(c) Muhammad
16. (a) Mohammad
17.
18.
19.
20.
(d)
(a)
(a)
(d)
(a)
(a)
(d)
Muhammed
Jetley
(b) Jenson
Krishanmurty
Krishanmurthy
Mahender
(6) Mahendra
Subramaniam
Subhrmanyam
(e)
(c)
(6)
(e)
(c)
(6)
(e)
Mohummad
Jainson
(d) Jaina
(e) Jaisons
Krishnamurthy
(c) Krishnmurthi
Krishnamurti
Mahinder
(d) Mahindra (e) Mohinder
Subramanyam
(c) Subhramaniam
Subramniam
ANSWERS
I. (a)
I I . (a):
12. (e):
13. (c):
14. (6):
15. (e):
16. (e):
*
17. (e):
18. (6):
2. (c) 3. (b) 4. (a)
5. id) 6. (6) 7. (d)
8. (a)
9. (c)
10. (a)
The correct order is : many, me, Meeta, meets, mother
The alphabetical order is : sample, several, she, showed, snaps
The alphabetical order is : Avadhesh, Avdesh, Awadesh, Awadhesh, Awdhesh
The alphabetical order is : Raamesh, Rama. Randesh, Randhir, Renmurthi
The alphabetical order is : Bhagat, Bhagirath, Bhagvant, Bhagvati, Bhagwat
The alphabetical order is : Mohammad, Mohammed, Mohummad, Muhammad.
Muhammed
The alphabetical order is : Jaina, Jainson, Jaisons, Jenson, Jetley
The alphabetical order is : Krishanmurthy, Krishanmurty, Krishnamurthy, Krishnamurti,
Krishnmurthi
Copyrighted material
Reasoning
392
19. ( c ) : T h e alphabetical o r d e r i s : M a h e n d e r , M a h e n d r a , M a h i n d e r . M a h i n d r a , M o h i n d e r
2 0 . ( a ) : T h e a l p h a b e t i c a l o r d e r i s : S u b h r a m a n i a m , S u b h r m a n y a m . S u b r a m a n i a m . Subramanyam, Subramniam
T Y P E - 2 : LETTER-WORD PROBLEMS
Ex. 1. How many pairs of letters are there in the word NECESSARY which have
as many letters between them in the word as there are between them in the
alphabet and in the same order ?
(o) One
(6) Two
(c) Three
(cf) Nil
(e) Four
Sol.
Clearly, such a letter pair is N and S. In the word NECESSARY, they have
four letters between them — E, C, E and S.
In the alphabet too, N and S have four letters between them — O, P, Q and
R. Hence, the answer is (a).
Ex. 2. If the first and third letters in the word NECESSARY were interchanged,
also the fourth and the sixth letters, and the seventh and the ninth letters
which of the following would be the seventh letter from the left ?
(a) A
(6) Y
(c) R
(d) E
(e) S
Sol.
We interchange the positions of the letters as shown below :
N E C
!
m
A
R
Y
The new letter sequence is CENSSEYRA.
Clearly, the seventh letter from the left is Y. Hence, the answer is (6).
EXERCISE 10E
1. How many pairs of letter are there in the word 'BUCKET' which have as many
letters between them in the word as in the alphabet ?
(8.B.I.P.0.1994)
(a) One
(6) Two
(c) Three
(d) Four
« (e) More than four
2. Two letters in the word TRESENCE* have as many letters between them in
the word as in the alphabet and in the same order. Which one of the two letters
comes earlier in the alphabet ?
(a) C
(6) E
(c) R
(d) P
(e) None of these
Hint : Do not count the pair EC, because as mentioned in the question, the
letters should be in the same order in which they occur in the alphabet.
3. How many letters are there in the word 'CREATIVE 1 which have as many letters
between them in the word as in the alphabet ?
(8.B.I.P.0.1997)
(a) 1
(6) 2
(c) 3
'
(d) 4
( f ) None of these
4. In the word 'PARADISE', how many pairs of letters are there which have as
many letters between them in the word as in the alphabet ?
(a) None
, (6) One
(c) Two
(d) Three
(e) Four
5. How many pairs of letters in the word 'DABBLE' have as many letters between
them in the word as in the alphabet ?
(Bank P.O. 1996)
(a) Nil
(6) One
(c) Two
(d) Three
(e) More than three
6. How many pairs of letters are there in the word 'HORIZON' which have as
many letters between them in the word as in the English alphabet ?
(a) One
(6) Two
(c) Three
(d) More than three
Copyrighted materia]
Alphabet Test
* 393
7. How many pairs of letters are there in the word 'DONATE' which have as many
letters between them as there are in the alphabet ?
(Bank P.O. 1995)
(a) Nil
ib) One
(c) Two
(d) Three
(e) None of these
8. How many pairs of letters in the word 'CHAIRS' have as many letters between
them in the word as in the alphabet ?
( a ) None
(6) One
(c) Two
(d) Three
(<?) Four
9. Two letters in the word 'LEMON" have as many letters between them in the
word as in the alphabet. Which one of the two letters comes earlier in the
alphabet ?
ia) E
ib) L
(e) M
(<f) N
(e) O
10. How many pairs of letters are there in the word 'CLANGOUR' which have as
many letters between them in the word as in the alphabet ? (Bank P.O. 1996)
ia) One
(6) Two
(c) Three
id) Four
ie) None of these
11. How many pairs of letters are there in the word 'LANGUISH* which have as
many letters between them in the word as in the alphabet ?
(a) Nil
ib) One
(c) Two
(d) Three
ie) None of these
12. How many pair* of letters are there in the word 'PENCIL' which have as many
letters between them in the word as in the alphabet ?
(Bank P.O. 1991)
(a) Nil
ib) One
(c) Two
id) Three
(e) None of these
13. How many pairs of letters in the word 'BRIGHTER' have as many letters between
them in the word as in the alphabet ?
(a) 1
(6) 2
(c) 3
(cO 4 (e) More than 4
14. How many pairs of letters are there in the word 'CARROT' which have as many
letters between them in the word as in the alphabet ?
(Bank P.O. 1993)
ia) 1
(6) 2
(c) 3
id) 4
ie) More than 4
15. How many pairs of letters in the word 'CATASTROPHE' have as many letters
between them in the word as in the alphabet ?
(a) One
ib) Two
(c) Three
(d) Four
(e) None of these
16. How many pairs of letters are there in the word 'SEQUENTIAL' which have as
many letters between them as are in the alphabet ?
(S.BXP.0.1995)
ia) Nil
(6) One
(c) Two
id) Three
(e) Four
17. How many pairs of letters are there in the word 'REPURCUSSION* which have
as many letters between them in the word as in the alphabet and that too in
the same order ?
ia) Nil
( b ) One
(c) Two
(d) Three
(e) None of these
H i n t : Do not consider the pairs "US' and 'ON'.
18. How many pairs of letters are there in the word ' P R E S E N T M E N T which have
as many letters between them in the word as in the alphabet ?
(a) Nil
(b) One
(c) Two
id) Three
ie) None of these
19. How many pairs of letters are there in the word 'ADEQUATELY which have as
many letters between them in the word as in the alphabet ? (Bank P.O. 1991)
ia) One
ib) Two
- (c) Three
id) Four
(e) More than four
20. If any two letters in the word 'PRISON* have as many letters between them in
the word as there are in the English alphabet, they form an alpha-pair. How
many such alpha-pairs are there in the word 'PRISON* ?
(NABARD, 1994)
(a) N i l
(6)1
(c) 2
-(c0 3
ie) More than 3
Copyrighted material
Reasoning
394
21. How many independent words can 'HEARTLESS' be divided into without changing
the order of the letters and using each letter only once ?
(R.B.I.1990)
(a) 2
(6) 3
(c) 4
(d) 5
(e) Can't be so divided
22. How many independent words can 'STAINLESS' be divided into without changing the order of the letters and using each letter only once ?
(a) Nil
(6) One
(c) Two
(d) Three
(e) None of these
23. From the word 'ASTOUNDER', how many independent words can be made without changing the order of the letters and using each letter only once ?
( a ) Nil
(b) One
(c) Two
(d) Three
(e) Four
(S.B.I.P.O. 1991)
24. From the word 'BEHIND', how many independent words can be made without
changing the order of the letters and using each letter only once ?
(a) 1
(6) 2
(c) 3
(d) 4
25. From the word 'LAPAROSCOPV, how many independent meaningful words can
be made without changing the order of the letters and using each letter only
once ?
(L.I.C. 1994)
(a) 1
(6) 2
(c) 3
(d) 4
(e) More than 4
26. How many independent words can ' D E T E R M I N A T I O N ' be divided into without
changing the order of the letters and using each letter only once ?
(a) One
(6) Two
(c) Three
(d) Four
(e) None of these
27. Which letter in the word 'SELFRIGHTEOUSNESS' does not change its position
when the letters are reversed ?
(Hotel Management, 1996)
(a) E
(6) G
(c) H
(d) T
28. If the first and second letters in the word 'DEPRESSION' were interchanged,
also the third and the fourth letters, the fifth and the sixth letters and so on,
which of the following would be the seventh letter from the right ?
(a) R
ib) 0
(c) S
(d) I
(e) None of these
29. If the positions of the first and sixth letters of the word 'BENEFICIAL' are interchanged; similarly the positions of the second and seventh letters are interchanged
and so on, which letter will be third from the right end after rearrangement ?
(a) C
(b) E
(c) F
(d) N
(e) None of these
(Bank P.O. 1992)
30. If the first and second letters in the word 'MISFORTUNE' were interchanged,
also the third and the fourth letters, the fifth and the sixth letters and so on,
which letter would then be the eighth letter counting to your left ?
(a) 0
(6) F
(c> S
(d) T
(e) U
31. Which letter will be the fifth from the right if the first and the second, the third
and the fourth and so on are interchanged in the word ' C O M P A N I O N A T E ' ?
(a) A
(6) I
(c) N
(d) 0
(e) None of these
(Bank P.O. 1996)
32. If the last four letters of the word 'CONCENTRATION' are written in reverse
order followed by next two in the reverse order and next three in the reverse
order and then followed by the first four in the reverse order, counting from
the end, which letter would be eighth in the new arrangement ?
(a) N
(6) T
(c) E
(d) R
(I. Tax & Central Excise, 1989)
Copyrighted materia]
Alphabet Test
* 395
33. If the positions of the first and the sixth letters in the word 'DISTRIBUTE* are
interchanged; similarly the positions of the second and the seventh, the third
and the eighth and so on, which of the following letters will be the fifth from
left after interchanging the positions ?
(Bank P.O. 1995)
(a) E
ib) I
(c) S
id) T
(e) None of these
34. If the positions of the third and tenth letters of the word ' D O C U M E N T A T I O N '
are interchanged, and likewise the position of the fourth and seventh letters,
the second and sixth letters, is also interchanged, which of the following will be
eleventh letter from the right end ?
(a) C
(b) I
(c) T
id) U
ie) None of these
35. If in the word 'DISTURBANCE*, the first letter is interchanged with the last
letter, the second letter is interchanged with the tenth letter and so on, which
letter would come after the letter T in the newly formed word ? (L.LC. 1994)
(a) I
(6) N
(c) S
id) T
(e) U
36. If the positions of the fifth and twelfth letters of the word 'GLORIFICATIONS*
are interchanged; and likewise the position of the fourth and fourteenth letters,
the third and tenth letters, the second and eleventh letters and the first and
thirteenth letters are interchanged, which of the following will be twelfth letter
from the right end ?
(U.T.I. 1993)
ia) I
(6) O
(c) R
(d) T
(e) None of these
ANSWERS
1. ( a ) :
2. id):
3. (c):
4.ic):
6. (e):
6. ib):
7. ic) :
8. (c):
9. ib) :
10. ie):
Letters in the word
CKE
ERES
CRE
A T I VE
Letters in the alphabet
CDE
£ Q R S
CDE
ABODE
HY
TyY
EAR
A R A D
DAB
ABLE
A B
A B B LE
BIZQ
QK
DONA
QN
CH A
BS
LEMQ
EQB
A B C D
DOB
BODE
AB
ABODE
BQ PQ
QH
D 0 B A
QS
CBA
CLA
CLANQ
LAM
LANGOUB
&GOUR
BS
L M N Q
CB A
CD E FQ
LME
LMNOPQB
NO PQB
Copyrighted material
Reasoning
396
Letters in the alphabet
LM N
UTS
EON
EDC
I H G F E
QH
I S B
BSI
SI
BQE
QE
SRQ
Q P O N
S R Q PON
E DC B A
EQB
EQRS
BQPON
D E
QRSI
Q P O N M L
EQRS
BQPQ
BQPON
QN
Letters in the word
LAM
HIS
11. (c):
12. (c):
EEN
13. (c):
ENC
IGHTE
GH
IEB
BOl
ST
HOB
Q E
14. ( a ) :
15. (c):
SEQ
QUEN
16. (e):
5 E Q U EN
E N T I A
17.(6):
18. (c):
19. (c):
20. (E>:
21. (6):
22. (c):
23. (c):
24. (6):
25. (b):
26. (b):
27. (d):
EUR
ERES •
KESEN
BE
QUA1
QUATEL
ERIS
BISQ
BISON
QN
The words are HE, ART and LESS.
The words are STAIN and LESS.
The words formed are AT and UNDER; or AS and UNDER; or AT and SOUND.
The words arc BE and HIND.
The words arc LAP and COPY.
The words are DETER and NATION; or TERM and NATION; or DE and
TERMINATION.
Clearly, when the letters of a word are written in reverse order, the position of the
middle letter remains unchanged. Thus, in the word 'SELFRIGHTEOUSNESS', the
middle letter i.e. T does not change its position when the letters are reversed.
28. <e>:
iO:
P~R
4
E~S
O
9
( O l
10
The new loiter sequence is EDRPSEISNO
The seventh letter from the right is P.
29. <d):
The new letter sequence is ICLALBENEF.
The third letter from the right is N.
Copyrighted materia]
<
t
Alphabet Test
397
30. ( c ) :
M
I
1
S
2
F
3
O
4
R
T
5.
6
U
7
N
8
E
9k
10
T h e new letter sequence is I M F S R O U T E N .
T h e eighth letter counting towards left is S.
31.(6):
C
O
1
2
M
3
P
A
4
N
5
I
6
O
7
N
8
A
T
9
10
E
11
12
T h e new letter sequence is O C P M N A O I A N E T .
T h e fifth letter from the right is I.
32. ( d ) : T h e new letter sequence is N O I T A R T N E C N O C .
T h e eight letter from the end is R.
33. < o ) :
b
I
S
1
2
3
t"
R
5
I
6
B
7
^ T
E
9
10
8
T h e new letter sequence is I B U T E D I S T R
T h e fifth letter from the left is E.
34. ( c ) :
D
•
6
C
U
M = 4
M fi
5 6
7
A
T
A
8
9
10
'
I
O
N
11
12
13
T h e new letter sequence is D E T N M O U T A C I O N .
Tine eleventh letter from the right is T.
35. ( c )
T h e new letter sequence is E C N A B R U T S I D .
Clearly. S comes after T.
36. (<f)
The new letter sequence is N I T S O F I C AC5DUET
T h e twelfth letter from the right is T.
TYPE 3 : RULE-DETECTION
Ex. Number of letters skipped in between adjacent letters in the series increases
by one. Which of the following series observes the rule given above ?
( U . D . C . 1995)
(a) ACFJO
(6) AEIMQ
(c) DINSX
Sol. We may analyse the given letter series as follows :
( o ) A B C D E E G H I J L K L M N Q
1
2
3
4
+ 1
+1
id) EHKNQ
+1
Copyrighted mate
i
I
Reasoning
398
(b)
A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q
3
3
3
3
+0
+0
+0
( c ) B E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X
4
4
4
4
• 0
+0
( d ) E F G H I J K L M N O P Q
2
2
2
+0
2
+ 0
• 0
+0
Clearly, in letter-series ACFJO, the number of letters skipped in between adjacent
letters increases by one as shown above. Hence, the answer is (a).
EXERCISE 10F
1. Number of letters skipped in between adjacent letters in the series is two. Which
of the following series observes this rule ?
(U.D.C. 1995)
(a) MPSVYBE
(6) QSVYZCF
(c) SVZCGJN
(d) ZCGKMPR
2. Number of letters skipped in between adjacent letters in the series is odd. Which
of the following series observes this rule ?
(a) BDHLR
(6) FIMRX
(c) EIMQV
(d) MPRUX
3. The letters shipped in between the adjacent letters in the series are followed
by equal space. Which of the following series observes this rule ?
(a) HKNGSW
(6) RVZDFG
(c) RVZDHL
(d) SUXADF
(L Tax ft Central Excise, 1995)
4. Number of letters skipped in between the adjacent letters in the series are
consecutive even numbers. Which of the following series observes this rule ?
(a) CDFIM
(6) A D I P Y
(c) GIMSZ
(d) DFJPX
6. Number of letters skipped in between adjacent letters in the series increases by
one. Which of the following series observes this rule ? (Assistant Grade, 1994)
(a) CPTOV
(6) HCFKP
(c) HJHQV
(d) IKNRW
6. Number of letters skipped in between adjacent letters in the series are increased
by one. Which of the following alternatives observes this rule ?
(a) K M P T Y
(6) IJKOT
(c) HJMQT
(d) DFIJK
(L Tax ft Central Excise, 1996)
7. Number of letters skipped in between adjacent letters of the series starting from
behind are increased by one. Which of the following series observes this rule ?
(a) OIGDC
(6) OMJFA
(c) OMKIG
(d) ONLKJ
8. Which of the following series observes the rule, "Skip in between adjacent letters,
increasing one letter more each time to build a set of letters" ?
( a ) ACFJLQ
(6) BDGKPV
(c) CEHLQV
(d) HILPUZ
(Assistant Grade, 1996)
9. Number of letters skipped in between adjacent letters in the series decreases
by one. Which of the following series is observing the rule ?
(UJJ.C. 1995)
(a) BGKNPR
(6) C1NRTU
(c) EJNQST
(d) LQUXAP
10. Number of letters skipped in between adjacent letters in the series is two. Which
one of the following alternatives observes this rule ?
(U.D.C. 1996)
(a) SPMLI
(6) T S P N K H
(c) UROLIF
(d) WTQNKJ
Copyrighted materia]
Alphabet Teat
399
11. Number of letters skipped in between adjacent letters in the series decreases
by two. Which of the following series observes this rule ?
(I. Tax & Central Excise. 1995)
(a) EPVAF
(6) GPWBE
(c) UCJOP
(d) XFMQU
12. Number of letters skipped in between adjacent letters in the series decreases by
one. Which of the following series observes this rule ? (Assistant Grade, 1996)
(a) DBPUY
(6) DBUYP
(c) DBYPU
(d) DBYUP
18. Number of letters skipped in between adjacent letters in the series are multiples
of 3. Which of the following series observes this rule ?
(a) AELPZ
(b) GKOTZ
(c) LORUX
(d) DHLPU
14. Number of letters skipped in between adjacent letters in the series is in the order
of l 2 , 22, 32. Which of the following series observes the rule given above ?
(a) CEJT
(6) EGLO
(c) EG LP
(d) RTWZ
(Assistant Grade, 1993)
15. Select the series in which the letters skipped in between adjacent letters decrease
in order.
(S.8.C. 1996)
(a) AGMRV
(6) HNSWA
(c) NSXCH
Id) SYDHK
16. Select the series in which the letters skipped in between adjacent letters do not
decrease in order.
(o) EQZFI
(6) GWIQU
(c) MGVFK
(d) PJXHM
17. Number of letters skipped between adjacent letters in the series is in the order
of 2, 5, 7, 10. Which of the following scries observes the rule given above ?
(o) CEGLT
(6) FNKOT
(c) QTZHS
(d) SYBEP
(Assistant Grade, 1993)
18. In which of the following letter sequences, there is a letter leaving two letters
of the alphabet in order, after the letters placed at odd-numbered positions and
leaving one letter of the alphabet in order after the letters placed at even-numbered
positions ?
(C.B.I. 1995)
(a) ADFIKN
(6) BEGJLN
(c) CFHKLO
(d) DFIKNP
19. Select that series in which letters are not according to a general rule,
(a) CEGIKM
(6) MORTVX
(e) PRTVXZ
(d) ZBDFHJ
(8.8.C. 1996)
ANSWERS
A
1. (a): M N O E Q R S T U Y W X Y Z
2
2
2
2
2
2. (a): B C D E F G H I J K L M N O
P
1
3
3
5
1. 3. 3, 5 are all odd numbers.
3. (c): B S T U y w X Y Z A B C D E
F
3
3
3
3
4. (fc): A B C D E F G H I J K L M N
O
2
4
6
2. 4, 6, 8 arc consecutive even numbers.
5. (d): I J K L M N O P Q B S T U V
ffi
1 2
3
4
• 1
+1
+1
B C D E
2
Q B
G H I J K L
3
R
S T U V W X x
E Q
8
Copyrighted mat*
*
»
Reasoning
400
6 . ( a ) : K L M N O E Q R S I U V W X Y
1
2
3
•f 1
7 .
4
• 1
+1
( 6 ) : Q N M L K J I H G E E D C B A
1
2
3
4
• 1
+1
+1
B C D E F Q H I J K L M N O E Q R S T U Y
8.(6)
1
2
3
• 1
4
+1
5
• 1
+1
9 . ( c ) : £ F G H I J K L M K O P Q R S I
4
3
2
1
0
-1
-1
-1
-1
1 0 . ( c ) : U T S R Q P Q N M L K J I H O E
2
2
2
2
2
11.IM:
fiHUKLMNO£QRSTUVffiXYZABCDE
8
6
4
- 2
2
- 2
- 2
1 2 . ( d ) : B C _ B A Z X X W V U T S R Q E
1
2
3
4
1 5 . ( a ) : A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O E Q R S T U V W X Y Z
3
6
3
9
3, 6, 3. 9 are multiples of 3.
lito):
£
D
E
F
I
(1*)
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
4
9
(2 2 )
(3 2 )
O
P
Q
R
S
J
1 6 . ( d ) : S T U V W X Y Z A B C D E F G H I J K
5
4
3
2
-1
ISAd) : E
Q
Z
II
8
F
-1
-1
I
5
G
2
G
19
V
F
14
9
1
15
- 3 - 3 - 3
M
W
11
- 4
K
P
4
19
- 5 - 5 - 5
Q
U
7
3
- 4 - 4
J
X
13
9
H
M
4
- 6 - 4 - 5
17.W: ft R S X U V W X Y Z A B C D E F G II I J K L M N O P Q R 2
2
18.(a): A
B
5
C
D
E
2
19.(6): M
N
1
1
Q
P
7
E G
Q
B
2
H
1 J
2
8
10
K
L
1
T
1
U
Y
1
M
N
2
W
X
1
TYPE 4 : ALPHABETICAL QUIBBLE
In this type of questions, you are given alphabets from A to Z. The position of
a letter is given in the form of a puzzle. The candidate is required to find this letter.
However, sometimes a random letter series is given and the candidate is required
to find out how many times a letter satisfying the conditions specified in the question,
occurs.
Copyrighted materia
Alphabet Test
Ex. 1
401
In the following alphabet scries, which letter is eighth to the left of sixteenth
letter from the right end ?
A B C D E F G H I J K L M
N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z
(a) B
(6) S
(c) C
(d) H
(e) X
Sol.
'Counting from the right end of the given alphabet series i.e., from Z. the
sixteenth letter is K. Counting from K towards the left, the eighth letter is
C. Hence, the answer is (c).
Ex. 2 If the following alphabet series is written in the reverse order, which letter
will be fifth to the left of the fourteenth letter from the left ?
A B C D E F G H I
J K L M
N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z
(a) R
(6)1
(c) S
(d) H
(e)V
Sol.
The new alphabet series obtained after reversing the order of alphabets is :
Z Y X W V U T S R Q P O N
M L K J I H G F E D C B A
Counting from the left end in the above series i.e., from Z, the fourteenth
letter is M.
Counting from M towards the left, the fifth letter is R.
Hence, the answer is (a).
Ex. 3 How many D's are there in the following series which are immediately followed
by W but not immediately preceded by K ?
K D C W K D W N K G D W W D H K V D W Z D W
(<i) One
(6) Two
(c) Three
(d) Four
(e) Nil
Sol.
Clearly, D's satisfying the given conditions can be marked as under :
K D C W K D W N K GQ5| W W D H K
W Z[H] W
Hence, the answer is (c).
EXERCISE 10G
Directions :
alphabet
series.
Each
of the
following
questions
is
based
on
the
following
A B C D E
N O P Q R
1. Which letter is exactly midway
(a) L
(6) M
(c)
F G H I J K L M
S T U V W X Y Z
between H and S in the given alphabet ?
N
(d) 0
(e) No such letter
(S.B.I.P.O. 1994)
2. In the English alphabet, which letter will be to the immediate left of M ?
(a) N
(6) L
(c) 0
(d) K
(e) None of these
3. Which letter is sixteenth to the right of the letter which is fourth to the left of I ?
(a) S
(6) T
(c) U
(d) V
(<?) Y
4. Which alphabet comes immediately before the sixth alphabet from the left
extreme of the given alphabets ?
(L.I.C. 1994)
(a) E
(6) F
(c) G
(d) U
(<?) V
Copyrighted mate
Reasoning
402
5. Which letter is the seventh to the right of the thirteenth letter from your left ?
(a) S
ib) T
Cc) U
id) V
' (e) None of these
(Bank P.O. 1903)
6. Which letter will be the sixth to the right of the eleventh letter from the right
end of the alphabet ?
(a) K
(6) V
(c) J
(d) U
ie) None of these
7. Which letter is seventh to the right of the eighteenth letter from the right end
of the alphabet ?
.B.S.R.B. 1996)
(o) K
ib) O
(c) P
(d) R
ie) None of these
8. If the above alphabet are divided in two equal halves — from A to M and N to
Z, which letter in the later half would be corresponding to the letter J ?
(o) Q
ib) V
(c) X
(d) W
(e) None of these
(Bank P.O. 1993)
9. Which letter is midway between 22nd letter from the left and 21st letter from
the right ?
4/
(Bank P.O. 1995)
(a) L
(b) M
(c) O
id) P
(e) None of these
10. If the above alphabet is written in the reverse order, which will be the eighth
letter to the right of O ?
(a) F
ib) G
(c) V
(d) W
(e) None of these
11. If the above alphabets were written in the reverse order, which will be the fifth
letter to the left of the ninth letter from the right ?
(a) P
ib) N
(?) D
(d) W
(e) M
12. If the given alphabet is arranged in reverse order, which letter will be the eighth
letter to the left of the seventh letter counting from the right end ?
(a) N
(6) 0
(c) P
(d) Q
(e) None of these
(Bank P.O. 1992)
13. If the above alphabet are written in the reverse order, which letter will be
twelfth to the left of the sixteenth letter from your left ?
(o) D
(b) V
(c) W
id) X
(e) None of these
14. If the given sequence of letters is written in a reverse order, which of the following
will be the seventh letter to the left of eighth letter from your right ?
(a) L
(6) M
(c) O
id) P
(e) None of these
(Bank P.O. 1996)
15. Which letter should be ninth letter to the left of ninth letter from the right, if
the first half of the given alphabet is reversed ?
(U.TJ. 1 » 3 )
ia) D
(6) E
(c) F
id) I
ie) None of these
16. If every alternate letter starting from B is deleted from the given alphabet,
which of the following will be the tenth letter from the right end ?
(a) G
ib) D
(c) Q
id) H
(e) None of these
(Bank P.O. 1995)
17. Write the above English alphabet in reverse order. First cancel every second
letter and then select that letter which divides the remaining letters of the
alphabet in two equal parts. This letter is :
(a) L
ib) M
ic) N
id) P
ie) None of these "
18. If the letters of the given alphabet interchange positions, so that A takes the
place of Z and Z takes the place of A; B takes the place of Y and Y takes the
place of B and so on, what will be the thirteenth letter from the right ?
(a) M
ib) N
<c) O
(</) L
ie) None of these
.
C o p y r i g h t e d mate
7
Alphabet Test
403
19. If the alphabet is written in the reverse order and every alternate letter starting
with Y is dropped, which letter will be exactly in the middle of the remaining
letters of the alphabet ?
(Bank P.O. 1996)
(a) M
(6) N
(c) O
(d) M or O
(e) None of these
20. In the given alphabet, starting from the fifth letter from the left, if twelve letters
are written in reverse order, then which letter will be the seventh to the left of
the fourteenth letter from the right ?
(Bank P.O. 1994)
(a) H
(6) L
(c) M
Id) N
(e) None of these
21. If the second half of the given alphabet is written in reverse order, which letter
will be seventh to the right of the twelfth letter from the left end ?
22.
23.
24.
26.
26.
"
27.
28.
29.
(a) R
(6) S
(c) U
(d) V
(e) None of these
Which letter should be fourth to the left of twelfth letter from the right if the
second half of the given alphabet is reversed ?
(Bank P.O. 1993)
(a) J
(6) K
' (c) L
(d) M
(e) None of these
If the first and the second letters interchange their positions and similarly the
third and the fourth letters, the fifth and the sixth letters and so on, which
letter will be the seventeenth from your right ?
(a) F
(b) H
(c) I
(d) J
le) None of these
If the first ten letters of the given alphabet are written in the reverse order,
which of the following letters will be the seventh to the left of the twelfth letter
from the right end ?
(Bank P.O. 1994)
la) B
(6) C
(c) H
(d) I
le) None of these
If every alternate letter starting from B of the given alphabet is written in small
letters, rest all are written in capital letters, how will the month of 'September'
be written ?
(Bank P.O. 1995)
(a) SEpteMbeR
(6) SEptembER
(c) sePTemBeR
(d) SEptEMbEr
le) None of these
If the alternate letters in the given alphabet starting from A are written in
small and rest all in capital letters, which of the following will represent the
third month after July ?
(Bank P.O. 1995)
(a) OCTOBER
(6) OCtObEr
(c) oCtObEr
(d) ocToBeR
(e) None of these
If every even letter beginning from B is replaced by odd number beginning with
3, which letter/number will be the third to the right of the tenth number/letter
counting from your right ?
(Bank P.O. 1996)
la) M
(6) S
(c) 11
(d) 23
(e) None of these
Which letter will be sixth to the right of the third letter from left of the letter
which is exactly in the middle of the letters in the series given below ?
A B C D E Z Y X W V Q R S T
U F G H I J K L M N O P A
(Bank P.O. 1996)
ia) F
(6) G
(c) (J
(d) R
le) None of these
Which is the letter as far from the first letter of the alphabet given below as
the letter C is from the letter midway between K and R in 'QUICKSILVER' ?
(a) C
lb) D
Ic) F
Id) J
(e) V
Copyrighted material
'
»
Reasoning
404
30. How many A's arc there in the following series which are immediately followed
by B as well as immediately preceded by Z ?
(Bank P.O. 1993)
A MB Z A N A A B Z A B A Z B A P Z A B A Z A B
(a) Nil
(6) One
(c) Two
( d ) Three
(e) More than three
31. In the following list of letters, how many O's are followed by Q's but not preceded
by D's ?
(C.B.I. 1993)
D 0 Q 0 D Q 0 D 0 D Q D 0 Q D S D Q P
O Q D S S S D O Q O Q D O Q D D D O Q
ia) 0
(6) 1
'
(c) 2
(<f) 3
32. How many Ts are there in the following sequence which are immediately preceded by P but not immediately followed by S ?
(Bank P.O. 1995)
S T P Q T S P T R P T S R P S T Q P T R P T M P T S
(a) None
(6) One
(c) Two
id) Three
(e) None of these
33. In the following series, count each N which is immediately followed by X but X is
not immediately followed by T. How many such N's are there ?
(R.B.I. 1990)
N X N T Q M N X T M X N X C N Q M N N X Q N X T X N A M X N
X M
(a) 2
ib) 4
(c) 5
(d) 7
(e) 9
**4. In the following letter sequence, how many n's are followed by m but not preceded
by h ?
(8.8.C. 1996)
a g r h t n m b c n m l b u v n m h e r h
n m g f e h n m e c n m w q a n m h l b
ia) 4
ib) 5
(c) 6
id) 7
D i r e c t i o n s (Questions 85 to 38) : Study the letter series given below and
answer the questions that follow :
(Hotel Management, 1992)
/
H D Y S M W N B Q P O C R T B L Z V E G U F
35. Which is the only letter that occurs twice ?
(a) B
(6) E •
(C) M
id)
S
36. Which two neighbours in the given arrangement are farthest in the alphabetical
order ?
ia) B and Q .
ib) D and Y
(c) U and F
(d) V and E
37. Which letter has the Bame neighbours as in the alphabetical order although
they have changed places ?
(a) M
(6) N
(c) O
(d) P
38. Which three letters have the same distance as they have in the alphabetical
order although they have changed places ?
(a) H M P
(6) NQZ
(c) QOE
id) Y L F
ANSWERS
1. ie): There are ten letters between H and S and as such, there is no letter which lies
exactly in the middle.
2. (6): Clearly, L is the letter to the immediate left of M.
3. (c): Clearly, the fourth letter to the left of I is E. The sixteenth letter to the right of E
is U.
4. ( a ) : The sixth letter from the left is F. E comes immediately before F.
t
Copyrighted material^
Alphabet Test
405
5. (6) : Counting from the left i.e.9 A in the given alphabet, the thirteenth letter is M. Counting
from M towards the right, the seventh letter in T.
6. ( b ) : Counting from the right in the given alphabet series i.e., Z, the eleventh letter is P.
T h e sixth letter to the right of P is V.
7. ( c ) : Counting from the right in the given alphabet series i.e., from Z, the eighteenth
letter is I.
T h e seventh letter to the right of I is P
8. (</): J is the tenth letter in the first half.
T h e tenth letter in the later half is W.
9. ( c ) : 22nd letter from the left is V. 21st letter from the right is F.
The letter midway between F and V is
9 f t j >(
10. ( 6 ) : T h e new alphabet series is :
< yfoioil
Z Y X W V U T S R Q P O N
M L K J I H G F E D C B ^
Clearly, the eighth letter to the right of 0 is G.
11. ( 6 ) : T h e new alphabet series is :
Z
Y
X
W
V
U
T
Jft
S
R
Q
P
O
N
M L K J I H G F E D C B A
T h e ninth letter from the right is I.
T h e fillh letter to the left of I is N.
12. ( 6 ) : T h e new alphabet series is as shown in Solution 11.
Counting from the right, the seventh letter is G.
T h e eighth letter to the left of G is O.
13. ( c ) : T h e new alphabet series is as shown in Solution 11.
T h e sixteenth letter from the left is K.
Counting from K towards the left, the twelfth letter is W.
14. ( c ) : T h e new alphabet series is as shown in Solution 11.
The eighth letter from the right is H.
T h e seventh letter to the left of H is O
15. ( 6 ) : The new alphabet series is :
M
L
K
J
I
N
O
P
Q
R
H
S
G
F
T
U
E
V
D
C
W
B
A
X
Y
Z
U
W
Y
T h e ninth letter from the right is R.
T h e ninth letter to the left of R is E.
16. ( a ) : T h e new alphabet series is :
A
C
E
G
I
K
M
O
Q
S
T h e tenth letter from the right is G.
17. ( c ) : The new alphabet series-is :
Z
Y
X
W
V
M
L
K
J
I
U
H
T
G
S
F
R
E
Q
D
P
O
N
C
B
A
Cancelling every second letter, the above series become*
Z
X
V
T
R
P
N
L
J
H
F
D
B
T h e middle letter is N.
18. ( a ) : T h e new alphabet series is :
Z
Y
X
W
V
M
L
K
J
I
U
H
T
G
S
F
R
E
Q
D
P
C
O
B
N
A
Counting from the right in the above series i.e.. A, the thirteenth letter is M.
C o p y r i g h t e d mate
i
I
i
Reasoning
406
19. ( 6 ) : S a m e an Solution 17.
20. ( e ) : T h e new a l p h a b e t series is :
A
B
C
D
P
O
N
M
G
F
E
Q
R
S
T
U
L
K
J
I
H
V
W
X
Y
Z
T h e fourteenth letter f r o m the right i s H .
T h e s e v e n t h letter to the left of H is O.
21. ( c ) :
T h e n e w alphabet series is :
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Z Y X W V U T S R Q P O N
T h e t w e l f t h letter f r o m the left is L.
T h e s e v e n t h letter to thp right of L is U.
22. ( b ) : T h e new alphabet series is as shown in Solution 21.
T h e t w e l f t h l e t t e r f r o m the r i g h t i s Y .
T h e fourth letter t o the l e f l f f l t Y i s K .
23. I c ) : T h e new alphabet series i s ' :
B
A
D
M
P
O
C
F
R
E
Q
T
U
G< J
S
V
U
I
X
L
K
W
Z
N
Y
T h e seitenteenth letter f r o m the right is I.
24. ( 6 ) : T h e new alphabet scries is :
J
I
N
O
H
G
P
F
Q
E
R
D
S
C
T
B
U
A
V
K
W
L
X
M
Y
Z
T h e t w e l f t h letter f r o m the right is O.
T h e seventh letter to the left of O is C.
25. id) :
T h e new alphabet aeries is :
A
b
C
d
E
f
G
h
l
j
n
O
p
Q
r
S
t
U
v
W
Clearly
26. (d) :
'SEPTEMBER-
K
I
x
M
Y
a
will be written as ' S E p t E M b E r 1 . <
T h e n e w alphabet series is :
a
B
c
D
e
F
g
H
i
N
o
P
q
R
s
T
u
V
J
k
w
L
X
m
y
Z
T h e third month a f t e r J u l y is October.
C l e a r l y . ' O C T O B E R " will be w r i t t e n as 'ocToBeR'.
2 7 . ' < « ) : T h e new series is :
A
3
C
5
E
7
G
15
O
17
Q
19
S
21
9
U
I
11
K
13
M
23
W
25
Y
27
C o u n t i n g f r o m the right, the tenth character is Q.
T h e third character to the right of Q is 21.
28. ( b ) :
T h e l e t t e r i n the middle o f the g i v e n series i s T . T h e t h i r d l e t t e r t o t h e l e f t o f T
is Q
T h e sixth letter to the right of Q is G.
29. id):
T h e l e t t e r m i d w a y between K and R in ' Q U I C K S I L V E R ' is L. In the a l p h a b e t , L is
the ninth letter a f t e r C. S i m i l a r l y , J is the ninth letter f r o m the first l e t t e r of the
alphabet, w h i c h is A.
30. (</):
A M B Z A N A A B Z ( A ] B A Z B A P Z [ A ] B A Z [ A ] B
31. ( r ) :
D
O
Q D S
32. id):
Q
O
D
Q
O
D
O
D
Q
D
O
Q
D
S
D
Q
P [o\
S S D O Q [ o ] Q D O Q D D D O Q
S T P Q T S P 0 R P T S R P S T Q P[T]R R[F]M
P T S
Copyrighted materia]
Alphabet Test
33.(6):
*
407
N [ Y ] N T Q M N X T M X [ N ] X C N Q M
N @ X Q N X T X N A M X 0 X M
34. (6):
35. ( a ) :
36. (b):
37. id):
38. (d):
a g
r h t ( n ] m b c [ n ] m l b
u v [ n ] m h e r
h n m g f e h n m e c Qi] m w q a [ " n j m h l b
Clearly. B occurs twice.
Clearly, D and Y arc neighbours in the given series and arc separated by the maximum number of letters i.e., 20 in the English alphabet.
P has O and Q as its neighbours in the given series as well as in the English
alphabet.
There are 12 letters between L and Y and 5 letters between F and L in the given
series as well as in the English alphabet.
TYPE 5 : W O R D FORMATION
Ex, 1. Select the combination of numbers so that letters arranged accordingly will
form a meaningful word.
V A R S T E
1
2 3 4
5 6
(a) 2, 3, 1, 6, 4, 5 (6) 4, 5, 2, 3, 1, 6 (c) 6, 3, 4, 5, 2, 1 (d) 3, 2, 4, 5, 6, 1
/
Sol.
Clearly, the given letters, when arranged in the order 4, 5, 2, 3, 1, 6 form
the word 'STARVE*. Hence, the answer is (6).
Ex. 2. If it is possible to make a meaningful word with the second, the sixth, the
ninth and the twelfth letters of the word 'CONTRIBUTION', which of the
following will be the last letter of that word ? If more than one such words
can be made, give M as the answer and if no such word is there, give X as
the answer.
(a) N
(fc)O
(c) T
(d) M
(e) X
Sol.
The second, sixth, ninth and twelfth letters of the word ' C O N T R I B U T I O N '
are O, I, T and N. Clearly, only one word can be formed using these letters,
which is INTO.
The last letter in INTO is O.
Hence, the answer is (6).
Ex. 3. Choose one word out of the given alternatives, which cannot be formed from
the letters of the word C O N S U L T A T I O N .
(a) C O N S T A N T
(6) N A T I O N
(c) SALUTE
(d) S T A T I O N
SoL
Carefully looking at the words, we find that the word 'CONSULTATION"
does not contain the letter E. So, the word 'SALUTE' cannot be formed.
Hence, the answer is (c).
N o t e : In such type of questions, remember that each letter in the given word is to
be used only once.
EXERCISE 10H
Directions (Questions 1 to 40): In each of the following questions, a group
of letters is given which are numbered I9 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6. Below a r e given
four alternatives containing combinations of these numbers. Select that combination of numbers so that letters arranged accordinglyf form a meaningful
word.
t
Copyrighted material
Reasoning
408
1. T R I F U
1 2 3 4 5
(a) 3, 1. 2. 4. 5
2. A C E S T H
1 2 3 4 5 6
(a) 6. 1. 4. 5. 3. 2
3. JG T A E N M
1 2,3 4 5 6
(a) 1, 3. 2, 5. 4, 6
4. N R O C T A
1 2 3 4 5 6
(a) 1, 6. 2, 4. 3, 5
5. G A N I M E
1
(a)
6. D
1
(a)
7. K
1
(a)
8. R
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
)
14.
2
1,
I
2
1.
A
2
4,
U
(c) 4, 3. 2. 1. 5
(Railways, 1995)
(d) 5. 3, 2. 1, 4
(6) 2. 6. 1, 4. 5. 3
(c) 4. 3, 5, 6. 1, 2
(d) 6, 3. 2, 1. 4. 5
(6) 1, 3, 2, 6, 4, 5
(c) 6. 3. 5. 1. 4, 2
(d) 6. 3, 1, 5, 4 2
1 fr ,11
(6) 2, 3, 5, 4, 6, 1
(c) 4, 6, 2, 5. 3. 1
(d) 6. 5, 2, 3. 1, 4
(6) 4. 2. 5. 3. 1
1
3 4 5 6
2, 4, 3, 6. 5 (6) 6, 3. 4, 1, 5. 2 (c) 5. 2. 1. 4, 3. 6
F E R N
3 4 5 6
4, 3. 6. 2. 5 (6) 6, 4, 3, 5. 2. 1 (c) 3, 5, 2. 4, 6. 1
T C E L
3 4 5 6
2:5. 1. 5. 6 (6) 1, 2, 4, 5. 6, 3 (c) 6, 5, 3, 2. 4. 1
S G A
1 2 3 4 5
(a) 1. 5, 4, 2. 3
C E L S M U
1 2 3 4 5 6
(a) 4. 6. 3. 5, 2, 1
H N R C A B
1 2 3 4 5 6
(a) 4. 1. 5, 6. 2. 3
E L B M A G
1 2 3 4 5 6
(a) 6. 5. 4, 3, 2, 1
R T A O U H
1 2 3 4 5 6
(a) 1. 3, 4, 5. 6. 2
T L E M N A
1 2 3 4 5 6
(a) 2. 6,4, 5, 3, 1
A E H R K N
1 2 3 4 5 6
(a) 4, 1, 5, 3. 2. 6
(6) 5, 3, 4, 1, 2
(c) 3, 2, 4, 5, 1
(d) 2. 5. 1. 4. 3. 6
(d) 5, 4. 3. 2. 6. 1
(d) 3, 2. 4. 1, 6. 5
(d) 4, 5, 3, 2. 1
(6) 5. 6. 4. 1, 3. 2
(c) 4, 6. 5. 2, 3. 1
(d) 5, 2, 3. 1, 6. 4
(6) 6, 3, 5. 2, 4, 1
(c) 3, 5, 6. 4, 1. 2
(d) 2. 5. 3, 4, 1, 6
(6) 3, 1, 6, 4. 5, 2
(c) 4. 5, 6. 3, 1. 2
(d) 2, 1, 6, 3, 5, 4
(6) 2. 3. 6. 4, 5. 1
(c) 6, 3, 2, 4, 5. 1
(d) 3. 5. 2. 6, 4, I
(6)3.2,4,6,5.1
(c) 4, 3, 5, 1, 6. 2
(d) 5, 3. 2. 4, 6, 1
(6) 6. 1, 5, 3, 4. 2
(c) 3, 1, 6. 5, 2, 4
(d) 5. 3, 1, 4, 2, 6
T
Copyrighted mate
r
Alphabet Test
409
15. I N L A S G
1 2 3 4 5 6
(a) 6, 1, 3, 5, 4, 2 (6) 5, 1, 6, 2, 4, 3 (c) 3, 4. 6. 1, 2. 5 (d) 2, 4, 3, 6. 1, 5
16. T L P N A E
1 2 3 4 5 6
(a) 3. 2, 5, 4. 6. 1 (6) 3. 2. 5, 4. 1 6 (c) 4. 5. 3, b. 2 , 1 (d) 4. 6. 1. 3. 5, 2
17. R P E D I
1 2 3 4 5
(a) 1, 3, 2, 5, 4
(6) 2. 1, 5. 4. 3
(c) 3, 2, 1, 5, 4
(d) 4. 3. 2, 1, 5
•
3
X
18. I P E L O C
1 2 3 4 5 6
( R a i l w a y s , 1995)
(a) 1. 4, 3. 5, 2, 6 (6) 2. 5. 4. 1. 6. 3 (c) 3, 4, 5, 1, 2, 6
,I
19. R M N B U E
(d) 4. 5. 1, 2. 3. 6
1 2 3 4 5 6
(a) 2, 6. 3. 4. 1. 5 (6) 4, 6. 3. 2. 1. 5
(c) 3. 5, 2, 4, 6, 1
20. T N D R A E
(d) 1, 5. 4. 2, 6, 3
1 2 3 4 5 6
(a) 1. 6. 2. 3, 5, 4 (6) 3. 6. 2. 4. 5. 1
(c) 5. 4. 3. 6. 2. 1
21. E H R A S P
(d) 4, 5. 3, 6, 2, 1
1 2 3 4 5 6
(a) 5, 2, 4. 6. 1, 3 (6) 6, 2. 3, 4. 5, 1
(c) 2, 4, 6, 1. 3. 5
22. T E L S C A
<d) 3. 4, 2. 1, 6, 5
1 2 3 4 5 6
(a) 1. 2. 3. 4, 6. 5 (6) 4. 6. 5, 1, 2, 3
(c) 5, 6. 4. 1, 3. 2
23. E O C D L I
<d) 6. 5. 3. ,2. 4. 1
1 2 3 4 5 6
(a) 3. 2. 5. 4. 6. 1 (6) 4, 2, 3. 5. 6. 1
(c) 3. 2, 4, 5, 6, 1
24. A M D E N R
<d) 4. 2, 3, 6, 5. 1
1 2 3 4 5 6
(a) 2, 1, 5, 3, 4, 6 (6) 6, 4, 2, 1. 5, 3 (c) 3. 4, 5, 2, l 6
f
25. T I R B H G
(d) 1, 6, 2, 4, 5, 3
1 2 3 4 5 6
(a) 1. 3. 2, 4, 6, 5 (6) 4. 3, 2, 6, 5, 1 (c) 4, 5, 2, 3, 6, 1
26. R A C E T
(d) 3, 2. 6, 5, 4, 1
1 2 3 4 5
(o) 1, 2, 3. 4, 5
(6) 3. 2. 1. 4, 5
(c) 5, 2, 3, 4. 1
27. L A E M V R
(d) 5. 1. 2. 3. 4
1 2 3 4 5 6
(a) 1. 2. 6, 4. 3. 5 (6) 4. 2, 6. 5, 3, 1 (c) 5, 3, 6. 4. 2, 1
28. R T E O D P
( d K . 3, 1, 4, 2. 5
1 2 3 4 5 6
(a) 1, 3, 5. 6. 4. 2 (6) 2; 3. 1. 6, 4. 5 (c7 5, 3. 6. 4, 1, 2
'
\
(d) 6. 3. 5. 1. 4, 2
Copyrighted mate
Reasoning
410
29. E
1
H N T O
2 3 4 5
R
6
(a) 2, 5, 3, 4, 1, 6 (6) 4, 2, 6, 5, 3, 1 (c) 2, 5, 6. 3, 1, 4
30. J C 0 P T E R
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
(a) 1, 3. 4, 5, 6, 7, 2
(c) 7, 6. 4. 5, 1, 3, 2
31. A C P E T S
1
2 3
4
5
(b) 2, 6, 4, 5, 1. 3, 7
(rf) 4, 7, 3. 1, 6, 2, 5
6
(a) 1, 6. 3, 4, 2. 5 <fe) 2. 3, 4, 1, 5, 6
32. R
1
T
A
2 3
N
U
N
1 2
(a) 2,
34. T P
1 2
(a) 4,
35. M F
1 2
(a) 1.
E
A
1
(a)
37. E
1
(a)
2
2,
T
2
3,
38. E
L G
39.
40.
41.
42.
E
(c) 5. 6, 3. 4, 1, 2
(d) 6. 5, 3. 4, 2. 1
(c) 4, 3. 2, 5, 1. 6
(d) 4, 6. 5. 2, 3, 1
(c) 4, 3, 6. 5, 2, 1
(<0 6 . 5 . 2 , 3 , 4 , 1
(c) 2, 6, 3, 1, 5, 4
(d) 3, 6, 4, 2, 5, 1
(c) 5, 6, 2, 3, 1, 4
(d) 4, 2, 3, 1, 6, 5
(c) 4, 3, 6, 5, 2, 1
(<f) 2, 1, 6, 4, 3, 5
(c) 2, 1, 6, 5, 3, 4
(d) 4, 1, 2, 3, 5, 6
4 5 6
T O
C
3 4 5 6
5, 4, 1. 6. 3 (6) 3. 6, 4, 1. 2. 5
S L O 1
3 4 5 6
6, 2, 5. 3. 1 (b) 2, 5. 4, 3, 6, 1
I A N E
3 4 5 6
6, 2, 3, 4, 5 (b) 2, 4, 1, 3, 5, 6
36. N
(Railways, 1995)
E
( a ) 1. 3. 2, 6, 4. 5 (6) 3. 2. 4, 6. 1, 5
33. I
(<f) 4, 2, 5, 6, 3, 1
H
L
3 4 5
6, 4, 3, 5,
C K O
3 4 5
1. 4, 5, 6,
N
I
D
6
1 (b) 4, 2, 1, 6, 5, 3
P
6
2 (b) 6, 5, 3, 4, 1, 2
M
1 2 3 4 5 6
( a ) 6, 5, 4, 3, 2, 1 (6) 3, 1, 2, 6, 5, 4 (c) 6, 5, 3, 2, 1, 4 (d) 3, 5, 6, 2. 1, 4
D A I M E N
1 2 3 4 5 6
(a) 1, 5, 4, 2, 3, 6 ib) 4, 5, 1, 2, 3, 6 (c) 4, 2, 3, 1, 5, 6 (d) 1, 2, 5, 6, 3, 4
R E S T L U
1 2 3 4 5 6
(a) 3, 4, 6, 1, 2, 5 (6) 4, 5, 3, 2, 6, 1 (c) 5, 6, 3, 4, 1, 2 (d) 6, 5, 2, 1, 4, 3
Which one word can be formed from the following letters ?
a a d e f g r s u
(C.B.I. 1993)
(a) stagnation
(6) safeguard
(c) pseudo-grade
(d) grandson
Which one word can be formed from the following letters ?
a a b c i l l n o o o r t
(C3.1.1993)
(a) collapsible
(b) locomotive
(c) colourfulnesa
(d) collaboration
Copyrighted materia]
Alphabet Test
* 411
43. The letters of the word N U M K I P P are in disorder. If they are arranged in proper
order, the name of a vegetable is formea. What is the last letter of the word so
formed ?
ia) K
ib) M
(C) N
id) P
<e) U
44. If &y arranging the letters of the word NABMODINT, the name of a game is
formed, what are the first and the last letters of the word so formed ?
( a ) B, T
ib) B, N
(c) N, D
(d) A, T
(e) M, T
46. If a meaningful word can be formed by rearranging the letters USCALA, the
fiijrt letter of the word so formed is the answer. If no such word can be formed,
the answer is X.
(a) C
(6) S
(c) A
(a) L
(e) U
46. If it is possible to form a word with the first, fourth, seventh and eleventh letters
in the word SUPERFLUOUS', write the first letter of that word. Otherwise, X
is the answer.
(a) S
(6) L
, (C) O
(d) E
(e) X
47. If you pick up from the following alphabet, the sixth and the fourteenth letters from
your right and then pick up the fifth and twentieth letters from your left and form
a meaningful word, what is the first letter of that word ?
(Bank P.O. 1996)
A
B/#C
D E F G H I
N O P Q R S T U V W
(a) M
J
K L M
X Y Z
(6) E
(c) No word can be formed
(d) More than one word can be formed
(e) None of these
48. If with the third, fourth, fifth, seventh and tenth letters of the word 'PERSONALITY*,
a meaningful word is formed, then first letter of the word is the answer. If no
word is possible then X is the answer.
(a) O
(6) T
(c) R
(d) S
(e) X
49. If it is possible to make a meaningful word with the third, fifth, eighth and tenth
letters of the word 'DISTRIBUTE', which of the following will be the third letter
of that word ? If no such word can be made, give X as the answer and if more
than one such word can be made, give M as the answer.
(Bank P.O. 1995)
(a) S
(6)R
(c)E
(d)X
(e) M
50. If we make a meaningful word with the first, fourth, ninth and fourteenth letters
of the word 'ADMINISTRATION', which of the following will be the third letter
of that word from the right end of that word ?
(a) A
(6) I
(c) N
(<d) R
(e) None of these
51. If it is possible to make a meaningful word with the second, the fifth and the
eighth letters of the word 'CARETAKER', which of the following will be the first
letter of that word ? If no such word can be made, give X as the answer. If more
than one such word can be made, give M as the answer.
(Bank P.O. 1994)
(a) A
(6) E
(c) T
(d) X
(e) M
52. A meaningful word starting with A is made from the first, the second, the fourth,
the fifth and the sixth letters of the word ' C O N T R A C T . Which of the following
is the middle letter of the word ?
(a) C
(6) O
(c) R
(d) T
(<?) None of these
Copyrighted material
Reasoning
412
53. A meaningful word is made if we take the first, fourth, fifth, seventh, tenth,
eleventh and the twelfth letters of the word ' F E L I C I T A T I O N S ' . Which of the
following will be the fifth letter of that word from the right end of that word ?
(a) T
(b) C
(c) N
(d) I
(e) None of these
(U.TJ. 1993)
54. If it is possible to make a meaningful word with the fourth, the eighth and the
tenth letters of the word ' C O U N T E R A C T , which of the following will be the
last letter of that word ? If no such word can be made, give X as the answer.
If more than one such word can be made, give. M as the answer.
(a) A
(b) N
(c) T
(d) X
(e) M
55. If it is possible to make a meaningful word with the first, the fourth, the seventh
and the eleventh letters of the word 'INTERPRETATION*, which of the following
will be third letter of that word ? If more than one such word can be made,
give M as the answer and if no such word can be made, give X as the answer.
(a) I
(b) R
(c) T
(AX
(e) M
(S.B.I.P.O. 1997)
56. If it is possible to make a meaningful word out of the second, the fourth, the
fifth and the eighth letters of the word ' I L L O G I C A L ' then which of the following
will be the third letter of the so formed word ? If more than one word can be
formed then give X as the answer. If no meaningful word can be formed, then
give Z as the answer.
(L.LC. 1994)
(a) A
(b) G
(c) O
(d) X
(e) Z
57. If it is possible to make a meaningful word with the second, the fifth, the tenth
and the twelfth letters of the word ' M E T R O P O L I T A N ' , which of the following
will be the third letter of that word ? If no such word can be made give X as
the answer and if more than one such word can be made, give M as the answer,
(a) N
(b) Q
(c) T
(d) X
(e) M
58. If it is possible to make a meaningful word with the third, the fifth, the seventh
and the tenth letters of the word 'PROJECTION* which of the following is the
third letter of that word ? If no such word can be made, give X as the answer.
If more than one such word can be made, give M as the answer.
(a) O
(6) N
(c) T
(e) M
(Bank P.O. 1995)
59. If it is possible to make a meaningful word with the fourth, the seventh, the
eleventh and the thirteenth letters of the word ' C A T E G O R I S A T I O N ' which of
the following will be the first letter of that word ? If no such word can be made,
give X as the answer. If more than one such word can be made, give M as the
answer,
(Bank P.O. 1995)
<a)0
(6)R
(c)T
(d)X
(e) M
(d)X
60. If it is possible to make a meaningful word with the first, the third, the seventh
and the ninth letters of the word S E P A R A T I O N , which of the following will be
the third letter of that word ? If no such word can be made, give X as the
answer and if more than one such word can be made, give M as the answer.
(a) O
(b) P
(c) T
(d) X
(e) M
Copyrighted materia]
Alphabet Test
413
ANSWERS
1. ( 6 ) : F R U I T
4. ic): C A R T O N
2. (b) ;; C H A S T E
3. id) : M A G N E T
5. ib) :: E N I G M A
6.
8. (c) : S U G A R
ic)
:
FRIEND
9. ib) : M U S C L B
7. id): T A C K L E
10. ( 6 ) : B R A N C H
11. ia) : G A M B L E
12. id) : A U T H O R
13. ( c ) : M E N T A L
14. (c) : H A N K E R
15. (6) : S I G N A L
16. ( a ) : P L A N E T
17. (6) : P R I D E
18. ib) : P O L I C E
19. ( c ) : N U M B E R
20. ic) : A R D E N T
21. ib) : P H R A S E
22. ( c ) : C A S T L E
23. <d) : D O C I L E
24. ib) : R E M A N D
25. ( 6 ) : B R I G H T
26.
28. ( c ) : D E P O R T
29. (b) . T H R O N E
27. ib) : M A R V E L
30. id) : P R O J E C T
ia): A S P E C T
32. (c) : N A T U R E
33. ( a ) : N O T I C E
35. lb) : F A M I N E
38. ib) : H A N D L E
38. ( a ) : M I N G L E
39. ic) : M A I D E N
41. (6)
42. id)
31.
34. ic) : P I S T O L
37.
ib): P O C K E T
40. ( c ) : L U S T R E
id) : T R A C E
"
43. ( c ) : T h o name of the vegetable is P U M P K I N . T h e last letter ii N.
44. <6>: T h e name of the game is B A D M I N T O N . The first and last letters are B and N
respectively.
45. ( a ) : T h e word is C A S U A L . The first letter is C.
46. ( 6 ) : T h e first, fourth, seventh and eleventh letters of the word S U P E R F L U O U S are S.
E. L and S respectively. The word formed is LESS. The first letter is L.
47. ( a ) : The sixth and fourteenth letters from the right are U and M respectively. T h e fifth
and twentieth letters from the left are E and T respectively. Clearly, the word formed
is M U T E . So, the first letter is M.
48. ( c ) : T h e third, fourth, fifth, seventh and tenth letters of the word P E R S O N A L I T Y are
R. S, O, A and T respectively. T h e word formed is R O A S T . So, the firat letter is R.
49. ( 6 ) : T h e third, fifth, eighth and tenth letters of tiie word D I S T R I B U T E are S, R. U and
E respectively. T h e word formed is S U R E and its third letter is R.
50. (a):
T h e first, fourth, ninth and fourteenth letters of the word A D M I N I S T R A T I O N are
A. I. R and N respectively. The word formed is R A I N T h e third letter from the right
end is A.
51. ( * ) : T h o second, fifth and eighth letters of the word C A R E T A K E R a r e A, T and E
respectively. T h e words formed are E A T , A T E and T E A
52. ( d ) : T h e first, second, fourth, fifth and sixth letters of the word ' C O N T R A C T are C, O,
T, R. A respectively. The word formed is A C T O R , in which the middle letter is T.
53. ( 6 ) : The first, fourth, fifth, seventh, tenth, eleventh and twelfth letters of the word F E L I C I ,
T A T I O N S are F, I, C, T, I. O, N respectively TTio word formed is F I C T I O N . T h e fifUi
letter from the right is C.
54. ( * ) : T h e fourth, eighth and tenth letters of the word C O U N T E R A C T are N, A
respectively. T h e words formed are A N T and T A N .
T
55. ( e ) : T h e first, fourth, seventh and eleventh letters of the word I N T E R P R E T A T I O N
I, E. R and T respectively. The words formed are T I E R , R I T E and T I R E
56. id) . T h e second, fourth, fifth and eighth letters of the word I L L O G I C A L are L, O, G, A
respectively. T h e words formed are G O A L and G A O L
57. <e>: T h e second, fifth, tenth and twelfth letters of the word M E T R O P O L I T A N ?re E, O,
T and N respectively. T h e words.formed are N O T E and T O N E .
58. < * ) : T h e third, fifth, seventh and tenth letters
the word P R O J E C T I O N are O, E. T
and N respectively T h e words formed are N O T E and T O N E .
Copyrighted mate
Reasoning
414
59. ( e ) : T h e fourth, seventh, eleventh and thirteenth letters of the word C A T E G O R I S A T I O N
are E, R, T and O respectively. The words formed are T O R E and R O T E
80. ( < ) : The first, third, seventh and ninth letters of the word S E P A R A T I O N are S, P, T
and O respectively. The words formed arc S P O T . P O T S and T O P S .
EXERCISE 101
Directions : In each of the following questions, find which one word cannot be made from the letters of the given word.
1.
CARPENTER
(a)
2.
NECTAR
LENTIL
MOLAR
BRAIN
(c) R E N T
(d) FORM
( 8 . 8 . C . 1994)
ib) P A D L O C K
ic) P A C K E T
(d)
DIESEL
( A s s i s t a n t G r a d e . 1994)
(6) A C T I O N
(c) T O R N
id)
REFER
(6) R E P T I L E
(c) POSSIBLE
id)
REPOSURE
( C . B . I . 1995)
(6) C O M M O N
(c)
MOMENT
(d) C O S M O S
ib)
LOCUS
(c) S O L A C E
(d) SCAR
( 8 . 8 . C . 1992)
(6) B O N E S
(c) N O B L E
id)
ib)
BRAIN
ARSON
(c) U R B A N
(6) P E T E R
(c) T E N T E R
(6)
ic)
(d) T R I B L E
(S.S.C. 1995)
id) T E S T E R
GODOWN
KLEEN
id) G O L D E N
( C e n t r a l E x c i s e , 1995)
ib) C O M P A N Y
ic) C A R P E N T E R
(d) P R A Y E R
ib)
REGRET
(c) R E G E N E R A T E
id) F R E E
PARAPHERNALIA
ia) R E N A L
17.
TORN
DETAIL
REFRIGERATE
ia) R E F E R
18.
ib)
CONTEMPORARY
(a) PARROT
15.
id)
KNOWLEDGE
(a) W E D G E
14.
<c) C O N D O L E
TEMPERAMENT
(a) M E T E R
13.
SLAIN
TRIBUNAL
(a) L A T I N
12.
ib)
REASONABLE
(a)
11.
(d)SEARCH
MIRACULOUS
(b)
10.
(c) C H E E R
COMMENTATOR
(a) T A R T
9.
(6) C H A I R
SUPERIMPOSABLE
(a) S P I R E
8.
( I . T a x A C e n t r a l E x c i s e . 1995)
RECREATION
(a) RATION
7.
REPENT
KALEIDOSCOPE
(a) SCALE
6.
(d)
UNIFORMITY
(a) T I N Y
5.
(c) P A I N T E R
CONSOLIDATE
(a)
4.
CARPET
TEACHERS
(a) R E A C H
3.
ib)
( C . B . L 1994)
(6) P R A I S E
(c) R A P H A E L
(d) P E A R
OBSTETRICIAN
(a) SOBER
ib)
TERMITE
(c)
RETAIN
id)
SIREN
Copyrighted material
Alphabet Test
18. U N C O N S C I O U S
( a ) SON
19. T U R B U L E N C E
(a) C A R T
20. T R A N Q U I L I T Y
* 415
(8.8.C. 1994)
ib) COIN
(c) S U N
id) NOSE
ib) BLUE
ic) RENT
id) L E N T
(S.8.C. 1994)
id) T R I A N G L E
ib) T R I N I T Y
(a) QUILT
21. I N T E R N A T I O N A L
(a) O R I E N T A L
(b) TERMINAL
22. O R G A N I S A T I O N
ib) GRANT
(a) NATION
23. V A R I E G A T E D
(a) T R A V E L
ib) TRADE
24. D I S S E M I N A T I O N
ib) N A T I O N S
(a) I N D I A
25. C R E D E N T I A L
(a) DENTAL
(b) CREATE
26. R E P R I M A N D
ib) REPAIR
(a) MAIDEN
27. C O L L A B O R A T I O N
(b) COLORATION
ia) B R I T A I N
28. PROGNOSTICATION
(a) R O N T G E N
ib) START
29. D E P A R T M E N T
(a) ENTER
(6) PERMIT
30. D I S A P P O I N T M E N T
(c) T R A I N
(a) POINT
ib)
31. Q U E S T I O N N A I R E
ib)
(a) QUESTOR
32. P H A R M A C E U T I C A L
( a ) PRACTICE
ib)
33. A D U L T E R A T I O N
ib)
(a) RETURN
34. ENDEAVOUR
ib)
(a) DROVE
35. I N T E L L I G E N C E
ib)
(a) CANCEL
36. T H E R M O L Y S I S
( a ) LOITER
(6)
37. FLEXIGERATOR
ia) T A X I
(6)
38. CHOREOGRAPHY
(a) OGRE
(6)
39. C O N S T I T U T I O N A L
(a) LOCATION
ib)
OINTMENT
ic) T E N A M E N T
QUEUE
(c) Q U I N A T E
METRIC
ic) RHEUMATIC (d) CRITICAL
RELATION
ic) RETAIL
DEVOUR
ic) DROWN
INCITE
ic) GENTLE
LORIS-
ic) LOTUS
GREATER
(c) LARGER
(d) XEROX
(C.B.I. 1994)
PHOTOGRAPHY
(c) GRAPH
id) GEOGRAPHY
TUITION
ic) T A L E N T
id) C O N S U L T
*
ic) LATTER
id) R A T I O N A L E
(Assistant Grade. 1994)
ic) RECOGNISE (d) S A T A N
ic) GREAT
H;(c) MENTION
111A
(c) T R A I N
(c) M U N D A N E
id) RIGVEDA
(C.B.I. 1995)
(d) A C T I O N
id) CREAM
(S.S.C. 1996)
id) R E M A N D
(c) ROBOT
id) L E B A R I N
(S.8.C. 1993)
ic) SPITOON
id) ROGATION
ic) TEMPER
id) RENTED
(S.S.C. 1994)
id) POSITION
id) QUERIES
(C.B.I. 1995)
id) T O I L E T
(S.S.C. 1995)
id) ROUND
(d) NEGLECT
(S.S.C. 1993)
id) SISTER
Copyrighted material
Reasoning
416
10.
(S.8.C. 1993)
ETHNOGRAPHIC
(c) E A R T H
(d) G A R M E N T
(c) START
(d) CARTON
ib) I N S I G N I A
(c) I N F A N T
id) N A S C E N T
(b) T E R M I N A L
(c) IGNITE
id) NIGER
( a ) HEART
(&) GEAR
41. T R A N S L O C A T I O N
(a) T A L C U M
ib) COAL
42. S I G N I F I C A N T
ia) G I A N T
43.
GERMINATION
(a) O R N A M E N T
\
44. T O U R N A M E N T
id) M A N N E R
(c) MANOUEVRE
(a) N O R M A N
(6) ROTTEN
45. CORRESPONDING
id) SUPERIOR
(a) DISCERN
ib) GRINDER
ic) DROOP
46. C H R O M A T O G R A P H I C
(d) M A R G I N
(a) P R A G M A T I C
ib) PHOTO
(c) G O T H A M
D i r e c t i o n s : In each of the following questions, choose one word which
can be formed from the letters of the given word.
(L Tax & Central Excise, 1994)
47. CHOCOLATE
(a) T E L L
48. M E A S U R E M E N T
(a) MASTER
49.
50.
51.
52.
53.
ib) H E A L T H
(c) L A T E
(d) COOLER
(S.8.C. 1995)
(6) M A N T L E
(c) S U M M I T
(d) ASSURE
RHINOCEROS
(a) RENAL
(6)
RECOMMENDATION
( a ) MEDIATE
(6)
QUINTESSENCE
(a) SCOT
ib)
VENTURESOME
(a) ROSTRUM
(b)
CONSTANTINOPLE
(a) C O N T I N U E
(6)
(Central Excise. 1994)
HIND
(c) SURE
<d) HORSE
MEDICINE
(c) REMINDER
(d) C O M M U N I C A T E
QUOTE
(c) QUITE
id) ESTEEM
(I. Tax, 1994)
SERMON
(c) TRAVERSER
CONSCIENCE
(d) S E V E N T E E N
(c) CONSTANCE
(d) C O N T E N T
ANSWERS
1.
10.
19.
28.
(c)
(a)
(a)
(a)
3l.ifh
46. (d)
2.
id)
3. (a)
12. id)
20. id)
21. ib)
29. ib)
38. ib)
47. ic)
30. (c)
39. (c)
48. (a)
11.
ib)
4.
13.
22.
31.
40.
49.
(c)
(6)
(c)
ib)
(d)
id)
5.
14.
23.
32.
41.
50.
ic)
ic)
(a)
id)
ia)
(a)
6. id)
15.
24.
33.
42.
51.
(c)
id)
(a)
(d)
ic)
7. ib)
16. ib)
25. id)
34. (c)
43. (6)
52.(6)
8.
17.
26.
35.
44.
53.
id)
(6)
ic)
ia)
ic)
9.
18.
-27.
36.
45.
ic)
id)
(a)
ic)
id)
id)
N
Copyrighted materia]
11. NUMBER, RANKING & TIME SEQUENCE TEST
TYPE 1 : NUMBER TEST
In this type of questions, generally you are given a long series of numbers. The
candidate is required to find out how many times a number satisfying the conditions,
specified in the question, occurs.
ILLUSTRATIVE EXAMPLES
Ex. 1. How many 5's are there in the following sequence which are immediately
followed by 3 but not immediately preceded by 7 ?
(Bank P.O. 1*97)
895325385568733577 5 3 65335738
(a) One
ib) Two
(c) Three
(d) Four
(e) More than four
Sol.
As you know, a number which comes after a given number is said to follow
it while the one which comes before the given number precedes it.
Thus, the numbers satisfying the given conditions, can be shown as follows :
89®32[T]385568733577536[5] 335738
Clearly, there are three such numbers. Hence, the answer is (c).
j
Ex. 2. How many even numbers are there in the following sequence of numbers
which are immediately followed by an odd number as well as immediately
preceded by an even number ?
(Bank P.O. 1995)
8676 8 9 32753422355228119
(a) One
(6) Three
(c) Five
(d) Six
(e) None of these
Sol.
As you know, numbers divisible by 2 are called even while those not divisible
by 2 are called odd numbers.
Thus, the numbers satisfying the given conditions, can be shown as follows :
8[B]76r5]93275342(T]3 5 522[8]119
Clearly, there are four such numbers. Hence, the answer is (e).
Ex. 3. In the series,
641228742153862171413286
how many pairs of successive numbers have a difference of 2 each ?
(a) 4
(6) 5
(c) 6
id) 7
( C A T . 1997)
Sol.
Clearly, the pairs of successive numbers having a difference of 2 can be shown
as follows :
[ 6 4 ] 1 2 2 8 7 [ 4 2 ] 1 |TT] [ 8 6 ] 2 17 14 Q T ] 2fg~6]
Thus, there are six such pairs. Hence, the answer is (c).
Ex. 4. How many 8's are there in the following number series whifch are cxactly
divisible by its immediately preceding and also divisible by immediately
succeeding numbers ?
824517284842282698454832843183
(a) 1
(6) 2
(c) 3
id) 4
(e) None of these
417
Copyrighted material
Reasoning
418
Sol. Clearly, the numbers satisfying the given conditions can be shown as follows
8 2 45172[g]4[8]422[8]2698454832[5]43183
Thus, there are four such 8's. Hence the answer is (d).
EXERCISE 11A
1. Which is the third number to the left of the number which is exactly in the
middle of the following sequence of numbers ?
1234 5 6 7 8 9 2 4 6 8 9 7 5 3 1
987654321
(a) 3
(b) 4
(c) 5
(d) 6
(e) 7
2. How many 3's are there in the following sequence which are neither preceded
by 6 nor immediately followed by 9 ?
(S.B.I.P.O. 1994)
9 3 6 6 3 9 5 9 3 7 8 9 1 6 3 9 6 3 9
(o) One
(6) Two
(c) Three
(d) Four (e) None of these
3. Count each 7 which is not immediately preceded by 5 but is immediately followed
by either 2 or 3. How many such 7's are there ?
(S.S.C. 1993)
5 7 2 6 5 7 3 8 3 7 3 2 5 7 2 7 3 4 8 2 6 7 8
(a) 2
"
(b) 3
(c) 4
(d) 5
4. How many 6's are there in the following series of numbers which are preceded
by 7 but not immediately followed by 9 ?
(Railways, 1994)
6 7 9 5 6 9 7 6 8 7 6 7 8 6 9 4 6 7 7 6 9 5 7 6 3
( a ) One
(b) Two
(c) Three
(d) Four
5. How many 7's are there in the following series which are not immediately followed by 3 but immediately preceded by 8 ?
(L.I.C. 1994)
8 9 8 7 6 2 2 6 3 2 6 9 7 3 2 8 7 2 7 7 8 7 3 7 7 9 4
(a) 10
(6) 3
(c) 2
(c0 0
(e) None of these
6. Count each 1 in the following sequence of numbers that is immediately followed
by 2, if 2 is not immediately followed by 3. How many such l's are there ?
1 2 1 3 4 5 1 2 3 5 2 1 2 6 1 4 5 1 1 2 4 1 2 3 2 1 7 5 2 1 2 5
(a) 2
(6) 4
(c) 5
id) 7
(e) 9
7. How many 7's are there in the following series which are preceded by 6 which
is not preceded by 8 ?
(B.S.R.B. 1995)
8 7 6 7 8 6 7 5 6 7 9 7 6 1 6 7^7 6 8 8 6 9 7 6 8 7
(a) Nil
(6) One
(c) Two
(<f) Three (e) None of these
8. In the following list of numerals, how many 2's are followed by l's but not
preceded by 4 ?
( C M 1993)
4 2 1 2 1 4 2 1 1 2 4 4 4 1 2 2 1 2 1 4 4 2 1 4 2 1 2 1 2 4 1 4 2 1 2 4 1 4 6
(a) Two
(6) Three
(c) Four
(d) Five
Directions (Questions 9-10) : Study the number series given below and
answer the questions that follow :
(M.B.A. 1998)
7897653428972459297647
9. How many 7's are preceded by 9 and followed by 6 ?
(a) 2
(6)3
(c)4
10. Which figures have equal frequency ?
(a) 253
(6) 245
(c) 375
(d) 5
(e) None of these
(d) 865
(e) None of these
Copyrighted materia]
Number. Ranking & Time Sequence Test
419
11. How many 6s are there in the following number sequence which are immediately preceded by 9 but not immediately followed by 4 ?
(B.S.R.B. 1998)
56432963164964215967214749642
ia) One
(6) Two
Ic) Three
id) Four
le) More than four
12. In the following series of numbers, find out how many times, 1, 3 and 7 have
appeared together, 7 being in the middle and 1 and 3 on either side of 7 ?
2 9 7 3 17 3 7 7 1 3 3 17 3 8 5 7 1 3 7 7 1 7 3 9 0 6
la) 3
lb) 4
Ic) 5
id) More than 5
le) None of these
(S.B.I.P.O. 1991)
13. In the series,
6 4 1 2 2 8 7 4 2 1 6 3 8 6 2 1 7 1 4 1 3 2 86
how many pairs of alternate numbers have a difference of 2 ?
( C J L T . 1997)
la) One
ib) Two
Ic) Three
Id) Four
14. How many even numbers are there in the following sequence of numbers which
are immediately followed by an odd number as well as immediately preceded
by an even number ?
(Bank P.O. 1996)
8 6 7 6 8 9 3 2 7 5 3 4 2 2 3 5 5 2 2 8 1 19
la) One
(6) Three
Ic) Five
Id) Six
ie) None of these
Directions IQuestions 15 to 17) : Study the following number sequence
and answer the questions given below it :
(Bank P.O. 1995)
51473985726315863852243496
15. How many odd numbers are there in the sequence which are immediately
followed by an odd number ?
ia) 1
lb) 2
Ic) 3
(d) 4
(e) More than 4
16. How many even numbers are there in the sequence which are immediately
preceded by an odd number but immediately followed by an even number ?
la) 1
lb) 2
Ic) 3
id) 4
ie) More than 4
17. How many odd numbers are there in the sequence which are immediately preceded
and also immediately followed by an even number ?
ia) 1
(6) 2
ic) 3
id) 4
ie) More than 4
18. In the following series, how many such odd numbers are there which are
divisible by 3 or 5. then followed by odd numbers and then also followed by
even numbers ?
(S.B.I.P.O. 1995)
12, 19, 21, 3, 25, 18, 35, 20, 22, 21, 45. 46, 47, 48, 9, 50, 52, 54, 55, 56
ia) Nil
(6) One
ic) Two
id) Three
ie) None of these
19. In the following number sequence, how many such even numbers are there
which are exactly divisible by its immediate preceding number but not exactly
divisible by its immediate following number ?
(Bank P.O. 1994)
38415728348939421582
ia) One
(6) Two
(c) Three
id) Four
ie) None of these
20. Nitin was counting down from 32. Sumit was counting upwards the numbers
starting from 1 and he was calling out only the odd numbers. What common
number will they call out at the same time if they were calling out at the same
speed ?
(L.I.C. 1994)
ia) 19
(6) 21
ic) 22
id) They will not call out the same number
le) None of these
Copyrighted mate
420
Reasoning
21. If the first and second digits in the sequence 5 9 8 1 3 2 7 4 3 8 are interchanged,
also the t h i r d and fourth digits, the fifth and sixth digits and so on, which digit
would be the seventh counting to your left ?
(Bank P.O. 1997)
ia) 1
(6) 4
(c) 7
id) 8
ie) None of these
22. If the position of the first and t h e s i x t h digits of the sequence of numbers
8 9 0 3 2 1 4 6 7 5 are interchanged, the second and the seventh and so on,
which number would be seventh from the right end ?
(S.B.I.P.O.1992)
ia) 2
ib) 6
ic) 7
id) 8
ie) 9
23. The letters L, M, N, O, P, Q, R, S and T in their order are substituted by nine
integers 1 to 9 but not in that order. 4 is assigned to P. The difference between
P and T is 5. The difference between N and T is 3. What is the integer assigned
to N ?
L A S. 1994)
ia) 4
(6)5
ic) 6
(ci) 7
24. T h i r t y six vehicles are parked in a parking lot in a single row. After the first
car, there is one scooter. After the second car, there are two scooters. After the
t h i r d car, there are three scooters and so on. Work out the number of scooters
in the second half of the row.
(M.B.A. 1997)
ia) 10
(6) 12
ic) 15
id) 17
25. In the following sequence of instructions, 1 stands for Run, 2 stands for Stop,
3 stands for Go, 4 stands for Sit and 5 stands for Wait. If the sequence were
continued, which instruction w i l l come next ?
4 4 5 4 5 3 4 5 3 1 4 5 3 1 2 4 5 4 5 3 4 5 3
ia) Wait
ib) Sit
ic) Go
'
id) Stop
(e) Run
26. In a school, the following codes were used during physical exercise. T means
'start walking", "2* means 'keep standing*, '3' means 'start r u n n i n g at the same
spot'. 44* means 'sit down'. How many times w i l l a student who performs the
following sequence without error from the beginning to the end have to sit down ?
1 2 3 4 2 3 1 4 4 3 2 2 1 2 4 3 1 4 4 1 2
ia) 2
ib) 3
ic) 4
id) 5
ie) None of these
27. If the numbers from 1 to 45 which are exactly divisible by 3 are arranged in
ascending order, minimum number being on the top, which would come at the
n i n t h place from the top ?
'
(Bank P.O. 1993)
ia) 18
(6) 21
ic) 24
id) 27
ie) 30
28. If the numbers from 5 to 85 which are exactly divisible by 5 are arranged in
descending order, which would come at the eleventh place from the bottom*?
ia) 35
(6) 45
ic) 50
id) 60
(e) None of the*e
(B.S.R.B. 1996)
29. How many numbers from 1 to 100 are there each of which is not only exactly
divisible by 4 but also has 4 as a digit ?
ia) 7
(6) 10
ic) 20
. id) 21
ie) More than 21
30. How many numbers amongst the numbers 9 to 54 are there which are exactly
divisible by 9 but not by 3 ?
(Railways, 1995)
ia) 8
(6)6
ic) 5
id) N i l
31. How many numbers from 11 to 50 are there which are exactly divisible by 7
but not by 3 ?
ia) Two
(6) Four
ic) Five
id) Six
(e) Seven
Copyrighted material
Number, Ranking & Time Sequence Test
421
32. A number is greater than 3 but less than 8. Also, it is greater than 6 but less
than 10. The number is
(a) 5
ib) 6
(c) 7
(d) 8
(e) 9
ANSWERS
1. (6): There are 27 numbers in the given sequence.
So. middle number - 14th number - 9.
Clearly, the third number to the left of this 9 is 4.
2. (f>): 9 [ 3 ] 6 6 3 9 5 9 0] 7 8 9 1 6 3 9 6 3 9
3. (a): 5 7 2 6 5 7 3 8 3
0 3 2 5 7 2 0 3 4 8 2 6 7 8
4. (c): 6 7 9 5 6 9 7 [IT] 8 7 [ j f ] 7 8 6 9 4 6 7 7 6 9 5 7 0] 3
5 . (c): 8 9 8 [ 0 6 2 2 6 3 2 6 9 7 3 2 8 [ 0 2 7 7 8 7 7 7 9 4
6.(6):Q]2l34512352[T]26145l|T]2412321752|T|25
7. (<f): 8 7 6 0] 8 6 7 5 6 0 9 7 6 0 6 [0 7 6 8 8 6 9 7 6 8 7
8 . (c): 4 2 1 { 0 1 4 2 1 1 2 4 4 4 1 2 [If] 1 [IT] 1 4 4 2 1 4 2 1 [ 2 ] 1 2 4 1 4 2 1 2 4 1 4 6
9. (a): 7 8 9 {0 6 5 3 4 2 8 9 7 2 4 5 9 2 9 [0 6 4 7
10. id): In the given scries, 2 occurs 3 times; 3 occurs once; 4 occurs 3 times; 5 occurs 2
times; 6 occurs 2 times; 7 occurs 5 times; 8 occurs 2 times and 9 occurs 4 times.
Clearly, the frequency of 5. 6 and 8 is the same i*., 2.
11.(6): 5 6 4 3 2 9 03 1 6 4 9 6 4 2 1 5 9 07 2 1 4 7 4 9 6 4 2
12. (a): 2 9 7 3 1 7 3 7 7 1 3 3 1 7 3 8 5 7 1 3 7 7 1 7 3 9 0 6
13. (6) : We proceed by checking the difference between pairs of alternate numbers i.e., (6,1),
(4,2), (1,2), (2,8), (2,7), (8,4), (7,2), (4,1), (2,5), (1.3). (5.8). (3.6). (8.2). (6.1). (2.7). (1,1),
(7.4). (1,1), (4.3). (1.2). (3.8). and (2.6). Of these, the pairs with a difference of 2
are (4.2) and (1.3). Clearly, there are two such pairs.
14. (e):
8 0 7 6 0 9 3 2 7 5 3 4 2 0 3 5 5 2 2 0 1 1 9
15. («):'
5 1 4 0 0 9 8 0 7 2 6 0 0 5 8 6 3 8 5 2 2 4 3 4 9 6
16. ( c ) : 5 1 4 7 3 9 8 5 7 0 6 3 1 5 0 6 3 8 5 0 2 4 3 4 9 6
17. (d) " S 1 4 7 3 9 8 5 7 2 6 3 1 5 8 6 0 8 0 2 2 4 0 4 0 6
18. (c): 12, 19. 21, 0 , 25, 18, 35. 20, 22. >2l], 45. 46, 47. 48, 9. 50, 52. 54. 55. 56
19. (6):
3 8 4 1 5 7 2 0 3 4 0 9 3 9 4 2 1 5 8 2
20. (d): Nitin : 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20...
Sumit : 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 26...
Clearly, both will never call out the same number.
21. (rf) : The new sequence becomes 9 5 1 8 2 3 4 7 8 3.
Counting to the left, the seventh number is 8.
22. (c): The new sequence becomes 1 4 6 7 5 8 9 0 3 2.
From the right end, the seventh number is 7.
23. (c): P = 4 and T - P • 5 => T » 9 .
T - N = 3 and T = 9 =» N = 6.
Copyrighted material
Reasoning
422
24.
(c):
25.
(e):
26. (c) :
27. ( d ) :
28. <e):
29. (a):
30. id):
31.(6):
32.
(c):
Let C and S denote car and scooter respectively.
Then, the sequence of parking is
,
C S C S S C S S S C S S 8 S C S 8 SjS S C S S S S S S C S S S S S S S C
The above sequence has been divided into two equal halves by a line.
Clearly, number of scooters in second half of the row = 15.
The given sequence may be analysed as under :
4 / 45 / 453 / 4531 / 45312 / 45 / 453 / 453
Following the above sequence, the next number is 1 which stands for 'Run'.
Clearly, the student will have to sit down at the places marked by boxes :
1 2 3 0 2 3 1 [ T I ] 3 2 2 1 2 0 3 1 [44] 1 2
The required numbers in ascending order are :
3. 6. 9. 12, 15. 18. 21, 24. 27, 30, 33, 36, 39, 42, 45.
If the minimum number i.e., 3 is considered to be at the top. the ninth number from
the top is 27.
The required numbers in descending order are :
85. 80. 75, 70. 65. 60, 55. 60, 45. 40, 35, 30, 25, 20, 15, 10, 5.
The eleventh number from the bottom is 55.
The numbers from 1 to 100 which are exactly divisible by 4 are 4, 8, 12, 16, 20. 24,
28, 32, 36, 40, 44, 48, 52, 56, 60, 64, 68, 72, 76. 80, 84, 88, 92. 96, 100.
But each number should have 4 as its digit.
The required numbers are 4, 24, 40, 44, 48, 64, 84. Clearly, there are 7 such
numbers.
Any number divisible by 9 is also divisible by 3.
The numbers from 11 to 50. which are divisible by 7 are 14, 21, 28. 35. 42. 49. But
out of these. 21 and 42 are divisible by 3.
.*. The required numbers are 14, 28, 35, 49.
Clearly, there are four such numbers.
According to first condition, the number is greater than 3 but less than 8. Such
numbers are 4, 5, 6, 7.
According to the second condition, the number is greater than 6 but less than 10.
Such numbers are 7, 8. 9.
Clearly, the required number is the number satisfying both the above conditions i.e., 7.
TYPE 2 : RANKING TEST
In this, generally the ranks of a person both from the top and from the bottom
are mentioned and the total number of persons is asked. However, sometimes this
question is put in the form of a puzzle of interchanging seats by two persons.
ILLUSTRATIVE EXAMPLES
E x . 1. Rahul ranked ninth from the top and t h i r t y eighth from the bottom in a
class. How many students are there in the class ?
(M.B.A. 1998)
(a) 45
(6) 46
(c) 47
(d) 48
Sol. Clearly, the whole class consists o f :
(i) 8 students who have a rank higher than Rahul;
(ii) Rahul; and
(iu) 37 students who have rank lower than Rahul.
ije.% (8 + 1 + 37) = 46 students.
Hence, the answer is (6).
Copyrighted material
Number, Ranking & Time Sequence Test
423
E x . 2. In a row of 21 girls, when Monika was shifted by four places towards the
right, she became 12th from the left end. What was her earlier position from
the r i g h t end of the row ?
ia) 9 t h
(6) 10th
ic) 11th
id) 12th
(e) 14th
Sol.
The change of place by Monika can be shown as under :
1
2
3
4
5 6 7 8 9
i
10
11
M
*
13
14
15
16
17
18
19 20 21
Clearly, Monika's earlier position was 8th from the left end and 14th f r o m
the right end. Hence, the answer is (e).
E x . 3. In a row of boys, Deepak is seventh from the left and Madhu is t w e l f t h f r o m
the right. If they interchange their positions, Deepak becomes twenty-second
from the left. How many boys are there in the row ?
(B.S.R.B. 1996)
(a) 19
(b) 31
ic) 33
(d) Cannot be determined
(e) None of these
Sol.
Deepak's new position is 22nd from left. But it is the same as Madhu's earlier
position which is 12th from the right.
Thus, the row consists of (21 + 1 + 11) - 33 boys.
Hence, the answer is (c).
EXERCISE 11B
1. In a row of trees, one tree is fifth from either end of the row. How many trees
are there in the row ?
(Assistant Grade, 1995)
(a) 8
(b) 9
(c) 10
(d) 11
2. In a queue, A m r i t a is 10th from the front while M u k u l is 25th from behind and
M a m t a is j u s t in the middle of the two. If there be 50 persons in t h e queue,
what position does M a m t a occupy from the front ?
(C.A.T. 1997)
ia) 20th
(6) 19th
(c) 18th
(d) 17th
3. Raman ranks sixteenth from the top and forty n i n t h from the bottom in a class.
How many students are there in the class ?
(B.8.R.B. 1998)
ia) 64
(b) 65
(c) 66
(d) Cannot be determined
(e) None of these
4. Saiyeev ranks seventh from the top and twenty eighth from the bottom in a
class. How many students are there in the class ?
(Railways, 1998)
(a) 37
(6) 36
(c) 35
(d) 34
5. If A t u l finds t h a t he is t w e l f t h from the right in a line of boys and fourth from
the left, how many boys should be added to the line such that there are 28 boys
in the line ?
(L.I.C. 1994)
(a) 12
(b) 13
(c) 14
id) 20
ie) None of these
6. Manisha ranked sixteenth from the top and twenty n i n t h from the bottom among
those who passed an examination. Six boys did not participate in the competition
and five failed in it. How many boys were there in the class ?
(a) 40
(6) 44
(c) 50
id)-55
(e) 58
(Bank P.O. 1997)
7. Some boys are s i t t i n g in a row. P is s i t t i n g fourteenth from the left and Q is
seventh from the right. If there are four boys between P and Q, how many boys
are there in the row ?
ia) 25
(6) 23
(c) 21
id) 19
ie) None of these
Copyrighted material
Reasoning
424
8. Aruna ranks twelfth in a class of forty-six. What w i l l be her rank from the last ?
(B.S.R.B. 1997)
9.
10.
11.
12.
(a) 33
ib) 34
(c) 35
(d) 37
(e) None of these
Manoj and Sachin are ranked seventh and eleventh respectively from the top
in a class of 31 students. What w i l l be their respective ranks from the bottom
in the class ?
ia) 20th and 24th
ib) 24th and 20th
(c) 25th and 21st
id) 26th and 22nd
(e) None of these
Ravi is 7 ranks ahead of Sumit in a class of 39. If Sumit's rank is seventeenth
from the last, what is Ravi's rank from the start ?
(R.R.B.1998)
(a) 14 th
(6) 15th
(c) 16th
\
id) 17th
In a class of 60. where girls are twice that of boys, Kamal ranked seventeenth
from the top. If there are 9 girls ahead of Kamal, how many boys are after h i m
in rank ?
'
(B.S.R.B. 1995)
(a) 3
(6) 7
(c) 12
id) 23
(e) 32
In a row of ten boys, when Rohit was shifted by two places towards the left, he
became seventh from the left end. What was his earlier position from the right
end of the row ?
( S A C . 1995)
(a) First
ib) Second
(c) Fourth
id) Sixth
13. In a queue. Vijay is fourteenth from the front and Jack is seventeenth from the
end, while Mary is in between Vijay and Jack. If Vyay be ahead of Jack and
there be 48 persons in the queue, how many persons are there between Vyay
and Mary ?
(M.B.A. 1994)
(a) 8
ib) 7
(c) 6
id) 5
ie) None of these
14. In a row of girls, Rita and Monika occupy the n i n t h place from the right end
and tenth place from the left end, respectively. If they interchange their places,
Rita and Monika occupy seventeenth place from the right and eighteenth place
from the left, respectively. How many girls are there in the row ?
ia) 25
(6) 26
ic) 27
id) Data inadequate
(e) None of these
(Bank P.O. 1997)
15. In a row of girls. Shilpa is eighth from the left and Reena is seventeenth from
the right. If they interchange their positions. Shilpa becomes fourteenth from
the left. How many girls are there in the row ?
(B.S.R.B. 1996)
(a) 25
(6) 27
(c) 29
(d) 32
(e) None of these
16. In a queue of children, Kashish is fifth from the left and Mona is sixth from
the right. When they interchange their places among themselves, Kashish becomes
thirteenth from the left. Then, what w i l l be Mona's position from the right ?
(a) 4 t h
ib) 8 t h
ic) 14th
id) 15th
(I. Tax & Central Excise. 1995)
17. In a row of boys, Kapil is eighth from the right and N i k u n j is twelfth from the
left. When Kapil and Nikunj interchange positions, Nikunj becomes twenty first
from the left. Which of the following w i l l be Kapil's position from the right ?
(a) 8th
ib) 17th
ic) 21st
id) Cannot be determined
(e) None of these
(Bank P.O. 1995)
Copyrighted material
Number, Ranking & Time Sequence Test
425
18. Three persons A, B and C are standing in a queue. There are five persons
between A and B and eight persons between B and C. If there be three persons
ahead of C and 21 persons behind A, what could be the m i n i m u m number of
persons in the queue ?
(Hotel Management, 1997)
(a) 41
(b) 40
(c) 28
(d) 27
ANSWERS
1. (6): Clearly, number of trees in the row = (4 • 1 + 4) = 9.
2. (c): Number of persons between Amrita and Mukul « 50 -(10 • 25) ® 15.
Since Mamta lies in middle of these 15 persons, so Mamta's position is 8th from
Amrita i.e. 18th from the front.
3. (o): CleaHy. number of students in the class »(15 + 1 • 48) = 64
4. id): Clearly, number of students in the class = (6 4-1 + 27) • 34.
5. (6): Clearly, number of boys in the line = (11 • 1 + 3) = 15.
.\ Number of boys to be added = 28 - 15 = 13.
6. (d) : Number of boys who passed = (15
+ 28) a 44.
Total number of boys in the class = 44 + 6 + 5 = 55
7. (a): Number of boys in the row
= number of boys uptil P • number of boys between P and Q
• number of boys including Q and those behind Q
« 14 ^ 4 • 7 * 25
8. (c): Number of students behind Aruna in rank = (46 - 12) = 34.
So, Aruna is 35th from the last.
9. (c): Number of students behind Manoj in rank • (31 - 7) = 24.
So, Manoj is 25th from the bottom.
Number of students behind Sachin in rank = (31 - 11) = 20.
So, Sachin is 21st from the bottom.
10. (c): Sumit is 17th from the last and Ravi is 7 ranks ahead of Sumit. So, Ravi is 24th
from the last.
Number of students ahead of Ravi in rank = (39 - 24) m 15.
So, Ravi is 16th from the start.
11. (c): Let the number of boys be x. Then, number of girls = 2x.
x + 2x = 60 or 3x = 60 or * = 20.
So, number of boys = 20 and number of girls = 40.
Number of students behind Kamal in rank = (60 - 17) = 43.
Number of girls ahead of Kamal in rank * 9.
Number of girls behind Kamal in rank = 40 - 9 * 31.
/. Number of boys behind Kamal in rank * 43 - 31 • 12.
12. (6): Number of boys in the row = 10.
Rohit's new position is 7th from the left or 4th from the right.
His earlier position was two places to the right of his new position i.e., his earlier
position was second from the right.
13. (a) : Number of persons between Vijay and Jack = 48 - (14 + 17) = 17.
Now. Mary lies in middle of these 17 persons i£.f at the eighth position.
So. number of persons between Vijay and Mar}' 7.
14. (6) : Since Rita and Monika exchange places, so Rita's new position is the same as Monika's
earlier position.
This position is 17th from the right and 10th from the left.
Number of girls in the row =• (16 + 1 • 9) = 26.
Copyrighted material
i
Reasoning
426
16. (e): Since Shilpa and Reena interchange positions, so Shilpa's new position is the same
as Reena's earlier position.
This position is 14th from the left (Shilpa s new position) and 17th from the right
(Reena's earlier position).
Number of girls in the row = (13 + 1 + 16) = 30.
16. (c): Since Kashish and Mona interchange places, so Kashish's new position (13th from
left) is the same as Mona's earlier position (6th from right).
So. number of children in the queue = (12 + 1 + 5) = 18.
Now, Mona s new position is the same as Kashish's earlier position u . , fifth from
left.
Monas position from the right = (18 - 4) * 14th.
17. (6): Since Kapil and Nikunj interchange places, so Nikunj'* new position (21st from left)
is the same as Kapil's earlier position (8th from right).
So, number of boys in the row = (20 + 1 + 7) = 28.
Now. Kapil's new position is the same as Nikunj's earlier position i£.t 12th from left.
Kapil's position from the right = ( 2 8 - 11) = 17th.
18. (c): Three persons A, B, C can be arranged in a queue in six different ways
ABC.
CBA, BAC, CAB, BCA, ACB. But since there are only 3 persons ahead of C, so C
should be in front of the queue. Thus, there are only two possible arrangements
i.e., CBA and CAB. We may consider the two cases as under :
3
8
5
21
Case I : <
C<
•B<
•A
•
Clearly, number of persons in the queue =(3 + 1+ 8 + 1+ 5 + 1+ 21) = 40,
3
5
Case II : <
C
A<
•B
Number of persons between A and C = (8 - 6) = 2.
Clearly, number of persons in the queue • ( 3 + l + 2 + l + 21)«28.
Now, 28 < 40. So, 28 is the minimum number of persons in the queue.
TYPE 3 : TIME S E Q U E N C E TEST
Ex. I. Satish remembers t h a t his brother's birthday is after fifteenth b u t before
eighteenth of February whereas his sister fcyal remembers that her brother's
birthday is after sixteenth but before nineteenth of February. On which day
in February is Satish's brother's birthday ?
(Bank P.O. 1998)
(a) 16th
(6) 17th
(c) 18th
(d) 19th
(e) None of these
Sol.
According to Satish, the brother's birthday is on one of the days among 16th
and 17th February.
According to Kajal, the brother's birthday is on one of the days among 17th
and 18th February.
Clearly, Satish's brother s birthday is on the day common to both the above
groups j * . , 17th February.
Hence, the answer is (6).
E x . 2. A bus for Delhi leaves every t h i r t y minutes from a bus stand. An enquiry
clerk told a passenger t h a t the bus had already left ten minutes ago and the
next bus w i l l leave at 9.35 a.m. At what time did the enquiry clerk give this
information to the passenger ?
(a) 9.10 a.m.
(d) 9.05 a.m.
(6) 8.55 a.m.
(e) 9.15 a.m.
(c) 9.08 p.m.
Copyrighted material
4
i
Number, Ranking & Time Sequence Test
427
Sol.
The next bus will leave at 9.35 a.m. This means that the previous bus had
left at 9.05 a.m. But it happened ten minutes before the clerk gave the information to the passenger.
Thus, the enquiry clerk gave the information at 9.15 a.m.
Hence, the answer is (e).
Ex. 3. If the seventh day of a month is three days earlier than Friday, what day
will it be on the nineteenth day of the month ?
(C.B.I. 1994)
(a) Sunday
(/>) Monday
(c) Wednesday
(d) Friday
Sol.
As mentioned, the seventh day of the month is three days earlier than Friday,
which is Tuesday.
So. the fourteenth day is also Tuesday and thus, the nineteenth day is Sunday.
Hence, the answer is (a).
Ex. 4. If it was Saturday on 17th December, 1982 what will be the day on 22nd
December, 1984 ?
(R.R.B. 1998)
(a) Monday
(6) Tuesday
(c) Wednesday
(</) Sunday
Sol.
Clearly, every day repeats itself on the seventh day. Now, 17th Dec. 198217th Dec. 1983 is a period of 365 days. Dividing by 7, we get 52 weeks and
one day. Thus, the 365th day will be the same as the first day i.e., 16th Dec.
1983 is also Saturday.
Now, 16th Dec, 1983-16th Dec, 1984 is a period of 366 days (because 1984,
being a leap year, has 29 days in February). Thus, as shown above, 14th
Dec. 1984 will be the same as 16th Dec. 1983
Saturday. So, 21st Dec.
1984 is also Saturday and thus. 22nd Dec. 1984 is a Sunday.
Hence, the answer is (d).
Note : For such questions as Ex. 4. re member
(i) A year has 365 days.
(ii) Years, divisible by 4, are leap years eg., 1980, 1984, 1988, 1992, 1996,...
They have 366 days.
(ui) February in a leap year has 29 days.
(if) The last day of a year is the same as first day.
Thus, if the first day of a year is Friday, then the last day of the year is
Friday and the first day of the next year is Saturday.
However, if the first day of a leap year is Friday, then the last day of the
year is Saturday and the first day of the next year is Sunday.
EXERCISE 11C
1. Kailash remembers that his brother Deepak's birthday falls after 20th May but
before 28th May, while Geeta remembers that Deepak's birthday falls before
22nd May but after 12th May. On what date Deepak's birthday falls ?
(a) 20th May
(6) 21st May
(c) 22nd May
Id) Cannot be determined
(e) None of these
2. Sangeeta remembers that her father's birthday was certainly after eighth but
before thirteenth of December. Her sister Natasha remembers that their father's
birthday was definitely after ninth but before fourteenth of December. On which
date of December was their father's birthday ?
(Bank P.O. 1998)
Copyrighted mate
!
9
Reasoning
428
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
(a) 10th
(6) 11th
(c) 12th
(d) Data inadequate
(e) None of these
Standing on a platform, Amit told Sunita that Aligarh was more than ten
kilometres but less than fifteen kilometres from there. Sunita knew that it was
more than twelve but less then fourteen kilometres from there. If both of them
were correct, which of the following could be the distance of Aligarh from the
platform ?
(R8.R.B. 1997)
(a) 11 km
(b) 12 km
(c) 13 km
[d) 14 km
(e) 15 km
Ashish leaves his house at 20 minutes to seven in the morning, reaches Kunal's
house in 25 minutes, they finish their breakfast in another 15 minutes and
leave for their office which takes another 35 minutes. At what time do they
leave Kunal's house to reach their office ?
(Bank P.O. 1997)
(a) 7.40 a.m. (6) 7.20 a.m.
(c) 7.45 a.m.
(d) 8.15 a.m.
(e) 7.55 a.m.
Ajay left home for the bus stop 15 minutes earlier than usual. It takes 10
minutes to reach the stop. He reached the stop at 8.40 a.m. What time does he
usually leave home for the bus stop ?
(L.I.C. 1994)
(a) 8.30 a.m.
(6) 8.45 p.m.
(c) 8.55 a.m.
(d) Data inadequate
(e) None of these
Reaching the place of meeting on Tuesday 15 minutes before 08.30 hourfc, Anuj
found himself half an hour earlier than the man who was 40 minutes late. What
was the scheduled time of the meeting ?
(8.8.C. 1996)
(a) 8.00 hrs (b) 8.05 hrs
(c) 8.15 hrs
(d) 8.45 hrs
The priest told the devotee, T h e temple bell is rung at regular intervals of 45
minutes. The last bell was rung five minutes ago. The next bell is due to be
rung at 7.45 a.m." At what time did the priest give this information to the
devotee ?
(B.8.R.B. 1996)
(a) 7.40 a.m.
(b) 7.05 a.m.
(c) 7.00 a.m.
(d) 6.55 a.m.
(e) None of these
The train for Lucknow leaves every two and a half hours from New Delhi Railway
Station. An announcement was made at the station that the train for Lucknow
had left 40 minutes ago and the next train will leave at 18.00 hrs. At what time
was the announcement made ?
(a) 15.30 hrs
(6) 17.10 hrs
(c) 16.00 hrs
(d) 15.50 hrs
(e) None of these
An application was received by inward clerk in the afternoon of a week day.
Next day he forwarded it to the table of the senior clerk, who was on leave that
day. The senior clerk next day evening put up the application to the desk officer.
Desk officer studied the application and disposed off the matter on the same
day i.e., Friday. Which day was the application received by the inward clerk ?
(a) Monday
(6) Tuesday
(c) Wednesday
(d) Earlier week's Saturday
(e) None of these
(Bank P.O. 1997)
There are twenty people working in an office. The first group of five works
between 8.00 A.M. and 2.00 P.M. The second group often works between 10.00
A.M. and 4.00 P.M. And the third group of five works between 12 noon and
6.00 P.M. There are three computers in the office which all the employees frequently use. During which of the following hours the computers are likely to be
used most ?
(C3.1.1996)
Copyrighted material
t
I
Number, Ranking & Time Sequence Test
429
(a) 10.00 A.M. — 12 noon
(6) 12 noon — 2.00 P.M.
(c) 1.00 P.M. — 3.00 P.M.
(d) 2.00 P.M. — 4.00 P.M.
11. A monkey climbs 30 feet at the beginning of each hour and rests for a while
when he slips back 20 feet before be again starts climbing in the beginning of
the next hour. If he begins his ascent at 8.00 a.m., at what time will he first
touch a flag at 120 feet from the ground ?
(M.B.A. 1997)
(a) 4 p.m.
(6) 5 p.m.
(c) 6 p.m.
(d) None of these
D i r e c t i o n s (Questions 12 to 14): Study the following information carefully
and answer ihe questions given below it :
(S.B.I.P.O. 1997)
(I) Kamal is available at home from 12 noon to 4 p.m. on Tuesday, Thursday
and Sunday.
(II) His younger brother Navin is available at home on Monday, Thursday.
Friday and Sunday between 10 a.m. to 2 p.m.
( I l l ) The eldest brother Rajiv is available between 9 a.m. to 12 noon on Monday,
Wednesday and Thursday and 2 p.m. to 4 p.m. on Friday, Saturday and
Sunday.
12. At a time, on which day of a week all the three brothers are available at home ?
(a) None
(b) Sunday
(c) Thursday
(d) Cannot be determined
(e) None of these
13. For how many days only one brother is available at a particular time in a week ?
(a) One
(6) Two
(c) Three
(d) Four
(e) None of these
14. On which day(s) of a week, the youngest and the eldest brothers are available
at home at the same time ?
(a) Only Monday
(6) Only Thursday
(c) Only Friday
(d) Both Monday and Thursday (e) Both Sunday and Friday
15. If the day before yesterday was Thursday, when will Sunday be ?
(a) Today
(b) Two days after today
(c) Tomorrow
(d) Day after tomorrow
(Section Officers 1 1993)
16. If the day before yesterday was Saturday, what day will fall on the day after
tomorrow ?
(CJ.1. 1993)
(a) Friday
(6) Thursday
(c) Wednesday
(d) Tuesday
17. Mohini went to the movies nine days ago. She goes to the movies only on Thursday.
What day of the week is today ?
(Railways, 1994)
(a) Thursday
(6) Saturday
(c) Sunday
id) Tuesday
18< If the third day of a month is Monday, which of the following will be the fifth
day from 21st of the month ?
• (a) Monday
(6) Tuesday
(c) Wednesday
(d) Thursday
(e) None of these
19. 1.12.91 is the first Sunday. Which is the fourth Tuesday of December 91 ?
(a) 17.12.91
(6) 24.12.91
(c) 26.12.91
(d) 31.12.91
(CJUL 1994)
20. If Thursday was the day after the day before yesterday five days ago. what is
the least number of days ago when Sunday was three days before the day after
tomorrow ?
(Railway*, 1994)
(a) Two
(6) Three
(c) Four
(d) Five
Copyrighted material
V
Reasoning
430
21. If the 25th of August in a year is Thursday, the number of Mondays in that
month is
(S.S.C. 1996)
(a) 3
(6) 4
ic) 5
id) 6
n
22. If 1st October is Sunday, then 1st November w i l l be (C.A/T. 1997; R.R.B. 1998)
ia) Monday
ib) Tuesday
(c) Wednesday
(d) Thursday
23. If 3rd December, 1990 is Sunday, what day is 3rd January, 1991 ? (S.S.C. 1994)
ia) Tuesday
(6) Wednesday
(c) Thursday
id) Friday
24. If February 1, 1996 is Wednesday, what day is March 3, 1996 ? (M.B.A. 1996)
(a) Monday
ib) Sunday
ic) Saturday
id) Friday
25. If the first day of the year (other than the leap year) was Friday, then which
was the last day of that year ?
(S.S.C. 1996)
ia) Monday
(b) Friday
ic) Saturday
id) Sunday
26. If 18th February, 1997 falls on Tuesday then what w i l l be the day on 18th
February, 1999 ?
(Railways, 1998)
ia) Monday
(6) Tuesday
ic) Thursday
id) Friday
27. How many days w i l l there be from 26th January, 1996 to 15th May, 1996 (both
days included) ?
ia) 110
(6) 111
ic) 112
id) 113
ie) None of these
28. Which two months in a year have the same calendar ?
(a) June, October
(6) April, November
ic) April, July
id) October, December
ANSWERS
1. ib): According to Kailash, Deepak's birthday falls on one of the days among 21st, 22nd,
1
23rd, 24th, 25th. 26th and 27th May
According to Geeta, Deepak's birthday falls on one of the days among 13th, 14th,
15th, 16th. 17th. 18th, 19th, 20th and 21st May.
The day common to both the groups is 21st May.
Deepak's birthday falls on 21st May.
2. id): According to Sangeeta, the father's birthday falls on one of the days among 9th.
10th. 11th and 12th December. According to Natasha, the fathers birthday falls on
one of the days among 10th, 11th, 12th and 13th December.
The days common to both tho groups are 10th, U t h and 12th December. So, the
father's birthday falls on any one of those days.
3. ic): Clearly, according to Sunita, the distance was more than 12 kms but less than 14
kms. which is 13 kms.
4. (6): Ashish leaves his house at 6.40 a.m
He reaches Kunal's house in 25 minutes i.e., at 7.05 a.m.
Both leave for office 15 minutes after 7.05 a.m. i.e., at 7.20 a.m.
5. ie): Clearly. Ajay left home 10 minutes before 8.40 a.m. i.e., at 8.30 a.m. But it was 15
minutes earlier than usual. So, he usually left for the stop at 8.45 a.m.
6. (6): Anuj reached the place at 08.15 hours.
Clearly, the man who was 40 minutes late would reach the place at 08.45 hours.
So, the scheduled time of the meeting was 08.05 hours.
7. (6): Clearly, the last bell rang 45 minutes before 7.45 a.m. Le., at 7.00 a.m. But it happened
five minutes before the priest gave the information to the devotee. So, the information
was given at 7 05 a.m.
- -
Copyrighted material
Number; Ranking & Time Sequence Test
431
8. (e): Clearly, the last train left two and a half hours before 18.00 hours i.e. at 15.30 hours.
But this happened 40 minutes before the announcement was made. So, the announcement was made at 16.10 hours.
9. (c) : Desk officer received the application on Friday.
Clearly, the application was forwarded to the table of the senior clerk on Thursday.
So. the application was received by the inward clerk on Wednesday.
10. (6): Clearly, the computers would be used most when all the three groups are working
simultaneously and thin happens during the period 12 noon to 2 p.m.
11. (c): Clearly, the monkey climbs 10 feet in one hour.
So. it will climb upto a height of 90 feet in 9 hours i.e., at 5.00 p.m. It will then
ascend a height of 30 feet in the next hour to touch the peak at 6.00 p.m.
Question* 12-14 ,
We prepare a table as under :
9 a.m. to 10 a.m.
Mon
R
10 a.m. to 12 noon
N.R
12 noon to 2 p.m.
2 p.m. to 4 p.m.
H
Tue
K
K
Wed
Thu
R
R
R
N. R
N
N
K, N
N
K,N
K
Fri
R
Sat
Sun
R
K. R
12. (a) : Clearly, all the three brothers are not available at the same time on any day of the
week.
13. (d) : Clearly, one brother is available at a particular time on all seven days of the week.
14. (d) : Clearly. Navin and Rajiv are available at home at the same time on Monday and
Thursday
15. (c): If day before yesterday was Thursday, so today is Saturday.
/. Tomorrow will be Sunday.
16. (c) : If day before yesterday was Saturday, so today is Monday.
Thus, tomorrow will be Tuesday and day after tomorrow will be Wednesday.
17. (b): Clearly, nine days ago. it was Thursday.
Today is Saturday.
18. (c): The 3rd day is Monday. So. the 10th and 17th days are also Mondays.
Thus, the 21st day is Friday.
.'. The fifth day from the 21st will be Wednesday.
19. (b): 1.12.91 is the first Sunday of December 91.
So, 3.12.91 is the first Tuesday of the month.
Clearly, 10.12.91, 17.12.91, 24.12.91 and 31.12.91 are also Tuesdays.
So, 24.12.91 is the fourth Tuesday.
20. (a): Day after the day before yesterday is yesterday.
Now. five days ago. yesterday was Thursday.
So. five days ago. it was Friday.
Today is Wednesday.
Now, three days before the day after tomorrow is yesterday.
Now. it is on Monday that we say *Yesterday was Sunday.
21. (c): 25th August is a Thursday.
So, 22nd August is a Monday.
So. Mondays fall on 1st. 8th. 15th, 22nd and 29th of August.
Thus, there are five Mondays.
Copyrighted materi|
i
Reasoning
432
22. (c): Clearly 1st, 8th, 15th. 22nd. and 29th October are Sundays.
So, 31st October is Tuesday.
.'. 1st November will be Wednesday.
23. (6): Clearly. 3rd. 10th. 17th. 24th and 31st December 1990 are Sundays.
So. 1st January 1991 is Monday and 3rd January 1991 is Wednesday.
24. (c): 1996 is a leap year and so February has 29 days.
Now. 1st. 8th, 15th. 22nd and 29th February are Wednesdays.
•So, 1st March is Thursday and 3rd March is Saturday.
25. (6) : If the year is not a leap year, then the last day of the year is the same as the first
day.
26. (c): 18th February, 1997 was Tuesday.
So. 18th February. 1998 was Wednesday.
18th February. 1999 will be Thursday.
27. (6): Number of days = (6 + 29 + 31 + 30 + 15) = 111.
Note : 1988 is a leap year. So. number of days in February = 29.
28. (c) : Two months will have the same calendar if the period between them is divisible by
7. Now.
(а) June • July + Aug. + Sep. » 30 + 31 + 31 + 30 » 122 (not divisible by 7)
(б) Apr. • May + June + July • Aug. + Sep. + Oct.
= 30 + 31 + 30 + 31 • 31 + 30 • 31
• 213 (not divisible by 7)
(c) Apr. + May + June
« 30 + 31 + 30 = 91 (divisible by 7)
(rf) October + November
* 31+ 30 = 61 (not divisible by 7)
Copyrighted material
t
*
\
12. MATHEMATICAL OPERATIONS
This section deals with questions on simple mathematical operations. Here, the
four fundamental operations — addition, subtraction, multiplication and division and
also statements such as less than\ 'greater than', 'equal to', 'not equal to1, etc. are
represented by symbols, different from the usual ones. The questions involving these
operations are set using artificial symbols. The candidate has to substitute the real
signs and solve the questions accordingly, to get the answer.
TYPE 1 : PROBLEM-SOLVING BY SUBSTITUTION
In this type, you are provided with substitutes for various mathematical symbols,
followed by a question involving calculation of an expression or choosing the correct/
incorrect equation. The candidate is required to put in the real signs in the given
equation and then solve the questions as required.
Note : While solving a mathematical expression, proceed according to the rule
BODMAS — i.e., Brackets, Of, Division, Multiplication, Addition, Subtraction.
eg., (36 - 1 2 ) + 4 + 6 + 2 x 3 = 24 + 4 + 6 + 2 x 3 (Solving Bracket)
= 6 + 3x3
(Solving Division)
= 6+9
(Solving Multiplication)
= 15
(Solving Addition)
ILLUSTRATIVE EXAMPLES"
Ex. 1. If V means 'divided by1, 4- means 'multiplied by', V means 'minus and V
means 'plus', which of the following will be the value of the expression
16+ 8- 4 + 2 x 4 ?
(Bank P.O. 1995)
(a) 16
(6) '28
(c) 32
(d) 44
(e) None of these
Sol.
Putting the proper signs in the given expression, we get :
16+ 8 x 4 + 2- 4 = 16+ 8 x 2 - 4 = 16+ 16 - 4 = 32 - 4 = 28.
So, the answer is (6).
Ex. 2. If + means +, - means x, + means + and x means
then
36 x 12 + 4 + 6 + 2 - 3 = ?
(a) 2
(6) 18
(c) 42
Id) 6 |
(e) None of these
Sol.
Using the proper signs, we get :
3 6 - 12 + 4 + 6 + 2 x 3 = 3 6 - 3 + 3 x 3 = 3 6 - 3 + 9 = 4 5 - 3 = 4 2 .
So, the answer is (c).
Ex. 3. If A means 'plus', B means 'minus', C means 'divided by' and D means 'multiplied
by', then 18 A 12 C 6 D 2 B 5 = ?
(B.S.R.B. 1996)
(a) 15
(6) 25
(c) 27
(tf) 45
(e) None of these
Sol.
Using the proper signs, we get :
Given expression = 18+12+ 6 x 2 - 5 = 18+ 2 x 2 - 5
= 18 + 4- 5 - 2 2 - 5 = 17.
So. the answer is (*).
433
Copyrighted materia
Reasoning
434
E x . 4. If x stands for
+ stands for +, + stands for + and - stands for x, which
one of the following equations is correct ?
(S.8.C. 199«)
(a) 15 - 5 + 6 x 20 + 10 = 6
(6) 8 + 10 - 3 + 5 x 6 = 8
(c) 6 x 2 + 3 + 12 - 3 = 15
(d) 3 + 7 - 5 x 1 0 + 3 = 10
8 o L Using the proper signs, we get :
Expression in (a) = 15 x 5 + 5 - 20 + 10 = 15 x 5 + 5 - 2 = 75 + 5 - 2 = 78.
3 "
Expression i n ( 6 ) = 8 + 1 0 x 3 + 5- 6 = 8 + 1 0 x - - 6 = 8 + 6- 6 = 8.
2
2 124
Expression i n (c) = 6 - 2 + 3 + 1 2 x 3 = 6 - 1 + 3 6 = 4 2 - 1 = ^ I
V. u
o
o
Expression in (d) = 3 + 7 x 5 - 10 + 3 = 3 + 7 x 5 - ^ = 3^ 35 - ^ = ^ •
O
O
u
Statement (b) is true.
E x . 5. It being given t h a t : > denotes + f < denotes - f + denotes + t - denotes =, =
denotes less than' and x denotes 'greater than', find which of the following
is a correct statement.
(a)3 + 2 > 4 « 9 + 3 < 2
(6) 3 > 2 > 4 = 18 + 3 < 1
(c)3>2<4x8 + 4<2
(d)3 + 2 < 4 x 9 + 3 < 3
S o l . Using proper notations, we have :
(а) Given statement i s 3 + 2 + 4 < 9 + 3- 2 or — < 1, which is not true.
(б) Given statement is 3 + 2 + 4< 18 + 3 - 1 or 9 < 5 , which is not true.
(c) Given statement i s 3 + 2 - 4 > 8 + 4 - 2 o r 1 > 0 , which i s true.
(d) Given statement i s 3 + 2 - 4 > 9 + 3 - 3 o r - 1 > 0 , which i s not true.
So, the statement (c) is true.
EXERCISE 12A
1. If x stands for 'addition', + stands for 'subtraction', + stands for 'multiplication'
and - stands for 'division', then
2 0 x 8 + 8- 4 + 2- ?
(Transmission Executives' 1994)
(a) 80
(6) 25
(c) 24
id) 5
2. If - means x f x means +, + means 4- and + means
then
4 0 x 12 + 3- 6 + 60 = ?
(Bank P.O. 1993)
(a) 7.95
(6) 16
(c) 44
(d) 479.95
(e) None of these
3. If + means +, x means
+ means x and - means +, then
8 + 6 * 4 + 3- 4 * ?
9ft
9ft
(a) - 12
(6) - ~
' <c> 12
<rf> y
<*>
4. If x means +, - means x, + means + and
(3 - 15 + 19) x 8 -f 6 = ?
(a) 8
(6)4
(c) 2
5. If + means x, + means
x means + and
4 + 11 + 5 - 5 5 = ?
(a) - 48.5
(6) - 11
(c) 79
+ means
(Bank P.O. 1994)
None
of t h e s e
then
(Assistant Grade, 1998)
(d) - 1
- means +, what w i l l be the value of
( L A C . 1994)
(d) 91
(e) None of these
Copyrighted material
. 435
Mathematical Operations
6. If * means
* means -, - means x and + means +, then
8 x 7 - 8 * 4 0 + 2=?
(Bank P.O. 1998)
(a) 1
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
(6) 7 ?
(c) 81
(d) 44
(e) None of these
5
5
If + means
- means x, x means + and + means +, then
15x3+15*5-2-?
(S.B.IJP.O. 1994)
(a) 0
(6)6
(c) 10
W) 20
(e) None of these
If x means
+ means +, - means x and + means +, then
15 - 2 + 900 + 90 * 100 = ?
(B.S.R.B. 1996)
(a) 19Q
(6) 180
(c) 90
(d) 0
(e) None of these
\( + means +, - means x, + means -, x means +. what will be the value of
8+6+4-7x3?
(a) - ^
(6) - ~
(c) 12
id) 14
(e) None of these
o
/
If + means +. - means +, x means - and + means x, then
(36 K 4 ) - 8 X 4
,
4 + 8x2 +16+1"
(a) 0
(6) 8
(c) 12
(</) 16
If P denotes +, Q denotes x, R denotes - and S denotes
then
18 Q 1 2 P 4 R 5 S 6 = ?
(a) 36
(6) 53
(c) 59
(d) 65
(e) None of these
If a means 'plus', b means 'minus', c means 'multiplied by' and d means 'divided
by', then 18 c 14 a 6 6 16 d 4 = ?
(B.S.R.B. 1996)
(a) 63
(6) 254
(c) 288
(cf) 1208
(e) None of these
If A means -, B means +, C means + and D means x, then
15 B 3 C 24 A 12 D 2 = ?
(Bank P.O. 1996)
(a) 34
(6) 2
(c) |
(rf) - 2 3 1
ie) None of these
14. If * stands for 'add', y stands for 'subtract', z stands for 'divide' and p stands
for 'multiply*, then what is the value of (7 p 3) y 6 x 5 ?
(UJ).C. 1994)
(a) 5
(6) 10 \
(c) 15
(d) 20
15. If A stands for +, B stands, for
C stands for x, then what is the value of
(10 C 4) A (4 C 4)B 6 ?
(Assistant Grade, 1992)
(a) 60
(6) 56
(c) 50
(d) 46
16. If L denotes x, M denotes +, P denotes + and Q denotes -, then
16 P 24 M 8 Q 6 M 2 L 3 = ?
. (a) ~
(6)
(c) 14 £
(<f) 10
(e) None of these
b
b
I
17. If - means
+ means x, + means
* means +, then which of the following
equations is correct ?
(C.B.I. 1997)
(a) 52 + 4 + 5 x 8 - 2 = 36 •
( 6 ) 4 3 x 7 + 5 + 4- 8 = 25
(c) 36 x 4 - 12 + 5 + 3 « 420
(d) 3 6 - 1 2 x 6 + 3 + 4 = 60
18. If x means 'addition', - means 'division', + means "subtraction* and
means
'multiplication', then which of the following equations is correct ?
(8.8.C. 1996)
Copyrighted materi
Reasoning
436
(a) 16 x 5 + 10 + 4 - 3 = 19
(6) 16 + 5 + 10 x 4 - 3 = 9
(c) 16 + 5 - 10 x 4 + 3 * 9
'
(d) 16 - 5 x 10 + 4 + 3 = 12
19. If + stands for 'division', x stands for 'addition', - stands for 'multiplication' and
+ stands for 'subtraction', then which of the following equations is correct ?
(a) 36 x 6 • 7 + 2 - 6 = 20
(6) 36 + 6 + 3 x 5 - 3 = 45
(c) 36 + 6 - 3 x 5 + 3 = 24
(d) 36 - 6 + 3 x 5 + 3 = 74
(Assistant Grade, 1994)
20. If P denotes +, Q denotes
R denotes x and S denotes +, which of the following
statements is correct ?
(a) 3 6 R 4 S 8 Q 7 P4 = 10
( 6 ) 1 6 R 12 P 4 9 S 7 Q9 = 200
(c) 32 S 8 R 9 = 160 Q 12 R 12
(d) 8 R 8 P 8 S 8 Q 8 = 57
21. If L denotes +, M denotes x, P denotes t and Q denotes
then which of the
following statements is true ?
(a) 32 P 8 L 16 Q 4 = - 1
Z
(6) 6 M 18 Q 26 L 13 P 7 = -J. 3
,l
lu
(c) 11 M 3 4 L 1 7 Q 8 L 3 = ^
(d) 9 P9 L9 Q 9 M 9 = - 71
22. If x stands for 'addition', < for 'subtraction', + stands for 'division', > for 'multiplication'. - stands for 'equal to'. + for 'greater than' and «= stands for 'less than',
state which of the following is true ?
(U.D.C. 1994)
( a ) 3 x 2 < 4 + 16>2 + 4
(6)5>2 + 2 = 10<4x8
(c) 3 x 4 > 2 - 9 + 3 < 3
id) 5 x 3 < 7 + 8 + 4 x 1
Directions iQuestions 23 to 27) : If > denotes +, < denotes -, + denotes
+, X denotes x, - denotes =, x denotes > and = denotes <, choose the correct
statement in each of the following questions.
23. ( a ) 6 + 3 > 8 = 4 + 2 < l
(6)4>6 + 2 x 3 2 + 4 < l
(c)8<4 + 2 = 6>3
id) 14 + 7 > 3 = 6 + 3 > '2
24. (a) 14 > 18 + 9 = 16 + 4 < 1
(6) 4 > 3 A 8 < 1 - 6 + 2 > 24
(C)3<6A4>25 = 8 + 4>1
(d)12>9 + 3<6x25 + 5>6
25. (a) 13 > 7 < 6 + £ = 3 A 4
(6) 9 > 5 > 4 - 18 + 9 > 16
(C)9<3<2>1X8A2
(</) 28 + 4 A 2 = 6 A 4 + 2
26. (a) 29 < 18 + 6 = 36 + 6 A 4
(6) 18 > 12 + 4 x 7 > 8 A 2
(c) 3 2 > 6 + 2 = 6 < 7 A 2
(cf)31>l<2 = 4>6A7
27. (a) 7 > 7 < 7 + 7 = 14
(c) 7 < 7 + 7 = 6
(6)7A7>7 + 7 = 7A7>1
(d)7-7>7= 8
Directions (Questions 28 to 32) : In each of the following questions, different alphabets stand for various symbols as indicated below :
Addition : O
Subtraction : M
Multiplication : A
Division : Q
Equal to : X
Greater than : Y
Less than : Z
(I. Tax A Central Excise, 1996)
Out of the four alternatives given in these questions, only one is correct
according to the above letter symbols. Identify the correct answer.
28. ( a ) 2 Z 2 A 4 0 1 A 4 M 8
(6) 8 Y 2 A 3 A 4 Q 2 A 4
ic) 10 X 2 O 2 A 4 O 1 M 2
(d) 12 X 4 O 2 Q 1 A 4 A 2
Copyrighted material
Mathematical Operations
29. (a)
(c)
30. (a)
(c)
31. (a)
(c)
437
1 O 1 Q 1 M 1 Y 3 Q 1
3 O 2 O 10 Q 2 X 10 A 2
3 O 2 X 2 Q 1 A 3 O 1
10 A 2 Z 2 Q 2 A 10 Q 2
32 X 8 Q 2 A 3 Q 1 A 2
2 Y 1 A 1 Q 1 O 1 A 1
(6) 2 Q 1 O 10 A 1 Z 6 A 4
( d ) 5 Q 5 A 5 0 5 Y 5 A 2
(6) 6 M 2 Y 10 Q 2 A 3 O 1
(d) 10 A 2 Y 2 Q 1 A 10 Q 2
(6) 14 X 2 A 4 A 2 M 2 Q 1
(d) 16 Y 8 A 3 O 1 A 2 M 2
32. (a) 8 Q 4 A 1 M 2 X 16 M 16
(6) 8 O 2 A 12 Q 10 X 18 Q 9
(c) 6 Q 2 O 1 O 1 X 16 A 1
(<f)203M4Q2ZlA(2
Directions (Questions 33 to 37): In the following questions, different letters
stand for carious symbols as indicated below :
R : Addition
S : Subtraction
T: Multiplication
U: Division
V: Equal to
W : Greater than
X: Less than
Out of the four alternatives given in these questions, only one is correct
according to the above letter symbols. Identify the correct one.
33. (a) 16 T 2 R 4 U 6 X 8
(6) 16 R 2 S 4 V 6 R 8 °
(c) 16 T 2 U 4 V 6 R 8
(d) 16 U 2 R 4 S 6 W 8
34. (a) 20 U 4 R 4 X 2 T 3
(6) 20 S 4 U 4 V 2 T 3
(c) 20 T 4 U 4 U 2 X 3
(d) 20 R 4 U 4 S 2 W 3
35. (a) 15 U 5 R 3 V 2 T 3
(6) 15 U 5 W 3 R 2 T 3
(c) 15 S 5 T 3 W 2 R 3
(<f) 15 R 5 U 3 V 2 R 3
36. (a) 24 U 3 R 2 S 2 W 8
(b) 24 S 3 X 2 T 2 U 8
(c) 24 R 3 S 2 X 2 T. 8 "
id) 24 U 3 T 2 V 2 T 8
37. (a) 30 R 6 U 2 W 4 T 3
(6) 30 S 6 S 2 X 4 T 3
(c) 30 S 6 U 2 U 4 V 3
(<f) 30 U 6 R 2 W 4 T 3
ANSWERS
1 . ( c ) : Using the correct symbols, we have :
Given expression = 2 0 + 8- 8 + 4 x 2
• 20 + 8 - 2 x 2 - 20 + 8 - 4 = 24.
2. (e): Using the correct symbols, we have :
Given expression = 4 0 + 1 2 + 3 x 6 - 6 0
= 40 + 4 x 6 - 6 0 = 40 + 2 4 - 6 0 - 4 .
3. (6) Using the correct symbols, we have :
Given expression - 8 + 6- 4 x 3 + 4
4. (c): Using the correct symbols, we have :
Given expression = (3 x 15 + 19) + 8 - 6
«(45 + 19) + 8- 6 = 64 + 8- 6 « = 8 - 6 = 2. ^
5. (e): Using the correct symbols, we have :
Given expression « 4 x 11 - 5 + 55 = 44 - 5 + 55 = 94.
6. ( 6 ) : Using the correct symbols, wo have
Given expression = 8 + 7 x 8 + 4 0 - 2
= 8 + 7 x i - 2 = 8 + 1 - 2 = ^ = 7^
o
0
5
5
Copyrighted material
1
t
t
Reasoning
438
7. (c): Using
Given
8. ie): Using
Given
the correct symbols, we have :
expression = 15 + 3+ 15- 5 x 2 = 5 + 1 5 - 5 x 2 x 5 + 15- 10= 10.
the correct symbols, we have :
expression = 15 x 2 + 900 + 90 - 100
= 15 x 2 + 10 - 100 = 30 + 10 - 100 = - 60
9. (a): Using the correct symbols, wc have :
Given expression »8 f 6 - 4 x 7 ^ 3
«J-4x7+3*|-28*3=-y.
10. (a) : Using the correct symbols, we have :
(36 - 4)+ 8 - 4
Given e x p r e s s i o n - ^ 8 - 2 x 1 6 + ^ 1
32 + 8 - 4
"32 - 3 2 + l
4 -4
a i
~
n
= 0
11. ib): Using the correct symbols, we have :
Given expression « 18 * 12 + 4 + 5- 6
= 18 * 3 + 5 - 6 = 54 + 5 - 6 = 53.
12. (h): Using the correct symbols, we have :
Given expression = 18 x 14 + 6 - 16 + 4
= 18 x 14 + 6 - 4 = 252 • 6 - 4 - 254.
13. ie): Using the correct symbols, we have :
Given expression * 15 + 3 + 24 - 12 x 2
r 5 * 2 4 - 1 2 * 2 = 5 + 24-24 = 5
14. id): Using the corrcct symbols, we have :
Given expression =* (7 x 3) - 6 + 5 = 21 - 6 • 5 • 20
15. (c): Using the correct symbols, we have :
Given expression = (10 x 4) + (4 x 4) - 6 = 40 + 16 - 6 » 50.
16. id): Using the correct symbols, we have :
Given expression =16 + 24+ 8- 6 + 2 x 3
= 16 + 3 - 3 x 3 = 16 + 3 - 9 = 10.
17. ia) : Using the proper notations in (a), we get the statement as
5 2 - 4 x 5 + 8 + 2 = 5 2 - 4 * 5 + 4= 5 2 - 2 0 - 4 = 36
18. (c): Using the proper notations in (c), we get the statement as
1 6 * 5 + 10 + 4- 3 * 1 6 * 1 + 4- 3 = 8 + 4- 3 = 9.
19. (rf): Using the proper notations in (d). we get the statement as
36x6 + 3* 5 - 3 = 36 x 2 + 5 - 3 * 72 + 5 - 3 - 74.
20. id): Using the proper notations in (d), we get the statement as
8 x 8 * 8 + 8 - 8 = 8- 8 + 1 - 8 = 64 + 1- 8* 57.
21. id): Using the proper notations in (d), we get the statement as
9 t 9 r 9 - 9 * 9 = 9+ l- 9 x 9 = 9 * l - 8 1 = - 71.
22. lb): Using the proper notations in ib). we get the statement as
5 x 2 2 < 10 •• 4 + 8 or 5 < 14. which is true.
23. (c): Using the proper notations in (eft* we get the statement as
8 - 4 + 2 < 6 + 3 or 6<9. which is true.
24. (b) : Using the proper notations in (fe), we get the statement as
4 + 3 x 8 - 1 = 6 + 2 +24 or 27 = 27. which is true.
^
Copyrighted material
Mathematical
Operations
t
25. (6): Using the proper notations in (6), we get the statement
9 + 5 + 4 = 18 + 9 + 16 or 18 = 18. which is true.
26. (d) : Using the proper notations in (d). we get the statement
3 1 + l - 2 < 4 + 6 x 7 or 30<46. which is true.
27. (a): Using the proper notations in (a), we get the statement
7 + 7 - 7 + 7 < 14 or 13 < 14, which is true.
28. (a): Using the proper notations in (a), we get the statement
2 < 2 x 4 + l x 4 - 8 or 2 <4, which is true.
29. (6) : Using the proper notations in (fc), we get the statement
2 + 1 + 10 x 1 < 6 x 4 or 12 < 24, which is true.
30. (d) : Using the proper notations in (d), we get the statement
10 x 2 > 2 + 1 x 10 + 2 or 20 > 10, which is true.
31. (6) : Using the proper notations in (6), we get the statement
14 = 2 x 4 x 2 - 2 + 1 or 14 = 14, which is true.
32. ( a ) : Using the proper notations in (a), we get the statement
8 + 4 x 1 - 2 = 1 6 - 1 6 or 0 = 0, which is true.
33. (6): Using the proper notations in (6), we get the statement
16+ 2- 4 = 6 + 8 or 14 = 14, which is true.
34. (d) : Using the proper notations in (d). we get the statement
20 + 4 + 4 - 2 > 3 or 19 > 3, which is true.
35. (a): Using the proper notations in (a), we get the statement
15 + 5 + 3 = 2 x 3 or 6= 6, which is true.
36. (d) : Using the proper notations in (d), we get the statement
24 + 3 x 2 = 2 x 8 or 16 = 16, which is true.
37. (a): Using the proper notations in (a), we get the statement
30 + 6 • 2 > 4 x 3 or 33 > 12, which is true.
439
as
as
as
as
as
as
as
as
as
as
as
as
as
TYPE 2: INTERCHANGE OF SIGNS A N D NUMBERS
E x . 1. If the given interchanges namely : signs + and + and numbers 2 and 4 are
made in signs and numbers, which one of the following four equations would
be correct ?
(a) 2 + 4 + 3 = 3
(6) 4 + 2 + 6 = 1.5
(c) 4 + 2 + 3 = 4
(rf) 2 + 4 + 6 = 8
Sol.
Interchanging + and + and 2 and 4, we get :
(а) 4 + 2 + 3 = 3 or 5 = 3, which is false.
(б) 2 + 4 + 6 = 1.5 or 6.5 = 1.5, which is false.
(c) 2 + 4 + 3 = 4 or ^ = 4, which is false.
o
'
(d) 4 + 2 + 6 = 8 or 8 = 8, which is true.
E x . 2. Which one of the four interchanges in signs and numbers would make the
given equation correct ?
3+5-2=4
Sol.
(a) + and
2 and 3
(6) + and
2 and 5
(c) + and
3 and 5
(d) None of these
By making the interchanges given in (a), we get the equation as
2 - 5 + 3 = 4 or 0 = 4, which is false.
Copyrighted material
Ill
Reasoning
440
By making the interchanges given in (6), we get the equation as
3 - 2 + 5 = 4 or 6 - 4 , which is false.
By making the interchanges given in (c), we get the equation as
5 - 3 + 2 = 4 or 4 = 4, which is true.
So, the answer is (c).
EXERCISE 126
Directions (Questions 1 to 4) : In each of the following questions if the
given interchanges are made in signs and numbers, which one of the four
equations would be correct f
1. Given interchanges : Signs - and * and numbers 4 and 8.. (6) 8 - 6 + 4 = 1
(a) 6 - 8 + 4 = - l
(d) 4 - 8 + 6 = 2
(c) 4 -K8 - 2 = 6
2. Given interchanges Signs + and x and numbers 4 and 5.
(a) 5 x 4 + 20 = 40
(6) 5 x 4 + 20 = 85
(c) 5 x 4 + 20 = 104
(d) 5 x 4 + 20 = 95
3. Given interchanges Signs + and - and numbers 4 and 8.
(6) 4 - 8 + 1 2 = 0
(a1) 4 + 8 - 1 2 = 16
<d) 8 - 4 + 12 = 8
8 + 4 - 12 = 24
4. Given interchanges Signs - and x and numbers 3 and 6.
(a) 6 - 3 x 2 = 9
(6) 3 - 6 i 8 • 10
(c) 6 x 3 - 4 = 15
(d) 3 x 6 - 4 = 33
5. Find out the two signs to be interchanged for making following equation correct:
5 + 3x8-12+ 4 = 3
(CJLT. 1997)
(a) + and - "
(6) - and +
(c) + and x
(d) + and +
Directions (Questions 6 to 10) : In each of the following questionsf an
equation becomes incorrect due to the interchange of two signs. One of the
four alternatives under it specifies the Interchange of signs in the equation*
which when made will make the equation correct. Find the correct alternative.
(U.D.C. 1991)
6. 5 + 6 + 3 - 12 x 2 « 17
(d) + and (a) • and x
(6) + and x
(c) + and +
i 7. 2 x 3 + 6 - 1 2 + 4 » 17
(d) - and +
(a) x and +
(b) + and (c) + and +
8. 16 8 + 4 + 5 x 2 « 8
(d) - and x
(a) + and x
(6) - and +
(c) + and +
». 9 + 5 + 4 x 3 - 6 * 1 2
( d ) + and (a) + and x
(b) + and x
(c) + and 10. 12 + 2
x 3 + 8 5 16
(d) + and x
(a) + and +
(6) and +
(c) x and +
11. Which of the following two signs need to be interchanged to make the given
equation correct ?
(M.B.A. 1997)
10 + 10V+ 1 0 - 10 x 10 = 10
(a) + a n d (6) + and+
(c)+andx
(d) + and
1
Copyrighted material I
Mathematical Operations
.
441
D i r e c t i o n s (Questions 12 to 16) : In each of the following questions, the
two expressions on either side of the sign (=) will have the same vtilue if two
terms on either side or on the same side cm interchanged. The correct terms
to be interchanged have been given as one of the four alternatives under the
expressions. Find the correct alternative in each case.
(CA.T. 1997)
12. 5 + 3 x 6 - 4 + 2 = 4 x 3 - 1 0 + 2 + 7
id) 6, 10
(a) 4, 7
(6) .5. T
(c) 6, 4
13. 7 x 2 - 3 + 8 + 4 = 5 + 6 x 2 - 2 4 + 3
(6) 6, 5
(c) 3, 24
(d) 7, 6
(a) 2. 6
14. 15+ 3 x 4 - 8 + 2 = 8 x 5 + 1 6 + 2 - 1
(6) 15, 5
(c) 15, 16
(a) 3, 5
(rf) 3, 1
15. 6 x 3 + 8 + 2 - 1 = 9 - 8 + 4 + 5 x 2
(c) 6, 9
(d) 9. 5
(a) 3, 4
(6) 3, 5
6
x
2
5
+
4
+
2
16. 8 + 2 x 5 - 11 + 9
(c) 9, 6
(6) 8. 5
(d) 11, 5
(a) 5, 9
D i r e c t i o n s (Questions 17 to 20) : In each of the following questions, which
one of the four interchanges in signs and numbers would make the given
equation correct f
17. 6 x 4 + 2 = 1 6
(a) + and x, 2 and 4
(6) + and x, 2 and 6
(c) + and x, 4 and 6
(d) None of these
18. ( 3 + 4)+ 2 = 2
(a) + and +, 2 and 3
(b) + and +, 2 and 4
(c) + and +, 3 and 4
(d) No interchange, 3 and 4
19. 4 x 6 - 2 - 14
(a) x to +, 2 and 4
(6) - to +, 2 and 6
(c) - to +, 2 and 6
(d) x to +, 4 and 6
20. <6 +2) x 3 - 0
(a) + and x, 2 and 3
(6) x to 2 and 6
(c) + and x, 2 and 6
id) x to 2 and 3
ANSWERS
/
1. ( c ) : On interchanging - and + and 4 and 8 in (c), we get the equation as
8 - 4 + 2 - 6 o r 8 - 2 - 6 o r 6 - 6 . which i s true.
2. ( c ) : On interchanging + and * and 4 and 5 in (c). we get the equation as
4 + 5 x 2 0 = 104 or 104 = 104. which is true.
3. ( 6 ) : On interchanging + and - and 4 and 8 in (6), we get the ec^iation as
8
4. (b):
4 - 12 = 0 or 12 - 12 = -ft or 0 - 0 , which is true.
On interchanging - and * and 3 and 6 in (6), we get the equation as
6 x 3 - 8 = 10 or 1 8 - 8 - 1 0 or 10 - 10, which ia true.
5. ( 6 ) : On interchanging - and +, we get the equation as
2
5 + 3 * , 8 + 1 2 - 4 = 3 o r 5 + 3 x ~ - 4 - 3 o r 3 - 3 , which i s true.
o
6. ( a ) : On interchanging + and *, we get :
Given expression = 5 * 6 * 3 ~ 1 2 ^ 2 - 5 + 6 x 3 - 6 « 5 + 1 8 - 6 = 1 7 .
Copyrighted materi
Reasoning
442
7. (a): On interchanging x and +, we get :
Given expression = 2 + 3 x 6 - 12 + 4 = 2 + 3 x 6 - 3 = 2 + 18 - 3 - 17.
8 . ( b ) : On interchanging - and +, we get :
Given expression = 1 6 + 8- 4+ 5 x 2 = 2- 4 + 5 x 2 - 2 - 4 +10 = 8,
9. (c): On interchanging + and
we get :
Given expression «9 + 5- 4 x 3 + 6 = 9 + 5- 4 x | = 9 + 5- 2 = 12.
10. (6): On interchanging - and +f we get :
Given expression =12+ 2 + 6 x 3 - 8 - 6 + 6 x 3 - 8 = 6+ 1 8 - 8 = 16.
11. (c): On interchanging + and xf we get the equation as
10 x 10 + 10 - 10 + 10 = 10 or 10 x 1 - 10 + 10 = 10 or 10 = 10, which is true.
12. (c): On interchanging 6 and 4 on L.H.S., we get the statement as
5 + 3 x 4 - 6 + 2 = 4 x 3 - 10 + 2 + 7 o r 5 + 1 2 - 3 = 1 2 - 5 + 7 or 14 = 14, which is true.
13. ( d ) : On interchanging 7 and 6, we get the statement as
6 * 2 - 3 + 8 + 4 = 5 + 7 x 2 - 2 4 + 3or 1 2 - 3 + 2 - 5 + 1 4 - 8 o r 11-11, which is true.
14. (o): On interchanging 3 and 5, we get the statement as
15 + 5 x 4 - 8 + 2 = 8 x 3 + 16 + 2 - 1 or 15 + 2 0 - 4 = 2 4 + 8 - 1 or 31 = 31, which is true.
15. ( d ) : On interchanging 9 and 5 on R.H.S., we get the statement as
6 x 3 + 8 + 2 - 1 = 5- 8 + ^ + 9 x 2 or 1 8 + 4 - 1 - 5 - 2 + 18 or 2 1 - 9 1 . which is true.
16. (c): On interchanging 9 and 6, we get the statement as
8 + 2 x 5 - 1 1 + 6 - 9 x 2 - 5 + 4 + 2 or 4 x 5 - 1 1 + 6 = 1 8 - 5 + 2 or 15 =15, which is
true.
17. (c): On interchanging + and x and 4 and 6, we get the equation as
4 + 6 x 2 = 16 or 4 + 12 = 16 or 16 = 16, which is true.
18. (a): On interchanging + and + and 2 and 3, we get the equation as
(2 + 4) • 3 - 2 or 6 + 3 - 2 or 2 - 2 , which is true.
19. (c): On changing - to + and interchanging 2 and 6, we get the equation as
4 x 2 + 6 = 14 or 8 + 6 = 14 or 14 = 14, which is true.
20. ( d ) : On changing x to - and interchanging 2 and 3, we get the equation as
(6+ 3 ) - 2- 0 or 2 - 2 - 0 or 0 - 0 , which is true.
TYPE 3 : DERIVING THE APPROPRIATE C O N C L U S I O N S
E x . 1. It being given t h a t x denotes 'greater than', $ denotes 'equal t o \ < denotes
'not less than 1 , 1 denotes 'not equal t o \ A denotes 'less than* and + denotes
'not greater than*,
'
(M.B.A. 1998)
choose the correct statement from the following :
If a x b A c, it follows t h a t
Sol.
ug
(a) a $ c A b
(6) b < a x c
(d) c + b < a
(e) b < a $ c
Using the usual notations, we have :
(c) a < 6 + c
(а) : The statement is a > 6 < c => a « c < 6, which is false.
(б) : The statement is a > 6 < c => 6 4 a > c, which is false.
(c) : The statement i s a > 6 < c = * a < t 6 i c , which is true.
(d) : The statement is a > 6 < c
c * 6 4 a, which is false.
(e) : The statement is a > 6 < c o 6 < t a = c, which is false.
Hence, the statement (c) is true.
(%« c > 61
[•.• 6 < a )
[•.• 6 < a]
[•.. b < a]
Copyrighted material
Mathematical
Operations
t
443
E x . 2. In the following questions, the symbols
@ and @ are used w i t h the
following meanings :
(S.B.I.P.O. 1997)
4
'A * B' means A is greater than B';
'A * B' means 4 A is either greater than or equal to B f ;
'A = B' means 4 A is equal to B';
4
A @ B' means 'A is smaller than B';
'A @ B' means 'A is either smaller than or equal to B\ *
Now, in each of the following questions, assuming the given statements to
be true, find which of the two conclusions I and II given below them is/are
definitely true ?
Give answer (a) if only conclusion I is true; (fc) if only conclusion II is true;
(c) if either I or II is true; (d) if neither I nor II is true and (e) if both I and
II are true.
1. S t a t e m e n t s : M = T, T @ Z, S • M
C o n c l u s i o n s : I. Z • M
II. Z = M
2. S t a t e m e n t s : R @ M, M • P, R • L
C o n c l u s i o n s : I. M = L
II. P = L
3. S t a t e m e n t s : L @ C , C • Z, Z @ F
C o n c l u s i o n s : I. C • F
II. F = C
4. S t a t e m e n t s : Z @ B, N • S, B @ N
C o n c l u s i o n s : I. B = Z
II. S @ B
5. S t a t e m e n t s : T * P , P @ S, P = M
C o n c l u s i o n s : I. S • M
II. T @ S
Sol. 1. Given statements : M = T, T S Z, S > M
Now, to verify conclusions I and II, we need to find a relation between Z
and M.
Z £ T, T = M
Z£ M
= > Z > M o r Z = M i.e., Z • M or Z = M.
So, either I or II follows.
Hence, the answer is (c).
2. Given statements : R £ M, M > P , R> L
I. Relation between M and L :
M > R, R > L
M > L i.e., M • L.
So, I is not true.
II. Relation between P and L.
P < M, M 2 R, R £ L => no definite conclusion.
So, II is also not true.
Hence, the answer is (d).
3. Given statements : L < C, C > Z, Z £ F.
Clearly, we find a relation between C and F.
C > Z, Z £ F => no definite conclusion.
So, neither I nor II is true.
Hence, the answer is (d).
4. Given statements : Z < Bf N 2 S, B < N.
v,
I.
Relation between B and Z :
Clearly, B > Z i.e., B • Z.
So, I is not true.
Copyrighted material
Reasoning
444
II. Relation between S and B :
S £ N, N > B
no definite conclusion.
So, II is also not true.
Hence, the answer is (d).
5, Given statements : T * P, P < S, P = M
I. Relation between S and M :
S > P, P = M => S > M i.?., S • M.
So, I is true.
II. Relation between T and S :
T > P, P < S => no definite conclusion.
So, II is not true.
Hence, the answer is (a).
EXERCISE 12C
1. Which of the following conclusions is correct according to the given expressions
and symbols ?
(VD.C. 18*5)
A:*
B: >
C:*
E:4
F:<
Expressions : (aEb) and (bEc)
1
(a) aEc
(6) aFc
(c) cBa
(d) cBb
2. Find the correct inference according to given premises and symbols :
A : Not greater than
B : Greater than
C : Not equaHo
D : Equal to
E : Not less than
F : Less than
Premises : (/Cm) and (/Am)
(a)lhrn
- (6)/Dm
(c)/Em
(d) /Fm
(Transmission Executives', 1094)
Directions (Questions 3 to 8) : It being given that :
A denotes 4equal to9; • denotes 4not equal to9; + denotes \greater than9;
- denotes 4 less than9; x denotes 4not greater than9; + denotes 'not less than9.
Choose the correct statement in each of the following questions :
3. a - b - c implies
(a) a-b + c
(6) 6 + a - c
(c) c x 6 • a
<d) 6 + a • c
i
a + b -c implies
(a) 6 - c - a
(6) c - 6 + cj
(c) c + 6 - o
(d) c x 6
a x 6 + c implies
(a) a - 6 + c
(6) c x 6 «• a
(c) a • b • c (d) 6 + a + c
a + 6 • c does not imply
(a) 6 - a + c
(6) c - b - a
(d) 6 - a - c
(c) c - a + 6
a 4 b - c does not imply
(a)c + 6 - a
(6) 6 - a + c
(c) b • a • c (d> None of these
a • b • c implies
(a) a
+c
(6) a - 6 - c
(c) a + 6 + c
(d) None of these
D i r e c t i o n s (Questions 9-10) : If a means 4greater than9, p means 4equal
to\ 0 means 4not less than\ y means 4less than\ 8 means 4not equal to9 and
Copyrighted material
Mathematical Operations
. 445
H means <not greater than\ then which of the four alternatives could be
a correct or proper inference in each of the following f
(P.C.S. 1995)
9. a a 2b and 2b 0 r
(a) a n r
(b)aar
(c)a(Jr
(d)ayr
10. 2x6 y and y P 3*
(a)y8 6x
,
(6) 2x n 3*
( c ) 2 r 8 3z
(d) 3z n 3y
11. If A stands for 'not equal to' <*), B stands for 'greater than' (>), C stands for
'not less than* (<t), D stands for 'equal to1 (=), E stands for 'not greater than'
(i), F stands for 'less than* (<), then according to the given premises (4x F by)
and (5y E 3s), which of the following inferences is correct ?
(C.B.I. 1994)
(a) 4x A 3s
<6>4xB3s
(c)4*C3s
<d)ixD3s
D i r e c t i o n s (Questions 12 to 17) : In the following questions%
A means 4is greater than\ % means 'is lesser than\ • means lis equal to9
= means *x* not equal to\ + means 4is a little more than9, x means 4is a little
less than9.
Choose the correct alternative in each of the following questions.
12. If a A 6 and 6 + c, then
(a) a %c
(b)c%a
(c) c + a
(d) Can't say
13. If c • a and a = b. then
(a) 6 A a
(6) c • a
(c) b - a
{d) Can't say
14. If a x b and 6 • c, then
[a)c-a
(6) 6 Ac
(c)a+c
(d) c • a
15. If c % b and b x a, then
(a) a Ac
(6) c • a
(c)6Dc
(d)cAa
16. If ac • 6c, then
•
>
(a) a • c
(6) 6 Ac
<c)cA6
(d)b%a
17. If ac % bd and ab A cd, then
(a) 6 • c
(6) 6 A a
(c) a %c
(d) Can't say
D i r e c t i o n s (Questions 18 to 22) : In each of the following questions, the
Greek letters standing for arithmetical operations are given. Find the relationship which can'definitely be deduced from the two relationships given
at the top.
Operations : a is 'greater than', p is 'less than', y is 'not greater than', 8 is 'not
less than', 0 is 'equal to'.
18. If A a 2C and 2A 9 3B. then
(a) C p B
(6) C 5 B
(c) C a B
(d) C O B
19. If 3A a B and 3B a 2C, then
(a) 4 A a C
<6)5AaC
(c)2A0C
(d)3A8C
20. If B0 2C and 3Cy A, then
(a) B 8 2A
(6) B G A
(c) 3B a 2A
<d) B p A
21. If 3C8 2A and B a C , then
(a) 2 A a 3B
(6) 3B a 2A
<c)B6A
<d) 3B 0 2A
22. If 3B 0 2C and 2A a 3C. then
(a) B 8 A
(6) BOA
(OBPA
(d)BaA
Copyrighted materi
Reasoning
446
Directions (Questions 23 to 27) : In the following questions the symbols
©, ©,
@ and ~ are used with the following meaning :
© means 'greater than'; © means 'either greater than or equal to'; @ means
*smaller than*; @ means 4either smaller than or equal to*; - means 'equal to'.
Now in each of the following questions, assuming the given statements
to be true, find which ofthe two conclusions I and II given below them is/are
definitely true ?
Give answer (a) if only conclusion I is true; (6) if only conclusion II is
true; (e) if either I or II is true, (d) if neither I nor II is true and (e) if both
I and II are true.
23. Statements : M « N, L © N, M = P
Conclusions : I. N = P
II. N « P
24. Statements : A ® C, M © F, C © F
Conclusions : I. M = A
II. C © M
26. Statements : B © P, C © N. P = N
Conclusions : I. P @ C
II. C © B
26. Statements : K @ P , Z © K, K © M
Conclusions : I. Z = M
II. Z © M
27. Statements : Z @ P , T = M, M © Z
Conclusions : I. M © Z
II. T © P
Directions (Questions 28 to 32) : In the following questions, the symbols,
©, ©, =, » and * are used with the following meanings :
(Bank P.O. 1997)
%P © Q ' means 'P is greater than Q';
'P © Q ' means 'P is greater than or equal to Q';
'P-Q' means 'P is equal to Q';
'P • Q ' means 'P ie smaller than Q';
'P$Q' means *P is either smaller than or equal to Q\
Now in each of the following questions, assuming the given statements
to be true, find which ofthe two conclusions I and II given below them is/are
definitely true.
Give answer (a) if only conclusion I is true; (6) if only conclusion II is
true; (c) if either I or II is true; (d) if neither I nor II is true and (e) if both
I and II are true.
28. Statements : P © T , M * K, T = K
Conclusions : I. T © M
II. T = M
29. Statements : S • M, M © L, L © Z
Conclusions : I. 8 = Z
II. S * L
30. Statements : D © F , F = S, S * M
Conclusions : I. D © M
II. F © M
31. Statements : J - V, V • N, R • J
Conclusions : I. R • N
II. J © N
32. Statements : L © U, C • L, C © B
Conclusions : I. U = C
II. L © B
Copyrighted material
•
•
«
«
•
«•
Mathematical
Operations
447
t
D i r e c t i o n s (Questions 33 to 35) : In the following questions :
'P • Q * means 'P is greater than Q';
'P *Q1 means 'P is either greater than or equal to Q';
'P = Q' means 'P is equal to Q';
'P • Q' means 'P is smaller than Q';
'P • Q' means *P is either smaller than or equal to Q\
In each question, a statement is given followed by two conclusions I and
II. You are to consider each statement and the conclusions that follow and
decide which of the conclusions is/are implicit ? ,
(Assistant Grade, 1998)
33. Statements : G • S, F • S, T • G.
/
Conclusions : I. F • T
II. T = S.
I —•
(a) Both I and II are i m p l i c i t
(b) Only I is implicit
(c) Neither I nor II is implicit
(d) O n l y II is i m p l i c i t
34. Statements : M = N, N • B, B • P
Conclusions : I. P = N
II. B • M
(a) Only I is implicit
(6) Only II is implicit
(c) Both I and II are implicit
(d) Neither I nor II is i m p l i c i t
35. Statements : N • T , T = P
Conclusions : I. P • N
II. P = N
(a) Either I or II is implicit
(b) Only I is implicit
(c) Only II is i m p l i c i t
*
id) Neither I nor II is i m p l i c i t
Directions (Questions 36 to 39) : Assume the following :
'A® B' means 'A is greater than B';
4A • B' means *A is either greater than or equal to B';
'A$ B* means 'A is equal to B';
'A* B' means 'A is smaller than B';
'A # B' means *A is either smaller than or equal to B\
In each question, two statements followed by two conclusions I and II are
given. Assuming the statements to be true, state which of the conclusions I
and II is/are definitely true f
(M.B.A. 1998)
Give answer (a) if only conclusion I is true; (6) if only conclusion II is
true; (c) if either I or II is true; (d) if neither I nor II is true; and (e) if both
I and II are true.
36. Statements : P * Q, M • N $ P
Conclusions : 1. M @ P
II. N # Q
37. Statements : L • M, R • T $ L
Conclusions : I. T • M
II. R @ L
38. Statements : X @ Y @ Z , U @ Z $ V
Conclusions : I. V * U
II. X @ V
39. Statements : G * H # K , H @ Q $ R
Conclusions : I. G $ Q
II. R • G
Directions (Questions 40 to 44) : In the following questions, a stands for
'equal to'; JJ for "greater than1; y for 'less than' and 8 for 'not equal to'.
j (Hotel Management, 1996)
Copyrighted material
Reasoning
448
40. If 6x a 5y and 2y p 3z, then
(a) 2* p 3z
(fc) 4x p 3z
(c) 2x y z
(d) ix a 3z
2
41. If a* y 6y, 6x a cz and 6 a ac, then
(a) a x pcy
(fc)ayctcz
(c)yyz
(d)ypz
42. If a6xy a c 2 z, b\$ay and b 2 a ac, then
(a) ax 2 p cz
(b) a2x2 p cz
(c) b2x p c2z
(d) bx2 p c2z
43. If bey y ax,cyabz and a 2 y 6c, then
(a)cxaafez
(6)cxya6z
(c)cx6abz
(d)c2xya2z
44. If a?r a byz, czx a 6 2 y and c2z a ary, then
(a)a6caxyz
(6)a6cpxyz
(c)abcbxyz
(d)abcyxyz
45. If A + B > C + D, B + E = 2C and C + D > B + E, it necessarily follows t h a t :
(a) A + B > 2 C
(fe)A+B>2D
(a) A + B > 2D
(6) B + D > C + E
(c)A>B>2E
(d) A > C
(Hotel Management, 1995)
46. If A + D > C + E, C + D = 2B and B + E > C + D, it necessarily follows t h a t
(c)A + D > B + E
(d)A + D > B + C
(Hotel Management, 1995)
Directions (Questions 47 to SI) : In each of the questions given below, use
the following notations :
(S.B.l.P.O. 1997)
A B means 'add B to A';
A B means \subtract B from A';
A ® B means divide A by B';
A* B means *multiply A by B\
Now, answer the following questions.
47. The time taken by two r u n n i n g trains in crossing each other is calculated by
d i v i d i n g the sum of the lengths of two trains by the total speed of the t w o trains.
If the length of the first t r a i n is L i , the length of the second t r a i n is L2; the
speed of the first t r a i n is Vi and the speed of the second t r a i n is V2. which of
the following expressions would represent the time taken ?
(a) (Li" U ) • ( V f V2)
(c) KLI" L2> @ (VR v 2 )i • 60
(6) ( L i " L2) ® ( V i " V2)
(<F) (LR L2> @ (VR v2)
(e) None of these
48. The total airfare is calculated by adding 15% of basic fare as fuel surcharge,
2% of the basic fare as LATA charges and Rs 200 as airport tax to the basic
fare. If the basic fare of a sector is B, which of the following w i l l represent the
total fare ?
(а) B " (B • 15) @ 100" (B • 2) @ 200" 100
(б) B " (B • 15) @ 100" (B * 2) @ 100" 200
(c) B " (B • 15) @ 100' (B • 2) @ 100" 200
(d) B' (B • 15) @ 100" (B • 2) @ 100" 200
(e) None of these
49. The profit percentage of a commodity is worked out by m u l t i p l y i n g the quotient
of the difference between the amount of sale price and the total expenses and
divided by the
amount of total expenses by 100. If the sale price of an article
is S, the total expenses are equal to the sum of the cost price (C), transportation
Copyrighted material
Mathematical
Operations
. 449
costs (T), labour charges (L), which of the following expressions would indicate
the profit percentage ?
(a) [{S - (C • L + T)} + (C + L + T) x 100)
(6) US' (C"L" T)> 0 (C"L" T) @ 1001
#
(c) C(S (C"L" T)} ® (C"L" T) • 100]
(d) US" (C'L' T)} • (C"L" T) 0 100)
(e) None of these
60. While considering employees for promotion, an organisation gives 2 marks for
every year of service beyond the first two years, four-thirds of the marks obtained
in an examination out of 90 marks, five marks for each level of education-matriculation, graduation and post-graduation. Which of the following represents the total
marks a candidate gets if he has put in T years of service, obtained K marks
in the examination and passed Xth, X l l t h and Graduation level examinations ?
(a) (T2) • 3" 5 • 2 " 4 • T 0 3
(6) (K'2) • 2" 5 • 3 " 4 • T © 3
(c) (T'2) » 2" 5 * 3 " 4 » K 9 3
(d) (T2) • 2" 5 • 3 " 4 • K @ 3
(e) None of these
51. In a semester system of examination, the total marks obtained is arrived at by
adding 10% of the marks obtained in first periodical, 15% of the marks obtained
in the second periodical and 75% of the marks obtained in the final examination.
If a student secures P marks out of 150 in first periodical, T marks out of 180
in second periodical and M marks out of 400 in the final examination, which of
the following will represent the total marks obtained by him ?
(a) (P © 150 • 10)" (T@400 • 15)" (M @ 180 • 75)
(h) (P @ 150 • 10)" (T ® 180 • 15)" (M « 400 * 75)
(c) <P • 150 • 10)" (T • 180 « 15)" (M • 400 ® 75)
(d) (P @ 10 • 10)" (T % 180 • 15)" (M 8 400 • 75)
(e) None of these
ANSWERS
1. (a): aEb and 6Ec
at b and blc=*alc=> aEc.
2. id): /Cm and /Am ^ H m and li m
I <m
IFm.
S. ( 6 ) : With usual notations, we have :
(a) a <b <c => a < 6 > c, which is false.
ib) a <b <c => 6 >a < c, which is true.
(c) a <b<c ^ c i b>a, which is
(d) a <b<c
b>a i c, which is
false.
false.
4. ( c ) : With usual notations, we have :
(а) o > 6 < c
6 < c < a, which is false
( б ) a > 6 < c => c < 6 > a , which is false,
( c ) a > fc < c
c > 6 < a , which is true.
id) a >b<c
c ^ & * a, which is false.
5. ( b ) : W i t h usual notations, we have :
(a) a *
b A c => a <b>c,
ib) a 1 b k c => cl
(c) a *
6. (d):
b* c
which is not true.
b 4Ta. which is true,
a *b*c,
which is not true.
i i c ^ M a i c , which i s not true.
W i t h usual notations, we have :
(a) a > b > c
b<a>c, which is false.
Copyrighted materi
Reasoning
450
(6) a > 6 > c
c < 6 < a, which is false
(c) a > 6 > c i> c < a > 6. which is false.
(</) a > 6 > c i> 6 < a < c, which is true.
7. ( 6 ) : With usual notation*, wc have :
( o ) a > 6 < c 4> c > 6 < a, which is false.
(6) a > 6 < c 4> b < a > c, which is true.
(c)a>6<c
6 * a * c, which is false.
8. ( d ) : With usual notation*, we have :
(а) a * b * c => a >b>c, which is false.
(б) a * 6 * c
a <b <c9 which ia false.
(c) a * h * c
a i b t c. which is false.
9. ( 6 ) : (a a 26) and (2b 0 r ) =» a > 26 and 26 * r
a >r i£. a a r.
a > 26 and 26 * r :
10. <c): (2* 6 y ) and (y P 3/)
2* * y and y a 3*
o 2x * 3* i ^ . . 2 * 5 3*.
11. ( a ) : (4* F 5 » and (5y E 35)
(4r < 5y) and (5y i 3t)
(4x < 5y) and (fiy £ 3s)
Ax < 3s or 4x * 3*
4x F 3* or 4r A 3s.
12. ( 6 ) : a A 6 and 6 • c => a > 6 and 6 is a little more than c.
= > A > c = ^ c < A (J. c % a.
13. (c): c = o and a = 6 DCHO and a * 6 => b *a i*.b = a.
14. ( a ) : a x 6 and 6 • c
a is a little less than 6 and 6 «c
=> o is a little less than c
=> c is a litUe more than'a l e . c + a
15. ( a ) : c ft 6 and 6 * a => c<b and 6 is a little less than a.
=> c<a
16. (</): ac • 6c
17.
a>c t.e. a A c .
ac>bc => a > 6 => 6 < a ie. b%a
(d): ac% bd and ab Acd
ac <bd and a6 > erf.
Clearly, no conclusion can be drawn.
18. (a) : A a 2C and 2A 9 3B ^ A > 2C and 2A = 3B
2A > 4C and 2A = 3B
=> 3B > 4C
1 9 . ( 6 ) : 3 A a B and 3 B a 2 C
C < B i.e. C P B.
3A>Band3B>2C
=> 3A > B and | B > C
^ | A > | B and | B > C
|A>C
20. ( r f ) : B 0 2C and 3C y A
5 A > C Lt. 5A a C.
B * 2C and 3C ^ A
B = 2 C and 3C s A
B - 2C
3C i A
B < A i.e. B p A
2 1 . ( 6 ) : 3C 6 2A and B a C
3 C * 2A and B > C
3C > 2A and B > C
'
3B > 3C and 3C 2 2A
3B > 2A i.e. 3B a 2A.
Copyrighted material
Mathematical Operations
22L i c ) : 3B 9 2C and 2A a 3C
t
451
3B = 2C and 2A > 3C.
| B = 3C and 3C < 2A
| B<2A
B<|A
=> B < A i.e., Bp A
23. id): Given statements : M £ N, L > N, M = P.
To verify the given conclusions, we find a relation between N and P.
Now, N £ M, M * P 2 N £ P.
Clearly, both I and II are false
24. ib): Given statements : A S C, M s F , C > F
I. Relation between M and A :
M * F , F<C, C ^ A
no definite conclusion.
So, I is not true.
II. Relation between C and M :
C > F, F * M => C> M Le. C © M .
So, II is true.
25. ie): Given statements : B £ P, C > N, P = N
I. Relation between P and C :
P = N. N < C => P < C i.e. P<C.
So, I is true.
II. Relation between C and B :
C > N, N = P. P 2 B => C > B i.e. C © B.
So. II is true.
26. (6): Given statements : K < P , Z > K. K * M
Relation between Z and M :
Z> K, K * M
Z > M i.e. Z © M .
So, I is false and II is true.
27. ie): Given statements : Z < P, T = M. M £ P
I. Relation between M and Z :
M * P, P > Z
M > Z i.e. M © Z.
So, I is true.
II. Relation between T and P.
T = M, M £ P => T * P ie. T © P
So, II is true.
28. i c ) : Given statements : P > Q, M £ K, T = K.
Relation between T and M :
T = IC
M
T^M
T >M o r T » M
=> T ® M or T = M.
So, either I or II is true.
29. id): Given statements : S < M , M > L, L 2 Z
I. Relation between S and Z :
S < M, M > L, L £ Z => no definite conclusion.
So, I is not true.
II. Relation between S and L :
S < M, M > L => no definite conclusion.
So, II is also not true.
Copyrighted material
452
Reasoning
30. (d): Given statements : D > F , F = S, S £ M
I. Relation between D and M :
D > F , F = S, S < M => no definite conclusion.
So, I is not true.
II. Relation between F and M :
F - S . S s M =» F s M .
So, F © M i.e. F i M is not true.
Thus, II is false.
31. (a): Given statements : J = V, V < N , R s J
I. Relation between R and N :
RsJ, J«V, V < N =»'R<N ie R*N.
So, I is true.
II. Relation betwoen J and N :
J = V, V < N => J < N Le. J • N.
So. J © N Le., J i N is not true.
Thus, II is false.
32. (6): Given statements
C<L,C>B
I. Relation between U and C :
U s L , L > C => no definite conclusion.
So, I is not true.
II. Relation between L and B :
L > C , C > B => L > B U . L © B .
So, II is true.
33. (6): Given statements : G £ S, F i S, T < G
I. Relation between F and T :
F * S , S £ G, G > T =» F > T U . F • T
So, I is true.
II. Relation between T and S :
T < G , G s S => T < S U . T • S.
So, T » S is not true.
Thus, II is false.
34. (b): Given statements :M = N, N > B , B < P
I. Relation between P and N :
P > B, B < N =» no definite conclusion.
So, I is not true.
II. Relation between B and M :
B < N, N = M =» B < M Le. B • M.
So, II is true.
35. (a): Given statements : N ST, T- P.
Relation between P and N :
P - T , TJsN => P i N => P > N or P• N
=> P • N or P = N.
So, either I or II is implicit.
36. (b): Given statements : P s Q , M £N = P
I. Relation between M and P :
M2N=P
M 2 P ie. M • P.
So, I is not true.
i
Copyrighted material
Mathematical
37. ( a ) :
38. ie):
39. id):
40. ib):
Operations
t
453
II. Relation between N and Q :
N = P, P s Q => N s Q Le. N # Q.
So, II i^true.
Given statements : L * M , R * T = L
I. Relation between T and M :
T - L , L * M => T f c M i.e. T • M.
So. I is true.
II. Relation between R and L :
R^T- L
R * L i.e. R • L.
So, II is not true.
Given statements : X > Y > Z , U > Z - V
I. Relation between V and U :
V - Z < U => V < U U. V*U.
So, I is true.
II. Relation between X and V :
X > Y > Z => X > Z .
Now, X > Z and Z = V » X > V Le. X ® V .
So. II is true.
Given statements : G < H £ K, H > Q = R.
I. Relation between G and Q.
G < H, H > Q ^ no definite conclusion.
So, I is not true.
II. Relation between R and G :
R*Q<H
R< H.
Now, R < H and H > G
no definite conclusion.
So, II is not true.
6x a 5y and 2y p 3*
6* = 5y and 2y > 3z
=> 6* » 5y and y >
e
r
J r
ISZ
c
=> 6x m5y and 5y > — => Sx > —
=> I2x > 15* => 4x > &
4 r > 3 z U . 4xp3*.
41. (d): axyby%bxacz and b2 a ac
ax<by%bx=cz and 62 = ac.
bx =cz => 62x = bcz ==> acx = 6cz => ax = bz.
ax<by => bz < by => 2 < y
y > z i.e. y p
A
n
*
n
42. (a): abxy a c z, bx $ ay and 6 aac » abxy = c z9bx > ay, b = ac.
Now, bx > ay =>
> aby
acx > a6y
» cx>by
c2z
(•.• 6 2 = ac)
by < ex.
» a6xy » axfty < axcx
cz < ax2
=> ax2 > cz i.e.
cz.
43. (c): bey y ax, cy a bz and a2ybc => 6cy < ax, cy • 6*. a2 < 6c
cy = 6*
c2y - bcz >a2z => c2y>alz.
ax > bey > a 2 v
ax > a 2 y
x > ay
Copyrighted material
Reasoning
454
=> cx> acy => cx > abz (•.• ey • bz)
=> cx * abz ijt. cxbabz.
44. (a): a2x a byz, czx a b2y a n d c2z a axy => a2x * byz, czx - b2y, c2z = axy.
czx = b2y
c2zx « cb2y
axyx-cb2y
(-.c2z *axy)
cb2.
Now, a2x = byz => a2x2 = bxyz
a.ax2 ~ bxyz
=> acb2 - bxyz
(v ar 2 = c62)
=> abc - xyz ia. abc a xyz.
A + B > C + D. C + D > B + E. B + E = 2C
=> A • B > B E, B E = 2C => A + B>2C.
A D > C + E =» A + D > ( 2 B - D) + E ( v C + D - 2 B )
A + D > (B + E) + (B - D)
» A + D > (C + D) + (B - D)
=>' A + D > B + C.
sum of lengths of two train*
Clearly, time taken
total speed of two trains
L i + L2
(Li"U> ® (Vi"V 2 ).
V | • Va
Total fare B + 15%ofB + 2%ofB + 200
= B + B*15 + B * 2
2Q()
=>
45. (a):
46. (</):
47. (6):
48. (b):
100
ax2 =
100
a B" (B • 15) @> 100" (B • 2)® 100"200.
49. (c): Profit percentage =
+
* 100
M
= (S' (C"L T)) ® (C"L" T) • 100
4K
50. (e): Clearly, total marks = ( T - 2 ) * 2 + — + 5 * 2
= (T2) • 2"4 • K 0 3"6 • 2.
51. (6): Marks out of 150 in first periodical • P.
Marks out of 100 in first periodical = P^ x 100 I
Marks out of 180 in second periodical = T.
Marks out of 100 in second periodical
iiox100)'
Marks out of 400 in final examination = M
Marks out of 100 in final examination
Total marks
1 0 % o f ^ . 1 0 o J . [ l 5 % o f ^ . 1 0 0 | . [ 7 5 % . f ^ X 100
M
400
(P ® 150 • 10)" (T® 180 • 15)" (M @ 400 • 75).
Copyrighted material
13. LOGICAL SEQUENCE OF WORDS
In t h i s type of questions, a group of words is given. The candidate is required
to arrange these words in a meaningful order such as t h e sequence of occurrence of
events, sequence from a part to the whole, sequence of increasing/decreasing size,
value, intensity etc., and then choose the correct sequence accordingly.
Ex. 1. Arrange the following in a meaningful sequence :
1. Consultation
2. Illness
3. Doctor
4. Treatment
5. Recovery
(a) 2,3,1,4,5
(b) 2,3,4,1,5
(c) 4,3,1,2,5
(d) 5,1,4,3,2
Sol. We know t h a t illness occurs first. One then goes to the doctor and after
consultation w i t h him, undergoes treatment to finally a t t a i n recovery.
Thus, the correct order is 2, 3, 1, 4, 5.
Hence, the answer is (a).
E x . 2. Arrange the following in a logical order:
1. Euphoria
2. Happiness
3. Ambivalence
4. Ecstasy
5. Pleasure
(a) 4,1,3,2,5
(6) 3,2,5,1,4
(c) 2,1,3,4,5
(d) 1,4,2,5,3
Sol. A l l the given words stand for VJoy\ but the intensity increases in the order —
Ambivalence, Happiness, Pleasure, Euphoria, Ecstasy.
Thus, the correct order is 3, 2, 5, 1, 4.
Hence, the answer is (6).
Ex. 3. Arrange the following in a meaningful order, from particular to general :
1. Family
2. Community
3. Member
4. Locality
(a) 3,1,2,4,5
5. Country
(b) 3,1,2,5,4
• (c) 3,1,4,2,5
(dl3,1,4,5,2
(Asstt. Grade, 1996)
Sol. Clearly, a member is a part of a family, which in t u r n is a part of community.
The community lives in a locality which lies w i t h i n a countiy.
Thus, the correct order is 3, 1, 2, 4, 5.
Hence, the answer is (a).
EXERCISE 13
Directions (Questions I to 33): in each of the following questionMf arrange
the given words in a meaningful sequence and then choose the most appropriate sequence from amongst the alternatives provided below each question.
1. 1. B i r t h
2. Death
3. Funeral
4. Marriage
5. Education
(Asstt Grade, 1995)
(a) 4,5,3,1,2
(b) 2,3,4,5,1
(c) 1,5,4,2,3
(d) 1,3,4,5,2
2. 1. Site
2. Plan
3. Rent
4. Money
5. Building
(Central Excise, 1996)
(a) 4,1,2,5,3
(6) 3,4,2,5,1
(c) 2,3,5,1,4
(d) 1,2,3,5,4
455
Copyrighted mate
Reasoning
456
3. 1. Table
4. Seed
(a) 4,5,3,2,1
4. 1. College
4. School
(a) 1,2,4,3,5
5. 1. Reading
(a) 1,3,2,4
6. 1. Cutting
4. Market
(a) 1,2,4,5,3
7. 1. Income
4. Well-being
(a) 1,3,2,5,4
8. 1. Milky way
4. Earth
(ft) 4,3,2,5,1
9. 1. Sea
4. River
(a) 5,4,3,2, 1
10. 1. Poverty
4. Unemployment
(a) 3,4,2,5,1
11. 1. Yam
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
4. Cotton
(a) 2,4,1,5,3
1. Puberty
4. Infancy
(a) 5,2,3,4,1
1. Windows
4. Foundation
(a) 4,5,3,2,1,6
1. Post-box
4. Delivery
(a) 3,2,4,5,1
1. Key
4. Room
(a) 5,1,2,4,3
1. Gold
4. Platinum
(a) 2,4,3,6,1
17. 1. Cut
4. Measure
(a) 4,3,1,5,2
2. Tree
3. Wood
5. Plant
(C.B.L 1994)
(b) 4,5,2,3,1
(c) 1,3,2,4,5
( d ) 1,2,3,4,5
2. Child
3. Salary
5. Employment
(Central Excise, 1992)
(6) 2,4,1,5,3
(c) 4,1,3,5,2
id) 5,3,2,1,4
2. Composing
3. Writing
4. Printing
(6) 2,3,4,1
(c) 3,1,2,4
(d) 3,2,4,1
(Railways, 199S)
2. Dish
3. Vegetable
5. Cooking
(Asstt. Grade, 1994)
(b) 3,2,5,1,4
(c) 4,3,1,5,2
(d) 5,3,2,1,4
2. Status
3. Education
5. Job
- (S.S.C. 1993)
(6) 1,2,5,3,4
(c) 3,1,5,2,4
(<f) 3,5,1,2,4
2. Sun
3. Moon
5. Stars
(C.BJL 1993)
(6) 3,4,2,5,1
(c) 2,3,4,5,1
<d) 1,4,3,2,5
2. Rivulet
3. Ocean
5. Glacier
(I. Tax & Central Excise, 1996)
(6) 5,4,2,3,1
(c) 5,2,4,1,3
(d) 5,2,1,3,4
2. Population
3. Death
5. Disease
(S.8.C. 1996)
(6) 2,4,1,5,3
(c) 2,3,4,5,1
<d) 1,2,3,4,5
2. Plant
3. Saree
5. Cloth
(Asstt. Grade, 1996)
(6) 2,4,3,5,1
2. Adulthood
6. Senescence
(6) 4,3,2,1,5
2. Walls
5. Roof
(6) 4,3,5,6,2,1
2. Letter
5. Clearance
(6) 3,2,1,5,4
2. Door
5. Switch on
(6) 4,2,1,5,3
2. Iron
5. Diamond
(6) 3,2,1,5,4
2. Put on
5. Tailor
(6) 3,1,5,4,2
(c) 2,4,5,1,3
3.
(c) 4,3,1,2,5
3.
6.
(c) 4,2,1,5,3,6
3.
(c) 3,2,1,4,5
(d) 2,4,5,3,1
Childhood
(UJXC. 1996)
(d) 2,4,3,1,5
Floor
Room (C.BJ. 1995)
(d) 4,1,5,6,2,3
Envelope
(d) 2,3,1,4,5
3. Lock
(Asrtt. Grade, 1995)
(c) 1,2,3,5,4
(d) 1,3,2,4,5
3. Sand
(Asstt. Grade, 1997)
(c) 4,5,1,3,2
(d) 5,4,3,2,1
3. Mark
(Central Excise, 1994)
(c) 2,4,3,1,5
(d) 1,3,2,4,5
Copyrighted material
Logical Sequence of Words
2. Rain
18. 1. Rainbow
5. Child
4. Happy
(6)
2,3,1,5,4
(c)
(a) 2,1,4.3.5
2. Job
19. 1. Study
5. Apply
4. Earn
(6)
1,3,2,5,4
(c)
(a) 1,2,3,4.5
2. Wrist
20. 1. Shoulder
5. Finger
4. Palm
ib)
3,4,5,2,1
(c)
(a) 5.4.2,3,1
2.
Eagle
21. 1. Frog
5. Grass
4. Snake
(6) 5,3,1,4,2
(c)
(a) 5.3,4,2,1
2. Prison
22. 1. Punishment
5. Judgement
4. Crime
(6) 4,3,5,2,1
(c)
(a) 5,1,2.3.4
2.
Job
23. 1. Child
4. Infant
5. Education
(a) 1,3,5,2,4
(b) 3,5,2,1,4
ic)
2.
Child
24. 1. Mother
4. Cry
5. Smile
ib) 2,4,1,3,5
(c)
(a) 1,5,2.4,3
2. Destination
25. 1. Travel
4. Berth/Seat number
5. Reservation
6. Availability of berth/seat for reservation
(a) 6,2,5,4,3,1
(6) 5,3,4,1,6,2
(c)
26. 1. Curd
4. Milk
ia) 5,2,4,1,3
27. 1. Elephant
4. Tiger
ia) 1,3,5,442
28. 1. Probation
4. Appointment
(a) 5,6,2,3,4,1
29. 1. District
ia) 2,1,4,3
30. 1. Index
4. Chapters
(a) 3,2,5,1,4
31. 1. Country
4. Wood
(a) 1,3,5.4.2
457
3. Sun
(S.S.C. 1993)
id) 4,5,1,2,3
3. Examination
a. Tax A Central Excise, 1992)
1,3,5,4,2
id) 1,3,5,2,4
3. Elbow
4,2,3,5,1
3,1,4,2,5
3,4,2,5,1
4,3,5,1,2
4,1,3,5,2
2,4,3,1,5
(<*) 2,4,5,3,1
3. Grasshopper
(S.S.C. 1996)
id) 1,3,5,2,4
3. Arrest
(Asstt. Grade, 1996)
id) 2,3,1,4,5
3. Marriage
(8.8.C. 1993)
(d) 4,1,5,2,3
3. Milk
(Asstt. Grade, 1995)
(d) 3,2,1,5,4
3. Payment
2,6,3,5,4,1
(d) 1,2,5,4,3,6
(Central Excise, 1994)
2. Grass
3. Butter
5. Cow
(Asstt. Grade, 1994)
ib) 5,2,3,4,1
ic) 4,2,5,3,1
id) 2,5,4,3,1
2. Cat
3. Mosquito
5. Whale
(Asstt Grade. 1996)
ib) 2,5,1,4,3
(c) 3,2,4,1,5
id) 5,3,1,2,4
2. Interview
3. Selection
5. Advertisement
6. Application
ib) 5,6,3,2,4,1
ic) 5,6,4,2,3,1
id) 6,5,4,2,3.1
2. Village
3. State
4. Town
(6) 2,3,4,1
ic) 2,4,1,3
id) 3,2,1,4
(S.S.C. 1996)
2. Contents
3. Title
5. Introduction
(6) 2,3,4.5.1
(c) 5.1.4.2.3
id) 3,2,5,4,1
2. Furniture
3. Forest
5. Trees
(S.8.C. 1993)
ib) 1.4.3.2.5
ic) 2,4,3.1,5
id) 5,2,3,1,4
Copyrighted mate
Reasoning
458
32. 1. Protect
2. Pressure
3. Relief
4. Rain
5. Flood
(I. Tai & Central Excise, 1994)
(a) 2,4,3,1,5
(b) 2.4,5,1,3
(c) 2,5,4,1,3
(d) 3,2,4,5,1
33. 1. A n d h r a Pradesh
2. Universe
3. T i r u p a t h i
4. World
5. India
(Asstt. Grade, 1996)
(a) 1,5,3,2,4
(6) 2,1,3,5,4
(c) 3.1,5,4,2
(d> 5,4,2,1.3
34. Arrange the following in a meaningful order :
(C.B.1.1997)
Doctor, Fever, Medicine, Medical shop
(а) Medicine, Doctor, Medical shop, Fever
(б) Doctor. Medical shop, Medicine, Fever
(c) Fever, Doctor, Medical shop. Medicine
(d) Medical shop. Medicine, Fever, Doctor
35. Which would be the proper order of the following (in ascending order) ?
1. T r i l l i o n
2. Thousand
3. Billion
4. Hundred
5. M i l l i o n
(8.8.C. 1993)
(a) 1,2,4,3,5
(6) 1,5,3,2,4
(c) 4,2,3,5,1
(cf) 4,2,5,3,1
36. W h i c h of the following number sequences represents a correct sequence from a
part to the whole ?
1. Caste
2. Family
3. Newly married couple
4. Clan
5. Species
(C.BJ. 1993)
(a) 2,3.1.4,5
(b) 3,2,1,4,5
(c) 3,4,5,1,2
(d) 4,5,3,2,1
37. Arrange the following items from general to particular :
1. A n i m a l
2. Feline
3. Leopard
4. M a m m a l
5. Vertebrate
6. Cat
(o) 1.5.4,2,3.6
(b) 1,4,3,2,5,6
(c) 1.3,5,4,2.6
(d) 1,2,3,4,5,6
38. Which number sequence of the following represents a correct sequence from
small to big ?
1. Bungalow
2. Flat
3. Cottage
4. House
5. Palace
6. Mansion
(a) 3,2,1,4,6,5
(6) 3,2,4,1,5,6
(c) 3,2,4,1,6,5
(d) 5,6,4,1,2,3
ANSWERS
1.
11.
21.
31.
(c)
(o)
(b)
(a)
2.
12.
22.
32.
(a)
(c)
(c)
(6)
3. (6)
4.
13. (c) 14.
23. id) 24.
33. (c) 34.
(b)
(6)
(6)
(c)
5.
15.
25.
35.
(d)
(d)
(c)
(d)
6.
16.
26.
36.
(c)
7. (d) 8. (6)
9. (c)
(6) 17. (a) 18. (b) 19. (d)
(a) 27. (c) 28. (a) 29. (c)
(6) 37. (a) 38. (c)
10. (6)
20. (a)
30. (d)
Copyrighted material
l
,
14. ARITHMETICAL REASONING
TYPE 1 : CALCULATION-BASED PROBLEMS
E x . 1. In a chess tournament each of six players w i l l play every other player exactly
once. How many matches w i l l be played d u r i n g the tournament ?
(a) 12
(6) 15
(c) 30
(d) 36
(C.B.L 1995)
Sol.
Clearly, we w i l l consider the following matches :
(i) matches of first player w i t h other 5 players;
(ii) matches of second player w i t h 4 players other t h a n the first player;
(iii) matches of t h i r d player w i t h 3 players other than the first and second
players;
(iv) matches of fourth player w i t h 2 players other than the first three players; and
(v) match of fifth player w i t h the sixth one.
So, number of matches played d u r i n g the tournament = 5 + 4 + 3 + 2 + 1 = 15.
E x . 2. A m a n has a certain number of small boxes to pack into parcels. If he packs
3, 4, 5 or 6 in a parcel, he is left w i t h one over, if he packs 7 in a parcel,
none is left over. What is the number of boxes, he may have to pack ?
(a) 106
(6) 301
(c) 309
(d) 400
Sol.
Clearly, the required number would be such t h a t it leaves a remainder of 1
when divided by 3, 4, 5 or 6 and no remainder when divided by 7. Such a
number is 301.
Hence, the answer is (ft).
E x . 3. A, B, C and D play a game of cards. A says to B, u I f I give you 8 cards, you
w i l l have as many as C has and I shall have 3 less than what C has. Also, if
I take 6 cards from C, I shall have twice as many as D has." If B and D together
have 50 cards, how many cards has A got ?
(Hotel Management, 1997)
(a) 40
(b) 37
(c) 27
(d) 23
Sol.
Clearly, we have :
)
B + 8=C
.M)
A+ 6 = 2D
...(iii)
A-8=C-3
...(ii)
B + D = 50
...(iv)
P u t t i n g C = A - 5 from (ii) into (i), we have :
B +8-A- 5
or A - B = 13
...( v )
P u t t i n g D = 50 - B from (iv) into (iii), we have :
A + 6 = 100 - 2B or
A + 2B = 94
...(vi)
Solving (v) and (vi), we get B = 27 and A = 40.
A has 40 cards.
Hence, the answer is (a).
E x . 4. In a group of cows and hens, the number of legs are 14 more t h a n twice the
number of heads. The number of cows is
(a) 5
(b) 7
(c) 10
(d) 12
459
i
dir
aL
Reasoning
460
Sol.
Let the number of cows be x and the number of hens be y. Then,
number of legs in the group = 4x + 2y.
number of heads in the group • x + y.
So, 4x • 2y - 2(x • y) + 14 or 4x + 2y = 2x + 2y + 14 or 2 x « 1 4 o r x = 7.
Number of cows = 7.
Hence, the answer is (6).
Ex. 5. A worker may claim Rs 15 for each km which he travels by taxi and Rs 5
for each km which he drives his own car. If in one week he claimed Rs 500
for travelling 80 km how many kms did he travel by taxi ?
(a) 10
(b) 20
(c) 30
Id) 40
Sol.
Let the distance covered by taxi be x km.
Then, distance covered by car = (80 - x) km.
15x + 5(80 - x) = 500 or 15x + 400 - 5x = 500 or l Q x - 1 0 0 or x= 10.
Distance covered by taxi « 10 km.
Hence, the answer is (a).
TYPE 2 : DATA-BASED QUESTIONS
Ex. 6. The following questions are based on the given data for an examination.
(A) Candidates appeared
10500
(B) Passed in all the five subjects
5685
(C) Passed in three subjects only
1498
(D) Passed in two subjects only
1250
(E) Passed in one subject only
835
(F) Failed in English only
78
(G) Failed in Maths only
275
(H) Failed in Physics only
149
(I) Failed in Chemistry only
147
(J) Failed in Biology only
221
Q. 1. How many candidates failed in all the subjects ?
(a) 4815
(b) 3317
(c) 2867
(d) 362
Sol. Clearly, candidates failed in all the subjects
- (Candidates appeared) - (Candidates failed in 1, 2, 3 or 5 subjects
• Candidates failed in 1 subject only)
= 10500 - (5685 + 1498 + 1250 • 835 • 78 + 275 • 149 • 147 * 221)
= 10500 - 10138 = 362.
Hence, the answer is (d).
Q. 2. How many candidates passed at least in four subjects ?
(a) 6555
(6) 5685
(c) 1705
(d) 870
Sol. Candidates passed at least in four subjects
= (Candidates passed in 4 subjects) • (Candidates passed in all 5 subjects)
= (Candidates failed in only 1 subject) + (Candidates passed in all 5 subjects)
= (78 • 275 4- 149 • 147 • 221) * 5685
= 870 5685 - 6555.
Hence, the answer is (a).
Copyrighted materia
I
Arithmetical Reasoning
461
Q. 3. How many candidates failed because of having failed in four or less subjects ?
(a) 4815
(6)4453
(c) 3618
(d) 2368
Sol* Candidates failed in four or less subjects
= (Candidates failed in only 1 subjcct) • (Candidates failed in only 2 subjects)
+ (Candidates failed in only 3 subjects) + (Candidates failed in only 4 subjects)
= (Candidates failed in only 1 subject) + (Candidates passed in only 3 subjects)
+ (Candidates passed in only 2 subjects) • (Candidates passed in only 1 subject)
* (78 + 275 4 149 + 147 + 221) + 1498 + 1250 + 835
= 4453.
Hence, the answer is (6).
TYPE 3 : PROBLEMS ON AGES
- Ex. 7. Reena is twice as old as Sunita. Three years ago, she was three times as old
as Sunita. How old is Reena now ?
(I. Tax & Central Excise, 1995)
(a) 6 years
(6) 7 years
(c) 8 years
(d) 12 years
Sol. Let Sunita s present age be x years.
Then, Reena's present age * 2x years.
Three years ago, Sunita's age = (* - 3) and Reena's age = (2x - 3).
So, (2x - 3) - 3(x - 3) or 2x - 3 - 3x - 9 or x - 6.
Reena s present age = 2x = 12 years.
Hence, the answer is (d).
Ex. 8. The age of a father is twice that of the elder son. Ten years hence the age
of the father will be three times that of the younger son. If the difference of
ages of the two sons is 15 years, the age of the father is
(a) 50 years
(6) 55 years
(c) 60 years
(d) 70 years
Sol. Let the age of the elder son be x.
Then, age of younger son = (* - 15); and
age of the father
= 2x.
So, 2r + 10 = 3(* - 15 + 10) or 2x+ I0 = 3x - 15 or x = 25.
Father's age * 2 x ~ 5 0 years.
Hence, the answer is (a).
TYPE 4 : VENN-DIAGRAM BASED QUESTIONS
Ex. 9. Consider the diagram given below :
(LA.8.1994)
Five hundred candidates appeared in an examination comprising of tests in
English, Hindi and Mathematics. The diagram gives the number of candidates
who failed in different tests. What is the percentage of candidates who failed
in at least two subjects ?
(a) 0.078
(6) 1.0
(c) 6.8
(<f) 7.8
Copyrighted material
Reasoning
462
Sol. Clearly, number of candidates who failed in at least t w o subjects
= number of candidates who failed in two or more subjects
= (10 + 12+ 12+ 5) = 39.
Required percentage
f 3 9 x 100
% = 7.8%.
500
Hence, the answer is (d).
Ex. 10. In a group of persons travelling in a bus, 6 persons can speak T a m i l , 15
can speak H i n d i and 6 can speak Giyarati. In that group, none can speak
any other language. If 2 persons in the group can speak two languages and
one person can speak all the three languages, then how many persons are
there in the group ?
(LA.8. 1997)
v
(a) 21
(b) 22
(c) 23
(d) 24
Sol. Let circles X, Y, and Z represent persons who can speak Tamil, H i n d i and
Gvyarati respectively.
X "
X/'
X
Y
Tamil-speaking persons = A+ B + D + E = 6
Hindi-speaking persons = B + C + E+ F = 1 5
Gujarati-speaking persons = D + E + F + G = 6
Persons speaking 2 languages = B + D + F = 2
Persons speaking all 3 languages = E = 1
Clearly, we have : A + B + D = 5
...(i)
...(ii)
...(iii)
...(iv)
...(v)
...(vi)
B C + F = 14
D + F+G =5
B+D+ F=2
Subtracting ( « ) from (pi), we get :
...(vii)
...(viii)
...Ox)
A - F= 3
A d d i n g (vii) and (viii), we get :
B + C + D + 2F + G = 1 9
A d d i n g (*) and (xi), we get :
A + B + C + D + F + G = 22
or A + B + C + D + E + F + G = 23.
/. Total number of persons = 23.
Hence, the answer is (c).
...(x)
...(xi)
(•••
E=l)
EXERCISE 14
1. A shepherd had 17 sheep. A l l b u t nine died. How many was he left w i t h ?
(a) N i l
(b) 8
(c) 9
(d) 17
(Railways, 1995)
Copyrighted material
Arithmetical Reasoning
463
2. A b i r d shooter was asked how many birds he had in the bag. He replied t h a t
there were a l l sparrows b u t six, all pigeons b u t six, and all docks b u t six. How
many birds had he in a l l ?
(a) 9
(6) 18
(c) 27
(d) 36
3. W h a t is t h e smallest number of ducks t h a t could swim in this formation — two
ducks in front of a duck, two ducks behind a duck and a duck between two
ducks ?
(a) 3
(6) 5
(c) 7
(d) 9
4. A group of 1200 persons consisting of captains and soldiers is t r a v e l l i n g in a
t r a i n . F o r e v e r y 15 soldiers there is one captain. The number of captains in the
group is
(Hotel Management, 1992)
(a) 85
(6) 80
(c) 75
id) 70
5. A r u n a cut a cake into two halves and cuts one h a l f into smaller pieces of equal
size. Each of the small pieces is twenty grams in weight. If she has seven pieces
of the cake in a l l w i t h her, how heavy was the original cake ?
(L.I.C. 1994)
(a) 120 grams
(ft) 140 grams
(c) 240 grams
(d) 280 grams
(e) None of these
6. F i r s t bunch of bananas has ^ again as many bananas as a second bunch. If the
second bunch has 3 bananas less t h a n the first bunch, then the number of
bananas in the first bunch are
(S.C.ILA. 1996)
(a) 9
(ft) 10
(c) 12
(d) 15
7. At the end of a business conference the ten people present all shake hands w i t h
each other once. How many handshakes w i l l there be altogether ? (M.B.A- 1997)
(a) 20
(6) 45
(c) 55
(d) 90
8. A student got twice as many sums wrong as he got right. If he attempted 48
sums in all, how many did he solve correctly ?
(M.B.A. 1994)
(a) 12
(6) 16
(c) 24
(d) 18
9. The number of boys in a class is three times the number of girls. W h i c h one of
the following numbers cannot represent the total number of children in the
class ?
(S.C.RA. 1993)
(a) 48
'
(ft) 44
(c) 42
(d) 40
10. A placed three sheets w i t h two carbons to get two extra copies of the original.
Then he decided to get more carbon copies and folded the paper in such a way
t h a t the upper h a l f of the sheets were on top of the lower half. Then he typed.
How many carbon copies did he get ?
(a) 1
(6) 2
(c) 3
(d) 4
11. A motorist knows four different routes from Bristol to B i r m i n g h a m . F r o m
B i r m i n g h a m to Sheffield he knows three different routes and from Sheffield to
Carlisle he knows two different routes. How many routes does he know from
Bristol to Carlisle ?
(a) 4
(ft) 8
(c) 12
(d) 24
12. In a class, there are 18 boys who are over 160 cm tall. If these constitute threefourths of the boys and the total number of boys is two-thirds cf the total number
of students in the class, what is the number of girls in the class ?
(LA.S. 1992)
(a) 6
(6) 12
(c) 18
(d) 24
Copyrighted material
464
Reasoning
13. A bus starts from city X. The number of women in the bus is h a l f of the number
of men. In city Y, 10 men leave the bus and five women enter. Now, number
of men and women is equal. In the beginning, how many passengers entered
the bus ?
(I. Tax & Central Excise, 1995:
(a) 15
(6) 30
(c) 36
(d) 45
14. In a class, 20% of the members own only two cars each, 40% of the remaining
own three cars each and the remaining members own only one car each. Which
of the following statements is definitely true from the given statements ?
(а) Only 20% of the total members own three cars each.
(б) 48% of the total members own only one car each.
(c) 60% of the total members own at least two cars each.
(d) 80% of the total members own at least one car.
(e) None of these
(Bank P.O. 1998
15. Between two book-ends in your study are displayed your five favourite puzzle
books. If you decide to arrange the five books in every possible combination anc
moved j u s t one book every minute, how long would it take you ?
(a) 1 hour
(6) 2 hours
(c) 3 hours
(d) 4 hours
16. I have a few sweets to be distributed. If I keep 2, 3 or 4 in a pack, I am l e f
w i t h one sweet. If I keep 5 in a pack, I am left w i t h none. What is the m i n i m u n
number of sweets I can have to pack and distribute ? (Assistant Grade, 1992
(a) 25
(6) 37
(c) 54
(d) 65
17. Mr. Johnson was to earn £ 300 and a free holiday for seven weeks' work. Ht
worked for only 4 weeks and earned £ 30 and a free holiday. What was t i n
value of the holiday ?
(a) £ 300
(b) £ 330
(c) £ 360
(</) £ 420
18. In a cricket match, five batsmen A, B, C, D and E scored an average of 36 r u n s
D scored 5 more than E; E scored 8 fewer than A; B scored as many as D anc
E combined; and B and C scored 107 between them. How many runs d i d B
score ?
(a) 62
(6) 45
(c) 28
(d) 20
19. Mac has £ 3 more than Ken, but then Ken wins on the horses and trebles hi;
money, so t h a t he now has £ 2 more than the original amount of money t h a
the two boys had between them. How much money did Mac and Ken havi
between them before Ken's w i n ?
(a) £ 9
(6) £ 11
(c) £ 13
(d) £ 15
20. Robin says, " I f J a i gives me Rs 40, he w i l l have half as much as A t u l , but i
A t u l gives me Rs 40, then the three of us w i l l all have the same amount." Wha
is the total amount of money that Robin, J a i and A t u l have between them ?
(a) Rs 240
(6) Rs 320
(c) Rs 360
(d) Rs 420
21. A, B, C, D and E play a game of cards. A says to B, " I f you give me three cards!
you w i l l have as many as E has and if I give you three cards, you w i l l have ai
many as D has." A and B together have 10 cards more than what D and E
together have. If B has two cards more than what C has and the total numbei
of cards be 133, how many cards does B have ?
(Hotel Management, 1995
(a) 22
(6) 23
(c) 25
(d) 35
Copyrighted material
I
Arithmetical Reasoning
465
22. A, B, C, D and E play a game of cards. A says to E, " I f you give me 3 cards,
you will have as many as I have at this moment while if D takes 5 cards from
you, he will have as many as E has.'' A and C together have twice as many
cards as E has. B and D together also have the same number of cards as A and
C taken together. If together they have 150 cards, how many cards has C got ?
(a) 28
(b) 29
(c) 31
id) 35
(CAT. 1997)
23. In a caravan in addition to 50 hens, there are 45 goats and 8 camels with some
keepers. If the total number of feet be 224 more than the number of heads in x
the caravan, the number of keepers is
(Hotel Management, 1995)
ia) 5
ib) 8
ic) 10
id) 15
24. A certain number of horses and an equal number of men are going somewhere.
Half of the owners are on their horses' back while the remaining ones are walking
along leading their horses. If the number of legs walking on the ground is 70,
how many horses are there ?
(Railways, 1998)
(a) 10
ib) 12
ic) 14
id) 16
25. At a farm, there are hens, cows and bullocks, and keepers to look after them.
There are 69 heads less than legs; the number of cows is double of that of the
bullocks; the number of cows and hens is the same and there is one keeper per
ten birds and cattle. The total number of hens plus cows and bullocks and their
keepers does not exceed 50. How many cows are there ?
ia) 10
(6) 12
ic) 14
id) 16
26. In a certain office, ^ of the workers are women, ~ of the women are married
1
3
and x of the married women have children. If t of the men are married and
o
4
'
2
- of the married men have children, what part of workers are without children ?
3
(b,
W
l
M
27. In an examination, a student scores 4 marks for every correct answer and loses
1 mark for every wrong answer. If he attempts all 75 questions and secures
125 marks, the number of questions he attempts correctly, is
ia) 35
(6) 40
ic) 42
id) 46
Directions iQuestions 28 to 32) : The following questions are based on
the information given below :
(Hotel Management, 1997)
Data on 450 candidates, who took an examination in Social Sciences, Mathematics
and Science is given below :
Passed in all the subjects
167
Failed in all the subjects
60
Failed in Social Sciences
175
Failed in Mathematics
' 499
Failed in Science
191 •
Passed in Social Sciences only
62
Passed in Mathematics only
48
Passed in Science only
52
Copyrighted materj
<
V
Reasoning
466
28. How manv failed in Social Sciences only ?
(a) 15
(6) 21
(c) 30
(d) 42
29. How many failed in one subject only ?
(a) 152
(6) 144
(c) 61
(d) 56
30. How many passed in Mathematics and at least one more subject ?
(a) 210
(6) 203
(c) 170
(<f) 94
31. How many failed in two subjects only ?
(a) 56
(b) 61
(c) 152
(rf) 162
32. How many passed at least in one subject ?
(a) 450
•
(6) 390
(c) 304
(d) 167
33. A is three times as old as B. C was twice as old as A four years ago. In four
years' time, A will be 31. What is the present age of B and C ?
(a) 9, 46
(6) 9, 50
(c) 10, 46
(d) 10, 50
(A**i*tant Grade, 1997)
34. A father tells his son, al was of your present age when you were born." If the
father is 36 now, how old was the boy 5 years back ?
(Railways, 1994)
(a) 13
(6) 15
(c) 17
{<d) 20
35. In a family, a couple has a son and a daughter. The age of the father is three
times that of his daughter and the age of the son is half of his mother. The
wife is 9 years younger to her husband and the brother is seven years older
than his sister. What is th^pg» f of.the mother ?
(LAB. 1998)
(a) 40 years
(b) 45 yearst<v.
(c) 50 years
(d) 60 years
36. A father is now three time#'a* did as his son. Five years back, he was four
times as old as his son. The age of the son is
(LA8. 1993)
(a) 12
(6) 15 + (o)
(c) 18
(d) 20
37. Ravi's brother is 3 years aertter to him. His father was 28 years of age when
his sister was born while Ms mother was 26 years of age when he was born. If
his sister was 4 years of age when his brother was born, what was the age of
Ravi's father and mother respectively when his brother was born ?
(a) 32 years. 23 years
(b) 32 years, 29 years
(c) 35 years, 29 years
.
(d) 35 years, 33 years
(Hotel Management, 1995)
38. When Rahul was born, his father was 32 years older than his brother and his
mother was 25 years older than his sister. If Rahul's brother is 6 years older
than him and his mother is 3 years younger than his father, how old was Rahul's
sister when he was born ?
(Hotel Management, 1997)
(a) 7 years
(6) 10 years
(c) 14 years
(d) 19 years
39. In a town, 65% people watched the news on television, 40% read a newspaper
and 25% read a newspaper and watched the news on television also. What
percent of the people neither watched the news on television nor read a newspaper ?
(a) 5
(b) 10
(c) 15
(d) 20
40. In a group of 15 people, 7 read French, 8 read English while 3 of them read
none of these two. How many of them read French and English both ?
(a) 0
(6) 3
(c) 4
id) 5
(L Tax & Central Excise, 1995)
/
Copyrighted rricit
v
Arithmetical Reasoning
467
41. There are 50 students admitted to a nursery class. Some students can speak
only English and some can speak only Hindi. Ten students can speak both
English and Hindi. If the number of students who can speak English is 21, then
how many students can speak Hindi, how many can speak only Hindi and how
many can speak only English ?
(LA.S. 1998)
(a) 39, 29 and 11 respectively
(6) 37, 27 and 13 respectively
(c) 28, 18 and 22 respectively
(d) 21, 11 and 29 respectively
42. Consider the Venn diagram given below :
(LA.S. 1993)
Paper I
— s ^ — - ^ P a p e r II
Taper I I I
The number in the Venn diagram indicates the number of persons reading the
newspapers. The diagram is drawn after surveying 50 persons. In a population
of 10,000, how many can be expected to read at least two newspapers ?
(a) 5000
(6) 5400
(c) 6000
(d) 6250
43. Out of a total of 120 musicians in a club. 5% can play all the three instruments
— guitar, violin and flute. It so happens ltha»»tHte number of musicians who can
play any two and only two of the above instruments is 30. The number of musicians
who can play the guitar alone is 40. What i* the total number of those who can
play violin alone or flute alone ?
. 0yp. v
(LA.8. 1995)
(a) 30
Sb) 38
(c) 44
(<f) 45
Directions (Questions 44 to 46): The diagram given below shows the number
of students who got distinction in three subjects out of 500 students. Study
the diagram carefully and answer the questions that follow.
Physics
v
C h e m i s t r y \ ^ _ ^ X ^ _ ^ / Mathematics
44. What is the percentage of students who got distinction in two subjects ?
(a) 8%
(6) 9**
(c) 10%
(d) 12%
45. What is the percentage of students who got distinction ?
k
(a) 28%
(b) 35%
- (c) 38%
(d) 40%
46. The percentage of students with distinction marks in Mathematics is
(a) 17.8%
(ft) 18.6%
(c) 19.2%
(d) 20.6%
Directions (Questions 47 to 49) : Study the information given below and
answer the questions that follow :
A publishing firm publishes newspapers A, B and C. In an efTort to persuade
advertisers to insert advertisements in these newspapers, the firm sends out the
following statement to possible advertisers :
Copyrighted material
i
«
a
Reasoning
468
47.
48.
49.
50.
A survey of representative^sample of the whole population shows that —
Newspaper A is read by 26%;
Newspaper B is read by 25%;
Newspaper C is read by 14%;
Newspaper A and B are read by 11%;
Newspaper B and C are read by 10%;
Newspaper C and A are read by 9%;
Newspaper C only is read by 0%.
The percentage of readers who read all the three newspapers is
(a) 1
(6) 4
(c) 5
(d) 6
The percentage of reader^ who read A and B but not C, is
(a) 2
(6) 4
(c) 5
id) 6
The percentage of readers who read at least one of the three newspapers is
(a) 40
(6) 50
(c) 60
M ) 65
A number of friends decided to go on a picnic and planned to spend Rs 96 on
eatables. Four of them, however, did not turn up. As a consequence, the remaining
ones had to contribute Rs 4 each extra. The number of those who attended the
picnic was
(a) 8
(6) 12
(c) 16
(d) 24
**
ANSWERS
1. ic): 'All but nine died* means 'All except nine died* i.e. nine sheep remained alive.
2. ( a ) :
T h e r e w e r e all s p a r r o w s but six* means that six birds w e r e not s p a r r o w s but o n l y
pigeons and docks.
y::
S i m i l a r l y , number of
number of docks = 6
and number of sparrows • number of pigeons * 6.
T h i s is possible w h e n there are 3 sparrows, 3 pigeons a n d 3 docks i.e. 9 birds in all.
3. ( a ) :
C l e a r l y , the smallest such number is 3.
T h r e e ducks can be a r r a n g e d as shown
along side to s a t i s f y all the tjiree g i v e n conditions.
4. ( c ) :
C l e a r l y , out of e v e r y 16 persons, there is one captain.
So. number of captains =
lo
l
D
DJ
[o
= 75.
5. ( c ) : T h e seven pieces consist of 6 smaller equal pieces and one half cake piece.
W e i g h t of each small piece
= 20 g.
So, total w e i g h t of the cake * 2 x (20 x 6) • 240 g.
6. ( t f ) :
L e t the number of bananas in the second bunch be x
T h e n , number o f bananas i n the f i r s t bunch « X + 7 X » 7 X .
4
4
,
So. ; x - x s 3
4
=>
5 x - 4 r = 12
x = 12.
A N u m b e r of bananas in first bunch
7. ( 6 ) :
C l e a r l y , total n u m b e r of handshakes = ( 9 + 8 + 7 * 6 + 5 + 4 + 3 + 2 + l ) = 4 5 .
8. ( 6 ) : Suppose the boy got x sums right and 2x sums wrong. T h e n ,
x + 2* = 48
or
3x = 48
or
x = 16.
Copyrighted material
r
Arithmetical Reasoning
9.
(c)
Let number of girls «x and number of boys ^ 3*.
Then, 3x + x = 4x • total number of students.
10. (6)
11.
(d)
12. (6)
Thus, to find exact value of x, the total number of students must be divisible by 4.
Since the number of carbons is 2, only two copies can be obtained.
Total number of routes from Bristol to Carlisle = (4 x 3 x 2) = 24.
Let the number of boys be x.
Then, ? x = 18
4
or
x = 18 x £ . 24.
o
If total number of students is y. then
| y 2 4
or
y-24x|-36.
Number of girls in the class = ( 3 6 - 2 4 ) = 12.
13.
(d)
Originally, let the number of women = x.
Then, number of men • 2*.
So, in city Y, we have :
(2r - 10) = (x • 5 )
\
or
x = 15.
Total number of passengers in the beginning = (x • 2 * ) = 3x = 45.
14. (6)
L e t total number of members be 100.
Tfien, number of members owning only 2 cars - 20.
Number of ntembers owning 3 cars = 4 0 ^ of 80 = 32.
Number of members, owning only 1 car = 100 -.(20 • 32) = 48.
Thus, 48% of the total members own one car each.
15. (6):
Clearly, number of ways of arranging 5 books = 5 ! = 5 x 4 x 3 x 2 x l = 120.
So, total time taken = 120 minutes = 2 hours.
16. (a)
Clearly, the required number would be such that it leaves a remainder of 1 when
divided by 2, 3 or 4 and no remainder when divided by 5. Such a number is 25.
17. (6)
L e t the value of the holiday be x
Then, pay for seven weeks' work = £ 300 • x.
or
1. .
.
Pay for one weeks work
£ 3 0 0 «•*
-
S o , ^ ^ x 4 . £ 3 0 . x
or
18.
(d)
£ 1200 • 4x * £ 210 • 7x
or
3x=£990
or
£330.
Total runs scored - (36 x 5) • 180.
Let the runs scored by E be x.
Runs scored by D = x • 5.
Runs scored by A =x + 8 .
Runs scored b y B x x * x * 5 = 2x + 5.
Runs scored by C * (107 - B) = 107 - <2x • 5 ) » 102 - 2r.
So. total runs » ( x * 8 ) * ( 2 r • 5) + ( 1 0 2 ~ 2 r j * i x ^ 5 ) + x = 3 x + 120
3x • 120 * 180
or
a t = 60 or x =. 20.
Thus, runs scored by E = 20
19. (c)
Let money with Ken • x .
Then, money with Mac =x + £ 3 .
N o w , 3x = (x * x • £ 3 ) + £ 2
or x = £ 5 .
/. Total money with Mac and Ken » 2r - 7 X = £ 13.
Copyrighted mate
t
(
Reasoning
470
20. ( c ) : Clearly, we have :
J - 4 0 = £A
i
A - 40 = R - 40
...«)
'
A - 40 = J
...Ui)
...(iii)
Solving ( i ) and.(u) simultaneously, we get : J » 120 and A= 160.
160 in (iii), we get R = 80.
Putting A
.-. Total money = R + J + A= Rs(80 + 120 + 160) = Ra360.
21. ( c ) : Clearly, we have :
B - 3 = E
A * B « D + E+10
A » B + C » D + E * 133
...d)
B . 3 . D
...(iii)
...(iii)
B=C + 2
...(iv)
...(v)
From (iVand (ii). we have : 2B = D * E
...(vi)
From (iif) and (vi). wc have : A = B + 10
...(vii)
Using (iv), (vi) antl (vii) in (i>), we get :
(B • 10>
B -»(B - 2) + 2B » 133
or
5B-125
or
B = 25
22. ( a ) : Clearly, we have :
A = B -3
~U)
A • C « 2E
D +5-E
...(i«)
A + B +'C + D + E ~ 150
'
...(ii)
B.D-A-C-2E
...(if)
...(c)
From (iii), (iv) and <i>). we get : 5E = 150
or
E = 30.
Putting E x 30 in (ii). we get : D = 25.
Putting E = 30 and D = 25 in ( i f ) , we get : B - 35.
Putting B = 35 in (i). we g4i'C,A*= 32.
Putting A » 32 and E - 30"hf>(im, we get : C = 28
23. (rf) : Let number of keepers be .t.
Then, total number o f f e e t = 2 x 50-*4 x 45 + 4 x 8 * 2 r a = 2 x + 312.
total number of heads = 50 4 4 5 > « • * • 103 • jr.
Now. ( 2 * * 3 1 2 ) - ( 1 0 3 + x y V t i 4
or
* = 15.
24. (c) i Let number of horses = number of men -•*.
Then, number of legs - 4x + 2 * ^ * 5x.
So. 5x = 70
or x = 14.
25. (h) : Let the number of hens. cows, bullocks and keepers be represented by H. C. B and
K respectively.
Then, wc have ;
number of heads = H * C + B + K
number of legs
= 2H + 4C + 4B + 2K
So. H + C . B 4 K • 69 = 2H + 4C • 4B • 2K
or H *"C + B-t-K + 69 = 4 ( H * C * B ) + 2K - 2H
Also,
C = 2B
/
...(i)
...(H)
C = H
...(iii)
H » C • B • 10K
...Uv)
H * C + B + Ks50
...(„)
Putting H + C • B = 10K in (i). we get :
11K + 69 = 42K - 2H
or
3 1 K - 2 H = 69 or 2 H - 3 1 K - 6 9
Putting H + C • B = 10K in (r). we get 1 IK S 50
...<i»i)
or K 5 5.
Thus. K = 1. 2. 3 or 4
Copyrighted material
Arithmetical Reasoning
471
Putting K = 1 or 2, we get negative values of H, which is not possible.
Putting K = 4, we get fractional value of H. which is also not passible.
Putting K = 3. we get : H » 12.
So. C = H - 12.
26. ( c ) : Let the total number of workers be x. Then.
number of women • - and number of men «* — •
Women having children = | of | of
x = ~
Men having children = | of | of ~ = | •
Workers having children
I 18
3J
18
llx
Workers having no children
18
-
lo
of all workers.
2 7 . ( 6 ) : Let the number of correct answers be x.
Number of incorrect answers = (75 - x).
4x - (75 - x ) = 125
or
5* = 200
or x = 40.
28. (o): Candidates failed in Social Sciences only .<<n> ni «
*
= (Candidates failed in Social Sciences) - (Candidates failed in all the subjects
•f Candidates passed in Science only +•: Candidates passed in Maths only)
= 175 - (60 • 52 • 48) - 175 - 160 - 15.
2 9 . <c): Candidates failed in one subject only
= (Total number of candidates) - (Candidates passed in all the subjects
* Candidates failed in all the subject*
Candidates passed in one subject only)
= 450 - (167 + 60 + 62 + 48 - 52)
= 450 - 389 = 61.
3 0 . ( 6 ) : Candidates failed in Science only = 191 - (62 - 60 + 48) = 21.
Candidates failed in Social Sciences only = 15
Candidates passed in Maths and at least one more subject = (21 + 15 • 167) = 203.
31. ( d ) : Candidates failed in two subjects only
= Candidates passed in one subject only
* 62 ^ 48 + 52 * 162.
3 2 . ( 6 ) : Candidates passed at least in one subject
«r (Candidates passed in only 1 subject) + (Candidates passed in only 2 subjects)
+ (Candidates passed in all the subjects)
= (Candidates failed in only 2 subjects)
<
(Candidates failed in only 1 subject)
• (Candidates passed in all the subjects)
= 162 • 61 • 1 6 7 - 3 9 0
3 3 . (/>): C l e i r l y , we have :
A • 3B
Also. A + 4 = 3 1
...(f)
or
C - 4 = 2<A - 4)
.Mi)
A = 3 l - 4 = 27.
Putting A = 27 in ( 0 . we get : B • 9.
Putting A = 27 in (ii). we get : C = 50
Copyrighted material
h
Reasoning
472
Let the father's age be * and the son's age be y. T h e n ,
34.(o)
x-y»y
or
x » 2y
N o w , x * 36. So. 2y « 36
or
y * 18.
/. Son's present age = 18 years.
So. son's ajje 5 years ago = 13 years.
35.
Id)
Let the daughter's age be x. Then, father's age * 3x.
Mother's age = 3x - 9; Son's age • x • 7.
So, ( x W l ) :
3x - 9
or
2r + 14 • 3x - 9
or
x - 23.
/. M o t h e r a age « ( 3 x - 9) • (69 - 9) • 60 years.
36. (6)
:
Let sons age be x. Then, father's age - 3 x .
F i v e years ago, father's age = 3r - 5 and son's age » x - 5.
So, 3x - 5 = 4(x - 5 )
or
3x - 5 = 4x - 20
or
x = 15.
37. ( a ) : W h e n Ravi's brother was born,
fet Ravi's father's age * x and mother's age * y .
Then, sister's age = x - 28 = 4 j * . x = 32.
Rayi's age = y - 26.
A g e o f Ravi's brother » y - 2 6 • 3 » y - 2 3 .
N o w , when Ravi's brother was born, his age * 0. i.e. y - 23
0 or
y
--= 23.
38.(6) : W h e n Rahul was b o m ,
his brother's age = 6 years;
his father's age
« ( 6 + S f y y h M f l 3 8 years;
his mother's age = (38 - 3) years = 35 years;
his sister's age
39. (d)
:
«= (35 - 25) years « 10 years.
L e t the total number of people be 100.
L e t circle X represent people who watched
television and Y represent people who read
newspaper.
Then, A• B » 6 5 , B -f C - 4 0 , B - 2 5 .
Solving, we get : A = 40, B = 25, C = 16.
N u m b e r of persons who neither watched television nor read newspaper
= 100 - ( A + B + C ) 3 100 - (40 • 25 + 15)
= 100 - 80 = 20.
So, required percentage = 20%.
40, (FC) :
Let circles F and E represent people who
read French and English respectively.
N o w , ( P + Q • R ) + 3 • 15
Also. P + Q - 7 ,
or
P + Q + R-12
...«)
Q4R.8,
Adding, we get : P • 2Q 4 R - 15.
...(U)
Subtracting ( i ) from (ii). we get Q - 3.
v. N u m b e r of people who read French and English both
41. (a)
3.
: L e t circles E and H represent students who
can speak English and Hindi respectively.
N u m b e r of students who can speak both
English and Hindi = Y = 10.
N u m b e r of students who can speak
English
-X + Y - 2 1 .
Copyrighted material
Arithmetical Reasoning
473
Total number of students = X + Y + Z = 50.
Number of students who can speak only English
= X = (X + Y ) - Y = 21 - 10= 11.
Number of students who can speak only Hindi
v
« Z «(X + Y • Z) - (X • Y)« 50 - 21 • 29.
Number of students who can spoak Hindi • Y • Z » 10 • 29 = 39.
42. (6): Number of persons who read at least two newspapers »(12 + 8 + 5 + 2) - 27.
Number of such persons per 10000 =
x 100001= 5400.
43. (c): Let circles, P, Q and R represent the musicians who can play guitar, violin and flute
respectively.
P
\
Q
R
Now, a + f t + c + d + f + f + t f " 120.
Number of musicians who can play all the three instruments
= 5% of 120 = 6.
Number of musicians who can play any two and only two of the instruments
tc»a { ( L
= d + e+f=30.
Number of musicians who can play guitar only *a = 40.
Number of musicians who can play violin alone or flute only
• b +c
:a ofqi>
- 1 2 0 - ( a + d + e+f+g)
•
j/
- 120 - (40 + 30 + 6) a 44.
44. (a): Number of students who got distinction in two subjects - (15 + 13 + 12) - 40.
Required percentage - ^ j j j x 100 j% = 8%.
45. (c): Number of students who got distinction = (50 • 47 • 42 + 12 + 11 • 13 + 15)« 190.
Required percentage = 1x 100 |% - 38%.
,500
,
46. (a): Number of students with distinction marks in Mathematics
= (50 + 13 + 11 + 15) » 89.
Required percentage =
x 100 j%
17.8%.
Questions 47 to 49
Let the number of persons be 100.
Paper A / *
#
N
Pa
P* r
B
PaperC
Copyrighted material
Reasoning
474
Then, we have :
P + Q + S +T-26
...<i)
Q +R +T + U*25
...Ui)
S +T + U + V«14
...(iii)
Q*T=11
...(if)
T + U = 10
...(v)
S+T=9
...(pi)
V » 0
...MO
Putting V = 0 in (iii). we get : S • T • U - 14. But. T + U = 10.
So, S = (14 - 10) = 4.
From (vi). w e have : T * 9 - S = 9 - 4 = 6 .
From (i>), we have : U = 10 - T = 5.
From ( i f ) , we have : Q * 11 - T • 6.
From ( i ) . we have : P * 26 - (Q + S • T) • 26 - <6 • 4 + 5) «= 11.
From ( « ) . we have : R = 25 - (Q + T • U) = 25 - (6 + 5 • 5) = 9.
47. ie):
Percentage of readers who read all the newspapers « T = 6
j
48. ( d ) : Percentage of readers who read A and B but not C = Q = 6
49. (a) :
Percentage of readers who read at least one of tho three newspapers
= P • Q • R + S + T• U + V
= (11 • 6 + 9 + 4 * 5 + 5) = 40.
50. ( a ) :
Let the total number of students who decided to attend the picnic be x. Then,
96
x
°r
or
96
- — =4
4
x
X - (X - 4 )
~Wr
or
1)
A\ *9A
0r
v
1
1
4
* - 4
*
96
2 A
A
* ~ 4x - 96 = 0
x\x - 4)
Z4i j £»(:
(x - 12) (x • 8 ) = 0 or X - 12.
So, number of students who attended the picnic * 12 - 4 » 8.
I .
Copyrighted material
15. INSERTING THE MISSING CHARACTER
In such t y p e of q u e s t i o n s , a f i g u r e , a s e t of figures or a m a t r i x is g i v e n , e a c h of
which bears certain characters, be it numbers, letters or a group of letters/numbers,
following a certain pattern. T h e candidate is required to decipher this pattern and
accordingly find the missing character in the figure.
ILLUSTRATIVE EXAMPLES
Ex.
Directions
I.
:
Find
( a ) 625
the
missing
( 6 ) 25
S o l . C l e a r l y , (3 + 2 ) 2 - 25; ( 1 5 + 6 ) 2
character from
among
the
given
(dternatives.
( c ) 125
-(</) 156
TO
= ( 2 1 ) 2 - 441; ( i t ) • 7 ) 2 = ( 1